Skip to main content

Full text of "Hearings relating to H.R. 352, H.R. 1617, H.R. 5368, H.R. 8320, H.R. 8757, H.R. 10036, H.R. 10037, H.R. 10077, and H.R. 11718, providing for creation of a Freedom Commission and Freedom Academy, Eighty-eighth Congress, second session"

See other formats


HEARINGS  RELATING  TO  H.R.  352,  H.R.  1617,  H.R.  5368, 

H.R.  8320,  H.R.  8757,  H.R.  10036,  H.R.  10037,  H.R. 

10077,  AND  H.R.  11718,  PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF 

A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION  AND  FREEDOM  ACADEMY 

Part  2 

HEARINGS 

BEFORB  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  UN-AMERICAN  ACTIVITIES 
HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 

EIGHTY-EIGHTH  CONGKESS 

SECOND  SESSION 


FEBRUARY  20,  APRIL  7  AND  8,  AND  MAY  19  AND  20,  1964 
(INCLUDING  INDEX) 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the 
Committee  on  Un-American  Activities 


harvar: 

UNITED  STATtftOVERNMEf;!. 
DEC   ,4  ^964 


U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
30-471  WASHINGTON  :    1964 

For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Wastiington,  D.C.,  20402    -    Price  $1.25 


COMMITTEE  ON  UN-AMERIOAN  ACTIVITIES 

United  States  House  of  Repbesentatives 

EDWIN  E.  WILLIS,  Louisiana,  Chairman 
"WILLIAM  M.  TUCK,  Virginia  AUGUST  E.  JOHANSEN,  Michigan 

JOE  R.  POOL.  Texas  DONALD  C.  BRUCE,  Indiana 

BICnARD  H.  ICHORD,  Missouri  HENRY  C.  SCHADEBERG,  Wisconsin 

GEORGE  F.  SENNER,  JE.,  Arizona  JOHN  M.  ASHBROOK,  Ohio 

Francis  J.  McNamara,  Director 
Feank  S.  Tavenner,  Jr.,  Oeneral  Counsel 
Alfred  M.  Nittlb,  Counsel 
William  Hitz,  Counsel 

n 


CONTENTS 


February  20,  1964:  Statement  of—  Paet 

Hon.  Richard  S.  Schweiker 1243 

Hon.  W.  Averell  Harriman 1249 

Hon.  Robert  Taft,  Jr 1271 

Gerhart  Niemeyer 1274 

Afternoon  session: 

Lev  E.  Dobriansky 1279 

Hon.  Robert  R.  Barry 1300 

William  R.  Kintner 1305 

Hon.  Bob  Wilson 1313 

April  7,  1964:  Statement  of— 

Hon.  Robert  C.  Hill 1316 

Robert  Finley  Delaney 1319 

H.  Stuart  Morrison 1342 

Christopher  Emmet 1351 

Afternoon  session: 

H.  Stuart  Morrison  (resumed) 1360 

Herbert  Philbrick 1365 

Clarence  H.  Olson 1378 

Daniel  J.  O'Connor 1379 

April  8,  1964:  Statement  of— 

Michael  C.  Conley 1385 

Hon.  Charles  S.  Gubser 1411 

May  19,  1964:  Statement  of — 

Hon.  Dante  B.  Fascell 1417 

John  Richardson,  Jr 1419 

Reserve  Officers   Association  of  the  United  States 1420 

Adm.  Arleigh  A.  Burke 1420 

Hon.  John  O.  Marsh,  Jr 1450 

Paul  Jones 1454 

May  20,  1964:  Statement  of— 

Hon.  Don  H.  Clausen 1457 

Hon.  Adolf  A.  Berle 1465 

Dickey  Chapelle '. 1485 

James  Robinson 1494 

Afternoon  session: 

Walter  Joyce 1509 

Louis  Dona  O'Hara  for  Taxpayers  League  of  Blackstone  Valley, 

Providence  and  Providence  Plantations 1514 

Index— Parts  1  and  2 i 

m 


Public  Law  601,  79th  Congress 

The  legislation  under  which  the  House  Committee  on  Un-American 
Activities  operates  is  Public  Law  601,  79th  Congress  [1946]  ;  60  Stat. 
812,  which  provides : 

Be  it  enacted  hy  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the  United  States 
of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  *  *  * 

PART  2— RULES  OF  THE  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 

Rule  X 

SEC.    121.    STANDING   COMMITTEES 
******* 

17.  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities,  to  consist  of  nine  Members. 

Rule  XI 

POWERS    AND    DUTIES    OF   COMMITTEES 
*  *  *  »  *  *  * 

(q)  (1)  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities. 

(A)  Un-American  activities. 

(2)  Ttie  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities,  as  a  whole  or  by  subcommit- 
tee, is  authorized  to  make  from  time  to  time  investigations  of  (i)  the  extent, 
character,  and  objects  of  un-American  propaganda  activities  in  the  United  States, 
(ii)  the  diffusion  within  the  United  States  of  subversive  and  un-American  propa- 
ganda that  is  instigated  from  foreign  countries  or  of  a  domestic  origin  and  attacks 
the  principle  of  the  form  of  government  as  guaranteed  by  our  Constitution,  and 
(iii)  all  other  questions  in  relation  thereto  that  would  aid  Congress  in  any  neces- 
sary remedial  legislation. 

The  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  shall  report  to  the  House  (or  to  the 
Clerk  of  the  House  if  the  House  is  not  in  session)  the  results  of  any  such  investi- 
gation, together  with  such  recommendations  as  it  deems  advisable. 

For  the  purpose  of  any  such  investigation,  the  Committee  on  Un-American 
Activities,  or  any  subcommittee  thereof,  is  authorized  to  sit  and  act  at  such 
times  and  places  within  the  United  States,  whether  or  not  the  House  is  sitting, 
has  recessed,  or  has  adjourned,  to  hold  such  hearings,  to  require  the  attendance 
of  such  witnesses  and  the  production  of  such  books,  papers,  and  documents,  and 
to  take  such  testimony,  as  it  deems  necessary.  Subpenas  may  be  issued  under 
the  signature  of  the  chairman  of  the  committee  or  any  subcommittee,  or  by  any 
member  designated  by  any  such  chairman,  and  may  be  served  by  any  i)erson 
designated  by  any  such  chairman  or  member. 

***»••* 

Rule  XII 

LEGISLATIVE   OVERSIGHT   BY    STANDING    COMMITTEE 

Sec.  136.  To  assist  the  Congress  in  appraising  the  administration  of  the  laws 
and  in  developing  such  amendments  or  related  legislation  as  it  may  deem  neces- 
sary, each  standing  committee  of  the  Senate  and  the  House  of  Representatives 
shall  exercise  continuous  watchfulness  of  the  execution  by  the  administrative 
agencies  concerned  of  any  laws,  the  subject  matter  of  which  is  within  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  such  committee ;  and,  for  that  purpose,  shall  study  all  pertinent  reports 
and  data  submitted  to  the  Congress  by  the  agencies  in  the  executive  branch  of 
the  Government. 


RULES  ADOPTED  BY  THE  88TH  CONGRESS 

House  Resolution  5,  January  9,  1963 

******  ^ 

Rule  X 

STANDING    COMMITTEES 

1.  There  shall  be  elected  by  the  House,  at  the  commencement  of  each  Congress, 

******* 

(r)   Committee  on  Un-American  Activities,  to  consist  of  nine  Members. 

******* 

Rule  XI 

POWERS   AND    DUTIES    OF    COMMITTEES 


18.  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities. 

(a)  Un-American  activities. 

(b)  The  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities,  as  a  whole  or  by  subcommittee, 
is  authorized  to  make  from  time  to  time  investigations  of  (1)  the  extent,  char- 
acter, and  objects  of  un-Ammerican  propaganda  activities  in  the  United  States, 
(2)  the  diffusion  within  the  United  States  of  subversive  and  un-American  prop- 
aganda that  is  instigated  from  foreign  countries  or  of  a  domestic  origin  and 
attacks  the  principle  of  the  form  of  government  as  guaranteed  by  our  Constitu- 
tion, and  (3)  all  other  questions  in  relation  thereto  that  would  aid  Congress 
in  any  necessary  remedial  legislation. 

The  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  shall  report  to  the  House  ( or  to  the 
Clerk  of  the  House  if  the  House  is  not  in  session)  the  results  of  any  such  investi- 
gation, together  with  such  recommendations  as  it  deems  advisable. 

For  the  purpose  of  any  such  investigation,  the  Committee  on  Un-American 
Activities,  or  any  subcommittee  thereof,  is  authorized  to  sit  and  act  at  such  times 
and  places  within  the  United  States,  whether  or  not  the  House  is  sitting,  has 
recessed,  or  has  adjourned,  to  hold  such  hearings,  to  require  the  attendance 
of  such  witnesses  and  the  production  of  such  books,  papers,  and  documents,  and 
to  take  such  testimony  as  it  deems  necessary.  Subpeuas  may  be  issued  under 
the  signature  of  the  chairman  of  the  committee  or  any  subcommittee,  or  by  any 
member  designated  by  any  such  chairman,  and  may  be  served  by"  any  person 
designated  by  any  such  chairman  or  member. 

******* 

27.  To  assist  the  House  in  appraising  the  administration  of  the  laws  and  in 
developing  such  amendments  or  related  legislation  as  it  may  deem  necessary, 
each  standing  committee  of  the  House  shall  exercise  continuous  watchfulness 
of  the  execution  by  the  administrative  agencies  concerned  of  any  laws,  the  subject 
matter  of  which  is  within  the  jurisdiction  of  such  committee ;  and,  for  that 
purpose,  shall  study  all  i)ertinent  reports  and  data  submitted  to  the  House  by 
the  agencies  in  the  executive  branch  of  the  Government. 

V 


HEARINGS  RELATING  TO  H.R.  352,  H.R.  1617,  H.R. 
5368,  H.R.  8320,  H.R.  8757,  H.R.  10036,  H.R.  10037,  H.R. 
10077,  H.R.  11718,  PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A 
FREEDOM  COMMISSION  AND  FREEDOM  ACADEMY 

Part  2 


THURSDAY,  FEBRUARY  20,   1964 

United  States  House  of  Representatives, 

Committee  on  Un-American  Activities, 

Washington^  D.G. 
public  hearings 

The  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  met,  pursuant  to  recess, 
at  10:10  a.m.,  in  the  Caucus  Room,  Cannon  House  Office  Building, 
Washington,  D.C.,  Hon.  Edwin  E.  Willis  (chairman)  presiding. 

Committee  members  present:  Representatives  Edwin  E.  Willis,  of 
Louisiana;  William  M.  Tuck,  of  Virginia;  Joe  R.  Pool,  of  Texas; 
Richard  H.  Ichord,  of  Missouri;  August  E.  Johansen,  of  Michigan; 
and  Henry  C.  Schadeberg,  of  Wisconsin. 

Staff  members  present :  Francis  J.  McNamara,  director,  and  Alfred 
M.  Nittle,  counsel. 

The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  please  come  to  order. 

We  are  pleased  to  have  with  us  as  our  first  witness  this  morning  Mr. 
Schweiker  of  Pennsylvania,  an  author  of  one  of  the  bills  we  are 
presently  considering. 

Mr.  Schweiker,  we  are  delighted  to  have  you,  and  look  forward  to 
hearing  your  statement. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  RICHARD  S.  SCHWEIKER,  U.S. 
REPRESENTATIVE  EROM  PENNSYLVANIA 

Mr.  ScHWEiBLER.  Mr.  Chairman,  Members  of  the  Committee :  I  ap- 
preciate the  opportunity  to  appear  before  the  committee  this  morning 
in  support  of  legislation  creating  a  Freedom  Commission  and  a  Free- 
dom Academy. 

I  sponsored  such  legislation  in  the  first  session  of  the  87th  Congress 
and  reintroduced  this  proposal  as  H.R.  8757  in  the  current  Congress. 
I  am  particularly  pleased  to  note  that  this  idea  has  received  wide- 
spread sponsorship  within  both  parties  and  throughout  the  broad 
spectrimi  of  political  philosophies. 

Few  today  would  question  the  fact  that  the  Communist  bloc  is 
waging  total  political  warfare  against  the  United  States  and  other 
peoples  of  the  free  world.    Unfortunately,  in  many  instances  the  Com- 

1243 


1244       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

munists  have  won  important  battles  because  they  have  so  adroitly 
fashioned  propaganda  and  political  skills  into  weapons  equally  as 
dangerous  to  our  freedom  as  bombs  and  missiles.  Using  an  elaborate 
network  of  training  schools,  the  Communists  have  developed  their 
version  of  political  warfare  into  a  highly  effective  operational  science. 
Every  citizen,  every  economic,  cultural,  religious,  or  ethnic  group  is  a 
target  and  may  come  mider  direct  or  indirect  Communist  attack. 

For  several  decades  the  forces  of  communism  have  carefully  pre- 
pared their  conspirators  with  the  means  to  engage  in  new  forms  of 
struggle  using  the  techniques  of  political,  ideological,  and  psy- 
chological assault.  They  have  employed  an  elaborate  research  and 
training  system  and  have  succeeded  in  imparting  this  knowledge  to 
their  followers.  Their  success,  it  seems  to  me,  is  due  in  large  measure 
to  the  careful  preparation  and  training  which  they  have  given  to  their 
collaborators. 

If  the  peoples  of  the  free  world  are  to  defeat  the  Soviet  political 
warfare  offensive,  they  must  understand  the  true  nature  of  the  inter- 
national Communist  conspiracy  and  the  dimensions  of  the  global  strug- 
gle between  freedom  and  communism.  Only  with  such  an  under- 
standing of  the  scope  and  nature  of  the  threat  can  people  be  expected 
to  know  how  to  participate  in  the  continuing  struggle  in  an  effective, 
sustained,  and  systematic  mamier. 

This  Nation  has  been  careful  to  prepare  adequately  for  military 
conflict  with  the  forces  of  communism.  But  our  preparation  to  win 
the  cold  war  through  other  than  military  means  has  been  woefully 
inadequate.  We  have  properly  devoted  great  efforts  and  developed 
our  service  academies  to  achieve  hot  war  capabilities,  but  we  have 
neglected  to  develop  the  expertise  and  facilities  needed  to  wage  and 
win  the  cold  war. 

The  bills  under  consideration  today  would  create  a  nonpartisan 
seven-member  Freedom  Commission  and,  under  its  jurisdiction,  a  Free- 
dom Academy,  an  advanced  research,  training,  and  development  cen- 
ter. The  Freedom  Commission  and  Freedom  Academy  would  fill  the 
current  void  in  United  States  cold  war  efforts.  Members  of  the  Com- 
mission would  be  appointed  by  the  President  and  not  more  than  four 
could  be  members  of  any  one  political  party.  H.E>.  8757,  which  I  have 
introduced,  would  provide  that  one  member  of  the  Commission  would 
be  selected  from  the  higher  echelon  of  the  State  Department. 

The  Freedom  Academy  would  provide  Government  personnel,  pri- 
vate citizens,  and  foreign  students  with  professional  training  in  the 
political,  economic,  ideological,  psychological,  and  paramilitary  as- 
pects of  the  cold  war.  The  program  would  include  study  of  our  na- 
tional purpose  and  objectives,  as  well  as  the  development  of  proposals 
for  coordinating  various  methods  into  strategy  for  victory.  Students 
at  the  Freedom  Academy  would  be  educated  in  all  aspects  of  com- 
munism, the  nature  of  the  worldwide  struggle  between  communism 
and  freedom,  and  the  science  of  counteraction  to  the  Red  conspiracy. 
They  would  be  selected  from  diverse  groups  within  the  United  States 
and  in  other  countries,  where  trained  leadership  and  informed  public 
opinion  are  most  needed. 

I  hardly  need  point  out  to  my  colleagues  that  the  Communists  have 
been  most  active  in  providing  such  training  for  thousands  of  persons 
from  other  nations.    I  think  it  important  that  we  remember  the  fan- 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION        1245 

tastic  success  which  the  Communists  have  achieved  in  recruiting  the 
young  elite  in  the  developing  nations.  It  is  difficult  for  us  in  the 
United  States  to  fully  comprehend  the  extraordinary  ambition  within 
the  youth  of  these  countries.  The  strong  nationalistic  forces  which 
prevail  impart  to  the  young  people  a  great  sense  of  urgency  about  the 
need  for  modernization  and  reform.  They  desire  to  lead.  The  Com- 
munists have  been  eager  to  teach  them  the  deceitful  Red  tecliniques  of 
leadership  and  power  acquisition. 

Under  H.R.  8757,  the  Freedom  Commission  would  be  authorized  to 
make  grants  to  Academy  students,  to  pay  expenses  incident  to  their 
training,  and  to  provide  financial  assistance  to  their  dependents  dur- 
ing the  training  period.  The  Commission  could  also  establish  an  in- 
formation center  to  distribute  publications  and  other  materials  de- 
signed to  assist  people  in  better  understanding  the  Commmiist  threat 
and  the  means  to  combat  it. 

Representatives  from  the  private  sector — labor,  business,  colleges, 
and  schools — could  attend  the  special  classes  at  the  Freedom  Academy. 
In  this  connection  I  think  it  is  appropriate  to  note  the  outstanding 
work  which  the  AFL-CIO  has  been  doing  in  Latin  America.  Through 
the  Institute  for  Free  Labor  Development,  American  labor  is  pro- 
viding Latin  American  workers  with  the  knowledge  to  develop  stable 
and  democratic  organizations.  Representatives  in  this  private  orga- 
nization are  working  with  members  and  officers  of  the  Latin  Ameri- 
can unions  who  are  engaged  in  the  desperate  struggle  against  the  re- 
sourceful Communists,  who  seek  to  subvert  and  destroy  legitimate  labor 
organizations,  as  they  did  in  Cuba.  What  could  be  better  than  to 
have  available  t<3  such  officials  a  training  ground  such  as  the  Freedom 
Academy  would  provide.  Then,  too,  I  believe  the  Freedom  Academy 
could  make  an  important  contribution  to  the  field  of  business,  particu- 
larly with  those  representatives  of  business  who  would  be  working 
abroad. 

I  would  envision  the  Freedom  Academy  providing  traming  of  vary- 
ing duration  and  intensity  for  professional  and  officer  persoimel 
throughout  Government  who  serve  in  positions  related  to  foreign  af- 
fairs and  security  activities.  Officers  at  the  lower  echelons  might  be 
trained  between  6  months  and  1  year,  while  those  at  midcareer  and  in 
top-echelon  posts  would  be  trained  for  longer  periods,  ranging  per- 
haps up  to  2  years. 

Creation  of  a  Freedom  Academy  would  meet  the  first  important 
test  in  winning  any  struggle:  know  your  enemy.  In  many  ways,  the 
Communist  forces  are  a  imique  enemy  relying  on  total  warfare,  with 
political,  economic,  ideological,  and  psychological  measures  organized 
as  systematically  and  as  efficiently  as  military  power.  Primary  weap- 
ons are  lying  words;  deception;  infiltration  into  educational,  religious, 
labor,  and  farm  groups;  and  political  subversion.  One  of  our  chief 
difficulties  in  the  cold  war  has  been  that  we  have  not  mastered,  or 
even  fully  recognized,  this  unorthodox  form  of  warfare.  Obviously, 
our  moral  standards  will  not  permit  us  to  employ  many  of  the  tactics 
used  by  the  Communists.  But  our  Nation  can  launch  a  crusade  for 
freedom  in  the  minds  of  men,  using  the  "big  truth"  as  often  as  the 
Communists  use  the  "big  lie."  The  Freedom  Academy  would  be- 
come "the  West  Point  of  the  cold  war,"  permitting  us  to  send  pro- 


1246       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

fessionals  rather  than  amateurs  into  the  battle  against  communism 
and  helping  to  avoid  more  Cubas, 

I  would  like  to  emphasize  my  strong  belief  that  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy, to  accomplish  its  purposes,  must  be  a  first-class  academic  institu- 
tion. It  must  be  able  to  attract  the  top  minds  in  our  country,  among 
them  some  of  our  leading  university  scholars. 

One  reservation  which  has  been  raised  by  some  persons  not  enthu- 
siastic about  the  Freedom  Academy  proposal  is  that  such  a  school 
could  conceivably  be  used  by  an  administration  for  its  own  partisan 
purjDoses  as  a  political  propaganda  school.  I  feel  that  the  independ- 
ence of  the  Freedom  Commission  and  its  bipartisan  nature  provide 
adequate  protection  from  such  an  occurrence.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
this  is  one  of  the  distinct  advantages  which  I  find  in  the  Freedom 
Academy  and  Freedom  Commission  proposal  as  contrasted  with  the 
proposal  to  create  a  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs.  The  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  would  be  much  more  closely  asso- 
ciated with  the  administration  in  power  and,  I  fear,  would  suffer  from 
an  ingrown  viewpoint  serving  primarily  the  interests  of  one  depart- 
ment. 

In  pressing  for  creation  of  a  Freedom  Academy,  I  express  my  con- 
viction that  the  United  States  must  develop  an  extensive  program  for 
nonmilitary  conflict.  The  Communists  already  have  such  an  effective 
program,  and  it  has  become  evident  that  nonmilitary  action  often  is 
the  decisive  factor  in  international  conflict.  The  United  States  has 
done  little  to  train  its  governmental  officials,  let  alone  its  private  citi- 
zens, in  this  nonmilitary  conflict. 

I  see  the  Freedom  Academy  as  an  essential  addition  to  our  weapons 
system  in  our  arsenal  of  peaceful  means  to  curb  and  set  back  the  Com- 
munist challenge.  It  is  to  be  not  an  operational  agency,  but  rather  a 
valuable  research  and  training  institution. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much,  JVIr.  Schweiker.  We  cer- 
tainly are  indebted  to  you  for  your  clear  and  enlightening  statement. 
We  will,  of  course,  give  an  ear  to  you  and  to  all  other  witnesses  in 
trying  to  find  a  solution  to  the  problem  we  are  faced  with. 

Are  there  any  questions  ? 

Mr.  Pool.  I  do  not  believe  so. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  one  question. 

Mr.  Schweiker,  the  criticism  has  been  made  of  all  four  of  these  bills 
that  there  is  danger  in  the  establishment  of  such  an  institution  in  that 
it  might  fall  in  the  wrong  hands.  Do  you  consider  there  to  be  any 
validity  to  that  criticism  ? 

Mr.  Schweiker.  I  think  the  fact  that  you  are  putting  it  directly 
under  the  President  in  terms  of  the  appointments,  the  fact  that  it  is 
bipartisan  in  nature,  and  the  hope  that  we  would  pick  the  highest 
caliber  men  for  this  Commission  would  negate  that  viewpoint.  I  will 
admit  it  might  be  a  danger,  but  I  think  it  is  a  very  remote  one  and  I 
think  it  is  one  risk  we  should  take  because  we  have  done  very  little  in 
this  area. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Now  your  bill  was  the  last  one  to  be  introduced  on  this 
subject.  I  notice  that  you  have  omitted  the  Advisory  Committee,  nor 
have  you  provided  for  a  Joint  Congressional  Freedom  Committee  as 
one  of  the  other  bills  provides.  Don't  you  think  that  there  would  be 
some  necessity  for  an  Advisory  Committee  to  coordinate  the  activities 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1247 

of  the  various  agencies  involved  in  this  problem  of  fighting  com- 
munism ? 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Schadeberg  entered  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  ScHWEiKER.  I  can  see  some  logic  for  an  Advisory  Committee, 
Dick.  My  reason  for  omitting  it  was  that  I  just  did  not  want  to  see  us 
follow  the  stereotyped  departmental  approach  of  the  past. 

I  think  that  too  often  this  has  been  our  thinking,  that  we  channel 
our  thinking  into  either  the  diplomatic  field  or  the  military  field. 
And  my  contention  is  that  this  dichotomy  is  what  has  defeated  us  in 
the  cold  war  up  to  this  point,  that  we  think  of  dealing  with  the  So\det 
Union  through  diplomacy  or  through  military  might,  and  these  fields 
are  not  where  we  are  getting  behind.  We  are  doing  all  right  in  these 
two  fields. 

The  area  in  between  the  diplomatic  field  and  the  military  field  is  the 
new,  uncharted  ground,  and  I  have  a  little  concern  about  putting  all 
these  formal  organizations  back  into  the  picture  in  that  maybe  we  will 
revert  to  one  or  the  other  type  of  thinking.  However,  I  am  not 
strongly  opposed  to  it. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Of  course,  the  members  of  the  Commission  would  be 
independent  appointees  of  the  President. 

Mr.  ScHWEiKER.  That  is  right.  I  mean  in  terms  of  the  Advisory 
Committee,  might — in  other  words,  I  am  trying  to  get  away  from 
some  of  our  past  departmental  thinking,  because  I  feel  that  this  brings 
us  back  to  what  I  call  an  inadequate  approach  through  either  military 
or  diplomatic  channels,  which  the  Communists  have  long  ago  aban- 
doned and  now  use  any  means  to  gain  their  ends  in  the  cold  war. 

That  is  why  I  want  to  see  the  Commission  independent  and  why_  I 
did  not  put  that  provision  in  the  bill.  However,  there  is  some  merit  in 
the  provision. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  That  is  all,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  one  question. 

I  think  I  am  correct  in  the  observation  that  you  have  omitted  the 
paragraph  which  was  found  in  section  13  of  Congressman  Herlong's 
bill,  which  provides  that  the  Committee  shall  transmit  to  the  Presi- 
dent and  to  the  Congress  in  January  of  each  year  a  report  containing 
a  comprehensive  description  of  plans,  programs,  and  activities  of 
the  Commission  and  Academy  during  the  preceding  year  and  its 
recommendations  for  the  improvement  of  those  programs  and 
activities. 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Tuck  entered  the  hearing  room.) 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Willis  left  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  wonder  if  there  was  a  reason  that  you  omitted 
this  annual  report  requirement,  particularly  to  the  Congress? 

Mr.  ScHWEiKER.  No,  sir;  I  will  say  if  it  was  omitted  it  was  an 
oversight.    I  would  certainly  concur  that  this  should  be  in  there. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  am  glad  to  hear  you  say  that,  because  I  think 
there  is  a  very  important  overseeing  role  for  the  Congress  and  I 
think  that  is  the  safeguard,  one  safeguard,  against  the  concern  my 
colleague  expressed. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Well,  I  believe — if  the  gentleman  will  yield — Mr. 
Johansen,  he  omitted  the  entire  Advisory  Committee,  and  Mr.  Her- 
long  had  the  Advisory  Committee  reporting  to  Congress  rather  than 
the  Commission,  itself. 


1248       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Well,  and  I  share  your  question  as  to  the  advisabil- 
ity of  omitting  the  Advisory  Committee  but,  regardless  of  that,  it 
would  seem  to  me  imperative,  as  I  am  sure  is  the  case  with  those  other 
commissions  or  independent  agencies,  that  the  requirement  of  the 
report  to  the  Congress  be  included. 

I  think  that  is  a  safeguard  against  the  kind  of  misuse  Avhich  the 
gentleman  has  expressed. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Definitely  so. 

Mr.  ScHWEiKER.  I  w^ould  certainly  concur  with  that.  This  was  an 
omission  that  should  be  included;  a  report  from  the  Commission  to 
Congress. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Tuck  (presiding) .  Any  further  questions,  gentler.ien  '. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  No  questions. 

Mr.  Tuck.  We  thank  you.    Do  you  have  anything  further  to  say  ? 

Mr.  ScHWEiKER.  Sir  ? 

Mr.  Tuck.  Did  you  have  any  further  statement  ? 

Mr.  ScHWEiKER.  Just  one  or  two  observations  that  were  not  in  my 
statement.  I  think  it  is  significant  that  there  have  been  approximately 
20  revolutionary  overthrows  of  governments  since  1945,  and  with  one 
exception,  which  I  think  was  Czechoslovakia,  in  each  case  the  gov- 
ernment in  power  had  the  preponderant  military  power.  So  here  is  a 
case  where  they  had  the  renis  of  government.  They  had  the  military 
power,  and  yet  the  Communists  through  the  methods  that  we  are  not 
familiar  with  were  able  to  overthrow  20  governments. 

There  has  never  been  one  instance  of  a  Communist  government  being 
overthrown.  So  I  think  just  the  score  to  date  would  indicate  we  have 
a  tremendous  void  and  that  we  have  really  wasted  our  efforts  by  not 
filling  it.  Also  it  has  been  estimated — I  am  not  sure  of  the  reliability 
of  this  figure — that  the  Communists  have  about  100  schools  of  political 
warfare  throughout  the  world.  I  do  not  know  if  that  is  quite  accurate 
but  I  am  sure  it  is  somewhere  in  that  area.  It  is  rather  ironic  that  they 
have  100  schools  to  do  what  we  have  not  yet  done  and  that  we,  with  all 
our  schools  and  universities  in  the  United  States,  do  not  yet  have  one 
school  in  this  field.  Maybe  that  is  why  we  have  lost  the  cold  war  so 
far  as  the  20  revolutions  are  concerned. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  just  ask  one  further  question? 

Mr.  Tuck.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  One  of  the  things  that  concerns  me  is  whether  this 
can  be  truly  an  independent  Commission  and  agency  to  the  point  that 
it  will  carry  on  its  function  without  the  charge  by  the  State  Depart- 
ment that  it  is  running  contrary  to  national  })olicy.  And  to  put  it  in 
the  simplest  terms,  if  this  Commission  is  developing  evidence  and 
promulgating  the  fact  that  the  designs  of  international  communism 
remain  unchanged  and  the  State  Department  decides  that  this  is  con- 
tributing to  tensions,  I  think  it  is  tremendously  important  that  this 
agency  not  be  subservient  to  the  current  line  of  the  agency  to  the  point 
that  it  has  to  say  that,  after  all,  communism  is  getting  mellower  and 
mellower  and  we  do  not  want  to  have  tensions  anyway,  so  that  it  be- 
comes subordinate  to  the  official  propaganda  line  of  the  Department. 

Mr.  Sciiwt:iker.  I  would  certainly  concur  with  you,  Mr.  Johansen. 
I  think  that  is  very  important  and  why  the  independent  nature  of  this 
Commission  is  so  important.     I  want  to  say,  though,  that  we  should 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION        1249 

not  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  this  is  basically  a  training  and  research 
group  and  not  operational. 

Mr,  JoHANSEN.  I  understand  that.     That  is  important. 

Mr.  ScHWEiKER.  I  think  that  State  might  be  a  little  bit  unjustified 
in  claiming  this,  because  it  is  not  an  operational  agency,  but  I  agree 
there  is  a  danger  that  exists  here  and  I  certainly  concur. 

Mr.  JoiiANSEX.  Well,  we  have  the  distinguished  representative  of 
the  State  Department,  who  has  just  arrived,  so  we  will  let  him  respond 
to  that  question. 

Mr.  Tuck.  Well,  we  thank  you  very  much,  Congressman 

Mr.  ScHWEiKER.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Tuck.  ■ — ^f  or  appearing  before  this  committee. 

Mr.  ScH^\^EIKER.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Tuck.  I  noticed  the  arrival  of  Secretary  Harriman  and  I 
believe  he  is  next  on  the  list.  We  will  be  delighted  to  hear  from  the 
Secretary  at  this  time. 

STATEMENT  OP  HON.  W.  AVERELL  HARRIMAN,  UNDER  SECRETARY 
OF  STATE  FOR  POLITICAL  AFFAIRS 

Mr.  Harriman.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman  and  gentlemen  of  the 
committee. 

If  I  may  speak  personally  for  one  moment,  this  is  the  first  op- 
portunity that  I  have  had  to  express  to  you  the  great  sorrow  that  I 
share  in  the  loss  of  your  former  chairman.  Congressman  Walter.  I 
knew  him  over  the  years  and  considered  him  a  friend  and  shared  the 
loss  with  you.  I  appreciate  the  opportunity  of  recording  that  in  the 
record  of  your  minutes.     He  was  a  great  patriot. 

Mr.  Tuck.  Thank  you  very  much.  We  miss  him  greatly  here  on 
this  conunittee,  not  only  a  very  fine  patriotic  person,  but  one  of  the 
most  distinguished  members  in  our  entire  work. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  been  asked  to  appear  before 
your  committee  and  speak  for  the  Department  of  Commerce.  I 
have  a  brief  statement,  a  copy  of  which  has  been  furnished  to  you 
and  the  members  of  the  committee,  which  I  shall  read,  if  I  may. 

Mr.  Tuck.  You  said  the  Department  of  Conunerce.  I  believe  you 
meant  the  Department  of  State  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  The  Department  of  State.  I  beg  your  pardon.  I 
used  to  speak  for  the  Department  of  Commerce. 

I  appreciate  this  opportunity,  Mr.  Chairman,  to  present  the  views 
of  the  Department  of  State  on  the  bills  pending  before  this  commit- 
tee relating  to  the  establishment  of  a  Freedom  Commission  and  Free- 
dom Academy. 

As  the  committee  knows,  the  administration  last  year  proposed 
establishment  of  a  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs — a  proposal 
aimed  primarily  at  improving  education  and  training  of  many  thou- 
sands of  officers  and  employees  of  the  Federal  Government  who  are 
already  engaged  in  work  directly  affecting  foreign  affairs  and  national 
security. 

We  believe  the  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  proposal  is 
the  more  appropriate  and  more  effective  way  to  accomplish  what  we 
understand  to  be  the  basic  objectives  which  we  share  with  the  pro- 
ponents of  the  Freedom  Academy.     The  administration  feels  this  is 


1250       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

the  better  way  to  help  win  the  cold  war  and  advance  our  interests 
abroad. 

I  have  been  concerned  over  the  dangers  of  communism  since  the 
Bolshevik  revolution  in  Russia.  I  have  had  direct  experience  in  deal- 
ing with  Cormnunist  imperialism — in  many  forms  and  m  various  in- 
ternational and  domestic  situations — since  the  twenties.  Chairman 
Khrushchev  told  me  when  I  was  in  Moscow  last  summer  that  "there 
can  be  no  coexistence  in  ideology;  that  conflict  goes  on."  Mr.  Gro- 
myko  confirmed  this  in  his  recent  speech  at  the  United  Nations  when 
he  said  there  could  be  no  compromise  in  ideology. 

We  all  know  that  the  Communist  effort  against  the  free  world  is 
conducted  in  many  ways,  that  the  developing  countries  are  particu- 
larly vulnerable  to  Communist  penetration,  and  that  these  pose  a 
massive  set  of  problems  for  the  United  States.  It  is  clear  that  we 
need  to  train  people  throughout  the  Government  who  can  meet  these 
problems,  indeed  all  our  national  security  problems,  with  all  the  tools 
available. 

However,  the  administration  believes  the  Ffeedom  Cormnission 
proposal  would  not  be  an  effective  answer  to  our  present  training  re- 
quirements. Moreover,  it  would  not  provide  a  practical  administra- 
tive setup,  in  our  judgment. 

Wliile  the  objectives  which  have  moved  the  sponsors  of  the  Freedom 
Commission  are  certainly  worthy,  I  would  not  be  helpful  to  this  com- 
mittee if  I  failed  to  pinpoint  some  of  our  differences  in  viewpoint  and 
emphasis. 

First,  the  Freedom  Conunission  proposal  places  great  stress  upon 
the  mobilization  of  private  citizens — domestic  and  foreign — to  fight 
the  cold  war  and  upon  the  systematic  indoctrination  of  our  citizens 
against  communism.  It  contemplates  that  both  tasks  be  undertaken 
on  a  large  scale  by  the  executive  branch  of  the  Government. 

The  administration  believes  that  in  certain  circumstances  it  is  useful 
to  train  U.S.  citizens  who  are  not  in  the  Government,  as  well  as  foreign 
nationals.  But  what  we  need  first  and  most  is  to  improve  in  all  possi- 
ble ways  training  of  Government  personnel  involved  in  the  conduct 
of  foreign  affairs.  This  training  should  be  conducted  on  an  inter- 
departmental basis  and  should  be  directly  connected  with  research  in 
depth  into  past  successes  and  failures  and  possible  future  courses  of 
action  in  foreign  affairs. 

This,  the  administration  now  seeks  to  do,  with  limited  resources  at 
the  Foreign  Service  Institute  of  the  State  Department  and  in  other 
ways.  Establishment  of  a  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs 
would  greatly  improve  our  current  efforts  to  give  advanced  training 
to  officers  of  the  State  Department  and  the  many  other  Government 
agencies  involved  with  foreign  affairs. 

Much  of  this  training,  of  course,  depends  on  the  use  of  classified 
materials. 

Certainly,  any  effective  research  requires,  or  is  very  much  assisted 
by,  the  availability  of  classified  materials.  This  creates  another  prob- 
lem with  regard  to  the  training  of  outsiders. 

I  think  it  is  obvious  that  the  use  of  classified  materials  would  be 
impossible  if  private  citizens  or  noncitizens  were  to  be  trained  on  any 
sizable  scale.  It  is  also  likely  that  the  freedom  of  discussion  within 
the  classroom  would^ — and  properly  should — ^be  inhibited  by  the  pres- 
ence of  students  from  even  the  most  closely  allied  countries. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1251 

Even  if  this  were  not  a  problem,  the  training  of  foreign  nationals 
on  a  large  scale  by  the  United  States  Government  in  a  Federal  institu- 
tion could  be  self-defeating.  If  such  students  returned  home  and 
organized  anti-Communist  movements — as  I  believe  the  Freedom 
Academy  proponents  contemplate — they  would  be  instantly  labeled 
"Yankee  stooges."  In  those  rare  but  inevitable  cases  where  they 
returned  home  and  joined  the  ranks  of  anti- American  subversion,  the 
propaganda  possibilities  for  the  Communists  would  be  even  richer. 

In  this  respect,  let  us  not  forget  the  Soviet  failures  to  win  the  minds 
of  many  of  the  African  students  they  have  tried  to  indoctrinate  at 
Patrice  Lumumba  University.  And,  incidentally,  I  may  say  they 
have  failed  in  the  indoctrination  of  their  own  university  students,  if 
my  information  is  correct — at  least,  the  overwhelming  majority  of 
them. 

Unquestionably,  the  American  educational  system  is  a  magnificent 
tool  with  which  to  develop  an  understanding  of  the  fundamental 
hmnan  value  of  freedom.  There  are  50,000  foreign  students  now  in 
the  United  States,  taking  training  in  a  wide  variety  of  specialties, 
in  all  kinds  of  American  schools.  The  same  is  true  of  the  military 
personnel  that  are  over  here  in  our  military  schools.  It  is  surely 
better  to  have  foreign  students  in  our  schools  and  homes  and  see 
the  way  we  live,  rather  than  try  to  indoctrinate  them  in  a  Govern- 
ment institution.  In  this  way,  freedom  has  been  allowed  to  speak 
for  itself  to  these  people.  And  freedom  is,  by  definition,  its  own  best 
advocate.  That  is  our  strength.  It  is  always  a  mistake,  in  my 
opinion,  to  adopt  the  methods  of  the  enemies  of  freedom. 

We  have,  however,  a  strong  interest  to  help  increase  the  knowledge 
and  capacity  of  governments  and  peoples  on  how  to  deal  effectively 
with  Communist  tactics  in  their  own  countries.  These  efforts  are 
being  expanded.  In  Latin  America,  for  example,  we  are  helping  to 
improve  the  capacity  of  governments  and  peoples  to  deal  with  gen- 
eral and  local  Communist  infiltration  and  subversion,  both  through  the 
Organization  of  American  States  and  through  bilateral  measures. 
Students  and  other  peoples  in  that  region  are  becoming  increasingly 
able  to  deal  with  Communist  efforts  to  control  and  manipulate  them, 
altliough  the  problem  is  still  unsolved. 

All  over  the  world,  we  are  also  helping  to  strengthen  free  labor 
unions  against  communism.  In  the  same  way,  we  are  attempting  to 
strengthen  the  youth  movements  against  Communist  infiltration. 

If  we  consider  solely  the  training  of  private  U.S.  citizens,  the  prob- 
lems are  somewhat  different  in  nature,  but  they  are  equally  great. 

The  United  States  Government  should  and  does  maintain  informal 
links  with  all  sectors  of  our  society.  The  Department  of  State,  in  par- 
ticular, brings  leaders  from  business,  labor,  and  the  academic  world 
together  to  discuss  foreign  policy  problems.  In  these  efforts,  the 
learning  process  is  an  invaluable  two-way  thing. 

In  addition,  the  Department  of  State  and  other  agencies  of  Govern- 
ment produce  a  steady  flow  of  pamphlets,  reports,  and  other  educa- 
tional material  which  is  of  great  value  to  the  general  public. 

Another  question  raised  by  tlie  bills  before  you  today  involves  Fed- 
eral control.  The  Freedom  Commission,  to  quote  from  PT.R.  852, 
would  he  "authorized  to  prepare,  make,  and  publish  textbooks  and 
•other  materials,  including  training  films,  suitable  for  high  school. 


1252       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

college,  and  community  level  instruction."  The  bill  further  provides 
that  the  Commission  can  distribute  such  material  on  "such  terms  and 
conditions  as  the  Commission  shall  determine." 

This  seems  to  me  to  be  a  drastic  departure  from  our  traditions  of  the 
Federal  Govermnent's  role  in  the  field  of  education.  In  all  the  far- 
ranging  controversies  over  Federal  aid  to,  and  responsibility  for,  edu- 
cation, I  have  seldom  heard  even  the  most  zealous  proponent  of  such 
aid  recommend  that  the  Federal  Government  enter  the  field  of  text- 
book preparation.  I  can  think  of  no  aspect  of  education  more  uni- 
versally regarded  as  outside  the  province  of  the  Federal  Government 
as  the  preparation  of  textbooks. 

It  is  not  the  business  of  the  Federal  Government  to  indoctrinate  our 
citizens.  I  fear  that  such  a  Freedom  Commission  would  be  charged 
with  being  a  tax-supported,  federally  managed  effort  at  mass  indoctri- 
nation. 

One  other  aspect  of  this  proposed  legislation  also  disturbs  me — • 
the  organization  of  the  Freedom  Commission.  As  I  read  the  bills, 
the  Commission  would  be  an  independent  agency  of  the  Government 
with  no  operational  responsibilities.  Yet,  even  training  cannot  be 
completely  divorced  from  operations,  particularly  in  the  crisis-ridden 
field  of  foreign  affairs.  Training  has  to  be  realistically  geared  to 
actual  day-to-day  problems  and  the  needs  of  the  Government,  and 
our  personnel  must  have  access  to  classified  materials  in  order  to  ac- 
complish their  job. 

That  is  veiy  briefly,  sir,  the  statement  which  I  have  prepared  to 
submit  to  your  committee. 

Mr.  Tuck.  Thank  you  veiy  much,  sir. 

As  I  understand  your  proposal  for  the  National  Academy  of  For- 
eign Affairs,  the  principal  difference  between  that  and  the  bills  we  are 
considering  here  is  that  you  propose  to  train  people  who  are  already  in 
the  governmental  service,  or  who  are  going  into  the  governmental 
service. 

Mr.  Haeriman.  Yes. 

Mr.  Tuck.  You  are  opposed  to  the  training  of  people  who  are  not 
in  the  Govermnent  service  or  the  people  who  come  from  foreign 
countries  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Of  course  the  admission  of  specially  selected  for- 
eign government  personnel  has  not  been  fully  considered  in  our  War 
Colleges.  However,  in  our  War  Colleges,  foreign  military  students 
from  countries  who  are  our  allies  are  admitted  and  have  special  train- 
ing, but  the  principal  purpose  of  the  academy  that  the  State  Depart- 
ment proposes  is  to  train  the  Foreign  Service  officers  in  the  State  De- 
partment and  officers  of  all  other  departments  of  the  Government  who 
have  contact  with  foreign  affairs. 

They  would  have  access,  of  course,  to  classified  material  and  expert 
instruction  on  the  specific  problems  in  which  they  are  engaged  and  also 
on  the  specific  problems  of  the  day  as  we  face  the  changing  world  scene. 
They  would  have  other  advantages,  of  course,  in  addition  to  the  fight 
on  communism,  but  I,  for  one,  believe  that  the  fight  with  international 
communism  is  our  major  foreign  policy  problem  and  attention  should 
be  given  of  the  highest  priority. 

We  have  also  problems  of  the  bringing  together  the  free  countries 
for  common  action,  the  problems  of  how  to  solve  issues  between  na- 


PROVIDING  YOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1253 

tions  that  are  friendly  to  us,  and  the  strengthening  of  the  free  world 
is  an  important  aspect  of  the  fight  against  communism. 

We  are  not  the  only  country  fightmg  communism.  We  are  one  of  a 
group  of  countries  that  are  dedicated  to  preserve  their  own  freedom 
and  to  protect  freedom  in  the  world. 

Mr.  Tuck.  To  comment  on  other  aspects  of  your  statement,  in 
stating  my  views  on  it,  I  might  say  that  I  wholeheartedly  believe  in 
one  statement  that  you  made,  and  that  is  that  I  am  opposed  to  the 
Federal  Government  preparing  textbooks  to  be  used  in  the  States.  I 
thuik  that  that  is  a  matter  for  the  States  to  interpret.  I  believe  that 
it  is  better  to  leave  the  education  of  our  children  in  the  public  schools 
to  the  people  of  the  States. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  interrupt  right  along  there  ? 

Mr.  Tuck.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Pool.  That  is  all  true,  and  I  agree  with  you,  but  on  the  other 
hand,  as  I  view  this  problem,  we  are  deciding  whether  or  not  we  will 
have  professionals  in  the  field  of  political  warfare.  Of  course  we  do 
have  ROTC  in  the  high  schools,  and  things  like  that.  We  do  have 
the  Federal  Government  that  trains  our  officers  in  military  warfare. 

As  I  see  this  problem,  it  is  a  little  different  fi^om  the  average  prob- 
lem on  Federal  control  of  education,  which  I  am  opposed  to. 

I  am  really  kind  of  surprised  at  the  State  Department  bringing  up 
the  argument  of  Federal  control  of  education,  because  in  most  cases 
they  would  be  pushing  for  more  Federal  controls.  I  just  wanted  to 
make  that  comment. 

JVIr.  Tuck.  Do  you  have  any  questions  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  this  is  only  one  side.  I  am  glad  to  hear  what 
you  say  and  I  am  sure  you  would  have  felt  that  way.  This  is  only  one 
aspect  of  the  bill  which  I  mention  in  passing,  but  it  does  relate  to  the 
whole  principle  of  the  Federal  Govermnent  attempting  to  have  an 
indoctrination  course  for  its  citizens.  It  takes  on  the  methods  of  the 
Soviet  Union.  They  have  indoctrmation  of  all  of  their  citizens,  and 
I  am  very  glad  to  say  that  the  more  recent  reports  indicate  that  they 
are  not  able  to  brainwash  this  present  generation  of  young  people  who 
are  now  in  the  universities  of  the  Soviet  Union. 

Our  information  may  not  be  accurate,  but  all  we  have  indicates  that, 
although  there  are  some  very  ardent  Communists,  there  are  a  great 
many  of  them  who  are  not  impressed  and  are  longing  for  the  kind  of 
freedoms  that  our  system  provides — the  right  to  read,  the  right  to 
debate,  the  right  to  write  what  they  feel  like  writing,  and  above  all,, 
the  right  to  travel. 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Schadeberg  left  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  reply  to  that  ? 

I  think  that  we  certainly  are  not  doing  all  that  we  can  in  the  field 
of  political  warfare  and  I  think  that  is  the  main  purpose  of  this  bill. 
Certainly  we  are  going  to  have  to  use  revolutionary  and  new  ideas,  and 
if  we  copy  the  Soviets  on  this  point,  it  is  all  right  with  me. 

I  will  copy  them  or  add  to  it  or  use  our  own  imagination  to  try  to 
improve  on  it  and  come  out  with  a  better  system,  but  I  think  it  is  so 
important  that  we  do  get  into  this  problem  and  come  up  with  some- 
thing that  is  a  practical  approach. 

Mr.  PIarriman.  Well,  Congressman  Pool,  I  fully  agree  that  we  are 
not  doing  everything  we  can  do.     There  is  great  room  for  improve- 

30-471— 64— pt.  2 2 


1254       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

ment.  I  have  been  involved  in  this  thing  since  I  came  back  from  the 
Soviet  Union  in  1945.  I  said  we  were  going  to  have  problems  with 
the  Soviet  Union.     In  fact,  I  said  our  objectives  were  irreconcilable. 

At  that  time,  there  was  a  wave  of  enthusiasm  in  the  country  for  our 
allies  and  I  was  considered  an  outcast.  I  have  been  considered  an  out- 
cast on  many  occasions  and  if  this  committee  considers  me  one,  I  am 
soriy,  but  I  am  a  professional  in  this  business  and  I  have  been  at  it 
for  many,  many  years.  And  I  do  not  think,  sir,  that  this  Freedom 
Academy  is  the  right  way  to  go  about  fighting  communism. 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Schadeberg  returned  to  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  Harriman.  We  have  a  series  of  programs  to  train  individuals 
for  particular  purposes,  and  also  foreign  individuals.  I  talked  yes- 
terday to  our  Police  Academy,  which  brings  the  heads  or  senior  men 
of  police  forces  from  different  countries.  Not  only  do  we  train  them 
on  how  to  organize  and  maintain  law  and  order  in  a  democracy,  but 
also  how  to  deal  with  internal  subversion.  It  is  a  very  effective 
course. 

I  am  only  mentioning  that  as  one  case.  There  were  30-odd  senior 
men  in  the  police  departments  of  a  number  of  different  countries  in 
the  group  yesterday,  and  they  are  gaining  a  great  deal  from  the  course. 

I  think  you  have  got  to  shoot  with  a  rifle  on  specific  problems, 
particularly  because  Communist  methods  are  changing.  They  are 
learning  from  their  own  mistakes,  and  I  am  satisfied,  myself,  that  the 
competition  between  Peiping  and  Moscow  will  lead  to  greater  effort 
on  the  part  of  the  two  of  them  in  order  to  make  an  impression  upon 
the  Communist  international  movement. 

So,  sir,  I  do  not  bow  to  anyone  in  my  determination  to  do  every- 
thing I  can  as  an  individual,  or  to  sponsor  anything  the  Government 
can  do,  which  I  think  contributes  to  the  battle  against  communism 
in  the  world. 

Mr.  Pool.  If  this  Freedom  Academy  bill  is  passed  and  it  becomes 
a  fact,  what  would  you  say  would  be  the  attitude  of  the  State  De- 
partment about  cooperating  with  the  Freedom  Academy  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  the  State  Department  works  for  the  United 
States  Government.  There  is  no  group  of  men  and  women  in  the 
United  States  Government  service  that  works  more  loyally  for  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  than  the  Foreign  Service.  They 
work  as  loyally  for  Kepublicans  as  for  Democrats.  They  are  trained 
that  way.  I  have  worked  with  them  intimately,  although  I  have 
never  been  part  of  the  Foreign  Service. 

I  have  worked  intimately  with  the  State  Department  Foreign  Serv- 
ice and  I  do  not  know  any  group  of  Americans  in  the  United  States 
that  is  any  more  loyal  to  the  decisions  of  the  Government.  Obviously, 
when  you  are  working  for  the  Government,  you  have  to  accept  deci- 
sions the  Government  makes.  You  may  not  always  agree  the  decisions 
are  a  hundred  percent  in  accordance  with  what  you  would  like  to  see 
done.  But  you  learn,  before  you  work  very  long  in  Government  serv- 
ice, that  you  can  contribute  and  be  loyal  to  the  Government  only  if 
you  conform  not  only  to  the  laws  but  also  to  the  direction  of  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  and  whomever  he  delegates  to  have  charge 
of  the  work  that  you  are  doing. 

So,  you  need  not  question,  need  not  give  a  moment's  thought  about, 
the  loyalty  with  which  the  State  Depa.-tment  will  carry  out  laws  that 
are  passed. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1255 

Mr.  Pool.  Well,  we  must  have  that  cooperation  or  there  would  not 
be  any  point  to  passing  the  bill,  and  I  appreciate  what  you  have  just 
said.  I  think  it  is  very  commendable  that  the  State  Department  has 
that  attitude. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Thank  you,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Mr,  Chairman. 

Mr.  Tuck.  Mr.  Johansen. 

Mr.  Johansen.  I  notice,  Mr.  Secretary,  you  point  out  that  the 
State  Department  in  particular  brings  leaders  from  business,  labor, 
and  the  academic  world  to  the  Government  to  discuss  foreign  policy 
problems.  I  notice  you  testified  that  the  Department  of  State  and 
other  agencies  of  Government  produce  a  steady  flow  of  pamphlets, 
reports,  and  other  educational  material  which  is  of  great  use  to  the 
general  public.  I  notice  you  also  referred  to  the  activities  of  the 
Department  m  cooperation  with  the  labor  unions  in  some  of  the  Latin 
American  countries  and  you  refer  to  their  work  with  youth  groups. 

Now,  I  also  notice  your  repeated  references  to  the  fact  that  it  is 
not  the  business  of  the  Federal  Government  to  indoctrinate  our  citi- 
zens.   Mr.  Secretary,  what  is  indoctrination  ? 

Mr.  Harkiman,  Well,  indoctrination,  I  would  define  it — I  have  not 
given  it  the  widest  thought  and  I  hope  you  will  not  try  to  trip  me  up 
on  it 

Mr.  Johansen.  Nobody  is  trying  to  trip  you  up,  Mr.  Secretary. 

Mr.  Harkiman.  Indoctrination  would  be  that  what  the  Communists 
do  is  to  get  a  gi'oup  of  people  together  and  try  to  instill  into  them  pre- 
conceived ideas.  I  believe  that  our  system  in  America,  the  strength  of 
our  system,  is  freedom  of  discussion.  To  bring  together  a  group  of 
private  citizens  of  a  f  ormable  age  and  attempt  to  indoctrinate  them  in 
particular  Government  ideas  and  methods  is  improper.  We  do  not 
know  who  these  five  men  running  the  Freedom  Commission  would 
be.  They  would  be  five  people  who  would  decide  what  courses  would 
be  given.  I  seriously  question  whether  any  five  men  should  be  given 
the  right  to  determine  what  the  Government  uses. 

Mr.  Johansen.  Well,  let  me  say,  Mr.  Secretary,  that  I  know  of 
nothing  in  this  bill  that  says  that  this  Connnission  is  to  engage  in  in- 
doctrination. It  is  to  engage  in  infonnation  and  in  training  regarding 
Communist  methods,  Communist  ideology,  Communist  goals. 

I  just  reject  the  premise  that  the  purpose  of  this  is  indoctrination. 
I  also  reject  the  premise  that  the  State  Department  does  not  ever 
attempt  to  sell  its  viewpoints  and  its  position  through  these  various 
media  which  you  yourself  testified  to.  I  fail  to  see  where  the  concept 
of  indoctrination  gets  into  this  discussion  at  all. 

Mr.  IIarri3Ian.  Well,  sir,  don't  you  think  it  is  quite  a  different  thing 
to  bring  free  people  of  different  gi'oups  together  here  and  have  50,  100. 
200,  or  300  sit  down  and  spend  1  day,  2  days,  sometimes  a  week  here, 
seeing  everybody?  They  have  a  free  discussion,  they  ask  questions, 
and  there  is  an  exchange  among  themselves  as  well  as  with  Government 
officials.  They  are  people  who  are  in  one  way  or  another  interested  in 
foreign  affairs. 

()bviousl3^  in  a  democracy,  foreign  affairs  policies  must  be  based  on 

popular  support,  and  the  only  way  you  can  get  that  support  is  by  or 
through  the  normal  democratic  processes — the  statements  of  the  Presi- 
dent, the  speeches,  the  statements  of  members  of  the  Cabinet,  the  state- 


1256       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

ments  of  the  Members  of  the  Congress  who  are  in  support,  and  the  us& 
of  the  press,  radio,  and  television. 

But  these  are  discussions  in  a  most  democratic  way.  The  people  are 
not  brought  behind  closed  doors  with  a  group  of  high-powered  instruc- 
tors attempting  to  indoctrinate  them  in  any  particular  line  of  action. 
The  problems  are  put  before  them  along  with  the  manner  in  which  the 
State  Department  is  attempting  to  deal  with  them.  I  find  that,  by  and 
large,  the  discussions  are  useful,  and,  as  I  have  said  in  my  testimony, 
it  is  a  two-way  street.  Although  I  think  that  the  members  of  the 
Foreign  Service  are  very  well  versed  by  and  large  on  international 
affairs,  they  live  abroad,  I  think  contact  with  the  American  public  is 
one  of  the  most  important  aspects  of  their  continuing  effectiveness. 

Mv.  JoHANSEN.  Well,  Mr.  Secretaiy,  is  there  any  reason  why  in  the 
functioning  and  operations  of  the  Freedom  Academy  there  would  not 
be  opportunity  for  free  discussion  and  for  questions  and  the  veiy  type 
of  process  you  are  describing  ? 

Do  you  regard  it,  Mr.  Secretary,  as  indoctrination  to  infonn  and 
document  to  the  students  of  this  Academy  the  declarations  of  the  Com- 
mmiist  program  and  objectives,  the  pronouncements  of  Marx  and 
Lenin  and  Mr.  Khrushchev  as  to  their  objectives  ? 

Do  you  regard  that  as  indoctrination  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  No,  I  do  not.  I  have  been  rather  advanced  in  the 
idea.  You  know,  there  was  a  time  when  we  took  all  Marxian  works  out 
of  all  the  school  libraries.  At  least,  some  people  attempted  to  do  it, 
and  I  was  utterly  opposed  to  it.  I  thought  that  there  was  nothing  more 
un-American  than  to  censor  our  libraries. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Well,  do  you 

Mr.  Harriman.  Let  me  just  finish,  sir.     I  have  listened  to  you,  sir. 

I  have  stated  vei-y  strongly  that  I  thought  high  schools  should  be 
encouraged  to  have  courses  to  explain  to  the  students  what  the  objec- 
tives of  communism  are  by  teachers  who  understand  their  evil  and 
danger  to  freedom  and  I  think  that  is  the  way  to  get  an  informed 
public  opinion. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Couldn't  that  Academy  help  train  the  teachers  to 
become  qualified  instructors  in  that  veiy  area  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  you  can  set  up  any  school  for  the  training  of 
teachers,  but  I  feel  it  is  not  the  United  States  Government's  job  to  train 
teachers  in  this  country.  I  think  our  educational  system  should  not 
be  directed  by  the  Federal  Government. 

I  was  very  strongly  for  Federal  aid  to  education  as  Governor  of  the 
State  of  New  York  and  I  know  something  about  the  educational  prob- 
lems of  even  a  rich  State  like  New  York.  I  also  think  very  strongly 
that  nothing  the  Federal  Government  could  do  would  advance  the 
interests  of  our  country  more  than  by  helping  all  the  States,  particu- 
larly the  States  that  have  limited  means,  to  improve  the  educational 
system.  But  I  very  strongly  am  for  not  only  leaving  the  curriculum 
to  the  States  but  leaving  it,  as  far  as  is  practical,  to  the  local  school 
boards.     I  think  that  is  the  strength  of  our  democracy,  sir. 

And  I  would  not  be  in  favor  of  an  institution  which  tried  to  train- 
teachers. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  understand,  and  I  am  just  anxious  to  get  your 
thinking  in  the  thing,  and  appreciate  it,  but  would  you  feel  differently 
about  this  Academy  if  it  were  totally  a  nongovernmental  operation 
enlisting  the  aid  of 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1257 

(At  this  point  Mr.  AYillis  returned  to  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  Hawuman.  No,  I  think  it  would  not  be  a  Federal  Government 
affair  if  it  were  attaclied  to  one  of  the  great  universities,  or  if  the  Gov- 
ernment encouraged  this  type  of  research  and  this  type  of  study  in 
other  universities  around  the  country.  1  would  think  that  would  be 
helpful  to  education  throughout  the  country. 

But  I  would  not  like  to  see  such  an  academy  directed  by  the 
Government. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  want  to  be  sure  I  understand  you,  Mr.  Secretary. 
You  would  not  oppose  this  program  if  it  were  vokmtary  or  if  it  were 
connected  with  a  university  or  something  of  that  kind. 

Mr.  HARRiarAiS".  If  it  was  part  of  the  general  aid  to  institutions  of 
learning  around  the  countr}^  and  if  it  was  left  to  the  local  authorities 
in  those  institutions  to  develop  the  program. 

]\Ir.  JoiiANSEN.  Now,  I  have  one  other  question,  Mr.  Chairman. 
Am  I  to  understand  that  you  think  it  is  important  to  Americans  and 
to  all  free  peoples  to  have  a  greater  diffusion  of  knowledge  with  regard 
to  the  literature  and  the  ideology  of  the  Communist  leaders,  such  as 
Lenin  and  Stalin  and  Khrushchev  ? 

Now,  before  you  answer  that,  I  ask  you  the  question  particularly 
because  of  a  statement  attributed  to  you  by  Time  magazine  August 
2  of  last  year,  in  which  j^ou  said,  or  are  reported  to  have  said — and 
I  will  be  glad  to  have  it  corrected  if  it  is  in  error — 

I'm  not  a  great  Kremlinologist ;  I  don't  go  off  in  a  padded  cell  and  read  the 
literature.  I  can't  tell  you  what  Lenin  or  Stalin  or  Khrushchev  said  on  a  given 
date.     But  I  think  I  have  a  certain  feeling  for  the  place  and  for  what  goes  on. 

Now,  do  you  feel  it  is  important  that  there  be  a  thorough  familiar- 
ization of  the  free  peoples  and  of  their  civilian  leadership  in  this 
country  and  in  other  free  nations  with  the  teachings  and  doctrines 
of  Lenin  and  Stalin  and  Khrushchev  just  as  it  was  important,  and 
mifortunately  was  not  done,  that  there  was  a  full  understanding  of 
Mein  Kam-pf  and  what  Mr.  Hitler  prounomiced? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Mr.  Congressman,  may  I  comment  on  that  state- 
ment that  you  read  from  Time? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Surely. 

Mr.  Harriman.  I  recall  making  some  statement  of  that  kind  at  some 
press  conference  or  when  some  correspondent  came  and  interviewed 
me,  and  I  have  often  said  it.  A  fellow  who  is  a  Kremlinologist  is 
a  man  I  respect  very  much,  such  as  some  of  the  university  profes- 
sors who  are  dedicating  their  lives  to,  or  others  conducting  research 
toward,  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  ideological  developments 
in  Moscow  and  at  Peiping  and  the  differences  that  develop. 

These  studies  are  very  important,  and  so  is  the  literature  the  scholars 
produce ;  and,  as  far  as  I  can,  I  try  to  keep  in  touch  with  it.  But  I 
think  I  said  it  a  little  bit  more  humbly  than  I  am  alleged  to  have 
spoken. 

I  am  not  a  Kremlinologist.  I  have  not  spent  my  life  trying  to 
analyze  eveiy  statement  that  is  made  and  to  show  the  detailed  de- 
velopments. But  since  the  early  twenties  I  have  been  very  much  in- 
volved in  a  study  of  the  Communist  movement  in  the  world.  I  have 
a  feeling  for  it  and  I  think  that  has  been  the  reason  why  I  have  been 
right  in  many  of  the  positions  that  I  have  taken,  in  indicating  how 
we  ought  to  fight  the  developments  of  the  Communist  movement. 


1258       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

This  movement  is  not  monolitliic.  It  is  not  rigid.  It  is  a  changing- 
scene  with  developments,  and  if  we  attempt  to  deal  with  it  in  a  rigid 
way,  we  will  miss  the  target. 

Now,  the  other  side  of  your  question  related  to  the  question  of 
whether  the  American  people  should  be  informed  about  commmiism. 
I  feel  very  strongly  that  they  should.  As  I  have  said,  I  have  ad- 
vocated— at  a  time  when  it  was  thought  to  be  unwise  to  have  even 
Karl  Marx's  books  available  to  students— that  our  high  school  stu- 
dents should  be  taught  by  competent  teachers  who  are  opposed  to 
Marxist  philosophy,  m  order  that  they  may  be  able  to  deal  with  it. 

But  I  am  very  much  impressed,  sir.  I  followed  some  of  these  youth 
meetings,  you  know.  There  have  been  several  in  the  last  few  years, 
and  our  American  youngsters  have  stacked  up  with  the  Communist- 
indoctrinated  yomigsters  at  those  meetings  and  taken  them  over  the 
coals  and,  I  thought,  had  the  best  of  the  debate. 

Now,  they  developed  that  knowledge  through  our  American  free 
educational  system  and  they  were  not  indoctrinated  by  the  Govern- 
ment, and  I  thought  they  did  a  job.     I  was  very  proud  of  them. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Well,  I  just  want  to  say  in  conclusion  that  I  again 
reject  the  premise  that  this  program  calls  for  indoctrination.  I  think 
it  calls  for  the  most  vital  form  of  information. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Will  the  gentleman  yield  ? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  That  is  all.    I  yield  the  floor. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  may  I  simply  say,  I  am  not  going  to  argue 
about  the  word  "indoctrination."  I  am  just  against  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment in  direct  charge  of  the  education  of  our  people.  I  think  that, 
in  our  free  society,  education  ought  to  be  disseminated  and  be  a  re- 
sponsibility which  should  be  carried  on  in  the  American  tradition,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  "Education,"  in  quotes. 

Mr.  SoHADEBERG.  Mr.  Chairman,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  I  would  like  to  make  it  clear,  Mr,  Secretary,  that 
it  is  not  a  matter  of  whether  you  or  any  other  member  of  the  State 
Department  or  the  Congress  is  more  interested  in  fighting  communism 
than  the  others.  I  work  on  the  premise  that  we  are  all  Americans,  and 
we  have  had,  and  I  am  sure  that  we  do  have,  a  difference  of  opinion  as  to 
how  to  best  serve  the  cause  of  freedom.  I  think  it  is  good  that  we 
should  be  able  to  discuss  it.  Now,  I  am  interested  in  this  word  "in- 
doctrination." You  suggest  that  we  should  not  indoctrinate.  Would 
you  not  think  that  the  Communists  indoctrinate  ?  That  the  Conmiu- 
nists  have  free  discussion  in  their  indoctrination  schools  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  No. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  They  allow  a  discussion? 

Mr.  Harriman.  They  have  a  certain  amount  of  discussion,  but  it  is 
not  free  in  our  sense.  They  argue  about  their  ideology  much  in  the 
same  way  as  it  used  to  be  in  the  early  days  of  the  development  of 
religion  as  to  how  many  anglels  could  dance  on  the  head  of  a  pin. 

I  do  not  mean  to  be  facetious  about  it,  because  I  have  great  respect 
for  the  religious  development  of  our  country  and  tlie  free  world  and  I 
believe  that  religion  is  one  of  the  strongest  forces  against  commu- 
nism. Th€y  do  have  ideological  discussions,  but  no  one  is  allowed 
to  question  the  fundamental  doctrme. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1259 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Woiild  jou  suggest,  Mr.  Secretaiy,  that  in  dis- 
cussing these  matters  or  in  the  schools,  whether  it  be  in  the  Freedom 
Academy  or  any  other  place,  that  we  should  not  put  stress  on  and  try 
to  indoctrinate  people  for  the  cause  of  freedom? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  I  think  it  is  a  question  of  whether  you  are 
talking  about  education  or  indoctrination.  Perhaps  I  misused  the 
word  "indoctrination."  I  haven't  a  dictionary  here,  but  we  generally 
use  it — or  at  least  I  have  been  accustomed  to  using  it  in  terms  of  a 
type  of  brainwashing.  Perhaps  that  is  too  extreme — ^but  I  mean  the 
type  of  effort  that  the  Communists  make  to  impose  upon  their  students 
thought  control  by  constant  repetition,  constantly  keeping  away  from 
the  discussion  the  various  other  influences,  and  attempting  to  achieve 
a  prescribed  and  preconceived  objective. 

Our  educational  S3^stem  has  a  freedom  about  it,  and  Ave  do  not  believe 
the  system  of  indoctrination  which  the  Soviets  follow  and  the  other 
Communist  states  is  the  kind  of  thing  that  we  want  to  adopt. 

Now,  on  the  word  "indoctrination."  I  haven't  looked  it  up  in  the 
dictionary.  I  will  be  glad  to  submit  a  little  memorandum  on  the  sense 
in  which  I  use  it.  I  do  not  know  that  we  need  quilDble  so  over  a  word, 
because  I  am  sure  that  we  both  have  the  same  objective  of  fighting 
communism.     Of  course,  the  problem  is  how  you  do  it. 

(Secretary  Harriman's  letter  clarifying  his  use  of  the  word  "indoc- 
trinate" follows:) 

Undeb  Secretary  of  State 

FOR  Political  Affairs, 
Washington,  March  4, 196 'f. 
The  Honorable  Edwin  E.  Willis, 
Chairman,  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities, 
House  of  Representatives. 

Dear  Mr.  Chairman  :  When  I  testified  before  your  committee  on  February  20, 
I  promised  to  clarify  my  use  of  the  word  "indoctrinate."  I  find  that  the  Web- 
ster's International  Dictionary  gives  the  following  definitions : 

(1)  To  instruct  in  the  rudiments  or  principles  of  learning,  of  a  branch  of  learn- 
ing ;  to  instruct  (in) ,  or  imbue  ( with) ,  as  principles  or  doctrines  ; 

(2)  Sometimes,  in  a  derogatoi"y  sense,  to  imbue  with  an  opinion  or  with  a 
partisan  or  sectarian  point  of  view. 

Obviously  I  was  using  the  term  in  the  secondary  dictionary  sense.     I  think 
you  will  agree  that  this  is  the  accepted  usage  in  international  politics. 
With  my  kind  regards. 
Sincerely, 

/s/     W.  Averell  Harriman, 
W.    Averell   Harriman. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  I  liavB  uo  doubt  of  that,  Mr.  Secretary,  but 

Mr,  Harriman.  And  the  question  is  whether  you  have  a  place 
where  there  is  concentrated  attention,  in  the  Federal  Government,  or 
whether  you  leave  the  job  of  education  of  our  public  to  the  non- 
Federal  educational  system. 

Now,  when  it  comes  to  educating  the  servants  of  the  American 
Government,  the  people  who  work  for  it  in  the  field  of  foreign  affairs, 
why,  I  believe  that  tliere  should  be  instruction  in  fighting  commu- 
nism. 

I  also  believe  that  we  should  do  all  we  can,  and  we  are  doing  it  in 
many  ways,  through  our  AID  organization  and  in  many  other  ways. 
Through  our  embassies  and  in  other  ways,  we  are  atternpting  to 
bring  the  right  kind  of  infonnation  to  the  people  of  foreign  coun- 


1260       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

tries.  We  do  this  through  our  USIA  and  through  special  courses  of 
training;  for  example,  as  I  mentioned,  training  police  officials  who 
have  the  responsibility  for  developing  a  police  system  which  not  only 
can  keep  law  and  order  in  a  democracy,  but  also  can  rout  out  the 
rats  that  are  involved  in  the  subversive  activity  in  these  coimtries. 

Now^,  these  are  hitting  the  problem  with  a  rifle  shot  rather  than  a 
shotgun  blast.  What  I  don't  like  about  this  bill  is  the  general  ap- 
proach to  try  to  have  the  Federal  Government — I  don't  know  a  better 
word  than  indoctrinate — but  try  to  get  the  Federal  Government  to 
enter  the  held  of  education.  I  would  much  prefer  to  see  the  energies 
of  the  Government  develop  the  right  kind  of  education  for  those  who 
work  for  the  Govermiient,  both  on  the  civilian  and  the  military  end, 
and  also  to  contribute  to  our  educational  system  so  that  it  may  give  a 
rounded  education  in  the  whole  range  of  subjects  which  will  produce 
effective  citizens. 

I  earnestly  believe,  sir,  as  you  do,  that  a  knowledge  of  communism 
is  an  important  aspect  of  the  education  of  young  people  and  is  an 
important  part  of  the  training  that  they  need  in  order  to  understand 
the  problems  of  the  day. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Where  we  may  have  a  little  difference  of  opin- 
ion is  the  fact  that  if  we  consider  the  hot  war  as  a  means  by  which 
the  Government — as  you  say,  the  police,  it  would  be  military — teaches 
them  how  to  use  the  tools  in  fighting  a  hot  war,  are  not  ideas  weapons 
in  the  hands  of  people  to  fight  the  cold  war  ? 

And  why  should  we  not  also  have  an  opportunity  to  teach  these,  to 
put  these  tools  in  the  liands  of  our  people  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  I  would  rather  see  it,  sir,  done  by  a  normal  educa- 
tional institution,  rather  than  of  a  special  Academy  here  to  teach  our 
American  youth. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Who  is  going  to  train  the  teachers? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  we  have  universities  that  have  extremely 
good  departments  which  are  extremely  well  versed  in  eveiy  aspect  of 
Communist  activity  in  the  Soviet  Union  and  other  countries.  The 
trainmg  of  teachers  in  communism  can  be  readily  achieved  through 
existing  institutions,  particularly  if  those  institutions  are  given 
enough  money  to  expand  their  activities  in  all  fields  of  education. 

Mr.  Schadeiberg.  I  would  like  to  make  this  one  comment,  Mr.  Chair- 
man, for  the  record,  and  that  is  that  it  seems  to  me — and,  of  course,  I 
am  a  layman  in  this,  too — that  one  of  our  failures  in  fighting  effectively 
against  conunmiism  is  that  we,  under  the  guise  of  so-called  tolerance 
or  academic  freedom  or  whatever  you  want  to  call  it,  that  we  give 
communism  equal  status  with  freedom  and  I  think  that  communism 
does  not  have  it. 

They  say  that  Leninism,  the  Marxist  state  is  certainly  a  superior 
state.  I  cannot  personally  see  anything  wrong  in  saying  that  freedom 
is  right  and  it  has  a  greater  status  than  Marxism. 

Mr.  Harrimaist.  I  hope  I  was  responding  to  what  Congressman 
Johansen  was  saying.  Obviously,  we  do  not  want  to  teach  communism 
as  a  virtue.  We  want  to  expose  it  in  our  educational  system.  But  you 
know,  it  is  an  interesting  thing.  I  believe  I  am  right  in  saying  that 
the  educational  system  in  Russia  has  failed  in  one  of  its  most  important 
objectives.  We  have  got  to  recognize  it  has  been  extraordinarily  effec- 
tive in  taking  a  nation  that  in  1917  was  80  or  85  percent  illiterate  and 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1261 

educating  the  people  so  there  is  now  a  veiy  low  rate  of  illiteracy  in  the 
Soviet  Union.  They  have  developed,  as  you  know,  very  skillful  sci- 
entists and  technicians,  but  with  it  all,  throughout  all  that  system,  they 
practice  indoctrination  of  the  Communist  ideology  and  that  is  ham- 
mered, hammered,  hammered,  into  the  youth. 

And  it  was  supposed  to  be  that  when  this  new  generation  emerged, 
it  would  be  so  indoctrinated  with  communism  that  it  would  be  amen- 
able to  the  leaders.  Now,  I  am  told — I  cannot  give  you  convincing 
evidence — that  among  the  universities  there  are,  of  course,  certain 
people  who  are  very,  very  vigorous  Communists,  but  that  the  rank 
and  file  of  the  students  are  interested  in  the  broad  educational  subjects. 
They  want  to  have  the  freest  kind  of  discussion.  They  resent  the  fact 
that  books  from  the  free  world  are  not  available,  that  they  are  not  able 
to  write  as  they  wish  and  discuss  things  as  they  wish.  And  above 
all,  as  I  say,  they  want  to  travel.  Now,  this  is  the  type  of  indoc- 
trination that  I  think  is  a  failure. 

Now,  I  think  our  freedom,  freedom  itself,  use  of  the  free  system, 
is  the  way  to  convince  people  that  that  is  the  proper  system  to  be 
adopted.  But  I  have  been  constantly  fighting  what  some  people  call 
"taking  on  the  face  of  the  enemy,"  adopting  the  methods  of  total- 
itarianism in  order  to  fight  totalitarianism. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Well,  I  would  agree  with  vou,  Mr.  Secretary,  on 
that. 

Mr.  Harriman.  I  w^ould  hope  that  this  committee  could  concentrate 
on  ways  and  means  to  help  our  general  educational  system  reach  all 
of  the  people  in  our  country  and  have  them  understand  communism. 
I  do  not  think  that  there  would  be  such  opposition  to  foreign  aid  if 
the  people  understood  where  the  Communist  movement  was  going. 

Wlien  I  was  in  Moscow  in  1945,  I  reported  to  the  Government,  to 
the  President  of  the  United  States,  that  I  did  not  think  UNERA 
was  enough.  I  said  Stalin  would  take  over  Western  Europe  if  we  did 
not  give  the  people  living  there  in  the  chaos  of  the  postwar  period 
a  chance  to  have  working  capital  to  buy  raw  materials  and  get  their 
factories  moving. 

I  did  not  realize  at  that  time,  of  course,  that  the  Marshall  plan 
would  be  as  ambitious  a  program  as  it  was,  or  that  we  would  go  on 
and  develop  NATO,  but  I  did  point  out  that  Stalin  wanted  to  take 
over  Western  Europe.  In  my  opinion,  if  it  had  not  been  for  the 
Marshall  plan  and  NATO,  Western  Europe  would  be  dominated  by 
communism  today,  just  as  Eastern  Europe  is. 

We  were  successful  in  turning  Stalin  back.  Now  it  is  perfectly 
plain  from  what  Mr.  Khiiishchev  says  that  the  new  battle  against 
communism  is  in  the  undeveloped  countries.  And  yet  there  are  strong 
opinions  held  by  people  in  some  quarters,  including  Capitol  Hill,  that 
our  foreign  aid  program  is  not  the  way  to  fight  communism.  Well, 
I  believe  it  is,  and  I  think  that  should  be  stated  very  firmly  and 
definitely. 

It  is  not  the  only  thing.  Our  political  policies,  the  way  we  treat  our 
friends  and  allies  around  the  world,  our  information  service,  the 
manner  in  which  we  exchange  students — the  way  we  bring  them 
over  here  and  how  we  deal  with  them,  are  vitally  important.  But 
unless  the  people  of  the  world  can  get  some  improvement  of  their 


1262       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

lot,  can  move  toward  freedom,  there  is  an  evidence  that  they  will 
turn  to  the  false  promises  of  communism. 

I  would  like  to  see  the  widest  discussion  of  the  foreign  aid  pro- 
gram and  what  its  objectives  are,  and  I  would  hope  that  this  com- 
mittee would  see  that  there  was  wider  discussion  of  the  program. 

I  would  be  very  glad  to  testify  before  the  Un-American  Activities 
Committee  and  discuss  what  countries  should  get  support  for  the 
battle  against  communism,  in  which  I  have  been  involved  since  1945. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  Mr.  Secretary,  I  am  sorry  I  had  to  be 
away  when  you  appeared — and  I  apologize  for  that — so  I  cannot 
undertake  too  much  examination  on  your  statement,  which  I  did 
not  hear.  But  two  questions  occur  to  me.  I  have  been  impressed 
and  have  listened  carefully  to  your  argument  against  indoctrination. 

Actually,  I  have  before  me  here  the  bill  we  are  considering  and 
also  the  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  proposal  introduced 
by  Mr.  Hays,  on  request,  which  is  known  as  H.R.  3668.  The 
bill  we  are  considering  contains  the  language  that  the  Conunission 
"shall  establish  under  its  supervision  and  control  an  advanced  re- 
search, development,  and  training  center." 

The  language  of  the  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  bill 
provides  for  "the  establishment  of  an  institution  at  which  training, 
education,  and  research  *  *  *  may  be  undertaken." 

I  do  not  find  such  vast  difference  in  language.  Why  would  one  be 
indoctrination,  using  the  term  as  you  have  used  it,  and  the  other 
not? 

Mr.  Harriman.  I  do  not  fully  understand  your  question,  sir.  I 
am  a  little  bit  deaf,  sir,  and  so  I  did  not  quite  hear  your  question ;  but 
if  I  understood  it  correctly,  the  National  Academy  which  has  been 
proposed  is  the  result  of  a  very  prominent  group  of  people  studying 
the  need  for  it.  Dr.  James  A.  Perkins  was  chairman  of  the  group. 
He  was  with  the  Carnegie  Foundation  and  now  is  the  president  of 
Cornell.  A  committee  headed  by  former  Secretary  of  State  Herter 
made  similar  recommendations.  The  National  Academy  of  Foreign 
Affairs,  which  the  Perkins  and  Herter  committees  and  the  administra- 
tion proposed,  we  believe,  is  the  best  place  to  carry  on  research  and  to 
concentrate  on  training  those  people  working  for  the  Government 
who  have  contact  with  international  problems. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  my  question  was  why,  from  any  point  of 
view,  would  one  be  indoctrination  and  the  other  not,  when  .  the 
language  in  the  two  bills  is  practically  the  same  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  this  is  a  question  of  indoctrination  of  the 
public,  rather  than  taking  mature  people  and  training  them  to  deal 
with  the  problems  that  our  Government  faces  m  its  relations  abroad. 
The  manner  in  which  we  can  concentrate  our  research  in  this 
Academy  would  be  of  greater  value.  They  would  have  access  to 
classified  material.  They  could  study  the  past  mistakes  and  the  past 
successes  and  what  can  be  achieved. 

The  Chapman.  But  that  would  be  indoctrination,  though,  in  the 
same  context;  would  it  not? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Wliat  ? 

The  Chairman.  My  question  still  remains  the  same:  Wliy,  the 
language  of  the  bills  being  practically  the  same,  can  it  be  said  that, 
under  one  approach,  we  would  have  indoctrination  and,  under  the 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1263 

other,  we  would  not?  I  do  not  think  you  have  faced  that  issue.  I 
am  not  pressing  you,  you  understand. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  before  you  came  in.  Chairman  Willis,  we 
had  an  interesting,  perhaps  academic,  discussion  of  the  meaning 
of  the  word  "indoctrination."  I  was  using  the  word  "indoctrmation" 
in  the  form  in  which  the  Communists  attempt  to  indoctrinate  their 
people.    That  I  think  we  all  understand. 

They  indoctrinate  their  people.  Maybe  the  word  "indoctrination" 
is  the  wrong  one,  but,  sir,  we  believe  that  to  achieve  the  objectives 
that  you  have  in  mind,  one  of  the  steps  is  to  support  the  proposal 
for  a  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs. 

Now,  that  is  not  the  only  answer.  It  is  only  one  more  of  the  po- 
tential activities  of  the  Government,  and  I  think  there  are  other  activ- 
ities of  Government  which  could  help  the  educational  system  of  our 
country.  But  I  would  not  like  to  see  private  citizens  brought  here 
in  large  groups  to  deal  with  communism  as  one  subject  at  an  Academy 
bemg  run  by  five  men  who  are  not  part  of  the  Government  machinery. 
And  I  would  much  prefer  to  see  our  educational  system  of  the  public 
be  left  in  the  hands,  as  it  now  is,  of  the  local  authorities. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  of  course,  what  you  say  there  is  incon- 
testible.  I  have  not  been  an  advocate  of  even  Federal  aid  to  educa- 
tion, so  I  am  not  in  disagreement  with  you  on  that. 

Mr.  Harriman.  I  am,  sir,  if  I  may  say  so.  I  am  very  strongly  for 
Federal  aid  to  education. 

The  Chairman.  I  know,  and  I  also  vote  for  a  lot  of  things  that 
you  are  probably  for,  too. 

Mr.  Harriman.  I  respect  your  views. 

The  Chairman.  But  I  was  trying  to  find  out,  very  honestly,  in  m  n- 
swer  to  the  second  question:  Why  could  one  be  characterized  and 
labeled  "indoctrination"  and  not  the  other? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  shall  we  drop  the  word  "indoctrination"  and 
try  to  paraphrase  it  ?  I  feel  that  the  education  and  training  of  Govern- 
ment employees  is  a  perfectly  appropriate  function.  We  have  military 
men  who  train  experts  in  their  field  and  we  should  have  civilian  per- 
sonnel in  our  Government  trained  in  all  aspects  of  our  foreign  prob- 
lems and  particularly  with  the  most  important  of  all,  which  is  how 
to  deal  with  the  cold  war. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  let  me  say,  sir 

Mr.  Harriman.  But  the  other  question  is,  as  I  understand  the  pro- 
posal, the  emphasis  on  the  Government's  getting  into  the  business  of 
educating  private  citizens.  And  that  is  what  I  am  expressing  opposi- 
tion to. 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  I  understand,  and  a  while  ago  you  used  the 
words  "people  of  maturity"  as  compared  to  those  of  immaturity.  I 
do  not  know  that  that  is  justified,  but  I  am  quite  sure  at  least  the  intent 
of  the  authors  of  these  bills  is  to  use  quite  mature  people  as  a  student 
body. 

Mr.  Harriman.  When  I  was  17  years  old,  I  thought  I  was  mature, 
so  perhaps  we  had  better  not  go  into  that. 

The  Chairman.  But  you  see,  you  have  been  using  the  word  "stu- 
dents." I  think  we  should  talk  about  participants.  Those  could  be 
very  mature — labor  leaders,  management,  professionals.  We  are  not 
talking  about  high  school  students  or  even  college  students  in  the 
sense  that  I  think  you  have  been  referring  to  them. 


1264       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Mr.  Harriman.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  did  not  come  here  to  attempt  to 
score  debating  points  on  members  of  the  committee  and  I  don't  care 
whether  debating  points  are  scored  on  me,  as  long  as  I  can  attempt  to 
get  across  what  my  basic  convictions  are. 

I  think  the  National  Academy,  as  contemplated  by  the  proposed 
legislation  which  was  the  resnlt  of  a  studious  group,  would  be  an  im- 
portant addition  to  our  training  of  men — and  when  I  use  the  word 
"mature,"  I  am  talking  about  men  in  the  middle  of  their  careers — in 
making  them  more  effective  in  this  fight. 

There  are  other  things  that  should  be  done,  other  educational  activi- 
ties which  should  be  expanded,  but  I  do  not  agree  w^ith  the  idea  that 
it  is  the  Government's  job  to  bring  in  private  citizens  and  have  them 
trained  by — let's  forget  the  word  "indoctrinated" — trained  by  a  Com- 
mission which  is  not  responsible  to  our  Government,  nor  is  it  respon- 
sible to  the  local  communities. 

The  Chairman.  I  want  you  to  understand,  sir,  that  I  am  not  an 
author  of  the  bill.  I  am  trying  to  get  the  facts.  My  mind  is  com- 
pletely open  on  this  proposal. 

May  I  suggest  this?  Would  it  remove  any  of  your  opposition  if  the 
student  body  would  be  limited  to  Government  employees  and  foreign 
nationals  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  I  think  the  Government  employees  can  be 
better  dealt  with  through  the  proposal  that  we  have  made,  that  has 
been  made  after  a  considerable  study  by  distinguished  citizens  who 
are  skilled  in  education,  including  the  former  Secretary  of  State,  Mr. 
Herter.  I  think  that  it  is  a  better  formula.  I  think  that  manj^  of  the 
objectives  as  described  in  the  Freedom  Academy  bills  are  more  or 
less  parallel  with  the  objectives  that  are  specified  for  the  National 
Academy  of  Foreign  Affaire,  so  it  is  a  question  of  machinery.  And 
I  think  that  the  general  setup,  the  manner  in  which  the  National 
Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  would  be  operated,  is  wiser  than  the 
setup  that  is  proposed  by  these  four  bills,  all  of  which,  I  under- 
stand, provide  for  an  independent  group. 

Mr.  Ichord.  Will  the  chairman  yield  ? 

The  Chairman.  Well,  I  understand  your  views.  I  am  not  debat- 
ing. I  just  want  to  read  from  the  record — since  you  included  a  num- 
ber of  people  Avho  played  a  part  in  the  formulation  and  final  language 
of  the  National  Academy  approach — the  authors,  on  the  Senate  side, 
of  one  of  these  Freedom  Academy  bills.  They  cut  across  political 
lines  and  their  views  toward  foreign  aid  obviously  vary. 

For  instance,  among  the  authors  are  Senators  Mundt,  Douglas,  Case, 
Dodd,  Smathers,  Goldwater,  Proxmire,  Fong,  Hickenlooper,  Miller, 
Keating,  Lausche,  and  Scott. 

So  there  is  quite  an  array  of  responsible  ])eople  behind  this  ap- 
proach, too.  And  I  myself  do  not  want  to  belabor  the  point,  Mr. 
Secretary,  or  debate  with  you  or  cross-examine  you.  I  just  wanted 
to  have  these  facts  in  the  record. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Will  the  chairman  yield  for  a  question  on  that  ? 

Mr.  Harj^iman.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  bring  out  the  fact  that 
the  bill  which  the  Department  has  testified  in  favor  of  is  proposed 
also  by  a  cross  section  of  members  of  both  parties.  May  I  read  them, 
sir? 


PROVIDESTG  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1265 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Mr.  Syming-ton,  Mr.  Saltonstall,  Mr.  Bayh,  Mr. 
Boggs,  Mr.  Byrd  of  West  Virginia,  Mr.  Clark,  Mr.  Engle,  Mr.  Gruen- 
ing,  Mr.  Humphrey,  Mr.  Inouye,  Mr.  Long  of  Missouri,  Mr.  Mansfield, 
Mr.  McGee,  Mr.  Moss,  Mrs.  Neuberger,  Mr.  Kandolph,  Mr.  Kibicoff, 
Mr.  Smathers,  Mr.  Williams  of  New  Jersey,  Mr.  Yarborough,  Mr. 
Monroney,  Mr.  Fong,  Mr.  Hart,  Mr.  Mclntyre,  Mr.  Brewster,  Mr. 
Javits,  and  Mr.  Camion. 

The  Chairman.  It  looks  like  Mr.  Smathers  is  on  both  sides,  which 
shows,  I  suppose,  that  we  are  all  trying  to  get  at  the  same  thing. 
And  that  is  why  we  are  having  these  hearings — to  get  at  it. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Yes.  Of  course,  sir,  I  came  here  to  express  my 
strong  belief  that  this  committee  can  make  a  contribution  to  this 
all-important  question,  and  I  only  hope  that  it  will  direct  its  efforts 
in  the  direction  which  I  think  will  be  most  effective.  But  it  is  up  to 
this  committee,  in  its  wisdom,  to  decide  what  it  wants  to  recommend ; 
and  as  I  had  testified  before  you  came  in,  the  State  Department  will 
conform  to,  and  work  with,  whatever  Congress  passes  and  the  Presi- 
dent approves. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Would  the  chairman  yield  for  a  question  on  that  point  ? 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Ichord.  As  to  the  matter  of  why  the  Secretary  thinks  one  would 
be  indoctrination  and  the  other  would  not  be,  I  would  like  to  point  out 
that  on  page  7  of  the  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  bill,  there 
is  also  permitted  the  authority  to — subsection  (c)  reads  on  page  7, 
line  16,  "permit  other  persons,  including  individuals  who  are  not 
citizens  of  the  United  States,  to  receive  training  or  education  or  to 
perform  research  at  the  Academy,"  so  apparently  the  National  Acad- 
emy of  Foreign  Affairs  would  also  permit  the  training  of  private 
citizens  as  well  as  foreign  nationals. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  So  I  do  not  see 

Mr.  Harriman.  Yes,  sir,  that  is  true.  In  our  National  War  Col- 
leges— as  you  know,  we  have  six  War  Colleges — we  have  carefully 
selected  the  men  from  other  countries  who  would  gain  by  the  partici- 
pation. At  the  National  Academy,  presumably,  there  would  be  care- 
fully selected  foreign  personnel  who  would  profit  from  the  general 
education. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Then  I  take  it  the  objection 

Mr.  Harriman.  Now,  may  I  say  that  the  National  Academ^^  would 
be  primarily  for  Government  employees  and  not  for  private  citizens  in 
large  numbers,  whereas  I  understood  that  under  the  Freedom  Academy 
proposal  there  would  be  very  large  numbers  of  private  citizens  from  all 
countries.  The  bill  we  have  been  supporting  would  relate  to  Govern- 
ment employees  and  would  make  it  possible,  therefore,  to  deal  with 
classified  material. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Then  I  take  it  the  objection  of  the  Secretary  is  to  who 
is  going  to  nm  the  Academy,  or  the  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs, 
rather  than  the  training.  You  yourself  would  object  to  the  training 
of  private  citizens  in  large  numbers. 

Mr,  Harriman.  In  large  numbers,  yes.  I  would  rather  leave  it  to 
the  States,  to  our  normal  educational  system.  You  know,  there  was 
a  general  impression  at  one  time  after  the  war  that  it  was  a  mistake  to 


1266       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COAIMISSION 

let  any  young  people  read  Karl  Marx  or  any  literature  that  related  to 
communism.  I  am  glad  to  see  that  that  idea  is  waning  and  that  it  is 
now  recog-nized  as  important  for  the  young  people  of  our  country  to 
imderstand  the  Commmiist  menace  by  becoming  more  familiar  with  it. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Well,  I  would  point  out  to  the  Secretary,  Mr.  Chairman, 
that  under  the  terms  of  the  Boggs  bill  and  the  Taft  bill  and  one  of  the 
other  bills  only  foreig-n  nationals  would  be  admitted  that  have  been 
approved  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

Mr.  Harriman.  That  is  correct.    And  carefully  screened. 

Similarly,  we  have  six  military  colleges,  specializing  on  different 
problems,  and  all  of  them  have  a  certain  number  of  carefully  selected 
foreign  officers  and  also  nonmilitary  Government  officers. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  one  question. 

The  Chairman-.  All  right. 

Mr.  Pool.  Was  the  National  Academy  bill  that  you  are  in  favor  of 
proposed  after  the  Freedom  Academy  idea  first  came  forth  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  I  have  forgotten  how  long  ago  it  started,  but 
I  do  know  that  this  committee  that  Dr.  Perkins  was  chairman  of 
worked  for  several  months.  There  was  another  committee  which 
former  Secretary  Herter  was  chairman  of.  The  idea  has  been  studied 
over  quite  a  number  of  years,  but  I  can't  tell  you  for  exactly  how  long. 
I  will  be  glad  to  find  out  just  when  these  studies  in  the  State  Depart- 
ment began  and  put  it  in  the  record. 

(The  information  furnished  by  Secretary  Harriman  follows:) 

The  State  Department  subsequently  reported  that  plans  for  creation  of  a 
National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  to  improve  upon  and  supersede  the  Foreign 
Service  Institute  were  first  formalized  early  in  1962.  The  President's  Advisory 
Panel  on  a  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  headed  by  Dr.  James  A.  Perkins 
was  created  in  June  1962.  Dr.  Perkins'  panel  submitted  its  report  to  President 
Kennedy  on  December  17, 1962. 

The  Committee  on  Foreign  Affairs  Personnel,  of  which  Secretary  Herter  was 
chairman,  was  established  in  August  1961.  The  Committee  submitted  its  report 
to  the  Secretary  of  State  in  December  1962. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Incidentally,  the  State  Department  has  today  a  less 
adequate  form  of  trying  to  achieve  the  same  objective  in  its  present 
Foreign  Service  Institute.  We  have  also  a  brief  course  for  senior 
officers  and  middle-level  officers,  specifically  in  counterinsurgency.  It 
lasts  4  to  5  weeks.  I  have  spoken  to  it  on  four  or  five  occasions  and 
have  followed  it  very  carefully.  That  is  a  new,  more  recent  addition 
to  the  training.  They  concentrate  on  countersubversion,  believing 
that  that  activity  is  increasing  in  a  number  of  the  underde\^eloped 
coimtries  and  that  our  Foreign  Service  officers  should  be  thoroughly 
schooled  and  trained  in  that  field. 

This  Institute  includes  officers  from  the  Military  Establishment  as 
well  as  officers  from  the  State  Department,  from  AID  and  USIA, 
all  those  that  are  involved  in  the  cold  war  in  the  field. 

Mr.  Pool.  The  point  has  been  made  that 

Mr.  Harriman.  And  these  are  courses  that  go  on,  sir,  month  after 
month,  with  TO  to  90  officers  at  a  time  taking  those  courses.  _  It  is  very 
effective,  I  think,  and  a  useful  addition  to  the  normal  training  they 
have  had,  bringing  them  up  to  date  with  the  changing  Communist 
methods  and  the  changing  Communist  scene. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1267 

Mr.  Pool.  The  point  has  been  made  that  the  National  Academy  bill 
was  introduced  as  a  defensive  way  of  fighting  this  Freedom  Academy 
bill.     Do  you  have  any  comment  on  that  ? 

Mr.  Harpjman.  I  wouldn't  think  that  was  true  at  all,  sir.  I  think 
it  was  a  development  over  a  period  of  years  which  finally  found  its 
shape  in  this  bill  which  was  introduced  by  the  members  of  the  Senate 
and  House  that  I  mentioned. 

The  Chairman.  May  I  ask  one  final  question,  sir?  Because  I  do 
not  know  what  direction  this  committee  will  go  in  the  handling  of 
this  legislation. 

The  Freedom  Academy  bill,  as  you  probably  know,  contains  provi- 
sion for  an  Advisory  Committee  to  the  Academy,  and  that  Advisory 
Committee  would  be  composed  of  a  representative  of  the  Department 
of  State ;  the  Department  of  Defense ;  the  Department  of  Health,  Edu- 
cation, and  Welfare;  the  Central  Intelligence  Agency;  the  Federal 
Bureau  of  Investigation;  the  Agency  for  International  Development; 
and  the  United  States  Information  Agency.  And  it  goes  on  to  provide 
that  this  Advisory  Committee  will  itself  have  a  chairman  and  meet 
periodically  with  the  Commission,  and  make  recommendations  and 
consult  with  the  Commission,  and  I  paraphrase  the  bill,  with  regard  to 
plans,  programs,  and  activities  of  the  Commission,  and  so  on.  That, 
at  least,  is  a  good  provision ;  is  it  not  ? 

Do  you  feel  that  we  have  to  go  in  that  direction?  Could  you  en- 
large on  that,  perhaps?  Would  that  be  a  proper  linkage  with  the 
Federal  Government,  I  mean,  the  State  Department,  and  so  on  ?  Be- 
cause the  very  purpose  of  the  Advisory  Committee,  as  stated  in  that 
section,  is  "to  assure  effective  cooperation  between  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy and  various  Government  agencies  concerned  with  its  objectives." 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  I  am  opposed  to  the  purpose  of  the  Freedom 
Academy.  Therefore,  I  do  not  think  that  it  is  wise  for  any  of  these 
agencies  of  Government  to  be  involved  in  the  education  of  large  masses 
of  private  citizens.  It  is  appropriate  for  them  to  control  the  educa- 
tion of  those  in  Government  service,  but  I  do  not  think  it  is  appropri- 
ate for  a  Federal  Government  body  to  control  the  education  of  masses 
of  private  American  citizens. 

The  Chairman.  Any  questions  ? 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Yes,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  several  questions. 

Mr.  Secretary,  when  this  bill  was  first  brought  to  my  attention,  I  was 
inclined  to  be  against  it  because  I  thought  it  was  not  necessary,  that 
there  would  be  overlapping  of  duties  and  duplication  of  functions 
with  the  State  Department,  but  after  hearing  the  testimony,  I  have 
changed  my  mind. 

Now,  have  you  had  the  opportunity  to  read  the  statement  of  Mr. 
Grant,  a  charter  member  of  the  Orlando  Committee,  who  originated 
the  idea  of  the  Freedom  Academy  and  who  testified  before  the  com- 
mittee Tuesday,  I  believe  ? 

Mr.  Harriman.  No,  I  haven't  had  that  privilege.  I  don't  know 
who  Mr.  Grant  is. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Well,  Mr.  Grant,  in  his  statement  to  the  committee, 
referred  to  a  speech  made  by  Senator  Yomig  of  Ohio  last  September, 
who  had  the  same  idea  that  I  had  when  this  bill  was  originally  pre- 
sented to  me.  Senator  Young  in  his  speech  pointed  out  that  we 
already  had  a  Foreign  Service  Institute,  five  War  Colleges,  a  Special 


1268       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Warfare  School  at  Fort  Bragg,  and  a  Russian  Research  Center  at 
Harvard,  and  various  otlier  areas  of  study  at  universities,  so  he  asked 
the  question :  Why  do  we  need  a  Freedom  Academy  ? 

Then  Mr.  Grant  in  his  statement  pointed  out  that  the  committee 
made  a  study  of  the  training  offered  in  these  various  institutions  and 
he  made  what  I  consider  several  serious  charges  against  the  training 
that  is  provided  in  these  institutions,  and  I  think  these  charges  should 
be  presented  to  you  and  you  given  a  chance  to  answer  the  same  in 
the  record. 

First  of  all,  he  stated  that  the  Orlando  Committee  found,  No.  1 :  "In 
general,  the  training,  especially  as  it  deals  with  nonmilitary  conflict, 
tends  to  be  skimpy,  superficial,  or  nonexistent  and  provides  the  stu- 
dent with  little  motivation." 

I  would  like  to  have  you  comment  upon  that  statement,  Mr.  Secre- 
tary, if  you  would,  please. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  Mr.  Congressman,  I  haven't  had  the  oppor- 
tunity to  read  this,  it  is  just  in  my  hand  now.  I  wouldn't  want  to 
comment  about  it.  This  is  a  free  countiy,  everybody  has  got  a  right 
to  express  his  opinions,  and  I  applaud  Mr.  Alan  G.  Grant,  attorney 
at  law,  of  Orlando,  Florida,  who  is  interested  in  this  very  important 
subject  of  battling  the  cold  war.  I  applaud  all  private  citizens'  inter- 
est in  it.  I  just  don't  happen  to  believe  that  his  judgment  in  this 
thing  is  right,  really. 

I  am  entitled  to  my  opinion,  sir,  as  well  as  he  his,  but  I  don't  know 
what  particular  expertise  Mr.  Grant  has.  I  have  no  knowledge  of 
who  he  is  or  what  he  is  and  I  don't  think  he  has  had  the  experience, 
for  instance,  of  either  former  Secretary  of  State  Herter  or  Dr.  Perkins, 
who  was  the  head  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  and  now  is  president  of 
a  very  great  university  in  my  State,  the  State  of  New  York. 

Mr.  loHORD.  Mr.  Secretary,  I  am  just  trj^in^  to  get  enough  facts 
on  which  I  can  base  what  I  think  to  be  a  valid  judgment  of  the  legis- 
lation, but  you  indicated  in  your  statement  that  you  thought  that  the 
Freedom  Academy  would  be  considering  communism  in  a  vacuum. 

As  I  read  the  various  bills,  I  think  that  they  will  offer  a  broad 
spectrum  training  in  foreign  affairs,  but  will  also  concentrate  on 
nonmilitary  conflict.  I  believe  that  the  Freedom  Academy  bill  covers 
everything  that  the  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  bill  covers 
and  a  little  more.  But  Mr.  Grant  states  that  the  committee  was  unable 
to  find  a  single  Government  or  university  training  program  that  deals 
with  the  difficult  and  sophisticated  subject  of  Communist  political 
warfare,  insurgency,  and  subversion  in  depth,  much  less  the  means  of 
defeating  it,  and  certainly  I  think  we  should  have  institutions  where 
the  availability  of  study  in  those  things  is  there  and  it  is  very  im- 
portant that  we  study  Commimists'  warfare,  political  warfare,  and 
insurgency,  and  the  means  of  defeating  it. 

I  hope  that  that  statement  is  not  justified. 

Mr.  Harriman.  If  that  is  the  statement  he  makes — I  haven't  had  the 
privilege  of  reading  it — I  don't  agree  with  him.  I  have  spoken  to 
each  one  of  the  six  of  our  militaiy  colleges.  I  know  in  a  general  way 
what  their  curriculum  is  and  all  of  them,  in  addition  to  what  their 
particular  activity  may  be  in  training  for  combat,  are  also  involved 
in  the  general  aspect  of  the  cold  war  and  how  to  deal  with  specific 
subjects.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  talks  that  I  have  given  at  tlie  War 
Colleges  were  in  that  field  of  the  cold  war. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1269 

We  also,  as  I  said,  have  a  training  course  of  4  or  5  weeks,  specifically 
directed  at  counterinsurgency.  Communist  insurgency  is  one  aspect 
of  the  conflict. 

Now,  the  point  that  I  think  perhaps  Mr.  Grant  doesn't  realize  is 
that  to  do  real  research  and  to  have  real  discussions  you  have  to  have 
access  to  classified  material.  Now  the  Freedom  Academy  couldn't 
have  access  to  classified  material  because  it  would  not  include  Govern- 
ment employees.  It  would  be,  I  gather,  10,000  or  so  private  citizens, 
and  classified  material  would  not  be  available  to  them. 

I  believe  that  a  more  concentrated  course  in  how  to  fight  and  carry 
on  and  win  the  cold  war — incidentally,  I  think  we  are  winning  it — 
can  better  be  done  by  training  Government  officers  and  leave  the  gen- 
eral training  of  private  citizens  to  our  universities. 

You  speak  of  Harvard  University.  I  know  I  have  spoken  at  many 
of  the  universities  in  our  country.  I  am  very  much  encouraged  to 
find  that  there  are  an  increasing  number  of  institutions  of  learning 
that  are  giving  very  great  attention  to  the  subjects  which  would  be 
covered  by  the  Freedom  Academy  and  I  think  it  is  better  done  that 
way.  I  think  the  Government  should  train  its  own  employees  and 
bring  to  its  own  school  Government  employees,  either  military  or  non- 
military,  as  it  sees  fit.  We  have  found  that  selected  foreign  students 
who  have  come  here  have  been  very  well  trained  and  have  gone  home, 
in  most  cases,  weU  inspired  by  our  methods  in  tliis  country.  But  I 
think  the  general  public  from  abroad  should  be  allowed  to  have  access 
to  all  of  our  nongovernmental  institutions  of  learning.  Some  50,000 
foreign  students  are  here  in  the  country. 

I  think  our  institutions  of  learning  are  improving  all  the  time  in 
the  manner  in  which  they  attempt  to  give  the  foreign  student  the 
maximum  value  in  the  period  of  his  studies  in  this  country. 

I  would  not  like  to  see  it  publicized  in  the  world  that  the  United 
States  Government  had  a  Government  institution  for  the  pui-pose  of 
training  great  numbers  of  foreign  students.  I  fully  agree  with  Chair- 
man Willis  that  our  private  institutions  and  our  State  institutions 
should  carry  on  the  general  educational  work  in  our  country. 

If  this  committee  wants  to  encourage  our  private  institutions  or 
feels  that  it  is  wise  to  do  that,  I  would  welcome  it.  I  would  also  wel- 
come including  in  the  support  for  education  the  encouragement  of  the 
whole  area  of  study  of  Communist  activity.  Communist  philosophy, 
and  manner  in  which  to  deal  with  communism.  But  I  earnestly  be- 
lieve that  it  is  better  in  our  American  system  to  leave  that  education 
to  our  private  institutions,  sir.  And  I  would  hope  that  you  would 
encourage  the  Government  to  round  out  and  expand  its  activities  not 
only  in  the  United  States,  but  through  the  various  means  that  we  now 
have  of  encouraging  the  training  and  education  in  free  countries  which 
are  our  friends  and  allies. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  You  have  objected  to  the  training  of  private  citizens 
in  large  numbers  in  an  Academy  of  this  sort.  Has  the  State  Depart- 
ment made  any  study  of  the  role  that  private  citizens  could  be  play- 
ing in  helping  to  solve  our  local  problems  ? 

Mr.  IL\RRiMAN.  I  don't  know  that  the  State  Department  has  ever 
had  a  project,  or  money  for  a  project,  to  study  or  make  a  complete 
study  of  what  is  done  in  this  field.  If  the  Congress  directed  the 
Department  to  do  it,  I  think  it  would  be  a  very  healthy  thing.     But 

30-471— 64^-pt.  2 3 


1270       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

I  do  know  that  the  State  Department  is,  in  one  way  or  another,  in  very 
close  touch  with  many  of  the  universities  and  colleges  that  are  particu- 
larly interested  in  foreign  affairs,  and  particularly  interested  in  the 
subject  which  is  being  directly  discussed  now.  Members  of  the  State 
Department  staff  do  go  and  lecture  to  them,  and  we  ask  the  universities 
to  come  down  and  consider  with  us  projects  which  are  important.  In 
fact,  some  of  the  officers  of  the  Department  are  drawn  from  the  uni- 
versities, and  they  come  and  work  for  the  Government  and  then  they 
go  back  to  their  academic  fields.  It  is  stimulating  to  the  academic 
field.  But  I  don't  know  of  any  study.  If  there  is  one  I  will  let  you 
know,  sir.  If  this  committee  wishes  such  a  study  to  be  made,  I  am 
sure  the  State  Department  would  be  only  too  glad  to  do  so,  and  it 
might  be  of  use  and  illuminating  to  all  of  us.  I  am  not  sure  whether 
the  Perkins  committee  made  such  a  study. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Harriman.  May  I  just  say,  sir,  that  I  am  very  heartily  in  sym- 
pathy with  the  idea  that  more  knowledge  should  be  disseminated  in  our 
country,  that  more  people  should  be  stimulated  to  study  and  under- 
stand, and  that  those  in  our  Government  who  are  charged  with  carry- 
ing out  our  policy  and  conducting  the  battle  that  is  going  on — both 
militarily,  unfortunately,  in  some  areas  of  the  world,  but  also  on  a 
civilian  basis — should  have  more  education.  I  say  again  that,  al- 
though we  are  having  setbacks,  fundamentally  and  as  I  have  watched 
the  world  develop  since  1945,  gravely  concerned  about  Communist 
takeover,  I  think  we  are  by  way  of  winning  the  cold  war.  If  we  con- 
tinue to  have  the  determination  which  increasingly  our  people  are 
showing  and  the  stimulation  this  committee  is  giving,  I  hope  will  con- 
tribute to  that. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Well,  I  might  say,  Mr.  Secretary,  that  the  only  differ- 
ence that  I  see  in  these  two  proposals  is  that  the  Academy,  Freedom 
Academy,  j)uts  emphasis  upon  the  training  of  private  citizens,  both  of 
them  permit  the  training  of  foreign  nationals,  even  the  Academy  of 
Foreign  Affairs  permits  the  training  of  private  citizens.  However, 
you  have  objected  to  them,  in  training  in  large  numbers,  and  the  Free- 
dom Academy  does  permit  the  establishment  of  an  information  center, 
which  you  are  opposed  to.  But  really,  I  think  your  opposition,  other 
than  the  information  center  and  the  training  of  private  citizens  in 
large  numbers,  goes  to  the  fact  as  to  M'ho  is  to  run  the  institution. 
You  feel  that  it  should  be  run  by  the  Department  of  State,  while  the 
sponsors  of  the  bills  want  an  independent  agency. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Well,  sir,  I  am  afraid  the  word  "only"  is  rather  a 
broad  word.     It  covers  quite  a  considerable  area. 

The  objectives  of  the  two  bills,  as  you  read  the  preambles,  appear  to 
be  generally  in  agreement,  but  the  methods  are  quite  different. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  I  would  like  to  thank  the  Secretary  for  being 
here.  I  know  it  has  been  helpful  for  me,  at  least,  but  in  view  of  the 
fact  that  the  Secretary  has  commented  several  times  on  the  fact  that 
he  thought  that  we  ought  not  to  burn  books  on  Marxism  and  com- 
munism and  so  forth,  and  I  agree  with  him,  I  would  like  at  least  to  be 
on  the  record  that  I  have  always  contended  that  we  ought  to  teach 
about  communism. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CIJKATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1271 

Mr.  Harriman.  Good. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  But  I  would  feel  that  I  would  like  to  see  it  taught 
by  professors  who  are  oriented  toward  freedom  and  a  free  society  and 
not  oriented  toward  the  Marxist  way. 

Mr.  Harriman.  That  is  one  statement,  sir,  that  I  agi'ee  with  1,000 
percent. 

The  CHAiRMAisr.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Secretary.  We  ap- 
preciate your  appearance. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Thank  you.  I  am  grateful  to  you,  Ciiairman  Willis, 
for  the  privilege  of  appearing. 

The  Chairman.  Let  me  make  a  suggestion  that  you  might  counsel 
with  your  aide,  here.  Would  yoa  care  to  offer  a  rebuttal,  explanation, 
or  enlargement  on  what  you  had  to  say,  vis-a-vis  the  criticisms  by 
Mr.  Grant,  of  the  Foreign  Service  Institute  and  the  War  Colleges? 

Mr.  Harriman.  If  I  may  take  this  copy,  I  would  be  very  glad 
to  take  it  and  I  would  be  very  glad  to 

The  Chairman.  I  am  not  asking  for  it.  1  said  perhaps  you  might 
care  to  do  this. 

We  want  a  record  as  complete  as  possible. 

Mr.  Harriman.  Could  I  read  it  first,  sir,  and  then  see  whether 
we  are  ready  to  take  up  your  very  courteous  offer  'I  It  is  a  question 
of  making  a  general  comment  on  it  or  a  detailed  comment  on  it. 
I  think  that  depends  upon  it.    We  have  to  read  it  first.^ 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr,  Harriman.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  I  wish 
you  well  in  your  objectives. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

I  think  one  of  our  colleagues  is  here. 

Mr.  Taft?     Glad  to  have  you,  sir. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  ROBERT  TAPT,  JR.,  U.S.  REPRESENTATIVE 

FROM  OHIO 

Mr.  Tapt.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  commit- 
tee. I  shall  not  take  long  for  this  statement.  I  realize  that  the  com- 
mittee has  heard  a  great  deal  about  this  subject.  I  am  sure  that  many 
members  are  more  familiar  with  the  background  of  the  proposal  than 
I  am. 

I  gave  this  bill  some  study  before  introducing  it  and  I  have  listened 
with  great  interest  to  the  testimony  of  Secretary  Harriman  here 
this  morning. 

My  interest  in  sponsorship  arises  from  the  conviction  that  we  are 
engaged  in  an  ideological  battle  for  the  minds  of  men  that  is  bound 
to  determine  the  future  course  of  this  country  and  of  mankind.  While 
the  basic  differences  between  our  system  and  the  Communist  systeipi 
(the  contrast  of  individual  freedom  and  responsibility,  as  compared 
to  authoritarian  direction  and  submission)  may  be  clear  to  all  Ame^^- 
cans  (I  am  not  so  much  worried  about  the  matter  of  indoctrinatiqn 
that  has  been  discussed  here  this  morning,  because  I  feel  that  most 
Americans  do  not  need  indoctrination  in  knowing  which  direction.  t]p,ey 
want  to  go),  I  am  concerned  with  laying  bare  and  exposing  soni;^,pf 

*  No  further  communication  was  received  from  Mr.  Harriman  on  this  point. 


1272       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

the  techniques,  methods,  and  stratagems  that  have  been  developed 
in  spreading  communism.  These  are  extremely  complex  and  extremely 
subtle  and  have  not  been  adequately  revealed.  I  think  the  record  of 
progress  in  recent  years  for  Communist  ideology  in  much  of  the 
world  stands  as  mute  but  mighty  testimony  to  our  lag  in  these  areas, 
despite  the  superiority  of  military  force  that  we  have  held  and 
despite  our  complete  conviction,  I  am  sure,  that  our  system  offers 
far  more  to  mankind. 

I  do  think  that  a  few  points  might  be  specifically  examined  by  the 
committee  in  the  determination  as  to  what  direction  it  may  want  to 
go  on  the  various  proposals  that  are  before  it.  I  don't  say  that  either 
one  of  these  proposals,  mine  or  the  National  Academy  as  proposed  by 
the  Secretary,  or  others,  are  the  only  answers,  but  I  think  certain 
things  should  be  considered  and  taken  into  consideration  as  back- 
ground for  the  decision  that  you  are  going  to  be  called  upon  to  make. 

First  of  all,  I  think  we  have  to  admit  that  the  need  for  some  activity 
in  this  area  is  pretty  clear.  Recent  history,  I  think,  shows  the  spread 
of  Communist  subversion  and  our  complete  failure  to  check  the  in- 
creased growth  of  Communist  subversion,  and  its  effect  evidenced  in 
many  areas  of  the  world  is  in  itself  enough  to  prove  this. 

Secondly,  I  think  we  have  to  recognize  that  research  as  well  as  train- 
ing is  vitally  important.  Of  course,  national  security  provisions  must 
be  observed,  but  there  are  many  governmental  functions  and  activities 
to  which  security  provisions  offer  no  complications.  A  public  body 
has  the  advantage  of  ready  access  to  the  information  necessary  to  do 
the  job.  Our  private  universities  may  attempt  to  get  this  kind  of 
information,  they  may  attempt  to  draw  conclusions  from  it,  but  in 
the  last  analysis  they  don't  have  the  same  access.  There  are  some 
notable  exceptions  in  specific  areas.  The  Hoover  Institution,  for  in- 
stance, out  in  California,  is  doing  a  wonderful  job  of  getting  basic  raw 
material  in  this  area,  and  in  the  entire  area  beyond  this,  of  the  whole 
nature  of  revolution. 

But  I  think  that  there  is  a  real  need  for  governmental  activity  here. 

I  think  next  we  have  to  recognize  that  it  must  not  be — it  must  not 
be — partisan,  and  it  must  not  be  a  witch  hunt  by  any  particular  group 
of  one  sort  or  another.  I  think  that  would  certainly  defeat  the  pur- 
pose of  it  very  quickly.  But  I  think,  therefore,  that  having  a  bipar- 
tisan Commission  (not  having  it  under  any  particular  department  of 
the  Government)  offers  a  great  deal  more  hope  for  the  chances  of  suc- 
cess than  having  it  under  the  Secretary  of  State  or  having  it  under 
anyone  else.  I  think  we  have  to  face  the  fact  that  private  universities 
and  existing  public  bodies  have  not  been  able  to  do  the  job.  The 
record  is  such  that  I  think  this  is  clear. 

I  think  that  we  also  have  to  admit  that  in  a  very  real  sense,  perhaps 
not  broadly  through  their  people,  but  in  the  very  real  sense  of  having 
a  real  trained  cadre  or  core  of  subversives,  that  the  Communists  have 
been  doing  this  job.  I  do  not  think  we  have  to  adopt  their  methods  to 
succeed  or  to  oppose  them ;  I  think  we  can  develop  our  own  methods 
consistent  with  our  ideas  of  freedom  and  of  proper  activity. 

Finally,  I  think  that  this  area  of  private  concerns  and  private  indi- 
viduals is  extremely  important.  It  is  becoming  more  important  all  the 
time. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1273 

I  have  had  a  few  connections  in  the  past  with  American  organiza- 
tions doing  business  overseas.  Many  of  those  organizations  very 
frankly  simply  will  not  deal  through  the  regular  American  channels, 
the  American  State  Department  representatives.  They  say  they  are 
only  a  handicap.  They  are  no  help.  These  organizations,  many  of 
them,  are  not  called  upon,  ever,  by  the  State  Department  or  by  anyone 
in  Government  for  the  information  that  they  do  have  available.  This 
is  becoming  more  and  more  true  for  the  information  that  is  available, 
I  think,  is  becoming  broader  all  the  time.  For  instance,  we  have  the 
whole  question  of  trade  fairs.  We  have  had  Americans  going  into 
joint  trade  fairs  in  Europe,  that  some  of  you  gentlemen  may  know 
about.  We  have  sent  over  private  citizens  who  have  not  been  trained 
as  to  what  the  problems  may  be.  I  think  they  should  have  been  trained, 
and  the  enactment  of  my  bill  would  see  that  such  training  was 
provided. 

I  think  the  same  thing  is  true  of  many  joint  ventures.  We  find 
many  nations  now  require  a  certain  amount  of  stock  ownership  among 
nationals  in  those  particular  countries.  (This  is  true  in  many  Latin 
American  comitries,  and  the  contacts  that  we  are  making  here  and 
the  problems  of  Communist  subversion  ui  those  nations  are  vital  to 
these  businesses.)  If  U.S.  businessmen  are  going  to  invest  in  those 
areas,  they  are  going  to  have  to  be  arriving  at  conclusions,  anyway. 
But  are  they  going  to  be  arriving  at  sound  conclusions  in  making  the 
decisions  that  will  affect  what  happens  to  America  in  these  areas? 

I  cannot  share  with  the  Secretary  the  idea  he  has  that  clearance 
is  a  real  problem,  and  security  is  a  matter  here  that  is  of  great,  great 
importance.  I  do  not  think  that  any  of  us  really  believe  that  the 
Freedom  Academy  proposal  is  to  train  the  broad  mass  of  people  in 
this  country;  it  is  to  train  people  who  are  directly  concerned  here 
and  who  can  take  an  important  part  in  it,  and  many  of  these  are 
private  individuals,  many  of  them  have  security  clearances,  as  you 
know. 

The  military  continuously  is  taking  civilians  on  indoctrination  trips, 
giving  them  security  clearance  before  they  do  it. 

The  same  thing,  it  seems  to  me,  could  be  true  here. 

These  are  just  a  few  of  the  ideas  that  I  have. 

The  information  center  proposal  is,  of  course,  a  little  controversial, 
but  I  would  point  out  to  you  that  we  are  doing  exactly  the  same 
thing  overseas  with  USIA. 

I  would  point  out  to  you  also  that  insofar  as,  for  instance,  EOTC 
courses  or  the  FBI  school,  agricultural  extension  colleges,  various  War 
Colleges,  I  am  sure  that  we  are  presently  preparing  textbook  informa- 
tion and  other  basic  information,  where  the  Government  is  the  only 
body  that  has  the  proper  information  for  preparation  for  these  courses, 
and  that  would  be  true  here.  There  is  nothing  compulsory  in  this 
bill  compelling  anyone  to  use  the  information  that  is  prepared.  It 
is  merely  an  authorization  to  prepare  the  information,  so  that  if 
some  group  wants  to  use  it,  and  it  is  proper  for  them  to  use  it,  it  will 
be  available. 

These  are  some  of  my  views,  and  I  would  just  like  to  conclude  by 
saying  that  I  strongly  agree  with  the  position  that  has  been  taken 
by  Congressman  Schweiker.  I  feel  that  it  is  extremely  important 
that  this  committee  report  out  a  bill  and  get  us  moving  toward  the 


1274       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

solution  of  these  problems.  The  bill  won't  be  perfect.  No  bill,  the 
first  time  around,  ever  is.  It  may  not  even  succeed.  But  at  least  we 
will  know  that  we  have  taken  a  shot  at  it  and  tried. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  SoHADEBERG.  I  have  no  questions. 

Mr.  Tuck.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  commend  the  distin- 
guished gentleman  from  Ohio  for  making  such  a  fine  statement. 

As  I  understand  it  from  your  testimony,  this  is  not  a  matter  of 
ideology  as  it  is  informing  the  people  as  to  methods  by  which  the 
Communists  undertake  to  infiltrate  this  and  other  countries. 

Mr.  Taft.  That  is  my  feeling.  Governor  Tuck. 

Mr.  Tuck.  And  that  people  would  be  left  free  to  enjoy  the  ideologies 
which  they  already  have. 

Mr.  Taft.  Yes,  indeed.    I  do  not  think  this  is  an  attempt  to 

The  Chairman.  Indoctrinate? 

Mr.  Taft.  — indoctrinate,  or  propagandize  I  think  was  the  word  I 
was  looking  for,  Mr.  Chairman,  the  American  people  in  any  sense. 

Mr.  Tuck.  I  take  it  also  from  your  testimony  that  you  believe — 
which  undoubtedly  is  true — that  private  and  State  universities  and 
schools  do  not  have  the  means  to  supply  the  information  which  it  is 
necessary  for  them  to  have  in  order  to  train  teachers  and  others  who 
are  engaged  in  educational  work. 

Mr.  Taft.  That  is  my  feeling. 

Mr.  Tuck.  That  is  all. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much,  sir. 

Is  Dr.  Niemeyer  with  us? 

Dr.  Niemeyer.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  Off  the  record. 

(Discussion  off  the  record.) 

The  Chairman.  Proceed,  Dr.  Niemeyer. 

STATEMENT  OF  GEUHAUT  NIEMEYER 

Dr.  NiEMETER.  Mr.  Chairman,  Members  of  the  Committee :  This  bill 
proposes  a  new  agency  for  research  and  training  in  order  to  enhance 
the  political  warfare  capabilities  of  the  free  world. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Niemeyer,  may  I  interrupt? 

I  wonder  if  you  could  give  a  thumbnail  sketch  of  your  background 
for  the  record. 

Dr.  Niemeyer.  Indeed.     I  am  professor 

The  Chairman.  I  have  something  here  handed  to  me.  Let^  me 
read  it  and  see.  Well,  give  it  in  your  own  words,  in  thumbnail  fashion ; 
will  you? 

Dr.  Niemeyer.  I  am  a  professor  of  political  science  at  Notre  Dame, 
one  time  member  of  the  State  Department,  one  time  member  of  the 
faculty  of  the  National  War  College,  and  one  time  consultant  to  your 
committee,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  I  know.     Didn't  you  also  teach  at  Princeton  ? 

Dr.  Niemeyer.  Indeed.  At  Yale,  a1  Columbia  University,  at  Ogle- 
thorpe University. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  I  think  you  are  tlie  autJior  of  a  book  entitled 
An  Inquiry  Into  Soviet  Mentality? 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1275 

Dr.  NiEMEYER.  Right. 

The  Chairman.  And  I  think  you  collaborated  with  our  committee 
in  connection  with  a  volume  put  out,  Facts  on  G ommnMnisvif 

Dr.  NiEiviEYER.  Right.    Also  editor  of  A  Handbook  on  Convmunism. 

The  CiiAiRMAisr.  And  then,  way  back  in  1958,  the  committee  pub- 
lished a  consultation  with  you  on  the  subject  of  The  Irrationality  of 
C  om,mAinisnh, 

Dr.  NiEMEYER.  Indeed,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  Now,  you  said  something  about  being  connected 
with  the  State  Department  for  a  while. 

Dr.  NiEMEYER.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  In  what  area  ? 

Dr.  NiEMEYER.  In  the  Office  of  United  Nations  Affairs.  I  was 
a  planning  adviser  in  the  Office  of  United  Nations  Affairs  from 
1950  to  1953. 

The  Chairman,  Proceed. 

Dr.  NiEiMEYER.  Thank  you. 

I  submit  that  a  new  agency  of  this  type  as  outlined  in  H.R.  5368 
is  called  for,  because  the  conflict  itself  is  of  a  new  type  unprecedented 
in  the  history  of  this  Nation,  a  type  of  conflict  for  which  we  are  very 
poorly  organized. 

We  have  been  conducting  the  cold  war  as  if  it  were  a  traditional 
conflict  between  great-power  interests.  This  type  of  conflict,  with 
which  the  19th  century  has  made  us  familiar,  turns  on  territories, 
boundaries,  and  the  imponderables  of  a  nation's  position  among  other 
nations.  Its  ultima  ratio  is  a  military  test  of  strength,  for  which 
nations  prepare  through  armaments  and  alliances.  In  this  kind  of 
conflict,  one  tries  to  protect  one's  interests  while  avoiding  war  as  much 
as  possible.  If  war  breaks  out,  though,  one  fights  it  until  a  peace 
treaty  is  achieved,  after  which  the  contestants  continue  as  nations,  albeit 
in  different  political  circumstances. 

The  cold  war  appeared  to  be  that  kind  of  a  conflict  because  the  Com- 
munist Party  obtained  control  of  Russia,  a  great  power,  and  has  used 
Russia's  manpower  and  other  resources  for  its  strategic  purposes.  The 
cold  war,  nevertheless,  has  not  arisen  from  a  clash  between  the  na- 
tional interests  of  Russia  and  those  of  the  United  States.  It  has  arisen 
out  of  the  ideological  obsession  of  Communists  with  the  destruction  of 
what  they  call  the  bourgeois  society  or,  as  they  now  term  it,  the  world 
system  of  imperialism.  Although  our  country  is  located  at  the  op- 
posite side  of  the  globe  from  Russia,  the  Communists  have  identified 
the  United  States  as  their  main  enemy  because  they  see  in  us  the  core 
of  capitalistic  imperialism.  They  are  fighting  us  with  the  power  means 
of  Russia,  but  what  fights  us  is  not  Russia.  Rather,  it  is  the  ideologi- 
cal enterprise  of  communism  aiming  at  the  total  destruction  and  sub- 
version of  our  society. 

In  the  cold  war,  it  is  not  boundaries  and  territories,  spheres  of  in- 
fluence and  relative  power  which  are  at  stake,  even  though  all  these 
play  a  certain  role.  Nor  is  war  the  ultima  ratio  of  this  struggle.  Nor 
is  a  peace  treaty  the  prospective  outcome  if  war  should  break  out.  The 
Communists  are  fighting  to  dissolve,  decompose,  disintegrate,  and  de- 
stroy our  society,  institutions,  authorities,  and  habits  of  thought  and 
heart.  We  are  fighting  to  free  our  society  from  this  kind  of  assailant. 
The  Communists  do  not  look  on  war  as  their  chosen  means  to  obtain 


1276       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

their  ends.  In  all  their  history,  they  have  opted  for  a  minimum  of 
force  when  coming  to  power,  and  for  a  maxuniun  of  force  and  terror 
only  after  they  had  secured  full  control  of  the  public  means  of  com- 
pulsion. They  have  gained  access  to  these  means  mostly  with  the  help 
of  allies  with  whom  they  were  united  in  coalitions  and  whom  they  de- 
stroyed as  soon  as  they  had  become  public  officials. 

Internationally,  the  same  is  true.  We  have  armed  ourselves  and 
successfully  maintained  a  formidable  alliance.  We  have  deterred  the 
enemy  from  any  large-scale  military  attack  on  us.  But  in  the  Middle 
East,  Africa,  South  Asia,  and  Latin  America  the  Communists  have 
established  new  positions  of  strength  without  military  attack.  Our 
military  ramparts  are  still  strong.  But  the  enemy  has  moved  under- 
neath and  around  them,  even  in  our  midst,  creating  a  neutralist  move- 
ment directed  against  the  possession  or  use  of  nuclear  weapons.  These 
are  not  the  methods  of  conventional  great-power  conflict.  We  are 
fighting  an  enemy  who  controls  a  nation  and  often  looks  like  that  na- 
tion's representative,  but  has  aims  and  moti^^es  quite  different  irom 
those  of  a  national  government.  We  are  threatened  by  an  intent  that 
assaults  not  merely  our  power  but  our  way  of  life.  And  we  are  con- 
fronted by  methods  of  persuasion,  manipulation,  and  subversion  the 
like  of  which  no  great  nation  has  faced  before. 

I  am  saying  all  of  this  in  order  to  establish  to  some  extent  the  rea- 
son why  we  have  done  poorly  in  the  cold  war  so  far. 

I  believe  that  this  is  not  due  to  any  "softness  on  commimism"  in 
leading  circles,  as  has  been  often  alleged,  but  simply  to  a  confusion  of 
the  cold  war  with  a  traditional  great-power  conflict.  And  that  con- 
fusion I  do  not  think  stems  from  sinister  motives.  The  truth  is  that 
our  Government  is  now  organized  in  its  external  capabilities  to  meet 
the  kind  of  threat  that  is  involved  in  a  traditional  great-power  conflict, 
the  only  kind  of  power  conflict  with  which  we  have  been  familiar. 

For  mstance,  the  State  Department  is  organized  by  regions  and 
countries.  To  this  day,  it  does  not  have  a  single  office  which  is  devoted 
to  the  problem  of  communism,  as  such,  or  to  the  problems  of  fighting 
communism  on  a  global  scale.  Its  capabilities  in  general  are  mainly 
in  the  field  of  diplomacy,  that  is,  dealing  with  other  nations'  govern- 
ments. The  enemy  we  are  facing  may  have  a  power  base  in  one  coun- 
tiy,  but  it  is  an  enterprise  with  a  worldwide  organization  and  a  global 
strategy. 

We  have  no  Government  agency  geared  to  world  communism  as 
such.  The  Psychological  Strategy  Board,  which  functioned  for  a 
while,  has  ceased  to  operate  as  a  cold  war  agency.  The  regional  or- 
ganization of  the  State  Department  is  reflected  in  the  regional  or  area 
studies  in  our  universities.  Again,  countries,  languages,  cultures,  and 
governments  are  the  focus  of  our  efforts  there.  We  do  not  train  any- 
where experts  in  communism  or  experts  in  the  methods  of  communism. 

The  Freedom  Academy  bills  are  designed  to  remedy  at  least  one 
aspect  of  this  deficiency.  The  Academy  is,  as  the  State  Department 
acknowledged,  designed  as  a  cold  war  agency. 

Creation  of  such  an  agency  would  mean  that  we  would  at  long  last 
begin  to  adjust  to  the  kind  of  conflict  in  which  we  are.  So  far,  we 
have  created  only  one  other  agency  directly  geared  to  cold  war  re- 
quirements, Radio  Free  Europe.  Significantly,  it  is  an  agency  work- 
ing in,  and  with  the  help  of,  the  private  sector  in  order  to  attain  tlie 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1277 

flexibility  which  the  Government  officially  could  not  have  in  this 
capacity. 

This  acknowledges  the  fact  that  the  official  organization  of  our 
Government  is  not  geared  to  the  medium  and  the  methods  through 
which  the  cold  war  is  largely  fought.  Not  only  can  a  government 
through  its  official  agents  not  penetrate  into  all  the  nooks  and  crannies 
where  cold  war  operations  are  going  on,  but  even  if  it  could,  it  would 
not  be  to  the  nation's  best  interest  that  its  government  should  be  en- 
gaged in  power  contests  with  forces  which  appear  in  private  garb. 
In  many  countries  in  the  world,  local  Communist  and  pro-Commu- 
nist elements  confront  directly  the  official  representatives  of  the 
United  States.  It  would  be  far  better  if  battle  against  the  Commu- 
nists were  done  equally  by  forces  operating  in  the  private  sector  with 
local  organizations  and  local  means  of  influencing  opinion  and  alle- 
giances. The  Communists  have  a  network  of  party  organizations 
throughout  tlie  world.  We  have  nothing  like  a  pro-American  Party 
or  a  pro-Freedom  Party  anywhere  in  the  world.  Slaybe  it  is  good  that 
we  have  nothing  of  that  kind.  I  think  it  might  be  a  great  danger  if 
we  would  aim  at  a  party  to  match  the  totalitarian  Communist  Party. 
It  would  not  destroy  freedom,  though,  if  people  willing  to  fight  Com- 
munists in  other  countries  received  training  and  information,  finan- 
cial and  moral  support  from  a  cold  war  agency  equipped  with  the  best 
human  resources  we  have.  It  does  not  take  a  totalitarian  party  to 
fight  the  Communist  Party  and  it  does  not  take  Communist  methods 
to  frustrate  the  Communists  in  their  designs.  It  does  take,  however, 
people  and  organizations  and  methods  other  than  we  are  employing 
now.  The  cold  war  is  so  unprecedented  that  we  still  have  to  learn  how 
to  fight  it.  The  Freedom  Academy  would  be  an  institution  where  this 
learning  could  be  done. 

Now,  it  seems  to  me  that  between  the  two  possibilities  which  have 
been  discussed  this  morning,  the  Fi*eedom  Academy  is  better  designed 
for  its  purpose  for  three  reasons:  It  is  meant  to  devote  intensive 
study  to  communism  for  a  period  long  enough  to  produce  results; 
it  would  be  set  up  within  the  Government,  but  sufficiently  apart  from 
the  existing  agencies  to  allow  the  development  of  new  ideas  of  cold 
warfare;  and  the  inclusion  of  the  private  sector  in  the  range  of  its 
competences  will  make  it  possible  to  mobilize  forces  for  the  cold  war 
which  alone  can  meet  the  Communists  on  the  ground  where  the  tell- 
ing battles  are  fought. 

Among  tliose  who  for  many  years  have  fought  Communists  abroad, 
in  other  countries,  often  alone,  ijiostly  without  support,  quite  fre- 
quently against  resistance  of  our  foreign  personnel,  and  entirely 
without  our  guidance,  the  proposed  Freedom  Academy  has  inspired 
hopes  that  finally  the  free  world  will  gird  its  loins  for  political  war- 
fare. Our  best  hope  for  countering  Communist  advances  is  to  mobil- 
ize this  latent  strength,  to  close  the  ranks  of  all  potential  victims  of 
communism,  and  to  unite  the  already  existing  centers  of  resistance. 
If  the  Communists  can  extend  their  influence  by  nonmilitary  means, 
under  the  cover  of  the  mutual  atomic  deterrent,  so  can  we,  and  with 
better  chances  of  success. 

The  Freedom  Academy  is  significant  as  a  mute  declaration  that  we 
are  out  to  win  (he  cold  war  without  an  atomic  holocaust. 


1278       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

The  Chairman.  You  have  heard  Secretary  Harriman  testify  this 
moming? 

Dr.  Neemeyer.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  Are  there  any  comments  you  would  care  to  maKe 
on  some  of  his  objections? 

Dr.  NiEMEYER.  I  think  the  questioning  of  the  committee  has 
brought  out  quite  rightly  that  there  are  no  substantial  differences 
in  the  purposes  of  the  two  bills  and  the  two  training  institutions ;  and 
Congressman  Ichord,  I  tliink,  has  come  to  the  conclusion  here,  in 
questioning  Mr.  Harriman,  that  therefore  the  essential  difference 
which  the  State  Department  must  see  is  in  the  control  of  these  in- 
stitutions. 

As  I  see  it,  the  State  Department  wants  to  have  an  enlarged  For- 
eign Service  Institute,  whereas  the  Freedom  Academy  bill  foresees 
an  agency  which  is  sufficiently  separate  to  be  novel  and,  therefore, 
flexible  enough  to  develop  new  methods  and  new  insights  into  cold 
war  operations. 

Now,  it  seems  to  me  that  to  the  extent  to  which  our  training  and 
information  on  communism  has  been  deficient — and  the  course  of 
the  cold  war  suggests  that  it  has  been  deficient  in  more  than  one 
way — ^to  this  extent  a  simple  enlargement  of  the  Foreign  Service  In- 
stitute does  not  promise  any  improvement  over  the  previous  perform- 
ance, and  I  would  say  that  an  improvement  over  the  previous  per- 
formance could  only  be  hoped  for  by  the  establishment  of  something 
that  is  new  and  to  some  extent — not  wholly,  but  to  some  extent — 
separate  from  the  existing  State  Department  agencies  and  State  De- 
partment controls. 

The  Chairman.  Off  the  record. 

(Discussion  off  the  record.) 

(At  tliis  point,  Mr.  Tuck  left  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  Pool.  Governor  Tuck  had  this  question,  and  he  had  to  leave. 
But  we  were  discussing  it  here  in  private.  We  wondered  if  limiting 
the  studies  and  the  work  to  anti-Commimist  problems  would  defeat 
the  argument  that  it  is  a  Federal  control  of  education.  What  would 
be  your  comments  on  that  ? 

Dr.  NiEMEYER.  I  don't  see  this  as  a  public  education  project  on  a 
large  scale.  I  see  it  as  a  project  to  train  and  inform  people  who  are 
willing  or  in  the  business  of  fighting  communism,  and  it  has  been  said 
before  that  these  may  be  trade  union  officials  or  they  may  be  jour- 
nalists or  they  possibly  may  also  be  public  teachers  who  would  come 
there  for  a  particular  purpose. 

I  see  it  also,  however,  largely  as  a  training  ground  for  foreign  stu- 
dents, and  maybe  this  would  turn  out  to  be  the  most  important  func- 
tion of  this  institution. 

It  has  been  said  that  citizens  and  functionaries,  both  foreign  and 
domestic,  could  receive  their  training  at  the  universities.  Well,  I  am 
in  university  training  and  I  teach  a  course  on  Coimnunist  ideology,  a 
whole  year  course  at  Notre  Dame  University.  I  am  not  aware  of  any 
imiversity  where  people  could  be  trained  for  purposes  of  cold  warfare 
and  for  purposes  of  that  kind  of  thorough  information  on  all  aspects 
of  the  Communist  enterprise  that  would  enable  them  to  go  out  and 
fight  the  cold  war.  There  simply  is  no  such  program  at  any  university, 
and  I  don't  see  that  any  university  is  set  up  for  such  a  program. 

(At  this  point,  Mr.  Ichord  left  the  hearing  room.) 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COIVIMISSION       1279 

Mr.  Pool.  My  question  is,  Would  you  limit  tlie  purposes  to  research 
ill  communism  and  methods  to  fight  communism  ? 

Dr.  NiEMEYER.  Yes,  I  would,  sir,  because  I  believe  this,  the  negative 
purpose  is  the  purpose  on  which  all  people  can  unite.  As  soon  as  one 
introduces  a  positive  purpose  there  indeed  might  be  an  element  of  in- 
doctrination which  would  be  dangerous. 

Mr.  Pool.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  I  just  Want  to  thank  you  for  a  very  fine  statement. 

Dr.  NiEMEYER.  Thank  you,  Congressman. 

The  Chairman.  The  session  will  resume  at  2  o'clock,  and  the  hear- 
ing room  will  be  the  District  of  Columbia  Room. 

(Whereupon,  at  12 :  30  p.m.,  Thursday,  February  20,  19G4,  the  com- 
mittee recessed  to  reconvene  at  2  p.m.,  the  same  day.) 

AFTERNOON  SESSION,  THURSDAY,  FEBRUARY  20,  1%4 

(The  committee  reconvened  at  2  p.m.,  Hon.  Joe  R.  Pool  presiding.) 

(Committee  members  present:  Representatives  Pool,  Ichord,  and 
Johansen.) 

Mr.  Pool.  The  committee  will  come  to  order.  We  will  go  ahead  with 
the  testimony.  It  is  a  few  minutes  after  2  and  some  of  the  members 
could  not  be  here.  But  I  will  go  ahead  and  start  the  hearing.  I  am 
sure  some  of  the  others  will  come  in,  in  a  moment.  Dr.  Lev  E. 
Dobriansky. 

Before  you  start,  Dr.  Dobriansky,  I  notice  you  have  a  statement 
about  your  background.  If  you  want  to  enlarge  on  that  slightly,  it 
will  be  all  right  with  me. 

STATEMENT  OF  LEV  E.  DOBEIANSKY 

Dr.  Dobriansky.  Fine.  Mr.  Chairman  and  distinguished  Mem- 
bers :  My  name  is  Lev  E.  Dobriansky.  I  am  a  professor  of  economics 
at  Georgetown  University  and  formerly  taught  at  New  York  Univer- 
sity. I  am  also  privileged  to  serve  as  the  president  of  the  Ukrainian 
Congress  Committee  of  America,  the  chairman  of  the  National  Cap- 
tive Nations  Committee,  and  as  an  editor  of  the  American  Security 
Council's  Washington  Report.  I  was  formerly  a  faculty  member  of 
the  National  War  College  and  have  been  a  lecturer  at  many  of  our 
sei'vice  schools. 

At  the  outset  of  my  formal  statement,  I  express  my  deepest  appre- 
ciation for  this  opportunity  to  testify  on  the  five  resolutions  calling 
for  the  creation  of  a  Freedom  Commission  and  the  establishment  of 
the  Freedom  Academy.  Both  for  the  organizations  I  head  and  for 
myself,  we  are  in  complete  favor  of  the  passage  of  this  extremely 
important  measure  that  all  five  resolutions  substantially  embrace. 
The  tremendous  and  pressing  need  for  this  independent  agency  and 
the  special  educational  institution  cannot  be  too  strongly  emphasized. 

In  order  not  to  duplicate  some  of  the  thoughts  and  ideas  of  other 
proponents  of  the  measure,  I  should  like  to  clevelop  somewhat  unfa- 
miliar avenues  of  reasoning  that  justify  the  existence  of  a  Freedom 
Commission  and  Academy.     For  your  studied  consideration  and  also 


1280       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

in  rational  support  of  the  affirmative  position  taken  by  us  on  this  far- 
seeing  measure,  we  offer  the  following  concise  observations,  all  of 
which  can  be  readily  and  extensively  documented. 

THE  PEEMANENT  COLD  WAR 

(1)  The  necessity  for  the  passage  of  this  measure  is  inextricably 
tied  up  with  the  basic  issue  of  the  very  survival  of  our  Nation.  This 
statement  is  no  exaggeration.  When  one  soberly  considers  how  much 
has  been  lost  since  World  War  II,  he  can  with  considerable  validity 
caption  his  thoughts  with  the  constant  and  foreboding  question, 
""Wlio's  next  in  the  long  string  of  captive  nations — South  Vietnam, 
Laos,  Venezuela,  Zanzibar?"  The  pessimistic  overtones  of  this 
gnawing  question,  which  will  be  answered  in  the  latest  chapter  of  our 
cold  war  failures,  particularly  with  regard  to  the  Russian  base  of 
global  cold  war  operations,  need  not,  of  course,  be  necessarily  ac- 
cepted for  the  long  future.  But  in  our  present  state  of  free  world 
cold  war  disintegration,  who  can  reasonably  deny  that  it  rests  on  firm 
grounds  of  near  probability  ? 

Had  we,  over  10  years  ago,  in  operating  existence  what  is  sensibly 
designed  in  these  five  resolutions,  we  as  a  nation  would  have  main- 
tained our  clear-cut  superiority  in  world  leadership  without  the  phan- 
tasms of  a  Soviet  Russian  contender.  Lest  we  be  mistaken,  this  is  not 
entirely  an  observation  from  hindsight,  even  though  such  an  obser- 
vation should  in  itself  draw  respectful  attention.  The  plain  fact  is 
that  the  fundamental  nature  of  the  imperialist  Soviet  Russian  enemy 
had  been  clearly  revealed  many,  many  years  before  the  outbreak  of 
hostilities  in  1939.  Those  of  us  who  understood  this  then  and,  later 
at  the  beginning  of  the  fifties,  advocated  a  policy  of  liberation  were 
in  truth  proposing  the  development  of  a  cold  war  strategy  to  defeat 
the  Russian  enemy  in  the  only  area  he's  capable  of  winning,  that  of 
paramilitary  conquest.  Regrettably,  even  those  who  gave  official 
lipservice  to  the  policy  of  liberation  failed  to  understand  what  it 
meant  in  essence  and  content. 

Hampered  by  all  the  trimmings  of  a  cultural  lag,  this  measure,  over 
10  years  later,  still  points  to  the  most  essential  course  open  to  us  in 
combating  successfully  and  decisively  the  propagandistic,  psycho- 
political,  conspiratorial,  and  subversive  inroads  made  by  Moscow  in 
the  free  world.  In  fact,  it  is  hyperessential  today ;  more  than  it  was 
over  a  decade  ago  when  we  enjoyed  complete  military  superiority,  air 
supremacy,  and  atomic  monopoly  power.  With  the  relatively  declin- 
ing longrun  importance  of  military  might  and  power  as  our  chief 
source  of  deterrence  against  both  the  further  expansion  of  Moscow's 
empire  and  the  horrendous  outbreak  of  a  global  hot  war,  the  critical 
area  of  the  foreseeable  future  will  be  that  of  vigorous  and  imaginative 
cold  war  activity.  The  sheer  adequacy  of  imperial  Russian  arms  and 
industrial  capacity  has  produced  a  formidable  power  of  influence  that 
shifts  the  points  of  comparative  advantage  to  operations  within  the 
cold  war  area. 

Vested  with  complete  futural  significance  of  the  most  crucial  sort, 
the  measure  under  consideration  here  aims  to  equip  us  with  the  neces- 
sary means  of  coping  adequately  with  the  devious  cold  war  operations 
of  Moscow  and  now  also  Peiping,  twin  sisters  in  established  imperio- 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1281 

colonial  practices.  These  practices  include  a  whole  range  of  psycho- 
political  infiltration  and  subversion,  from  which  no  sphere  of  human 
existence  is  excluded,  even  entailing  "peace,"  "peaceful  coexistence," 
"disarmament,"  "lessening  of  tensions,"  "coexistence  or  codestruc- 
tion,"  and  other  Russian  cold  war  shibboleths.  In  short,  it  is  an 
illusion  to  believe  that  so  long  as  the  Russian  and  Chinese  imperial 
systems  continue  to  exist,  the  cold  war  would  or  could  be  terminated 
by  trade,  appeasement,  wishful  thinking  about  "mellowing  processes," 
and  even  the  self-disintegration  of  the  captive  world.  The  long  truth 
is  that  the  cold  war  is  an  institutional  coefficient  of  these  systems.  The 
sooner  we  come  to  grips  with  this  fundamental  truth,  the  sooner  we'll 
be  contributing  to  our  own  survival. 

THE  ENEMY  IN  HISTORICAL  PERSPECTIVE 

(2)  The  passage  of  this  measure  and  its  full  realization  would 
make  possible,  at  long  last,  concentrated  studies  of  Russian  cold  war 
operations  in  terms  of  indispensable  historical  perspectives  which 
would  deepen  our  insights  into  the  basic  nature  of  the  enemy.  Careful 
analyses  along  these  and  primarily  substantive  lines  would  reveal 
that  what  we  classify  today  as  Moscow's  cold  war  techniques  and 
methods  are  essentially  traditional  to  totalitarian  Russian  empire- 
building.  Contrary  to  general  opinion,  they  are  not  the  created  prod- 
ucts of  so-called  Communist  ideology  and  tactics.  Except  for  acci- 
dental refinements  and  considerable  technologic  improvements,  many 
of  the  techniques  manipulated  by  the  rulers  of  the  present  Russian 
empire,  and  also  applied  by  their  Red  Chinese  competitors,  can  be 
systematically  traced  as  far  back  as  the  16th  century.  Indeed,  over  a 
half  century  before  Marx,  the  Russian  ambassadors  of  Catherine  the 
Great  utilized  class-division  techniques  to  prepare  for  the  partitions 
of  Poland.  Countless  other  examples  of  striking  comparative  worth 
and  value  can  be  cited. 

In  a  real  sense,  such  specialized  studies  conducted  by  an  independent 
agency  set  up  to  concentrate  on  political  warfare  stand  to  have  more 
comparative  value  for  our  national  security  and  defense  than  literally 
the  billions  spent  on  military  hardware  and  economic  foreign  aid. 
These  fashioned  techniques  and  methods  of  Moscow  are  relatively  new 
to  us  because  of  our  historical  unfamiliarity  with  them.  Yet,  sig- 
nificantly, they  are  old  and  tried  to  all  the  captive  nations  in  Eastern 
Europe,  in  the  U.S.S.R.,  in  and  about  the  Caucasus  and  central  Asia. 
In  sharp  contrast  to  the  ways  and  means  of  past  Western  imperialism 
and  colonialism  that  throve  on  oversea  possessions,  the  methods  of 
Russian  imperio-colonialism  were  forged  to  extend  an  overland  em- 
pire, with  all  their  borderland  implications.  By  these  methods  and 
techniques,  an  unprecedented  empire  was  built  over  the  centuries  and 
in  1918  revived  and  enormously  expanded  by  the  present  Soviet  Rus- 
sian rulers. 

Of  conspicuous  note  concerning  the  past,  as  well  as  contemporary, 
Russian  expansion  in  power,  control,  and  influence  is  the  outstanding 
fact  that  the  polyglot,  multinational  military  forces  under  Moscow 
have  played  essentially  a  secondary  role.  With  patience  and  in  time, 
the  primary  role  has  consistently  been  played  by  Russian  conspiracy, 
propaganda,  diplomatic  duress,  and  subversion.    And  this  includes 


1282       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

our  latest  period,  from  World  War  II  to  the  present,  with  Khrushchev 
as  the  master  player  in  this  <^rand  enterprise.  Our  understanding  of 
these  rulers  over  the  centuries  is  indispensable  to  adequate  prepara- 
tions and  ability  on  our  part  to  cope  with  phenomena  of  intensive 
revolutions  and  conquests  from  within  in  independent  and  also  emerg- 
ing states  and  nations  of  the  free  world.  Here  too,  in  short,  we  are 
confronted  by  a  cumulative  experience  not  of  only  47  ^ears  but  rather 
of  centuries,  and  the  Soviet  Russian  heirs  of  this  experience  possess  an 
enormous  advantage  that  few  of  their  predecessors  had — that  of  tech- 
nology and  science.  The  objectives  envisaged  by  the  five  resolutions 
point  in  the  direction  of  such  major  study.  Along  these  lines  there  is 
a  terrible  gap  in  our  knowledge,  both  in  the  official  and  private  sector; 
indeed,  even  rudimentary  facts  about  the  chief  enemy  are  not  prop- 
erly mierstood  or  even  Imown — again  in  many  official  and  private 
quarters. 

Mr.  JoiiANSEN.  Will  you  let  me  interrupt  at  this  point  to  ask  this 
question  so  that  it  will  be  associated  with  this  comment? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Incidentally,  I  am  happy  to  see  you  here  today. 
Doctor. 

Would  the  gentleman  feel  that  supplying  of  this  information  both 
to  those  in  Government  and  to  those  who  are  private  citizens  or 
leaders  in  the  private  sector  constitutes  indoctrination  ? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Not  at  all,  sir.  I  will  come  to  that  point  if  I  may. 
I  didn't  have  a  chance  to  incorporate  some  of  it — let  us  put  it,  some 
of  the  observations  made  by  the  Secretary  this  morning,  but  I  will 
allude  to  them. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  won't  interrupt  further. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKT.  This  gap  in  our  knowledge  is  an  obvious,  gratui- 
tous advantage  to  Moscow's  cold  war  experts. 

SOME   CONCRETE   CASES  OF   WON  OR   LOST  OPPORTUNITIES 

(3)  In  the  light  of  swift-moving  developments  in  the  past  decade 
and  more,  this  measure  and  its  passage  are  actually  long  overdue. 
The  essential  ideas  of  this  measure  were  approvingly  considered  by 
the  Select  House  Committee  to  Investigate  Communist  Aggression 
some  10  years  ago.  It  is  noteworthy  that  through  this  committee 
Congress' made  its  substantial  contribution  to  our  developing  knowl- 
edge of  the  imperialist  Soviet  Russian  menace.  It  was  at  the  initiative 
of,  and  by  the  vision  of.  Congress  that  this  tremendous  stride  was 
made. 

Now,  the  present  resolutions  in  more  elaborate  and  adequate  form 
crystallize  the  thoughts  and  vision  of  the  many  who  have  given  serious 
consideration  and  study  to  the  nature  and  scope  of  cold  war  operations 
under  the  contrived  conditions  of  "neither  peace  nor  war."  Based  on 
much  precedent  thought  and  the  intensive  investigations  of  previous 
congressional  committees,  the  embraced  measure  promises  to  lay  the 
necessary  foundations  for  us  to  meet  intelligently  and  competently 
the  cold  war  thrusts  and  maneuvers  of  Moscow  and  Peiping. 

The  spectrum  of  cold  war  ideas  and  engagement  is  a  most  extensive 
one.  However,  let  me  briefly  cite  a  few  concrete  examples  in  which 
congressional  initiative,  as  against  routinous  executive  inertia  or 
myopia,  contributed  to  our  cold  war  posture.    One,  in  1958,  if  Congress 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1283 

hadn't  acted  in  time,  the  vital  VOA  non-Russian  language  broadcasts 
into  the  Soviet  Union  would  have  been  systematically  eliminated,  and 
much  to  the  satisfaction  of  Moscow.  Two,  the  passage  of  the  Captive 
Nations  Week  Resolution  in  1959  demonstrated  to  the  world  how 
deeply  vulnerable  Moscow  is  with  regard  to  the  captive  non-Russian 
nations  in  the  Soviet  Union  alone.  The  typical,  mythical  image  that 
millions  throughout  the  world  have  of  the  Soviet  Union  could  be  easily 
transformed  if  we  even  began  to  implement  that  resolution.  On  this 
I  should  like  to  submit  as  part  of  my  statement  an  article  I  have 
written  on  "The  Next  Move,"  which  appeared  in  the  Januaiy  6, 1964, 
issue  of  the  American  Security  Council's  Washington  Report. 

Mr.  Pool.  Is  that  just  a  page  or  two  there  ? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Yes. 

Mr.  Pool.  Without  objection  then  it  may  be  admitted.  (See  pp. 
1294-1297.) 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  A  third  example,  with  which  most  of  our  people 
are  unfamiliar,  concerns  Congress'  passage  of  legislation  in  1960,  pro- 
viding for  the  erection  in  our  Capital  of  a  statue  of  Taras  Shevchenko, 
the  Ukrainian  poet  and  freedom  fighter.  The  ramifications  of  this 
action  would  amaze  any  close  student  of  cold  war  operations;  in  1961 
we  thwarted  Moscow's  perversion  of  this  historic  figure  and  just  a  few 
months  ago,  given  what  they  considered  an  opening  wedge  provided  by 
several  obtuse  editorials  of  a  local  newspaper,  Moscow  and  its  puppets 
slickly  attempted  to  destroy  the  project  here.  On  this  seemingly 
minor  action  I  should  also  like  to  submit  as  part  of  the  record  this 
recently  published  booklet,  /Shevchenko,  A  MonuTiient  to  the  Libera- 
tion, Freedom,  and  Independence  of  All  Captive  Nations,  and  be- 
cause of  its  voluminous  nature,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  will  just  make  it 
available  to  the  members  of  the  committee,  then. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  If  I  may  interrupt,  but  the  newspaper  that  the  wit- 
ness refers  to  is  the  Washington  Post,  and  I  would  like  to  have  it  in  the 
record  that  it  is. 

Mr.  Pool.  Put  that  in  the  record. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKT.  I  would  raise  no  objection  to  that. 

Mr.  Pool.  We  appreciate  the  pamphlet.  We  will  not  print  it  in  the 
record. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKT.  It  is  119  pages  in  length  and  it  can  be  supplied 
to  each  member  if  he  is  is  interested,  as  a  concrete  case. 

But  I  would  appreciate  the  printing  of  this  material,  a  most  inter- 
esting docmnent  distributed  by  the  Russian  Embassy  to  our  wire 
services  and  newspapers  concerning,  again,  this  seemingly  minor 
Shevchenko  affair. 

Mr.  Pool.  Identify  it  for  the  reporter. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKT.  The  document  is  a  propaganda  appeal  with  a  cover 
letter  written  by  Yuri  I.  Bobrakov  of  the  Press  Department  of  the 
Embassy  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  This  is  the  Washington  Embassy  ? 

Dr.  DoBRLVNSKY.  Yes.  The  matter  was  obviously  considered  in 
Moscow  and  Kiev ;  they  got  into  the  act.  This  is  dated  December  30, 
1963. 

Mr.  Pool.  It  may  be  admitted  without  objection.  (See  pp.  1298- 
1300.) 

Congress  cannot,  of  course,  be  expected  to  take  such  initiative  con- 
tinually along  the  entire  spectrum  of  commonsense  cold  war  challenge. 


1284       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Some  opportunities,  as  those  cited,  have  been  won;  there  are  many 
that  have  been  lost.  In  the  area  of  the  Olympic  Games,  for  instance, 
which  also  has  cold  war  significance  with  the  emerging  myth  of  the 
pliysically  supreme  "Soviet  man,"  we  again  have  lost  the  opportunity 
of  smashing  this  myth  by  not  insisting  that  non-Russian  participants 
from  the  U.S.S.R.  be  properly  identified  as  representatives  of  their 
respective  national  republics.  By  no  means  are  all  the  medal  victors 
Russians.  However,  as  in  the  last  decade,  so  m  this  one.  Congress  can 
make  a  monumental  contribution  to  our  eventual  victory  in  the  cold 
war  by  passing  this  Freedom  legislation  in  this  session.  In  brief,  it 
would  be  creating  a  sorely  needed  generator  of  ideas  and  proposals 
along  the  entire  spectrum  of  the  titanic  cold  war  challenge. 

INSTITUTIONAL  INSTRUMENTS  OF  ENLIGHTENMENT  AND  STABILITY 

(4)  Without  perhaps  incurring  the  wrath  of  one  of  your  colleagues 
who  isn't  on  this  committee  but  on  the  banking  committee,  I  would  say 
that  by  analogy,  and  a  rough  one  at  that,  the  existence  of  a  Freedom 
Commission  and  a  Freedom  Academy  is  as  necessary  to  our  national 
being  today  as  is  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Sys- 
tem. In  like  manner  that  the  latter  is  purposed  to  achieve  stability  and 
balanced  development  in  our  economy,  the  former  would  strive  to  ac- 
complish the  same  in  our  undertakings  under  the  indefinite  condi- 
tions of  "neither  peace  nor  war."  It  is  safe  to  say  that  because  our 
people  have  not,  by  and  large,  understood  the  nature,  scope,  and  depth 
of  Moscow's  cold  war  operations,  they  have  been  constantly  subjected 
to  wide  fluctuations  of  mood  and  sentiment,  giving  way  at  times  to  dan- 
gerous complacency  and  even  seeming  indifference  toward  the  vital 
force  of  their  treasured  heritage  and  values  and,  at  other  times,  to 
near  hysteria. 

Dispersed  and  much- frittered  thinking,  as  now  exists,  in  cold  war 
dimensions  will  guarantee  a  continued  instability  in  popular  reactions 
and  a  safe  passivity  in  official  determinations.  With  the  Russians  and 
Chinese  operating  in  virtually  every  quarter  of  the  free  world,  even 
endemic  developments  rapidly  assume  a  broad  cold  war  stigma.  They 
require  continuous,  studied  assessment  leading  to  recommendations 
for  not  only  adequate  counteraction  but  also  an  effective  offensive,  and 
this  is  the  one  place  that  the  Russians  are  most  vulnerable;  namely, 
the  captive  non-Russian  majority  in  the  U.S.S.R.  itself.  The  only 
practical  apparatus  for  this  type  of  concentrated  and  totalistic  think- 
ing is  the  proposed  Commission  and  Academy,  which  veritably  would 
become  institutional  instruments  of  enlightenment  and  stability. 

ARGUMENT  AND   COUNTERARGUMENT 

(6)  The  argument  and  counterargument  on  this  most  vital  issue 
should  receive  on  the  part  of  the  committee  the  most  exacting  and 
scrutinous  type  of  internal  analysis.  I  submit  that  upon  such  analysis 
the  negative  and  inconsistent  responses  to  the  measures  at  hand  from 
certain  executive  agencies  constitute  in  themselves  a  negative  support 
of  the  proposals.  Behind  the  usual,  verbally  graced  generalities  they 
reflect  an  uncertainty  of  position,  misstatement  of  facts,  and  an  appar- 
ent incapacity  to  grasp  the  structure  of  cold  war  thought,  which  finds 
easy  confirmation  in  our  record  of  the  past  20  years. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1285 

Viewing  first  the  concise,  positive  arguments  on  the  measure,  I 
repeat  that  to  meet  satisfactorily  the  tasks  and  requirements  indicated 
above,  an  independent  agency  devoted  exchisively  to  the  content  of 
cold  war  operation  is  indispensable.  There  is  no  existing  agency  or 
department  in  our  Government  that  is  equipped  by  intent  or  resources 
to  meet  these  tasks.  No  existing  governmental  body  is  designed  to 
treat  and  study  Russian  cold  war  phenomena  in  all  their  interrelated 
parts  and  aspects.  Administratively,  there  is  no  principle  of  coordi- 
nation and  integration  represented  by  any  body  in  this  intricate  and 
complex  field.  More,  there  is  no  principle  of  crystallization  and  con- 
servation of  thought  represented,  as  one  department  vies  with  another 
in  a  "play  it  by  ear"  mood  to  determine  whether  even  food  has  a  cold 
war  weight. 

The  creation  of  a  Freedom  Commission  would  correct  these  grave 
defects  and  fill  in  the  gaps  that  currently  exist.  It  would,  at  long  last, 
provide  us  with  a  functioning  apparatus,  free  of  the  routinous  day-to- 
day operational  responsibilities  in  the  existing  agencies,  to  deal  with  a 
foremost  challenge  in  a  totalistic,  continuous,  and  coordinated  way, 
rather  than  the  piecemeal,  sporadic,  and  essentially  defensive  ways  that 
have  prevailed  up  to  the  present.  Similarly,  there  is  no  educational  in- 
stitution maintained  by  our  Government  or  any  private  body  that  is 
capable  of  conducting  these  necessary  and  continuous  studies  and  in- 
struction on  this  new  plane  of  comprehensive  cold  war  thought.  The 
intended  Freedom  Academy  would  satisfy  this  basic  need. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  break  my  promise  to  ask  this? 

Are  you  in  a  position  to  comment  on  what  resources  we  have  in  this 
coimtry  at  the  Hoover  Library  at  Stanford  ?  Are  you  familiar  with 
that? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Yes,  I  am,  sir.  I  would  say  that  actually  you  have 
what  might  be  called  an  embryo  in  the  field  of  empirical  cold  war  re- 
search, 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  And  raw  materials. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKT.  And  raw  materials;  but  still  raw  materials  that 
require  a  great  deal  of  refining.  Again  this  is  in  the  compartment  of 
research.  It  doas  not  go  into  that  of  methodic  instruction  and,  beyond 
this,  in  what  one  might  call  cold  war  operations  via  organizations  and 
other  media,  which  I  shall  allude  to  in  a  moment,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Thank  you,  sir. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Now  for  a  few  negative  arguments.  Of  course, 
Mr.  Chairman,  I  did  not  have  time  to  incorporate  some  of  the  things 
that  Mr.  Harriman  said,  although  in  my  statement  I  tried  to  deal  with 
all  the  major  points  that  have  been  raised  in  the  past. 

However,  I  would  like  at  this  point  to  address  m5^self  to  what  I 
consider  the  verbal  tactics  of  Mr.  Harriman. 

First,  the  matter  of  indoctrination.  Having  been  a  student  of  philos- 
ophy myself,  I  do  not  see  any  intellectual  dirt  involved  in  the  word 
"indoctrination."  I  think  he  himself  revealed  the  hollowness  of  his 
position  when  he  practically  synonymized  what  he  meant  by  indoctrina- 
tion with  brainwashing. 

There  is  no  attempt  here  to  brainwash  anyone,  let  us  say,  in  an  estab- 
lished curriculum  of  the  Freedom  Academy  and  the  like.  The  fact  is 
that  if  students  are  studying  Communist  doctrine  and  if  I  were  the 
teacher  in  a  classroom,  I  would  make  sure  that  they  understood  that 

30-471—64 — pt.  2 4 


1286       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

doctrine  thoroughly.  Thus  on  a  conceptual,  abstractive  level  I  would 
be  indoctrinating  them  in  order  for  them  to  grasp  the  systematic  fea- 
tures of  someone  else's  thought. 

This  does  not  necessarily  mean  that  I  would  be  imposing  an  accept- 
ance on  their  part  or  an  intellectual  assent  by  them  to  that  doctrine. 
So,  in  communicating  intellectually  with  them,  it  would  be  not  just  a 
matter  of  informing,  but  also  actually  of  illuminating  the  thought 
structure — the  doctrinal  edifice.  When  we  deal  with  concepts  and 
their  interrelationships,  even  in  economics  it  is  necessary  to  build  up 
these  conceptual  structures  in  the  minds  of  the  students  and,  as  a 
consequence,  you  do  get  into  the  process  of  indoctrinating ;  again,  for 
sheer,  objective  imderstanding,  if  nothing  else. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  If  you  were  doing  the  same  thing,  either  with  a 
group  of  visiting  foreign  students  or  even  a  group  of  American  stu- 
dents, and  I  think  some  of  them  can  stand  it,  if  you  were  doing  it  in 
the  matter  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States,  you  would  be  doing 
the  same  thing. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  That  is  correct.  It  is  a  matter  of  systematic, 
methodical  inculcation. 

Mr.  Pool.  Would  you  limit  the  field  of  research  and  education  to 
communism  and  fighting  communism  ? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  It  is  considerably  more  than  communism.  I  think 
my  subsequent  remarks  will  show  that,  sir. 

Mr.  Pool.  How  far  afield  would  you  go?  What  I  am  thinking 
about  is  the  argument  made  by  Secretary  Harriman  this  morning  that 
this  bill  would  tend  to  give  Federal  control  over  education.  I  am 
wondering,  should  we  limit  it  to  what  we  are  interested  in  mainly,  the 
fighting  of  the  Communists? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Ycs,  but  it  addresses  itself  not  simply  to  com- 
munism; there  are  many  other  elements  in  this  cold  war  opponent. 
I  made  reference,  for  example,  to  Russian  imperio-colonialism,  which 
is  a  most  vulnerable  point  with  Moscow.  This  could  be  easily  docu- 
mented to  show  the  element  working  in  combination  with  the  ideology 
of  conununism. 

Now  there  are  proponents  of  the  measure  who  feel  that  the  enemy 
is  purely  communism.  As  many  know,  I  have  looked  upon  commu- 
nism chiefly  as  a  tool  of  ideologic  deception.  Although  it  is  such  a 
tool,  it  is  nevertheless  an  instrumental  menace  because  there  are  people 
who  could  be  deceived  by  it  and  are  being  deceived  by  it  in  the  free 
world,  as  well  as  some  behind  the  Iron  Curtain. 

Mr.  Pool.  Is  the  purpose  stated  in  the  bill  too  broad  or  should  it  be 
cut  down  to  what  we  are  really  after  ? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  I  do  not  think  it  is  broad  at  all.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  I  think  the  "whereas"  provisions  afford  this  more  expanded  in- 
terpretation without  misleading  us  into  the  area  that  Mr.  Harriman 
and  others  have  in  mind,  that  is,  the  purely  academic  exercises  such  as 
we  have  at  Georgetown  and  elsewhere  with  regard  to  foreign  affairs. 

These  bills  address  themselves  specifically  to  cold  war  thinking,  po- 
litical warfare,  and  if  you  will  allow  me  to  continue,  you  will  see  what 
I  am  referring  to. 

Another  thing,  of  course,  that  Mr.  Harriman  brought  out  was  the 
matter  of  classified  material. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1287 

When  I  was  in  the  National  War  College  I  had  considerable  access 
to  such  classified  material.  However,  all  I  can  say  here  is  that,  as  a 
matter  of  fact,  there  is  enough  material  with  regard  to  the  ways  and 
means,  the  content,  the  scope  of  Kussian  political  warfare  that  even 
1  year  of  intensive  training,  whether  you  restrict  it  to  Government 
officials  or,  preferably,  you  also  invite  private  citizens,  would  not  be 
enough  actually  to  cover  the  breadth  of  unclassified  material. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  In  other  words,  you  could  do  a  good  job  of  re- 
educating the  State  Department  totally  with  declassified  information. 

Dr.  DoBPiiANSKY.  I  am  convinced  of  that,  sir.  This  is  as  far  as  I 
would  like  to  go  on  the  subject  of  classified  materials,  although  I  could 
discuss  in  appropriate  circumstances  specific  projects,  including,  for 
example,  Mr.  Kersten's  amendment  to  the  Mutual  Security  Act  at  the 
beginning  of  the  fifties,  when  we  attempted  to  set  up,  in  implementing 
the  Kersten  amendment,  free  national  battalions  integrated  into 
NATO.  I  am  not  impressed  by  what  I  would  call  the  overstress  of 
fright  on  this  matter  of  classified  material  by  Mr.  Harriman. 

If  I  may  continue  with  the  negative  arguments  that  I  have  extracted 
from  the  responses  of  the  executive  agencies,  over  the  years  we  have 
been  told,  ( 1 )  that  confusion  with  and  a  duplication  of  work  of  existing 
agencies  would  occur;  (2)  that  the  Foreign  Service  Institute,  the  Na- 
tional War  College,  and  other  public  and  private  institutions  already 
furnish  instruction  on  Communist  strategy;  (3)  that  a  formulation  of 
cold  war  strategy  and  tactics  into  an  "operational  science"  is  a  delu- 
sion; (4)  that  training  of  operational  elements  (perhaps  a  dynamic 
Freedom  Corps  as  against  our  essentially  defensive  Peace  Corps) 
should  not  be  publicized;  (5)  that  the  Russians  would  perhaps  be  ais- 
concerted  by  what  they  may  regard  as  a  cold  war  institute  and  a  train- 
ing course  for  espionage;  (6)  that  educational  pluralism  must  be  up- 
held; and  (7)  that  we  are  already  making  positive  progress  in  eco- 
nomic buildups  in  the  underdeveloped  countries  and,  in  the  fashion  of 
a  passive  model,  in  self-improvement  at  home. 

Taking  these  major  counterarguments  in  toto,  it  is  evident  that  their 
proponents  either  have  no  conception  of  total  cold  war  or,  if  they  do, 
are  desperately  seeking  any  rationalization  to  safeguard  the  sanctity 
of  their  respective  jurisdictions  against  an  inevitable  subsumption  to 
the  totality  of  cold  war  thought  and  performance. 

Their  first  argument  is  specious  because  there  is  much  confusion  and 
also  frittered  thought  that  requires  integration  and  rounded 
consolidation. 

The  second  fallaciously  magnifies  a  dearth  of  study  and  instruction, 
meaning  at  the  National  War  College  or  Foreign  Service  Institute  or, 
for  that  matter,  at  any  of  our  private  institutions,  and  indicates,  in 
itself,  a  dearth  of  understanding  of  what  is  involved  in  the  Freedom 
proposal. 

The  third  argument  reinforces  this  comment.  The  fourth  one  is 
strange  for  an  open  society  that  should  never  cease  in  espousing  and 
working  for  universal  freedom. 

The  fifth  borders  on  stupidity  as  to  the  Russians  being  disconcerted 
about  this. 

The  sixth  partakes  of  philosophical  sophistication  but,  aside  from 
our  perilous  gap  in  cold  war  education,  one  wonders  what  happened 
to  pluralism  with  the  new  proposal  last  year  of  a  National  Academy 


1288       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

of  Foreign  Affairs,  which  from  all  indications  would  be  an  egregious 
and  wasteful  duplication  of  existing  educational  institutions,  whether 
at  Georgetown,  Pennsylvania,  or  elsewhere. 

The  seventh  point  can  best  be  answered  by  just  observing  the  slow 
collapse  of  our  policy  of  patched-up  containment  as  evidenced  today 
in  Cuba,  tomorrow  perhaps  in  Venezuela,  South  Vietnam,  Laos,  or 
some  other  point  on  the  terrain  of  the  free  world.  We  have  a  greater 
breed  of  economic  determinists  in  Washington  than  one  can  possibly 
find  in  Moscow. 

In  conclusion,  the  Freedom  CJommission  and  the  Freedom  Academy 
would  become  valuable  and  highly  effective  media  for  both  our  pub- 
lic and  private  institutions  as  concerns  a  general  enlightenment  and 
understanding  of  the  constant,  dangerous  threat  that  has  penetrated 
the  free  world.  Their  very  existence  and  work  would  bar  indiffer- 
ence, complacency,  naivete,  or  even  hysteria  toward  this  persistent, 
totalitarian  peril  which  is  centered  in  Moscow. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Insofar  as  there  is  valid  criticism  of  the  so-called 
extreme  right  in  this  area  of  communism,  is  this  not  the  best  antidote 
there  is  for  it,  this  type  of  program?  The  best  antidote  for  the 
excesses  of  extremism  ? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  There  is  no  question  about  that.  I  certainly 
would  agree  with  that.  Having  followed  this,  with  Mr.  Grant  and 
others  leading  it,  I  would  say  that  these  people  have  contributed 
solid  thought  and  firm  support  for  these  jDroposals,  by  and  large 
people  who  have  continually  manifested  a  unique  stability  and  a 
great  deal  of  perspective  when  it  comes  to  the  treatment  of  cold 
war  problems. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  agree  with  you. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  There  is  no  doubt  about  it. 

I  would  like  to  stress  this,  that  total  cold  war  thought,  in  our  case 
necessarily  oriented  toward  universal  freedom,  instrumentalizes  every- 
thing— diplomacy,  economics,  science,  culture,  propaganda  (in  which 
we  are  next  to  pitiful),  the  military,  even,  among  many  other  things 
in  life,  athletics — in  an  integrated,  aggregative  whole  for  positive 
action  and  successful  performance. 

Moscow  has  schools  for  this,  and  they  haven't  been  established  for 
reasons  of  eternal  contemplation.  We  have  no  such  schools,  and  to 
refer  to  any  in  this  country  as  comparable  to  theirs  is  the  height  of 
either  ignorance  or  reckless  foolery.  Consider  what  you  will,  the 
National  War  College,  Harvard,  Georgetown,  or  the  Foreign  Service 
Institute. 

In  short,  the  service  of  the  Freedom  institutions  in  this  specialized, 
macro-psychopolitical  field  would  be  in  fundamental  service  to  our 
own  survival  as  an  independent  nation. 

On  grounds  of  national  survival,  we  cannot  afford  to  risk  the  pro- 
spects of  psychopolitical  attrition  or  isolation  as  the  dikes  of  patched- 
up  containment  begin  to  fall  about  the  world,  not  to  mention  other 
paramilitary  avenues  of  national  reduction. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Ichord. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Yes,  I  wish  to  compliment  you  for  a  very  informative 
statement. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1289 

It  has  been  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  committee  that  this 
proposal  has  been  opposed  by  the  far  right.  Do  you  know  the  basis 
of  that  contention  ? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Has  been  opposed  by  the  far  right  ? 

Mr.  IcHORD.  By  the  far  right.  The  statement  was  made  in  the 
committee  the  other  day  by  Mr.  Senner,  I  believe,  that  this  bill  was 
opposed  by  the  John  Birch  Society.  Do  you  know  anything  about 
their  opposition  ? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  No,  I  do  not,  sir. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Do  you  know  of  any  opposition  from  the  far  right  ? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  I  havc  not  really  come  across  any  opposition.  I 
am  trying  to  recall.  Of  course,  back  in  1960  there  were  some  who 
actually  took  the  position  that  a  Freedom  Commission  and  a  Free- 
dom Academy,  should  they  be  established,  would  be  targets  of  Com- 
munist infiltration  and,  therefore,  if  anything,  to  fill  in  this  truly 
educational  gap  in  our  system,  it  would  be  better  to  have  it,  let  us 
say,  at  a  private  imiversity  dealing  with  political  warfare  in  its 
totality. 

That  is  about  the  only  type  of  opposition  that  I  have  heard  from 
the  far  right. 

My  answer  to  this  would  be,  then,  that  we  might  as  well  fold  up 
everything  if  we  fear  Communist  infiltration. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  You  heard  the  Secretary  of  State  or  the  Under  Secre- 
tary of  State,  Mr.  Harriman,  testify  this  morning? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Ycs,  I  did. 

Mr.  IciiORD.  He  is  opposed  to  the  training  of  large  numbers  of 
private  citizens  in  an  academy,  in  the  Freedom  Academy  or  the  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs.  I  would  like  to  hear  you  com- 
ment upon  his  objection. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  I  listened  rather  closely  and  if  I'm  not  mistaken, 
he  failed  to  offer  any  justifying  reasons  for  what  appears  to  be  simply 
a  comment.  I  mean  a  rational  feeling  on  his  part,  other  than  bringing 
up  the  matter  of  classified  materials.  But  let  me  handle  this  matter 
in  this  fashion.  It  is  curious  to  me  that  many  of  our  service  schools — 
you  take,  for  example,  the  Army  War  College  and  to  some  degree  at 
the  National  War  College  and  I  am  sure  even  in  the  State  Depart- 
ment— public  seminars  are  conducted  perhaps  for  an  entire  week  and 
with  what  purpose?  Wliom  do  they  bring  in ?  They  bring  in  movie 
producers,  journalists,  educators,  people  who  have  one  degree  of 
influence  or  another,  let  us  say,  in  media  of  public  opinion  through- 
out our  country.  Wliy  do  they  bring  them  in  if  not  to  some  extent 
inform  them. 

Then  the  other  curious  aspect  of  all  this  is  that  many  a  commander 
or,  let  us  say,  a  general  at  a  given  post  who  has  been  conducting  the 
study,  oftentimes  expresses  regret  that  there  are  not  enough  re- 
sources, not  enough  time  to  really  impart  what  is  necessary,  not  to 
mention  the  problem  of  incorporating  many  others  in  such  under- 
takings. 

Now  the  point  here  is  that  we  are  attempting  to  impress  through 
these  very  meager  means  some  of  this  information  on  people  who 
affect  public  opinion  in  this  country. 


1290       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

I  would  say  that  even  on  the  level  of  imparted  information  the 
Freedom  Academy  would  really  overcome  the  limitations  of  these 
gestures,  these  attempts  on  the  part  of  our  many  service  institutions. 
When  it  comes  to  classified  data,  I  cannot  see  that,  let  us  say,  a  respon- 
sible editor  of  a  newspaper,  whose  background  has  been  thoroughly 
investigated,  would  necessarily  be  a  person  subject  to  question  even 
for  the  treatment  of  classified  material,  no  more  or  less  so  than  anyone 
being  in  the  armed  services  and  eligible  for  instruction  over  a  10- 
month  period  at  the  National  War  College. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  In  addition  to  operating  the  Freedom  Academy  the 
Commission  will  also  have  the  duty  of  operating  the  information 
center. 

Do  you  think  this  additional  duty  of  operating  the  Information 
Center  might  overburden  the  Commission  ? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  No,  I  do  not  believe  that  at  all.  I  think  the 
Freedom  information  center  M^ould  be  a  very  important  and  efficient 
operational  instrument  at  the  disposal  of  the  Freedom  Commission. 
Also,  I  have  no  fear  concerning  the  supposed  matter  of  indoctrination 
because  on  the  basis  of  my  own  experience — lecturing  at  various  uni- 
versities, being  as  I  indicated  in  these  service  schools — I  would  say 
that  we  are  even  pretty  deficient  in  our  rudimentary  knowledge  as 
concerns  the  environment,  the  conditions  surrounding  the  immediate 
enemy. 

I  could  go  into  specifics.  We  even  have  it  displayed  on  the  highest 
levels  of  Government  when,  for  instance,  the  chairman  of  the  Senate 
Freedom  information  center  would  be  a  very  important  and  efficient 
sians  being  in  the  Soviet  Union.  I  do  not  think  I  am  too  intellectually 
sensitive  or  picayune,  but  my  reaction  immediately  is  that  there  is  some 
deficiency  in  his  understanding.     I  could  go  right  down  the  line. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Would  ^ou  say  why,  because  I  would  like  the  record 
to  show  why  there  is  a  deficiency  in  knowledge. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKT.  There  is  this  deficiency  because  of  these  points; 
that  actually  even  in  our  private  institutions — and  I  for  one  have 
many  graduates  from  the  Russian  Centers,  whether  at  Columbia  or  at 
Harvard — students  have  almost  no  comprehensive,  historical  knowl- 
edge of  Eastern  Europe  or  central  Asia. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Doctor,  I  think  you  misunderstood  me.  You  re- 
ferred to  the  chairman  of  the  Foreign  Relations  Committee  referring 
to  200  million  Russians. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Whicli  there  are  not,  even  in  the  world  at  large. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  want  you  to  state  the  misinformation  you  referred 
to  so  that  it  will  be  clear  as  to  the  point  you  are  making. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  The  point  I  was  malring  is  that  certainly  if  you 
get  this  matter  of  political  warfare,  the  presumption  is  that  you  are, 
or  will  quickly  become,  familiar  with  the  historical  background  of 
and  the  conditions  that  prevail  about  your  enemy. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN".  I  am  not  making  myself  clear.  What  is  in  error 
about  the  statement  that  there  are  200  million  Russians? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  The  error  is  that,  in  fact,  there  are  only  about  100 
million  Russians  in  existence. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1291 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  That  is  what  I  wanted  in  the  record  to  buttress  your 
point  that  that  kind  of  misinformation  was  peddled  by  the  chairman. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Eight.  We  have  a  good  deal  of  that.  I  would 
jiot  want  to  take  the  time  nor  am  I  trying  to  put  on  a  performance 
pointing  out  such  deficiencies  in  our  working  knowledge.  But  I 
would  like  to  say  that  for  this  kind  of  operation  it  will  require  a  very 
intensive  research  that  we  have  not  had.  Oftentimes  I  feel  rather 
depressed  when,  as  I  said,  I  get  students  or  address  audiences  who  do 
not  even  have  a  rudimentary  grasp  of  the  data  you  would  presume 
before  embarking  on  a  systematic  study  and  instruction  in  what  is 
totalistic  cold  war  thinking. 

Mr.  Pool.  Do  you  have  any  further  questions  ? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Yes.  On  page  11,  item  No.  5,  you  cited  one  of 
these  arguments  that  the  Russians  would  perhaps  be  disconcerted  by 
what  they  may  regard  as  a  cold  war  institute  and  a  training  course  for 
espionage. 

I  did  not  hear  the  very  last  of  the  testimony  of  Secretary  Harriman. 
I  did  not  know  whether  you  were  referring  to  a  point  he  had  made  or 
what  the  source  is  of  that  sort  of  suggestion. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  All  seven  points  are  actually  taken  from  responses 
made  over  time  by  various  agencies  when  this  measure  was  considered 
over  on  the  Senate  side. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  would  like  to  pursue  this  one  just  a  bit  more, 
because  it  goes  to  my  belief  as  to  one  of  the  main  sources  of  opposition 
to  this,  to  wit,  that  if  we  have  this  type  of  program  and  they  started 
peddling  the  facts  out  of  this  Freedom  Academy  that  it  is  going  to 
disrupt  the  State  Department's  program  of  not  having  any  tensions 
,with  our  enemies;  that  one  of  the  main  objections  is  that  when  the 
Department  decides  that  we  must  now  be  on  an  amiable  mood  with 
them  and  we  must  underwrite  wheat  or  we  must  do  some  other  fool 
thing,  that  having  a  Freedom  Academy  saying  they  are  still  our  ene- 
mies isn't  going  to  fit  in  with  their  propaganda  line. 

That  is  the  point  that  concerns  me. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Congressman,  I  will  agree  with  you  that  that  may 
be  the  motivation,  but  actually  in  looking  at  this  issue  objectively  I 
think  that  our  whole  attitude  should  be  this :  Whether  that  motivation 
exists  or  not,  let  us  view  clearly  the  objectives  and  the  values  of  the 
institutions  being  proposed  here. 

Now  Mr.  Harriman  can  come  before  us  and  say  that  we  have  com- 
mon objectives.  But  the  cardinal  point  is  this:  that  this  whole  issue, 
as  I  understand  it,  hasn't  to  do  with  objectives.  The  issue  has  to  do 
really  with  an  instrument  that  we  want,  a  tool  that  we  want.  And  to 
use  the  argument  that  because  the  Communists  have  political  warfare 
schools,  therefore  we  should  not  have  them,  is  plainly  specious.  One 
could  turn  that  about  and  say  the  Communists  have  missiles,  ergo,  we 
should  not  have  missiles. 

The  chief  point  is  that  the  Freedom  Commission  and  the  Freedom 
Academy  would  actually  be  institutional  tools  that  we  do  not  now 
have.    I  think  that  opponents  to  the  measure — when  they  tell  you  that 


1292       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

there  is  sufficient  instruction  across  the  Potomac  or  down  at  Fort 
McNair  or  at  any  of  our  Russian  Centers  at  Harvard,  Fordham,  Colum- 
bia, or  the  institution  I  am  with,  Georgetown— are  attempting  to 
hoodwink  you.  Either,  as  I  stated  before,  they  do  not  understand 
what  composite  cold  war  thinking  is — where  diplomacy  and  eveiy 
other  area,  what  USIA  does,  what  the  military  has,  what  the  State 
Department  considers,  are  all  looked  upon  as  instruments  in,  if  you  will, 
this  totalistic  disposition  of  thought — or  they  are  rationalizing  in 
behalf  of  their  respective  present  precincts  of  activity,  narrow  and 
scattered  as  they  are  in  this  vital  field. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  have  one  final  question,  Doct-or. 

Do  you  feel  there  is  any  correlation  between  the  reasons  or  alleged 
reasons  for  opposition  to  this  program  and  the  kind  of  thinking 
which  prompted  the  Fulbright  memorandum  and  prompted  the  cur- 
tailment of  the  type  of  activities  that  were  being  carried  on  by  Colonel 
Kintner  and  some  of  the  others  prior  to  the  promulgation  of  that 
nefarious  document? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Well,  you  are  pressing  me.  I  would  say,  of  course, 
that  there  is  no  question  about  it.  I  tried  to  use  language  here  which 
I  think  is  diplomatic  and  tactful  when  I  spoke  of  them  desperately 
seeking  any  rationalization  to  safeguard  the  sanctity  of  their  respec- 
tive jurisdictions  against  an  inevitable  subsumption.  No  question 
about  it,  they  do  not  wisli  to  face  this  kind  of  necessary  subsumption 
in  thought  and  constructive  practice.  I  am  certain  that  there  would 
be  a  great  deal  of  generation  of  imaginative  and  productive  thought 
from  the  Freedom  Academy  and  the  Freedom  Commission ;  and  that 
surely  would  be  totally  in  line  with  our  whole  American  tradition. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Thank  you. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  I  also  wish  to  suggest  that  there  are  many  con- 
crete instances  that  could  be  offered  along  these  lines. 

Let  me  give  you  one  experience  I  had — to  be  sure,  looked  upon 
perhaps  by  many  as  limited  and  many  even  opposed  it  in  thought. 
But  when  Congressman  Lawrence  Smith  of  Wisconsin  was  alive  we 
worked  together  on  a  concrete,  cold  war  measure  for  the  establishment 
of  diplomatic  relations  with  Ukraine  and  Byelorussia.  Favorable 
hearings  were  held  on  this  subject  by  the  Foreign  Affairs  Committee. 

Inevitably,  we  were  drawn  into  a  tug  of  war  with  people  on  the 
other  side  of  town.  I  mention  this  because  it  is  significant  for  the 
issue  at  hand.  When  Mr.  Murphy  was  Under  Secretary  of  State,  I 
met  with  him  often  on  this  subject  and  he  readily  admitted  that  they 
have  no  operational  arm  in  the  Department  to  consider  adequately 
such  specific,  concrete  projects.  Now  I  maintain  this  is  significant 
and  true  because  our  people  in  State  don't  have  the  time,  they  don't 
have  the  resources,  over  and  beyond  what  we  call  the  rituals  of  dip- 
lomatic concourse  and  foreign  affairs  obligations.  Indeed,  there  isn't 
any  precinct  that  can  seriously  attend  to  problems  or  projects  or 
thought  of  this  nature. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1293 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  If  I  might  make  an  observation,  Mr.  Chairman — 
this  is  not  stated  by  our  witness — there  seems  to  be  an  enthusiasm  on 
the  part  of  the  State  Department  for  some  do-it-yourself  diplomacy 
when  it  comes  to  providing  tractors  or  drugs  for  Castro  but  not  in  this 
issue. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Mr,  Chairman,  I  want  to  make  a  statement  for  the 
record.  I  disagree  with  my  colleague,  at  least  that  was  the  inference 
that  I  got  from  the  gentleman  from  Michigan,  that  this  issue  had  to 
do  with  the  sale  of  wheat  to  Russia.  I  disagree  entirely  with  my  col- 
league from  Michigan  on  the  matter  of  sale  of  wheat  but,  simply  put, 
Doctor,  is  your  position  on  this  bill  that  in  order  to  effectively  fight 
an  enemy  you  have  to  know  what  he  thinks,  how  he  fights,  and  how 
effectively  to  combat  him,  and  that  both  inside  and  outside  of  Govern- 
ment there  is  no  institution  or  place  where  a  private  citizen  or  even  a 
governmental  employee  can  go  to  get  that  type  of  knowledge  and 
training  ? 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  That  is  correct. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  will  agree  with  my  friend  and  colleague  on  that 
point. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  I  am  glad  we  agree  in  that  respect. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  And  I  might  say  this :  The  perspective  that  I  am 
expressing  here  may  perhaps  be  different,  but  the  fact  is  that  there  are 
people  in  this  country  who  are  graduates  of  military  schools  in  the 
Russian  Empire  under  the  czars. 

Now,  to  be  sure,  less  perfect,  less  refined,  the  type  of  course  work 
that  was  given  in  these  imperial  Russian  war  colleges,  whether  down 
in  the  Caucasus  or  up  in  St.  Petersburg,  is  essentially  the  type  of  coui^e 
work  I  am  speaking  of  here,  in  the  modes  of  cold  war  thinking.  Such 
thought  is  fundamentally  not  new.  It  is  not  a  mode  of  thought  that 
began,  let  us  say,  in  1917.  But  I  will  admit  this :  as  I  indicated  in  my 
presentation,  with  science,  with  technology  there  has  been  an  enormous 
improvement,  an  enormous  investment  of  resources  in  the  Soviet  Union 
in  this  kind  of  preparation.  For  any  one  to  saj^  that  we  have  any  in- 
stitutions that  compare  in  kind,  I  am  not  mincing  words  when  I  say 
that  any  such  statement  or  utterance  is  simply  farcical. 

Mr.  Pool.  We  certainly  appreciate  your  appearing  before  the 
committee.  Your  testimony  has  been  very  thorough  and  has  been  very 
helpful  to  the  committee.  On  behalf  of  the  committee  I  want  to  thank 
you  for  being  here. 

Dr.  DoBRiANSKY.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Schadeberg  entered  the  hearing  room.) 

(The  material  submitted  l^y  Dr.  Dobriansky  follows :) 


1294       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 


Wasiiington,    January  6,    196  4 


THE  ^'EXT  MOVE 


In  response  to  the  Communist" "peac^"  offensive;  we  first, c'oTnproinised,  technologi- 
cally jpith^, nuclear 'test  ban  treaty;  then  we  relented  economically  in  the  wheat  deals. 

What's  ;ip>M;  ip  the  name  of  "peaceful  coexistence"?     Khrushchev  now  desperately 
wants  our  politico-moral  acquiescence' fo  his  empire  of  captive  nations,,  and  he  seeks 
to  obtaiti.  it  .througl^  a.  Soviet -styled  non-aggression  pact. 

At  th^  very  pioment  of  signing  the  test  ban  treaty  --  significantly  the  Treaty  of  Mos- 
cow --  the  Russian  leader  was"  in  rrlany  ways  m'akingtwo  points  perfectly  clear:    (1) 
the  coi,d  w(ari.s  a  permanent  _^enterprise  and  (2)  a  non-aggression  pact  is  a  high  priority 
Russian  objective.     At  that  time,   his  U.  N.   spokesman,    Fedorenko,   was  attacking 
Portuguese  jcplijnial  policies. and  equating  these  policies  with  U.S.   and  Western 
European  policies  in  an  attempt  to  influence  Africa  agaipst  NATO.    As  to  the  second, 
shortly,  thql-eafier,    at  the  Inter -Parliamentary  Meeting  in  Belgrade.   Khrushchev's 
representatives  hammered  away  at  the  "n'eed"  for  a  non -aggression  pact  between  the 
WarpawtPact  Nations  and  NATO  if  international  tensions  are  to  be  relaxed.     These 
are  just  two  of  many  exariipl'es  of  the'  Soviet  Russian  pattern. 

In  the  meantiine,    reacting  as  usual  to  M'oscbw's  maneuvers,   we  have  been  content- 
ing ourselves  with  the  mirage, of  "progressive  steps  toward  a  genuine  peace."    In 
government  and  elsewhere  many  believe  tliatthe  next  step  should' bp  a  ^'confidence- 

>building"  non-aggr-es.sion,  pact  with  the  world's  foremost  aggressor.     This  brand  of 
naive  thinking  is  a' natural  off shodt  ofDur  self-defeating  policy  Of  "containment"  and 

■'all  its  qtcauterments  of  accommodation,    coexistence  with  totalitarian  puppet  and 
satellite  regimes,   and  the  unrealistic  hope  for  a  structural  fragmentation  of  Mos  - 
cow's  colpnialempire. , 


Editor's  Note:    Dr.   Lev  El'  Dobrian'sky~is'-a  professor  af.,ecoapmic§  .at  Georgetown 
University.     He  is  the  author  of  the  Captive  Nations  Week  Resolution  (Public  Law 
85-90)  which  was  passed  by  Congress  ih  1959-.   'This,  resol-utlon  provides  that  the 
third  week  of  July  be  set  aside  each  year  to  remind  the  world  of  the  nations  held  in 
bondage  by  Russian  imperialism.     Dr.   DobrianSky  is  also  a  member  of  the  American 
Security  Council's  Strategy  Staff. 


NATIONAL  AND  INTERNATIONAL  DEVELOPMENTS  AFFECTING  THE  NATIONS  SECURITY 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1295 


Khrushchev  has  his  troubles,   of  course.     Contributing  to  his  present  troubles  was 
a  whole  decade  of  unrest  and  uprisings  among  his  captive  nations,   viz.  to  mention 
a  few,    Ukraine  in  '50-51,   Slovakia  '52,    East  Germany  '53,    Turkistan  '54,   Georgia, 
Poland  and  Hungary  '56.     (Many  people  do  not  realize  that  nationalistic,  anti -Soviet 
uprisings  have  occurred  within  the  Soviet  borders  as  well  as  within  the  East     Euro- 
pean satellites. )  Back  in  1955  the  power  center  of  the  world  Communist  conspiracy 
recognized  that  it  couldn't  afford  such  perpetual  opposition  if  its  global  cold  war 
ambitions  v/ere  to  be  satisfied.     Moscow  launched  its  massive  campaign  for  "peace- 
ful coexistence"  and,   profiting  from  the  fear  induced  by  its  military  and  space  tech- 
nology from  1957  on,    it  has  succeeded  in  preventing  most  Western  governjTients  from 
concentrating  on  the  core  of  the  world's  primary  problem,   Soviet  Russian  imperio- 
colonialism. 

Historically,   the  Russians  have  always  been  masters  in  capitalizing  on  their  troubles 
as  well  as  tlieir  strength.     Most  Americans  would  be  horrified  to  learn  hov/,   both 
officially  and  materially,   we  have  aided  the  Russian  imperio-colonialists  in  recreat- 
ing and  expanding  their  empire  from  1918  to  the  present,   particularly  in  periods  of 
"Russian  troubles.  "    Whereas  these  periods,    including  the  present  one,    should  have 
been  seized  as  our  opportunities  for  the  advancement  of  world  freedom  and  thus 
genuine  peace,   they  invariably  have  turned  into  phases  of  Russian  power  consolida- 
tion. 

We  are  going  through  such  a  phase  now,   abetting  it,    as  before,   with  our  wishful 
hope  for  fragmentation  of  Moscow's  empire,   an  erosion  of  its  totalitarian  power, 
and  the  weaning  of  its  supposedly  nationalist  puppet  regimes.     The  continued  ab- 
sence of  an  affirmative  cold  war  strategy  and  the  succession  of  compromises  are 
now  being  eloquently  rationalized  as  conscientious  endeavors  for  peace,   to  be 
balanced  against  the  horrendous  prospect  of  thermonuclear  co-destruction.     The 
irony  of  it  all  is  that  this  course  paves  the  way  for  the  outcome  we  all  seek  to  avoid. 
A  politico -moral  acquienscence  to  the  Soviet  Russian  Empire  will  take  us  a  long  way 
on  this  disastrous  course. 

Aside  from  the  sticky  problem,  oi  allied  NATO  consent,   the  chances  for  such  acqui- 
escence via  a  non-aggression  pact  depend  on  two  contrary  forces  in  the  United  States. 
One  is  the  accommodationist  spirit  which  is  growing  because  of  the  above  mentioned 
poorly  founded  hope  and  illusions.     This  spirit  is  based  on  a  persistent  inability  to 
profit  from  the  lessons  of  history.     Even  on  the  highest  levels  of  our  government  it 
is  marked  by  a  serious  lack  of  understanding  in  regard  to  the  empire -state  nature 
of  the  Soviet  Union,   the  long  tradition  of  Soviet  cold  war  policy  and  techniques,    and 
the  means  for  defeating  the  Soviets  in  the  cold  war  without  precipitating  a -hot  one. 
Common  expressions  of  this  force  are  "don't  irritate  the  bear,  "  "the  less  said 
about  the  captive  nations  the  better,  "  "we  must  relax  tensions". 


If  the  spirit  of  accommodation  is  spread  by  further  euphoria  or  plain  fear,    it  wi 
virtually  guarantee  the  pact  and  our  politico -moral  acquiescence  to  Moscow's  f£ 


I' ill 
^   ^ , , J ._ .far- 
flung  empire.     Countering  this  force  is  a  second  one  based  on  the  moral  objectivi? 
liberating  the  captive  nations  and  clear  understanding  of  the  strategic  importance 
of  thcLiO  nations  in  the  cold  war. 


1296       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 


Aiding  the  totalitarian  overlords  of  these  nations  on  the  basis  of  a  "weaning" 
theory  fortifies  the  unwanted  regimes,   not  the  peoples  in  their  struggle  for  free- 
dom.    Indeed,   it  undermines  the  struggle  which  in  essence  is  a  cold  war  between 
the  people  and  their  Communist  governments.     The  net  result  is  a  weakening  of 
our  own  posture  in  the  cold  war.     A  non-aggression  pact  would  be  a  crushing  blow 
to  that  struggle. 

-  The  Lessons  of  Captive  Nations  Week  - 

On  these  major  points,   the  lessons  of  Captive  Nations  Week  in  this  country  are  both 
revealing  and  instructive.     Millions  of  Americans  know  them;  others  have  yet  tii 
grasp  them.     Many  misconceptions  of  both  the  Captive  Nations  Week  Resolution  and 
the  Week  itself  still  circulate,   but  once  they're  dissolved  the  reasons  why  Khrushchev 
wants  acquiescence  to  his  empire  become  crystal  clear.     Also,    it  is  an  open  secret 
that  accommodationists  seeking  a  pact  with  the  constant  aggressor  would  have  the 
observance  eliminated. 

Khrushchev  and  his  satraps  have  never  opposed  anything  any  more  vehemently  and 
for  so  long  as  the  Captive  Nations  Week  Resolution  (Public  Law  86-80)  v/hich  Con- 
gress passed  in  July,  1959.  His  unprecedented  explosion  at  that  time  is  a  matter 
of  historical  record.  Here  scores  of  officials  were  ben'ildered  by  the  reaction.  As 
he  testifies  in  his  book  Six  Crises,  former  Vice  President  Nixon,  who  was  then  in 
the  USSR,   found  the  resolution  to  be  "the  major  Soviet  irritant  throughout  my  tour.  " 

Why  this  unusual  Russian  opposition  to  the  resolution,   then  and  since?     Before  1959 
our  leaders  had  often  spoken  in  behalf  of  some  captive  nations.     Actually,   thei-e  are 
several  answers  to  the  question.     First,    it  was  the  first  time  that  our  government  re- 
cognized the  numerous  captive  non-Russian  nations  in  the  USSR  itself,    such  as  Georgia, 
Armenia,   Ukraine  and  others.     Khrushchev  instinctively  understood  the  meaning  of 
this  for  the  false  image  of  the  USSR  in  the  world  at  large.     Second,   being  self-renew- 
ing annually,   the  resolution  could  always  be  implemented  to  combat  Moscov/'s  cold 
war  operations.     That  this  will  in  time  be  done  is  a  source  of  apprehension  for  the 
Russian  cold  war  instigators.     And  third,   as  perpetual  reminders  of  the  slave  half 
of  the  world,   both  the  resolution  and  the  Week  (3rd  week  in  July)  are  stumbling  blocks 
to  Moscow's  deceptive  campaigns  for  "peaceful  coexistence"  and  a  non-aggression 
pact. 

Just  review  these  few  highlights  of  Moscow's  sensitivity  to  the  law  and  Week.     Still 
in  1959,   Khrushchev  scorned  the  law  in  his  Foreign  Affairs  article  "On  Peaceful 
Coexistence";  at  Camp  David,    according  to  Pennsylvania's  Governor  Scranton,   "he 
inveighed  against  it  at  a  greater  rate  almost  daily";  in  October,   before  the  Supreme 
Soviet  in  Moscow,   the  Russian  leader  again  denounced  the  law.     In  1960,    similar 
denunciations  flowed  during  the  Week's  observance  and  new  tactics  were  employed 
by  Moscow  to  deflect  world  attention  from  the  captive  status  of  nations  both  within 
and  outside  the  USSR,    viz.,   the  sudden  Moscow-sponsored  publication  in  London  of 
pamphlets  titled  The  Fifteen  Soviet  Republic,    Today  and  Tomorrow  -  a  "Potemkin" 
version  of  their    'independence  and  prosperous  growth"  -  and  also  Khrushchev's 
tirade  in  the  U.N.   against  "Western  colonialism.  "    The  November  20,    1960  issue 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1297 


of  the  Neue  Zurcher  Zeitung  gave  a  vivid  report  of  how  this  maneuver  almost  back- 
fired when  Canada's  John  Diefeabaker  broached  the  subject  of  the  captive  non -Russian 
nations  in  the  USSR,    even  producing  a  furor  there. 

Similar  evidence  grows  for  1961-63.     In  '61,    for  instance,   Khrushchev  again  violent- 
ly attacked  the  resolution  in  the  October  Communist  Party  Congress,   using  the  age- 
old  Russian  diplomatic  gimmick  of  "no  interference  in  internal  affairs.  "    Though 
Western  diplomats  fall  for  th.is  gimmick,   the  fact  that  numerous  non-Russian  nations 
in  the  USSR  itself  were  originally  conquered  by  Soviet  Russian  imperialism  reveals 
the  myth  of  this  argument.     The  Week's  observance  in  1962  received  similar  treat- 
ment.    Then,    in  1962,    UNESCO  aided  Moscow's  efforts  immensely  by  publishing 
the  fraudulent  Equality  of  Rights  Between  Races  and  Nationalities  in  the  USSR.     On 
January  2  3,    196  3,   Moscow's  weekly  The  New  Tijnes  asked  "Is  it  not  liigh  tiine  to 
discontinue  the  'Captive  Nations  Week'  in  the  United  States?"    On  July  8,    Pravda 
beraxed  the  President  for  proclaiming  the  Week  and  "losing  his     sense  of  reality" 
on  July  14  Izvestia  painted  the  Week  as  "a  propagandistic  trick  of  the  American 
enemies  of  the  freedom  and  independence  of  nations."    There  is  lots  more. 

The  1963  Captive  Nations  Week  observance  surpassed  all  others.     The  Week's  Fifth 
Anniversary  in  '64  holds  high  promise  for  both  public  non-acquiescence  to  a  Russian- 
styled  non-aggression  pact,    and  for  a  Special  House  Committee  on  the  Captive  Na- 
tions.    Or,    as  other  peoples  have  found  to  their  tragic  regret,   would  you  prefer  to 
follow  Pavlovian  Dr.   Khrusnchev's  advise:    relax,   be  less  tense  about  basic  truths, 
agree  with  our  "truth",    and  you'll  have  "peace"? 


LEV  E.   DOBRLANSKY 
Editor 


Edilor, 

Dr.  Ste'Jan  Possony 

Frank  I.  Jchnson 

Dr.  lames  O.Atkjn'JCn 

Or  Lpv  E,  DobrigiTsky 

Abn.ral 'Chester  C.  Ward, 

USN  (Rel.) 
Chief,  Washmslon  Bureau 
Lee  R,  Pennington 
Researcii  Director 
William  K.  Lamt/iF,  Ir. 
STRATEGY  STAfF 
Karl  Baarslag 
Or  Ahlhony  T   Bouscarcn 
Anthony  Hanigan 
©aplatr  J   H    Morse 

USN  (Bet ) 
Edgar  Ansel  Mowrer 
Dr.  Gerhart  Niemeyer 
Duane  Thorin 
Stanley  J   Tracy 


NATIONAL  STRATEGY  COMMIHEE 


USA  (Ret  ) 
Admiral  Ben  Moreell.  USN  (Ret ) 
Dr.  Robert  Morris 
Or.  Stelan  Hossony 
Admiral  Felm  B  Stump,  USN  (Ret) 
Dr.  Edward  Teller 

General  Albert  C   Wedemeyer,  USA  (Ret ) 
Admiral  Chester  C   Ward,  USN  (Ret  ) 


This  report  nay  be  quoted  in 
whole  or  in  part  it  context  is 
preserved,  credit  given  and  copy 
ol  quote  furnished. 


AMERICAN   SECURITY  COUNCIL 


The  ASC  WASHINGTON  REPORT  reports  on  national  and  international  develop- 
ments affecting  the  nation's  security  for  the  infonnation  of  its  over  3500  member 
imtitulions.  The  Washington  Bureau  staff  and  central  research  staff  carefully  research 
each  subject  covered  in  a  Washington  Report.  The  facts  in  each  issue  are  carefully 
checked  with  several  experts  on  the  particular  subject.  Any  recommendations  made 
in  a  Washington  Report  represent  the  thinking  of  the  best  available  experts. 

Many  member  institutions  and  cooperating  organizations  reprint  the  ASC  Washing- 
ton Report  for  their  own  employees  or  members.  Some  of  these  reprint  it  as  their  own 
Washington  Report  with  their  own  masthead.  Many  newspapers  also  reprint  from 
tlie  Washington  Report. 

Member  institutions  may  purchase  additional  subscriptions  to  the  Washington  Re- 
port for  their  employees,  educators,  clergymen  and  government  officials.  Additional 
copies  of  this  issue  available  for  ten  cents  each  including  postage. 


123  North  Wacker  Drive,  Chicago  6,  Illinois 

Washington  Bureau:  1025  Connecticut  Avenue,  N.W.,  Washington  6,  D.C. 

West  Coast:  5931  West  Slauson  Avenue,  Culver  City,  California 


1298       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Peess  De:paktment 

Embassy  of  the 
Union   of   Soviet   Socialist  Republics. 

1706 18th  Street  NW.,  Washington,  D.C., 

Decembku  30, 1963. 
Enclosed  is  a  message  by  36  prominent  Ukrainian  public  figures  to  all  Ukrain- 
ians in  the  U.S.A.,  to  the  Committee  on  the  Monument  to  T.  G.  Shevchenko, 
received  by  us  from  the  Novosti  Press  Agency,  Moscow,  U.S.S.R.  It  may  be 
published  as  a  whole  or  in  part  as  you  deem  best. 

We  will  appreciate  your  giving  this  consideration  and,  if  publistied,  giving 
a  credit  line  to  Novosti. 
Yours  sincerely, 

/s/    Y.  Bobrakov, 

Yuri  I.  Bobrakov, 
Press  Department. 

WORTHY  TRIBUTE  TO  GREAT  POET 

Message  to  Ukrainians,  to  all  Ukrainians  in  the  U.S.A.,  to  the  Committee  on  the 
Monument  to  T.  G.  Shevchenko 

Dear  fellow-countrymen  who  live  outside  the  Motherland  : 

It  is  with  a  feeling  of  profound  respect  and  love  for  the  genius  of  the  Ukrain- 
ian people,  for  the  great  poet,  and  revolutionary  democrat  Taras  Grigoryevich 
Shevchenko  that  we  address  to  you  this  heartfelt  message  from  the  banks  of 
the  Dnieper,  from  our  dear  Soviet  Ukraine,  from  the  sunny  capital  of  our 
republic — ancient  and  every-young  Kiev. 

Mankind  includes  the  name  of  the  great  son  of  the  Ukraine,  Taras  Grigorye- 
vich Shevchenko,  among  its  finest  names.  Peoples  of  the  world  know  him  as  an 
implacable  fighter  against  slavery  and  injustice,  against  social  and  national 
oppression. 

Shevchenko's  strong  and  passionate  voice  has,  through  time  and  distance, 
found  its  way  into  the  minds  and  hearts  of  millions  of  people  in  the  world. 

In  paying  tribute  to  Shevchenko  mankind  pays  tribute  to  a  great  humanist, 
to  a  singer  of  friendship  among  peoples,  to  a  champion  of  freedom,  happiness 
and  progress. 

The  significance  of  Shevchenko  and  his  work  in  the  life  of  our  people  is  excep- 
tional. The  image  of  the  poet,  his  titanic  creative  and  public  activity,  lent 
inspiration  in  the  past  to  generations  of  fighters  against  autocracy,  his  rebel- 
lious poetry  called  people  to  the  barricades  of  revolution,  his  poetic  and  artistic 
heritage  has  become  an  invaluable  national  treasure  for  us.  The  name  of 
Shevchenko  is  a  symbol  of  honesty,  truth,  unflinching  courage  and  ardent  love 
for  the  working  people.  Even  today  the  poet's  fiery  lines  strike  cold  fear  in 
the  hearts  of  tyrants  and  butchers,  holding  up  to  shame  tlie  enslavers  of  every 
kind,  and  rallying  millions  of  people  to  the  struggle  for  a  bright  future. 

A  patriot  and  a  true  sou  of  his  people,  Shevchenko  always  showed  deep  love 
and  respect  for  other  nations,  being  a  consistent  internationalist.  Everyone 
knows  of  Shevchenko's  dreams  of  "all  Slavs  becoming  kind  brothers,"  his  friend- 
ship with  the  Negro,  Aldridge,  and  with  Polish  progressives  and  his  profound 
esteem  for  the  men  of  Russian  culture  who  bought  him  out  of  serfdom,  his  love 
and  brotherly  feelings  for  outstanding  Russian  revolutionary  democrats. 

Shevchenko  devoted  all  his  powerful  talent  to  his  people,  to  the  struggle  for 
their  happiness.  This  is  what  makes  his  titanic  figure  stiU  more  imposing,  the 
feat  of  his  life  still  more  majestic  and  his  rich  creative  legacy  truly  inestimable. 
This  is  why  he  is  understandable  by,  and  dear  and  near  to,  all  peoples  of  our 
multi-national  motherland.  In  the  Soviet  Union  there  is  no  city,  town  or  village 
where  you  can  not  hear  the  beautiful  poetic  lines  of  the  great  poet.  Shevchenko 
celebrations  have  long  become  a  notable  occasion  not  only  for  the  Ukrainians, 
but  also  for  all  Soviet  peoples  in  our  "great,  free  and  new  family." 

Facts  speak  eloquently  of  the  affection  and  admiration  Soviet  people  feel  for 
the  great  son  of  the  Ukraine.  More  than  a  hundred  monuments  to  the  poet  have 
been  erected  in  the  land  of  Soviets,  and  five  museums  have  been  set  up.  Over 
three  hundred  populated  areas,  nine  theaters  and  four  institutions  of  higher 
learning,  including  Kiev  University,  bear  the  name  of  Shevchenko. 

His  name  has  been  given  to  plants,  collective  and  state  farms,  palaces  of  cul- 
ture, cinemas,  stadiums,  streets,  parks  and  so  on.  The  poet's  works  in  our 
country  have  been  printed  in  millions  of  copies.    Shevchenko's  poems  have  been 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1299 

translated  into  aU  the  languages  of  the  fraternal  peoples  of  the  Soviet  Union.  His 
Kobzar  is  particularly  popular.  During  Soviet  years  it  has  been  published  53 
times  in  the  Ukraine  vfith  a  total  printing  of  about  two  million  copies.  Shev- 
chenko's  famous  Zapovit  has  been  printed  in  45  languages  of  the  world. 

In  honor  of  the  great  poet's  memory,  the  Ukrainian  Government  has  instituted 
state  prizes  named  after  Shevchenko.  These  are  awarded  every  year  to  authors 
of  the  best  works  in  Ukrainian  literature  and  art,  which  have  won  wide  recog- 
nition and  have  been  highly  appraised  by  our  people. 

Together  with  the  other  fraternal  i)eoples  of  our  country,  the  working  people 
of  the  Soviet  Ukraine  are  preparing  widely  to  mark  a  memorable  date  in  lOfiJ — 
the  150th  anniversary  since  the  birth  of  Taras  Grigoryevich  Shevcheuko.  Last 
year  a  Ukrainian  delegation  at  a  UNESCO  session  sponsored  a  proposal,  which 
was  approved  by  the  session,  to  commemorate  that  glorious  anniversary  through- 
out the  entire  world. 

Expressing  the  desire  of  all  Soviet  peoples  to  give  the  great  poet  his  due,  the 
government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  has  decided  to  erect  in 
Moscow,  the  capital  of  our  country,  a  monument  to  Shevchenko,  which  will  be 
unveiled  during  the  celebrations  of  his  loOth  birth  anniversary. 

Thanks  to  the  concern  shown  by  the  Communist  Party  of  the  Soviet  Union, 
thanks  to  the  triumph  of  the  Leninist  ideas  of  friendship  and  brotherhood,  the 
literary  and  artistic  heritage  of  Shevchenko  has  been  made  available  to  the 
entire  country  and  has  become  part  of  the  world's  golden  fund  of  culture.  Just 
as  the  Dnieper  carries  its  waters  past  Taras'  grave  into  one  world  ocean,  so  do 
Shevchenko's  creations  like  so  many  streams  join  the  ocean  of  the  human  spirit, 
introducing  our  bold  Prometheus  to  ever-new  generations. 

The  poet's  creative  genius  is  so  vast  that  not  only  his  contemporaries,  not 
only  we,  but  also  forthcoming  generations  will  feel  the  strength  of  his  fervent 
poetry.  This  noble  influence  of  the  great  singer  of  the  people's  lot  is  found 
not  only  in  Ukrainian  literature,  but  also  in  the  literature  of  other  peoples  as 
well.  Shevchenko  has  become  an  immortal  poet  of  freedom,  a  poet  of  world 
significance,  an  exponent  of  the  aspirations  of  all  peoples.  In  our  day  Shev- 
chenko's poetry  harmonizes  with  the  desire  of  all  oppressed  and  colonial  peoples 
and  calls  them  to  struggle  for  liberation  from  the  capitalist  yoke.  Every  heart 
will  respond  to  Taras'  words  about  universal  happiness  and  peace : 

.  .  .  There  will  be  no  enemy 
On  our  renewed  land. 
But  there  will  be  sou 
and  mother  and  people  on 
Earth. 

Our  dear  fellow-countrymen  in  distant  lands : 

Any  news  about  the  memory  of  Taras  Shevchenko  being  honored  beyond  the 
borders  of  our  Motherland  fills  us  with  sincere  joy  as  a  manifestation  of  love 
of  the  Ukrainians  abroad  for  their  great  poet. 

We  think  that  you  will  be  pleased  too  at  the  preparations  which  have  now 
begun  on  a  wide  scale  in  the  Ukraine  and  the  entire  Soviet  Union  in  anticipation 
of  the  150th  anniversary  of  his  birth.  It  is  the  sacred  duty  of  every  Ukrainian, 
wherever  he  may  be,  to  commemorate  the  great  poet  in  every  way  and  to  dis- 
seminate among  other  peoples  Schevchenko's  ideas  of  humanism,  brotherhood 
and  friendship  of  peoples  on  earth. 

We  know  money  is  being  raised  to  erect  a  monument  to  Shevchenko  in  Wash- 
ington, the  capital  of  the  United  States  of  America. 

We  regard  the  erection  of  the  monument  to  the  great  poet  in  Washington  as 
proof  of  the  esteem  shown  to  Shevchenko  by  the  Ukrainians  who  live  in  the  USA, 
as  a  sign  of  profound  respect  on  the  part  of  the  American  people  for  the  great 
son  of  the  Ukraine,  to  the  whole  Ukrainian  people. 

It  is  gratifying  to  us  men  of  culture  of  the  Ukraine,  to  all  Ukrainians  in  our 
native  land,  to  learn  that  a  monument  will  be  erected  to  our  poet  in  the  United 
States  of  America.  We  want  this  monument  to  become  for  you.  our  fellow- 
countrymen,  a  piece  of  the  Motherland.  We  propose  to  send  to  the  American 
continent  some  sacred  soil  from  the  Chernechya  hill  where  Taras  sleeps  the 
eternal  sleep.  We  would  gladly  take  part  in  the  unveiling  ceremony  of  your 
monument,  because  Shevchenko  and  the  Ukraine  are  inseparable.  We  favor 
this  worthy  tribute  to  the  great  poet. 

But  we  are  resolutely  against  the  malicious  attempts  of  the  enemies  of  the 
Soviet  Union  to  use  the  poet's  works  against  our  country,  against  the  cause  of 
all  humanity — the  struggle  for  peace.  We  vigorously  come  out  against  the  at- 
tempts of  some  unprincipled  people  to  employ  his  good  name  for  their  dirty  po- 


1300       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

litical  ends.  Their  efforts  to  spend  the  hard-earned  money,  collected  by  the 
Ukrainians  living  in  the  USA  for  a  monument  to  Shevchenko,  on  propaganda 
against  the  Ukrainian  people  and  against  the  Soviet  Union  are  causing  anger 
and  indignation  in  us. 

The  working  people  of  the  Soviet  Ukraine  are  confident  that  you,  our  distant 
fellow-countrymen,  share  our  anxiety.  It  is  clear  to  everybody  that  the  erection 
of  a  monument  to  Taras  Shevchenko  on  American  soil  must  not  become  a  means 
for  whipping  up  enmity  towards  our  country,  towards  our  people,  but  most  facil- 
itate mutual  understanding  between  peoples,  the  preservation  and  consolidation 
of  peace  throughout  the  world.    An  unbiased  person  will  come  to  this  conclusion. 

Preparations  for  Shevchenko's  memorable  jubilee  coincided  with  an  event  of 
great  significance  for  the  strengthening  of  universal  peace :  three  great  powers — 
the  Soviet  Union,  the  United  States  of  America  and  Great  Britain — concluded  a 
treaty  banning  nuclear  weapon  tests  in  the  atmosphere,  in  outer  space  and  under 
water,  a  treaty  which  was  fully  supported  by  all  peoples  in  the  world.  Already 
this  historic  document  has  been  signed  by  the  governments  of  more  than  a  hundred 
countries.  This  fills  all  honest-minded  people  of  the  world  with  hope  and 
optimism. 

The  life  and  works  of  Taras  Schevchenko,  a  staunch  advocate  of  unity  and 
friendship  of  peoples,  inspires  us  to  struggle  for  peaceful  coexistence,  for  general 
and  complete  disarmament,  for  lasting  -peace  in  the  whole  world. 

Dear  fellow-countrymen : 

In  his  friendly  message,  "To  My  Fellow-countrymen  in  and  out  of  the  Ukraine," 
the  great  Taras  solemnly  bequeated  the  lines : 

Learn  from  others. 

But  don't  forget  what  you  have. 

iMay  Shevchenko  anniversaries  become  days  from  disseminating  the  poet's  grand 
ideals  and  promoting  cultural  relations  between  other  countries  and  the  Soviet 
Ukraine. 

We  are  thoroughly  convinced  that  by  paying  tribute  to  Shevchenko  mankind 
pays  tribute  to  the  mighty  talent  and  fond  memory  of  the  great  poet  and  revolu- 
tionary democrat.  We  believe  that  Shevchenko's  image  will  always  call  for 
sincere  friendship,  accord  and  cooperation  among  all  nations  of  the  globe. 

M.  Rylsky,  P.  Tychina,  A.  Korneichuk,  B.  Paton,  L.  Revutsky,  V.  Sos- 
yura,  N.  Bazhan,  O.  Gonchar,  Y.  Smolich,  M.  Stelmakh,  A,  Maly- 
shko,  I.  Vilde,  L.  Dmiterko,  P.  Kozlanyuk,  I.  Yura,  N.  Uzhviy,  V. 
Kasiyan,  K.  Dankevich,  P.  Virsky,  I.  Bokshai,  N.  Tamovsky,  G. 
Maiboroda,  B.  Antonenko-Davidovich,  P.  Maiboroda,  M.  Bozhiy, 
E.  Kirilyuk,  B.  Gmyrya,  V.  Ivchenko,  D.  PavUchko,  D.  Gnatjoik, 
A.  Pidsukha,  V.  Korotich,  L.  Kostenko,  L.  Rudenko,  V.  Chekanyuk. 
Novosti  Press  Agency  ( APN ) 

Mr.  Pool.  Representative  Barry  of  New  York. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  ROBERT  R.  BARRY,  U.S.  REPRESENTATIVE 

EROM  NEW  YORK 

Mr.  Barry.  Mr.  Chairman,  Members  of  the  Committee,  Ladies  and 
Gentlemen:  Within  the  past  month  the  outward  calm  that  prevailed 
on  the  world  scene  was  shattered  in  a  half  dozen  places.  Revolts  or 
mutinies  took  place  in  Zanzibar,  Kenya,  Tanganyika,  Uganda,  and 
Gabon.  There  was  another  coup  in  South  Vietnam,  and  Castro  acted 
up  again.  De  Gaulle  recognized  the  Red  Chinese,  and  the  British 
and  ourselves  agreed  to  disagree  on  trade  with  Cuba. 

Now  I  do  not  contend  that  each  of  these  events  could  have  been 
prevented,  nor  that  all  disagreements  with  our  allies  are  necessarily 
fatal.  Wliat  I  do  say,  however,  is  that  the  machinery  of  United  States 
foreign  policy  is  not  geared  to  anticipate  or  prevent  these  outbreaks, 
nor  to  exploit  them  to  our  advantage  when  they  do  occur.  You  will 
note  that  as  soon  as  this  wave  of  mutinies  hit  Africa  the  tremor  was 
felt  throughout  the  West — will  Africa  go  Communist?     Yet  why 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1301 

should  this  be?  If  there  are  areas  of  the  world  that  are  admittedly 
unstable,  why  is  it  that  the  West,  and  the  United  States  in  particular, 
must  always  be  on  the  defensive,  must  always  display  anxiety  at  every 
change  in  the  status  quo,  lest  it  signalize  a  new  gain  for  the  Commu- 
nists. Yet  all  too  often  these  fears  are  justified,  as  seems  to  be  the 
case  with  Zanzibar,  for  example. 

Newspaper  reports  indicate  that  the  hard  core  of  the  revolutionary 
military  forces  were  Cuban- trained  guerrillas,  probably  no  more  than 
50  in  number.  Two  of  the  leaders  in  the  new  government  have  long 
pro-Communist  records  and  affiliations,  and  pro-Communist  subordi- 
nates backstop  the  President  and  the  Minister  of  Communications. 

What  a  sad  commentary  this  whole  affair  is.  What  a  revealing 
light  it  casts  on  the  failure  of  the  United  States  to  deal  effectively  with 
our  Communist  adversaries.  Outmaneuvered  once  again,  and  not 
even  by  the  Russians  or  Chinese,  but  by  the  Cubans. 

Even  a  cursory  study  of  the  world  Communist  apparatus  will  reveal 
the  reason  for  this.  It  lies  in  the  fact  that  the  Communists  work  at 
revolution  all  the  time,  24  hours  a  day,  7  days  a  week,  365  days  a  year. 
Political  warfare  is  taught  as  a  matter  of  course  by  all  Communist 
Party  schools,  at  all  levels,  both  within  the  Soviet  bloc  and  in  the  free 
world.  Direction  of  all  political  warfare  is  coordinated  through  the 
Central  Committee  of  the  Communist  Party  of  the  U.S.S.R.  Now, 
perhaps,  the  Chinese  Communists  may  run  a  similar  effort.  At  any 
rate,  the  Soviet  Union  still  runs  a  centrally  directed  effort,  which 
supervises  a  whole  series  of  schools.  These  schools  teach  a  party  line 
that  reflects  the  thinking  of  Communist  leaders  as  to  the  best  ideology 
to  use  at  a  particular  time  in  a  particular  place.  Various  institutes, 
such  as  the  Institute  of  World  Economics,  analyze  the  economic  sit- 
uation of  foreign  countries  with  a  view  to  exploiting  any  economic 
difficulties  for  the  benefit  of  the  Communist  movement.  The  Soviet 
Academy  of  Sciences  operates  directly  under  the  Council  of  Ministers 
and  is  used  for  purposes  of  political  warfare.  All  of  the  apparatus 
of  Soviet  scholarship  is  essentially  an  instrument  of  Communist  po- 
litical theory  and  political  penetration.  And  we  are  all  familiar  with 
the  Communist-front  organizations,  the  peace  societies,  the  friendship 
committees,  the  art  associations,  and  so  forth,  through  which  the 
Communists  seek  to  manipulate  the  gullible  and  convert  the  ignorant. 
Students  who  go  to  Communist  countries  may  find  themselves  used  as 
a  source  of  intelligence.  The  Communists,  in  sliort,  leave  no  stone 
unturned.  They  are  masters  of  "conflict  management."  They  know 
when  to  turn  on  trouble  and  how  to  exploit  it  and  when  to  turn  it  off 
if  it  serves  their  interests. 

Contrast  this  with  the  American  effort.  True,  thousands  of  foreign 
students  are  in  residence  here.  And  AID  trains  thousands  of  foreign 
technicians,  while  the  Defense  Department  does  the  same  for  thousands 
of  foreign  military  personnel.  But  this  effort,  both  public  and  private, 
is  conducted  with  no  real  coordination  from  the  point  of  view  of  polit- 
ical warfare. 

Nor  is  it  only  foreign  personnel  who  need  instruction  in  this  area. 
We  Americans  are  too  often  found  wanting  when  we  are  asked  sharp 
questions  about  the  defects  in  our  own  society  or  when  we  have  to 
explain  democracy.  When  confronted  by  trained  Communists  we 
are  often  ineffective,  at  times  embarrassingly  so. 

30-471— 64— pt.  2 5 


1302   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

There  is  one  obvious  remedy  for  this  situation,  one  that  Congress 
lias  considered  before  and  one  that  deserves  legislative  approval. 
That  is  the  Freedom  Academ;^.  What  would  the  Freedom  Academy 
be?  It  would  be  an  institution  that  would  offer  a  systematic  and 
complete  curriculum  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  the  Communist 
conspiracy  and  teach  men  and  women  how  to  defeat  communism's 
destinictive  tactics  and  how  to  build  strong,  free  societies.  Courses 
on  communism  are  offered  in  some  universities,  but  many  offer  little 
or  nothing  in  this  area.  If  we  are  to  conquer  this  enemy,  we  must 
know  him. 

All  of  the  social  sciences  would  be  brought  to  bear  in  the  curriculum 
of  this  Academy.  A  complete  exposition  and  analysis  of  the  Com- 
muist  system  would  be  given.  Then  the  problems  of  our  own  so- 
ciety might  be  analyzed  in  equal  depth,  showing  how  we  plan  to  make 
it  function  better.  This  should  be  particularly  useful  to  foreign 
students,  whose  image  of  American  democracy  and  free  enterprise  is 
too  often  colored  by  the  most  narrow  and  outdated  misconceptions. 
The  ethics  and  morality  central  to  the  democratic  way  of  life  would 
be  studied  in  depth.  The  ideological  and  organizational  history  of 
the  world  Communist  movement  would  be  subjected  to  the  closest 
scrutiny.  The  problems  that  particularly  concern  emerging  nations 
would  be  given  thorough  consideration. 

In  addition  to  these  theoretical  studies,  the  Academy  would  be  con- 
cerned with  the  most  practical  questions.  There  would  be  courses 
in  the  methods  of  combating  international  communism  in  the  organi- 
zational sense.  The  use  of  domestic  political  movements  for  our 
purposes,  rather  than  theirs,  might  be  one  subject  of  study.  The  tech- 
niques of  conflict  management  might  be  another. 

In  short,  there  is  no  reason  for  us  to  sit  back  and  bewail  the  fact 
that  the  Communists  always  seem  to  have  the  initiative  on  the  world 
scene.  We  need  to  go  out  and  take  the  initiative.  One  instrument 
for  that  purpose  is  surely  the  Freedom  Academy.  From  it  we  should 
be  able  to  send  forth  a  stream  of  young  men  and  women  from  the 
United  States,  from  all  the  free  world,  and  even  (or  perhaps  especi- 
ally) refugees  from  the  world  behind  the  Iron  and  Bamboo  Curtains, 
better  equipped  to  explain  our  way  of  life,  to  defend  the  bases  of  our 
society  from  intellectual  attack,  and,  most  of  all,  to  advance  the  in- 
terests of  freedom  in  a  positive,  vigorous  manner  in  those  areas  of 
the  world  where  the  ultimate  choice  between  freedom  and  slavery  is  yet 
to  be  made. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  read  the  conclusion  of  the  remarks 
made  in  an  article  by  Professor  Hook  entitled  "Wliy  The  U.S.  Needs 
a  Freedom  Academy,"  which  appeared  in  IBM  magazine  called  Think., 
in  September  1963. 

Mr.  Pool.  Would  you  just  as  soon  insert  that  in  the  record  ? 

Mr.  Barry.  I  can  insert  it  in  the  record.  I  would  like  to  make  refer- 
ence to  this  article  for  the  record,  that  if  someone  who  is  making  a 
further  study  of  this  issue  would  refer  to  page  10182  of  the  Congres- 
sional Record  of  the  1st  session  of  the  87th  Congress. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN,  This  is  Sidney  Hook,  is  it  not  ? 

Mr.  Barry.  This  is  true. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Barry,  that  was  put  in  the  record  by  Mr.  Herlong? 
Is  that  the  one  that  you  are  referring  to  ? 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1303 

Mr.  Barry.  It  was  a  speech  by  Senator  Mimdt. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN".  It  has  been  put  in  the  record  of  these  hearings  al- 
ready by  Mr.  Herlong.^ 

Mr.  B.VRRY.  Then  my  emphasis  is  merely  to  the  last  paragraph,  but 
since  it  is  already  in,  I  think  that  covers  it  sufficiently. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  For  the  record,  Mr.  Chairman,  you  are  a  member 
of  the  Foreign  Affairs  Committee  of  the  House,  Mr.  Barry  ? 

Ml".  Barry.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  thinlc  that  is  important  to  have  as  to  the  weight 
of  your  support  of  this  legislation. 

Mr.  Barry.  Mr.  Johansen,  you  might  be  interested  to  know  that 
this  morning  there  was  a  hearmg  in  a  subcommittee  of  the  House 
Committee  on  Foreign  Affairs,  and  I  put  to  one  of  the  Assistant  Sec- 
retaries of  State  the  question  as  to  whether  or  not  he  felt  there  had 
been  a  sufficient  indoctrination  of  State  personnel  in  the  ideological 
offensive  that  we  as  a  people  should  conduct  in  order  to  win  the  cold 
war.  He  said  that  there  had  been  some  improvement  made  during 
the  past  few  years  since  he  had  been  an  Assistant  Secretary  of  State 
having  to  do  with  this  type  of  thing  but  he  wished  more  could  be 
done. 

Mr.  Johansen.  I  wonder  if  he  cleared  his  answer  with  Secretary 
Harriman. 

Mr.  Barry.  I,  of  course,  would  not  want  to  get  into  personalities 
on  the  matter  with  him.  I  have  no  knowledge  whether  he  did  or  did 
not.  I  think  we  are  going  more  to  the  substance  of  the  situation 
rather  than  getting  into  any  conflict,  but  I  do  think  this:  that  from 
him  I  learned  that  there  was  a  great  deal  of  room  for  improvement 
within  the  State  Department  itself,  inculcating  within  tliose  peo])le 
who  are  out  fighting  the  cold  war  the  need  for  us  to  have  an  ideologi- 
cal offensive  which  we  can  only  achieve  through  a  concentrated  study, 
first,  in  knowing  what  we  are  up  against  and,  secondly,  establishing 
something  ourselves  which  we  are  positive  about  and  selling  it.  This 
is  what  we  have  to  do  in  order  to  take  a  more  aggressive  role  in  the 
ideological  war.  We  have  heard  of  a  series  of  schools  where  the  Com- 
munists learn  how  to  fight  us,  and  we  sit  here  without  any  concrete 
course  in  how  to  effectively  fight  them.  You  call  this  a  cold  war.  We 
have  a  military  establishment  to  train  our  Army.  We  have  a  mili- 
tary establishment  to  train  our  Navy.  We  have  one  to  train  our  Air 
Force.  We  have  nothing  to  train  us  in  the  field  of  fighting  the  cold 
war.  I  do  not  mean  to  demean  the  fine  educational  institutions  which 
we  have  in  the  United  States  that  do  offer  courses  in  explainmg  what 
communism  is  and  in  teaching  what  it  does  and  how  it  has  worked  its 
influence  over  the  years.  There  is  nothing  to  my  knowledge  in  the 
academic  world  that  teaches  a  course  in  how  to  actively  and  successively 
combat  communism  and  its  encroachment  upon  the  free  societies  of  the 
Avorld. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Mr.  Barry,  I  wish  to  commend  you  for  a  very  fine 
statement.  Is  the  bill  introduced  by  Mr.  Hays  providing  for  a  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  pending  in  your  committee  ? 

Mr.  Barry.  I  think  it  is,  yes. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  What  is  the  status  of  that  bill  ? 


1  See  part  1,  pp.  955-961. 


1304   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Mr.  Barry.  We  haven't  reported  it  out.  It  has  not  come  before  the 
full  committee. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  For  the  record,  you  approve  of  this  Freedom  Academy 
approach  rather  than  the  approach  called  for  in  the  Hays  bill  ? 

Mr.  Barry.  Let  me  say  this :  Since  I  am  not  on  the  subcommittee  I 
have  nothing  to  do  with  that  bill ;  I  only  have  a  preliminary  view 
which  I  am  willing  to  give  you  now  but  which  would  not  necessarily 
be  my  final  view  after  I  heard  all  the  testimony  from  the  subcom- 
mittee. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  I  would  like  to  have  your  views  on  it.  Really,  I  don't 
think  there  is  too  much  difference  in  the  thinking  of  the  proponents 
of  this  bill  and  the  thinking  of  the  people  in  the  State  Department 
who  are  pushing  the  National  Academy  of  Foreig-n  Affairs.  Secre- 
tary of  State  Harriman  objected  to  the  Freedom  Academy  on  the 
ground  that  we  would  be  training,  in  his  words,  too  many  private  citi- 
zens. However,  it  was  pointed  out  to  him  that  private  citizens  could 
also  be  trained  in  the  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs.  Do  you 
think  that  is  a  valid  objection  ? 

Mr.  Barry.  I  would  rather  come  forth  with  my  own  views  rather 
than  commenting  upon  what  testimony  has  been  given  today. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Before  this  committee,  just  general  ideas  about  the 
Freedom  Academy. 

Mr,  Barry.  Not  having  heard  the  gentleman  this  morning,  I  prefer 
not  to  have  to  comment  on  his  views,  except  to  say  this  with  respect  to 
the  question  you  posed  to  me :  One  of  the  basic  oppositions  to  the  for- 
mation of  the  Freedom  Academy,  as  I  understand  it,  has  been  that  it 
would  conflict  and  cut  into  education. 

Mr.  IcHORD,  That  is  right.     Overlapping  duties. 

Mr.  Barry.  That  is  right.  In  my  view,  they  would  be  nothing  in 
comparison  to  what  they  would  be  like  if  this  other  bill  came  out. 

The  other  bill  takes  in  the  whole  spectrum  of  foreign  policy  and  has 
that  as  its  content.  Wliereas,  this  bill  is  limited  at  least  to  the  crea- 
tion of  an  Academy  to  combat  communism  rather  than  in  the  general 
field  of  foreign  policy  as  such.  To  this  extent,  I  have  a  preliminary 
view  but  after  the  analysis  and  report  comes  up  from  the  subcom- 
mittee I  feel  that  it  may  well  be  my  considered  judgment  at  that  time. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  What  do  you  think  about  the  informational  center  pro- 
vided for  in  this  bill  ? 

Mr.  Barry.  My  view  is  that  for  this  bill  to  succeed  it  should  be 
designed  to  stay  out  of  the  hair  of  a  lot  of  agencies  and  have  almost  a 
single  purpose,  namely,  to  educate  people  to  combat  communism. 
When  you  get  into  the  business  of  information  centers,  it  presupposes 
that  it  might  represent  the  official  policy  of  the  United  States  and  that 
it  might  therefore  interfere  with  State  Department  public  affairs  or  it 
might  get  into  conflicts  with  CIA. 

I  am  just  not  student  enough  of  this  phase  of  the  bill  to  comment 
specifically,  but  I  would  be  fearful  that  if  too  much  were  made  over 
this  phase  of  it  that  it  would  lose  some  of  the  effect  that  it  has  in 
being  a  place  where  public  officials  or  those  aspiring  to  be  public 
officials,  and  especially  those  engaged  in  aid  agencies.  State  Depart- 
ment or  CIA  or  anything  having  to  do  with  security  or  information, 
could  go  for  a  good,  solid  education  in  how  to  combat  communism,  how 
to  create  an  ideological  offensive  of  our  own  that  could  win  the  cold  war. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1305 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Now  this  school  could  be  run  by  the  State  Department, 
or  then  it  could  be  run  by  an  independent  agency  as  contemplated  in 
this  bill.  I  take  it  that  you  are  in  favor  of  an  independent  agency  to 
have  the  responsibility  of  running  the  Academy. 

Mr.  Barry.  I  think  that  the  bill  would  have  to  get  further  along 
before  I  would  know  whether  it  should  be  an  independent  agency  or 
not.  West  Pomt  is  not  an  independent  agency  to  the  extent  that  the 
Department  of  the  Army  does  have  some  say  over  it.  I  would  think 
that  this  would  have  to  be  correlated  to  our  State  Department  or  it 
would  have  a  rough  time. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  I  think  there  is  a  correlation  in  that  we  have  the  Advi- 
sory Conimittee  and  members  of  the  State  Department  or  a  member  of 
the  State  Department  can  be  on  the  Advisory  Committee.  There 
would  be  correlation  to  that  extent. 

Mr.  Barry.  My  belief  is  that  there  must  be  real  agreement  here  and 
where  you  have  too  wide  a  disparity  of  opinion  on  this  issue,  where 
those  who  don't  want  it  at  all  and  those  who  want  it  very,  very  much, 
that  somewhere  down  the  middle  may  lie  where  this  legislation  will 
ultimately  rest.  In  that  vein  I  would  like  to  be  a  proponent  of  a 
Freedom  Academy  to  teach  how  to  combat  communism.  If  I  had  to 
give  up  part  of  the  bill  in  order  to  please  someone,  it  would  be  the 
information  side  of  it  that  I  would  be  willing  to  sacrifice.  That  does 
not  mean  that  it  does  not  have  good  features,  because  I  know  tliat  it 
does. 

Mr.  Ichord.  That  is  all. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Schadeberg. 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  I  have  no  questions. 

Mr.  Pool.  Congressman  Barry,  we  appreciate  your  appearing  be- 
fore this  committee  and  giving  us  the  benefit  of  your  views.  Particu- 
larly since  you  are  a  member  of  the  Foreign  Affairs  Committee,  it  is 
especially  helpful  to  us. 

Mr.  Barry.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  It  has  been  a  pleasure  for 
me,  and  I  greatly  appreciate  this  opportunity. 

Mr.  Pool.  Our  next  witness  will  be  Dr.  William  Kintner. 

STATEMENT  OE  WILLIAM  R.  KINTNER 

Dr.  Kintner.  Good  afternoon,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Pool.  Doctor,  will  you  give  us  a  thumbnail  sketch  of  your 
background  ? 

I  believe  it  will  be  helpful  for  the  record. 

Dr.  Kintner.  Thank  you. 

I  think  my  background  is  pertinent  to  this  investigation.  I  retired 
from  the  Army  after  21  years  service  in  the  grade  of  colonel  in  Septem- 
ber lOfil.  Prior  to  that  time  I  had  a  range  of  duty  both  in  the  Army 
and  other  departments  of  the  Government  which  gave  me,  I  think,  a 
fairly  good  ringside  seat  in  how  to  wage  the  cold  war.  I  had  an  o})por- 
tunity  to  get  a  doctor's  degree  from.  Georgetown  University  in  1948, 
taught  2  years  at  Command  and  Staff  College  at  Leavenworth.  Sub- 
sequently I  was  chief  planner  for  a  major  activity  in  the  Central  In- 
telligence Agency.  I  then  went  to  the  Korean  war.  I  was  infantry 
commander  at  Pork  Chop  Hill.  Later  on  I  was  negotiator  at  the 
Panmimjon  armistice  negotiations  after  the  truce  was  signed.     I  came 


1306   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COIVIMISSION 

back  to  Wasliiiigton  and  served  in  various  capacities  in  the  Army 
Staff  and  as  a  Planning  Board  assistant  to  the  National  Security 
Council. 

In  1955  I  was  on  the  staff  of  Nelson  Eockefeller  when  he  was  Spe- 
cial Assistant  to  the  President  of  the  United  States.  I  was  head  of 
political  and  psychological  activities  in  the  office  of  Mr.  Rockefeller. 

Subsequently  I  was  with  the  Operations  Research  Office,  then  served 
in  France  with  our  military  headquarters — liaison  with  the  French 
Government,  and  then  came  back  to  the  Army  General  Staff.  My 
last  assignment  was  chief  of  long-range  plans  in  the  Office  of  Chief 
of  Staff  of  the  United  States  Army.  I  served  at  a  fairly  high  level 
and  in  fairly  sensitive  positions  under  three  administrations,  the  last 
2  years  of  President  Truman's,  during  President  Eisenhower's,  and 
the  first  year  of  President  Kennedy's.  Any  remarks  I  am  going  to 
make  are  completely  nonpartisan  in  character. 

In  addition  to  my  military  career,  I  am  a  writer.  I  have  written  a 
few  books,  the  first  is  The  Front  Is  Everywhere^  a  study  of  Commu- 
nist organization  and  technology;  coauthor  of  Protracted  Conflct^ 
and  the  recently  published  Neiu  Frontiers  of  War,  in  collaboration 
with  Joseph  Kornfedder,  who  is  since  deceased,  a  student  at  the  Lenin 
School  for  3  years  from  1928  to  1931.  I  point  this  out  because  some 
people  regard  me  as  a  little  bit  of  an  expert  on  communism.  I  would 
like  to  disclaim  that.  The  work  I  have  done  has  only  touched  the 
surface.  I  have  never  had  the  opportunity  to  have  the  type  of  research 
support  and  backing,  the  totality  of  information  w^liich  would  be 
needed  to  do  the  job  thoroughly.  I  will  not  mention  the  world  situa- 
tion, which  in  my  opinion  is  not  necessarily  worki)ig  out  to  our  advan- 
tage. Yet  the  purpose  of  such  an  Academy  has  to  be  responsive  to  our 
understanding  of  which  way  the  conflict  is  going.  There  are  several 
sciiools  of  thought:  that  we  are  on  top  or  that  the  Comm.unists  are 
mellowing.  The  school  of  thought  to  which  I  belong  contends  that  we 
have  a  long,  tough  struggle  ahead  of  us. 

As  I  see  the  proposed  Freedom  Academy,  it  serves  essentially  three 
major  purposes:  The  first  is  that  of  research;  secondly,  is  that  of 
training;  and,  thirdly,  some  kind  of  public  dissemination  of  its 
knowledge. 

Now,  on  the  research  side  I  would  like  to  point  out  and  confirm  what 
other  people  have  suggested  that  it  is  very  difficult  even  w^hen  you 
are  working  in  a  university — I  am  currently  professor  of  political 
sciences  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  deputy  director  of  a  re- 
search institute  there — to  obtain  specific  infonnation  on  subjects  that 
are  very  pertinent  to  what  we  are  trying  to  study.  How  are  the 
policies  of  various  governments  changing?  What  were  the  policies, 
say,  of  Brazil  10  years  ago,  w^hat  are  they  in  '64?  Wliat  are  the 
influences  that  are  brought  to  bear?  One  possible  influence  is  the 
Communist  organization  in  that  country,  to  cite  just  one  country. 
Do  we  know  right  now,  among  the  111-odd  nations  which  have  legal 
Communist  parties,  what  their  strengths  are?  Wliat  is  the  ratio  of 
visits  from  that  countiy  to  the  United  States  or  some  other  free 
world  coimtry  and  to,  on  the  other  hand,  the  Soviet  Union  or  Com- 
munist China  ?  This  type  of  information  is  very  difficult  to  get  hold 
of. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1307 

The  last  world  survey  on  the  Communist  party  strength  is,  I  think, 
3  or  4  years  old.  It  is  hard  to  obtain  this  information  from  the 
Government.  What  is  the  newspaper  situation  on  a  worldwide  basis  ? 
"What  is  the  line  which  important  papers  in  various  countries  follow  ? 
"W^iat  news  services  do  they  use  ? 

For  example,  when  Kenya  became  independent  she  subscribed  to 
Tass,  why  ?  Because  it  is  free  for  one  thing — or  because  she  wanted 
to  get  a  balance  between,  let  us  say,  Reuters  and  the  British  service? 
I  don't  know  whether  they  could  afford  to  subscribe  to  our  two  com- 
mercial news  services.  This  type  of  information  is  very  pertinent  to 
an  understanding  of  foreign  policy  and  to  our  understanding  of  what 
actions  one  might  take. 

Let  us  take  a  look  at  the  Cypiiis  development.  I  was  in  Cyprus  in 
'57.  At  that  time  it  was  evident  that  there  was  some  connection 
between  the  Cypriot  movement  and  certain  groups  of  Greek  Com- 
munists who  were  operating  there.  They  had  control  of  a  very 
powerful  labor  union,  they  also  had  the  mayors  of  five  major  cities. 
Tlie  developments  that  have  taken  place  in  the  last  month  or  so 
there  are  not  the  type  of  developments  which  could  have  been  alto- 
gether unanticipated. 

I  am  not  saying  that  anything  could  have  been  done  better  than 
it  has  been  done;  I  appreciate  the  efforts  of  Under  Secretary  of  State 
Ball  to  settle  the  issue,  but  there  is  something  deeper  in  the  Cypriot 
situation  than  merely  the  Greek-Turkish  antagonism.  And  the  man- 
ner in  w^hich  Mr.  Khrushchev  has  moved  in  on  the  United  Nations 
discussions  is  indicative  of  that.  The  real  question  you  have  to  face 
on  research  material  is.  Does  this  information  exist  in  the  Govern- 
ment? If  so,  can  the  private  citizen  obtain  it  if  he  needs  it  for  his 
own  purposes? 

Last  year,  for  example,  I  tried  to  find  out,  in  this  case  from  the  State 
Department,  a  list  of  the  training  agencies  of  the  Communist  activiti- 
ties  inside  Russia,  Communist  China,  and  the  satellites,  the  type  of 
information  which  has  been  bandied  about  in  this  discussion.  I  asked 
a  very  good  friend  of  mine  there.  He  said  frankly  this  information 
was  not  available  in  a  concise  form.  Yet,  to  my  mind,  this  is  the  kind 
of  operational  information  that  I  would  at  least  have  at  my  fingertips 
if  I  were  planning  a  strategy  to  deal  with  the  people  trained  by  these 
Commimist  institutions. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  In  other  words,  it  wasn't  unavailable  because  it  was 
classified  ? 

Mr.  KiNTNER.  No,  they  just  had  not  thought  this  particular  type  of 
information  was  particularly  pertinent  to  their  activity.  They  knew 
a  number  of  the  Communist  institutions.  I  am  not  suggesting  they 
were  complet-ely  ignorant  about  it,  but  to  go  aft-er  this  as  a  package 
of  information  just  had  not  been  requested  by  any  high  officials. 
Intelligence  agencies  generally  respond  to  requests  of  officials  whether 
they  are  in  the  State,  CIA,  or  the  Defense  Department. 

I  would  also  suggest  that  the  private  institutions  in  this  country 
really  are  unable  to  do  the  job. 

I  am  fairly  familiar  with  the  university  structure  in  this  country. 
I  am  familiar  with  most  of  the  so-called  think  centers,  and  this  par- 
ticular area,  namely,  studies  on  the  cold  war  or  the  nonmilitary  aspects 


1308   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

of  our  foreign  policy,  does  not  get  the  stress  and  backing  that  it  sliould 
have. 

In  the  first  place,  there  is  a  little  matter  of  funding  and  financing. 
Very  few  major  foundations  will  put  too  much  money  into  this  activity. 
They  will  put  it  into  related  activity,  research  studies,  and  matters  of 
that  kind.  But  if  you  get  down  to  saying  you  really  want  to  explore 
the  cold  war  it  is  hard  to  get  the  money.  This  is  a  point,  I  believe, 
that  Mr.  Harriman  made,  that  there  should  he,  backing  in  the  private 
research  side. 

As  of  now,  in  ni}^  opinion,  the  backing  is  inadequate.  I  do\il)t  very 
much  if  the  private  side,  however,  should  take  the  responsibility  for 
this  major  area  of  conflict.  I  believe  that  it  is  interesting  to  note  that 
people  in  the  other  parts  of  the  world  feel  somewhat  the  same  way. 

I  have  here  a  little  statement  called  "Principles  on  Which  the  For- 
eign Affairs  Research  Is  Founded."  This  was  published  in  London 
by  a  group  of  private  citizens.     They  made  this  statement : 

It  is  regrettable  that  sucb  a  highly  complex  and  controversial  subject  as 
international  political  warfare  should  have  to  be  left  to  private  individuals  and 
organizations. 

Now  on  the  research  side  I  would  like  to  suggest  that  there  has  been 
a  basic  need  inside  the  Government  to  spend  more  time  on  what  some 
of  the  issues  are  that  we  are  confronted  with  in  the  cold  war.  There 
has  been  a  reluctance  sometimes  to  deal  head  on  with  these  issues.  I 
helped  to  organize  the  structure  of  the  Psychological  Strategy'  Board 
in  1951.  I  was  a  member  of  something  called  the  ideological  panel. 
We  met  for  quite  a  long  series  of  sessions.  One  project  that  we  sug- 
gested that  might  be  developed  was  a  study  of  the  life  of  Stalin,  to 
show  tliat  he  was  pretty  much  the  sort  of  person  that  Mr.  Khrushchev 
told  the  world  he  was  in  a  speech  to  the  Presidium  in  1956. 

This  was  shot  down  either  because  it  wouldn't  do  any  good  or  it 
might  be  considered  disruptive. 

Mr.  JoHANSBN.  Might  be  disruptive? 

Dr.  KiNTNER.  Yes. 

Mr.  JoHANSBN.  Of  what? 

Dr.  KiNTNER.  Disruptive  of  the  general  approach  to  international 
communism. 

Mr.  JoHANSEisr.  Aggravate  tensions,  in  other  words. 

Dr.  KiNTNER.  That,  I  think,  is  a  fair  summation  of  it. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Thank  you. 

Dr.  KiNTNER.  In  the  ideological  panel,  the  issue  of  a  positive  Ameri- 
can ideology  never  got  off  the  floor.  The  story  being  that  since  oars  is 
a  pluralistic  society,  it  is  very  difficult  for  us  to  proje(^t  the  range  and 
complexity  of  our  society.  There  happen  to  be  a  few  principles  in 
our  pluralistic  society  which,  in  my  opinion,  are  worthj^  of  at  least 
presentation  to  the  rest  of  the  world,  the  Declaration  of  Independence 
and  our  form  of  constitutional  Government.  Nevertheless,  it  is  argued 
that  it  is  difficult  to  develop  a  positive  presentation  of  our  ideology  in 
words  and  terms  that  would  be  meaningful  abroad. 

On  the  training  side  of  the  activity,  we  should  recognize  that  the 
Government  agencies  do  undertake  a  significant  amount  of  training. 
I  have  lectured  at  all  the  War  Colleges,  the  National,  the  Indr.strial, 
the  Army,  NaA^y,  Air  Force,  and  so  forth.  I  talked  to  the  State 
Department  Foreign  Service  Institute,  including  the  Senior  Officers 


PROVIDIXG    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COIVIMISSION    1309 

Group.  There  is  a  good  deal  of  work  which  does  take  place  in  tlie 
field  under  discussion,  but  primarily  these  schools  are  designed  to 
produce  professionals  in  their  respective  areas  whether  it  happens  to 
be  information,  diplomacy,  or  the  military  arts.  And  what  comes  up 
in  this  area  is  often  treated  marginally  because  it  is  not  directly 
germane  to  the  central  core  of  their  activities. 

I  believe  that  was  what  Mr.  Grant  discovered  when  he  took  a  look 
at  the  key  Government  curriculum.  There  is  a  lot  of  good  work  there, 
but  on  this  particular  held  I  would  say  it  is  relatively  minimal  com- 
pared to  the  size  and  scope  of  the  problem. 

Now  the  private  sector  also  conducts  training.  Perhaps  you  are  all 
familiar  with  the  American  Free  Labor  Institute  in  Wasliington, 
run  by  the  AFL-CIO,  concentrating  particularly  on  Latin  America. 
I  happen  to  know  the  man  who  is  running  it.  He  is  doing  a  first-rate 
job,  but  it  is  very  small  compared  to  the  problem.  It  only  touches  one 
field  of  our  numerous  sets  of  relationships  with  Latin  America.  It 
does  not  touch  the  educational  field,  business  field,  or  other  activities 
of  the  private  sector.  There  is  in  Costa  Rica  an  outfit  called  the 
Institute  de  Educacion  Politica,  which  was  set  up  by  Jose  Figueres 
and  supported  by  Betancourt.  It  was  designed  to  do  two  things: 
political  actions  against  Communist  subversion  and,  on  the  positive 
side,  the  positive  defense  of  prodemocratic  principles.  Some  grad- 
uates of  this  school  were  very  helpful  in  Betancourt's  successful  defeat 
of  the  Castro  subversive  terrorists  during  the  recent  election  campaign. 

In  other  countries  you  have  the  same  issue.  They  tried  to  set  up 
political  warfare  training  in  Korea  and  the  Philippines.  There  is  a 
committee  on  political  warfare  in  France  headed  by  Suzanne  Labin, 
a  ver}^  professional  group  with  no  ax  to  grind.  Yet  none  of  these  orga- 
nizations receives  public  or  private  financing  from  their  own  countries 
or  the  United  States. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Would  you  see  any  objection  to  their  receiving  finan- 
cial support  from  the  United  States  ? 

Dr.  KiNTNER.  I  would  see  no  oibjection  whatsoever,  but  more  im- 
portant is  the  research  support  from  the  United  States.  We  are  deal- 
ing with  a  global  phenomenon  and  the  phenomena  we  face  in  Venezuela 
or  Brazil  or  Zanzibar  are  pretty  much  the  same.  If  there  were  one 
central,  higlily  skilled,  disciplined  group  trying  to  analyze  this  puzzle, 
making  it  available  to  these  groups,  their  own  work  could  be  enhanced 
and  we,  of  course,  would  get  playback  from  them. 

This  raises  the  issue  of  the  subject  of  training  foreign  personnel — 
I  believe,  as  it  has  been  presented,  it  is  a  rather  false  issue.  We  are 
training  foreign  personnel.  We  train  them  at  our  military  schools, 
not  at  the  senior  War  Colleges  but  at  the  command  and  staff  schools 
level  and  down  the  line.  These  personnel  do  have  access  to  classified 
information.  We  are  also  training  under  the  AID  program;  5,766 
participants  from  overseas  were  trained  by  AID  in  the  United  States 
at  the  end  of  the  last  fiscal  year  and  2,127  were  trained  in  the  other 
nations. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  What  area  was  that  training  in  ? 

Dr.  KiNTNEH.  In  the  AID  program  I  assume.  It  is  in  economic 
development. 

Mr.  JoHANSE^\  I  mean  the  subject  matter  of  the  training. 


1310   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Dr.  I^JNTNER.  The  subject  matter,  I  assume,  would  have  something 
to  do  with  irrigation  projects,  help  to  education,  the  secondaiy  schools, 
and  so  forth. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Not  communism  ? 

Dr.  KiNTNER,  No,  it  is  not  in  this  field.  I  am  pointing  out  that  we 
are  training  foreign  personnel  in  other  fields.  I  have  been  to  the  police 
academy  set  up  in  the  Canal  Zone,  again  under  AID  auspices,  where 
we  are  training  their  military  officers  and  police  officers  there  in  tech- 
niques to  combat  subvei'sion  that  Mr.  Harriman  was  discussing  today. 
In  certain  instances  if  the  information  is  not  classified  at  least  we 
have  to  tell  them  techniques  to  which  we  alone  may  be  privy.  So  I  be- 
lieve if  we  can  train  foreign  personnel  in  other  activities  that  there 
perhaps  is  a  legitimate  basis  for  training  them  in  an  area  which  may 
be  equally  critical  to  our  national  survival. 

Now  on  the  public  information  question,  there  is  no  doubt  in  my 
mind  that  the  Government  does  have  an  obligation  to  tell  the  citizens 
who  are  interested  concerning  important  activities.  There  are  hand- 
outs put  out  by  all  the  Government  departments  and  agencies — De- 
fense Department,  State  Department,  Agriculture  Department,  and 
what-have-you.  In  the  foreign  policy  areas,  I  personally  like  to  turn 
to  the  Senate  and  House  investigations,  tlie  Foreign  Kelations  Com- 
mittee or  the  Foreigii  Affairs  Committee,  one  or  the  other,  and  the 
Armed  Forces  Committee,  because  I  find  these  committees  provide  the 
most  objective  information  you  can  get  from  the  Government.  The 
bipartisan  nature  of  a  Freedom  Academy  would  guarantee  that  you 
would  get  the  same  degree  of  objectivity  in  the  information  it  pro- 
duced. I  don't  envisage  a  tremendous  flow  of  handouts  there,  but 
there  ought  to  be  a  place  where  a  person  who  is  seriously  interested 
in  the  subject  can  go  and  have  the  information  on  which  he  places 
credence — just  like  people  in  the  academic  world  place  credence  in  the 
reports  and  findings  of  the  congressional  committees;  they  are  highly 
respected.    I  believe  the  same  thmg  should  be  done  here. 

Now  another  matter  that  is  important  is  what  the  public  needs  to 
know  in  order  to  sustain  the  will  to  fight  on  in  this  very  difficult  con- 
flict. When  the  will  is  lost  the  battle  turns  against  you.  I  was  read- 
ing today,  for  example,  about  the  situation  in  Vietnam.  Four  ye^rs 
ago,  according  to  this  article,  when  the  American  soldier  went  out  in 
the  countryside  the  Vietnamese  kids  would  wave  at  them  and  say 
hello.  Now,  according  to  this  article,  appearing  in  today's  Philadel- 
'phia  Inquirer^  the  kids  sometimes  turn  their  backs.  That  to  my  mind 
IS  a  psychological  setback,  assuming  that  the  article  is  a  valid  report, 
which  is  very,  very  disconcerting. 

I  would  like  to  mention  a  type  of  problem  which  a  Commission  like 
this  could  study,  namely,  the  meaning  of  the  sustained  3-  to  4-year 
campaign  which  the  Communists  have  been  conducting  to  degrade 
the  attitude  of  the  American  people  toward  their  security  agencies. 
I  am  referring  now  to  the  Defense  Department,  the  Central  Intelli- 
gence Agency,  the  State  Department,  and  the  FBI,  for  example. 
There  has  been  a  series  of  books,  I  will  cite  a  few,  on  the  Defense 
Department,  the  last  year  or  so,  which  are  rather  interesting.  The 
latast  one  is  Dr.  Strangelove,  or  Flow  to  Fall  in  Love  with  the  Bomb. 
There  are  Seven  Days  in  May.,  Fail-jSafe,  and  The  Bedford  Incident. 
Interestingly  enough,  most  of  these  books  have  a  plot  pretty  nuicli  the 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1311 

same.  Our  civilian  officials  are  portrayed  as  rather  psychotic  and  our 
military  officials  are  outright  l)arbarians.  I  do  not  know  the  motiva- 
tion ol"  the  people  who  wrote  the  books  or  produced  the  movies,  but  I 
do  know  that  in  1959  Mr.  Khrushchev  stated  that  "\Ye  (the  Com- 
munists) will  learn  to  use  the  prudent  representatives  of  the  bour- 
goisie."  I  think  with  careful  research  one  might  possibly  find  some 
relationship  between  Mr.  Khrushchev's  thinking  and  certain  of  these 
"end  products"  I  liave  mentioned.  The  Worker  dated  February  18, 
1964,  stated :  "  'Dr.  Strangelove'  Blueprints  Ultras'  Push  to  Annihila- 
tion." I  do  not  know  whether  any  department  or  agency  of  the  Gov- 
ernment is  investigating  this  kind  of  issue.  I  haven't  checked  to  find 
out,  but  if  this  campaign  erodes  the  subconscious  attitude  of  millions 
of  American  people  toward  the  responsible  security  agencies  of  the 
Government  we  will  be  in  trouble. 

I  should  point  out  that  Seven  Days  in  May  sold  2  million  copies. 
That  is  a  pretty  good  sale  for  a  book.  Now  that  the  film  is  out,  prob- 
ably about  20  million  Americans  at  least  will  see  it.  If  Khrushchev's 
campaign  does  have  a  purpose  and  if  this  security  harpooning  activity 
does  reflect  his  campaign,  then  if  I  were  concerned  with  planning  and 
the  defense  of  the  United  States  I  would  like  to  look  into  it  very 
thoroughly.  That,  however,  requires  a  very  skillful  type  of  analysis. 
It  requires  a  great  deal  of  work  before  you  can  reach  an  objective  con- 
clusion on  the  matter. 

There  has  been  discussion  during  these  hearings  on  the  Government 
attitude  toward  a  Freedom  Academy.  I  covered  a  few  points  of  it. 
One  is  that,  of  course,  the  pluralistic  society  really  should  not  en- 
gage the  official  instruments  of  Government  to  study  something  which 
may  be  very  controversial.  There  are  very  controversial  aspects  of 
our  attitude  toward  the  conflict.  Personally,  however,  I  don't  see  how 
we  can  avoid  it. 

The  objection  has  been  presented  that  if  a  cold  war  institute  were 
created  and  the  Communists  automatically  dubbed  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy as  such,  it  would  be  very  dangerous.  The  graduates  of  it  w^ould 
be  branded  as  agents  of  the  United  States  if  they  ever  operated  in  a 
foreign  country.  But  that  charge  is  now  made  against  almost  any 
American-trained  person  if  he  goes  back  into  a  partially  hostile  en- 
vironment, whether  he  simply  "went  to  one  of  our  universities  or 
whether  he  went  to  some  Government-sponsored  program. 

The  size  of  the  program  is  of  some  interest.  The  State  Department 
proposal  calls  for  a  budget  of  some  $6.5  million.  The  AID  program 
has  an  annual  budget  of  some  $40  million.  Most  of  our  big  univer- 
sities in  this  country  which  cover  a  multiplicity  of  subjects  have  budg- 
ets anywhere  ranging  from  35  to  40  up  to  100  million  dollars.  What 
I  am  suggesting  is  that  if  the  State  Department  proposal  is  designed 
<-o  fulfill  the  same  purpose  as  the  Freedom  Academy,  the  scope  of  the 
activity  must  be  much  larger  than  the  degree  of  financial  support  re- 
quested by  State, 

In  summation,  I  would  like  to  make  these  points.  One  is  that  the 
Communist  governments  train  operators  to  work  in  the  private  sec- 
tors designed  to  erode  the  support  of  United  States  or  other  pro-West- 
ern elements  in  a  given  country.  The  U.S.  Government  trains  its 
own  personnel  almost  exclusively  to  work  at  the  official  level.  The 
U.S.  private  training  in  this  field  is,  in  my  opinion,  totally  inadequate 


1312   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

and  the  United  States  Government  up  to  the  present  time  does  not 
wish  to  engage  in  the  private  training. 

Aft^r  these  general  remarks  I  shall  be  very  happy  to  respond  to 
any  questions  you  may  care  to  ask, 

Mr.  Pool.  Dr.  Kintner,  it  has  been  very  helpful  to  the  committee 
for  you  to  appear  today.     We  appreciate  it. 

Mr.  Ichord,  do  you  have  any  questions  ? 

Mr.  IcHORD.  I  have  no  questions,  Mr.  Chairman,  but  I  do  want  to 
commend  Mr.  Kintner  for  a  very  interesting  and  informative  presen- 
tation. 

Dr.  Kintner.  Thank  you,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Colonel,  I  have  a  couple  of  questions. 

You  made  reference  to  a  proposal  that  was  offered,  and  you  were 
interrupted  at  the  time,  which  you  said  was  shot  down  and  rejected 
because  it  was  felt  that  it  might  be  disruptive.  Is  there  a  possibility 
that  some  of  the  opposition  from  certain  quarters  to  this  proposal,  to 
this  proposed  Academy  and  to  the  information  center,  is  that  some  of 
the  information  which  it  might  promulgate  might  also  be  deemed  to 
be  disruptive? 

Dr.  Kintner.  I  think  tliere  is  a  possibility  of  that.  We  have  vari- 
ous schools  of  thought  on  how  to  go  about  waging  this  struggle,  and 
there  are  some  with  genuinely  good  motivations  who  think  it  is  best 
to  seek,  as  far  as  they  can,  some  7rhodu8  vivendi  with  the  other  side. 
Consequently,  they  would  not  encourage  any  course  of  action  which 
might  be  regarded  as  provocative.  I  am  not  saying  that  is  the  official 
position  of  the  Government.  I  am  merely  indicating  that  some  people 
in  the  Government  may  have  that  attitude. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Now  may  I  ask  you  if  by  any  chance  you  are  famil- 
iar with,  I  think,  the  1960  book,  Cuba:  Anatomy  of  a  Revolution? 

Dr.  Kintner.  Who  is  the  author  of  that  ? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Huberman  and  Sweezy. 

Dr.  Kintner.  That  was  not  the  Reader's  Digest  article? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  No.    A  pro-Castro  book. 

Dr.  KiNTNEiR.  I  am  not  familiar  with  that. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Then  I  won't  pursue  it. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Coloncl,  I  want  to  express  my  appreciation  for 
your  being  here.     I  ha\'e  one  question. 

Would  it  be  your  considered  opinion  tliat  if  we  had  the  Freedom 
Academy  that  all  of  the  agencies  that  would  send  our  Government 
personnel  from  this  country  to  other  countries  should  have  some  train- 
ing in  the  Academy  ? 

Dr.  Kintner.  I  don't  think  all  personnel.  As  I  suggested,  there  is 
a  very  broad  Government- wide  training  program  for  Government 
personnel.  Tliere  is  also  what  you  might  call  a  general  orientation 
training  for  Government  personnel  in  this  field. "  I  suspect  that  in 
view  of  the  pipeline  requirements,  the  people  being  rotated  from  place 
to  place,  that  not  all  people  could  participate,  particularly  in  a  very 
long  program  of  training.  Rut  I  would  suspect  that  a  high  percent- 
age of  them  might  attend  such  an  Academy  were  it  established. 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  You  do  not  have  to  answer  it  if  you  don't  want  to. 
Do  you  think  our  Pence  Corps  members,  for  instance,  would  be  more 
adequate  in  their  type  of  work  if  they  had  some  sort  of  training  and 
background  ? 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1313 

Dr.  KiNTNER,  I  can't  answer  that  question  for  the  simple  reason 
tliat  I  know  of  no  comprehensive  review  of  the  Peace  Corps  activities. 
I  am  personally  in  favor  of  the  Peace  Corps  idea,  but  I  don't  Imow 
of  any  one  who  has  really  looked  into  it  to  see  whether  the  Peace  Corps 
people  in  the  field  were  able  to  handle  themselves  well  against  the  type 
of  situations  they  would  face.  This  might  be  another  held  of  study 
which  an  Academy  such  as  proposed  in  this  bill  might  undertake. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Naturally,  I  think  if  anyone  is  working  they  are 
working  with  people,  and  this  might  be  a  very  helpful  background  for 
someone  working  intimately  with  them. 

Dr.  KiNTNER.  There  has  not  been  any  private  study  that  I  know 
of  attempting  to  evaluate  the  Peace  Corps.  Of  course  it  is  fairly 
young  in  life. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Ycs,  I  Understand  that. 

Mr.  JoiiANSEX.  Mr.  Chairman,  without  usurping  your  prerogatives 
at  all  I  would  like  to  offer  this  observation,  and  direct  it  to  the  staff 
of  the  committee,  Mr.  McNamara  and  the  others  as  well  as  to  our 
chairman,  Mr.  Willis,  that  I  think  the  witnesses  that  have  been  here 
before  this  committee,  almost  without  exception,  have  been  the  finest 
aggregation  of  authorities  in  this  field  that  I  have  been  privileged  to 
hear  in  my  6  years  of  service  on  the  committee. 

Mr.  Pool.  I  certainly  do  agree  with  the  gentleman's  observation. 

Doctor,  I  want  to  thank  you  again  for  appearing  here  today. 

Dr.  KiNTNER.  You  are  entirely  welcome. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  BOB  WILSON,  U.S.  EEPRESENTATIVE 
FEOM  CALIFOENIA 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Mr.  Chairman,  our  colleague.  Congressman  Bob 
Wilson  of  California,  who  is  a  member  of  the  Committee  on  Armed 
Services,  has  submitted  a  statement.  I  ask  that  it  be  incorporated 
at  this  point  in  the  record  of  these  hearings. 

Mr.  Pool.  Without  objection,  it  is  so  ordered. 

(Congressman  Wilson's  statement  follows :) 

STATEMENT    OF    HON.    BOP.    WILSON,    U.S.    REPRESENTATIVE    FROM 

CALIFORNIA 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  am  pleased  that  the  committee  has  under  consideration 
several  proposals  to  establish  a  Freedom  Academy.  I  endorse  this  idea  and 
hope  the  Congress  will  pass  the  necessary  legislation  this  session. 

As  you  may  be  aware,  Mr.  Chairman,  suggestions  for  a  Freedom  Academy  were 
first  proposed  in  1959  by  our  former  colleague.  Congressman  Walter  Judd  of 
Minnesota  and  by  Congressman  A.  S.  Herlong  of  Florida.  Similar  legislation 
was  introduced  in  the  Senate  at  that  time  and  has  been  reintroduced  since 
then. 

In  19G0,  the  Senate  passed  a  Freedom  Academy  bill  shortly  before  the  adjourn- 
ment of  the  86th  Congress.  When  that  bill  was  reported  from  the  Senate 
Judiciary  Committee,  it  was  enthusiastically  supported  by  the  committee,  which 
declared  in  a  statement  at  the  time : 

"The  committee  considers  this  bill  to  be  one  of  the  most  important  ever 
introduced  in  the  Congress.  This  is  the  first  measure  to  recognize  that  a  con- 
centrated development  and  training  program  must  precede  a  significant  improve- 
ment in  our  cold-war  capabilities.  The  various  agencies  and  bureaus  can  be 
shufiled  and  reshuflled.  Advisory  committees,  interdepartmental  committees,  and 
coordinating  agencies  can  be  created  and  recreated,  but  until  they  are  staffed 
by  highly  motivated  personnel  who  have  been  systematically  and  intensively 


1314   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

trained  in  the  vast  and  complex  field  of  total  political  warfare,  we  can  expect 
little  improvement  in  our  situation." 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  think  that  statement  wraps  up  the  need  for  this  legislation 
very  well  and  in  just  a  few  sentences.  We  need,  in  our  Government,  an  inde- 
pendent, dedicated  group,  whose  sole  mission  is  to  meet  the  challenge  of  commu- 
nism head  on.  We  do  not  need  any  more  interlaced  bureaucratic  committees 
and  commissions. 

Unfortunately,  in  spite  of  that  strong  endorsement  from  the  Judiciary  Com- 
mittee and  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  bill  did  pass  the  Senate,  the  Congress 
has  yet  to  approve  legislation  for  the  establishment  of  a  Freedom  Academy. 

I  am  aware  that  there  is  some  opposition  to  this  project  by  several  of  the  de- 
partments and  agencies  of  our  Government.  I  am  sorry  that  they  feel  it  neces- 
sary to  express  their  opposition.  I  am  sorry,  too,  that  we  find  it  necessary 
here  to  point  up  the  deficiencies  that  exist  in  a  complete  attack  on  the  philosophy 
of  communism.  But  I  am  convinced  that  there  is  a  deficiency  in  our  approach 
to  this  enemy  and  I  find  it  hard  to  understand  that  others,  in  positions  of  re- 
sponsibility, don't  see  it. 

As  a  member  of  the  Armed  Services  Committee  of  the  House,  I  am  close  to 
much  of  the  planning  for  the  military  defense  of  this  country.  I  think,  how- 
ever, that  there  is  more  to  our  overall  defense  picture  in  these  days  of  cold, 
rather  than  hot,  war  than  guns  and  missiles.  For  this  reason,  I  am  anxious 
that  this  legislation  be  given  a  full  and  complete  hearing  and  strongly  urge  the 
committee  to  send  it  to  the  floor  as  soon  as  possible. 

I  am  sure  that  it  will  receive  the  support  of  the  overwhelming  majority  of  our 
colleagues  at  that  time. 

Mr.  Pool.  If  there  are  no  other  witnesses  and  no  other  testimony, 
we  will  adjourn.  This  will  not  complete  the  hearings;  we  will  prob- 
ably have  some  hearings  at  a  later  date. 

(Wliereupon,  at  3 :  50  p.m.,  Thursday,  February  20,  1964,  the  com- 
mittee recessed,  subject  to  the  call  of  the  Chair.) 


HEARINGS  RELATING  TO  H.R.  352,  H.R.  1617,  H.R.  5368, 
H.R.  8320,  H.R.  8757,  H.R.  10036,  H.R.  10037,  H.R.  10077, 
AND  H.R.  11718,  PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A 
FREEDOM  COMMISSION  AND  FREEDOM  ACADEMY 

Part  2 


TUESDAY,  APRIL   7,    1964 

United  States  House  of  Representatives, 

Committee  on  Un-American  AcTivmES, 

Waskington^  D.G. 

PUBLIC   HEARINGS 

The  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  met,  pureuant  to  recess, 
at  10 :10  a.m.  in  Koom  304,  Cannon  House  Office  Building,  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  Hon.  Edwin  E.  Willis  (chairman)  presiding. 

Committee  members  present :  Edwin  E.  Willis,  of  Louisiana ;  Wil- 
liam M.  Tuck,  of  Virginia;  Joe  R.  Pool,  of  Texas;  Richard  H.  Ichord, 
of  Missouri ;  August  E.  Johansen,  of  Michigan ;  Donald  C.  Bruce,  of 
Indiana;  and  Henry  C.  Schadeberg,  of  Wisconsin. 

Staff  members  present :  Francis  J.  McNamara,  director ;  Frank  S. 
Tavenner,  Jr.,  general  comisel ;  and  Alfred  M.  Nittle,  counsel. 

The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  come  to  order,  please. 

Today,  the  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  resumes  hearings 
begun  on  February  18  of  this  year  on  various  bills  to  create  a  Free- 
dom Commission  and  Freedom  Academy. 

In  my  introductory  remarks  to  the  February  18  hearings,  I  pointed 
out  that  five  such  bills,  H.R.  352,  H.R.  1617,  H.R.  5368,  H.R.  8320,  and 
H.R.  8757,  introduced  repsectively  by  Representatives  Herlong,  Gub- 
ser,  Boggs,  Taft,  and  Schweiker,  had  been  referred  to  the  committee. 

Since  that  time,  three  additional  Freedom  Academy  bills  have  been 
introduced  by  Members  of  the  House  and  referred  to  the  committee. 
They  are  H.R.  10036,  by  Mr.  Ashbrook,  a  member  of  this  committee, 
introduced  on  February  20;  H.R.  10037,  by  Mr.  Clausen,  also  intro- 
duced on  February  20 ';  and  H.R.  10077,  by  Mr.  Schadeberg,  also  a 
member  of  this  committee,  on  Februaiy  24." 

Mr.  Clausen's  bill  is  substantially  the  same  as  the  Boggs  and  Taft 
bills.  Mr.  Ashbrook's  and  Mr.  Schadeberg's  bills  are  identical  with 
the  Gubser  bill. 

The  primary  difference  between  the  Boggs-Taft-Clausen  and  the 
Gubser- Ashbrook-Schadeberg  bills  is  that  while  the  former  provide 
an  Advisory  Committee  to  the  Freedom  Commission  made  up  of  rep- 


1  For  copies  of  above  bills  see  Appendix  A,  part  1,  pp.  1111-1174. 

1315 


1316   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

resentatives  of  executive  branch  departments  and  agencies,  the  latter 
provide  for  a  Joint  Congressional  Freedom  Committee  to  advise  and 
oversee  the  operations  of  the  Commission. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  HOBEET  C.  HILL 

The  Chairman.  The  Honorable  Robert  C.  Hill,  former  Assistant 
Secretary  of  State  for  Congressional  Relations  and  Special  Assistant 
to  the  Under  Secretary  of  State  for  I^Iutual  Security  Affairs  and 
also  former  U.S.  Ambassador  to  Costa  Rica,  El  Salvador,  and 
Mexico,  was  to  be  the  first  witness  this  morning.  Unfortunately, 
unforeseen  business  matters  have  made  it  impossible  for  him  to  be 
here.  He  has  therefore  written  a  letter  to  me  which  I  will  now  read 
for  the  record. 

The  letter  is  dated  April  3,  1964.    It  reads  as  follows : 

My  dear  Mr.  Chairman  :  I  appreciate  very  mucli  the  invitation  to  testify  before 
your  Committee  on  April  7.  1964,  in  behalf  of  the  important  legislation  which 
would  establish  a  Freedom  Academy.  Unfortunately,  since  accepting  your  invita- 
tion, business  commitments  make  it  impossible  for  me  to  be  in  Washington  for  the 
hearing.  I  am,  therefore,  asking  you  to  submit  my  letter  to  your  Committee,  and 
hope  that  it  will  be  incorporated  in  the  records  of  the  Committee  in  support  of 
the  Freedom  Academy. 

As  you  may  know,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  had  ten  years  of  government  service. 
I  began  in  India  as  a  Vice  Consul,  was  later  Clerk  of  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Banking  and  Currency,  and  from  1953  through  1960  served  as  United  States 
Ambassador  to  Costa  Rica,  El  Salvador,  and  Mexico,  and  as  Assistant  Secretary 
of  State  for  Congressional  Relations.  During  that  time,  I  have  observed  the 
lack  of  knowledge  of  government  officials,  and  private  citizens,  with  regard  to 
understanding  communism  and  its  dangers  to  our  democratic  way  of  life.  I 
have  also  noted  the  lack  of  understanding  on  how  to  deal  with  the  communist 
problem  once  it  has  developed. 

Today,  four  years  after  leaving  government  service,  my  office  in  New  Hamp- 
shire has  continuous  inquiries  from  friends  in  foreign  countries,  as  well  as  from 
private  citizens  in  the  United  States,  asking  for  advice  on  how  to  inform  and 
prepare  people  for  the  struggle  against  communism.  A  case  in  point  has  been 
the  recent  turmoil  of  communist  activity  in  Brazil,  which  fortunately  has  led 
to  the  ousting  of  Goulart.  Recently,  I  made  appointments  for  two  friends  of 
mine  from  Brazil  to  meet  with  Thomas  Mann,  the  able  Assistant  Secretary  of 
State  for  Inter-American  Affairs.  I  knew  that  from  this  Foreign  Service 
officer  they  would  receive  advice  and  not  be  brushed  off  or  discouraged. 

This  is  not  always  the  case,  as  shown  by  my  own  experience  when  the  Em- 
bassy in  Mexico  tried  vainly  to  warn  the  government  of  the  United  States,  from 
1957  until  1960,  of  the  dangers  of  Castro  and  his  association  with  communism. 

You  may  say  that  these  two  instances  are  far  afield  from  the  legislation  be- 
fore you.  I  do  not  think  so.  In  my  opinion,  if  the  Freedom  Academy  had 
been  in  existence,  and  the  opinions  of  experts  had  been  used  to  analyze  the 
developments  in  Cuba,  Castro  would  be  elsewhere  today,  and  Goulart  would 
have  been  spotted  long  before  he  assumed  power  in  Brazil.  As  your  Committee 
well  knows,  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  had  repeatedly  warned  the 
Department  of  State  about  Castro  and  his  communist  associations  long  before 
he  came  into  power.  With  the  support  of  the  Freedom  Academy,  in  alerting 
the  United  States,  the  present  hemispheric  tragedy  could  have  been  averted. 

I  support  wholeheartedly  the  concepts  of  the  Freedom  Academy.    I  congratu- 
late the  authors  of  the  bill,  and  your  Committee  for  its  continued  interest  in 
winning  the  struggle  against  communism. 
Respectfully, 

/s/     Robert  C.  Hill. 

Mr.  Tuck.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  know  that  there  has  been  quite  a  bit  of 
favorable  editorial  comment  in  regard  to  the  subject  of  our  studies  at 
this  time,  but  there  appeared  an  editorial  favorable  to  the  establish- 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1317 

ment  of  a  Freedom  Academy  in  the  Richmond  T iines-Bispatcli  of 
Richmond,  Virginia,  mider  date  of  March  25, 1964. 

In  view  of  the  prominence  and  importance  of  that  paper  and  in 
view  of  the  distinction  that  the  learned  editor,  Mr.  Virginius  Dabney. 
has  attained  in  the  literary  world  as  well  as  in  other  facets  of  our  life 
more  important  to  the  Nation,  and  in  view  of  his  high  standing  all 
over  the  country,  I  would  like,  if  it  is  not  inappropriate,  to  offer  this 
editorial  as  a  part  of  the  record,  and  I  do  so  offer  it. 

The  Chairman.  I  read  that  editorial  and  was  very  much  impressed 
with  it.  I  am  glad  that  you  offer  it  for  the  record,  and  it  will  be 
received  at  this  point. 

(The  editorial  follows :) 

[From  the  Richmond  Times-Dispatch,  Mar.  25,  1964] 
To  Win  the  Cold  War 

Establishment  by  the  federal  government  of  a  Freedom  Academy  which  would 
be  charged  with  training  Americans  In  the  vitally  important  non-military  aspects 
of  the  cold  war,  thus  matching  the  Communists  at  their  own  game,  is  once  more 
a  real  possibility. 

Legislation  to  set  up  such  an  institute  wherein  to  teach  the  strategy  of  propa- 
ganda and  the  tactics  of  political  warfare  died  in  the  House  last  year,  after  pass- 
ing the  Senate.     Similar  bills  have  recently  been  reintroduced  in  both  branches. 

Sponsorship  of  the  Senate  bill  illustrates  the  nonpartisan  character  of  those 
advocating  a  Freedom  Academy.  Among  the  conservative  sponsors  may  be  men- 
tioned Senators  Dodd,  Goldwater  and  Lausche,  while  from  the  liberal  camp  come 
such  men  as  Senators  Douglas,  Scott  and  Keating. 

The  lack  of  such  an  academy  may  be  a  major  cause  for  the  steady  advance  of 
the  Communists  across  the  face  of  the  globe  in  the  past  few  decades.  The  Soviets 
and  the  Red  Chinese  have  been  at  the  business  of  stimulating  "nationalistic 
revolutions"  and  overthrowing  governments  through  guerrilla  warfare,  rather 
than  by  frontal  attack,  for  some  40  years. 

If  we  are  to  have  any  real  hope  of  checkmating  them,  we  should  embark  upon 
some  such  counteroffensive  as  the  Fi*eedom  Academy  provides. 

The  newly  introduced  bill  is  phrased,  necessarily,  in  fairly  general  terms.  The 
title  reads  as  follows  : 

"To  create  a  Freedom  Commission  and  the  Freedom  Academy,  to  conduct  re- 
search to  develop  an  integrated  body  of  operational  knowledge  in  the  political, 
psychological,  economic,  technological  and  organizational  areas  to  increase  the 
non-military  capabilities  of  the  United  States  in  the  global  struggle  between 
freedom  and  communism,  to  educate  and  train  government  personnel  and  private 
citizens  to  understand  and  implement  this  body  of  knowledge.  .  .  ." 

The  Freedom  Commission  would  be  composed  of  seven  full-time  appointees  of 
the  President,  subject  to  Senate  confirmation.  They  would  be  charged  with  the 
duty  of  establishing  and  supervising  the  Freedom  Academy.  "Such- sums  as  may 
be  necessary"  are  authorized  to  be  appropriated. 

If  we  had  had  such  an  academy  yeai-s  ago,  we  might  not  be  on  the  defensive 
today  before  the  Communist  guerrillas  and  saboteurs  in  so  many  areas  of  the 
world.  Establishment  of  this  institution,  or  something  like  it,  would  seem  to  be 
essential  to  final  victory  for  the  West  in  the  desperate  struggle  in  which  it  is 
engaged. 

The  Chairman.  And  along  the  same  vein,  the  cartoon  from  the 
Nexo  York.  Herald  Tribune  of  Wednesday,  February  12,  1964,  was 
called  to  my  attention,  and  although  it  was  not  intended  to  have  any- 
thing to  do  with  these  hearings,  yet  it  is,  I  tliink,  a  good  illustration 
of  the  success  achieved  by  Communists  through  their  political  war- 
fare schools — training  in  tactics,  and  so  on. 

The  cartoon  is  titled  "Hail  Alma  Mater."  It  was  published  at  the 
time  of  the  pro-Communist  takeover  in  Zanzibar.  A  fire,  labeled 
"Chaos  in  Africa,"  is  portrayed  as  haAdng  been  set  in  the  background. 

30-471— 64— pt.  2 6 


1318   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

In  the  foreground  are  two  men,  shaking  hands.  One,  bearded,  is 
holding  a  torch  that  apparently  was  used  to  set  the  fire.  He  says  to 
the  man  whose  hand  he  is  shaking:  "I  was  trained  in  Cuba,  Class 
of  '64!"  The  other  character,  holding  a  suitcase  of  dynamite  in  his 
left  hand,  says  about  his  Alma  Mater:  "I'm  Moscow  '63  !" 

So,  here  they  are;  they  are  taking  credit  for  the  chaos  in  Africa. 
That  is  the  meaning  of  preparation,  from  their  point  of  view  and  for 
their  purposes,  in  agitation,  and  so  on.  We  don't  seeni  to  have  any 
active  countermeasures  here,  or  certainly  no  institutions  where  we  can 
get  expert  instruction  on  their  techniques  and  how  to  defeat  them. 

Would  it  be  possible  to  reproduce  this  in  the  record  at  this  point  ? 

Mr.  McNamara.  It  would,  Mr.  Chairman ;  yes. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  I  offer  it. 

(The  cartoon  follows:) 

iiaii  Aima  xiiater 


J 


'■,y 


r\ 


i,        ~/ 


r L  WAS  TRAi;4SP  ; "<  ^'  ~'^ 

CLAssopt^j    iU/AOSCOW 


.i«aiifiiu^jft>.ig)^ 


'~  *'"  _  (  ^       "    , 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1319 

The  Chairman.  Our  first  witness  this  morning  is  Mr.  Eobert  F. 
Delaney,  former  USIA  official. 

Mr.  Delaney  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Delaney,  we  are  delighted  to  have  you,  and  as 
the  usual  point  of  beginning,  I  wish  you  would  give  a  thumbnail  ex- 
planation of  your  education,  your  background,  and  your  experience 
and  employment,  in  a  general  way. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir. 

STATEMENT  OF  ROBERT  FINLEY  DELANEY 

Mr.  Delaney.  I  attended  Dartmouth  and  Holy  Cross  Colleges,  and 
did  my  graduate  work  at  Boston  University,  Harvard,  Catholic  Uni- 
versity, and  the  University  of  Vienna,  concentrating  in  the  fields  of 
political  sociology  and  international  relations. 

I  have  served  in  the  United  States  Navy  on  active  duty  over  a  period 
of  6  years.     I  am  currently  a  commander  in  the  U.S.  Naval  Reserve. 

My  professional  experience  includes  some  12  years  in  the  U.S.  For- 
eign Service,  both  within  the  Department  of  State  and  the  U.S.  Infor- 
mation Agency. 

I  have  served  in  our  Embassy  in  Rome,  Legation  in  Budapest, 
Embassies  in  Vienna  and  in  El  Salvador,  Central  America. 

At  the  present  moment,  I  am  engaged  in  writing  and  lecturing  on 
international  affairs. 

I  have  also  served  as  a  public  affairs  adviser  to  industry. 

At  the  moment  I  am  a  resident  of  Miami,  Florida,  although  I  spend 
much  of  my  time  in  Latin  America. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  you  have  contributed  to  a  paper  Studies 
in  Guerilla  Warfare? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir. 

My  experience,  in  terms  of  the  international  Communist  conspiracy, 
has  been  directed  toward  unconventional  warfare.  I  have  written 
several  books  that  bear  on  this  subject,  among  them :  This  is  Convmunist 
Hungary^  The  Literature  \of  G ommunism  in  America^  A  Training 
Manual  on  Unconventional  Warfare,  and  Studies  in  Guerilla  War- 
fare. 

The  Chairman.  Now,  we  are  glad  to  receive  your  comments  on  the 
bills. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Gentlemen:  I  have  prepared  a  statement  this 
morning,  which  I  hope  will  be  enlarged  with  questions  from  the  com- 
mittee upon  its  completion  and,  if  I  may,  I  should  like  to  read  it  at 
this  time. 

I  appear  before  you  today  as  a  private  citizen  and  ex-Government 
official  to  support  passage  of  the  Freedom  Academy  bill.  Since  1949, 
I  have  been  engaged  in  exposure  of  the  Communist  conspiracy,  first  in 
Europe  and  more  recently  in  Latin  America. 

I  feel  a  particular  moral  commitment  to  testify  before  this  com- 
mittee, since  I  was  one  of  the  officials  in  the  Operations  Coordinating 
Board  who  confronted  Mr.  Alan  Grant  in  July  1954  and  found  no 
particular  merit  in  his  original  plan. 

I  am  here  today 


1320    PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

The  Chairman.  What  was  that  plan  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  That  was  the  original  idea  of  the  Freedom  Academy, 
drawn  up  by  the  Orlando  Committee,  stated  in  1954. 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

Mr.  Delaney.  I  am  here  today  to  tell  you  that  10  years  and  two 
continents  later,  I  urgently  agTee  with  the  necessity  for  the  establish- 
ment of  an  Academy  dedicated  to  the  needs  of  a  national  program  in 
teaching,  training,  and  research  in  order  better  to  comprehend  the 
spectrum  of  Communist  weaponry  which  opposes  and,  seemingly,  so 
often  befuddles  us. 

I  have  served  both  in  the  public  and  the  private  sectors.  I  am,  I 
believe,  the  first  witness  to  testify  with  extensive  experience  in  both 
areas.  I  would  like  this  morning  to  limit  my  remarks  to  two  prin- 
cipal considerations,  since  earlier  witnesses,  notably  Mr.  Grant  and 
Dr.  Possony  of  the  Hoover  Library,  have  expressed,  significantly  bet- 
ter than  I,  many  of  my  present  ideas  drawn  from  my  overseas  ex- 
periences. 

The  first  area  I  would  touch  on  is  the  matter  of  the  need  for  a  com- 
mon national  institution  as  envisioned  by  this  proposed  legislation 
for  a  Freedom  Commission  and  Freedom  Academy. 

My  second  concern  involves  inclusion  of  the  private  sector  in  the 
training  and  research  aspects  of  the  Academy. 

Permit  me,  gentlemen,  to  touch  on  my  first  point:  The  need  for 
a  common,  umbrella-type  institution.  Earlier  testimony  has  alluded 
to  official  opposition  to  this  bill,  notably  from  the  Department  of  State, 
on  the  gTOunds  that  the  work  was  being  done  already  or  that  it  was 
a  dangerous  initiative  which  might  infringe  on  our  relations  in  the 
world. 

Let  me  be  very  blunt.  It  is  my  observation  that  the  main  reason 
for  official  opposition  is  basically  jurisdictional.  No  official  executive 
agency  enjoys  being  told  it  is  deficient.  No  official  agency  enjoys  being 
charged  with  outmoded  thinking.  Yet,  this,  in  effect,  is  what  the  Free-, 
dom  Commission  concept  is  suggesting.  And  it  is  correct  in  its  as- 
sessment. 

Our  line  agencies  of  foreign  policy  developed  their  methodology 
out  of  an  era  long  departed.  Commimist  conflict  management,  as  Pro- 
fessor Possony  so  aptly  describes  the  Soviet  system  of  international 
relations,  finds  no  counterpart  in  the  conventional  and  formalized 
attitudes  and  techniques  of  our  traditional  service. 

Nonetheless,  the  Department  of  State  must,  properly  so,  maintain 
its  primacy,  in  our  system,  in  the  conduct  of  foreign  affairs.  Here  is 
the  rub.  This  primacy  is  being  carried  out  without  sufficient  regard 
for  change.  We  live  in  a  revolutionary  world.  We  deplore  the  ill- 
mannered  and  wholly  unconventional  diplomatic  practices  of  the  Sino- 
Soviet  bloc. 

But,  gentlemen,  as  we  all  laiow,  these  tactics  exist,  and  we  are 
forced — I  repeat,  forced — to  deal  with  them.  It  may  be  unfortunate, 
but  it  is  true. 

As  a  result,  the  primacy  of  State  has  slowly  eroded  over  the  years, 
since  1948.  Propaganda,  intelligence,  narcotics,  trade,  fiscal  manipu- 
lations, and  now  counterinsurgency  have  all  entered  the  semantics 
of  diplomacy.  History  tells  us  these  techniques  exist,  but  tradition 
tells  us,  "isn't  it  a  shame?" 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATIOX    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMAIISSION    1321 

Agencies  liave  sprung  up  to  cope  with  the  emergencies  of  cold  war — 
and  properly  so.  They  have  tilled  a  vacuum.  All  of  these  ellorts 
represent  pioneer  attempts  to  fight  the  Communist  threat.  To  these 
developments  State  has  agreed,  realizing  its  right  of  policy  control. 

Now  comes  another  idea,  fostered  by  the  demands  of  the  age  in  which 
we  live — the  Freedom  Academy.  The  concept  is  practical.  Let  us 
train  people  in  and  out  of  Government  to  a  fuller  realization  of  what 
we  are  up  against.  Ten  years  ago,  I  thought  the  idea  was  farfetched. 
Today,  after  witnessing  Hungary,  Cuba,  attempted  coups  in  Latin 
America,  and  massive  naivete  in  our  own  society,  I  plead  for  the 
Academy  concept. 

State,  perhaps  naturally,  sees  this  idea  as  further  erosion  of  its 
prerogatives  by  a  group  of  the  uninitiated.  It  does  not  wish  to  accept 
further  bureaucratic  encroachment.  After  all,  do  we  not,  as  testi- 
mony has  indicated,  possess  sufficient  training  academies  throughout 
the  Government?  1  know;  I  have  been  to  most  of  them.  I  can  say 
this :  We  lack  coordination ;  we  lack  conmiunality.  We  lack  perspec- 
tive and  completeness. 

An  attache  is  trained;  a  diplomat  is  schooled;  a  propagandist  is 
equipped.  Each  in  his  own  specialty,  each  as  a  "necessary  waste  of 
time"  before  proceeding  to  his  post. 

Because  this  field  of  the  Communist  unconventional  approach 
happens  to  be  my  experience,  I  have  been  fortunate.  But  I  have 
heard  officers  complain  about  the  "cops  and  robbers,"  waste-of-time 
internal  security  courses.  I  have  heard  diplomatic  officers  criticize 
colleagues  who  were  trying  to  fight  the  Communists  with  the  new 
techniques.  I  have  seen  our  officials  care  more  for  protocol  than  for 
labor,  more  for  form  than  content,  and  more  for  the  system  than  the 
fight  we  face,  unorthodox  though  it  may  be.  Indeed,  it  may  very 
well  be  that  this  unorthodoxy  is  the  key.  Change  comes  slowly  to 
foreign  policy.  The  "Maginot  Line"  mentality  is  comfortable,  and 
the  way  up  assured.  But,  gentlemen,  the  opposition  thinks  otherwise, 
and  it  is  they,  unfortunately,  who  force  the  pace. 

Now,  the  Department  feels  negatively  about  an  independent  admin- 
istration of  this  Academy.  My  experience  has  been  that  the  strong 
point  of  the  act  rests  in  its  quasi-autonomy.  It  will  be  subject,  thus,  to 
the  common  good  of  the  United  States,  and  not  to  the  fears,  negativism, 
and  inflexibility  of  established,  jurisdictionally  minded  executive 
agencies. 

For  once,  gentlemen,  let  us  take  the  word  of  the  Communist  move- 
ment at  its  worth.  Let  us  give  the  American  people  the  benefit  of  the 
doubt.  Let  us  show  our  own  appreciation  of  the  Communist  method- 
ology and  study  it  objectively  and  fully  with  this  the  object  in  view, 
rather  than  to  create  another  watered-down  monument  to  incomplete 
training  for  bored  Government  officials. 

I  don't  mean  to  denigrate  Government  officials.  On  the  contrary,  I 
was  a  very  proud  member  of  the  club  myself.  I  am  simply  commenting 
that  it  is  insufficient  training  to  which  they  have  been  exposed. 

My  second  point  is  this:  The  United  States  of  America,  not  just  a 
cadre  of  foreign  policy  officials,  is  in  competition  with  the  world  Com- 
munist movement.  In  fact,  the  free  world  is  its  target,  as  the  bloc  so 
frequently  and  honestly  indicates. 


1322   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Yet  for  every  moderately  trained  U.S.  official  conscious  of  the  threat, 
there  is  a  private-sector  counterpart  who,  through  ignorance  or  lack 
of  training,  often  undoes  the  good  "our  man  in  Country  X"  may  be 
attempting  to  accomplish. 

How  often  have  you  seen  or  heard,  Mr.  Chairman,  of  an  xlmerican 
teacher  or  an  American  businessman  or  an  American  expatriate  abroad 
or,  for  that  matter,  an  American  official  who  confuses  the  local  national 
with  "a  Commie,  Socialist,  pinko"?  Even  worse,  I  can  relate  ex]H'ri- 
ence  upon  ex[)erience  of  Americans  abroad  who  hate  their  Embassies, 
who  rant  at  U.S.  policy,  and  who  have  not  the  vaguest  idea  of  the 
•aison  d'etre  for  the  revolutionary  ferment  sweeping  the  developing 
nations,  not  to  mention  their  simplistic  views  of  the  Communist 
problem. 

These  men  are  basically  good  Americans.  They  serve  well  and  faith- 
fully, but  they  need  assistance.  They  have  never  been  given  the  true 
opportunity  quietly  to  listen,  study,  question,  and  read  about  the 
Communist  forces  at  work  in  their  world  of  business,  commerce,  en- 
trepreneurship,  or  academic  life. 

For  these  men,  as  well  as  for  the  men  coming  up — the  overseas- 
bound  manager,  the  newly  rotated  expatriate,  the  inquisitive  jour- 
nalist, the  international  engineer- — this  Academy  and  its  curriculum 
could  be  invaluable. 

This  country  needs  these  men  who  are  on  the  international  front 
lines.  "VVe  should  not  waste  them.  The  Freedom  Academy,  contrary 
to  criticism,  will  not  breed  conformity  or  party  line  in  such  training. 
Rather,  it  is  to  be  hoped  it  will  provide  this  country  with  a  reservoir  of 
intelligent,  knowledgeable  men  who  will  understand  the  forces  at  work 
attempting  to  subvert  and  ultimately  destroy  the  world  that  they,  the 
overseas  Americans,  now  numbering  close  to  2  percent  of  our  national 
population,  are  trying  to  build. 

Finally,  may  I  allude  briefly  to  examples  of  the  unconventional  tech- 
niques with  which  we  are  faced  today  by  the  Communists — techniques 
which  would  surely  be  included  in  the  Academy's  curriculum,  as  Dr. 
Possony  outlined  in  his  testimony. 

For  the  past  4  years,  I  have  lived  and  traveled  in  Latin  America,  a 
subcontinent  under  frantic  Communist  pressure. 

I  have  seen  universities  completely  dominated  by  a  handful  of  pro- 
fessional Communist  students,  who  have  paralyzed  the  normal  col- 
legiate functions.  Now,  this  technique,  once  understood,  is  easily 
countered  if  the  university  officials  are  fully  appreciative  of  what  is 
going  on  and  what  is  at  stake. 

By  the  same  token,  I  have  seen  U.S.  Army  officers  trained  in  civic 
action  antagonize  nationalistic  university  officials  whom  they  were  sent 
to  help,  by  inexcusable  lack  of  tact  and  prudence.  Proper  training 
could  have  avoided  this  type  of  situation. 

In  Latin  America  today,  the  Communists  are  employing  every 
teclinique  possible.  During  the  Panama  riots,  for  example,  docu- 
mented evidence  indicates  the  provocative  role  played  by  Communist 
street  agitators,  even  to  the  apparent  extreme  of  Panamanians  shoot- 
ing their  fellows  in  order  to  provide  a  convenient,  exploitable  martyr 
who  could  be  buried  amidst  suitable  antigringo  harangues. 

Now,  \'.here  do  these  trained  Communist  agents  come  from?  We 
all  know  I  hat  Cuba,  Communist  China,  and  the  Soviet  satellites  share 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1323 

the  burden.  In  Cuba,  we  have  the  word  of  an  official  publication, 
Cuha  Sockd/sta,  wliich  admits  to  more  than  269  cadre  training  schools 
on  that  small  island,  designed  to,  in  the  review's  words,  "train  tech- 
nical and  cultural  cadres  who  will  be  with  the  revolution  and  for  the 
revolution,  all  the  way." 

Mr.  Pool.  Pardon  me  just  a  second  there. 

How  many  did  you  say  there  were  in  Cuba  ?     How  many  schools  'i 

Mr.  Delaney,  Two  hundred  sixty-nine. 

Now,  that  is  probably  an  outdated  figure,  but  it  gives  you  some 
idea  of  the  scope  and  immensity  of  their  approach. 

I  would  like,  incidentally,  to  submit  as  part  of  the  record,  if  I  may, 
Mr.  Chainnan,  the  complete  article  from  which  I  extracted  this  in- 
formation, called  "Revolutionary  Training  Schools  and  the  Training 
of  Cadres,"  by  Lionel  Soto — S-o-t-o — translated  from  Cuha  Social- 
ista. 

The  Chairman.  The  document  will  be  received  for  our  files,  and 
we  will  decide  whether  to  incorporate  it  in  full  in  the  record  later.^ 

Mr.  Delaney.  The  Chinese  Communists,  not  to  be  outdone,  have 
since  1958  operated  a  "school  for  training  special  agents,"  a  school, 
cynically  enough,  under  control  of  the  Minister  of  Social  Affairs 

The  Chairman.  Where  is  that  school  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  It  is  located  in  mainland  China,  sir. 

This  school,  according  to  U.S.  Government  sources,  has  sent  three 
quarters  of  its  graduates  to  Latin  America:  Havana,  Mexico,  Vene- 
zuela, Argentina,  Brazil,  Chile,  and  Uruguay. 

At  the  end  of  the  line,  the  Chinese  have  been  very  carefully  prepar- 
ing the  groundwork  and  have,  to  date,  formed  some  22  so-called  friend- 
ship associations,  which  can  feed  potential  cadre  material  into  this 
revolutionary  people's  school  system. 

Now,  mind  you,  I  think  one  of  the  most  interesting  points  is  the 
fact  that  the  Chinese  Communists  do  not  enjoy  diplomatic  relations, 
generally  speaking,  in  Latin  America,  and  yet  they  are  able  to  estab- 
lish this  system  of  unconventional  diplomacy,  if  you  will,  or  warfare, 
more  probably,  and  we  are  not  effectively  able  to  counter  it,  primarily 
because  our  approach  is  more  formalized  than  our  opponent's. 

The  Chairman.  Let  me  ask  you  two  questions  in  one. 

Mr.  Dei^ney.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  Accepting,  of  course,  the  complete  accuracy  of 
your  last  two  statements,  is  it  an  easily  established  fact  that  these 
schools  in  Cuba  exist  and  that  one  in  China  exists  ? 

Is  that  known  to  the  Government? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes ;  it  is  known  to  the  Government. 

The  Chairman.  I  was  about  to  ask  you  the  source,  unless  you  don't 
want  to  say. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Perfectly  free. 

This  is  a  U.S.  Joint  Publications  Research  Service,  Photoduplica- 
tion  Service  of  the  Library  of  Congress,  the  translator  and  repro- 
ducer of  the  article. 

The  Chairman.  And  the  other? 

Mr.  Delaney.  The  other  is  taken  from  a  USIA  publication. 


1  For  text  of  Soto  article,  see  pp.  1333-1341. 


1324   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

The  Chairman.  Oh,  so  that  source  is  USIA  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  For  the  Chinese  friendship  associations ;  yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

Mr.  Delaney.  I  ask  you  to  note  one  dominant  aspect  of  this  training 
in  proletarian  diplomacy.  It  is  coordinated.  It  functions  for  the  bene- 
fit of  supporters,  both  public  and  private;  and,  according  to  Cuban 
Communist  Lionel  Soto,  the  author  of  this  previously  cited  article, 
"The  schools  must  constantly  incorporate  the  live  materials  and  docu- 
ments that  reflect  our  development  *  *  *  ." 

History  in  the  making. 

These  schools  are  not  confined  to  Commmiist-controlled  countries. 
As  far  back  as  1958,  the  Argentine  police  uncovered  a  completely 
equipped  propaganda  and  subversive  training  academy  in  Buenos 
Aires,  known  as  the  Aurora  Latin  American  Training  School  for 
Communist  Party  Cadres.  This  will  shortly  be  exposed  in  popular 
print  in  the  form  of  a  book  to  be  published  by  Readers  Digest 
Editor  Gene  Methvin. 

Discovered  in  attendance  at  this  school  were  Latin  Americans,  Ital- 
ians, Spaniards,  and  a  Pole;  among  them  lawyers,  professors,  blue- 
collar  and  white-collar  workers. 

Now,  I  cite  these  examples  not  to  suggest  that  we  set  up  a  clandestine 
operation.  I  cite  these  examples  to  bring  home  the  necessity  for  a 
research  training  institute  which  will  prepare  our  officials  and  our 
business  and  academic  men  in  the  unorthodox  and  unconventional 
methods  of  our  enemies. 

It  is  precisely  because  the  Communists  are  nonconventional  in  their 
nonmilitary  tactics  that  we  need  a  high-level,  nondiplomatic  school. 

Mr.  Johansen.  May  I  interrupt  you  at  that  point  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Johansen.  Am  I  to  understand  that,  as  of  now,  there  is  no 
countereffort  directed  by  our  Government  against  these  activities? 

Mr.  Delaney.  No,  sir ;  there  are  efforts  directed  against  these  activi- 
ties by  the  professionals  within  the  executive  branch.  The  informa- 
tion obviously  collected  exposing  these  Communist  activities  is 
generally  subjected  to  scrutiny  and  analysis  and,  I  dare  say,  to  what- 
ever efforts  can  be  worked  against  them  to  blunt  their  effectiveness.  I 
think  that  the  great  gap  lies  in  the  general  public  awareness  and 
consciousness  vis-a-vis  this  assault  that  is  being  directed  against  us. 

We  must  not  overlook  the  strength  inherent  in  our  own  noncon- 
ventional sector — the  private  one.  In  Colombia,  in  Peru,  in  Venezuela, 
American  businessmen  today,  for  example,  have  joined  together  to 
launch  community  development  projects,  miiversity  civic  action  pro- 
grams, and  well-conceived  scholarship  plans  designed  to  reach  these 
groupings  of  campesino,^  students,  and  intellectuals  who  are  them- 
selves the  object  of  Communist  subversion. 

-T  believe  that  Mr.  Morrison  will  be  speaking  to  you  a  little  later 
this  morning  on  one  other  aspect  of  the  private  sector's  contribution, 
"Operation  Amigo." 

By  bringing  individuals  together  into  a  Freedom  Academy,  we  can 
increase  our  knowledgeability,  our  effectiveness,  and  our  sense  of 
prudent  action ;  and  I  am  emphasizing  prudent  action,  because  there 


1  Peasant  farm  laborers,  nonlandowning  farmers. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1325 

are  many  people  who  fear  this  concept  of  a  Freedom  Academy, 
because  they  think  that  if  passed,  if  brought  into  being,  it  will  end 
up  as  an  extremist  institution  with  everybody  running  off  at  the 
mouth,  declaring  war,  or  interfering  in  the  due  and  orderly  processes 
of  the  executive  branch  of  Government. 

Not  at  all.  This  is  not  the  intention,  as  I  read  the  bill,  nor  must 
it  ever  be,  or  we  sow  the  seeds  of  our  own  destruction. 

We  do  not  have  an  across-the-board  response  today.  Of  this,  there 
is  no  doubt.  Creation  of  a  well-concei^-ed  Freedom  Academy  would, 
in  my  opinion,  be  the  catalyst  which  would  restore  ingenuity,  in- 
ventiveness, and  sense  of  belonging  to  our  own  efforts  to  cope  with 
Communist  unconventional  activities. 

Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman  and  gentlemen. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  I  would  sa}'  you  made  a  very  splendid  state- 
ment and  I  congratulate  you. 

Gentlemen  ? 

Mr.  Tuck.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  commend  Mr.  Delaney 
for  his  fine  statement  and  for  the  very  helpful  information  which 
he  has  brought  to  the  committee. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  ask  him  one  question. 

In  the  Chinese  situation,  do  you  have  any  information  on  how 
many  of  these  schools  they  have  in  China  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  No,  sir;  I  can't  quote  you  an  accurate  figure,  un- 
fortunately. I  think  we  can  be  sure  that  there  are  literally  hundreds 
of  them,  however. 

Mr.  Pool.  You  have  269  schools  in  Cuba,  and  these  are  mainly  used 
for  training  propagandists,  guerrillas,  agitators,  and  for  softening 
up  of  students  who,  let's  say,  would  not  be  called  Communists  as  of 
the  point  they  arrive  on  the  island. 

Did  I  understand  you  a  while  ago  to  say  in  your  testimony  that 
three  fourths  of  the  graduates  of  this  Cliinese  school  for  training 
special  agents  that  was  under  the  Ministry  of  Social  Affairs,  that 
three  fourths  of  those  graduates  go  to  South  American  countries? 
Is  that  what  you  said  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Pool.  Do  you  have  a  basis  for  that?  Is  that  in  this  USIA 
report  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Pool.  You  don't  know  the  number  of  that,  do  you? 

Mr.  Delaney.  The  only  documentation-cited  number  that  would 
be  able  to  label  it  is  USIA  1961.  I  suspect  that  this  is  probably  the 
year  in  which  this  documentation  was  first  issued. 

Mr.  Pool.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Ichord. 

Mr.  Ichord.  Yes.     Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Now,  you  say,  Mr.  Delaney,  that  you  were  opposed  to  the  original 
concept  as  advanced  by  the  Orlando  Committee. 

I  would  like  to  ask  you  whether  the  concept  of  the  Orlando  Com- 
mittee has  changed,  or  whether  your  thinking  has  changed? 

Mr.  Delaney.  My  thinking,  sii-.     I  think  the  concept  is 

Mr.  Ichord.  You  said  "the  original  concept."  The  concept  is  still 
the  same. 


1326    PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes;  so  what  I  actually  meant  was  that — there  have 
been  certain  details  that  have  been  modified  over  the  years,  but  it  is 
basically  my  own  thinking  that  has  changed,  rather  than  that  of 
the  Orlando  Committee. 

Mr.  IciiOED.  A  number  of  years  ago,  Senator  Young  from  Ohio 
made  a  speech  on  the  Senate  floor  wherein  he  ridiculed  the  Freedom 
Academy  on  the  ground  that  we  already  had  enough  institutions 
teaching  essentially  the  same  thing  that  would  be  taught  in  this 
school. 

Are  you  familiar  with  the  speech  that  he  made?  I  would  like 
to  have  your  comment. 

Mr.  Delaney.  I  have  no  doubt  but  what  there  are  sufficient  schools 
in  the  Government  as  of  the  present  moment  that,  spread  out  over  geog- 
raphy and  continent,  at  one  point  or  another,  partially  cover  the  field. 
But  it  is  fragmented  and  isolated,  and  to  my  knowledge  the  school 
system  does  not  give  a  coherent,  complete,  and  accurate  picture,  nor 
does  it  give  training  in  depth,  such  as  you  might  find  in  one  of  the 
service  academies  devoted  exclusively  to  the  staff  training  of  military 
officers,  where  they  are  able  to  spend  6  to  9  months  or  more  training 
specifically  in  depth  for  higher  command. 

Mr.  IciiORD.  How  do  you  envisage  this  institution  working  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  I  envision  this  as  a  graduate  program  of  instruc- 
tion— let's  just  confine  it  to  instruction  at  the  moment — whereby  people 
may  be  assigned  for  a  definite  period  of  time,  and  there  to  study,  to 
the  exclusion  of  everything  else,  the  nature,  the  antecedents,  the  tech- 
niques, and  the  tactics  of  the  world  Communist  movement. 

Mr.  IciiORD.  Won't  they  even  go  farther  than  that — and  also  means 
of  combating  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir ;  and  I  would  tie  that  aspect  of  the  question  to 
the  research  function.  It  is  in  the  research  function  that  you  would 
develop  the  counter  ideas,  where  you  would  develop  the  necessary 
knowledgeability  for  pushing  expert  individuals  out  into  the  main- 
stream of  our  public  and  private  sectors  to  combat  the  enemy. 

Mr.  loHORD.  Wliat  is  your  objection  to  having  the  Academy  operated 
by  one  of  our  existing  institutions  of  Government,  for  example,  the 
State  Department?  Why  do  you  object  to  the  State  Department 
operating  such  an  agency  ? 

Mr.  Dei^ney.  I  think,  basically,  that  the  State  Department,  because 
it  is  the  State  Department  and  responsible  for  the  traditional  and  for- 
mal channels  of  communication  in  our  diplomatic  sphere,  would  be  put 
in  an  embarrassing  position,  in  terms  of  the  world  at  large,  in  setting 
up  such  a  training  academy. 

Secondly,  I  believe  that  the  State  Department  would  be  beset  by 
pressures  within  its  own  organization  to  wat^r  down  the  training  and 
the  courses  so  offered.  I  think  there  would  be  a  lack  of,  shall  we  say, 
nonconformity.  I  think  there  might  be — I  can  conceive  of  situations 
where  academic  freedom  might  be  restricted  for  particularly  practical 
reasons  of  statecraft,  and  I  think  that,  over  a  period  of  time,  there 
would  be  a  great  deal  of  pulling  and  tugging  within  the  executive 
branch  for  control  of  this  or  that  aspect  of  the  Academy. 

What  I  am  suggesting  is  that  it  would  be  easier  to  create  an  Academy 
outside  the  framework  of  established  executive  agencies.  It  would  be 
a  new  departure  and  would  not  inherit  the  various  difficulties,  fights, 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1327 

and  squabbles  that  might  very  well  be  transplanted  to  an  Academy 
m  State's  jurisdiction. 

Mr.  IciiORD.  Of  course,  this  will  be  another  executive  agency.  The 
mere  fact  that  it  is  independent  doesn't  remove  it  from  the  executive. 

Mr.  Delaney.  No  ;  that  is  quite  true,  but  it  will  come  to  its  functions 
with  a  clear  mind  and  with  a  will  to  be  one  in  terms  of  its  legislative 
function,  and  I  believe  that  it  will  have  a  better  chance  to  do  the  job 
as  indicated  in  the  legislation. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  let  me  ask  one  question. 

As  the  other  side  of  the  coin  that  you  have  just  been  referring  to, 
you  don't  envisage,  do  you,  that  this  Academy  would  have  anything  to 
do  with,  or  supplant,  the  State  Department  in  matters  of  foreign 
policy? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Not  at  all,  sir.  That  would  be  a  grievous  mistake. 
It  has  no  function  in  that  area. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  now,  accepting  that,  because  that  is  our 
understanding— the  only  acceptable  function  would  be  in  that  direc- 
tion— would  there  be  involved  some  danger  that  is  real,  that  despite 
the  fact  that  such  would  not  be  the  objective  of  the  Academy,  that  it 
miglit  be  portrayed  as  such  to  foreign  countries  and  that,  therefore, 
efforts  would  be  made  to  create  turmoil  and  quarrels  between  State  and 
the  agency,  and  could  the  agency  survive  that? 

Perhaps  efforts  would  be  made  in  our  own  country  to  "take  the 
side"  of  the  Academy  as  against  State  and,  therefore,  even  though  it 
isn't  so  as  a  matter  of  law,  the  people  would  think  so  and,  therefore, 
the  very  existence  of  the  Academy  might  be  used  as  a  lever  for  more 
trouble. 

What  is  your  thought  as  to  that  ? 

Because  I  assume  this  is  the  sort  of  thing — and  I'm  attributing 
nothing  but  sincerity  to  people — that  might  be  troubling  the  State 
Department  in  its  objection  to  this  proposal. 

Mr.  Delaney.  To  answer  your  first  question  first,  Mr.  Chairman, 
I  think  that  if  the  legislation  passes  and  is  enacted  into  law,  we  can 
absolutely  count  on  a  barrage  of  propaganda  directed  against  its 
existence  on  the  part  of  the  Commimists.  You  will  recall  that  the 
same  type  of  massive  attack  was  launched  against  the  United  States 
escapee  program  when  it  first  came  into  being,  a  program  which  was, 
through  its  entire  history,  a  humanitarian  effort,  and  yet  it  was  sub- 
jected to  the  strongest  possible  attack  by  the  Communists.  The  Corn- 
munists  don't  want  the  Academy  established,  obviously,  because  it 
means  people  will  be  more  alert. 

Insofar  as  our  own  country  is  concerned,  I  am  also  quite  sure  in  my 
own  mind  that  it  would  be  subject  to  attack,  perhaps  misconceived  or 
ill-conceived,  both  within  and  outside  the  Government,  by  people  fear- 
ful that  it  would  impinge  on  executive  authority  or,  conversely,  would 
impinge  on  some  vague  idea  about  freedom  of  thought,  that  we  would 
be  training  party-line-type  individuals,  which  is,  of  course,  not  the 
intent  of  the  act  at  all. 

My  only  solution  to  this  would  be  that  great  care  would  have  to  be 
exercised  "in  the  establisliment  of  the  Academy  and  particularly  in  the 
naming  of  the  hierarchy,  members  of  the  Commission  and  the  various 
Academy  officials,  because  they  would  be  expected  to  bear  the  brunt  of 


1328   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

this  attack,  and  much  of  their  ability  would  flow  from  their  well- 
established  reputations  and  from  the  fact  that  their  responses  would 
be  couched  in  reasonable  terms,  rather  than  extremistic  terms. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Mr.  Delaney,  in  both  the  bill  introduced  by  our  col- 
league on  the  committee,  Mr,  Ashbrook,  and  the  bill  introduced  by 
Mr.  Gubser  of  California,  there  is  the  provision  for  the  establishment 
of  a  Joint  Congressional  Freedom  Committee. 

I  would  like  to  have  your  conunents  on  that  proposal  and  on  the 
possible  role  of  such  a  joint  committee  in  helping  to  establish  and 
maintain  a  degree  of  independence  for  the  Commission. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Frankly,  I  think  that  the  establishment  of  a  com- 
mittee with  congressional  representation  is  a  terribly  important  con- 
sideration. I  also  think  that  such  a  joint  committee,  if  at  all  pos- 
sible— and  I  f  ranldy  don't  know  whether  it  would  be — should  include 
representation  from  the  executive  branch. 

I  say  that  for  this  reason :  The  presence  of  Congressmen  on  the  com- 
mittee can  go  a  long  way  toward  maintaining  the  balance  and  the 
integrity  of  the  institution,  from  the  mere  fact  that  they  are  Congress- 
men of  the  United  States. 

The  presence  of  the  executive  agency  officials  on  such  a  coromittee  or 
as  advisers  to  such  a  committee  would  go  a  long  way,  it  seems  to  me, 
to  wear  off  any  of  the  negativism  or  fears  that  might  emanate  from 
the  executive  departments  coincidental  with  the  creation  of  the  Acad- 
emy, that  working  and  interrelating  together,  these  officials  and  the 
Congressmen  might  very  well,  and  indeed  must,  set  the  tone  for  the 
successful  operation  of  this  training  establishment.  Otherwise,  I  am 
afraid  the  idea  might  tend  to  be  extreme. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Well,  then,  your  suggestion  would  seem  to  be  that 
rather  than  a  separate  joint  congressional  committee  comprised  ex- 
clusively of  Members  of  Congress,  there  should  be  some  type  of  an 
advisory  committee  to  the  Commission  which  would  include  congres- 
sional representation  and  advisers — in  other  words,  something  in  the 
general  pattern  of  the  Hoover  Commission  type  of  setup. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir ;  exactly. 

Mr,  JoHANSEN,  Where  the  President  or  the  executive  designate  non- 
congressional  members,  along  with  those  selected  by  the  Vice  President 
from  the  Senate  and  by  the  Speaker  from  the  House  ? 

Mr,  Delaney,  Yes,  sir. 

Mr,  JoHANSEN,  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Mr,  Delaney,  may  I  congratulate  you,  first  of  all,  upon 
the  thorougliness  of  your  paper, 

Mr.  Delaney.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Congressman. 

Mr.  Bruce.  May  I  ask  you  this  question  ? 

Who  sets  the  State  Department  policy  ?  Well,  I  mean  in  the  final 
analysis? 

Mr.  Delaney,  In  the  final  analysis — I  will  have  to  give  you  a  two- 
part  answer. 

In  the  fuial  analysis,  the  President  of  the  United  States  is  respon- 
sible. On  the  working  level,  policy  is  made  in  any  number  of  ways. 
Today  it  might  be  a  desk  officer.  Tomorrow,  it  might  be  a  committee. 
The  next  day  it  might  be  an  Embassy.  It  depends,  really,  on  the 
specific  question. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1329 

Mr.  Bruce.  But  in  the  final  analysis,  as  far  as  the  goals  and  the 
objectives,  this  rests  primarily  with  the  President  of  the  United  States. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Now,  how  would  the  Freedom  Academy  exist  if  its 
analysis  and  studies  led  them  to  the  conclusion  that  there  were  basic 
errors  in  policy  ?     ^Vhat  would  happen  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Politically  speaking,  there  would  probably  be  one 
terrific  fight,  but  from  the  point  of  view  of  how  you  reconcile  this,  I 
would  hope,  personally,  that  we  would  never  reach  that  impasse  where 
this  sort  of  a  situation  arose,  which  is  one  reason  why  I  would  argue 
strongly  for  a  high-level  commission  being  appointed. 

But  if  the  situation  should  ever  arise  where  there  would  be  a  con- 
flict based,  let's  say,  on  the  research  of  the  Academy,  which  I  suppose 
is  theoretically  possible,  then  I  believe,  strictly  speaking,  it  is  not  the 
function  of  the  Academy  publicly  to  make  an  issue  of  this;  it  is  not 
within  its  scope ;  it  would  be  ruinous  of  the  Academy  and  its  future, 
and  that  if  there  are  private  misgivings,  then  they  should  be  conveyed 
privately. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Well,  reading  one  of  the  bills,  the  bill  put  in  by  Mr. 
Herlong,  the  Advisory  Committee  that  he  recommends  would  be  the 
heads  of  the  following  agemcies,  and  from  officers  and  employees  there- 
of:  Department  of  State;  Department  of  Defense;  Department  of 
Health,  Education,  and  Welfare;  CIA;  FBI;  ICA;  and  USIA. 

Is  it  conceivable,  from  your  experience  as  an  official  of  the  Federal 
Government  in  some  of  these  areas,  that  this  Advisory  Committee 
would  mider  foreseeable  circumstances  go  contrary  to  the  established 
policy  in  their  relationship  with  the  Freedom  Academy  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  No.  Certainly  my  experience  is  such  that  I  could  say 
very  simply  "No,"  but  I  think  here  we  have  a  question  of  just  how  you 
define  the  scope  of  the  Academy. 

I  think.  Congressman,  you  are  perhaps  suggesting  that  the  Academy 
has  a  policymaking  role,  but  it  doesn't — or  it  shouldn't. 

Mr.  Bruce.  No;  I  am  not  suggesting  that.  I  am  suggesting  that 
when  their  research  reaches  conclusions,  such  as  their — that  would  be 
at  variance  with  what  appears  to  be  established  policy,  that  under  any 
form  of  academic  freedom  at  this  point,  they  would  be  almost  duty- 
bound  in  their  instruction,  in  their  training,  to  teach  what  they  thought 
from  their  research  was  the  correct  analysis  of  the  nature  of  the  world 
Communist  movement. 

Now,  if  this  turned  out  to  be  at  variance  with,  for  instance,  State 
Department,  how  would  you  settle  this  ?  Or  would,  without  some  ef- 
fective barriers,  the  executive  agencies  of  Government  at  this  point 
squash  the  independent  research  and  the  academic  freedom,  as  it  were, 
of  the  Freedom  Academy  ?    How  would  you  solve  this  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  I  would  avoid  it,  if  at  all  possible,  which  may  not  be 
a  straightforward  answer. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Well,  realistically 

Mr.  Delaney.  But  it  seems  to  me  that  once  you  get  into  this  area, 
where  research  in  the  Academy  is  pointed  at  possible  criticism  of  the 
Government,  the  executive  branch  of  Government  in  the  handling  of 
its  foreign  affairs,  you  have  overstepped  the  bounds,  that  this  is  ex- 
actly the  sort  of  thing  that  the  Academy  must  stay  away  from. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Well,  now,  let  me  give  you  a  specific  example. 


1330   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Suppose  a  Govemment-financed  study  came  up  with  a  conclusion 
such  as  this,  and  I  quote  it :  "Whether  we  admit  it  to  ourselves  or  not, 
we  benefit  enormously  from  the  ability  of  the  Soviet  police  system 
to  keep  law  and  order  over  the  200-million-odd  Eussians  and  the  many 
additional  millions  in  the  satellite  states.  The  breakup  of  the  Russian 
Communist  empire  today  would  doubtless  be  conducive  to  freedom, 
but  would  be  a  good  deal  more  catastrophic  for  world  order  than  was 
the  breakup  of  the  Austro-Hungarian  Empire  in  1918." 

Now,  let's  assume  that  Dr.  Possony,  or  whoever  you  had  on  the 
faculty  and  doing  research  with  the  Freedom  Academy,  would  come 
up  with  something  diametrically  opposed  to  this,  or  diametrically  op- 
posed to  the  five-volmne  study  known  as  the  Phoenix  Papers^  would 
there  be  any  liberty  to  teach  within  the  Freedom  Academy  contrary  to 
these  things,  if,  by  chance,  these  happened  to  be  a  dominant  thought  at 
State  Department  level  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes ;  I  would  thinli  so.  Very  definitely,  it  is  within 
the  context  of  the  purposes  of  this  Academy  to  expound  all  reasonable 
points  of  view— reasonable,  documented  points  of  view. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Right. 

Mr.  Delaney.  We  have  that  today  in  our  various  service  schools, 
where  you  will  find  on  one  platform  someone  advocating  the  recogni- 
tion of  Red  China  as  an  argument,  and  someone  following  them  deny- 
ing the  efficacy  of  this  argument.  I  believe  our  people  must  know  of 
the  existence  of  these  two  things.  One  would  hope  that  they  have  the 
good  sense  to  make  a  reasonable  judgment  based  on  knowledgeability, 
but,  as  you  have  stated  this,  I  see  no  essential  conflict  at  that  stage. 

I  would  suggest  that  if  a  man  comes  up  with  a  well-documented,  in- 
teresting, provocative  argument,  it  should  be  very  definitely  a  part  of 
the  instruction. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Well,  I  don't  want  to  belabor  this,  but  to  me  it  is  a  very 
important  point. 

How  could  you  conceive  that  the  Freedom  Academy  would  remain 
free  of  coercion,  when  our  Ambassador  to  Cuba  under  a  previous  ad- 
ministration was  ignored  because  it  Avas  contrary  to  State  Department 
policy  ? 

]Mr.  Delaney.  Congressman,  I  would  hope  that  you  gentlemen  in 
your  foresight  and  wisdom  would  write  cautions  into  the  legislation. 
You,  after  all,  are  the  individuals  concerned  with  the  proper  assem- 
blage of  legislation  for  the  United  States ;  and  if  this  is  a  genuine  con- 
cern— and  I  think,  perhaps,  it  definitely  merits  study  and  attention — 
then,  after  consideration  and  deliberation,  something  should  be  in- 
cluded to  take  care  of  these  cautions,  these  questions,  before  any  bill 
goes  before  the  full  House  for  passage. 

Mr.  Johansen.  Will  the  gentleman  yield  at  that  point  ? 

Mr.  Bruce.  Yes. 

Mr.  Johansen.  Doesn't  that  go  to  the  very  point  of  the  oversight 
role  of  a  joint  committee  of  Congress,  either  separately  or  as  part  of 
an  Advisory  Committee  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  I  would  say,  sir,  that  it  certainly  does,  because  know- 
ing the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  I  feel  certain  that  if  a  gentle- 
man feels  so  inclined  to  get  up  and  criticize,  he  will,  rightfully  so,  and 
if  the  situation  arises,  that  perhaps  quiet  consultation  with  members 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1331 

of  the  congressional  commission  to  the  Freedom  Academy  might 
smooth  the  way  for  the  existence  and  success  of  the  work  of  the  school. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Well,  I  will  confess,  I  have  the  same  concern  that 
you  do,  and  we  have  talked  before  on  the  necessity  or  the  need  for 
some  type  of  Freedom  Academy,  but  I  have  to  personally  see  clearly 
that  it  can't  become  just  another  agency,  that  it  can't  be  controlled 
by  policymakers  who  have  their  own  pet  theories — devoid  of  reality — 
of  the  nature  of  the  world  Communist  movement.  If  it  does  this,  it 
becomes  a  harmful  thing,  instead  of  a  good  creation,  and  I  have  been 
pondering  this  before  I  even  came  to  the  Congress,  and  frankly  haven't 
come  up  with  an  answer  that  satisfies  me.  How  can  you  create  this 
Freedom  Academy  dealing  with  this  highly  controversial  subject,  with 
the  President  making  the  appointment,  subject,  of  course,  to  confirma- 
tion by  the  Senate — such  as  we  have  in  the  Herlong  bill — with  the 
heads  of  all  the  executive  branches,  practically,  on  the  Advisory  Com- 
mittee. How  this  can  serve  the  function  that  we  envisage  baffles  me, 
frankly. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Mr.  Delaney,  would  you  care  to  comment  on  how 
the  recruiting  is  done  for  these  schools  in  Cuba  ? 

Mr.  DeIoAney.  It  takes  many  and  varied  forms,  Mr.  Congressman. 

I  have  seen  several  of  their  approaches.  They  vary  all  the  way 
from  sizing  up,  let's  say,  within  university  context,  students  who 
seem  to  have  a  potential  for  leadership  or  for  studies  or  seem  to  be 
embittered  against  society  for  one  reason  or  another. 

They  are  generally  identified,  fii*st  of  all;  watched  by  the  profes- 
sional students  or  other  cadre  members;  and  at  some  point  are  ap- 
proached, either  with  a  scholarship  offer  to  study  in  Cuba  or  Moscow 
or  Peiping,  or  perhaps  if  their  assessment  of  the  man's  character  is 
such,  they  will  offer  him  a  subsidy,  a  dole.  They  will  put  him  on 
the  payroll  for  a  w^hile  within  the  university  context  or  the  local 
context  and  in  this  way  compromise  him,  and,  at  a  later  date,  as  he 
is  drawn  slowly  into  the  web,  then  they  might  decide  this  man  is 
worth  developing,  this  man  is  worth  keeping,  and  then  send  him 
off. 

Then  again,  they  might  take  someone  who  is,  let's  say,  socialistically 
inclined  and  hit  him  cold  with  an  offer  to  travel. 

A  third  type  of  possibility  would  be,  within  the  general  labor  con- 
text, to  pick  laborers  who  might  one  day  turn  into  labor  union 
leaders  and  to,  by  flattery  and  the  offer  of  travel,  by  some  financial 
remuneration,  slowly  bring  them  in  and  then  send  them  off. 

Then  there  is  also  always  the  wild-eyed  fellow  who  is  against 
everything,  who  would  snap  up  an  opportunity  like  this  for  op- 
portunistic reasons  and  move  off  to  one  of  these  training  camps. 

Mr.  Schadeberct.  Are  there  any  U.S.  citizens  in  these  schools? 

Mr.  Delaney.  To  my  knowledge,  no;  but  it  seems  highly  unlikely 
that  there  aren't  Americans. 

The  Chairman.  That  there  are  not  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  There  must  be  Americans.  It  would  stand  to  reason, 
within  the  context ;  but  to  my  knowledge,  I  am  not  aware  of  any. 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  The  next  question  that  comes  to  my  mind  is:  If 
that  is  the  way  they  are  trained  and  recruited,  how  do  they  go  through 


1332   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

the  process  of  the  Government,  State  Department,  with  respect  to 
State  Department,  or  whatever  it  is,  the  agencies,  saying  this  is  for 
the  purpose  of  study  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  No  ;  they  evade  the  controls,  by  and  large. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Then  it  is  clandestine. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes;  in  9  cases  out  of  10,  their  travel  is  now 
clandestine. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Directly  to  the  school.  Not  under  the  idea  that 
they  are  trying  to  go  and  study  under  a  uni^^ersity,  and  then  take  this 
as  a  side. 

Mr.  Delaney.  By  and  large,  they  will  utilize  both  approaches.  If 
the  only  way  they  can  get  there  conveniently  is  by  announcing,  let's 
say,  that  they  are  going  to  study  at  the  University  of  Paris,  they  will 
so  announce,  and  when  tliey  get  to  Paris  or  ^hen  they  get  to  the  Con- 
tinent, oti'  they  go  in  another  direction. 

Or,  where  they  are  going  completely  covertly,  then  there  is  obvi- 
ously no  need,  because  there  is  no  need  for  documentation. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Tuck.  Mr.  Chairman,  as  I  understand  the  legislation  we  are 
considering,  the  concept  of  this  legislation  is  to  make  studies  and  to 
ascertain  the  truth,  in  conformity,  and  that  the  Connnission  would 
have  no  power  to  issue  any  orders  or  directives  or  anything  else  that 
would  be  binding  in  any  way  upon  any  of  the  agencies  of  the  Govern- 
ment.    Is  that  true  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  That  is  my  understanding ;  yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Tuck.  And  do  I  understand  also — and  referring  particu- 
larly to  the  Herlong  bill,  in  which  he  provides  for  certain  agencies 
to  be  represented  as  advisers — that  they  are  purely  advisers,  or  con- 
sultants, and  that  they  would  have  no  power  under  the  proposal  to 
impinge  upon  the  liberties  of  the  Freedom  Academ}^  or  the  Commis- 
sion constituting  that  Academy  ?     Is  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Except  as  so  established  within  the  advisory  frame- 
work. And  I  might  add,  Governor,  cynically,  I  would  hazard  a  guess 
and  suggest  that  they  would  serve  as  buffers. 

The  Chairman.  They  would  what  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Serve  as  buffers  between  the  outside  critics  and  the 
integrity  of  the  institution. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  would  like  to  just  amend  my  comments. 

When  you  mentioned  the  bills  that  include  this  joint  congressional 
committee,  that  Mr.  Schadeberg's  also  includes  that  provision. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Mr.  Chairman,  an  observation  on  that. 

As  I  read  the  Herlong  bill,  I  believe  this  committee  plays  a  little 
more  vital  role  than  just  that,  because  they  are  charged  with  review 
of  the  plans,  programs,  and  activities,  transmitting  to  the  Commission 
recommendations,  meet  with  the  Commission,  to  consult,  transmit  to 
the  President  and  to  the  Congress  the  report  containing — I  think  their 
influence  is  going  to  be  a  little  bit  more  than  just  sort  of  an  advisory 
committee,  because  they  apparently  are  part  of  the  liaison  between 
the  executive  branch  and  the  Congress,  as  well. 

The  Chairman.  He  used  the  word  "buffer." 

Mr.  Johansen.  But  am  I  correct  in  the  understanding  that  the  Ad- 
visory Committee  proposed  in  the  Herlong  bill  does  not  include  con- 
gressional membership? 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION   1333 

Mr.  Delaney.  That's  right. 

The  Chairman.  That  inclusion  is  contained  only  in  what  bills? 
A  shbrook,  Schadeberg,  and  Gubser. 

The  advisory  concept,  I  think,  is  included  in  all  the  bills,  not  only 
the  Herlong  but  in  the  Boggs-Taf  t  bill. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Do  you  see  any  reason  why  there  can't  be  a  wedding 
of  the  two  ? 

Mr.  Delaney.  No,  sir.  My  personal  opinion  is  that  I  believe  there 
should  be  a  wedding  of  the  two. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  May  I  interrupt  at  that  point  ? 

And  the  wedding  you  contemplate,  or  you  would  recommend,  is  put- 
ting Members  of  Congress  on  this  Advisory  Committee? 

Mr.  Delaney.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Delaney.  Thank  you,  sir. 

(The  Soto  article  submitted  by  Mr.  Delaney  follows :) 

JPRS:  12398 
8  February  1962 

REVOLUTIONARY  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  AND  THE  TRAINING  OF  CADRES 

— Cuba— 

By  Lionel  Soto 

Photocopies  of  this  report  may  be  purchased  from : 

Photoduplication  Service 
Library  of  Congress 
washington  25,  d.c. 

U.S.  Joint  Publications  Research  Service 

1636  Connecticut  Avenue,  NW. 
Washington  25,  D.C. 

Foreword 

This  publication  was  prepared  under  contract  by  the  UNITED  STATES  JOINT 
PUBLICATIONS  RESEARCH  SERVICE,  a  federal  government  organization 
established  to  service  the  translation  and  research  needs  of  the  various  govern- 
ment departments. 

JPRS :  12398 
CSO :  6511-D 

Revolutionaky  Training  Schools  and  the  Training  of  Cadres 

— Cuba— 

[Following  is  the  translation  of  an  article  by  Lionel  Soto  in  the 
Spanish-language  periodical  Cuba  Socialista  (Socialist  Cuba),  Vol.  I, 
No.  3,  Havana,  November  1961,  pages  28-41.] 

One  of  the  general  diflSculties  of  the  Revolution  is  the  shortage  of  cadres  in 
all  areas  of  revolutionary  endeavor. 

First  of  all,  we  need  political  cadres  everywhere. 

In  the  economy,  for  instance,  there  is  a  major  shortage  of  technical  cadres. 

This  is  the  legacy  of  our  semicolonial  backwardness;  and  this  legacy  is  ag- 
gravated by  the  treason  of  groups  of  engineers,  architects,  and  others  who,  be- 
cause of  class  origin  or  corruption  and  lack  of  conscience,  preferred  the  "boister- 
ous and  brutal  North,"  as  Jose  Marti  put  it ;  they  preferred  emigration  /to  the 
U.S./  to  staying  in  our  beautiful  and  liberated  homeland. 

30-471— 64— ,pt.  2—7 


1334   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

The  selection  of  cadres  and  their  theoretical  training  is  however  of  truly  deci- 
sive importance  to  the  Revolution. 

Our  tasks  here  are  vast : 

We  must  train  an  integrated  corps  of  revolutionary  cadres,  both  old  and 
young. 

We  must  train  technical  and  cultural  cadres  vi'ho  will  be  with  the  Revolution 
and  for  the  Revolution,  all  the  way. 

We  must  educate,  reeducate,  and  win  over  the  old  intellectuals,  the  technical 
men  of  yesterday,  the  professors  and  teachers  who  do  not  yet  understand  what 
this  is  all  about. 

Finally,  we  must  step  up  and  develop  revolutionary  education. 

Lenin  taught  that  it  is  men,  cadres,  who  decide  everything,  who  are  the 
pillars  of  the  Marxist  Party. 

The  breakup  of  the  machinery  of  the  bourgeois-landowner  government  con- 
fronts us  with  the  necessity  of  filling  vacant  slots  with  tens  of  thousands  of 
revolutionary  men  and  women  who  are  not  familiar  with  their  new  functions. 

Today,  we  have  hundreds  of  thousands  of  revolutionaries,  but  there  are  far 
less  revolutionaries  who  have  the  necessary  theoretical  or  political  training. 

Revolutionaries  without  political  and  theoretical  training  and  without  techni- 
cal knowledge  will  have  to  learn  as  they  go  along  and  they  will  have  to  learn  in 
the  schools  of  the  Revolution. 

Experience  has  shown  that  missions  can  be  accomplished  where  capable  and 
conscientious  cadres  are  assigned. 

On  2  September  1960,  the  people  of  Cuba  approved  the  "Havana  Declaration" 
in  its  National  General  Assembly ;  this  is  a  program  for  national  liberation  and 
Socialism. 

Following  the  nationalization  of  foreign  companies,  the  laws  on  the  nationaliza- 
tion of  large  domestic  companies  were  decreed  on  13  October  1960;  thus  our 
Revolution  definitely  entered  its  Socialist  phase. 

This  created  new  problems  for  us. 

One  of  these  concerns  the  creation  of  a  Socialist  consciousness,  without  which 
we  cannot  build  Socialism. 

To  meet  this  need,  we  have  our  Schools  of  Revolutionary  Education. 

Earlier  Cadre  Schools 

Schools  of  this  kind  have  glorious  antecedents  in  Cuba.  Under  various  forms, 
they  have  been  operating  since  the  establishment  of  the  first  Marxist-Leninist 
party  of  Cuba,  the  Communist  Party,  in  1925. 

The  form  of  these  schools  varied  with  the  times,  of  course.  Sometimes,  they 
were  located  in  the  home  of  a  militant ;  others  were  located  in  a  specially  selected 
building ;  at  times,  even  prison  cells  served  as  class  rooms. 

The  conscientious  revolutionaries  always  paid  careful  attention  to  questions 
of  theory,  to  the  formation  of  a  Socialist  awareness,  as  a  means  to  strengthen 
revolutionary  action  and  steer  it  in  the  right  direction. 

In  view  of  semicolonial,  imperialist  rule,  the  Marxist-Leninist  education 
effort  was  a  hard  task. 

Only  a  very  small  group  of  men  and  women  could  go  through  these  schools. 
Persecutions,  financial  difficulties,  and  the  environment  in  general  constituted 
serious  obstacles  here. 

During  the  last  5  years  of  tyranny,^  for  example,  we  operated  the  small,  though 
highly  important  National  Cadre  School  of  the  Popular  Socialist  Party;  we 
were  completely  outlawed  at  the  time,  but  for  3^  months  this  school  trained 
groups  [of]  15-20  selected  cadres  in  the  fundamentals  of  Marxism-Leninism.  The 
school  was  a  boarding  school  which  lasted  for  a  3^-month  cycle ;  no  one  left 
the  premises  until  the  end  of  the  course.  In  the  specially  equipped  premises, 
students  lived  in  cramped  quarters ;  this  required  strict  discipline ;  everyone 
had  to  talk  softly  and  had  to  keep  away  from  windows. 

Despite  these  enormous  difficulties,  the  school  continued  operating  in  the  same 
locale  for  more  than  4  years ;  more  than  200  cadres  graduated  from  it  and  its 
existence  was  never  revealed ;  there  was  not  the  slightest  carelessness  or  indis- 
cretion. 

We  must  also  mention  the  Tumbasiete  School  which  operated  near  Mayari, 
the  center  of  the  2d  Eastern  Front  "Frank  Pais,"  founded  by  Major  Raul  Castro 
during  the  national  liberation  war.    The  Tumbasiete  School  was  the  forerunner 


iThis  was  during  the  years  1954-1959  [committee  footnote]. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1335 

of  the  ideological  training  effort  in  the  schools  for  the  comrades  who  were 
fighting  in  the  mountains. 

Long  before  the  armed  struggle  against  Batista  was  started,  Fidel  and  Raul 
and  their  comrades,  jailed  for  the  Moncada  incident,  were  studying  the  history 
of  Cuba  and  the  classical  books  of  Marxism  which  were  smuggled  into  the  prison 
on  Isla  de  Pinos  [Island]. 

We  also  had  various  kinds  of  provincial  schools.  Also,  many  study  circles 
were  organized,  including  circles  for  supervised  individual  study. 

Origin  of  Schools  of  Revolutionary  Education 

The  system  of  Schools  of  Revolutionary  Education  was  launched  on  2  Decem- 
ber 1960  at  the  meeting  of  the  directors  and  assistant  directors,  who  had  been 
appointed  for  the  first  12  provincial  schools  and  the  National  Schools,  as  well 
as  leaders  of  the  26  July  Movement  and  of  the  Popular  Socialist  Party;  this 
meeting  was  chaired  by  Fidel  Castro. 

The  schools  received  instant  and  warm  welcomes  from  the  revolutionary 
administrations.  However,  their  adequate  implementation  i-an  into  two  major 
obstacles : 

the  shortage  of  cadres  with  sufficient  Marxist-Leninist  theoretical  training, 
for  assignment  as  teachers  ; 

the  vice  of  practicism,  that  is,  the  tendency  toward  exclusively  practical 
work,  relegating  study  and  theory  to  a  secondary  position. 

These  are  the  obstacles  the  schools  faced  in  their  activities. 

The  schools  did  well  in  this  effort  and  we  can  say  that  we  have  made  great 
strides  here. 

We  improved  the  theoretical  training  of  thousands  of  cadres  and  activists  and 
we  now  have  outstanding  cadres  as  teachers. 

We  have  made  our  modest  contribution  to  the  creation  of  a  study-fever,  the 
fever  to  study  the  science  of  Marxism-Leninism,  which  today  fires  the  spirit  of 
the  cadres  and  activists  of  the  Integrated  Revolutionary  Organizations — and  the 
heat  from  that  fire  is  now  reaching  the  working  people. 

Of  course,  when  the  EIR  ( Escuelas  de  Instruccion  Revolutionaria— Schools  of 
Revolutionary  Education)  were  set  up,  the  ORI  (Organizaciones  Revolucionarias 
Integradas — ^Integrated  Revolutionary  Organizations)  did  not  exist  as  yet.  This 
created  additional  obstacles  in  the  effort  of  making  an  adequate  student  selection. 

Besides,  the  system  of  the  EIR  had  to  concern  itself  with  the  changes  re- 
quired in  view  of  the  direct  threats  of  invasion  from  the  US  in  December  1960 
and  January  1961 ;  the  EIR  had  to  mobilize  in  order  to  crush  the  counterrevolu- 
tionaries in  the  Escambray  Mountains  in  February  and  March  1961 ;  they  had 
to  beat  back  the  invasion  of  imperialist  mercenaries  via  Zapata  Swamp  on  17 
April  1961 ;  in  a  word,  the  EIR  system  had  to  help  meet  all  the  urgent  needs  of 
the  Revolution. 

Following  a  firm  policy,  our  National  Directoi-ate  successfully  defended  its 
viewi)oint  that  classes  should  not  be  suspended  on  account  of  all  this. 

The  official  proclamation  of  the  Socialist  character  of  the  Revolution  on  16 
April,  on  the  eve  of  the  Zapata  Swamp  invasion,  prepared  the  way  for  the 
interpretation  of  the  Revolution  and  for  the  outlining  of  its  prospects ;  this  is 
a  problem  of  prime  importance  to  the  teaching  effort  in  our  schools. 

The  subsequent  integration  of  the  revolutionary  movement  into  the  Integrated 
Revolutionary  Organizations  and  their  affirmation  that  Marxism-Leninism  is  the 
ideology  of  the  Revolution  served  to  eliminate  difficulties  that  had  existed  at  the 
outset. 

The  EIR  were  the  first  officially  integrated  organizations  of  the  Revolution 
and  played  an  equal  role  in  the  subsequent  integration. 

What  Is  the  System  of  Schools  of  Revolutionary  Education? 

The  national  system  of  Schools  of  Revolutionary  Education  is  a  school  system 
that  is  relatively  uniform  at  its  various  levels  and  that  is  under  a  National 
Directorate,  called  the  National  Directorate  of  the  ORI. 

In  its  work,  the  National  Directorate  of  EIR  works  in  close  cooperation  with 
the  ORI  in  the  provinces,  on  whose  education  and  propaganda  commissions  it 
rests.    The  provincial  officials  of  the  EIR  are  the  provincial  leaders  of  the  ORI. 

The  schools  in  the  provinces  function  as  study  centers  for  the  ORI. 

However,  overall  school  policy  and  internal  regulations  as  well  as  the  budget 
are  handled  by  the  National  Directorate  which  works  on  the  basis  of  opera- 
tional experience  gathered  throughout  the  country. 


1336   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

The  fiscal  autonomy  of  the  National  Directorate  enables  the  latter  to  operate 
with  a  great  degree  of  flexibility.  In  addition,  it  can  pay  our  all  expenses  for 
directors,  teachers,  officials,  subordinate  personnel,  equipment,  transportation, 
books,  etc. ;  through  the  EIR  it  can  also  handle  directly  the  payment  of  wages 
and  salaries  to  students  during  the  time  they  spend  away  from  their  places  of 
work  in  order  to  attend  parttime  or  fuUtime  classes. 

The  fulltime  students  can  devote  their  time  to  their  studies  without  any  other 
preoccupation  or  distraction  and  they  may  continue  in  school  only  so  long  as 
they  make  progress  in  their  studies. 

The  "Nico  Lopez"  National  School  and  other  national  schools  are  directly 
under  the  National  Directorate  of  EIR. 

The  EIR  instruct  tbe  cadres  and  activists  which  perform  their  functions  both 
in  the  ORI  proper  and  in  the  social  or  mass  organizations  or  in  the  government 
agencies. 
The  Teaching  of  Marxism-Leninism 

As  of  now,  these  schools  are  the  principal  and  most  effective  means  the  Rev- 
olution has  for  the  study  of  Marxism-Leninism. 

The  fundamentals  of  dialectical  and  historical  materialism  and  of  Marxist 
economic  theory  are  being  studied  there  at  various  levels. 

We  said  'fundamentals'  because  Cuba  has  not  yet  arrived  at  a  stage  where  it 
could  make  a  scholarly,  profound,  and  extended  study  of  the  complex  science  of 
Marxism-Leninism ;  this  is  a  phase  which  we  have  set  as  our  goal,  beginning 
within  a  period  of  2-3  years,  with  the  help  of  the  establishment  of  a  Higher 
Institute  of  Marxism-Leninism. 

For  the  moment,  we  are  counting  on  the  fraternal  help  of  the  other  Socialist 
countries  in  training  our  higher-level  cadres,  our  scholars  of  theory,  who  will 
train  the  instructional  and  research  cadres  at  this  institute  and  its  various 
branches. 

The  schools  must  offer  theoretical  instruction,  though  the  latter  must  be  in- 
timately linked  with  events  in  Cuba  and  the  world ;  they  must  at  the  same  time 
ofl^er  instruction  in  methods  of  practical  leadership. 

The  schools  must  constantly  incorporate  the  live  materials  and  documents 
that  reflect  our  development  in  their  curricula. 

For  example,  the  draft  of  the  CFSU  program  was  included  in  the  lesson  plan 
as  discussion  material.  The  following  items  were  similarly  included  :  the  speech 
of  Fidel  Castro  on  26  July ;  the  articles  by  Raul  Castro  on  the  subject  of  26  July 
1953  and  by  Bias  Roca  on  the  new  ethics  of  the  working  class  and  the  aid  this 
class  is  giving  to  the  Revolution ;  the  documents  on  the  progress  of  the  economy, 
etc.  The  students  also  discuss  the  daily  press  in  class.  The  magazines  Cuba 
Socialista  and  La  Revista  Internacional  (International  Magazine)  are  highly 
valuable  aids  in  this  respect. 

Admission  to  these  schools  is  not  subject  to  passing  an  entrance  examination. 
The  instructors  are  not  the  old  type  of  professors,  but  revolutionary  cadres. 
And  nobody  but  Marxists  are  graduated. 

The  schools  make  men  and  women  more  aware  that  it  is  their  struggle,  their 
daily  activities  and  practices  that  make  them  stand  out,  more  than  anything 
else.  They  do  not  give  the  students  any  pat  formulas ;  they  offer  them  guidance 
and  open  new  vistas  to  their  graduates. 

Though  group  study  in  these  schools  is  very  Important,  we  think  that  it  cannot 
replace  individual  study,  which  is  the  most  important  method  of  learning  what 
theory  is  all  about. 

The  revolutionary  must  become  accustomed  to  studying  Marxism-Leninism 
ceaselessly ;  the  classics  of  Marxism-Leninism,  the  books  and  pamphlets,  the 
articles  and  theses — these  are  his  study  materials. 

We  salute  all  those  who  are  making  a  determined  effort  to  study  individually. 
The  PRI  must  organize  assistance  for  those  comrades. 

National  Schools 

The  "Nico  Lopez"  EIR  has  60  students  and  is  currently  the  national  cadre 
school.     It  is  the  highest  rung  on  the  ladder  of  our  system. 

Students  attend  classes  on  a  boarding-school  basis  for  6  months  and  may  leave 
the  premises  once  a  week. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1337 

The  program  includes  the  complete  study  of  the  Manual  de  Economia  PoUtica 
(Political  Economy  Manual)  put  out  by  the  Academy  of  Sciences  USSR;  this  is 
supplemented  by  references  to  Capital  by  Marx,  and  Imperialism — Capitalism.' s 
Highest  and  Last  Phase  by  Lenin,  as  well  as  other  Marxist  classics  and  modern 
works. 

The  students  also  take  up  the  essential  elements  of  Fundamentos  de  la  Filoso- 
fia  Marxista  (Foundations  of  Marxist  Philosophy)  published  by  the  Academy  of 
Sciences  USSR,  along  with  references  to  other  classical  works,  especially 
Materialism  and  Empirioeriticism  by  Lenin,  On  Contradiction  and  About  Prac- 
tice by  Mao  Tse-tung,  as  well  as  the  Manual  of  Marxism-Leninism  by  O. 
Kuusinen,  and  others. 

The  students  furthermore  study  the  Cuban  Revolution;  revolutionary  organ- 
izations ;  the  international  situation ;  interpretation  of  Cuban  history ;  the  ex- 
periences of  the  Russian  Revolution  and  of  the  Chinese  Revolution,  etc. 

The  study  of  economics  is  closely  tied  in  with  the  economic  history  of  Cuba 
and  the  economic  means  for  the  transition  to  Socialism. 

We  also  set  up  a  National  Teachers  School  (3-month  course)  and  we  are  in 
the  process  of  organizing  a  National  Labor  Union  School  (4-month  course),  a 
National  Fisheries  School  (60  students),  and  a  National  People's  Farmer  School 
(600  students  every  3  months)  ;  all  of  these  schools  will  have  or  now  do  have 
different  levels  of  instruction. 

The  Labor  Union  School,  for  example,  will  operate  on  a  provincial  level  and 
the  fisheries  and  farmer  schools  will  operate  on  the  base  level. 

Provincial  Schools  and  Base  Schools 

The  provincial  EIR  are  conceived  as  boarding  schools  for  provincial,  munici- 
pal, and  regional  cadres. 

For  the  moment,  they  are  teaching  accelerated  3-month  courses  offering  in- 
struction in  program  that  is  generally  the  same  as  that  of  the  national  school, 
though  less  intensive. 

As  in  the  national  schools,  the  nerve  center  of  education  is  political  economy 
here. 

This  is  rooted  in  an  undeniable  fact :  we  are  in  charge  of  the  country's  economy 
and  we  are  building  Socialism.  Economic  buildup  is  the  decisive  factor  in  the 
triumph  of  the  new  social  system. 

On  the  other  hand,  Marxist  philosophy  offers  general  principles  of  life  and 
struggle ;  in  particular,  it  offers  the  concept  of  the  movment,  of  eternal  renewal, 
and  of  contradiction  as  the  motive  forces  for  vital  processes. 

Without  a  knowledge  of  the  fundamentals  of  Marxist  philosophy,  one  can- 
not gain  a  deep  understanding  of  revolutionary  changes. 

The  history  of  Cuba  reveals  the  historical  roots  of  our  economy  and  the  form- 
ative elements  of  our  nationality,  as  well  as  the  vast  struggles  of  the  Cuban 
people  for  its  liberty. 

Right  now,  the  provincial  EIR  constitute  a  consolidated  system  of  16  schools ; 
starting  with  the  third  cycle,  on  1  September,  they  will  have  more  than  1,028 
students. 

The  Base  Schools  of  Revolutionary  Education  are  centers  intended  for  the 
training  of  the  revolutionary  cadres  at  the  base. 

The  EBIR  (Escuelas  Basicas  de  Instruccion  revolucinonaria — Base  Schools 
of  Revolutionary  Education)  are  either  fulltime  (45-day)  schools  or  parttime 
schools ;  in  the  latter  case,  the  students  work  on  their  jobs  for  4  hours  a  day 
and  then  attended  school  for  8  hours  for  a  period  of  60  days. 

The  EBIR  are  set  up  in  big  factories,  sugar  plantations,  various  industrial 
centers,  people's  farms,  cooperatives,  or  in  cities  and  regions.  There  are  worker 
school,  farmer  schools,  or  mixed  schools. 

The  basic  program  of  these  schools  is  constituted  by  La  historia  me  aisolvera 
(History  Will  Vindicate  Me)  by  Fidel  Castro  and  Los  Fundamentos  del  Sociah 
ismo  en  Cuba  (The  Foundations  of  Socialism  in  Cuba)  by  Bias  Roca.  The 
curriculum  also  includes  works  on  the  labor  movement,  the  agrarian  revolution, 
and  elements  of  political  economy,  as  well  as  political  materials  from  current 
national  and  international  publications  and  sources. 

The  EBIR  developed  as  the  result  of  initiative  from  the  ranks.  The  workers 
at  the  La  Rayonera  textile  factory  in  Matanzas,  in  cooperation  with  the  pro- 
vincial EIR,  devised  this  basic  type.    At  the  3d  National  Conference  of  EIR  on 


1338   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

26  April,  this  project  was  launched  and  the  program  for  it  was  worked  out. 
The  first  schools  opened  in  Havana  and  Oriente  on  15  May.  At  the  4th  National 
Conference  of  EIR  from  21-22  July,  there  were  169  of  these  basic  schools 
throughout  the  country. 

This  shows  that  this  initiative  was  correct. 

Here  is  the  current  status  of  the  EBIR  system. 


No.  of  Base 
Schools 

No.  of 

Students 

Oriente           .    _    _    _ _    _ 

100 

9 

74 

7 

63 

10 

2,  976 

Caniaguey                  _            _ 

540 

Las  Villas          -     _____-_-_       __     ___ 

2,  516 

Matanzas        _   _   _ ._   _ 

201 

Havana        _. _        _    _    .    _    _ 

2,  835 

P.  del  Rio 

387 

263 

9,455 

The  EBIR  are  in  the  process  of  consolidation ;  until  December  1961,  they  will 
be  in  the  phase  of  planned  expansion.  The  National  Directorate  of  EIR  is 
making  a  careful  study  of  this  new  activity. 

The  situation  will  look  as  follows  in  December,  on  the  basis  of  plans  and 
budget  grants. 


No.  of  Base 
Schools 

No.  of 

Students 

Oriente  (see  Note)                _ 

84 
10 

no 

15 
90 
21 

3,500 

Camaguev _   _   _ 

600 

Las  Villas.-   ._   _   

3,  500 

Matanzas 

600 

Havana __ 

3,500 

P.  del  Rio.    _____        _    _ 

900 

330 

12,600 

(Note.  In  Oriente  Province,  the  current  100  base  schools  will  be  combined 
into  84  schools  with  greater  capacity  and  better  quality ;  these  consolidated 
schools  will  be  located  in  the  key  centers  of  the  province.) 

We  want  to  emphasize  that  we  have  important  EIR  which  are  not  directly 
involved  in  the  activities  of  the  National  Directorate,  though  they  are  tied  in 
with  the  latter  and  are  under  the  political  direction  of  the  ORI. 

The  "Osvaldo  Sanchez"  EIR  of  the  armed  forces  has  just  graduated  750  in- 
structors for  battalions  and  companies  in  its  first  training  cycle. 

The  schools  of  the  Association  of  Young  Rebels  teach  youth  cadres. 

The  Federation  of  Cuban  Women  is  in  the  process  of  creating  its  own  national 
school  for  women's  leaders. 

Similarly,  we  have  economic  cadre  schools  (such  as  the  school  for  industrial 
managers)  and  others  of  various  types  which  offer  instruction  on  the  basis  of  the 
same  principles  as  the  EIR,  in  conjunction  with  their  own  specialized  subject 
matter. 

Academic  and  Discipline  Aspects  of  the  Schools 

Our  program  and  our  available  resources  are  not  enough  to  implement  this 
objective.  We  must  also  take  up  the  subject  of  the  internal  disciplinary  manage- 
ment of  the  schools  and  their  activities. 

Discipline  is  a  factor  that  is  highly  important  in  political  success. 

The  external  forms  of  discipline — e.g.,  military  training — supplement  the 
cadres'  and  militants'  attitudes  which  are  rooted  in  political  awareness. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1339 

For  the  students,  the  decisions  of  the  director  or  the  executive  board  con- 
stitute orders  to  be  obeyed.  This  does  not  imply  a  lack  of  democracy,  since  it 
is  the  students  who  elect  their  own  student  representatives  who,  in  cooperation 
with  the  director  and  the  assistant  director,  make  up  the  executive  board. 

Class  schedules  and  lesson  plans  play  a  major  role  in  these  schools ;  these 
schedules  and  plans  must  be  followed  without  change  once  they  have  been 
approved. 

The  school  must  endeavor  to  stimulate  Socialist  conduct.  It  must  inculcate  in 
the  student  a  spirit  of  responsibility  for  the  collective,  a  spirit  of  concern  for  his 
comrades,  a  spirit  of  help  for  his  slow  comrades,  etc. 

In  this  respect  (in  addition  to  serious  pedagogical  reasons),  we  have  a  combi- 
nation of  formal  individual  study,  which  is  the  principal  method,  plus  group 
study,  which  is  handled  in  groups  of  8-12  students  in  a  i-ational  and  well  pro- 
grammed manner. 

Group  study  serves  to  help  the  slow  students  and  makes  for  group  spirit. 

In  some  schools,  we  have  to  fight  hard  against  the  lack  of  understanding  on 
the  part  of  some  directors  who  fail  to  see  the  pedagogical  advantages  and  moral 
aspects  of  group  study. 

General  meetings  and  assemblies  are  called  periodically  or  whenever  a  problem 
arises ;  this  is  a  means  for  developing  criticism  and  self-criticism  and  this  in 
turn  makes  out  of  each  school  a  living  cell  of  the  Revolution.  Quite  a  few  peo- 
ple learn  in  this  manner  the  meaning  of  these  principles  of  revival  in  Socialist 
thought  and  action. 

Volunteer  work  inside  and  outside  the  school  (on  days  of  rest)  tests  the  real 
qualities  of  the  student.  AVith  the  help  of  the  students,  schools  tackle  repair 
jobs,  plant  crops,  take  care  of  children  in  nurseries,  and  build.  Some  students 
fan  out  to  the  factories,  people's  farms,  and  cooperatives  to  volunteer  theijr 
manual  labor  for  Socialism. 

Much  attention  is  being  devoted  to  Socialist  emulation  in  each  school  and  to 
competition  between  schools.  In  this  competition,  schools  are  graded  on  such 
points  as  academic  class  levels,  qualifications,  educational  and  practical  activi- 
ties, savings,  cleanliness,  number  of  graduates,  fulfillment  of  class  schedules, 
etc. 

We  must  emphasize  once  again  that  the  students  must  realize  what  a  tremen- 
dous effort  the  Revolution  is  making  in  keeping  so  many  thousands  of  cadres 
and  militants  out  of  the  production  process  and  assigning  more  than  500  valu- 
able cadres  to  revolutionary  instruction. 

This  effort  must  be  repaid  through  the  powerful  and  effective  work  of  com- 
rades who  are  graduated  from  these  schools  and  take  their  place  in  the  produc- 
tion effort  and  in  political  action. 

Selection  of  Students 

This  is  a  problem  of  major  importance. 

We  said  often  that  the  students  must  be  selected  from  among  revolutionary 
cadres  and  activists,  i.e.,  from  among  those  who  distinguished  themselves  in 
the  struggle.  Of  those,  we  now  have  tens  of  thousands  and  we  are  getting  more 
every  day. 

This  applies  of  course  to  selection  for  all  types  of  schools  we  mentioned. 

It  is  a  sad  error  to  think  that  a  school  of  theory  is  going  to  "hatch"  activists 
and  cadres.     This  may  happen  in  isolated  cases,  but  it  is  not  the  rule. 

We  must  say  that,  during  the  first  cycle,  a  considerable  proportion  of  students 
should  not  have  been  picked  in  the  first  place  ;  but  we  are  correcting  this  mistake. 

Sometimes,  we  were  able  to  observe  that  some  regions  and  provinces  did  not 
send  the  best  cadres  with  the  most  experience  to  these  schools.  There  are  two 
general  reasons  for  this : 

the  particular  cadres  "cannot"  be  spared  from  their  duties  ; 

fear  that  the  National  Directorate  might  pick  these  men  after  graduation  for 
assignment  to  different  duties,  thus  preventing  them  from  returning  to  their 
original  duties. 

This  reasoning  is  false.  The  more  responsibility  the  cadres  have,  the  more 
they  need  to  go  to  school.  As  for  the  transfer  of  cadres  from  one  duty  to 
another,  from  provincial  to  national  duty  slots,  that  is  something  that  may  hap- 
pen in  view  of  the  great  nationwide  needs  of  the  ORI  and  of  the  government 
for  trained  cadres.  But  to  oppose  this,  to  look  out  only  for  one's  own  bailiwick 
indicates  rigidity  and  reveals  a  localist  spirit  among  certain  comrades.  Every- 
body must  understand  that  the  Revolution  is  a  compact  whole ;  there  is  no  such 
thing  as  a  series  of  "local  revolutions." 


1340   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

The  selection  process  itself  is  a  yardstick  for  the  school  and  for  the  selection 
officials. 

Sometimes,  women  are  automatically  barred  from  consideration.  This  hap- 
pened, for  instance,  during  the  first  provincial  courses  in  the  Province  of  Las 
Villas  and  during  the  second  provincial  course  in  Matanzas. 

This  constitutes  a  concession  to  old  prejudices  and,  though  this  is  not  a  gen- 
eral phenomenon,  it  does  crop  up  in  other  places. 

The  failure  to  select  women  as  students  is  an  injustice  and  a  bad  mistake. 
The  women  are  fighting  on  all  fronts  of  the  Revolution,  including  that  front 
which  is  the  toughest  for  them :  /national/  defense,  Why,  then,  this  concession 
to  prejudice? 

The  Prohlem  of  the  Faculty  and  the  Directors 

The  creation  of  a  teaching  body  and  of  directors  and  assistant  directors  has 
been  and  is  one  of  the  most  complicated  problems  we  are  facing  in  these  schools. 

To  run  classes  in  theory  in  a  political  cadre  school,  we  must  have  teachers  who 
not  only  know  their  textbooks  but  who  have  also  been  or  are  revolutionary  cadres. 
This  is  the  key  point  here 

In  the  first  school  cycle,  the  schools  were  run  with  the  help  of  teachers  drawn 
from  the  revolutionary  organizations  which,  without  cutting  back  on  their  daily 
work,  made  tremendous  efforts  to  teach  in  these  schools  for  a  certain  period 
of  time  each  day  or  for  a  certain  continued  period  of  instruction. 

The  increase  in  the  complex  and  urgent  tasks  of  the  Revolution  as  well  as 
the  rapid  growth  in  the  revolutionary  schools  themselves  confronted  us  with 
the  need  for  pulling  out  dedicated  cadres  and  assigning  them  exclusively  to  teach- 
ing duties. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  some  good  cadres  with  practical  revolutionary 
experience  but  little  or  no  prior  education,  were  able  to  assimilate  their  Marxist 
texts  so  rapidly  that  they  could  be  assigned  as  directors  and  assistant  directors 
of  provincial  schools  and  as  directors  and  teachers  of  Base  Schools. 

Many  people  are  surprised  that  the  majority  of  the  directors  and  assistant 
directors  of  these  schools  are  so  young  in  years  and  that  their  experience  in  Marx- 
ist militancy  is  of  such  recent  origin.  We  know  that  it  takes  years  to  master 
Marxist  theory  adequately.  However,  the  extremely  rapid  advance  of  the  Revo- 
lution and  the  need  for  cadres  who  are  dedicated  to  the  effort  of  teaching  do  not 
allow  us  to  make  any  compromises  here ;  this  is  indeed  the  only  solution  to  our 
great  cadre  problem. 

We  believe  that  these  young  cadres  are  doing  their  duty  with  dignity  and  skill 
and  that,  as  time  goes  on,  they  will  improve  their  knowledge  more  and  more. 

These  cadres  have  everything  it  takes  to  advance:  intelligence,  willpower, 
the  necessary  books,  adequate  subsistence,  the  vigor  and  courage  of  the  Socialist 
Revolution  and,  above  all,  a  nucleus  of  Marxist-Leninist  revolutionaries  who 
guide  and  aid  them. 

Practical  experience  teaches  us  that  this  bold  method  of  promoting  cadres  is 
correct. 

We  are  making  a  major  effort  to  group  teachers,  directors,  and  assistant  di- 
rectors in  study  circles  where  they  can  round  out  their  knowledge. 

As  far  as  the  directors  and  asistant  directors  are  concerned,  we  have  learned 
some  interesting  lessons.  The  director — and,  in  his  absence,  the  assistant  di- 
rector— is  the  top-ranking  officer  of  the  school. 

This  is  why  we  must  select  our  directors  very  carefully. 

Experience  has  shown  that  the  director  must  meet  the  following  essential 
requirements : 

capacity  for  leadership,  flexibility,  and  pleasant  disposition  ; 

knowledge  of  all  subjects  taught  at  the  school  and  inclination  toward  study. 

The  director's  qualities  are  directly  reflected  in  the  school  as  a  whole ;  we  must 
not  forget  that  he  lives  together  with  the  60  students  of  his  school. 

The  daily  life  of  the  school  at  times  reveals  difficulties  arising  out  of  subjective 
or  objective  factors. 

A  situation  in  which  60  students  with  differing  personalities,  though  united 
by  a  common  ideal,  live  closely  together,  is  almost  bound  to  produce  occasional 
friction  and  misunderstandings.  But  this  is  no  cause  for  despair.  These  inci- 
dents are  opportunities  for  Socialist  education  through  the  exercise  of  criticism 
and  self-criticism. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION   1341 

Directors  who  do  not  underestimate  the  "details"  of  education  and  daily  life — 
such  as  the  quality  of  the  menu,  hygiene,  comportment,  care  of  the  library  and 
of  books ;  strict  compliance  with  schedules,  beautiflcation  and  care  of  premises, 
etc. — contribute  not  only  to  the  maintenance  of  order  in  the  school  but  also 
contribute  to  the  education  of  the  comrades. 

The  ORI  and  Their  Relations  to  the  Schools 

Until  now,  some  organizations  of  the  ORI  have  failed  to  give  due  consideration 
and  attention  to  the  provincial  schools.  The  ORI  have  fallen  down  chiefly  in 
the  respective  education  and  propaganda  commissions. 

This  lack  of  attention  is  negative.  We  do  not  mean  to  say  that  the  leaders 
of  the  ORI  are  permanent  teachers,  but  we  do  believe  that  they  should  at  least 
help  present  the  summaries  at  the  end  of  each  of  the  most  important  class  cycles 
and  direct  conferences  and  maintain  lively  exchange  of  ideas  with  the  students 
at  the  cadre  schools. 

If  we  assume  that  the  ORI  should  merely  select  graduates  for  placement  in 
specific  job  slots,  how  could  they  accomplish  this  without  close  liaison  with  the 
school,  without  knowing  all  about  the  cadres? 

Conclusions 

The  EIR  are  in  full  development.  Some  things  remain  to  be  corrected,  modi- 
fied, and  improved  within  the  EIR. 

From  the  1st  National  Conference,  held  in  December  1960,  to  the  4th,  on 
21-22  July  1961,  a  period  of  about  8  months,  we  can  register  a  tremendous  ad- 
vance in  the  creation  of  schools  and  in  the  expansion  of  theoretical  studies. 

Some  1,175  students  have  taken  courses  in  the  provincial  schools  and  more 
than  4,000  attended  the  Base  Schools. 

The  practical  effect  from  the  assignment  of  graduates  of  these  schools  have 
already  made  themselves  felt  in  the  work  of  the  ORI.  The  results  are  encourag- 
ing. According  to  the  opinions  of  the  provincial  ORI  and  the  organization  where 
these  graduates  were  placed,  we  can  say  that  elementary,  intermediate,  and 
higher  theoretical  studies  have  been  converted  into  material  strength. 

The  revolutionary  enthusiasm  of  the  students  is  indescribable.  Each  theo- 
retical lesson  acts  as  stimulus  for  their  behavior  and  conduct.  We  can  now 
see  graduates  of  these  students  in  many  positions  of  responsibility.  We  find  them 
in  the  leadership  organs  of  the  ORI,  in  factory  managements,  in  farm  and 
cooperative  managements.  One  hundred  of  them  are  now  active  in  the  field 
of  education  and  we  have  100  additional  directors  of  schools  who  emerged  from 
the  EIR.  We  also  meet  them  in  the  government  agencies,  in  the  militia,  and 
in  the  Rebel  Army. 

We  can  find  graduates  of  these  schools  holding  down  responsible  key  jobs  al- 
most anywhere.  Our  front  of  Socialist  revolutionary  instruction  penetrates 
everywhere  ;  in  production,  in  defense,  in  culture. 

We  have  placed  major  emphasis  on  these  schools.  However,  we  are  also 
involved  in  other  academic  initiatives. 

In  Havana,  for  instance,  we  now  have  a  wide  network  of  elementary  evening 
schools,  with  2  hours  of  study  per  day ;  here  we  have  more  than  7,000  students 
in  200  schools. 

In  Havana  and  Oriente,  we  have  practical  schools  (2  or  3  weeks),  run  by 
ORI,  where  young  cadres  learn  the  functioning  of  the  different  sectors  of  labor. 

And  thousands  of  graduates  are  being  assigned  to  leadership  of  study  circles 
at  various  levels. 

We  cannot  even  begin  to  count  all  the  discussion  groups.  The  number  of 
discussion  group  members  has  increased  by  thousands. 

The  effort  of  political  education  is  very  important.  The  Revolution  requires 
that  this  effort  be  intensified  and  improved  constantly. 

The^  Chairman,  The  next  witness  is  Mr.  Stuart  Morrison  of  the 
Miami  Herald. 

Mr.  Morrison,  we  are  delighted  to  have  you.  We  know  of  your 
work  but,  for  the  record — this  record  will  be  printed — and  would 
you  please  give  us  your  background  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  My  personal  background,  sir? 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  sir. 


1342   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

STATEMENT  OF  H.  STUART  MORRISON 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir,  I  have  no  prepared  statement;  I  will  speak 
for  the  record,  but  off  the  cuff. 

Personal  backo^round  is  as  follows:  I  am  38  years  old,  have  been 
employed  by  the  Miami  Herald  for  the  past  IT  years.  Initially  I  was 
a  printer  in  the  composing  room  and  during  the  next  10  years  of  my 
employment  worked  in  all  phases  of  the  mechanical  and  production 
areas  of  the  newspaper.  Since  that  time  I  have  been  exposed  to  all 
other  areas  of  production  and  management. 

I  was  appomted  director  of  the  Operation  Amigo  program  in  1961 
at  the  time  of  its  birth. 

I  have  four  children,  served  in  the  United  State  Navy  during  World 
War  II,  attended  the  University  of  Miami  at  night. 

Present  position  would  be  national  director  for  Operation  Amigo 
for  the  Knight,  Copley,  and  Scripps-Howard  newspapers. 

Operation  Ajnigo  is  a  nonprofit  organization  established  mider  the 
proper  Florida  statutes. 

I  would  like  to  make  it  clear  that  I  don't  pretend  to  be  an  expert 
in  anything  other  than  the  director  of  Operation  Amigo. 

The  first  time  that  I  set  foot  in  Latiri  America  was  approximately 
?>  years  ago.  I  know  how  the  people  feel  and  react.  I  think  I  know 
their  individual  desires  and  understand  what  the  public  can  do,  both 
in  the  United  States  and  in  Latin  America,  if  given  the  opportunity 
to  expand  their  vision. 

I  am  here  to  testify  for  the  Freedom  Academy  bills,  because  in 
concept,  as  I  understand  it,  they  go  into  the  area  of  research  and 
development,  of  the  private  sector,  as  opposed  to  strictly  a  branch 
of  the  Government. 

I  think,  first,  we  will  start  with  Operation  Amigo,  and  it  would 
fall  into  three  categories — the  how,  the  why,  and  the  results  of  it. 

The  previous  witness  testified  to  the  actions  that  the  Communist 
bloc  nations  are  exerting  in  Central  and  South  America.  Amigo 
relates  only  to  Central  and  South  America.  For  years,  especially 
since  the  war,  the  Communists  in  Latin  America  have  had  an  ac- 
celerated program  of  indoctrination,  chiefly  at  the  youth  in  this 
hemisphere ;  and  it  was  the  editors  of  the  Miativi  Herald  who  thought 
that  we  have  not  set  up  a  defense  against  this,  nor  launched  an  ef- 
fective counterattack  against  this  movement. 

If  we  in  the  United  States  believe  in  our  way  of  life,  then  why 
shouldn't  someone  get  up  and  fight  for  it  ? 

The  Communist  bloc  nations  spend  millions  of  dollars  in  Central 
and  South  America,  sending  propaganda  to  the  high  schools  and 
the  universities,  paying  professional  scholars  at  the  university  level, 
professional  students,  just  waiting  to  prey  on  the  young  students 
coming  up  from  the  high  school  level. 

They  are  transporting,  as  the  other  witness  said,  students  to  Com- 
munist bloc  nations  and  sending  them  back  into  Central  and  South 
America  as  fully  fledged  diplomats. 

We  in  America,  or  the  United  States,  have  left  the  difficult  art  of 
diplomacy  solely  to  the  Government.  It  is  a  very  difficult  task,  and 
we  as  individuals  in  the  United  States  have  failed  in  promoting 
ourselves  as  the  individual  diplomat. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1343 

The  Communist  countries  have,  under  the  significance  of  political 
warfare  as  opposed  to  hot  warfare,  some  40  years  ago;  and  they  are 
beating  us,  and  they  are  beating  us  badly.  They  are  unorthodox; 
they  are  effective.  They  are  in  the  unions ;  they  are  in  the  schools ;  they 
are  in  the  professional  staffs  of  the  universities;  they  are  eveiywhere 
that  you  can  conceivably  think  they  would  be. 

Operation  Amigo  is  completely  subsidized  through  private  enter- 
prise. We  thought  that  if  we  brought  some  of  these  future  leaders  of 
the  Latin  American  countries  to  the  United  States  to  give  them  a 
firsthand  look  at  the  way  we  operate,  at  what  makes  our  system  tick, 
at  our  tax  structure,  without  any  whitewash  at  all — we  attempt  to  show 
them  the  good  and  the  bad — then  these  future  leaders  could  go  back 
to  their  local  high  schools  and  communities  and  tell  them  the  truth. 
Jose  Gonzales,  who  has  been  selected  to  come  to  the  States,  has  seen  for 
himself;  they  are  going  to  believe  Jose  Gonzales  and  not  Communist 
propaganda. 

Operation  Amigo  was  initiated  by  the  Miami  Herald  21/^  years  ago, 
and  we  now  have  the  support  of  the  Copley  newspapers  and  the 
Scripps-Howard  newspapers. 

Operation  Amigo  was  a  giant  at  its  start,  actually.  We  intended 
to  bring  40  students  up  in  the  first  group,  let  them  live  with  our  own 
high  school  students,  and  send  them  back.  In  the  first  3  months, 
we  brought  some  eight  groups  up,  about  300  students. 

Then  we  said,  "Well,  if  it  works  in  Miami,  why  can't  it  work  upstate, 
somewhere  around  Cocoa,  Cape  Canaveral  area  ?" 

And  we  sent  the  first  group  of  students  up  to  Cocoa  High  School — 
that  was  completely  out  of  our  jurisdiction — to  see  if  it  would  work ; 
and  it  did. 

The  Chairman.  You  mean  students  from 

Mr.  Morrison.  From  one  of  the  countries  in  Central  and  South 
America.     One  of  these  groups  of  students ;  yes,  sir. 

The  next  year,  Mr.  Knight  offered  it  to  other  jurisdictions,  and 
we  now  find  that  we  have  sent  students  to  Fort  Worth ;  Houston ;  to 
Denver;  to  San  Diego,  to  Santa  Rosa,  California;  Charlotte,  North 
Carolina;  Flint,  Michigan;  Louisville,  Kentucky;  Akron,  Ohio — 
18  States. 

It  has  a  twofold  purpose. 

Mr.  Pool.  Let  me  interrupt  right  there,  please,  sir. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Pool.  You  mentioned  before  Houston.     They  are  in  my  district. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Sir,  these  boots  I'm  wearing  are  from  Fort  Worth, 
by  the  way. 

Mr.  Pool.  "Where  did  you  send  them  in  Texas  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  The  Fort  Worth  Press^  a  Scripps-Howard  news- 
paper, with  Delbert  Willis,  took  them  at  the  Fort  Worth  High  School, 
and  I  frankly  don't  know  the  name  of  the  high  school ;  and  in  Houston, 
Texas,  they  went  to  Bel  Air  High  School,  and  I  believe  the  other 
high  school  was  Lamar.  What  is  it?  Lamar?  I  may  or  may  not 
be  correct  there. 

]Vf  r.  Pool.  Do  you  know  how  many  went  there  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir;  approximately  120  students  have  gone  to 
the  State  of  Texas  already. 

Mr.  Pool.  Thank  you. 


1344   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir. 

I  will  show  you  the  clippings  from  the  newspapers. 

It  has  a  twofold  purpose.  We  tell  our  students,  "Wliy  can't  you 
get  out  and  do  something  for  your  country  ? "  Well,  what  can  they  do  ? 
They  can  buy  war  bonds ;  they  can  join  the  Navy,  as  I  so  foolishly  did 
20  years  ago.  But,  that's  not  the  extent  of  it,  but  the  Amigo  program 
gives  each  and  every  student  in  the  United  States  who  participates  an 
opportunity  to  appoint  himself  as  an  individual  diplomat. 

Now,  the  exposure  of  this  doesn't  only  deal  with  the  student  who 
is  involved  in  taking  a  Latin  American  into  his  home.  It  involves  the 
entire  school,  entire  school  jurisdictions.  It  involves  an  entire  city 
and  entire  States. 

The  student  that  is  selected  from  Latin  America  is  selected  in  this 
fashion,  much  like  the  Communists  select  their  students.  We  go  to  a 
Latin  American  city  and  we  explain  the  program  to  the  principals  of 
all  the  public  high  schools.  This  is  where  the  core  of  the  cancer  lies,  in 
the  public  schools,  the  lower  income  family  groups.  And  we  ask  them 
to  submit,  based  upon  proven  academic  ability,  those  students  who  have 
excelled  themselves  with  a  fine  scholastic  record  over  the  last  2  or  3 
years. 

We  then  set  up  a  committee  for  the  selection  of  the  students.  This 
committee  would  consist  of  one  or  two  newspaper  people,  Eotarians, 
civic  leaders,  and  an  educational  man,  and  then  these  students  would 
come  before  this  committee — and  possibly  at  times  we  have  had  as 
many  as  700  students  apply  for  30  scholarships — and,  based  upon 
questions  that  we  ask  these  students,  they  are  selected  to  come  to  the 
United  States. 

The  Chairman.  At  this  point,  may  I  ask  you  to  clarify  something 
for  me  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  This  screening  process  you  explained— where  may- 
be you  have  700  applicants,  from  which  you  would  choose  30 — is  it  done 
in  Central  America  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Oh,  yes,  sir ;  in  the  city. 

The  Chairman.  These  leaders  you  are  talking  about  are  leaders 
there? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Correct ;  they  are  nationals.     Correct. 

The  Chairman.  And  the  newspaper  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  They  are  national  newspaper  people ;  correct. 

Mr.  Ichord.  Are  you  confining  it  to  students  coming  from  lower 
economic  levels? 

Mr.  Morrison.  We  bring  85  percent  from  the  public  schools,  15 
percent  from  the  private  schools. 

Mr.  Ichord.  Are  you  looking  into  their  social  and  economic  back- 
ground, though,  before  you  accept  them  in  the  program  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir.  In  each  and  every  group,  we  get  four  or 
five  students  whom  you  could  not  call  Communists,  but  I  could  say 
that  they  have  a  tendency  to  lean  that  way.  These  are  the  students 
who  would  be  most  acceptable  to  the  offers  made  by  the  university- 
level  professional  students. 

They  come  to  the  United  States,  and  we  put  them  in  school  for  a 
period  of  only  2  weeks.  They  attend  classes  with  the  local  high  school 
students,  and  on  4  of  the  10  days,  we  take  them  out  on  tours  to  our 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1345 

governmental  establishments,  to  our  Federal  Housing  developments, 
slum  areas,  city  commission  meetings,  in  an  attempt  to  answer  any 
questions  that  they  might  have  had  in  their  mind — or  that  they  might 
have  had  put  there — honestly  and  frankly  and  justly. 

We  send  them  back  to  the  Latin  American  city,  and  this  is  a  story 
again  in  itself  that  I  will  tell  you  a  little  later. 

There  is  a  tremendous  amount  of  cost  involved  in  this  program, 
and  not  1  cent  has  come  from  the  Federal  Government,  and  50  per- 
cent of  the  funds  that  go  into  this  program  come  from  Latin  nations. 
This  was  not  true  the  first  year,  but  we  made  them  believe  that  we 
are  trying  to  help  them  in  their  own  fight  against  communism. 

The  Operation  Amigo  program  does  not  stop  once  they  go  back 
to  their  own  country.  This  is  not  a  2-week  vacation,  and  what  I 
am  about  to  tell  you  is  not  very  well  known  here,  but  I  can  tell  you 
this:  that  the  Operation  Amigo  program  in  many  areas  of  South 
America  has  more  impact  than  Alianza  Para  Progreso  ^  or  the  Peace 
Corps  combined.  I  am  not  attacking  either  one  of  those  areas.  The 
Peace  Corps  is  fine.  The  Peace  Corps  has  one  fallacy  that  I  know  of. 
The  hot  political  areas  of  the  universities  and  the  unions  are  not,  to 
my  knowledge,  infiltrated  by  Peace  Corps  members.  This  is  where 
your  trouble  is.  But  you  take  a  Latin  American  student  who  has  been 
trained  in  the  United  States,  and  you  send  him  back  into  this  area, 
and  you  have  got  an  effective  worker  for  our  side. 

Let's  speak  about  the  Operation  Amigo  clubs.  When  the  students 
return  to  their  own  country,  we  don't  let  them  sit  idle.  We  have 
established  Operation  Amigo  clubs  in  14  countries.  We  have  approxi- 
mately 4,000  students.  These  are  Latin  students  in  Operation  Amigo 
clubs  in  Central  and  South  America. 

This  magazine  is  published  in  Call,  Colombia,  published  by  Latin 
students,  not  gringos  going  down  there  showing  them  how  to  do  it. 
Supported  by  private  industry.  This  explains  the  program  of 
Alianza  Para  Progreso. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Private  industry  in  the  Latin  American  country  or 
in  the  United  States? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Private  industry  in  Latin  Amercia. 

Now,  let  me  clarify  that  just  a  minute.  We  have  Goodyear  down 
there  and  we  have  IBM  and  we  have  Goodrich.  We  don't  believe 
that  the  funds  for  this  program  should  come  from  Goodyear,  U.S., 
and  their  Goodyear  branch  in  Venezuela,  for  instance.  The  funds  for 
the  program  come  from  Latin  American  industry  in  Central  and 
South  America. 

We  have  4,000  students  in  the  clubs,  in  14  to  16  countries.  Now 
these  are — in  Peru  alone  we  have  600  students,  in  eight  of  the  major 
cities.  These  students  hold  meetings  regularly;  they  have  typing 
classes,  political  science  classes;  they  work  in  the  slums.  The  first 
time  in  the  histoi-y  of  P(iru  where  you  get  Peruvians  working  for 
Peru  in  the  slums,  not  gringos  going  down  there  with  dollars. 

They  have  their  own  clubhouse.  In  many  areas,  we  do  not  work 
with  U.S.  Cultural  Affairs  Officers  in  Central  and  South  America, 
but  with — for  example — the  Colombo-American  school.  It  is  di- 
vorced from  the  U.S.  State  Department.     In  Peru,  we  continued  with 


^  Alliance  for  Progress. 


1346   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

our  operation  although  at  that  time  the  United  States  had  broken 
relations  with  Peru.  We  took  students  out  of  Guatemala  when  our 
own  State  Department  told  me  to  get  out,  don't  take  students,  it  would 
be  sure  death  for  me. 

There  is  a  tremendous  potential  for  the  training  of  the  private  indi- 
viduals, lawyers,  doctors,  cabinetmakers,  newspaper  people.  Inci- 
dentally, we  started  to  bring  up  only  school  teachers  as  chaperones, 
but  now  we  have  made  it  a  policy  to  bring  up  newspaper  reporters, 
who  maybe  before  were  not  too  "friendly  toward  the  United  States. 

I  want  to  show  you,  very  briefly — and  I  certainly  don't  want  to  take 
up  any  more  of  your  time — the  complete  acceptability  of  this  pro- 
gram in  Latin  America,  because  it  is  aside  from  the  U.S.  Government 
[flipping  pages  of  large  scrapbook  containing  newspaper  and  other 
items].  "Front  page,  Novedades;  front  page,  Lima  newspaper;  front 
page,  Tegucigalpa  newspaper. 

An  interestnig  letter  from  Tom  Mann.  This  is  a  little  city  outside  of 
Bogota,  called  Niacombi,  where  about  5,000  students  paraded  by  that 
day,  just  to  be  selected. 

This  is  interesting.  This  is  an  impact  to — it  is  an  editorial  written 
in  the  LaPrensa  Grafica^  and  it  says : 

Operation  Amigo  is  now  coming  to  Salvador  as  the  rest  of  Latin  America,  and 
from  this  newspaper's  viewpoint,  there  will  be  more  fruits  and  benefits  derived 
from  Operation  Amigo  than  the  now  famous  and  already  started  Alianza  Para 
Progreso. 

I  have  this  editorial  translated  in  English.  I  would  like  to  submit 
it  as  a  document. 

The  Chairman.  You  want  to  insert  that  at  this  point  ? 

Mr.  MoRRisoisr.  Sir? 

The  Chairman.  Do  you  want  it  inserted  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  No,  sir.  These  are  some  of  the  first  Operation 
Amigo  letterheads  that  were  printed  by  the  students  in  some  of  the 
countries.    Nicaragua,  Peru,  Colombia. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Let  me  interrupt  you  at  tliis  point.  As  I  understand 
it,  it  is  a  2-week  period  that  these  students  are  in  the  United  States. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Two  to  three  weeks ;  yes,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN,  How  do  you  overcome  the  language  barrier  prob- 
lem ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  I  don't  think  there  is  much  of  a  language  barrier, 
sir.    There  is  a  people  barrier. 

I  don't  mean  to  evade  the  question.  We  find  that  approximately  40 
percent  of  all  Latin  American  students  will  be  able  to  speak  some  Eng- 
lish. Approximately  80  percent  will  be  able  to  understand  it.  We  do 
have  Spanish-English  dictionaries,  simple  phrases,  that  we  issue  to 
each  student.  Usually,  you  will  have  one  or  two  students  in  the  group 
that  can  act  as  translators. 

tit^aV^^^*^^*  ^^'  Chairman,  at  this  point,  may  I  make  a  request  that 
Mr.  Morrison  be  permitted  to  submit  to  the  committee,  subject  to  the 
review  of  the  committee,  whatever  documents  he  desires  in  support  of 
this  presentation. 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  sir,  following  his  statement. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Mr.  Pool,  are  you  from  Texas? 

Mr,  Pool.  Yes,  sir. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1347 

Mr.  Morrison  [still  flipping  scrapbook  pages].  These  items  are 
from  Houston.    This  is  all  Houston. 

Mr.  Pool.  May  I  interrii  pt  here  ?  Do  you  have  this  going  in  Panama 
and  Venezuela? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir — excuse  me.  We  have  not  liad  it  in  Panama. 
"We  have  not  had  it  in  Chile,  so  far,  and  of  course  the  three  Guianas. 
It  is  merely  because  we  have  not  had  time  to  get  around  to  it.  We  will 
take  students  from  Panama  this  year;  yes,  sir.  We  have  taken  about 
160  students  from  Venezuela. 

Mr.  Pool.  During  the  crisis  we  had  several  weeks  ago  in  Panama, 
did  you  have  any  students  that  had  gone  back  to  Panama  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  I  say  we  had  not.    Panama  has  not  been  included. 

Mr.  Pool,  I  see.  It  would  have  been  quite  interesting  to  have  had  a 
report  on  their  activities  during  that  crisis,  if  we  had  had  them  dow^i 
there. 

Mr.  jVIorrison.  Yes,  sir. 

I  would  like  to — would  you  read  this?  This  is  an  editorial  printed 
in  the  Occidente,  and  it  pretty  well  reflects  the  feeling  of  the  news- 
paper and  the  Latin  public  that  have  been  exposed  to  the  Operation 
Amigo,  and  remember  that  this  is  printed  in  Colombia,  please,  sir. 

Mr.  McNamara  [reading].    Operation  Amigo,  a  Bulwark. 

One  of  the  fundamental  aspects  of  good  relationships  among  the  inhabitants 
of  the  world  is  people-to-people  contact:  a  friendly  interest  in  others  and  the 
feeling  of  solidarity  and  mutual  esteem  that  such  relationships  propagate. 

An  extraordinary  cultural  exchange  has  been  taking  place  recently  between 
the  students  of  Latin  America  and  the  United  States.  This  kind  of  socializing 
undoubtedly  will  have  widespread  influence  on  the  future  generations  of  all 
our  countries. 

One  of  the  most  important  of  these  programs  is  the  so-called  Operation  Amigo, 
which  was  initiated  by  the  newspaper,  the  Miami  Herald,  and  which  today  has 
the  support  and  collaboration  of  28  Scripps-Howard  and  Copley  newspapers. 
In  the  development  of  their  plans,  numbers  of  Colombian  students  have  visited 
the  United  States  and  hundreds  of  North  American  youngsters  have  come  down 
to  learn  by  direct  experience  about  life  as  it  is  lived  in  Latin  America. 

Recently,  Mr.  H.  Stuart  Morrison,  general  coordinator  for  Latin  America, 
returned  to  Call  where  Operation  Amigo  has  already  found  a  generous  and 
enthusiastic  welcome,  to  organize  another  Colombian-American  student  exchange. 

This  strengthening  of  ideological  and  cultural  ties  among  nations  defending 
the  same  principles  and  belonging  to  the  same  system  of  free  democracies  is  of 
incalculable  value  to  us  all.  A  brand  new  force  thus  appears  on  the  continent 
to  guard  against  the  Castro-Communist  avalanche  trying  to  destroy  the  bonds 
that  have  been  our  hope  for  the  future  in  our  struggle  for  progress. 

To  these  young  students— already  so  well  versed  in  objective  knov/ledge — will 
fall  the  job  of  carrying  on  the  preaching  and  the  teaching  of  whatever  we  learn 
from  those  who  join  with  us  in  the  defense  of  the  ideal  of  social  reform  in  this 
continent. 

The  accomplishments  of  the  Peace  Corps,  of  the  People-to-People  campaign,  of 
Operation  Amigo  and  others,  are  the  solid  bulwarks  on  which  the  friendship  of 
the  nations  of  America  rests.  We  need  them  today  more  than  ever  before  as  we 
confront  the  dangers  that  threaten  the  free  world. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Mr.  Pool,  you  asked  about  Venezuela.  I  was  in 
Venezuela  shortly  before  the  election.  We  took  students  as  far  south 
as  Puerto  Ordaz,  which  is  on  the  Orinoco  Kiver  in  the  eastern  part 
of  Venezuela,  Barcelona,  Santa  Thomas,  every  nook  and  cranny  of 
eastern  Venezuela ;  and  the  bombings  that  you  heard  about  were  not 
performed  by  adults.  They  were  16-,  17-,  18-year-old  kids  working  in 
Commie  cell  blocs  who  went  out  and  bombed  the  oil  lines  and  bombed 
this  and  machinegunned  trains,  and  then  they  retreat  back  into  the 
universities,  where  they  have  a  certain  amount  of  immunity. 


1348   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

It  was  open  season  on  Yankees  in  Venezuela.  There  is  no  question 
about  that.  But  the  Venezuelan  people  certainly  are  to  be  congratu- 
lated for  going  out  in  force  and  voting  during  that  election. 

It  is  these  kids  that  need  our  help,  and  they  were  just  crying  for 
leadership,  just  crying  for  it.    Won't  somebody  stand  up  and  fight  ? 

I  don't  know  the  particulars  about  legislation,  but  I  do  know  that 
through  private  enterprise  we  had  a  theory  that  was  reduced  to  prac- 
tical application,  without  a  lot  of  red  tape,  and  we  know  it  works.  We 
are  not  going  to  stop  here.  I  have  in  the  other  brief  case  a  proposal 
to  expand  Operation  Amigo.  Right  now  we  are  working  with  me  and 
a  secretary.  That's  our  staff.  I  expect  that  next  year  we  will  be  able 
to  bring  up  2,000  students,  with  the  unlimited  resources  that  the  United 
States  has,  and  the  unlimited  cooperation  that  you  can  get  in  Central 
and  South  America — because  we  are  one  people  in  one  hemisphere  with 
a  common  tie ;  there  is  no  doubt  in  my  mind  that  news  of  the  Freedom 
Academy  bill  will  certainly  help  hold  this  hemisphere  together  like  it 
should  be. 

I  will  answer  any  questions  that  I  am  capable  of  answering  at  this 
time. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  I  have  two  or  three. 

In  1960,  or  thereabouts 

Mr.  Morrison.  Sir? 

The  Chairman.  In  1960  or  thereabouts,  the  AFL-CIO  created  the 
American  Institute  for  Free  Labor  Development  Avith  their  own  funds, 
with  headquarters  in  Washington,  and  apparently,  according  to  my 
understanding  of  its  functions,  this  institute  is  doing  the  identical 
work  that  you  are  doing — in  the  labor  world,  I  am  talking  about — 
namely,  bringing  labor  leaders  here  from  Latin  America,  teaching 
them  free,  democratic  imionism  and  Communist  strategy  and  tactics, 
and  thereupon  the  graduates  go  back  and,  as  I  understand,  have  done 
a  magnificent  job  in  preventing  the  takeover  of  the  unions  by  the 
Commimists,  and  perhaps  recapturing  some  that  were  seized. 

Anyway,  we  see  the  parallel,  and  apparently  the  few  experiments 
that  have  come  to  our  observation  are  working. 

Now,  we  have  heard  that  the  Academy  concept  would  be  better  han- 
dled through  these  private  concepts,  private  undertakings;  then,  on 
the  other  hand,  we  hear  from  the  State  Department  that  it  should  be 
left  alone ;  and  then  we  have  heard  from  mighty  knowledgeable  peo- 
ple that  there  must  be  some  central  source,  some  uniform  research,  and 
studies  that  would  be  available  to  those  engaged,  such  as  you  are,  in 
this  effort,  without  displacing  you  in  any  way,  and  it  would  be  avail- 
able also  to  foreign  nationals,  not  only  from  Latin  America  but  else- 
where, leaders  in  the  labor  world  and  business  world  and  the  manage- 
ment world,  and  so  on. 

Now,  I  wish  you  would  address  yourself  to  how  the  Academy  would 
be  useful  in  the  areas  I  have  described,  and  whether  the  idea  of  this 
establishment  should  be  left  alone  or  should  be  left  to  private  enter- 
prise or  private  efforts.     I  wish  you  would  comment  on  that. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Well,  if  I  understand  your  question,  I  think  that 
the  Freedom  Academy  should  be  set  up  separate  from  the  State 
Department.  Wliat  I  am  about  to  say  may  not  be  popular,  but  I  am 
going  to  say  it  anyhow.  There  are  many  good  people  in  the  State 
Department  in  Central  and  South  America,  but  there  are  many  people 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1349 

in  the  State  Department  who  are  reluctant  to  make  a  decision.  I  know 
from  my  own  experience  that,  in  some  countries,  if  a  person  who  is 
attached  to  the  Embassy  dares  to  mix  with  the  nationals,  he  would 
be  set  aside  by  the  official  American  colony,  and  this  is  what  the 
people  in  Central  and  South  America  resent.  I  think  that  if  the 
Freedom  Academy  or  any  institution  was  set  up  under  the  State  De- 
partment, it  would  lose  its  effectiveness  in  Latin  America. 

Does  this  answer  your  question  ? 

The  Chairivian.  Well,  yes,  partly ;  but  then,  do  you  see  the  necessity 
for  it? 

Mr.  Morrison.  For  a  central  office  ?     Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  As  distinguished  from  universities,  and  that  area. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir.  And  again  I  say,  I  don't  know  the  rami- 
fications of  these  bills  or  the  differences  in  them.  I  know  the  basic 
differences.  Yes,  there  should  be  some  central  office  where  informa- 
tion could  be  obtained,  where  training  and  research  of  specific  prob- 
lems in  a  trouble  area  could  be  examined.  Yes,  I  do ;  and  I  think  that 
the  Latin  student  or  the  Latin  professional,  once  you  establish  that 
this  office  only  attempts  to  tell  the  truth  about  the  two  systems  or  our 
way  of  life,  aside  from  party-line  policy — if  this  is  the  correct  ter- 
minology— that  once  you  establish  that,  then  it  becomes  effective.  And 
this  is  only  based  upon  my  experience  with  Operation  Amigo,  because 
when  I  first  went  to  Central  and  South  America,  they  thought  I  was 
an  arm  of  the  U.S.  Government;  they  did  not  believe  me.  They 
thought  I  was  another  Yankee  coming  down  there  to  trick  them,  but 
we  have  proved  our  point,  and  now  they  say,  "Welcome  home,  Mr. 
Morrison." 

The  Chairman.  Well,  now,  the  Sate  of  Louisiana,  the  Legislature 
of  Louisiana,  passed  a  bill  making  it  compulsory  to  teach  a  course  in 
Democracy  versus  Communism.  Those  may  not  be  the  words,  but 
that's  about  it. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  And  that  same  concept  has  taken  root  in  other 
States.    In  your  own  State  of  Florida. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Florida,  yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  And  a  high  school  teacher  testified  before  us,  and 
he  made  it  easy  for  me,  because  he  said,  rather  than  having  me  say,  that 
the  trouble  with  these  courses  is  that  there  is  so  little  known  by  the 
run-of-the-mill  high  school  teacher  as  to  what  to  teach  and  how  to  go 
about  it,  that  most  of  the  time — and  that  coincides  with  my  experi- 
ence— the  teachers  from  the  whole  State  of  Louisiana,  particularly 
from  my  congressional  district,  because  I  happen  to  be  chairman  of 
this  committee,  the  type  of  information  they  want  is  a  short-range, 
do-it-day-before-yesterday  type,  such  as  "How  many  Communists  are 
there  in  my  town,  and  how  do  we  get  rid  of  them?" 

Mr.  Morrison.  You  don't  go  about  it  that  way ;  no,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  I  know,  but  that  is  what  convinces  me  or  leads 
me  to  the  conviction  that  you  and  the  high  school  teacher  are  right ; 
that  we  need  some  central,  reliable  agency  that  will  tell  the  truth  and 
make  an  objective  judgment  of  what's  going  on. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir ;  that  is  absolutely  right. 

The  Chairman.  Now,  how  to  set  it  up — we  have  not  reached  that 
yet? 

30-471— 64— pt.  2 8 


1350   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Mr.  Morrison.  That's  your  business,  but  what  we  need  is  that  agency. 
The  people  in  Latin  America,  as  I  say  again,  are  crying  for  this  in- 
formation. I  have  had  people  say,  "Well,  I  have  written  to  the  Cul- 
tural Affairs  Officer  of  this  Embassy.  He  has  not  gotten  any  action." 
There  is  evidently  no  central  information  office,  and  the  Communists 
are  out  working  day  and  night.    This  is  a  24-hour  job  with  them. 

Mr.  Bruce.  May  I  interrupt  ? 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Bruce.  I  have  been  acquainted  with  what  your  newspapers  are 
doing.    They  are  doing  a  tremendous  job. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  so  have  we  all. 

Mr.  Bruce.  We  have  watched  with  gTeat  interest.  Why  can't  the 
publisher's  association,  nationally,  the  newspapers,  who  have  so  much 
at  stake,  as  we  all  do,  take  a  cue  from  what  you  have  done  on  your 
Amigo  program  and,  on  their  own,  establish  a  Freedom  Academy  ?  I 
am  concerned.    I  am  concerned  about — frankly,  I  am  an  ex-newsman. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Bruce.  And  I  am  concerned  about  the  lack  of  knowledge  in  the 
news  media  of  the  full  nature  of  the  Communist  movement.  I  sug- 
gested to  a  publisher  not  too  long  ago  that  they  could  set  up,  working 
together  in  the  newspaper  alliance,  whatever  it  is,  a  school,  so  that 
the  men  in  the  working  press  can  have  more  than  just  the  surface 
impression  of  a  struggle  between  the  Communist  empire  and  the 
Western  World,  because  it  is  much  deeper  than  that,  but  nothing  has 
happened. 

Mr.  JMoRRisoN.  Yes,  sir.  We  have — of  course,  I  can't  speak  for  John 
S.  Knight  nor  Mr.  Copley  nor  Charley  Scripps  nor  Jack  Howard. 
This  would  be  an  excellent  idea,  of  course.  I  think  that  the  news- 
paper industry  is  finally — well,  let  me  not  say  "finally" — is  awakening 
to  this  point  and,  in  their  own  way,  are  trying  to  spread  the  gospel  to 
some  of  our  Midwestern  States  that  sort  of  don't  even  Iniow  Cuba  is 
down  there.  You  know,  we  are  90  miles  away  from  Communist  Cuba 
in  Florida. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Well,  I  want  to  amend  your  statement.  I  think  the 
Midwestern  States  are  quite  alert  to  that, 

Mr.  Morrison.  Okay,  fine. 

In  the  Miami  Herald^  as  well  as  other  newspaper  offices,  they  are 
holding  seminars  pertaining  to  the  newspaper  industry  periodically, 
sir,  and  are  attempting  to  get  into  this  area. 

Now,  about  as  far  as  establishing  a  school,  I  can't  answer  that. 

Mr.  Bruce.  But  would  not  this  give  much  more  freedom  to  the 
Freedom  Academy  if  it  were  set  up  under  private  sponsorship  with 
all  the  conflict  that  inevitably  is  going  to  come  between  the  executive 
branch  and  the  Freedom  Academy?  I  just  don't  see  how  you  can  do 
this  without  having  this  impasse  reached  when  they  begin  to  hit  pay 
dirt  in  the  Freedom  Academy. 

]\Ir.  Morrison.  Yes. 

Mr.  Bruce.  They  begin  to  upset  the  status  quo,  then  the  pressures 
come  back  on,  and  it  is  an  embarrassment.     I  just  don't  know. 

The  Chairman.  May  we  go  off  the  record  ? 

C Discussion  off  the  record.) 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1351 

The  Chairman.  At  this  ]:)oint,  Mr.  Christopher  Emmet  will  appear. 

Mr.  Emmet,  we  are  glad  to  have  you  with  us.  And  for  the  record, 
I  wish  you  "would  give  a  thumbnail  description  of  your  background 
and  your  occupation  and  education,  and  then  proceed. 

STATEMENT  OF  CHRISTOPHER  EMMET 

Mr.  Emmet.  Well,  I  am  very  happy  and  honored  to  be  allowed  to 
give  my  support  to  the  Freedom  Academy  bill.  I  have  been  aware 
and  active  in  some  way  in  connection  with  the  Communist  problem 
mostof  my  life. 

I  personally  first  observed  the  diabolical  treacherous  nature  of  the 
Communist  movement  when  I  was  a  student  in  Germany.  I  saw  that 
the  Communists  directed  their  campaign  against  Democrats  and  indi- 
rectly, and  in  some  cases  directly,  helped  the  Nazis  against  the  German 
Republic.  There  were  certain  strikes  which  they  made  in  common. 
There  were  key  elections  where  the  Communists  threw  their  votes  to 
the  same  candidates  as  the  Nazis,  in  their  common  hatred  of  democracy. 
And,  of  course,  they  hoped  that  the  Nazis  would  be  a  passing  phase. 

I  perhaps  should  have  said  that  I  am  a  free-lance  writer,  I  have 
written  on  politics  in  many  publications.  I  have  a  radio  program  in 
New  York  which  I  have  been  moderator  of  for  the  last  25  years,  the 
Foreign  Affairs  Round  Table.  I  have  been  correspondent  for  a  Ger- 
man weekly  newspaper  in  New  York  and  I  have  been  active  in  many 
organizations. 

During  the  thirties,  because  of  my  experience  with  the  Nazis  in 
Germany  and  my  fear  that  Hitler  would  surely  go  into  the  aggression 
which  he  did,  I  was  active  in  the  anti-Nazi  movement.  I  founded  one 
of  the  boycott  committees,  a  committee  called  the  Volmiteer  Chris- 
tian Committee  to  boycott  Nazi  Germany,  and  we  cooperated  with 
Jewish  boycott  organizations  and  with  the  American  Federation  of 
Labor,  which  had  a  labor  boycott  against  Nazi  goods  because  of  their 
oppression  of  the  labor  unions. 

The  Chairman.  Was  that  during  the  regime  of  AFL  President 
William  Green  ? 

Mr.  Emmet.  Yes.  I  then  had  a  personal  experience  with  Communist 
treachery.  Wlien  the  Hitler-Stalm  Pact  was  formed,  there  were  many 
anti-Nazi  organizations  which  cooperated  loosely.  My  committee 
never  cooperated  with  any  Communist  committee,  but  secretly,  there 
were  Communists  in  some  of  the  anti-Nazi  committees  with  whom  we 
did  cooperate  in  connection  with  the  boycott  and  in  our  exposures  of 
Nazi  propaganda.  Wlien  the  Hitler-Stalin  Pact  was  signed,  immedi- 
ately some  of  these  organizations  were  paralyzed  by  key  Communist 
personnel  who  had  been  infiltrated.  There  was  one  very  big  commit- 
tee that  was  headed  by  the  late  Senator  Lehman,  Walter  Damrosch, 
and  other  wonderful  names.  I  think  it  was  called  the  Council  Against 
Nazi  Aggression.    It  had  large  funds  and  was  very  active. 

Wlien  the  Hitler-Stalin  Pact  was  signed,  that  committee  was  para- 
lyzed. They  never  issued  another  statement — and,  of  course,  the  war 
started  right  after  the  pact  was  signed.  Some  of  the  people  who  had 
been  most  active,  most  effective,  most  militant  in  the  anti-Nazi  organi- 
zations, and  some  that  I  personally  worked  with  in  the  secretariat 
level,  turned  out  to  have  been  Communists,  because  they  turned  against 


1352   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

US  overnight  and  began  screaming  about  British  colonialism  in  India : 
"Do  you  want  us  to  get  into  a  war  to  help  enslave  the  Indian  people?" 
You  see,  all  of  a  sudden,  from  having  been  talking  about  nothing  but 
Nazi  atrocities,  there  was  a  reversal,  just  like  that. 

So  although  before  the  war  I  was  mainly  engaged  in  exposing  the 
danger  of  Nazi  and  Japanese  aggression,  I  was  conscious  of  the  Com- 
munist danger.  Therefore,  during  the  war,  I  headed  an  informal 
opposition  to  the  Communist  agitation  for  a  second  front.  If  you  re- 
member, the  Communists  during  the  war  were  screaming  for  a  second 
front,  demanding  that  the  U.S.  and  Britain  make  a  premature  land- 
ing in  France  to  take  the  heat  off  Russians,  even  though  the  American 
Armies  and  the  British  Armies  might  have  been  destroyed.  Thus,  the 
Communists  risked  a  Nazi  victory  just  to  take  the  heat  off  Russia  a 
little  earlier.  Stalin  even  attacked  the  British  for  failure  to  invade 
Europe  in  October  1941,  which  was  only  a  few  months  after  the  fall  of 
France.  He  demanded  that  the  British  invade  with  their  wretched 
little  army. 

Then  in  1943  Stalin  attacked  the  U.S.  when  we  invaded  North 
Africa  instead  of  the  Continent.  The  Communists  sucked  in  peo- 
ple like  Wendell  Willkie  to  enter  this  agitation,  many  well-meaning 
citizens,  who  said,  "The  brass  hats,  the  America  generals,  don't  want 
to  risk  their  troops,  so  they  are  delaying  the  second  front,"  and  "the 
Russians  are  dying  for  us."  It  was  an  elaborate  Communist  opera- 
tion. Well,  I  had  my  radio  program  and  I  was  permitted  by  the 
station,  WEVD,  to  combat  this  agitation,  and  I  wrote  letters  to  papers 
and  got  up  a  joint  statement,  and  so  on. 

Then  after  the  war,  I  founded  the  Committee  Against  Mass  Expul- 
sions, which  attempted  to  publicize  the  mass  deportations  by  the  Com- 
munists of  German-speaking  people,  regardless  of  whether  they  were 
Nazi  or  anti-Nazi,  when  they  came  into  Poland,  Czechoslovakia,  Hun- 
gary, Rumania,  and  Yugoslavia.  There  were  large  German-speaking 
minorities  in  those  countries,  mostly  solid  citizens,  small  businessmen, 
shopkeepers,  skilled  workers.  Their  deportation  was  part  of  the  Com- 
munist plan  to  exacerbate  national  hatreds  between  Germans  and  Slavs 
and  thus  help  them  to  communize  the  Slavs  because  of  fear  of  the  Ger- 
mans. They  also  hoped  that  the  mass  of  refugees  would  help  com- 
munize Germany.  So  when  the  Russian  Armies  occupied  all  of  those 
countries  of  Eastern  Europe,  they  encouraged  and  forced  the  expul- 
sion of  every  one  of  these  German-speaking  citizens.  The  total 
amounted  to  somewhere  in  the  neighborhood  of  14  million — if  you  in- 
clude the  German  citizens  in  the  eastern  part  of  Germany  which  was 
taken  over  by  Poland.  There  were  nearly  three  million  of  them  ex- 
pelled from  Czechoslovakia,  half  a  million  from  Hungary  and  so  on. 

Because  this  was  a  neglected  issue,  we  knew  very  little  about  it 
here;  it  was  hard  to  get  the  information  from  behind  the  Russian 
Armies ;  only  the  churches,  the  Quakers,  and  a  few  relief  organizations 
could  get  in,  so  that  we  formed  this  committee  to  try  to  publicize  that 
monstrous  Soviet  crime  which  was  occurring  at  the  same  time  as  the 
Nuremberg  trials.  While  we  were  trying  the  Nazi  leaders — and  in  my 
opinion,  rightly  so — for  some  of  their  crimes,  including  that  of  depor- 
tation, the  Soviet  Union  was  carrying  out  an  even  greater  deportation 
than  Hitler  had  even  been  able  to  cari-y  out,  right  at  that  very 
moment. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1353 

Sidney  Hook  was  one  of  the  members  of  that  committee,  a  profes- 
sor of  philosophy  in  New  York  University,  a  great  American  educa- 
tor, a  great  American  philosopher,  and  he  was  the  one  who  inspired 
me  and  helped  to  organize  that  committee  with  me.  He  did  not 
want  to  be  chairman,  so  I  was  the  chairman  of  it.  Norman  Thomas, 
Dorothy  Thompson,  the  Reverend  John  Haynes  Holmes,  and  Father 
John  LaFarge  were  among  its  members. 

Then  we  began  to  get  news  of  the  forced  repatriation  of  DP's.  This 
had  nothing  to  do  with  the  Germans.  The  displaced  persons  were 
defined  as  citizens  of  Eastern  Europe  or  the  Soviet  Union  or  members 
of  the  Jewish  minority  in  Germany,  who  were  deported  from  their 
homes  and  used  as  slave  labor  after  the  Nazi  occupation  of  their  home- 
lands. Among  them  were  citizens  of  the  Baltic  States — Lithuania, 
Latvia,  and  Estonia — whose  countries  had  been  annexed  by  the  Soviet 
Union  and  enslaved  by  communism.  The  Soviets  regarded  them  as 
Soviet  citizens.  Other  anti-Communists  among  the  DP's  who  did  not 
want  to  return  were  members  of  minority  nationalities  in  Russia,  such 
as  the  Ukrainians.  But  there  were  also  an  enormous  number  of 
Russians  themselves,  including  soldiers  who  had  been  prisoners  of 
the  Nazis,  who  did  not  want  to  return. 

We  will  never  know  how  many  were  forcibly  repatriated  through 
one  form  of  pressure  or  another,  but  we  do  know  that  thousands 
resisted  forcibly  and  that  there  were  even  tragic  cases  of  mass  suicide. 

Well,  we  formed  a  committee  called  the  Refugee's  Defense  Commit- 
tee, which  General  Donovan  was  the  chairman  of,  and  of  which  David 
Martin,  who  is  now  assistant  to  Senator  Dodd,  was  the  secretary.  I 
was  the  treasurer  of  it.  We  tried  to  expose  these  Communist  crimes 
which  were  occurring  and  which  our  Government  and  the  Allied  Gov- 
ernments were  unconsciously  collaborating  with,  under  the  momentmn 
of  the  wartime  alliance  and  agreements  with  Russia.  Naturally  the 
U.S.  Army  assumed  that  the  Soviet  DP's  wanted  to  go  home.  The 
UNRRA  organization  was  set  up  to  help  these  people  to  go  home,  and 
the  U.S.  Army  was  instructed  to  return  the  prisoners  of  war  who  had 
been  captured  by  the  Germans,  yet  many  of  the  Soviet  prisoners  of 
war  in  Germany  did  not  want  to  go  back.  Hundreds  of  thousands  of 
Soviet  prisoners  of  war  had  volunteered  to  join  General  Vlasov's  army. 
General  Vlasov  had  been  an  able  Communist  general,  who  had  been 
captured  by  the  Nazis.  He  asked  the  Nazis  to  let  him  raise  volunteers 
among  the  Russian  prisoners  to  fight  for  freedom  in  Russia,  and  Hitler 
originally  promised  to  let  him  do  that.  But  when  Vlasov  saw  what 
the  Nazis  were  doing  in  Russia,  the  deal  was  off.  He  did  not  col- 
laborate in  the  Nazi  crimes.  Nevertheless,  he  and  his  followers  were 
forcibly  delivered  to  the  Soviets  by  the  U.S.  Army  for  execution  under 
the  wartime  agreements. 

Then  the  fact  that  I  have  worked  in  the  writing  and  radio  fields, 
gives  me  a  special  interest,  of  course,  in  the  question  of  propaganda 
and  information.  I  have  been  warmly  and  enthusiastically  support- 
ing the  Freedom  Academy  bill  since  I  first  heard  of  it  from  Mr.  Alan 
Grant  about  11  years  ago.  At  that  time,  after  elaborating  this  plan 
with  his  friends  in  the  Orlando  group  and  having  gone  to  Washington 
with  it  and  having  run  into  delays  in  Washington,  Mr.  Grant  came  to 
New  York.  He  first  wrote  to  a  number  of  people  who  were  interested 
in  the  anti -Communist  movement,  and  among  others,  Sidney  Hook  and 


1354   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Leo  Cherne  uiid  one  olhoi-  rriond  of  mine,  Arthur  McDowell  of  the 
Upholsterers'  Union,  who  is  here  (oday,  and  many  others.  We  met 
at  that  lime  in  New  York  in  an  eiVort  to  see  ii'  we  coidd  not  carry  out 
this  plan  on  a  pi-i\ate  basis  with  the  support  of  foundation  money. 

Congressman  JU'uce  asked  wdietlier  it  would  not  be  ideal  if  this 
Freedom  Academy  could  be  set  up  entirely  as  a  private  enterj^rise.  At 
that  time,  we  attempted  to  do  that  and  we  had  the  support  of  some 
very  distinu^uished  citizens,  includino;  General  Clay,  former  Governor 
Dewey,  and  IFeni'v  Luce,  of  7'hne-Lifr,  but  we  failed.  In  my  opinion, 
the  diflicullies  of  linancin<^  an  o])eratioii  of  this  sort  privately  are 
insuperabU\  because  of  the  vast  area  of  responsibilities  which  private 
hnancinii,'  nnist  take  care  of. 

For  that  reason,  I  endorse  wholeheartedly  ih(\  bill  introduced  by 
Representative  Bo^j^^s,  antl  the  same  bill  that  Senator  Douo;las  and 
Senator  Mundt  have  introduced  in  the  Senate.  I  am  convinced  that 
this  would  bo  a  ^reat  step  forward  in  increasinf^  knowledf^e  of  com- 
numism  and  efl'ective  resistance  to  conununism  and,  in  my  opinion, 
increasin<ii;  American  national  unity. 

We  all  know  one  of  i]w  problems  which  you  mentioned,  Mr.  Chair- 
man— the  school  ])rincii)al's  question:  "ITow  do  we  teach  commu- 
nism?"— which  is  based  on  the  enormous  complexity  of  the  issue  and 
the  impingement  of  controversial  questions,  such  as  how  far  does  com- 
munism connect  with  socialism  or  with  })acilism? 

The  distiiiiifuished  (\>minission  of  experts  and  authorities,  appointed 
by  i\w  I'resident.  and  confirmed  by  the  Senate  under  this  bill,  would 
undoubtedly  serve  to  unify  and  reduce  tlie  areas  and  the  confusions 
about  this  issue  and  to  satisfy  a  <i^reat  deal  of  io;n()rant,  frustrated, 
and  well-meanin<i^  anticommunism  expressed  by  peojde  who  can't  be 
expected  to  know.  'Jliey  see  things  going  wrong,  and  therefore  some- 
times they  express  their  anticommunism  in  unwise,  gullible,  naive, 
extreme  forms. 

Well,  now,  if  there  Mere  an  active,  independent  U.S.  Government 
agency  under  this  bill,  which  was  promoting  education  and  training 
on  (^ommunist  methods  of  subversion,  obviously  the  Commission 
would  have  to  be  very  careful  in  its  statements  on  current  events. 
It  would  have  to  be  unanimous  in  exi)ressing  statements  in  a  con- 
troversial area.  However,  the  mere  flow  of  factual  information  from 
such  a  soiirce,  the  training  of  people,  the  collecting  of  the  real  experts, 
of  whom  there  are  thousands  in  this  country  now  on  comnuniism, 
from  the  Kand  Corporation  School,  the  uni\ersities,  and  the  War 
Colleges,  would  be  a  great  ach'ance. 

The  CiiAiniMAN.  Well,  assuming  there  is  some  sort  of  a  division  be- 
tween the  Kremlin  and  Peiping,  that  does  not  erase  the  necessity  for 
the  Academy ;  or  does  it  ? 

Mr.  EiNiMET.  No,  I  don't  think  it  does.  Which  isn't  to  say  that  the 
difference  between  Moscow  and  Peiping  is  not  real.  In  the  long  run, 
it  is  obviously  something  that  we  should  welcome,  but  the  ell'ect  of  it 
now,  the  initial  effect,  is  simply  to  make  us  complacent  for  the  reasons 
outlined  in  my  ]irepared  statement. 

We  get  the  ])icturo  that  Khrushchev  is  the  milder  of  the  two  great 
Communist  leaders,  that  Mr.  Khruschev  is  being  attacked  by  Mao 
Tse-tung  because  he  is  too  mild.  Therefore,  Mr.  Khrnshchev  is  one 
of  the  good  guys,  and  Mao  Tse-tung  is  the  bad  guy.    Yet  this  ignores 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COIVIMISSION    1355 

two  things :  It  ignores  the  fact  that  Mao  Tse-timg  is  weaker  today  than 
he  was  5  yeiirs  ago,  when  Russia  was  giving  hiiu  aid.  His  military 
establishment  has  deteriorated  because  of  the  lack  of  Russian  aid.  He 
depends  on  Soviet  oil.  Mao  Tsc-tung  can't  light  a  big  war;  he  prob- 
abl}'  used  up  all  his  oil  reserves  when  he  attacked  India  in  a  3-week 
blitz  on  the  frontier,  a  blulf  to  make  himself  look  great  against  a  weak 
and  neglected  Indian  Arm3^ 

Khrushchev  is  the  uian  who  has  1,000, 10,000  times  the  power  of  Mao. 
He  is  the  man  with  the  power,  yet  the  eft'ect  of  the  Sino-Soviet  conflict 
is  to  make  us  look  at  Mao  as  if  he  were  the  only  danger.  Of  course, 
he  is  a  danger  in  the  sense  of  his  ability  to  help  the  Vietnamese,  but  it 
was  Khrushchev  who  nuiinly  contributed  to  the  danger  in  Laos.  With- 
out Laos,  w^e  would  not  be  having  the  trouble  in  Vietnam  today.  Day 
after  day  U.S.  observation  planes  reported  that  it  was  the  Soviet  trans- 
port planes  which  were  flying  arms  into  Laos.  Repeatedly  the  State 
Department  I'onfirmed  this. 

If  I  may,  I  will  just  read  one  paragraph  from  my  prepared  state- 
ment. It  omits  Khrushchev's  bloody  record  as  one  of  Stalin's  most 
faithful  henchmen,  and  looks  only  at  the  record  since  Khrushchev 
came  to  power.    The  record  is  more  aggressive  than  Stalin's.    I  quote : 

Who  was  the  butcher  of  Budapest,  who  hninched  a  new  Soviet  military  iuva- 
siou  on  November  4tli  after  announcing  that  Soviet  Armies  would  be  evacuated 
from  Hungary?  Who  ordered  the  kidnaping  of  General  Maleter,  who  was 
negotiating  with  the  Russians  under  a  Hag  of  truce,  and  of  Premier  Nagy,  who 
was  traveling  under  a  "safe  conduct"  whicli  the  Communists  had  granted  to  the 
Yugoslav  Embassy?  Who  laum'hed  the  Berlin  ultiiuatum  in  1958  and  renewed 
it  with  greater  pressure  in  1SH>1,  when  President  Kennedy  had  to  worsen  our 
dollar  deficit  by  the  enormous  military  buildup?  Who  broke  up  the  Paris  con- 
ference with  his  wild  denunciation  of  President  Eisenliower  l>ecause  of  the 
U-2  nights,  when  the  Soviet  Union  itself  boasted  that  it  had  known  about  these 
U-2  flights  for  years  l>efore  the  Paris  conference  was  called?  Who  supplieti  and 
transiH>rted  the  arms  for  Communist  subversion  and  aggression  into  Laos, 
according  to  tlie  State  Department? 

Wiu)  tritHl  to  put  the  missiles  in  Cuba  under  cover  of  a  doublecross  of  President 
Kennedy  by  Khrushchev's  private  promises  that  Tiothing  of  the  sort  would  ever 
be  done?  Who  blockwl  the  Autobahn  last  summer,  and  then  lied  about  which 
side  had  surrendered  when  his  bluff  was  called? 

You  remember  the  American  businessmen  and  INIr.  Keith  Funston, 
president  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange,  were  sickened  by  having 
to  listen  to  tliese  Soviet  lies.  Yet  apparently  the  othei'^  felt  it  was 
impolite  to  contradict  them. 

Who  gave  the  order  which  led  to  the  repeated  shooting  down  and  killing  of 
iinarmed  American  airmen,  while  the  West  has  permitted  innumerable  Soviet 
overtlights  without  any  retaliation?  Instead,  we  talk  alx)ut  punishing  our  own 
llyers  for  having  gone  astray. 

The  Chairman.  May  Ave  go  oil'  the  record'^ 

(Discussion  oflf  the  record.) 

The  CuAiRiMAN.  I  want  to  get  your  views  on  two  questions. 

Oin'  (Constitution  being  what  it  is  with  reference  to  the  conduct  of 
foreign  policy,  do  you  see  any  objection  or  any  wisdom  in  tlie  Freedom 
Academy  having  an  advisory  group  drawn  from  these  agencies  that 
were  mentioned,  CIA,  State  iVpartment,  FBI,  and  so  on? 

Mr.  Emivikt.  No  sir;  I  think  that,  as  far  as  I  am  concerned,  the  bill 
seems  to  me  to  be  A-ery  Avell  thought  out  to  deal  Avith  the  problem  of 
coordination.     The  independence,  I  approve  a  hundred  percent,  its 


1356   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

being  an  independent  agency.  It  seems  to  me  that  the  other  bill  pro- 
posed by  Senator  Symington  would  be  totally  inadequate.  You  know 
the  State  Department  wanted  control  of  foreign  aid,  they  wanted 
control  of  USIA.  They  naturally  would  like  to  control  any  U.S.  Gov- 
ernment activity  which  affects  foreign  policy.  Diplomats  are  trained 
to  want  to  play  their  cards  close  to  their  vests,  and  not  to  complicate 
matters.  The  State  Department  has  its  own  tremendous  job,  but  psy- 
chologically, diplomats  are  unqualified  to  engage  in  any  form  of  propa- 
ganda. The  training  of  a  diplomat  and  the  training  of  a  propagan- 
dist is  a  complete  opposite,  so  I  think  it  is  simply  important  that  the 
Academy  should  be  completely  independent.  But  there  should  and 
would  be  close  liaison  tlirough  the  Advisory  Committee  of  Govern- 
ment agencies  provided  under  the  bill. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Should  Members  of  Congress  be  included  in  that 
Advisory  Committee? 

Mr.  Emmet.  That  would  be  fine  as  far  as  I  am  concerned,  if  it  is 
practicable.  But  in  any  case,  the  Commission,  as  an  independent 
agency,  would  have  to  report  to  Congress  as  well  as  the  President; 
would  it  not  ? 

The  Chairman.  Yes. 

Mr.  Emmet.  So  that  it  seems  to  me  that  the  plan  of  the  bill  is 
magnificently  constructed. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Johansen? 

Mr.  Johansen.  I  have  just  one  question.  I  don't  raise  this  to  get 
into  a  controversial  area,  but  to  try  to  illustrate  the  very  realistic  prob- 
lems that  might  arise.  Supposing  we  had  a  statement  of  the  very  con- 
troversial character  of  that  of  Senator  Fulbright  and  supposing  we 
had  in  existence  this  Freedom  Academy,  what  contribution  or  what 
role  might  this  Academy  have  in  relation  to  statements  and  pronounce- 
ments of  the  type  of  Senator  Fulbright's  regarding  the  inevitability 
of  communism  and  all  the  rest  that  we  are  going  to  have  to  live  with  ? 

Mr.  Emmet.  Well,  it  would  simply  reinforce  the  situation  we  have 
now — I  mean,  the  Freedom  Commission  would  not  interfere  with  Sen- 
ator Fulbright.  And  presumably  would  not  assay  the  speech.  But 
they  would  have  already  released  information  which  would  contradict 
his  thesis  that  Castro  is  only  a  nuisance,  etc.,  just  as  other  U.S.  Gov- 
ernment agencies  have  released  information  which  answers  Senator 
Fulbright.  For  instance.  Secretary  Rusk  has  contradicted  Fulbright's 
theory  about  changed  Soviet  intentions,  as  well  as  about  Castro.  Rusk 
and  Governor  Harriman  have  repeatedly  stated  that  Soviet  aims  have 
not  changed.  Now,  Senator  Fulbright  said  Soviet  intentions  have 
changed.  He  also  attacked  U.S.  policy  on  Panama  and  was  answered 
by  McGeorge  Bundy.  Mr.  Bundy  also  said  on  Sunday  he  did  not  think 
anything  would  be  more  dangerous  than  to  encourage  the  impression 
that  Cuba  was  not  a  menace  to  the  United  States.  If  you  had  your 
Freedom  Commission,  you  would  simply  have  much  more  information 
which  would  back  up  that  sort  of  thing.  It  would  not  be  necessary 
for  the  Freedom  Commission  itself  to  indulge  in  such  debates  on  U.S. 
policy,  but  it  would  provide  the  backup  of  facts. 

In  other  words,  if  Fulbright  was  right,  fine;  but  the  facts  don't 
indicate  that  he's  right,  and  the  Freedom  Commission  could  help  prove 
that  he  was  not. 

The  Chairman.  In  that  particular  case. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1357 

Mr.  Emmet.  Yes,  in  that  particular  case. 

The  Chairman.  Wliereas,  vis-a-vis  other  statements,  they  might 
J) rove  they  were  right  ? 

Mr.  Emmet.  That's  right. 

The  Chairman.  Off  the  record. 

(Discussion  off  the  record.) 

The  Chairman.  I  think,  sir,  that  you  have  made  a  great  contri- 
bution to  these  hearings. 

Mr.  Emmet.  I  think,  sir,  that  I  can  submit  a  statement  Later,  and 
then  you  don't  need  to  listen  to  me  further. 

Mr.  Bruce.  I  commend  you  on  your  analysis  of  the  Sino-Soviet 
so-called  split.    It  is  excellent,  excellent. 

Mr.  EiNiMET.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

(Mr.  Emmet's  prepared  statement  follows :) 

STATEMENT  OF  CHRISTOPHER  EMMET 

I  am  happy  and  honored  to  have  this  opportunity  to  join  the  many  dis- 
tinguished men  who  have  endorsed  the  Freedom  Academy  bill. 

I  have  been  interested  in  the  Freedom  Academy  jilan  for  11  years,  together 
with  several  close  personal  friends,  including  Leo  Cherne,  Professor  Sidney 
Hook,  Eugene  Lyons,  and  Arthur  McDowell  of  the  Upholsterers'  Union.  At 
that  time  we  and  others  were  approached  in  New  York  by  the  Orlando  Commit- 
tee, which  created  the  plan.  Recent  events  in  Latin  America,  Africa,  and 
Southeast  Asia  show  that  establishment  of  the  Freedom  Academy  is  more  neces- 
sary than  ever;  hence,  I  strongly  urge  passage  of  H.R.  5368. 

The  basic  need  of  the  bill  and  the  reasons  for  its  siTecific  provisions  have  all 
been  exhaustively  discussed  before  this  committee.  I  do  not  want  to  take  up 
your  time  by  going  over  the  gromid  already  covered  by  highly  qualified  exjterts. 
It  will  be  most  useful,  with  your  permission,  to  confine  myself  here  to  answering 
a  few  of  the  main  arguments  against  it. 

One  argument  advanced  against  the  Freedom  Academy  bill  suggests  passing 
the  bill  for  the  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  in  its  place.  This  pro- 
posal is  thoroughly  answered  by  Mr.  Alan  Grant  in  Supplement  No.  1  to  the 
"Green  Book,"  which  compares  the  two  bills. 

Another  argument  is  presented  by  the  distinguished  head  of  the  State  De- 
partment Planning  Section,  Professor  Walt  Rostow,  who  has  shown  himself 
sympathetic  to  some  of  the  objectives  of  the  Freedom  Academy  bill  in  the  past. 
Mr.  Rostow  said : 

"As  I  read  the  literature  and  read  the  testimony  of  the  Freedom  Commission 
advocates,  I  sometimes  feel  they  are  somewhat  out  of  date.  Our  private  insti- 
tutions are  now  committed  to  work  abroad  on  a  very  large  scale,  in  every  quar- 
ter of  the  globe." 

This  argument  has  been  well  answered  in  the  "Green  Book"  I  have  before 
me,  especially  pages  38-54,  including  the  quotations  from  Allen  Dulles,  C.  D. 
Jackson,  Stefan  Possony,  and  President  Kennedy. 

This  argument  of  Professor  Rostow's  connects  up  with  another  argument, 
which  is  that  our  situation  vis-a-vis  communism  has  not  only  improved  because 
of  our  greater  present  knowledge  about  Communist  methods,  but  also  because  the 
Communist  danger  itself  has  been  greatly  weakened  by  developments  within 
the  Communist  world — therefore,  the  Freedom  Academy  plan  is  no  longer  urgent. 

It  is  true  there  has  been  a  great  and  welcome  increase  in  studies  of  com- 
munism over  the  past  decade.  However,  university-type  studies  of  communism 
and  "Kremlinology"  tend  to  focus  attention  on  the  cJmnges  in  the  Communist 
world  and  the  differences  between  Communist  countries,  rather  than  on  the 
continuation  and  perfection  of  the  Communist  apparatus  and  its  subversive 
operations  abroad. 

Of  course,  the  changes  have  taken  place;  they  are  important  and  should  be 
studied.  However,  the  emphasis  on  Communist  changes,  the  anticipation  that 
they  will  continue,  and  the  speculation  as  to  the  effect  on  Soviet  foreign  policy 
all  tend  to  obscure  the  record  of  the  hard  facts  about  the  past  actions  of 
Khrushchev  and  Mao.     Thus  their  effect  is  to  substitute  speculations  about 


1358   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

changed  Communist  intentions  for  the  study  of  Communist  capabilities  for 
subversion  and  aggression.  Even  pi'esent  Communist  operations  in  Latin  Amer- 
ica, Africa,  and  Asia  tend  to  be  obscured.  This  is  the  impact  of  Kremlinology. 
Still  less  is  there  any  education  or  training  in  methods  of  combating  Communist 
subversion,  except  in  the  purely  military  field  of  guerrilla  warfare. 

All  of  the  above  tendencies  in  the  work  of  some  academic  experts  on  com- 
munism are  aggravated  and  distorted  by  the  attitude  of  the  free  world's  press, 
because  novelty  has  news  value.  Change  or  alleged  changes  and  splits  within 
the  formerly  monolithic  Communist  bloc  have  news  value,  so  the  press  and 
magazines  automatically  play  them  up  for  the  same  reason  they  play  up  differ- 
ences between  the  U.S.  and  its  NATO  allies. 

Thus  a  new  image  begins  to  emerge  of  Khrushchev  as  an  enlightened  Com- 
munist, almost  a  friend  of  the  West,  who  is  threatened  by  the  belligerent  Mao. 
This,  in  turn,  creates  the  kind  of  complacency  and  overconfidence  which  was 
expressed  in  Senator  Fulbright's  speech,  in  which  he  ridicules  those  who  still 
believe  in  the  danger  from  Khnishchev  and  from  the  majority  of  Communist 
countries  whose  policies  he  still  largely  controls. 

The  record  of  democratic  alliances  against  aggressive  states  throughout 
history  shows  that  complacency  leads  to  unwillingness  to  continue  the  required 
sacrifices.  It  was  so  with  the  British-led  alliances  against  Louis  XIV  and 
against  Napoleon.  It  was  true  in  the  erosion  of  the  alliance  against  Hitler  in 
the  1930's,  and  it  threatens  to  prove  true  of  our  alliance  against  Soviet  and 
Chinese  communism  today. 

Think  of  Khrushchev's  actual  record,  shown  by  the  hard  facts  of  recent 
history,  compared  to  the  image  of  him  we  see  today.  Omitting  Khrushchev's 
bloody  record  since  he  came  to  power  as  one  of  Stalin's  most  faithful  henchmen, 
it  is  more  aggressive  than  Stalin's.  Who  was  the  butcher  of  Budapest,  who 
launched  a  new  Soviet  military  invasion  on  November  4th  after  announcing 
that  Soviet  Armies  would  be  evacuated  from  Hungary?  Who  ordered  the  kid- 
naping of  General  Maleter,  who  was  negotiating  with  the  Russians  under  a  flag 
of  truce,  and  of  Premier  Nagy,  who  was  traveling  under  a  "safe  conduct"  which 
the  Communists  had  granted  to  the  Yugoslav  Embassy?  Who  launched  the 
Berlin  ultimatum  in  1958  and  renewed  it  with  greater  pressure  in  1961,  when 
President  Kennedy  had  to  worsen  our  dollar  deficit  by  the  enormous  military 
buildup?  Who  broke  up  the  Paris  conference  with  his  wild  denunciation  of 
President  Eisenhower  because  of  the  TJ-2  flights,  when  the  Soviet  Union  itself 
boasted  that  it  had  known  about  these  U-2  flights  for  years  before  the  Paris 
conference  was  called?  Who  supplied  and  transported  the  arms  for  Com- 
munist subversion  and  aggression  into  Laos,  according  to  the  State  Depart- 
ment? 

Who  tried  to  put  the  missiles  in  Cuba  under  cover  of  a  doublecross  of  Presi- 
dent Kennedy  by  Khrushchev's  private  promises  tliat  nothing  of  the  sort  would 
ever  be  done?  Who  blocked  the  Autobahn  last  summer,  and  then  lied  about 
which  side  had  surrendered  when  his  bluff  was  called?  Who  gave  the  order 
which  led  to  the  repeated  shooting  down  and  killing  of  unarmed  American 
airmen,  while  the  West  has  permitted  innumerable  Soviet  overflights  without 
any  retaliation?  Instead,  we  talk  about  punishing  our  own  flyers,  for  having 
gone  astray. 

There  has  been  no  progress  in  the  disarmament  field,  despite  the  hopes  aroused 
by  the  test  ban  treaty.  Also,  Khrushchev's  efforts  to  divide  NATO  by  reviving 
fears  of  German  militarism  have  been  stepped  up,  not  diminished,  in  recent 
months.  Lastly  there  is  increasing  evidence  of  a  real  and  only  thinly  dis- 
guised anti-Semitism  in  the  U.S.S.R. 

It  is  also  worth  remembering  that  the  Castro  attack  on  Venezuela,  which 
has  .lust  been  exposed  by  the  Organization  of  American  States,  was  only  made 
possible  by  Khrushchev  and  that  the  Brazilian  revolution  only  prevented  at  the 
last  minute  a  Goulart  dictatorship  in  Brazil,  while  Goulart  had  become  increas- 
ingly dependent  on  the  Communists. 

The  greatest  danger  in  all  this  optimism  about  the  Sino-Soviet  split  is  that 
Khrushchev,  who  is  emerging  as  a  hero  of  the  Western  free  press,  is  infinitely 
more  powerful  than  Mao  Tse-tung  with  his  "horse  and  buggy"  economy,  his  anti- 
quated military  machine,  and  his  lack  of  nuclear  weapons. 

We  must  also  remember  that  insofar  as  Khrushchev  wishes  to  prevent  Mao 
from  capturing  the  allegiance  of  more  Communist  parties  he  must  compete  with 
Mao  by  proving  that  the  Soviet  method  of  coexistence,  plus  subversion,  produces 
greater  Communist  advances  in  subverting  the  free  world.     In  short,  the  effect 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1359 

of  Mao  on  Khrushchev,  if  any,  must  be  to  step  up  the  pace  of  Soviet  subversive 
activities. 

As  regards  Khrushchev's  capabilities,  U.S.  superiority  in  most  nuclear  weapons, 
plus  the  Soviet  economic  crisis,  have  at  least  temporarily  reduced  Khrushchev's 
willingness  to  risk  nuclear  war.  as  well  as  his  capacity  to  wage  aggressive 
economic  warfare,  as  in  his  oil  offensive.  However,  he  has  not  given  up  a  single 
power  base,  nor  agreed  to  any  infringement  of  Soviet  secrecy  by  inspection.  Yet 
only  elaborate  inspection  would  hamper  Soviet  capacity  to  launch  a  sneak  attack 
or  to  resume  missile-threat  diplomacy. 

The  belief  that  relaxation  of  police-state  rule  in  Russia  and  Eastern  Europe 
weakens  the  Soviet  capacity  or  desire  for  aggi-ession  is  another  fallacy.  We  must 
remember  that  Hitler's  Nazi  regime  was  far  less  totalitarian  in  its  economic  con- 
trols and  general  police-state  control  of  free  speech,  etc.,  than  Khrushchev's 
empire  is  today.  Yet  that  increased  rather  than  diminished  Hitler's  capacity 
to  wage  war  against  nearly  all  the  world.  The  relaxation  in  Russia  today,  as 
formerly  in  Nazi  Germany,  tends  to  reduce  hatred  of  the  totalitarian  regime  and 
increase  cooperation  by  scientists  and  military  leaders  with  the  regime,  without 
affecting  the  secret  decisions  in  the  Kremlin  on  war  or  peace. 

We  are  also  told  that  we  should  be  nice  to  Khrushchev  and  help  him  solve  his 
economic  troubles  by  East-West  trade  and  credit,  lest  Khrushchev  lose  his  power 
to  allegedly  more  militant  forces  in  the  Kremlin,  such  as  Marshal  Malinovsky. 
But  whether  there  is  any  such  danger  to  Khrushchev  and  whether  his  opponents 
or  successors  would  really  be  more  militant,  is  wholly  unproved.  Even  Mao  has 
actually  been  more  cautious  than  Khrushchev,  in  deeds  though  not  words ;  and 
even  if  it  is  true  that  Khrushchev  is  the  "best"  Communist,  how  do  we  know  that 
he  will  win?  How  do  we  know  that  we  will  not  be  solving  the  economic  crisis 
for  the  benefit  of  Khrushchev's  aggressive  successors? 

In  connection  with  the  Freedom  Academy  bill,  it  is  clear  that  both  the  Soviets 
and  the  Chinese  have  perfected  and  refined  their  weapons  of  subversion  and 
guerrilla  warfare.  The  Viet  Cong  is  a  more  efficient  guerrilla  operation  than  was 
ever  mounted  by  Mao  Tse-tung  in  China,  according  to  experts  in  this  field.  The 
coup  in  Zanzibar,  the  riots  in  Panama,  and  the  drift  toward  communism  in  Ghana 
and  elsewhere  in  Africa,  testify  to  the  extension  of  Communist  subversion. 

We  have  tried  to  prevent  the  conditions  which  prepare  the  way  for  communism 
in  Latin  America  and  Africa  by  the  Alliance  for  Progress,  foreign  aid,  and  the 
Peace  Corps.  But  the  economic  difficulties  in  Latin  America  and  the  growing 
chaos  in  Africa  show  how  impossible  it  is  to  get  quick  results  by  economic  and 
humanitarian  help  alone,  especially  in  view  of  the  population  explosion  and  the 
flight  of  capital.  To  gain  time  for  economic  aid  and  political  reforms  to  suc- 
ceed, we  must  be  able  to  hold  the  line  in  the  political  battle  with  the  Communists. 
How  else  can  we  hope  to  do  this  except  by  new  methods  of  training  to  combat 
the  Communist  perfection  of  political  conflict? 

The  emphasis  placed  on  the  training  of  foreign  students  and  on  American 
private  citizens  in  the  Freedom  Academy  bill  would  be  justified  by  recent  develop- 
ments in  Latin  America  and  Africa  alone.  The  chief  Communist  troublemakers 
there  were  local  people,  trained  in  Communist  schools  in  Russia,  China,  Cuba, 
and/or  the  satellites.  They  can  only  be  successfully  blocked  and  exposed  by  local 
people  who  have  been  given  anti-Communist  training  by  us. 

May  I  stress  one  more  reason  for  recommending  the  establishment  of  the 
Freedom  Academy  with  all  possible  urgency?  As  stressed  in  the  text  of  the 
bill  itself,  everything  which  will  be  taught  by  the  Freedom  Academy  must  be 
in  harmony  with  our  Western  allies.  Even  if  we  establish  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy, the  Soviets  will  still  have  many  weapons  which  we  will  lack — such  as  their 
capacity  to  launch  war  of  aggression  by  secret  sneak  attacks,  their  ability  to 
break  solemn  agreements,  their  power  to  coerce  their  so-called  allies  by  military 
and  economic  pressure,  their  ability  to  intimidate  small  countries  by  threaten- 
ing aggression,  their  capacity  to  bribe  politicians  and  newspaper  editors  on  a 
lavish  scale,  their  willingness  to  kidnap  and  assassinate  key  anti-Communist 
leaders  where  they  can  safely  do  so. 

Therefore,  the  least  we  can  do  is  to  use  the  power  of  education  and  technical 
training  to  the  greatest  conceivable  extent  in  our  fight  for  freedom's  survival. 

The  Chairman.  We  will  stand  in  recess  until  quarter  to  two. 
(Whereupon,  at  12 :30  p.m.,  Tuesday,  April  7,  1964,  the  committee 
recessed,  to  reconvene  at  1 :45  p.m.  the  same  day.) 


1360   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

AFTERNOON  SESSION,  TUESDAY,  APRIL  7,  1964 

^The  committee  reconvened  at  2  p.m.,  Hon.  Joe  Pool  presiding.) 

(Committee  members  present :  Representatives  Pool,  Ichord,  Johan- 
sen,  Bruce,  and  Schadeberg.) 

Mr.  Pool.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

Mr.  Morrison,  I  believe  some  of  the  committee  members  would  like 
to  ask  you  some  questions  if  you  don't  mind. 

Mr.  Morrison.   Yes. 

STATEMENT  OF  H.  STUART  MORRISON— Resumed 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  had  one  question.  Did  I  understand  correctly  that 
this  Operation  Amigo  is  a  two-way  street?  In  other  words,  you  are 
sending  some  United  States  students  to  Latin  American  countries 
as  well  as  the  other  way  around?    Is  that  corect? 

Mr.  Morrison.  As  it  turns  out,  that  is  correct.  Operation  Amigo 
is  a  private  organization  chartered  to  bring  Latin  American  students 
to  the  United  States.  Operation  Amigo,  Inc.,  does  not  sponsor  di- 
rectly the  return  of  U.S.  students  to  Latin  America.  However,  we 
have  seen  to  it  that  they  are  indirectly  helped. 

Now,  the  other  portion  of  that  question  could  be  answered  in  this 
way.  The  clubs  that  we  have  established  in  Central  and  South  Amer- 
ica, to  the  tune  of  about  4,000  students,  through  our  direction  invite 
these  students  down  and  perform  the  same  tasks  that  we  do  here. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  That  cleared  up  the  point.    That  is  all  I  have. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Bruce? 

Mr.  Bruce.  Mr.  Morrison,  repeat  again,  if  you  would,  the  cost  per 
student  of  Operation  Amigo. 

Mr.  Morrison.  This  is  a  little  hard  to  determine.  There  are  direct 
contribution  costs.  You  can  say  it  cost  x-number  of  dollars  to  do 
this.  Then  there  are  certain  donations  that  you  can't  put  your  finger 
on,  such  as  the  housing  of  the  student  by  a  U.S.  family.  It  costs 
x-number  of  dollars  to  do  this  plus  community  response,  and  so  forth. 

The  actual  transportation  cost  could  be  broken  down  to  about 
$225  per  student.  I  would  say  that  the  cost  in  programing  this 
particular  student  through  one  phase  of  Operation  Amigo  would 
come  close  to  approximately  $350. 

Mr.  Bruce.  The  operation  is  on  the  basis  of  a  tax-exempt  founda- 
tion? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes. 

Mr.  Bruce.  How  long  has  it  been  operating  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Since  1962. 

Mr.  Bruce.  How  many  States  have  you  entered  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  We  now  have  entered  approximately  16  to  18  States, 
but  this  is  not  a  true  reflection  of  its  acceptability  because  we  do  have 
on  file  approximately  200  school  jurisdictions  within  the  United  States 
wanting  to  receive  students. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Now  mainly,  the  direction  of  this  has  been  through 
newspaper  operation  and  cooperation  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  The  control  of  the  program  remains  within  the 
newspaper  industry,  yes.  We  have  had,  certainly,  collateral  partici- 
pation from  different  civic  groups,  Kiwanis,  Rotary,  Lions,  B'nai 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1361 

B'rith.  In  fact,  B'nai  B'rith  has  adopted  the  program  on  a  nation- 
wide program.  International  Kiwanis  wants  to  come  into  sponsoring 
it,  International  Rotary,  International  Lions,  and  the  YMCA. 

We  have  had  tremendous  commmiity  response. 

Mr.  Bruce.  As  I  understand  your  testimony  earlier,  the  greatest 
value  is  the  fact  when  you  move  into  the  city  you  do  not  regard  it  as 
an  agent  of  the  United  States  Government,  but  rather  an  interested 
American  citizen ;  is  this  an  accurate  approach  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Correct — who  has  an  honest  intent  and  desire  to 
exchange  ideas  on  an  equal  basis  with  the  countries  and  students  of 
Central  and  South  America. 

Mr,  Bruce.  Are  you  dealing  in  this  program  directly  with  the 
ideology  of  communism  or  is  it  more  on  the  exposure  of  the  free 
system  as  a  counterbalance? 

Mr.  Morrison.  It  is  more  on  the  exposure  of  this  free  system  in 
comparison  to  the  Communist  system. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Do  you  keep  in  touch  with  the  Latin  American  stu- 
dents after  they  go  back  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Through  these  Operation  Amigo  clubs,  yes.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  I  told  you  about  the  committee  for  the  selection  of  the 
students  which  were  composed  of  national  leaders,  newspaper  people, 
et  cetera.  Since  the  Operation  Amigo  clubs  have  been  established,  in 
order  to  retain  their  interest  in  the  program,  we  also  let  the  clubs 
elect  a  representative  to  sit  in  on  the  future  selection  of  any  other 
Latin  American  student. 

Mr.  Bruce.  How  do  you  propose 

Mr.  Morrison.  One  other  point  while  I  think  of  it,  approximately 
65  percent  of  the  students  who  participated  in  the  program  in  1962 
and  1963  are  now  at  the  university  level. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Where  they  are  needed? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes. 

Mr.  Bbuce.  How  do  you  propose  to  take  a  successful  operation  like 
Amigo  and  coordinate  it  with  a  Freedom  Academy,  or  do  you  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  I  had  not  really  seriously  given  any  thought  to  this 
before  you  asked  the  question.  It  would  appear  to  me  that  the  Free- 
dom Academy,  if  established — and  I  am  sure  that  some  method  should 
be  established  or  some  area  of  responsibility — would  first  of  all  need 
students  from  Latin  America  to  participate.  It  seems  to  me  that 
Operation  Amigo  with  its  tremendous  contacts  in  Central  and  South 
America  has  a  readymade  organization  to  select  some  of  these  partici- 
pants from.    This  is  my  offhand  opinion, 

Mr.  Bruce.  Now  taking  that,  which  is  the  point  I  was  coming  to, 
you  point  out  that  you  think  one  of  the  great  assets  of  Operation 
Amigo  is  its  lack  of  a  tie  with  an  official  agency. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Correct. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Would  you  not  then  blunt  some  of  this  great  value  you 
have  under  your  present  operation? 

Mr.  Morrison.  You  mean,  if  you  were  to  select  some  of  the  students 
in  the  Operation  Amigo  clubs ;  is  that  what  you  are  talking  about  ? 

Mr.  Bruce.  Yes. 

Mr.  Morrison.  I  feel  like  I  am  on  the  proverbial  spot,  but  this  would 
greatly  be  determined  by  the  method  in  which  the  Freedom  Academy 
would  be  set  up.    I  think  it  would  be  completely  separate  from  any 


1362    PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMIVIISSION 

State  Department  affiliation.  It  would  be  wonderful  to  set  a  Freedom 
Academy  up,  and  I  think  it  should  be  set  up.  but  you  would  not  want 
to  spend  all  this  money  and  yet  have  it  inelfectual. 

JNIr.  Bruce,  I  am  just  wondering,  though,  if  the  very  thing  that  you 
have  found  to  be  your  great  asset,  the  freedom  of  operation,  would 
not  be  jeopardized  somewhat  by  Govermnent  entering  into  the  picture? 

Mr.  Morrison.  I  don't  know  how  close  Government  would  enter  into 
the  Freedom  Academy. 

Mv.  Bruce.  It  would  be  a  Government  operation  as  I  understand  it. 
I  think  all  of  these  bills  are  as  a  Government  operation.  Am  I  correct 
on  that? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Yes. 

JNIr.  Bruce.  It  would  be  total  Government,  and  I  am  just  wondering 
if  you  would  not  perhaps  blunt  this  great  asset  that  you  have  of  a  free 
American  citizen  united  with  a  Government  agency  projecting  it? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Well,  you  might;  but  as  you  know,  the  politicians 
in  Latin  America  are  as  free  as  the  winds.  There  are  many  ways  of 
accomplishing  what  you  want,  not  necessarily  to  the  direct  approach. 
I  think  that  the  correct  type  of  student  could  be  obtained  from  an 
academy. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Thank  you,  very  much.  Your  testimony  has  been  ex- 
cellent. 

^Ir.  JoHANSEN.  ]May  I  make  this  observation  regarding  your  tes- 
timony, and  I  agree  with  1113"  colleague  that  it  has  been  excellent.  One 
of  the  enigmas  to  me,  and  this  applies  to  the  Peace  Corps  and  some 
of  these  other  programs,  is  how  we  exemplify  private  enterprise  or 
free  enterprise,  or  whatever  you  want  to  call  it,  nongovernmental  ac- 
tivity, in  these  other  countries  by  doing  it  under  Government  S])onsor- 
ship.  It  seems  to  me  that  is  the  pitfall  that  you  avoided  in  this 
program. 

Mr.  INIoRRisoN.  Yes. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  am  tremendously  interested  and  impressed  with 
it.  I  don't  think  that  whatever  is  Government-sponsored  is  necessarily 
automatically  bad.  I  do  think  that  in  a  mortal  combat  with  totali- 
tarianism if  we  can't  be  the  missionaries  for  the  nongovermnental  ap- 
proach, we  are  missing  the  whole  point  of  the  conflict. 

Mr.  ]\IoRRisoN.  That  is  right.  Your  Communist  approach  to  this 
problem  in  a  very  logical  way,  their  embassies,  ambassadors  are  just  as 
much  government  as  yours  could  be  only  they  are  smart  about  it. 
They  bring  them  to  Russia  and  go  to  a  particular  school,  but  they  are 
also  sent  over  to  this  specialized  school  in  this  area  and  they  don't 
come  back  as  attached  to  the  Russian  Government,  but  yet  they  have 
been  there  and  they  know  and  they  work  hard  when  they  get  back. 

Mr.  Bruce.  May  I  interject  here  for  a  moment  ? 

Don't  you  think  the  very  basic  difference  is  in  goal  and  in  method 
of  operation?  The  Communist  is  determined  to  conquer  the  world, 
whether  he  is  a  Chinese  Communist  or  a  Russian  Connnunist,  operat- 
ing on  a  clearly  outlined  scientific  pattern,  whereas  the  United  States 
and  the  Western  World  in  general  is  a  polyglot  without  any  central  di- 
rection by  any  nature  of  the  free  society  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Correct. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Then,  does  it  not  come  down  to  the  fact  that  private 
groups  basically  are  going  to  have  to  take  the  initiative? 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1363 

Mr.  Morrison-.  I  think  tlie  private  groups  certainly  have  a  part,  a 
definite  part,  a  very  decided  part,  and  we  have  got  to  fight  this  com- 
munistic onslaught  in  the  way  they  direct  it.  We  have  got  to  take  the 
initiative  and  not  sit  back  and  say,  "Well,  everything  is  going  to  be 
all  right." 

Mr.  Bruce.  Thank  you. 

]\Ir.  Pool.  I  want  to  second  what  the  gentleman  said.  We  appre- 
ciate your  testimony.  It  has  been  very  excellent,  and  your  experience 
has  been  very  helpful  to  the  committee. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  came  in  late.  I  don't  know  whether 
I  followed  all  of  the  answers  to  Mr.  Bruce's  question. 

Let  me  ask  you  again.  How  do  you  understand  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy will  tie  in  with  an  operation  such  as  you  are  carrying  on  ? 

Mr.  MoRRisox.  How  do  I  understand  how  it  could  possibly  tie  in  ? 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Yes. 

Mr.  MoRRisox.  I  am  not  advocating  it  be  tied  in,  but  the  question  was 
asked.  I  think  first  you  would  need  recruits,  would  you  not,  for  the 
Freedom  Academy  ? 

Mr.  IcPiORD.  Under  the  terms  of  the  bills,  and  I  presume  I  know, 
most  of  them  have  the  provision  that,  if  the  Secretary  of  State  agrees, 
foreign  nationals  may  be  trained  in  the  Academy. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Then  you  would  need  some  method  of  obtaining  these 
recruits  ?  I  merely  state  that  the  Operation  Amigo  program  has  al- 
ready built  into  it  a  source  of  recruits  for  the  Freedom  Academy  if  you 
so  desired. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Yes,  from  the  countries  in  which  you  have  been  work- 
ing, but  I  see  no  way  in  which  the  Freedom  Academy  would  infringe 
upon  your  operations  except  it  may  be  that  an  official  of  your  organiza- 
tion may  want  to  attend  the  Freedom  Academy  to  study  ways  and 
means  of  combating  communism,  how  to  detect  it. 

Mr.  Morrison.  I  didn't  mean  to  imply  that  it  would  infringe  upon 
our  program. 

Mr.  IciiORD.  I  see  no  way  that  it  would.  I  thought  Mr.  Bruce  in- 
ferred that  in  the  question  that  he  asked  you. 

Mr.  Morrison.  I  didn't  think  that  he  did. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Xo  ;  my  inference  was  that  if  they  merged  their  opera- 
tion completely  with  the  Freedom  Academy,  on  the  basis  of  his  testi- 
mony earlier  their  greatest  asset  was  to  go  in  and  say,  "We  have  no 
connection  with  the  Government  agency,"  that  this  was  the  open  door, 
and  that  if  they  merged  with  it,  why  then  it  would  become,  in  effect, 
a  part  of  a  Government  operation  which  could  negate  that  advantage. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  I  don't  see  how  it  conflicts  with  his  operation. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Xo,  the  Operation  Amigo  and  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy  

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  But  could  not  the  Freedom  Academy  provide  educa- 
tional facilities  which  Operation  Amigo  could  avail  itself  of? 

Mr.  MoRRisox.  Certainly. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  That  would  be  the  independent  operation. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Certainly,  completely  independent  operation. 

Mr.  McXa:mara.  I  think  from  the  testimony  of  some  previous  wit- 
nesses who  have  done  a  great  deal  of  work  on  this  bill  that  the  setup 


1364   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

that  might  be  contemplated  here  would  be  that  the  Operation  Amigo 
officials  would  be  able  to  contribute  quite  a  bit  to  the  Academy.  They 
might  well  come  up  to  give  lectures  at  the  Academy,  explaining  to 
other  persons  in  the  private  sector  what  they  can  do  in  Asia  and  Africa, 
perhaps,  based  on  your  experiences  in  Latin  America,  and  also  some 
of  the  pitfalls  to  avoid,  as  well  as  some  of  the  things  you  found  most 
effective. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Morrison,  earlier  in  your  testimony  also,  I  believe;— 
I  don't  know  whether  it  was  your  testimony  or  one  of  the  other  wit- 
nesses, I  believe  it  was  the  previous  witness — in  many  cases  the  Ameri- 
can colony  in  these  Latin  American  countries  would  not  get  out  and 
mix  with  the  people  of  the  different  countries. 

Mr.  Morrison.  I  said  that. 

Mr.  Pool.  Did  you  say  that  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  Yes. 

Mr.  Pool.  And  that  the  Academy  would  be  helpful  to  these,  say, 
Government  officials  down  there  ?  It  would  be  helpful  to  train  them  in 
knowing  what  they  should  do  in  the  way  of  getting  information  and 
mixing  with  the  people  and  knowing  what  the  score  was  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  I  don't  mean  to  imply  that  all  our  personnel  are  that 
way,  but  it  only  takes  one  bad  one  out  of  a  group  of  100  to  mix  it  up 
for  the  100.  Someone  mentioned  Venezuela.  They  are  overcoming 
this  in  Venezuela  in  the  mining  companies  and  oil  companies  by  having 
housing  complexes  where  they  put  a  mining  man  here  and  a  nationalist 
here  and  an  oil  company  man  here  and  a  nationalist  here.  There  is 
a  certain  trend  through  the  private  sector  to  overcome  this,  so  then 
why  should  not  governmental  circles  overcome  this  too? 

Mr.  Pool.  This  Freedom  Academy  could  be  very  helpful  in  educat- 
ing the  people  that  are  going  down  there  to  take  jobs  ? 

Mr.  Morrison.  I  am  most  certain. 

Before  closing,  I  think  we  ought  to  pay  tribute  to  those  thousands 
of  persons  who  have  contributed  to  the  success  of  the  Operation  Amigo 
program. 

Special  tribute  should  be  paid  to  Mr.  C.  N.  Shelton,  general  manager 
of  Peruvian  Airlines,  who  has  believed  in  the  Amigo  program  from  its 
start.  He  was  the  first  man  to  initiate  special  low  student  rates  be- 
tween South  America  and  the  United  States.  The  cost  item  was  of 
tremendous  importance,  and  under  his  leadership  we  obtained  the  same 
cooperation  through  many  Latin  American  carriers. 

Mr.  Pool.  Any  other  questions  ? 

Again  the  committee  thanks  you  for  appearing. 

Mr.  Morrison.  Thank  you,  sir. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Philbrick. 

Mr.  Johansen.  Should  we  wait  for  the  second  bell  before  we  begin  ? 

Mr.  Pool.  We  will  take  a  20-minute  recess. 

(Whereupon,  a  brief  recess  was  taken.) 

Mr.  Pool.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

Now,  Mr.  Philbrick,  you  go  ri^ht  ahead. 

I  believe  you  better  give  us  a  little  background.  I  think  most  people 
know  you,  but  you  better  put  it  in  the  record. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1365 

STATEMENT  OF  HERBERT  PHILBRICK 

Mr.  Philbrick.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  am  here  today  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that  for  9  years  I  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Communist  Party  in  the  United  States  serving,  of  course,  as 
an  informant  for  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation.  It  was  through 
that  experience  inside  the  Communist  apparatus  that  I  learned  a  few 
things  whicli  I  tliink  have  direct  application  to  the  measure  being 
considered  by  the  committee  today. 

I  might  add  that  I  am  pleased  and  honored  to  testify  before  this 
distinguished  committee.  I  use  the  word  "distinguished."  Certainly 
this  committee  has  been  distinguished  in  a  number  of  ways.  It  is 
obviously  distinguished  by  the  violence  and  the  vehemence  of  the  at- 
tacks against  it. 

I  think  no  other  committee  in  the  Congress  has  suffered  as  much 
vehemence  as  this  one,  but  I  know  the  members  consider  this  to  be  a 
badge  of  honor,  because  that  attack  is  directed  by  the  Communist 
criminal  conspiracy,  the  international  apparatus  that  hopes  to  destroy 
the  freedom  of  all  free  nations. 

The  fact  that  this  committee  should  be  singled  out  by  the  enemies 
of  America  and  of  free  men  everywhere  is  indeed  a  mark  of  distinc- 
tion and  moot  testimony  to  the  effectiveness  of  this  committee  in  com- 
bating the  Communist  conspiracy. 

I  believe  sincerely  that  this  committee  is  also  furthermore  distin- 
guished by  the  fact  that,  not  only  among  its  members  on  the  congres- 
sional level,  but  on  the  staff  level  as  well,  are  some  of  the  most  astute 
and  knowledgeable  men  we  have  in  Washington  today,  not  only  rela- 
tive to  knowledge  of  the  history  and  scope  of  Soviet  activity  in  the 
United  States  in  the  past,  but  also  relative  to  the  tactics  and  strategy 
and  goals  and  programs  of  the  Communists  as  of  this  moment. 

Certainly  this  committee,  along  with  its  counterpart  in  the  upper 
House,  the  Senate  Internal  Security  Subcommittee,  has  produced  for 
the  American  people  more  factual,  accurate  infonnation  regarding  the 
Communist  Party  than  any  other  single  source  in  the  United  States 
today. 

In  reviewing  the  very  best  books  on  the  subject  of  commimism,  it  is 
surprising  to  note  in  what  large  measure  competent  authors  and 
writers  in  the  field  have  depended  upon  this  committee  for  their  source 
of  information  and  factual  data. 

Therefore,  I  can  think  of  no  better  qualified  committee  in  the  House 
of  Representatives  to  conduct  the  hearings  concerning  the  Freedom 
Academy  bill,  H.R.  5368. 

This  is  an  extremely  important  measure.  Its  implications  are  far- 
reaching.  It  opens  doors  into  a  relatively  unexplored  area  which 
many  people  today  do  not  even  know  exists.  Its  impact  in  the  struggle 
against  the  common  enemies  of  freedom,  if  enacted,  will  be  enormous. 
It  is  truly  a  revolutionary  bill  in  that  nothing  else  quite  like  the  Free- 
dom Academy  now  exists. 

Indeed,  the  matter  under  consideration  by  this  committee  involves 
not  only  the  making,  but  quite  possibly  the  changing,  of  history.  I 
believe  that  the  future  of  the  free  world  as  we  know  it  today  may  very 
well  depend  upon  the  decision  made  by  this  committee  and  by  the  Con- 
gress relative  to  the  measures  under  discussion. 

30-471— 64— pt.  2 9 


1366   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Gentlemen,  we  have  in  this  country  today  two  great  bastions  of 
freedom,  two  of  the  greatest  in  the  world  insofar  as  training  and 
equipping  dedicated  men  who  are  willing  to  devote  their  very  lives  to 
the  defense  of  this  country.  Indeed,  as  we  meet  here  today,  the  prod- 
uct of  one  of  those  training  institutions  is  being  honored  and  remem- 
bered by  men  and  women  and,  yes,  even  children,  all  over  the  world. 
The  hearts  of  men  everywhere  who  love  freedom  and  who  cherish 
liberty  are  today  experiencing  the  sad  but  grateful  pain  of  grief  and 
of  proud  memory  of  one  man  who  contributed  so  much  to  whatever 
measure  of  freedom  we  enjoy  today. 

The  man,  of  course,  of  whom  I  speak  is  the  late  General  Douglas 
MacArthur,  whose  body  will  lie  in  the  rotunda  of  the  United  States 
Capitol  tomorrow,  scarcely  more  than  a  stone's  throw  from  the  room 
in  which  we  meet  today.  General  MacArthur  will  always  be  held  in 
the  memory  of  men  and  on  the  pages  of  history  as  an  example  of  what 
one  man  can  do  and  what  service  he  can  render  to  his  Nation  and  to 
his  God,  given  the  proper  measure  of  instruction,  background,  and 
training  to  match  his  dedication. 

I  know  that  General  MacArthur  was  always  the  first  to  give  due 
credit  to  that  background  and  training  which  he  received  in  one  of  the 
institutions  of  learning  I  have  in  mind.  Tliey  are,  needless  to  say. 
West  Point  and  Annapolis.  General  MacArthur,  of  course,  is  just  one 
of  many  graduates  of  those  schools  whose  names  shall  be  engraved  for- 
ever in  the  honor  tablets  and  memorials  which  are  the  very  building 
blocks  which  have  made  this  Nation  the  greatest  and  the  strongest  in 
the  world  today. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  May  I  interrupt  just  to  keep  the  witness  and  the 
committee  out  of  trouble  on  the  record  ? 

I  assume  the  witness  did  not  deliberately  omit  the  Air  Force 
Academy. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  No,  sir,  that  was  inadvertent. 

I  believe  it  would  not  be  an  exaggeration  to  say  that,  as  one  reviews 
the  history  of  our  country  over  the  years  and  as  one  recalls  the  great 
perils  and  the  serious  threats  posed  against  the  United  States  of 
America  by  the  forces  of  despotism,  one  finds  it  very  difficult  to  con- 
ceive that  this  Nation  would  exist  at  all  had  it  not  been  for  the  train- 
ing institutes  of  West  Point,  Annapolis,  and  the  Air  Force  Academy. 

Here  were  men  provided  with  the  very  exacting  and  demanding 
science  of  military  and  naval  warfare,  and  because  men  were  provided 
with  that  highly  technical  knowledge  to  match  their  dedication,  we 
have  survived. 

But  today,  gentlemen,  we  are  involved  in  a  new  kind  of  war.  It  is 
an  undeclared  war.  It  is  an  undefined  war.  It  is  a  war  in  a  com- 
pletely new  dimension.  As  yet,  we  don't  even  have  an  adequate  name 
for  it.  It  has  been  called  "protracted  conflict."  It  has  been  called 
"fourth-dimensional  warfare."  It  is  often,  but  completely  errone- 
ously, referred  to  as  a  "cold  war." 

I  believe,  as  Captain  Eddy  Rickenbacker  stated  some  time  ago, 
"There  is  no  cold  war;  there  is  a  hot  war,  literally  as  hot  as  the 
hinges  of  hell  itself,  and  we  are  losing  it  because  we  refuse  to  admit 
we  are  in  it." 

It  is  unnecessary,  of  course,  to  remind  this  committee  of  the  disas- 
trous course  of  recent  history  or  to  recall  for  this  committee  the  fact 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1367 

we  are  losing  the  war.  This  is  not  a  matter  of  opinion ;  it  is  a  matter 
of  record,  and  it  is  a  record  which  this  committee  has  already  pub- 
lished in  comitless  volumes  and  transcripts  and  reports. 

The  question  today  is  not  whether  we  are  losing,  but  why. 

One  prime  example  we  might  take  out  of  tlie  many,  perhaps  because 
it  is  the  closest,  is  the  island  of  Cuba,  which  has  been  captured  and 
occupied  by  the  Communist  enemy. 

Now,  our  military  might  is  unquestioned.  We  have  the  world's 
best  trained  and  equipped  Army ;  we  have  the  world's  toughest  Marine 
Corps ;  we  have  the  world's  greatest  Navy ;  we  have  the  world's  most 
powerful  Air  Force. 

Despite  all  of  this,  the  Communists  captured  Cuba  with  ease,  not 
with  third-dimensional  weapons,  but  with  fourth-dimensional  weap- 
ons. 

Senator  Tom  Dodd,  speaking  of  this  disastrous  defeat  for  the  forces 
of  freedom,  had  this  to  say : 

How  were  the  Communists  able  to  capture  a  popular  revolution  so  quickly 
and  so  completely?  Why  were  the  Cuban  people  so  naive  about  Communist 
operational  methods?  Why  were  the  anti-Communists  so  disorganized  and  so 
inept  when  the  showdown  came?  Why  were  they  outthought,  outplanned,  out- 
organized,  and  outmaneuvered  by  the  Communists  from  the  very  beginning? 
Why  was  the  large  middle  class  in  Havana,  which  w^as  solidly  behind  Castro, 
unable  to  cope  with  the  Communist  cadres?  Where  were  their  leaders?  Why 
were  they  not  better  trained?  To  what  extent  was  our  own  negligence  respon- 
sible for  this  catastrophe? 

And,  said  Senator  Tom  Dodd : 

Once  again  I  ask  the  question :  Why  must  the  dedication  and  know-how  so 
often  predominate  on  the  Communist  side?  Why  does  it  always  seem  to  be  well- 
trained  professionals  versus  disorganized  amateurs? 

Well,  gentlemen,  this  is  the  war  that  we  are  losing.  I  know  in 
reading  the  Congressional  Record^  which  I  try  to  read  faithfully, 
that  the  Members  of  Congress  spend  many,  many  hours  discussing 
our  military  problems  and  our  military  budgets.  The  records  of  these 
important  discussions  fill  many  pages.  Yet  we  could  double  the  size 
of  our  military  forces  today  and  still  lose  the  war  we  are  in,  because 
we  are  being  outflanked. 

This  is  the  gap  in  our  defenses  that  the  Freedom  Academy  would 
plug.  Tills  is  the  vital  leak  in  the  dyke  that  the  Freedom  Academy 
would  block. 

I  think  it  is  important  at  this  point  that  I  should  make  it  clear  that 
mention  of  our  Naval  and  Military  and  Air  Force  Academies  does  not 
mean  that  the  Freedom  Academy  would  be  a  "West  Point  in  the  cold 
war."  The  bill  specifically  sets  forth,  first,  that  the  Freedom  Academy 
would  be  established  "to  conduct  research  to  develop  an  integrated 
body  of  operational  knowledge  in  the  political,  psychological,  eco- 
nomic, t^clinological,  and  organizational  areas  *  *  *,  to  educate  and 
tram  Government  personnel  and  private  citizens  *  *  *  and  *  *  * 
foreign  students  *  *  *."  It  is  important  to  stress  that  such  education 
and  training  would  be  provided  not  only  on  an  undergraduate  levej. 
as  at  West  Point  or  Annapolis  or  the  Air  Force  Academy,  but  the  Com- 
mission would  establish,  under  its  supervision  and  control,  an  "ac?- 
vanced''''  research,  development,  and  training  center  known  as  the  Free- 
dom Academy. 


1368   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Hence,  the  Freedom  Academy  would  not  only  provide  basic  train- 
ing, but  also  intermediate  training  and  advanced  training,  in  the  art 
and  the  tecluiiques  of  so-called  cold  warfare. 

The  Freedom  Academy  bill  furthermore  sets  forth  that  this  shall  be 
done  not  only  in  terms  of  educating  and  training  Government  per- 
sonnel, but  also  private  citizens  and  foreign  students,  as  well. 

Now,  I  cannot  testify  as  an  expert  insofar  as  the  need  of  the  bill  for 
Government  personnel.  Neither  can  I  pretend  to  be  an  expert  in  the 
field  of  international  relations  or  on  the  foreigTi  level.  But  I  certainly 
can  testify  from  personal  knowledge  and  background  and  experience 
insofar  as  the  need  for  this  bill  in  the  private  sector- 

This  has  been  obvious  to  me  from  the  very  beginning  of  my  expe- 
riences with  the  Communist  criminal  conspiracy.  I  liave  already  testi- 
fied to  some  extent  before  this  committee  concerning  some  of  the  things 
I  learned  in  those  experiences.  One  of  the  things  I  have  already  testi- 
fied to  is  the  fact  that  I  first  became  involved  with  the  Communist 
criminal  conspiracy  by  being  trapped,  by  being  victimized,  through 
joining  a  Communist- front  organization  without  the  slightest  idea 
that  it  was  a  Communist  front.  This  group  was  the  Cambridge  Youth 
Council  in  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

I  furthermore  testified  before  this  committee  that  not  only  myself 
but  that  over  300  young  people  joined  that  one  subversive  Communist- 
front  organization.  I  have  pointed  out  at  some  length  how  we  were 
used,  how  we  were  exploited,  how  we  performed  like  puppets  on  a 
string.  We  yoimg  people  were  no  more  equipped  or  prepared  to  cope 
with  the  Commmiist-trained  agents  than  a  5-year-old  boy  is  prepared 
to  fly  a  jet  airplane. 

And  it  was  not  just  ourselves  who  were  not  prepared,  but  our  teach- 
ers were  not  prepared.  They  had  nothing  to  offer.  They  had  nowhere 
to  go  themselves  to  get  adequate  information  and  knowledge  concern- 
ing the  tecliniques  and  methods  of  communism. 

Our  textbooks  were  inadequate  and  did  not  provide  the  necessary 
knowledge  or  information.  Our  libraries  were  inadequate,  and  we 
could  not  tuni  to  them  at  that  time  to  find  adequate  information. 
There  was  no  place  that  we  could  turn  to  or  go  for  what  we  desperately 
needed. 

Well,  now,  this  was  just  my  first  recognition  of  how  ill-prepared  our 
youths  were  to  cope  with  the  Communist  methods.  As  I  went  on 
through  my  9  years  in  the  Communist  Party,  I  saw  the  Communists 
spin  rmgs  not  only  around  young  people,  but  adults  as  well. 

We  watched  the  Communists,  for  example,  capture  the  political 
campaign  of  a  man  who  was  a  candidate  for  this  very  Congress.  I 
watched  the  Communists  move  into  that  candidate's  campaign,  take 
it  over,  and  operate  it  without  his  knowledge  that  it  was  being  done. 
Needless  to  say,  he  was  defeated  in  his  attempts  to  become  a  Member 
of  Congress. 

I  watched  the  Communists  move  into  the  Progressive  Party,  which 
in  its  beginning  was  a  legitimate  political  party.  I  watched  the 
Communists  destroy  the  Progressive  Party  as  a  legitimate  political 
movement  and  I  watched  them  destroy  Vice  President  Henry  Wallace, 
as  well ;  it  was  a  disaster. 

In  so  many  areas,  I  have  seen  the  Communists  move  in,  distort, 
subvert,  destroy,  sabotage,  and  get  away  with  it.    The  reason  they 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1369 

got  away  with  it  over  and  over  again  is  because  they  were  competing 
with  insufficient  knowledge,  background,  and  training  on  a  part  of  its 
victims. 

Now  the  question  is.  Why?  Why  were  the  Communists  able  to 
do  this?  Why  are  they  still  able  to  do  it  today  in  many  areas  of 
American  life? 

The  reason  is  made  plain  in  the  Freedom  Academy  bill  itself  on 
page  3: 

Recognizing  that  nonmilitary  conflict  makes  extraordinary  demands  upon  its 
practitioners,  the  Communists,  for  several  decades,  have  intensively  trained 
their  leadership  groups  and  cadres  in  an  extensive  network  of  basic,  intermediate, 
and  advanced  schools. 

I  can  certainly  testify  to  the  accuracy  of  that  section  of  the  bill 
because  I  myself  have  attended,  as  a  student  inside  the  Communist 
Party,  some  of  these  special  training  schools,  and,  believe  me,  these 
training  schools  are  good.  There  is  no  question  but  that  by  applica- 
tion in  this  field  the  Reds  have  developed  advanced  techniques  in 
fourth-dimensional  warfare,  for  which  we  have  not  yet  i:)repared  suf- 
ficient countermeasures. 

The  Connnunists  are  never  allowed  to  forget  the  importance  of 
ability  to  wage  this  type  of  war.  I  am  a  regular  reader  of  the  World 
Marxist  Revieio^  which  goes  to  good  Communists  all  over  the  world, 
and  Political  Affairs^  the  theoretical  organ  of  the  Communist  Party, 
U.S.A.  I  find  that  never  an  issue  goes  by  that  the  Coinnumists  do  not 
remind  their  members  of  the  importance  of  skill  and  ability  in  the  art 
of  so-called  cold  warfare. 

In  July,  for  example,  this  past  summer,  the  World  Marxist  Review 
had  this  to  say  to  their  Communists  around  the  world: 

It  would  be  wrong  to  say  that  peaceful  coexistence  implies  that  the  colonial 
peoples  should  renounce  their  struggle  for  independence  or  that  the  proletarians 
in  the  capitalistic  countries  and  the  peoples  of  the  socialist  camp  should  refuse 
to  support  that  struggle.  "The  example  of  Cuba  *  *  *  speaks  against  this 
point  of  view." 

*  >i<  >i>  *  *  *  * 

The  Central  Committee  denounced  those  who  claim  that  the  Communists  in 
working  for  peaceful  coexistence  are  ready  to  bargain  with  the  class 
enemy  ♦  *  *. 

In  August  of  last  year,  in  Political  Affairs^  the  Communists  told 
their  members  why  this  was  necessary.  Again  quoting  from  their 
publication : 

There  have  been  no  retreats  by  the  forces  of  socialism  ♦  *  *.  To  put  the  with- 
drawal of  missiles  from  Cuba  into  this  category  is  to  make  a  defeat  out  of 
what  was  actually  a  "victory  *  *  *  it  is  only  world  imperialism  that  has  been  re- 
treating and  will  be  compelled  to  retreat  further  and  further  until  it  is  finally 
driven  from  the  world  scene.  *  *  * 

So,  the  Communists  know  exactly  what  they  intend  to  do. 
In  September  of  this  past  year,  during  the  test  ban  treaty,  the 
Communists  were  told  this  in  Wo7'ld  Marxist  Review : 

The  world  revolutionary  process  is  developing  today  in  conditions  of  the 
most  complex  interplay  of  different  forces  *  *  *.  The  nature  and  the  content  of 
this  process  are  determined  by  the  merging  into  one  powerful  current  of  the 
anti-imperialist  struggle  of  the  peoples  building  socialism  and  communism, 
the  revolutionary  movement  of  the  working  class  in  the  capitalist  countries, 
the  national   liberation  movement  of  the  oppressed  peoples   and   the   general 


1370    PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

democratic  movement.  The  world  revolutionary  process  is  accompanied  by  a 
bitter  economic,  political  and  ideological  struggle  against  imperialism,  and  first 
and  foremost  against  U.S.  imperialism,  the  bulvpark  of  world  reaction. 

Now,  note  that  the  Communists  are  warned  that  this  is  taking  place 
in  "the  most  complex  interplay  of  different  forces."  This  is  indeed 
true.  Indeed,  this  committee  recently  published  an  important  volume, 
a  report  on  how  today  the  Communists  are  giving  special  attention  to 
the  interplay,  the  combination  of  parliamentary  and  extra-parliamen- 
tary metliods  in  their  war  against  the  free  nations. 

Now,  to  meet  this  challenge  on  the  private  sector  today,  there  is 
absolutely  nothing  in  existence.  One  of  the  groups  I  work  with  quite 
closely,  for  exam])le,  is  the  Ail-American  Conference  to  Combat  Com- 
munism. Now,  this  group  is  composed  of  some  40  or  more  of  the  finest 
national  organizations  across  the  United  States :  the  Lions  and  the 
Kiwanians  and  the  Red  Men  and  various  veterans  groups  and  organi- 
zations, civic  gi'oups.  They  meet  together  periodically  to  try  to  see 
what  they  can  do  as  national  organizations  to  provide  some  real  help 
in  this  area  of  cold  warfare.  But  we  are  inadequately  financed;  we 
don't  have  the  j^roper  resources;  we  have  to  get  by  with  volunteers  and 
part-time  employees.  It  simply  does  not  fill  the  bill,  much  as  the 
various  groups  wish  to  help  and  despite  their  dedication. 

Well,  subsection  IV  of  section  2  of  H.R.  5368  would  specifically  fill 
that  need  in  stating:  "The  private  sector  must  understand  how  it  can 
participate  in  the  global  struggle  in  a  sustained  and  systematic  man- 
ner." The  bill  further  states:  "There  exists  in  the  private  sector  a 
huge  reservoir  of  talent,  ingenuity,  and  strength  which  can  be  de- 
veloped and  brought  to  bear  in  helping  to  solve  many  of  our  global 
problems.  We  have  hardly  begun  to  explore  the  range  of  possibil- 
ities." 

Indeed,  this  is  true,  and  I  can  see  a  Freedom  Academy  established 
whereby  the  representatives  of  these  various  national  service  organiza- 
tions could  be  provided  with  scholarships  or  with  grants,  could  attend 
Freedom  Academy  courses,  for  3  or  4  or  5  or  6  months,  during  which 
time  they  could  be  given  at  least  a  basic  understanding  and  a  good 
grounding  in  the  nature  of  the  Communist  enemy,  the  tactics  and 
strategy  and  methods  of  communism ;  provided  with  very  real  and 
helpful  knowledge  and  information  as  to  what  they  can  do  in  tlie  war 
in  which  we  are  engaged. 

Now,  I  don't  mind  confessing  before  this  committee  that  I  am  one 
of  those  Americans  who  believes  that  our  United  States  Government, 
in  some  areas,  has  become  involved  in  matters  which  do  not  rightfully 
belong  within  the  Government  province  but  which,  in  fact,  should 
remain  in  the  private  sector. 

In  this  instance,  however,  I  believe  wholeheartedly  and  thoroughly 
that  this  is  one  area  wherein  our  Government  does  have  a  responsi- 
bility, where  our  Govrenment  can  play  a  rightful  role.  Certainly  it 
is  a  proper  role  of  Government  to  be  concerned  with  the  national  secu- 
rity and  it  is  a  proper  role  of  Goverment  to  be  concerned  with  the 
national  defense.  It  is  this  area  in  which  this  bill  would  apply  itself 
and  would  fill  an  extremely  dangerous  and  critical  gap  in  our  national 
defense  picture  today. 

I  want  to  thank  the  gentlemen  for  this  opportunity  to  testify  before 
the  committee. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1371 

Mr.  Pool.  We  want  to  thank  you  for  appearing.  It  is  very  wonder- 
ful to  have  a  man  of  your  background  and  character  to  be  a  citizen 
of  the  United  States  and  to  appear  here  and  give  us  the  benefit  of  your 
experiences. 

I  will  ask  the  committee:  Would  you  like  to  ask  questions? 

Mr,  IcHORD.  Yes. 

Mr.  Philbrick,  there  is  one  aspect  of  the  bill  that  you  did  not  coni^ 
ment  upon  and  that  is  the  provision  establishing  an  information  center. 

I  would  like  to  hear  what  you  w^ould  think  about  this  provision  of 
the  bill. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  Yes,  sir. 

As  I  have  already  indicated,  at  the  present  time,  this  committee  as 
a  matter  of  actual  fact  is  one  of  the  major  sources  of  information  for 
the  people  of  the  United  States.  Certainly,  this  committee  knows  this 
from  the  number  of  requests  for  information  coming  to  you  constantly 
and  continuously ;  but  I  am  also  sure  you  are  aware  this  is  not  enough. 

For  example,  I  think  it  ridiculous  that  Herb  Philbrick  should  have 
been  retained  by  the  Department  of  Education  for  the  State  of  New 
Jersey  to  speak  to  every  teachers'  college  in  the  State  of  New  Jersey 
on  the  subject  of  communism,  to  give  the  teachers  in  training  a  mere 
1-hour  lecture  on  communism.  This  is  ridiculous.  The  Department 
of  Education  in  the  State  of  New  Jersey  should  have  a  known  source 
of  liigh-caliber,  well-prepared,  well-thought-out  infoniiation  that  in 
turn  could  be  used  eifectively  in  the  State  of  New  Jersey.  Right  now, 
they  knew  not  where  else  to  turn  so  they  hired  Herb  Philbrick  to  come 
up  there. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Did  I  understand  that  was  for  1  hour  only? 

Mr.  Philbrick.  That's  all,  plus  a  question-and-answer  period.  The 
question-and-answer  period  went  on  for  2  or  3  hours.  These  young 
people  who  were  training  to  be  teachers  wanted  information,  but  they 
knew  not  where  to  turn,  you  see.  There  is  a  serious  lack  of  adequate 
textbooks  to  use  in  our  schools  and  colleges  right  now\ 

Now,  why  that  should  be,  I  don't  know,  but  I  can  testify  to  the  fact. 

Three  years  ago,  I  spoke  in  the  State  of  Iowa  to  the  State  Teachers 
(convention.  There  were  12,000  teachers  there  at  that  State  Teachers 
Convention;  and  after  I  had  finished  my  talk  on  communism,  I  don't 
know  how  many  teachers  came  up  to  me  to  the  platform  and  said :  "Do 
you  know  that  in  the  entire  State  of  Iowa  we  teachers  do  not  have  a 
single,  solitary'  textbook  to  use  in  our  schools  to  teach  our  children 
anything  about  communism  ?" 

The  teachers  at  that  time  told  me  that  on  their  own,  using  their  own 
meager  resources  and  on  their  ow^n  time,  they  went  out  scrambling 
about,  picking  up  whatever  they  could  bring  in  to  their  students;  but 
they  confessed  they  knew  it  was  not  adequate  to  do  the  job  that  they 
wanted  to  do. 

So,  yes,  indeed,  preparing  a  library  of  information  would  be  enor- 
mously valuable  for  schools,  for  colleges,  as  well  as  for  other  groups, 
as  a  continuing  source  of  information. 

Mr.  IciiORD.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Johansen. 

Mr.  JoiiAxsEN.  I  am  not  sure  whether  you  were  here  this  morning 
or  not,  Mr.  Philbrick. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  I  missed  most  of  the  testimony  this  morning. 


1372   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  The  reason  I  mention  that,  I  think  most  of  the  wit- 
nesses have  been  questioned  on  the  point  and  I  would  like  your  com- 
ment as  to  the  desirability  or  value — and  I  hope  the  answer  will  be 
frank  and  not  of  the  type  that  I  might  be  seeming  to  invite — as  to  the 
desirability  and  importance,  or  otherwise,  of  an  Advisory  Committee 
or  some  type  of  setup  in  which  representatives  of  the  Congress,  as  well 
as  other  related  agencies  of  the  executive  branch,  would  be  membere 
who  occupy  an  oversight  role  or  a  liaison  role  between  the  Freedom 
Academy  and  the  executive  and  legislative  branches  of  the 
Government. 

I  wonder  if  you  would  comment  on  that. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  Yes. 

I  am  familiar  with  section  13  of  H.E.  5368  which,  in  its  present 
form,  establishes  an  Advisory  Committee.  I  am  also  aware  of  the 
fact  that,  as  the  bill  is  now  written,  this  Advisoiy  Committee  would 
include  representatives  only  from  the  Department  of  State;  from  the 
Department  of  Defense;  from  the  Department  of  Health,  Education, 
and  Welfare;  from  the  CIA;  from  the  FBI;  from  the  AID;  and 
from  the  United  States  Information  Agency. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  May  I  interrupt  right  there  to  say,  however,  in  the 
Schadeberg  and  Ashbrook  and  Gubser  bills  there  is  a  provision  for  a 
congressional  committee  to  act  at  least  in  an  advisory,  if  not  an  o\'er- 
sight,  role? 

Mr.  Philbrick.  Yes,  sir;  and  I  believe  that  would  be  valuable — to 
include  such  a  provision.  Indeed,  I  am  not  quite  certain  whether  any 
one  of  these  bills  as  tliey  are  now  written,  as  they  are  now  formed, 
would  be  quite  that  which  this  committee  might  want  to  bring  before 
the  Congress. 

I  think  there  are  many  questions  w^hich  need  to  be  raised  and  dis- 
cussed. There  may  be  some  improvements  that  can  be  made  in  the 
way  the  measure  has  been  formulated  and  written.  I  do  believe  that 
that  would  be  one  of  the  improvements. 

Because  of  the  fact  that  both  the  House  and  the  Senate  already  have 
done  exploratory  work,  have  done  much  of  the  vanguard  work  in 
obtaining  knowledge  and  information  about  the  Communist  activities, 
I  believe  that  representatives  from  the  House  and  the  Senate  should 
be  part  of  the  Advisory  Committee, 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Will  the  gentleman  yield  at  that  point? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Yes. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  I  believe  the  Schadeberg  bill  and  the  Ashbrook  bill 
and  the  Gubser  bill  omit  the  Advisory  Committee  altogether  from 
the  executive  branch,  do  they  not  ? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  think  so. 

Mr.  Ighord.  And  substitute  therefor  a  Senate-House  watchdog 
committee. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  As  I  suggested  this  morning,  it  may  be  that  the 
answer  would  be  a  wedding  of  the  two — for  want  of  a  better  compari- 
son, of  the  Hoover  Commission  type  of  setup,  which  represented  the 
two  Houses  and  the  executive  branch  or  the  public. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  Yes.  Yes;  I  had  previously  jotted  down  in  my 
notes  a  reminder  to  mention  the  Hoover  Commission ;  I  had  that  very 
much  in  mind.  The  Hoover  Commission  arrangement  might  very  well 
serve  as  a  prototype  for  the  Freedom  Academy. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1373 

Mr.  JoiiANSEN.  Now,  the  one  concern  tluit  we  have  is  how  do  we 
develop  this  proo-ram  under  the  Freedom  Academy  in  a  w^ay  that  it 
will  be  an  objective  presentation  of  the  facts  both  as  to  the  nature  of 
the  enemy  and  the  methods  of  combating  him  and  what  it  is  we  are 
fighting  for  and,  at  the  same  time,  obviate  the  objection  which  Secre- 
tary Harriman  made,  and  which  I  challenged  somewhat  severely  and 
which  1  reject  at  least  from  that  source,  that  this  would  be  a  program 
of  indoctrination  in  an  objectionable  sense? 

Mr.  PuiLBRiCK.  No.  In  think  that  all  precautions  should  be  taken, 
that  in  no  sense  would  the  Freedom  Academy  be  involved  at  all  in 
indoctrination  in  an  objectional  sense,  but  that  it  be  strictly  proscribed 
and  limited  to  providing  information;  that,  insofar  as  indoctrination 
is  concerned,  the  only  commonly  held  goal  and  purpose  and  aim  of  the 
Freedom  Academy  would  be  to  help  peoples  to  establish  freedom  and 
to  maintain  freedom. 

I  think  that  insofar  as  being  indoctrinated,  yes,  we  would  want  to 
make  it  clear  that  freedom  would  be  the  aim  and  purpose  and  goal, 
but  beyond  that  it  should  be  strictly  for  the  purposes  of  information 
and  not  for  indoctrination. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Before  I  yield,  I  want  to  express  my  appreciation 
of  having  you  here  and  having  your  excellent  testimony  with  the  back- 
ground that  you  have,  sir. 

Mr.  PiiiLBRiCK.  Thank  you  very  much,  sir. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Bruce. 

Mr.  Bruce.  First,  I  would  like  to  take  this  opportunity  on  the  rec- 
ord to  commend  Mr.  Philbrick  for  his  services  to  this  country,  for  the 
risks  that  you  took  for  a  period  of  9  years,  and  I  suspect  in  some  de- 
gree have  taken  even  greater  risks  since  in  your  efforts  to  speak  the 
truth  as  you  know  it  to  be. 

I  gathered  from  one  of  your  remarks  that  you  might  have  some 
other  suggestions  that  might  be  incorporated  in  this  bill.     Do  you  ? 

Mr.  Philbrick.  No;  I  have  no  further  suggestions  as  such  except  to 
give  emphasis  to  one  section  of  the  bill  which  is  included  in  H.R.  5368. 

In  H.R.  5368,  on  page  17,  there  is  included  a  section  11,  subsection 
(3),  "To  conduct  such  research,  studies,  and  surveys  as  the  Commis- 
sion may  deem  necessary  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  this  Act." 

I  would  certainly  want  to  emphasize  that  section.  It  must  be 
admitted  that  there  is  a  great  deal  today  that  we  need  to  know  that 
we  don't  know.  It  must  be  admitted  that  we  are  years  behind  the 
Communists  in  developing  techniques  in  this  kind  of  warfare. 

So  I  would  hope  that  whatever  measure  is  finally  enacted,  and  let 
us  hope  one  will  be  enacted,  that  it  would  include  a  strong  provision 
for  a  great  deal  of  research  and  study  (o  develop  the  necessary  tools 
and  weapons  and  background  knowledge  and  information  we  need  in 
the  war  in  which  we  are  involved.  Today,  we  simply  have  not  begun 
to  tackle  this  subject. 

Mr.  Bruce.  I  am  still  somewhat  baffled  as  to  how  a  Government 
agency  is  going  to  establish  a  Freedom  Academy  with  the  design  of 
education,  training,  providing  information  on  how  to  win  the  cold 
war — and  in  essence  I  believe  this  is  the  purpose. 

Mr.  PfiiLBRiCK.  Right. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Some  members  of  the  committee  undoubtedly  wnll  chal- 
lenge this,  pe  rhaps  rightly  so,  but  I  have  yet  to  see  a  determination  of 


1374   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

policy  on  the  part  of  the  Government  to  try  to  win  the  cold  war.  I 
mean  I  can't  get  through  my  head  how  we  are  going  to  set  up  a  Free- 
dom Academy  with  this  goal  under  Government  sponsorship  which 
negates  policy.  This  just  baffles  me.  I  am  all  for  it,  but  I  don't 
know  how  we  are  going  to  do  it. 

I  am  a  minority  of  one  almost  on  this,  I  guess,  but  it  just  completely 
baffles  me.  I  mean  it  seems  to  me  that  our  priority  is  a  goal  of 
policy  and  the  other  things  fall  into  line. 

Mr,  Philbrick.  Well,  it  may  be  a  question  of  which  comes  first,  the 
hen  or  the  egg.  It  may  be  that  at  least  embarking  upon  a  program — 
as  stated  in  H.R.  5368 — a  program  of  research  and  development 
toward  "preventing  Communist  penetration  while  seeking  to  build 
viable,  free,  and  independent  nations" — possibly  just  the  very  business 
of  discussing  this  and  working  on  it  will  have  its  salutary  effect  in  other 
areas  of  the  Government.     I  would  hope  so. 

Mr.  Bruce.  I  would  hope  so,  too. 

I  thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Philbrick,  a  while  ago  I  think  you  testified  that  we 
could  double  our  Armed  Forces  and  still  lose  the  cold  war,  or  the  hot 
war,  I  believe  you  described  it.     I  agreed  with  you. 

Also,  isn't  this  statement  also  true,  that  if  we  don't  do  something  in 
this  area  of  propaganda  and  political  warfare  that  we  are  going  to 
lose  the  war  anyhow  ? 

Mr.  Philbrick.  I  am  convinced  of  that  entirely,  sir;  yes. 

Mr.  Pool.  So  this  Congress  and  men  here  have  a  real  responsibility 
to  do  something  and  try  to  do  the  right  thing;  and  even  if  we  don't 
come  up  with  the  right  idea,  at  least  we  can  make  an  effort  to  come 
up  with  the  proper  vehicle  and  then  we  can  change  it  if  it  does  not 
work  out  perfectly? 

Mr.  Philbrick.  I  believe  so.  I  believe  that  we  must  enter  into 
this  field  admitting  that  there  is  a  lot  we  don't  know  and  confessing 
that  in  the  beginning  it  may  not  be  quite  what  we  would  want  in  the 
end.  But  at  least  some  place  we  have  to  make  a  start.  Yes,  I  believe 
that  a  very  grave  responsibility  rests  with  this  committee  and  with 
the  Congress  to  at  least  make  the  initial  move;  to  arrive  at  a  starting 
point,  and  then  from  that  time  on,  and  here  again  confirming  your 
view,  that  there  should  be  a  congressional  watchdog  committee,  to- 
gether with  the  other  advisers,  to  make  sure  that  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy does  precisely  what  we  want  it  to  do.  And  that  is  to  provide 
information  about  the  nature  of  the  enemy,  the  methods  and  tactics 
used  by  the  enemy,  and  to  provide  the  necessary  countermeasures  and 
counterweapons,  to  seek  not  only  to  preserve  the  freedom  of  our 
Nation  but  to  seek  in  the  long  run  to  reestablish  freedom  in  so  many 
areas  of  the  world  today  which  are  enslaved. 

Mr.  Pool.  We  have  a  great  product  to  sell.  We  have  the  greatest 
system  of  government  that  has  ever  been  devised.  There  is  no  reason 
why  we  cannot  do  it  if  we  work  at  it  and  come  up  with  the  right 
idea. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  I  agree. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Mr.  Philbrick,  I  would  like  to  take  advantage  of 
your  presence  here  to  make  an  observation  regarding  the  grow- 
ing impression  I  have  and  then  ask  you  to  comment  on  it. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1375 

I  noticed  in  the  testimony,  particularly  of  witnesses  who  deal  with 
the  anti-Communists  or  countermeasures  in  Latin  America,  for  in- 
stance, I  notice  in  the  statements  even  of  some  of  our  officials  in  the 
State  Department  and  in  Government,  the  frank  acknowledgment 
of  the  factor,  the  frank  acknowledgment  of  subversion  as  a  fact  of 
life  in  Latin  America,  for  example,  and  in  these  other  countries. 

Yet,  I  have  a  feeling  that  there  is  a  sort  of  schizophrenia — a  para- 
dox— and  I  am  not  referring  now  to  the  witnesses  who  have  been 
before  the  committee,  but  some  of  those  who  do  acknowledge  the 
fact  of  subversion  in  Latin  America  belittle  and  tag  as  McCarthyism, 
or  whatever  bad  name  they  want  to  use,  any  recognition  of  subversion 
of  the  domestic  variety. 

Now,  am  I  wrong  that  there  is  sometimes  a  seeming  contradiction 
in  that  respect  ?  Out  of  your  own  experience  is  subversion  at  least  as 
a  potential  any  less  real  in  the  United  States  than  it  is  in  these  other 
countries?     I  say  as  a  potential  at  least? 

JNIr.  Philbrick.  No,  indeed,  internal  subversion  is  not  any  less 
real.  There  is  a  great  deal  of  confusion  in  this  area,  I  agree,  and 
why  some  people  in  America  should  be  so  confused  is  beyond  me. 

I  know  there  are  those  who  say,  "Well,  communism  may  be  a  danger 
in  China  or  it  may  be  a  danger  in  Vietnam  or  it  may  be  a  danger  con- 
veniently a  good  many  thousand  miles  away,  but  communism  is 
no  danger  here  in  the  United  States."  Well,  I  simply  cannot  under- 
stand how  anyone  can  be  that  ill-informed  or  misinformed,  particu- 
larly when  it  should  be  quite  obvious  that,  first  of  all,  there  is  no  such 
thing,  teclinically  speaking,  as  an  external  danger  separated  from 
or  different  from  or  isolated  from  an  internal  danger;  it  is  all  part 
of  the  same  package. 

There  is  only  one  Communist  International ;  there  is  only  one  Com- 
munist apparatus;  there  is  only  one  Communist  aim  and  goal  and  pur- 
pose, and  that  is  to  ultimately  destroy  the  United  States.  So,  by  that 
token,  the  danger  of  communism  internally  to  the  people  of  the  United 
States  is  just  as  dangerous  as  the  Communist  International  is  to  the 
people  of  the  United  States. 

So,  from  a  purely  technical  point  of  view,  you  cannot  say  it  is  of 
no  danger  here ;  it  is  very  grave  danger  and  is  becoming  more  so  every 
day. 

Another  area  that  we  did  not  touch  on — you  spoke  of  this  strange 
schizophrenia.  This  is  true.  Congressman  Bruce  has  already  com- 
mented concerning  the  seeming  lack  of  goal  or  purpose  or  aim  to  win 
the  cold  war.  There  are  many  contradictions  today,  contradictions 
in  our  State  Department. 

For  example,  one  of  the  texts  I  quote  quite  frequently  in  my  lectures 
on  commmiism  is  an  excellent  State  Department  dociunent.  State 
Department  Publication  6777.  This  was  published  in  March  of  1959 
concerning  The  Communist  Economic  Threat.  In  the  opening  para- 
graph of  this  document,  the  United  States  State  Department  says: 

International  communism — inspired,  spearheaded,  and  financed  by  Moscow — 
persists  in  wanting  to  communize  the  world. 

By  use  of  bluster,  subversion,  blackmail,  brainwashing,  military  force,  and  the 
threat  of  using  such  force.  Communists  have  taken  control  of  one-quarter  of  the 
world's  land  surface  and  about  one-half  of  the  world's  population. 


1376   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

It  is  important  for  Americans  to  know  of  the  new  and  subtle  device  which 
the  Communists  are  employing,  in  addition  to  their  other  tactics,  in  attempting 
to  achieve  their  goal  of  world  domination.  This  new  weapon  is  economic  pene- 
tration. And  it  can  be  the  most  dangerous  of  all  the  weapons  in  the  Communists' 
varied  arsenal. 

Well,  in  the  light  of  this  statement  and  in  the  light  of  much  that 
we  are  doing  and  not  doing  in  the  field  of  economic  warfare,  we  find 
some  incredible  contradictions. 

Again,  a  very  important  part,  it  seems  to  me,  of  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy would  be  to  come  up  with  accurate  information  and  study  and 
knowledge  of  the  Communist  use  of  economic  warfare.  Certainly 
many  of  our  leading  businessmen,  especially  those  dealing  with  for- 
eign trade,  sliould  have  that  kind  of  information  so  that  they  know 
what  kind  of  a  ball  game  they  are  playing  in.  It  is  a  dangerous 
business. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  expressed  just  recently  some  misgivings  as  to  how 
much  enlightenment  and  factual  information  the  Soviet  Ambassador 
to  the  United  States  gave  the  Economic  Club  of  Detroit,  where  ho 
spoke  last  month,  and  I  have  been  severely  criticized  for  raising  the 
question.  I  am  not  just  sure  how  well  equipped  some  of  that  audience 
was  to  recognize  what  they  are  getting. 

Mr.  PiiiLBRicK.  My  guess  is  that  many  of  our  leading,  foremost, 
most  successful  businessmen  in  this  country  today  are  very  poorly 
equipped  to  cope  with  the  Communist  economic  threat.  This  alone 
could  spell  disaster  for  our  country  in  the  long  run.  This  is  almost 
as  though  we  were  to  take  a  nice,  pipe-smoking,  slippered,  smoking- 
jacket-robed,  poker  player  and  sit  him  down  at  a  card  table  with  a 
bunch  of  dishonest,  shrewd,  conniving  cardsharks.  Now,  he  is  going 
to  lose  his  shirt.  By  the  same  token,  some  of  our  businessmen  today 
simply  do  not  begin  to  understand  the  criminal  minds,  the  criminal 
intent,  and  the  criminal  purpose  of  those  Communists  with  whom 
they  are  dealing. 

Mr.  Bruce.  "Wlien  we  pass  legislation  which  finances  a  fight  against 
the  Communists  and  helps  to  finance  their  internal  problem — I  am 
talking  about  the  foreign  aid  bill,  I  mean  both  sides  are  aided  here. 
I  mean  I  cannot  just  quite  compreliend  this. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  This  is  wherein  I  believe  the  Freedom  Academy 
can  provide  a  great  service  in  developing  the  kind  of  factual  infor- 
mation which  even  Congressmen  and  Members  of  tlie  Senat-e  can  use 
to  great  advantage  before  casting  their  very  important  votes  on  legis- 
lati^-e  matters  before  the  Congress. 

Mr.  Poor..  No  other  questions  ? 

Mr.  IcHORD.  I  have  one  more  question. 

Mr.  Pool.  All  right. 

Mr.  IciiORD.  Well,  now,  the  Freedom  Academy  is  not  necessarily 
going  to  be  advancing  the  immediate  objectives  of  freedom  in  several 
instances,  as  I  understand  it.  Certainly,  the  subversion  of  the  Com- 
munists in  tliis  country  will  take  a  different  form  than  the  subversion 
in  a  poor,  undeveloped  country,  say  in  South  America,  living  under 
a  dictatorship. 

Mr.  Philbrook.  True. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Now,  there  vour  Freedom  Academy  is  going  to  be 
training  people  how  to  check  communism — that  is  the  immediate  ob- 
jective, stop  it. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1377 

Mr.  Philbrick.  Tliat  is  true. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  You  are  certainly  going  to  fight  it  differently  there 
than  you  would  here. 

Mr.  PiiiLBUooK.  Yes,  this  is  indeed  true.  This  is  an  element  of  po- 
litical warfare  I  learned  in  my  own  experience  in  the  Comnmnist 
training  cadres  here  in  the  United  States.  We  were  told  over  and 
over  and  over  again  that  although  we  operated,  as  Communists,  under 
the  general  overall  broad  direction  and  control  of  Moscow,  and  al- 
though all  Communists  throughout  the  world  had  the  same  objectives 
in  mind,  that  the  specific  tactics  we  would  use  in  any  given  circum- 
stance would  depend,  number  1,  on  the  time;  number  2,  on  the  place; 
and,  number  3,  on  the  circumstance. 

We  were  to  Aery  carefully  analyze  and  weigh  each  situation  in  each 
area  before  determining  the  very  best  thing  we  could  do  to  strengthen 
the  Soviet  Union  and  the  very  best  we  could  do  ultimately  to  weaken 
and,  we  hoped,  ultimately  destroy  the  United  States.  "The  time,  the 
conditions,  and  the  place."  Over  and  over  again,  the  Communists 
pointed  that  out  to  us. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Tlie  people  of  Cuba  were  comparing  Castro  with  Ba- 
tista, not  Cuba  with  what  we  have  to  offer. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  That  is  right;  and,  by  the  same  token,  in  develop- 
ing count ermeasures,  you  see,  we  must  also  in  time  take  into  considera- 
tion vei"y  carefully  the  circumstances,  the  background,  the  history 
of  the  people,  the  terrain,  the  economy,  and  all  the  rest  before  we 
can  come  up  with  any  effective  answers.  In  e\'ery  instance  we  would 
have  to  determine  what  measures  would  most  effectively  strengthen 
the  forces  of  freedom  and  weaken  the  forces  of  communism. 

Mr.  Bruce.  If  the  gentleman  will  yield. 

Isn't  the  first  and  the  major  step  in  anything  like  this  a  complete, 
thorough  understanding  of  dialectical  and  historical  materialism? 
Isn't  this  the  right  foundation  ? 

Mr.  Philbrick.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  Bruce.  Before  we  can  understand  the  techniques  of  a  play  in  the 
United  States  or  in  different  countries,  we  must  miderstand  that  foun- 
dation first. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  We  must  understand  the  theory  first;  yes. 

Mr.  Bruce.  And  then  the  faith. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  And  then  the  faith  and  then  from  that  go  on  to 
understand  how  the  theory  is  actually  put  into  practice. 

Mr.  Bruce.  The  application  varies. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  Yes. 

Mr.  Bruce.  But  the  basic  premise  is  the  same. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  Always. 

Mr.  Pool.  Any  other  questions  ? 

We  certainly  thank  you  for  appearing  and  answering  our  questions 
and  supplying  us  with  the  information  you  have. 

Mr.  Philbrick.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  very  much. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Olson,  director  of  the  American  Legion's  National 
Legislative  Commission,  will  introduce  our  next  witness,  Dan  O'Con- 
nor of  the  American  Legion. 

Mr.  Olson. 


1378   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 
STATEMENT  OF  CLARENCE  H.  OLSON 

Mr.  Olson.  My  name  is  Clarence  H.  Olson.  I  am  director  of  The 
American  Legion's  National  Legislative  Commission. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  gentlemen,  I  sat  back  here  and  listened  to  the 
gentleman  who  preceded  us  (Mr.  Philbrick)  and  I  agree  that  it  is  most 
fortmiate  that  we  have  such  a  man  in  our  country  who  is  willing  and 
able  to  participate  in  this  great  fight  against  the  communistic  con- 
spiracy. 

I  would  also  like  the  record  to  show  that  I  share  with  him  the  great 
regard  he  has  expressed  for  the  late  General  MacArthur,  with  whom  I 
had  the  pleasure  of  serving  in  the  southwest  Pacific  during  World 
War  II.  His  passing  is  a  great  loss  to  our  country ;  he  has  left  a  mark 
that  I  doubt  will  ever  be  equaled  by  another  military  leader. 

Mr.  Pool.  I  think  the  members  of  the  committee  would  also  like  to 
join  you  in  that  remark. 

Mr.  Olson.  Thank  you,  sir. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  a  brief  introductory  statement  which  I  would 
like  to  make.  I  regi'et  that  I  am  one  of  the  great  many  in  this  comitry 
who  know  very  little  about  communism.  Consequently,  I  am  not 
qualified  to  discuss  it  in  any  detail.  I  see  it  only  on  the  surface  as  you 
w^ll  understand. 

Before  presenting  our  principal  witness,  Mr.  O'Connor,  I  wish  to 
thank  this  committee  for  the  courtesy  shown  The  American  Legion 
by  permitting  its  representatives  to  come  before  you  today  in  support  of 
legislation  proposing  the  creation  of  a  Freedom  Academy  and  the 
establishment  of  a  Freedom  Commission.  We  favor  the  bills  intro- 
duced by  Messrs.  Boggs  and  Taft;  that  is,  H.K.  5368  and  H.R.  8320, 
respectively. 

Why  does  the  American  Legion  believe  such  a  Commission  and 
Academy  are  necessary  ?  Because  it  fears  the  encroachment  of  com- 
munism and  we  believe  that,  for  the  most  part,  our  soldiers  of  freedom, 
active  and  potential,  are  not  sufficiently  knowledgeable  in  the  area  of 
political  warfare  and  all  that  it  entails  to  effectively  thwart  the  Com- 
munist conspiracy.  We  have  too  many  voices  in  the  wilderness,  with- 
out concert  or  direction,  that  need  orientation  and  knowledge  such  as 
contemplated  in  the  preambles  to  the  bills  cited  earlier. 

The  destructive  force  of  subversion  must  be  met  with  knowledgeable, 
steadfast  determination  equal  to  the  requisites  for  successful  military 
operations.  A  Freedom  Academ}^,  as  we  see  it,  would  be  the  nucleus 
of  a  force  for  freedom,  the  fountainhead  of  knowledge  that  would  in- 
spire its  activity.  At  a  time  when  political  wars  destroy  the  will  and 
minds  of  men,  it  seems  only  logical  that  we  have  a  Freedom  Academy 
to  support  this  new  arm  of  defense  to  serve  as  a  corollary  to  our  service 
academies. 

I  am  privileged,  Mr.  Chairman,  to  be  associated  today  with  the 
chairman  of  The  American  Legion's  National  Americanism  Commis- 
sion, Mr.  Daniel  J.  O'Connor,  whose  official  address  is  50  Pine  Street, 
New  York  City.  Dan  has  an  illustrious  background  in  his  chosen 
profession,  the  law.  He  is  presently  secretary  of  the  New  York  City 
Department  of  Investigation.  During  the  years  1954  to  1959  he  was 
counsel  of  the  Bureau  of  Internal  Security  of  New  York  City.  He 
received  his  A.B.  and  LL.B.  from  Fordham  University  and  his  LL.M. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1379 

from  New  York  Lfiw  School.    He  is  a  veteran  of  World  War  II  and 
tlie  Korean  war,  having  served  as  enlisted  man  and  an  officer.    I  feel 
sure  he  is  qualified  to  testify  before  your  committee,  iS[r.  Cliairman. 
I  am  proud  indeed  to  introduce  Mr.  Daniel  J.  O'Connor, 
Mr.  Pool.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Olson.    We  are  fjliid  to  have  you  both 
here. 

Mr.  O'Connor,  we  turn  it  over  to  you  now. 

STATEMENT  OF  DANIEL  J.  O'CONNOK 

Mr.  O'Connor.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Committee :  As  the  distinguished 
members  of  this  committee  know.  The  xVmerican  Legion  has,  since  its 
very  beginning,  been  cognizant  of  the  Communist  menace.  In  fact,  the 
militancy  of  Americanism  expressed  by  the  founders  and  early  or- 
ganizers of  The  American  Legion  drew  such  wrath  from  the  advance 
guard  of  communism  in  this  country — the  Industrial  Workers  of  the 
World — that  the  latter  shot  down,  in  cold  blood,  American  Legion- 
naires marching  in  the  first  Armistice  Day  parade  in  Centralia,  Wash- 
ington. That  was  in  1919,  even  as  the  young  American  Legion  was 
l)erfecting  its  organization  at  its  first  National  Convention  in  Min- 
neapolis, Minnesota,  November  10-12,  1919. 

Forty-five  years  ago  the  basic  tenets  of  communism  may  have  been 
generally  understood  by  a  considerable  portion  of  our  population. 
Today,  however,  the  complexities  of  Communist  plans  and  activities 
have  grown  to  such  proportions  that  scarcely  one  in  a  thousand  Amer- 
icans have  a  mental  grasp  of  Communist  machinations.  Of  course,  all 
of  us,  through  the  news  media  of  the  Nation,  are  familiar  with  the 
kjiown  Communist  successes,  such  as  in  Cuba  and  elsewhere.  But  how 
to  thwart  communistic  encroachments,  before  the  fact,  is  a  problem 
wh ich  we  seem  unable  to  solve. 

While  I  feel  certain  the  members  of  this  committee  recognize  the 
long  hard-fought  battle  which  The  American  Legion  has  waged 
against  communism  since  the  Centralia  massacre,  there  can  be  no 
denial  that  there  have  been  changes  in  the  techniques  of  political  and 
psychological  warfare.  Centuries  ago  a  question  was  posed  to  the 
brilliant  scholar,  Francis  Xavier,  namely:  "What  doth  it  profit  a 
man  if  he  gains  the  whole  world  and  suffers  the  loss  of  his  own  soul?'' 
Might  I  paraphrase  that  question  in  pointing  to  the  tremendous  armed 
might  of  our  country,  the  greatest  Nation  on  earth,  and  say,  "What 
doth  it  profit  the  United  States  of  America  to  have  the  greatest 
atomic  power  for  both  peace  and  war  if  the  LTnited  States  of  America 
is  robbed  of  its  own  soul  ? " 

In  the  past  17  years,  millions  have  been  encircled  and  their  lives 
regimented  under  the  yoke  of  Moscow  or  Peiping  because  of  a  poison 
that  has  been  administered  in  slow,  measured,  but  lethal,  doses  to 
humankind  in  all  part  of  the  globe.  The  incontrovertible  but  sad 
reality  is  that,  without  firing  a  single  weapon,  the  masters  of  Com- 
munist propaganda  have  been  proliferate  not  only  in  the  Far  East, 
but  in  our  own  hemisphere. 

There  is  no  committee  of  the  Congress  that  has  performed  a  greater 
public  service  than  the  House  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities 
in  marshaling  the  various  sources  of  information  reflecting  the  pat- 


1380   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

teni  of  infiltration  not  only  in  Latin  America,  Panama,  and  Cnba, 
but  also  within  the  confines  of  our  own  geography.  There  is  no  task 
more  painstaking  or  more  difficult  than  the  burden  shouldered  by  this 
committee  in  probing  the  influence  of  communism  in  our  own  society. 
Your  committee  and  staff  labor  under  constant  threat  of  liquidation, 
not  by  members  of  the  Communist  Party  alone,  but  by  Americans  who 
recognize  the  congressional  power  of  inquiry  for  every  subject  under 
the  sun  except  the  expose  of  the  Communist  conspiracy.  What  I 
would  like  you  to  understand  and  appreciate  is  that  we  in  The  Amer- 
ican Legion,  who  have  consistently  supported  the  creation  of  a  Free- 
dom Academy,  have  also  supported  the  duly  constituted  committees 
of  the  Congress  whose  findings  and  publications  serve  to  spotlight  the 
uncanny  aggressors  for  the  minds  of  men. 

In  giving  our  wholehearted  support,  for  the  creation  of  the  Freedom 
Academy,  we  cannot  help  but  emphasize  that  the  greatest  care  must 
be  exercised  that  this  new  beacon  of  liberty  shall  never  become,  in 
even  the  smallest  part,  a  haven  for  anyone  who  professes  a  belief  iii 
our  way  of  life  and  yet  performs  brilliantly  for  the  proponents  of  world 
socialism. 

Lest  you  think  for  one  moment  that  I  have  introduced  a  strange 
note  amid  splendid  testimony  offered  to  your  committee  by  the  Honor- 
able Hale  Boggs,  majority  whip  from  Louisiana;  Dr.  Lev  E.  Dobri- 
ansky,  Georgetown  University  professor;  and  many  other  distin- 
guished Americans,  please  understand  that  we  in  The  American  Legion 
share  the  dismay  and  disappointment  of  many  who  believe  the 
cold  war  has  achieved  some  measure  of  success  in  the  LTnited  States. 

We  have  also  witnessed  the  replacement  of  a  program  dedicated 
to  the  men  of  our  Armed  Forces  on  Veterans  Day  1962  with  comment 
and  appraisal  by  a  convicted  perjurer,  passing  judgment  on  the  po- 
litical fortunes  of  a  man  who  served  as  United  States  Senator  and 
Vice  President  of  the  United  States.  "V^Hiile  the  producers  of  the 
program  are  not  accused  of  having  Communist  sympathies,  leftwing 
leanings,  and  so  forth,  there  can  be  no  question  about  the  bad  taste 
exercised  in  that  decision.  Why  do  things  like  this  happen  ?  Why 
was  America's  fighting  man  relegated  to  oblivion  ? 

What  is  there  on  the  American  scene  which  causes  the  cancellation 
of  a  tribute  to  the  American  fighting  man  and  substitutes  instead  an 
attack  on  a  war  veteran  who  held  high  public  office  by  a  pei^jurer  who 
is  given  a  television  podium  in  a  vain  effort  to  restore  his  respect- 
ability. This  is  only  one  example  of  the  erosion  of  patriotism.  Only 
last  week  at  a  public  school  in  East  Williston,  Long  Island,  American 
boys  and  girls  from  upper  middle-class  families  refused  to  salute  the 
flag  of  the  ITnited  States.  Xo  accusation  is  made  against  the  faculty 
of  the  school,  but  what  has  happened  in  the  fabric  of  American  educa- 
tion which  causes  this  debasement  of  our  traditional  salute  to  the  flag 
and  our  love  for  that  for  which  it  stands?  Perhaps  the  "cross-fer- 
tilization of  ideas"  pursued  in  a  division  of  research  for  the  private 
sector  of  our  society  will,  in  the  Freedom  Academy,  give  some  clue  to 
the  problem. 

In  my  experience  as  a  lawyer  who  handled  the  security-risk  inquiry 
in  the  city  of  New  York,  I  feel  that  I  can  make  a  personal  observa- 
tion on  this  program  that  terminated  about  6  years  ago.  If  it  was 
shocking  to  learn  that  engineers  and  others  educated  in  our  colleges 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1381 

and  universities  had  joined  the  apparatus  of  the  Communist  Party 
and  their  activities  remained  undetected  for  years,  then  is  it  not  of 
paramount  importance  that  the  greatest  possible  security  measures  be 
taken  to  insure  against  the  possibility  of  the  Freedom  Academy  itself 
being  infiltrated  by  anyone  tutored  by  the  great  masters  of  deceit? 
In  Congressman  Boggs'  presentation,  he  pointed  out,  quite  properly, 
that  the  work  of  the  Freedom  Academy  in  no  way  preempts  the  work 
of  the  FBI  or  the  CIA.  He  stated  that  what  is  intended  is  the  "use 
affirmatively  of  the  great  reservoir  of  talent  that  we  have  in  the  United 
States  to  show  what  the  free  system  and  what  a  free  society  can  do,'' 
but  also  remarked,  "I  have  no  preconceived  notions  of  how  this 
Academy  should  be  set  up."  Concededly,  however,  this  is  a  most 
important  corollary  to  the  passage  of  this  legislation,  namely,  the 
staffing  of  the  Academy. 

Willie  The  American  Legion  is  deeply  concerned  about  the  compe- 
tence of  Americans  who  officially  represent  the  United  States,  both 
here  and  abroad,  our  support  of  the  Freedom  Academy  would  also 
embrace  the  area  of  research  for  the  vast  sector  of  Americans  engaged 
in  the  war  of  ideas  who  are  not  on  the  public  payroll.  We  believe  the 
many  who  are  engaged  in  stemming  the  tide  of  Communist  propa- 
ganda which  has  poured  into  this  country  by  the  ton  must  be  en- 
couraged, enlightened,  and  strengthened.  Finally,  w^e  commend  the 
Freedom  Academy  to  your  consideration.  We  believe  its  success  will 
be  measured  by  its  service  to  God  and  country  in  a  recognition  of  the 
basic  discipline  and  spiritual  values  which  have  made  the  United 
States  the  greatest  nation  on  earth. 

In  conclusion,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  ask  that  the  attached  American 
Legion  1963  Convention  Resolution,  No.  178,  be  made  a  part  of  the 
record  following  my  statement. 

Mr.  Pool.  That  may  be  done. 

Mr.  O'Connor.  In  behalf  of  the  American  Legion,  and  myself 
personally,  I  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  given  us  today. 

(The  resolution  follows:) 

Forty-Fifth  Annual  National  Convention  of  the  American  Legion,  Miami 
Beach,  Florida,  September  10-12,  1963 

Resolution  No.  178 
Committee:  Americanism. 

Subject  :  Supports  establishment  of  the  Freedom  Academy. 

Whereas,  The  time  has  come  to  acknowledge  the  need  of  an  institution  to 
prepare  Americans  to  wage  the  kind  of  non-military  warfare  at  which  the 
Communists  excell,  in  that  they  have  long  been  experts  in  using  political, 
psychological,  economic,  and  technological  weapons  in  their  ambitious  plan  for 
world  conquest ;  and 

Whc7-eas,  In  the  strictly  military  field  our  resources  are  superior  and  greater 
to  theirs,  though  in  non-military  areas  they  have  a  network  of  organizations 
and  tactics  that  have  been  active  for  years  ;  and 

Whereas,  It  is  necessary  that  we  mobilize  ourselves  more  effectively  the 
need  for  which  is  increasing  every  year  to  meet  the  many  pronged  challenge 
of  Soviet  political  warfare,  and  calling  for  more  effective  techniques  to  combat 
this  Soviet  menace ;  and 

Whereas,  Tlie  State  Department  and  the  present  administration  has  recog- 
nized the  deficiency  in  governmental  training  programs  for  personnel  who  must 
deal  with  the  Communists  and  formulate  our  policies  toward  them ;  Now,  there- 
fore, be  it 

30-471— 64— pt.  a 10 


1382    PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Resolved,  By  The  American  Legion,  in  National  Convention  assembled  in 
Miami  Beacli,  Florida,  September  10-12,  1963,  that  The  American  Legion  sup- 
port and  favor  legislation  seeking  the  establishment  of  a  government  institution 
to  be  known  as  The  Freedom  Academy,  to  help  Americans,  primarily  government 
employees,  to  develop  the  professional  competence  and  experience  necessary  to 
combat  the  extraordinary  variety  of  techniques  employed  by  the  Communists 
throughout  the  w^orld. 

Mr.  Pool.  Questions? 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  one  question. 

The  incident,  Mr.  O'Connor,  in  East  Williston,  Long  Island,  was 
not  reported  in  the  Midwest  newspapers  Last  week,  or  at  least  I  did 
not  catch  it.    Could  you  elaborate  on  what  happened  in  East  Williston  ? 

Mr.  O'Connor.  Well,  in  a  school  in  East  Williston,  Long  Island, 
which  I  believe  is  called  the  Wheaton  School,  there  were  approxi- 
mately 20  students  who  indicated  to  the  headmaster  or  the  principal  of 
the  school  that  they  w^ould  not  salute  the  flag  of  the  United  States. 
The  State  commander  of  The  American  Legion  jjrotested  this  course 
of  conduct  and  even  went  so  far  to  recommend  that  those  students 
be  expelled,  in  a  television  interview. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Are  these  children  members  of  a  certain  religious 
denomination  ? 

Mr.  IcHORD.  No;  I  would  say  they  were  of  different  religious 
denominations.  This  is  a  public  school,  as  I  understand  it,  open  to  any- 
one regardless  of  race,  color,  or  creed.  The  objection  to  salute  the  flag 
was  not  based  upon  religious  grounds  such  as  that,  for  example,  you 
have  in  the  case  of  Jehovah's  Witnesses.  This  was  based  upon  a  belief 
that  we  should  salute  a  United  Nations  flag. 

The  principal  (in  answering  Mr.  Goddard,  I  believe  was  the  TV 
interviewer)  stated  that  he  thought  that  we  should  not  take  any  hasty 
action  on  a  situation  such  as  this,  but  that  we  ought  to  give  the  students 
a  chance  to  reevaluate  their  conclusions  and  perhaps  give  them  a 
chance  to  see  that  they  might  be  in  error.  He  did  not  go  as  far  as  I 
have  quoted,  but  I  think  that  is  what  he  meant, 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Was  this  a  public  high  school  ? 

Mr.  O'Connor.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  How  many  students  were  enrolled  in  the  school  ? 

Mr.  O'Connor.  They  did  not  indicate,  but  looking  at  the  school  on 
the  TV  program  I  would  say  that  it  would  probably  have  a  capacity 
of  500. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Thank  you  very  much  for  your  testimony. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Just  SO  even  the  most  obtuse  cannot  have  any  doubts 
as  to  what  the  gentleman  is  talking  about  in  his  very  fine  statement,  the 
reference  made  previously  to  the  "convicted  perjurer"  is  of  course  a 
reference  to  Alger  Hiss ;  is  that  not  correct  ? 

Mr.  O'Connor.  Yes,  sir,  that  is  correct. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Bruce. 

Mr.  Bruce.  All  I  can  say  is  I  share  your  determination  to  be  sure 
that  the  faculty  of  the  Freedom  Academy  be  free  of  the  background 
or  the  indoctrination  about  which  you  expressed  concern  here,  too.  It 
is  one  of  the  reservations  I  have  pending  in  the  final  version  of  the 
bill.  I  want  to  be  sure  that  in  our  determination  to  do  something  good 
and  helpful  that  we  do  not  create  a  monster  that  can  come  back  upon 
us.  I  am  for  the  idea,  but  I  think  that  the  proper  safeguards  have  to 
be  written  in  specifically  and  categorically  so  that  the  control  is  clear. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1383 

Mr.  O'Connor.  On  that  score,  Congressman,  I  would  just  like  to 
remark  that  I  feel,  and  I  know  Mr.  Olson  feels  with  me  wholeheart- 
edly, thiit  a  concept  of  an  Advisory  Committee  from  both  Houses  of 
Congress  should  replace  an  Advisory  Connnittee  consisting  of  repre- 
sentatives who  are  under  the  jurisdiction  of  an  administrative  officer. 

]Mr.  Bruce.  I  concur. 

Mr.  O'Connor.  I  think  it  would  be  more  responsive  to  the  people 
and  to  the  Congress  of  the  United  States. 

Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Schadeberg. 

]Mr.  Schadeberg.  I  have  no  questions. 

Mr.  Pool.  No  questions. 

I  want  to  say  this,  that  I  am  a  member  of  The  American  Legion  and 
have  been  since  I  was  a  veteran  in  World  War  II.  I  have  been  very 
proud  to  be  a  member  of  it  because  they  have  always  been  for  America, 
and  their  patriotic  programs  have  helped  a  great  deal  in  defending 
this  country  against  communism  and  other  ideologies  that  are  alien  to 
our  philosophy. 

I  want  to  thank  both  of  you  for  appearing  here  today  as  the  mem- 
bers of  a  great  organization. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  If  the  gentleman  will  yield,  before  we  excuse  the 
witnesses,  as  a  nonmember  of  the  American  Legion  for  chronological 
reasons — I  was  not  a  veteran — I  want  to  express  my  admiration  for 
the  organization  and  particularly  the  pride  I  have  in  the  fact  that 
one  of  your  past  national  commanders.  Judge  Addington  Wagner, 
comes  from  my  hometown. 

Mr.  Pool.  I  was  talking  to  one  of  the  organizers  of  the  American 
Legion  the  other  day,  a  very  patriotic  man  from  my  hometown. 

Mr.  Olson.  Thank  you  very  much,  gentlemen. 

Mr.  Pool,  Thank  you. 

Mr.  O'Connor.  Thank  you,  gentlemen. 

Mr.  Pool.  The  committee  will  recess  until  10  a.m.  tomorrow  when 
we  will  have  other  witnesses  here. 

(Whereupon,  at  4  p.m.,  Tuesday,  April  7,  1964,  the  committee  re- 
cessed, to  reconvene  at  10  a.m.,  Wednesday,  April  8,  1964.) 


HEARINGS  RELATING  TO  H.R.  352,  H.R.  1617,  H.R.  5368, 
H.R.  8320,  AND  H.R.  8757,  H.R.  10036,  H.R.  10037,  H.R. 
10077,  AND  H.R.  11718,  PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF 
A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION  AND  FREEDOM  ACADEMY 

Part  2 


WEDNESDAY,   APRIL   8,    1964 

United  States  House  of  Representatives, 

Committee  on  Un-American  Activities, 

Washington^  B.C. 

PUBLIC    HEARINGS 

The  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  met,  pursuant  to  recess, 
at  10:05  a.m.,  in  Room  304,  Cannon  House  Office  Building,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  Hon.  Edwin  E.  Willis  (chairman)  presiding. 

Committee  members  present:  Representatives  Edwin  E.  Willis,  of 
Louisiana;  William  M.  Tuck,  of  Virginia;  Joe  R.  Pool,  of  Texas; 
Richard  H.  Ichord,  of  Missouri ;  August  E.  Johansen,  of  Michigan ;  and 
Henry  C.  Schadeberg  of  Wisconsin. 

Staff  members  present:  Francis  J.  McNamara,  director;  Alfred  M. 
Nittle,  counsel ;  and  Donald  T.  Appell,  investigator. 

The  Chairman.  Tlie  committee  will  come  to  order. 

Our  first  witness  this  morning  is  Dr.  Michael  C.  Conley.  Doctor, 
we  are  glad  to  have  you. 

For  the  record,  please  identify  yourself  and  give  a  short  resume  of 
your  background,  education,  and  experience,  as  a  basis  for  your 
qualification  in  making  a  case  for  or  against  the  pending  legislation. 

STATEMENT  OE  MICHAEL  C.  CONLEY 

Dr.  Conley.  Yes,  sir,  I  would  be  pleased  to. 

I  was  born  in  1926  in  Dayton,  Ohio;  went  to  the  public  schools 
there  and  to  the  north  in  Sidney,  Ohio;  served  2  years  in  the  Army 
from  1944  to  1946;  and  thereafter  attended  Ohio  State  University, 
receiving  all  of  my  degrees  from  that  university,  my  B.A.  in  1950, 
my  M.A.  in  1951,  and  my  doctorate  m  1960. 

My  inclinations  during  my  university  days  were  a  bit  exotic.  I 
wrote  my  master's  thesis  on  Egyptian  History,  my  dissertation  for 
my  doctorate  on  Dutch  Colonial  Policy  in  the  19th  Century. 

I  have  taught  for  the  University  of  Maryland's  Overseas  Program 
for  over  2  years,  in  Germany  and  France,  and  I  have  visited  just 
about  every  significant  city  and  nation  in  Europe,  including  Berlin, 
and  I  spent  a  month  sojourning  in  Yugoslavia. 

1385 


1386   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

I  joined  the  Intelligence  Department  of  what  was  known,  at  that 
time,  as  the  United  States  Army's  Military  Police  Intelligence  and 
Special  Weapons  School  in  Oberammergau — joined  that  department 
in  1957 — and  was  concerned  with  strategic  intelligence  until  1961 — • 
'57  to  '61.  I  was  responsible  for  extensive  lectures  on  Russian  history, 
East  European  history  and  Balkan  history,  surveys  of  Soviet  foreign 
policy  in  western  Central  Europe  and  South  and  Southeast  Asia,  and 
I  have  lectured  for  a  number  of  years  on  Communist  ideology. 

In  1961,  when  the  United  States  Army  in  Europe  decided  to  begin  a 
program  of  counterinsurgency  training  in  Europe,  I  was  designated 
by  the  commander  of  the  United  States  Army  School,  Europe,  in 
Oberammergau,  southern  Germany,  to  draw  up  a  table  of  organiza- 
tion for  a  unit  to  teach  counterinsurgency  and  to  prepare  a  program  of 
instruction  for  such  a  unit — that  coming  after  3  years  of  experience  in 
the  Intelligence  Department,  where  I  concerned  myself  broadly  with 
the  nature  of  communism  and  the  foreign  policies  of  the  Soviet  Union. 

I  have  been  intimately  and  veiy  closely  attached  to  this  general  busi- 
ness of  counterinsurgency  from  the  summer  of  1961.  Then,  and  I  in- 
deed, perhaps  more  than  any  other  person  in  Oberammergau,  was 
responsible  for  the  kind  of  product  that  came  out,  the  course  of  in- 
struction that  we  give  there,  and  the  philosophy,  in  which  lies  the 
crux  of  what  we  are  doing  there.  We  from  the  very  outset  defined 
counterinsurgency  and  insurgency  in  very  broad  terms,  so  as  to  permit 
us  to  examine  many  of  the  nontraditional  areas  in  which  conflict  is 
taking  place. 

I  also  had  a  great  deal  to  do  with  the  fact  that  the  department  was 
so  organized  that  perhaps  50  to  55  percent  of  our  personnel  were  not 
American,  but  were  selected  from  all  over  the  world  for  their  ability 
to  provide  us  with  specialized  knowledge  in  this  or  that  area.  I  saw 
to  it,  as  an  example,  that  we  had  a  fluent  Chinese  researcher  available, 
an  Iraqi — that  was  by  chance,  but  we  needed  someone  from  the  Middle 
East  who  coidd  use  Arabic,  in  several  dialects,  preferably.  I  saw  to  it 
that  one  with  Russian  experience  in  the  Second  World  War  period,  a 
Yugoslav,  was  provided,  and  a  multiplicity  of  other  people,  including 
I'urks,  Iranians,  and  what-have-you.  I  wanted  that  department  to 
have  the  capacity  to  draw  upon  an  unlimited  amount  of  information, 
irrespective  of  language  source,  with  no  problem  of  language.  And  I 
think  witli  this  kind  of  an  organization  behind  us,  it  was  possible  for 
us  to  develop  and  find  out  information  which  is,  for  the  most  part,  not 
well  known  in  the  United  States.  I  would  like  to  present  in  the  course 
of  my  testimony  some  of  the  information  which  we  came  up  with. 

This  has  been  my  impassioned  concern :  this  general  field  of  ir- 
regular warfare  for  3  years,  the  general  field  of  the  Communist  phe- 
nomenon for  something  like  6  years. 

Does  this  provide  you  with  adequate  background  ? 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  fine.  Proceed. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Shall  I  turn,  then,  to  the  material  I  have  ? 

The  Chairman.  Yes. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  All  right,  thank  you. 

Let  me  identify  myself  here  at  the  outset  as  belonging  to  the  most 
fervent  supporters  of  the  proposed  Freedom  Commission  and  Freedom 
Academy.    My  studies,  to  which  I  have  just  made  reference,  have  led 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1387 

me  to  believe  very  strongly  that  we  have  neither  the  know-how  nor  the 
doctrine  for  the  type  of  organization  necessary  to  respond  effectively 
to  the  form  of  irregular  warfare  in  which  we  are  involved. 

I  have  concerned  myself,  together  with  a  research  staff  that  w^orks 
nnder  me,  with  the  nature  of  this  phenomenon,  and  we  are  now 
hesitantly,  as  time  permits  us,  concerning  ourselves  with  what  kind  of 
things  we  have  to  do  to  respond  effectively  to  the  insurgent  specifically, 
to  the  cold  war  in  general.  But  to  put  my  understanding  of  insurgency 
and  counterinsurgency  in  its  proper  perspective,  I  would  like,  if  I 
could  for  just  a  moment,  to  give  you  my  personal  views  on  what  the 
cold  war  is. 

I  think  I  can  best  provide  you  with  a  precept  of  what  I  mean  by 
cold  war  if  I  draw  a  contrast  between  the  thing  we  faced  in  Stalin's 
time  and  the  thing  we  face  now  under  Krushchev.  I  am  concerned  then 
with  the  period  1945  to  1955,  let  us  say,  or  '54,  as  opposed  to  the  period 
from  1954  to  the  present. 

Now,  what  was  the  situation  when  Stalin  was  in  the  seat  of  power  in 
the  Soviet  Union?  He  relied  in  the  post- World  War  II  period  pri- 
marily upon  his  international  party  organization  and,  through  it,  he 
carried  out  that  portion  of  his  foreign  policy  which  was  most  important 
to  him.  He  supported  the  activities  of  this  international  party  orga- 
nization, which  was  essentially  a  covert  and  subversive  organization, 
with  a  limited  exploitation  of  the  official  machinery  of  the  Soviet 
Government.  In  Mr.  Stalin's  time,  the  primary  areas  in  which  the 
official  government  of  the  Soviet  Union  expressed  itself  were  in  the 
areas  of  traditional  diplomacy  and  in  the  areas  of  limited  trade  with 
the  free  world,  at  least  the  non-Communist  bloc  world. 

All  right,  now  what  happens  after  1954,  particularly  after  1956? 
Mr.  Krushchev  has  retained  every  trick  in  the  book  written  by  Lenin 
and  Stalin.  As  in  Stalin's  time,  the  party  apparatus  and  the  provoca- 
tive techniques  available  to  it  still  provide  the  Kremlin  with  a  powerful 
base  from  which  to  conduct  the  subversion  of  other  countries.  But 
Mr.  Krushchev  is  conducting  his  foreign  activities  much  more  effec- 
tively than  did  Stalin  before  him,  because  he  does  not  rely  exclusively 
upon  party  channels  and,  secondly,  has  adjusted  his  policies  to  take 
full  advantage  of  the  situation  in  the  world  in  which  we  are  confronted 
with  a  multiplicity  of  new  countries  with  inexperienced  administra- 
tors, no  historical  traditions,  and  no  balanced  budgets. 

Aside  from  the  party  apparatus,  which  is  still  operative  and  which 
still  plays  the  game  the  way  it  did  in  Stalin's  time,  you  now  have  com- 
ing out  of  the  Soviet  Union  a  stepped-up  trade  and  aid  program,  a 
rapid  expansion  of  diplomatic  relations  with  other  countries  around 
the  world,  a  technical  assistance  effort,  a  foreign  student  training  pro- 
gram, a  grossly  expanded  foreign  military  aid  support,  and  a  cultural 
offensive  that  ranges  from  everything  from  ballet  and  orchestra  to 
astronauts  and  trade  union  delegations. 

Mr.  Krushchev  has  exploited  to  the  fullest  every  conceivable  devel- 
opment that  can  be  played  through  the  official  government  of  his  coun- 
try, and  thus  what  you  have  today  is — as  I  would  understand  cold 
war — is  this :  the  combined,  integrated,  external  activities  of  the  two 
channels,  party  and  state.  And  this  is  what  we  are  concerned  with. 
Cold  war  is  what  you  get  when  you  play  to  the  maximum  everything 
you  can  get  out  of  state  channels  and  party  channels. 


1388   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Now,  I  would  say  that  cold  war,  if  it  is  understood  in  this  sense, 
has  two  portions.  Wars  of  national  liberation,  or  what  we  call  insur- 
gency movements,  are  the  ultimate  produce  of  what  comes  when  you 
work  through  party  channels,  and  "peaceful  coexistence''  is  what  hap- 
pens when  you  work  through  state  channels.  Cold  war,  then,  is  a  com- 
bination of  insurgency  and  peaceful  coexistence.  Insurgency,  work 
through  a  clandestine  apparatus  of  disciplined  subversives;  peaceful 
coexistence,  the  combination  of  programs  that  proceed  through  the 
official  government  of  that  country. 

You  see,  then,  that  I  have  cut  out  from  this  field  with  which  I  have 
directly  and  immediately  concerned  myself  for  the  last  years  one  half 
of  the  total  spectrum  of  activities.  Insurgency  has  nothing  to  do  with 
guerrilla  warfare.  Guerrilla  w  arf are  is  a  line  on  a  spectrum ;  insur- 
gency is  half  of  the  spectrum,  and  the  other  half  of  the  spectrum  is 
there  to  provide  a  cover  for  the  subversive  activities  that  proceed 
through  party  channels  and  also,  where  possible,  to  set  up  possible 
third  countries  from  which  insurgent  activities  can  be  more  effec- 
tively carried  out. 

Now,  this  is  the  context,  then,  in  which  I  would  like  to  examine 
the  subject  of  insurgency  proper.  But  before  I  go  to  that  point,  I 
would  like  to  present  yon  with  a  chart  that  I  prepared — unfortunately 
quite  hurriedly  last  week — to  point  up  the  relationship  between  this 
total  offensive  of  the  Soviet  Union  and  its  bloc  allies  and  our  response 
to  it.    May  I,  Mr.  Chairman,  give  you  copies  of  this  ? 

There  are  copies  of  this  attached  to  the  back  of  the  paper  you  have, 
sir.  This  should  also  be  added.  The  second  page  which  you  are  re- 
ceiving should  be  placed  beneath  the  first  page.  When  properly 
placed  together^ — and  I  am  only  too  ready  to  admit  that  this  is  an  \m- 
perfect  training  aid — you  should  have  a  diagram  something  like  this 
[indicating]. 

The  sheet  that  says  "Organized  Religion"  up  in  the  corner  should  be 
the  second  of  the  two  sheets.  It  should  be  actually  a  single  continuous 
chart,  starting  with  "Diplomacy"  at  the  top,  and  ending  with  "Coordi- 
nated Militant  Subversion"  at  the  bottom. 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

(See  "Chart  A,"  opposite  this  page.) 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Now,  what  I  have  done  on  the  left-hand  side  is  to  list 
as  on  a  spectrum,  in  which  intensity  increases  toward  the  bottom,  all 
of  the  principal  areas  in  which  the  Soviet  Union  expresses  itself  in- 
ternally, that  is,  through  its  formal  government  and  through  its  sub- 
versive apparatus.  And,  on  the  opposite  side,  I  have  listed  those  areas 
in  which  American  foreign  policy  and  foreign  activities  respond. 
Now,  I  think  a  moment's  glance  at  this  chart-  points  up  the  inadequacy 
of  our  response.  The  width  and  the  length  of  the  arrows  is  determined 
by  objective  information  wdiich  is  available.  This  is  no  attempt  to 
force  the  facts,  but  to  represent  statistical  norms. 

I  would  like  to  make  this  point.  On  the  Soviet  side,  in  the  activi- 
ties they  are  involved  in,  from  diplomacy  and  trade  through  technical 
training,  organized  religion,  mass  organizations,  external  cadre  orga- 
nizations, and  down  to  coordinated  militant  subversion,  you  will  notice 
that  there  is  only  a  single  break— that  is  to  say,  there  is  only  one  point 
where  the  lines  are  not  contiguous  one  to  the  next,  and  that  is  following 
the  politico-military  bloc  item.    But,  otherwise,  the  Soviet  offensive, 


Diplomacy 


Trade 


Politico 
Mil  Bloc 


Fconoiiic   Jid 
Tech  Tng 

Cul   ExclBrge 

PropagEinda 

Org  IfeL 
MafflCrg 

Nan -Com 
Socio 
Spt   Sup 


External 

Cadre 

Orgn 


Coord 

Militant 

Sub 


Traditional   Diplomacy 


Diplomatic   and  Military  Espionage 

Unilateral  Pronouncements 

Support   of  Subversion 


c 


Traditional  Diplomacy 


"^  Dipl  &  Mil  Espionage 


Traditional  Trade 


'?-rgHi  t.T  pnal  Trarlp 


Trade  Espiohage 


Support  of  Subversion 


Satellite  countries  &  Warsaw  Bloc 


$  &Eauip 

Mil   Adv 
Tng  Pe 


A 


r 


Trade   Espionage 


tIAlQ 


SEATO 


Money  and  Eguinment 


Training  of  Personnel 


Military  Advisers 


T.nana    g-nfl     arar\tFt 


PI  aOaEtr>  \^ 
Sub  A*/ 


Planning  and  Construction 


Legitimate  Technological  Training 


.•Sc 


i  Tech  5  Tng 


P nlitical  Ttidn ctrination 


Training  for  Subversion 
Cjiltural  _Ex£iiange_IiQgrams_ 


Ideological  and  Political  Propaganda 


Penetration  for  purposes  of  Subversion 


Cultural  Exchange 


Id eological  and  Political  Propaganda 


Ideological  Propaganda 


Political  Propaganda 


f 


{^ 


lltical  Propaganda 


■JtoH  Penetr 


> 


Creation,  participation  &  Domihation  of  international  mass  organizations 

ShamelpRs  eypi  9itatipri  of  popular  needs  and  desires    _^ 

£utY£X3ive  Activity 


V_^   ^Itep  Kan-C 


Persistent  contacts  ft  proselyting  of  Socialists 
Exploitation  socialistic  inclinations  West  masses 
Pnlitinal  utilizatinn  nf  Voliintarv  Pel  Trav 

Fellow  Traveler  as  intelligence  source 

Fellow  traveler  as  instrument  of  subversion 

global  system  of  'national'  Com  Parties 
Covert  'national'  party  Intel  collection 
E-ytp-ryinlly  ^'^^f^-i  g-|iipn'l,°  pnrty  /'pit/Prop 


J 


< 


Foreign  Sup  of  American  interests 


^ 


^ 


*^  In-i 


Country  Counter-espionage 


Indigenous  Psrty'R   infiltration  multiple   in-country   social   strata 

Demon Rtrriit ions,   Rtrikea^aad  _Sabjitage ^ 

'Terrorism  _&J^ntimidat  ion 'T~ 

.Assistance   to   non-Communiat    insurs;ency   against  "external  _intere"sts" 
Assistance   to  non-Communist    insurgency    between   ethnic   groups 
COK'-iiur.ist   cnnt.rnlled   sub   insurgency  ~J 


^ 


•ASpontaneous  C amE.. 


-} 


i 


Coimter  insurgency 


i; 


A  tj:ai-:o 


hr 

w 

e 

t} 

cc 
oi 


QSjNroiqe?? 


OfTr'or:.,':'.':? 


d 
o 
g 

tl 
tl: 

tl 

ti 


^    a9X'i-i-.:;;jo::-    s'*- 


tl 
w 
q 
t( 
t( 

si 

C( 

P 
P 
[ 

t] 
c 
n 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1389 

from  top  to  bottom,  is  an  integrated  phenomenon,  totally  opportunis- 
tic, but  totally  integrated.  Our  response  to  it,  you  will  see,  is  full  of 
holes.  In  many  of  the  areas  in  which  we  are  being  challenged,  we  are 
not  responding  at  all,  and  in  other  areas,  we  are  responding  weakly, 
imperfectly. 

This  chart  suggests  that  there  is  a  need  for  a  response  at  every  level. 
Either  we  must  have  a  program  equally  as  good  as  the  Soviets  or  we 
must  have  a  program  to  thwart  their  efforts  in  that  particular  area, 
and  we  also  need  integration.  We  need  a  program  that  is  integrated, 
balanced,  and  total. 

Now,  one  half  of  the  things  with  which  the  Soviet  Union  is  con- 
cerned here,  and  which  I  attempt  to  represent  by  diagraniing,  are 
directly  related  to  the  question  of  insurgency  proper.  And  it  is  in  this 
framework  that  I  would  like  to  turn,  then,  to  the  question  of  insurgency 
itself,  seeing  it  by  my  definition  as  one  half  of  the  total  foreign  activities 
of  the  Soviet  I'f'nion. 

All  right.  Now,  in  Oberammergau,  where  Ave  are  concerned  with 
this  question  of  insurgency,  we  are  primarily  preoccupied  with  two 
periods  in  the  development  of  an  insurgent  movement,  which  we  call 
respectively  the  clandestine  and  the  military  operational  phases. 
These  correspond  to  what  the  special  group  counterinsurgency  under 
the  President  would  call  Phase  One  and  Two  programs  in  insurgency 
and  counterinsurgency. 

Now,  we  would  define  the  clandestine  phase  as  having  its  beginning 
at  that  point  when  organizational  work  begins;  when  the  first  party 
cadre  arrives  in  virgin  territory  and  begins  organizational  work,  the 
clandestine  phase  of  insurgency  has  begmi. 

The  ultimate  mission  of  the  clandestine  phase  is  a  power  seizure 
through  means  short  of  the  use  of  military  force.  That  is  to  say, 
ideally,  where  possible,  the  seizure  of  power  would  come  through  a 
coup  d'etat  or  an  election  victory  in  which  the  party  works  behind  a 
front  federation  that  actively  engages  in  open  politics. 

Now,  if  it  is  not  possible  to  seize  power  in  this  fashion,  then  you  may 
resort  to  what  we  can  call  protracted  revolutionary  warfare,  or  the 
military  operational  phase  of  insurgency  movements.  If  possible, 
they  would  prefer  to  take  over  through  clandestine  means  alone, 
simply  because  it  is  cheaper  and  it  requires  less  discipline;  but  they 
have  shown  themselves  admirably  capable  of  resorting  to  protracted 
techniques  involving  military  units,  and  I  would  like  to  turn  my  atten- 
tion here  primarily  to  that  second  period,  when  the  guerrilla  appears. 

Now,  we  in  the  West  have  been  so  impressed  with  the  fighting  ca- 
pacity of  the  guerrilla  that  we  have  tended  to  overlook  tlie  fact  that 
he  is  only  one  small  part  of  the  phenomenon  of  insurgency,  which  is 
a  much  greater  story.  I  would  like  to  examine  what,  in  fact,  happens 
when  a  country  like  South  Vietnam  finds  itself  gradually  drawn  into 
a  period  of  military  operational  insurgency.  The  story  starts,  of 
course,  back  in  the  clandestine  period.  Imagine,  if  you  will,  a  party 
organization,  Communist  party  organization  in  a  country — the  Polit- 
buro at  the  top  supported  by  a  central  committee  of  executors  and 
supervisors,  and  a  national  organization  proceeding  down  through 
the  provinces  to  the  regions,  to  the  districts,  and  to  local  units,  between 
which  the  agglomerate  of  cells  are  organized. 


1390   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A   FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

One  other  body  I  might  mention  at  this  point  would  be  attached 
at  the  local  or  district  level  of  the  party  organization,  the  so-called 
strong-arm  squads.  Now,  these  groups  may  have  any  of  a  variety 
of  names,  depending  upon  the  country  in  which  they  are  operating. 
They  can  be  called,  as  an  example,  the  Vanguard  of  the  People,  the 
People's  Peace  Corps,  or  any  of  a  number  of  names,  but  their  func- 
tion is  to  provide  the  tacticians  w^ho  know  how  to  redirect  a  street 
demonstration  until  it  ends  up  in  front  of  the  America  house.  In- 
cluded here  would  be  the  ones  who  employ  physical  persuasion  where 
ideological  persuasion  proves  not  to  be  enough.  These  would  be 
strong-arm  groups  in  the  lower  reaches  of  the  party  in  the  country  in 
question. 

All  right.  Now,  once  it  has  been  decided  that  the  party  will  partici- 
pate in  subversive  insurgency  movement,  the  Politburo  at  the  top  of 
the  party  organization  will  send  mobilization  orders  down  through  its 
party  structure  from  the  province  to  the  region  to  the  district,  and  the 
local  district  party  organization  will  receive  the  order,  "Send  'Actives' 
out  into  rural  areas  where  adverse  terrain  exists." 

Now,  the  "Active"  will  be  a  group  of  6,  7,  10  people.  These  will  be 
highly  select  party  members  who  are  thoroughly  experienced  in  one  or 
another  form  of  irregular  activity.  There  will  be  a  man  who  is  an 
expert  on  political  work,  on  ideological  training,  on  youth  groups,  and 
so  on.  This  will  be  a  small,  compact  group  of  men  sent  out  into  a  rural 
area.  They  will  constitute  the  nucleus  of  a  future  regional  force  and 
also,  at  the  same  time,  the  command  stmcture  for  a  regional  force. 

Once  the  "Active"  is  in  the  countryside,  well  placed,  then  there 
will  be  a  call  on  the  party  organization  in  that  district  of  the  country 
to  provide  volunteers  to  work  under  the  "Active,"  and  at  least  a  por- 
tion of  the  people  who  will  join  the  "Active"  now  will  be  members  of 
strong-arm  groups  and  will  come  out  of  urban  areas. 

Gradually,  under  the  direction  of  that  "Active,"  a  force  of  perhaps 
50  men  will  develop  out  there,  which  will  receive  military  training 
and  which  wnll  be  capable  of  military  action,  such  as  raiding  isolated 
police  posts  and  the  like. 

When  that  force,  which  we  will  call  regional,  is  operational  and 
the  party  organization  has  decided  that  it  is  indeed  time  to  go  into 
the  military  operational  phase  of  their  instructions,  then  the  follow- 
ing things  will  happen. 

First  off,  the  political  base  of  the  Politburo  organization  will  re- 
name itself  "Supreme  Headquarters  of  the  Peoples' Liberation  Army." 
Now,  this  is  a  critical  juncture.  The  Communist  knows  that  he  will 
not  be  able  to  rouse  up  popular  support  among  the  population  at 
large  if  he  fights  in  the  name  of  communism.  But  if  he  fights  as  the 
liberator  from  this,  that,  or  the  other  thing,  you  can  draw  support, 
so  the  members  of  the  Politburo  simply  rename  themselves  "Supreme 
Headquarters  of  the  Peoples'  Liberation  Army";  and  the  party  ap- 
paratus below  it — provincial,  regional,  district,  local  level — renames 
itself  "Territorial  Military  Organization  of  the  Supreme  Headquarters 
of  the  Peoples'  Liberation  Army." 

That  is  to  say,  the  Communist  stops  calling  himself  a  Communist 
and  adopts  an  alias.  The  regional  forces  come  under  the  control  of 
the  Supreme  Headquarters  of  the  Peoples'  Liberation  Army,  which  is 
the  Politburo,  but  operate  functionally  at  the  regional  level  with  the 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1391 

party  organization,  and  the  reg;ional  party  organization  becomes  the 
Regional  Territorial  Military  Organization  headquarters. 

Now,  this  does  not  in  any  way  constitute  a  subordination  of  the 
political  leadership  of  the  party  to  military  leadershi}:) — not  one  bit. 
It  is  simj)ly  a  change  of  name  for  tactical  and  psychological  purposes. 

Now  at  that  stage,  then,  two  things  begin.  The  regional  force,  an 
organization  of  50,  possibly  60  or  70  men — depending  upon  how  fast 
they  have  effected  their  work  there^ — begins  small  unit  action.  But 
concurrent  with  this,  the  "Active"  starts  sending  organizers  out  to 
the  villages. 

Now  the  Communist  has  a  comprehensive  doctrine,  step  by  step,  on 
what  you  do  to  the  village  population.  And,  if  I  may,  I  would  like 
to  submit  to  vou  here  this  following  chart. 

(See  "Chart  B,"  p.  1392.) 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Sir,  I  am  just  beginning  an  examination  of  the  precise 
step-by-step  procedures  employed  by  the  Communist  when  he  has 
become  militarily  operational  in  an  insurgency  movement  to  organize 
village  population,  to  mobilize  them.  You  will  see  up  in  the  upper 
left-hand  corner,  "District  Committee"  of  the  party  organization, 
which  is  now  operating  under  the  name,  "Territorial  Military  Or- 
ganization," the  TMO. 

The  Chairman.  At  this  point,  may  I  interrupt  you  ?  As  I  under- 
stand, you  are  presenting  your  personal  views. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Wliat  I  am  presenting  here  now  is  not  a  personal  view, 
but  docimaented  information. 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  but  there  is  none  of  the  information  you  use 
as  the  basis  of  the  testimony  which  carries  a  classification  ? 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Oh,  no,  sir.  No.  I  might — indeed,  sir,  thank  you 
for  this  point.  There  are  two  things  I  should  stress  here :  First,  that 
I  am  speaking  as  a  private  citizen 

The  Chairman.  That  is  what  I  mean. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  — and  secondly,  that  I  am  using  exclusively  unclas- 
sified materials. 

The  Chairman.  As  an  individual,  you  have  presented  documented 
evidence,  but  it  is  your  individual  belief. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Yes,  indeed ;  and  it  is  exclusively  drawn  from  unclas- 
sified materials. 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Now  associated  with  the  District  Committee,  which  is 
the  TMO  here,  is  the  regional  unit  of  50  or  60  persons  who  developed 
out  of  the  "Active"  sent  to  the  countryside  in  the  clandestine  phase, 
and  then  you  see  immediately  below  it  two  organizers  who  are  sent 
out  to  the  villages. 

If  I  may,  let  me  concern  you  with  the  material  in  the  very  middle  of 
the  diagram,  first  off.  The  organizers  appear  in  a  village  area,  let  us 
say  a  village  of  500  persons  to  a  thousand  persons  or  a  group  of  hamlets 
closely  associated.  Using  persuasion,  in  which  they  are  well  schooled, 
plus  the  terrorism  implicit  in  the  fact  that  a  regional  unit  is  not  too 
far  off,  they  will  organize  the  peasant  population  into  w^hat  I  would 
call  functional  groups,  that  is  to  say,  they  will  organize  them  according 
to  sex,  age,  occupation.  The  peasants  will  be  grouped  together  into 
a  mass  functional  organization,  the  women,  the  children,  the  youth. 
Over  each  of  these  elements  of  the  rural  population,  a  secretary  will 


1392   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 


w 

CJ 

« 

•^ 

Pi 

^ 

g 

M 

CM 

> 

tH 

« 

< 

H 

C) 

1-1 

P4 

O 

W 

CO 

CO 

!^ 

O 

M 

6H 

CO 

< 

w 

tsq 

M 

M 

^ 

B 

o 

M 

« 

s 

o 

c> 

N 

D"! 

r/j 

CO 

d 

T 

1 

^ 

IH 

C  ) 

M 

w 

*. 

M 

W 

CO 

M 

1^: 

e-i 

« 

l-l 

< 

e^ 

w 

M 

« 

M 

O 

g 

• 

M 

M 

o          1 

^^ 

M 

o 

K 

__^_^ 

g 

1^ 

o 

« 

>-> 

(A 

M 

M 

^x; 

" 

>H 

FH    1 

M 

w 

M 

M 

<J 

CJ 

C.J) 

1 

:ii 

CO 

f-i     CO 

EH 

is; 

(«    1-4 

^ 

^    o 

CO 

EH     fd 

-sj 

y 

M      M 

Pm 

o 

^      O 

PM 

» is. 

O 

1 

o 

w 

H 

H 

w 

O 

M 

f^l 

« 

M 

^ 

t? 

M 

O 

w 

O 

H 

H 

o 

o 

piCl 

p 

•■ 

M 

CA3 

00 

W 

H 

M 

Ph 

Ph 

m 

CJ 

w 

i^ 

w 

ch 

<j! 

w 

M 

o 

u 

M 

o 

F-< 

CO 

C/J 

CO 

t=> 

<^ 

>-3 



pq 

M 

CO 

<^ 

w 

|2i 

c; 

M 

W 

FH 

r^ 

C-5 

h-4 

^ 

■<; 

*-3 

PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1393 

be  designated,  and  the  number  of  these  organizations  will  be  expanded 
as  the  possibility  arises  and  as  the  organizational  work  begins. 

Once  the  peasantry  has  been  duly  organized  into  mass  organizations, 
or  functional  groups,  the  two  organizers  will  then  see  to  it  that  elec- 
tions occur  among  the  village  population.  Now  the  Communist  is 
very  eft'ective  in  using  the  devices  of  Western  democracies  in  a  per- 
verted form.  The  election  phenomenon  which  is  to  take  place  now 
in  a  rural  area  is  for  this  purpose.  The  Communist  would  see  to  it 
that,  by  voting,  the  rural  population  commits  an  act  of  symbolic  and 
de  facto  revolt,  sedition,  against  the  government  of  their  country.  By 
conducting  independent  elections  locally  without  the  slightest  refer- 
ence to  the  formally  established  government  of  the  country,  they  have 
in  fact  rebelled.  It  is  an  act  of  sedition,  and  they  compromise  them- 
selves to  that  extent.  Now  out  of  the  elections  that  come,  there  de- 
velops two  bodies :  a  Peoples'  Court,  supposedly  elected 

The  Chairmax.  At  this  point,  let  me  ask  you  this  question:  Thus 
far,  apparently,  nothing  has  happened  in  the  local  machinery  of  gov- 
ernment, there  has  been  no  enactment  of  authority  through  municij^al 
action,  state  action,  district  action  of  the  existing  regime 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Yes. 

The  Chairman — authorizing  the  election?  I  mean,  what  has  hap- 
pened, meantime?  Is  somebody  dissatisfied  that  an  election  is  being- 
called  contrary  to,  or  not  in  accordance  with,  local  machineiy  for  con- 
ducting the  government?     Or  will  you  develop  that  later? 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Well,  no.  First,  I  would  say  this:  there  are  many 
areas  of  the  earth's  surface  where  there  is  no  local  machinery  of  gov- 
ernment, or  it  is  so  ineffective  that  it  does  not  have  a  meaningful  pur- 
pose in  the  daily  life  of  the  peasant.     There  are  areas 

The  Chairman.  Well,  maybe  that  is  my  difficulty.  Things  such  as 
you  are  describing  would  hardly  happen  overnight  here. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  In  the  United  States,  you  mean.    Yes. 

The  Chairman.  It  would  require  legislative  action  to  conduct  the 
election,  but  you  are  talking  about  other  areas. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Yes,  sir;  that  is  true.  My  remarks  are  primarily 
directed  toward  the  situation  in  the  so-called  modernizing  countries  of 
the  earth. 

The  Chairman.  I  see. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  And  then,  of  course,  in  other  areas  of  the  earth  where 
a  government  of  sorts  does  exist  at  the  local  level,  it  will  be  the  function 
of  the  regional  unit  to  see  to  it  that  it  disappears.  This  itself  is  an 
alternate.  The  regional  unit  has  primarily  not  a  military  but  a  polit- 
ical function.  It  provides  the  organizer,  who  is  mobilizing  the  village 
population,  with  the  potential  of  terror  and  the  fact  of  liquidation 
where  it  is  necessaiy ;  and  it  is  a  force  which,  also  on  the  side,  involves 
itself  in  small  unit  actions  against  military  forces,  but  its  essenial  pur- 
pose is  political  and  not  military. 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Now  you  develop  a  Peoples'  Court,  five-  or  six-man 
body,  on  the  one  hand,  and  you  develop  a  Peoples'  Liberation  Com- 
mittee or  Council  on  the  other  hand.  Now  the  court  will  be  a  small 
body,  five  or  six  persons,  possibly;  the  committee,  a  large  bod3^  will 
represent  supposedly  the  traditions  of  legislative  as  opposed  to  judicial 
powers,  and  one  person  will  be  picked  out  as  a  secretary  to  head  up  the 


1394   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

Peoples'  Liberation  Committee,  representing  in  Western  tradition  an 
executive  authority. 

Now  that  is  the  situation  that  is  shown  on  the  chart  that  I  have  just 
provided  you,  the  third  chart  I  have  given  you  there. 

(See  "Chart  C,"  p.  1395.) 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  The  facade  presented  by  the  organizers,  now  working 
in  the  name  of  the  Territorial  Military  Organization,  is  that  the  people 
now  have  taken  their  future  in  their  own  hands  and  are  acting  demo- 
cratically.'' In  fact,  how^ever,  it  rapidly  develops  that  the  two  orga- 
nizers have  seen  to  it  that  they  become,  respectively,  the  president  of  the 
Peoples'  Court  and  the  associate  justice.  They  also  see  to  it  that  the 
supervision  of  all  future  elections  is  a  function  of  the  Peoples'  Court 
and  they  very  quickly  call  under  their  own  de  facto  control  the  Village 
Guard,  which  is  theoretically  attached  to  the  secretary  of  the  council. 
That  is  to  say,  that  the  Peoples'  Court,  including  the  two  organizers, 
assumes  control  over  election  procedures  and  control  over  the  armed 
force  locally  available,  with  which  enemies  of  the  people  are  to  be 
executed.  Now,  he  who  controls  these  two  powers  in  society  is  indeed 
the  leader  of  society.  There  is  your  source  of  executive  authority 
in  society,  he  who  controls  these  powers.  Consequently,  the  diagram 
which  I  have  given  you  is  not  in  itself  the  end ;  it  must  be  reorganized. 
This  is  the  facade  that  that  Communist  will  use  in  his  propaganda. 
This  diagram  represents  de  facto  authority  and  power. 

Now  in  an  attempt  to  represent  functional  channels,  I  put  the 
president  of  the  Peoples'  Court  at  the  top  of  the  chart.  He,  in  fact, 
calls  the  shots;  and  he  is  functionally,  now,  the  man  who  has  moved 
the  Territorial  Military  Organization  into  the  village,  to  the  grass- 
roots level.  Beneath  him  function  two  men,  his  associate  justice  and 
the  secretary  of  the  PLC.  The  secretary  of  the  PLC  and  the  Libera- 
tion Coimnittee 

The  Chairman.  What  is  PLC? 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Peoples'  Liberation  Committee.  The  secretary  of  the 
PLC  and  the  PLC  itself,  the  Peoples'  Liberation  Committee,  are  the 
rubberstamp  legislature,  which  is  effectively  controlled  through  tlie 
president  of  the  People's  Court.  The  associate  justice  controls  the 
rest  of  the  justices  in  the  court  system,  plus  the  Village  Guard.  There 
is  the  situation  that  actually  develops  in  a  country  like,  let  us  say, 
Vietnam  today.  The  names  used  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  function 
fulfilled.  The  facade  of  direct  democratic  action  by  the  people  is  kept, 
but  the  fact  of  party  control  under  assumed  names  is  there. 

Now,  it  is  interesting  to  note,  gentlemen,  that  this  kind  of  organiza- 
tional step  requires  only  two  men,  the  two  organizers  who  are  sent  in, 
plus  the  general  knowledge  of  the  population  that  not  too  far  off,  5,  10 
miles  away,  is  a  regional  unit.  And  when  elections  are  held,  of  course, 
there  will  always  be  a  provision  that  those  members  of  the  regional 
units  who  came  from  that  particular  area  where  the  election  is  to  be 
held  will  return  home  to  participate  in  the  election — carrying  rifle  over 
shoulder,  of  course. 

Now,  imagine  this  kind  of  a  department,  step  by  step,  in  many  dis- 
tricts in  the  country,  not  in  just  one,  with  many  organizers  going  out 
to  one  village  after  the  other  and  creating  that  farcical  process  of  so- 
called  democratic  election.    If  you  use  this  technique  long  enough  and 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1395 


r^j 

r 

Eh 

a 

o  s 

< 

OEH 

W 

hP 

O 

&H 

EH 

^ 

o 

p£J 

c; 

n 

M 

— 

W 

r/2 

g 

S 

Ph 

o 

P4 

0 


H 

&H 

W 

O 

FH 

M 

H 

« 

M 

g 

M 

<^^ 

M 

O 

>H 

p:^ 

■=^ 

e 

n 

o 

m 

w 

CO 

1 
i 

H 

EH 

t^ 

< 

c^ 

M 

M 

O 

Eh 

O 

CO 

m 

^ 

CO 

i-S 

■< 

© 


CO 

o 

CO 

l-H 

|:^ 

EH 

p:^ 

tS] 

<C 

t— 1 

^ 

3 

Ph 

125 

o 

Ph 

M 

CJ 

li:i 

n 

O 

K     - 

1— 1 

W 

;/j 

ra    CO 

FH 

EH 

p:;  w 

-=«! 

FH 

CO 

H     i-q 

p:! 

M 

■a^ 

Q     Ph 
S     O 

a     Ph 

M 

o 

H 



o 

M 

< 

p:; 

hH 

<i; 

:_i 

t3 

1— 1 

zi> 

> 

1 

i 

EH 

<i; 

M 

B^ 

p=; 

<^ 

y^'4 

OT 

C^ 

02 

g 

l-j 

CO 

^^ 

!^-H 

O 

n 

o 

M 

EH     CO 

■<     W 

i^ 

g     K 

fil 

H 

TrcT        r-( 

hq 

EH    iri 

O 

M    r3 

<^      l-D 

1396   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

broadly  enough,  you  can  produce  out  of  it  a  new  government  in  the 
country  at  large,  which  is  in  open  rebellion  and  conflict  against  the  duly 
constituted  government. 

Let  me  give  you  the  last  of  my  diagrams,  after  which  I  will  not  bother 
you  with  additional  paper  here. 

(See  "Chart  D,' J).  1397.) 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  This  last  diagram  which  I  give  you  attempts  to  repre- 
sent the  tragedy  of  what  is  happening  in  too  many  countries  in  the 
world  today  in  which  insurgencies  are  in  process.  You  see  on  this  chart 
three  parallel  echelons,  all  of  them  proceeding  down  from  the  Polit- 
bureau  of  the  party  organization.  In  the  center  of  the  chart  is  the 
party  organization  itself,  which  now  operates  under  the  name  of  the 
Territorial  Military  Organization,  as  we  referred  to  it  before,  and 
which  has  available  to  it,  where  it  faces  severe  opposition,  a  regional 
unit,  capable  of  terror  and  liquidation.  This  party  organization  does 
not  work  in  the  name  of  the  party  any  longer,  but  in  the  name  of 
"liberation." 

To  the  left  of  tlie  party  oro;anization,  you  will  see  the  Supreme  Head- 
quarters of  the  Peoples'  Liberation  Army — which  is  the  Politbureau, 
once  again,  by  a  different  name,  under  which  regular  units  develop. 
As  you  make  this  process  work  more  and  more  effectively,  you  draw 
out  of  your  regional  units,  where  you  have  men  with  field  experience, 
increasing  numbers  of  persons  for  the  kind  of  training  you  need  to 
produce  a  more  or  less  quasi-regular  military  organization. 

And  to  the  right-hand  center  of  our  diagram,  you  see  the  system  of 
Peoples'  Liberation  Committees  developing,  now,  from  the  village, 
which  we  have  talked  about,  to  tlie  national  level — the  top,  the  Execu- 
tive Committee  of  the  Peoples'  Liberation  Front,  which  is  controlled 
by  the  Politbureau,  but  imder  still  another  name.  The  election  proc- 
ess, as  indicated  here,  is  controlled  by  the  TMO,  through  commissions 
that  operate  at  the  village  and  higher  levels.  The  list  of  names  put  up 
by  the  commission  is  also  approved  by  the  villagers  in  question,  since 
they  know  that  behind  the  commission  there  stands  the  power  of  the 
party,  and  behind  the  power  of  the  party  stands  the  regional  unit. 
You  can  see,  then,  the  very  strong  political  content  of  the  activities  of 
that  unit. 

Now  gentlemen,  I  have  been  very  brief  here;  I  have  attempted  to 
be  as  brief  as  I  can.  In  the  prepared  statement  I  have  brought  with 
me  there  is  a  bit  more  information  on  this.  But  I  would  say  this  about 
this  thing,  however.  This  way  in  which  to  go  about,  step  by  step,  ra- 
tionally and  by  preconception,  organizing  the  population  for  subver- 
sive warfare — this  concept  was  fully  organizational  and  well  known 
amon,g  international  Communist  leaders  at  the  latest  by  1939 — that  is 
to  say,  before  World  War  II  began. 

The  original  work  in  the  direction  of  developing  this  comprehensive 
doctrine  on  how  to  give  the  appearance  to  the  outside  world  that  a 
spontaneous  democratic  process  is  taking  place — the  original  work 
began  about  1900  by  Lenin  himself.  By  1939.  all  of  the  techniques 
necessary  to  conduct  this  form  of  active  war  had  been  developed.  And 
during  the  World  War  II  period  and  the  immediate  post -World  War 
II  period,  we  see  this  practice,  which  I  have  briefly  outlined  here, 
repeated  time  and  time  again.  There  is  no  meaningful  difference 
between  what  happens  in  my  diagram  here  and  what  happened  under 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1397 


e^ 

a 

o 

rt 

PH 

i^ 

o 

p4  H  M 

M  EH  -=4 

EH&H  « 

t3  npq 

o  ^  pq 
H  r-d  M 

XOHl 

HO 

CO 

ea 

Hi 

o 

Ph 

g 

O 

pq 

Ph 

&H 

M 

o 

(^ 

CO 

u 

W  Pc; 

W  -< 

GH 

ptife 

<io 

CD  M 

ca-EH 

as 

M 

Hl^ 

K  CO 

PhH 

t3  h^ 

«  Ph 

O 

H 

r-i 

C8 

•H 

H 

O 

nj 

flo 

f5  O 

•Hi-q 

cs  nq 

>  P^ 

•H  Ph 

o 

bO 

^H 

Q) 

Ph 

p:5 

p:; 

■^    CO 


n3 

O  -p 
■H  -H 
MS 

P4 


LN 


\  / 

X 

X 
/  \ 

u 

"^    /i 

Ci    03 

!-\  -P 

3  -H 

V 

o<p; 

O  !3 

/      \ 

Ph 

/ 

o 

S 

£H 

1        "^ 

-p 

H^ 

H  -H 

CO   •§ 

o  B 

o  o 

1^  o 

30-471— 64— pt.  2- 


-.11 


1398   PROVIDING   FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    C02VIMISSI0N 

Tito  in  Yugoslavia,  what  happened  under  Mao  Tse-tung  in  China,  what 
happened  in  the  Philippines  with  the  Hukbalahaps,  what  happened 
in  Greece  in  the  immediate  post- World  War  II  period.  All  of  these 
movements  were  conducted  almost  with  slavish  adherence  to  the  simple 
procedure  that  I  have  outlined  here. 

In  principle,  the  Communist  is  certain  how  to  do  this.  He  has  been 
able  to  modify  his  material  on  the  basis  of  practical  experience.  Thus, 
to  the  techniques  I  have  previously  discussed  here,  you  can  add  the 
technique  of  the  infiltrated  terrorist  unit,  which  was  developed  by  the 
Soviet  Union  on  the  basis  of  her  World  War  II  guerrilla  experience ; 
and  then  with  this  modified  form,  these  techniques  are  again  used  in 
the  era  of  the  1950's  and  1960's. 

The  warfare  with  which  we  are  confronted  today  in  South  Vietnam 
is  developed  essentially  in  accordance  with  these  principles,  and  every 
one  of  the  organizational  blocs  indicated  on  the  last  of  the  four  charts 
I  have  given  you  can  be  identified  in  Vietnam.  The  whole  thing  is 
there  and  functioning  exactly  in  accordance  with  the  procedures  I 
have  suggested. 

Thus  far,  I  have  attempted  to  do  two  things :  One  is  to  give  you  a 
concept  of  a  personal  view  of  what  cold  war  is,  the  combining  of  the 
state  and  party  channels,  and  secondly,  more  specifically,  what  an 
insurgency  movement  is,  subversive  style.  It  is  one  half  of  the  total 
picture  and  it  is  developed  and  escalated  according  to  precalculated 
organizational  plans,  which  combine  terrorism  with  military  acts  and 
military  acts  with  politics  and  sociology. 

Now  how  do  we  go  about  responding  effectively  on  the  total  level 
and  on  the  specific  level  to  the  subversive  insurgent  movement?  Can 
we  go  to  the  various  agencies  of  our  Government  and  tell  them  that 
they  should  step  up  their  activity,  that  each  of  them  should  expand  its 
operations,  be  more  original  in  its  thinking  ? 

I  don't  think  this  is  an  answer.  I  think  that  to  fill  in  the  gaps  that 
appear  on  the  chart  here  and  respond  to  the  political  organizational 
work  of  the  insurgent  in  countries  like  South  Vietnam,  we  need  a  kind 
of  response  and  an  approach  which  is  comprehensive.  To  tell  each 
agency  of  Government  independently,  "Well,  do  something  more  about 
it,"  is  in  my  mind  an  unprofessional  approach  to  the  question.  I  think 
that  to  tell  each  agency  of  the  Government  to  act  independently  in 
its  own  sphere  is  like  telling  a  division  commander  that  each  of _  his 
battalions  should  work  out  its  own  independent  plan  for  its  participa- 
tion in  the  divisional  effort  to  take  hill  201.  The  only  conditions  under 
which  the  division  commander  might  be  tempted  to  relinquish  control 
in  favor  of  his  battalion  commanders  is  when  his  forces  are  hopelessly 
encircled  and  he  can  think  of  nothing  but  retreat. 

Why  doesn't  the  division  commander  surrender  control  to  his  bat- 
talion commanders?  Well,  for  several  reasons:  First,  from  the  very 
beginning  of  his  professional  career,  he  has  been  taught  that  the 
effective  orchestration  of  his  operation  is  more  than  half  of  the  battle 
in  itself.  Now,  obviously,  he  won't  use  the  word  "orchestration," 
but  what  he  is  thinking  about  is  that  ingenious  integration  of  the 
total  resources  and  effectiveness  of  each  of  the  multiple  battalions 
under  him.  The  fact  that  he  is  able  to  meaningfully  and  artistically 
integrate  the  roles  of  the  representative  battalions,  is  in  itself  a  sub- 
stantial improvement  of  his  chances  of  winning,  so  he  is  an  orches- 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1399 

trator,  but  he  is  something  else  too.  He  is  a  man  who  can  rely  upon  a 
detailed,  articulated  doctrine  which  provides  him  with  guidelines  on 
what  are  the  best  possibilities  under  these  given  circumstances.  These 
are  doctrines,  and  he  also  has  available  to  him  men  who  have  been 
trained  in  discipline,  who  have  specialized  knowledge  and  physical 
capacities.  The  commander,  then,  of  the  division  is  an  orchestrator, 
conscious  of  the  capabilities  of  his  trained  specialists,  who  operates  in 
accordance  with  a  doctrine. 

Now  in  the  context  of  the  total  cold  war  situation,  the  problem 
facing  the  commander,  namely,  the  President  of  the  United  States, 
is  decidedly  more  complex  than  that  of  the  division  commander. 
But,  nevertheless,  I  would  suggest  that  these  three  factors  still  are 
definitive:  the  ability  to  orchestrate,  to  use  disciplined  and  trained 
personnel,  and  to  w^ork  in  accordance  with  doctrine. 

Now  in  the  United  States,  the  concept  of  orchestrating  is  widely 
acknowledged  today.  Within  the  various  agencies  of  our  Govern- 
ment, we  also  have  highly  trained,  responsible,  and  disciplined  staffs. 
They  are  encouraged  to  think  somewhat  narrowly  in  terms  of  the 
interests  of  their  agencies  of  Government,  but  still,  they  are  a  cadre. 
What  we  don't  have  is  the  doctrine.  Think  of  the  range  of  tech- 
niques— psychological,  terroristic,  political,  military — that  figure  in 
the  organization  of  a  village,  that  figure  in  the  organization  of  this 
comprehensive  national  apparatus,  and  think  of  all  the  gaps  in  the 
first  two  diagrams  I  gave  you,  where  we  don't  respond. 

Now  we  have  to  have  answers;  we  have  to  have  written,  black  on 
white  answers,  on  what  to  do  about  the  insurgents'  activities  at  stage 
one,  stage  two,  stage  three,  and  we  have  to  fill  in  all  the  gaps  on  our 
chart  here.  We  are  not  responding  politically  to  the  offensive  against 
us.  We  have  got  to  fill  those  gaps  in  with  our  own  positive  programs, 
where  our  Christian  ethics  permit  it,  and  we  have  got  to  work  out 
other  programs  that  thwart  the  activities  of  the  Communists  where 
our  Christian  ethics  won't  allow  us  to  be  dragged  down  into  the  muck 
from  which  they  operate. 

We  need,  with  respect  to  this  specific  question  of  insurgency  and 
with  regard  to  the  broad  subject  of  the  cold  war  in  general,  compre- 
hensive doctrine  which  provides  us  with  a  basis  for  integration,  bal- 
ance, and  totality  in  our  response. 

Now  just  to  give  you  an  example  of  some  of  the  things  we  don't 
know,  let  me  mention  some  of  the  areas  in  which  we  can't  respond  to 
this  thing  as  yet. 

We  don't  have  a  doctrine  on  how  to  proceed  from  an  information 
program  to  an  organizational  program.  Let  me  say  this :  Not  to  at- 
tempt to  convince  other  peoples  of  the  righteousness  of  the  stands  we 
take,  not  to  do  that  would  be  treachery,  but  to  do  it,  and  then  not  pro- 
vide the  local  people  with  the  means  through  which  they  can  organi- 
zationally express  themselves  and  participate  in  this  effort,  that  is  to 
be  an  amateur.  We  must  have  some  way  whereby  we  can  proceed 
from  programs  in  which  we  convince  people  to  programs  in  which 
they  are  provided  with  organizational  means  of  expressing  their  con- 
victions. 

Another  thing :  This  is  a  crying  necessity  today  that  the  free  world 
be  provided  with  a  vocabulary  of  terms  to  replace  the  ones  the  Com- 
munists have  fabricated  for  us.    On  the  psychological  level,  we  allow 


1400   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

the  Communist  victory  too  cheaply,  and  this  is  indeed  morally  repre- 
hensible, because  we  let  him  win  by  default.  How  strong  can  our 
position  be  in  the  eyes  of  the  Vietnamese  citizenry  when  we  refer  to 
guerrilla  base  areas  of  the  Viet  Cong  as  "liberated  zones?" 

We  need  to  develop  a  doctrine.  It  must  be  a  conscious  program. 
We  need  a  vocabulary  which  is  distributed  to  every  newspaper,  every 
magazine  and  radio  station  in  the  United  States,  for  their  use  as  they 
so  desire.  More  technically,  we  need  a  doctrine  on  how  to  integrate 
military  and  police  functions.  We  do  not  have  a  comprehensive  doc- 
trine on  the  relative  function,  the  representative  functions  of  police 
and  military  groups,  as  they  are  blended  together  for  a  response  in  an 
insurgent  situation.  We  need  a  careful  reexamination  of  our  AID 
program  in  the  light  of  its  psychological  content  and  we  have  to  con- 
sider the  possibility  of  supporting  it  with  a  political  aid  program,  not 
only  an  economic  aid  program. 

We  need,  as  an  example,  a  doctrine  on  how  to  motivate,  on  the 
formulation  of  a  mission,  and  the  assignment  of  command  responsi- 
bility over  paramilitary  forces  of  a  civilian  part-time  character,  which 
we  don't  have.  We  do  not  have  a  doctrine  on  how  to  handle  para- 
military forces,  part-time  civilian  soldiers,  in  a  counterinsurgency  sit- 
uation. 

We  need  a  doctrine  on  how  to  offset  the  subversive  propaganda  con- 
tent of  the  Soviet  Union's  economic  and  technical  training  programs  in 
modernizing  comitries  which  pollute  the  atmosphere  in  such  countries 
and  make  positive  work  difficult. 

We  need  a  doctrine  on  precisely  how  to  make  a  system  of  civil-mili- 
tary counterinsurgency  councils  at  all  levels  of  government  work. 

Now  these  are  only  a  few  of  the  many  areas  in  which  we  need  fund- 
amental doctrinal  statements.  Now,  can  we  farm  out  these  questions 
to  the  agencies  of  Government  which  come  closest  to  the  area  we  are 
concerned  with,  and  let  them  answer  them?  I  would  say  no.  I  say 
that  it  would  be  unprofessional.  If  you  want  answers  to  questions 
like  this,  which  are  essential  to  fight,  then  you  turn  this  whole  problem 
over  to  a  Freedom  Academy,  and  you  provide  that  body  with  every 
conceivable  assistance  possible,  so  that  it  can  begin  its  work  at  the 
earliest  possible  moment. 

If  you  turn  this  kind  of  question  over  to  an  established  agency  of 
Government,  then  they  will  answer  the  questions  in  terms  of  their 
specialized  knowledge  and  their  current  operational  capacities.  If  you 
turn  these  kinds  of  questions  over  to  a  Freedom  Academy,  they  will 
answer  in  terms  of  the  totality  of  the  cold  war  and  they  will  turn  the 
question  of  implementation  over  to  the  President. 

A^Hiile  the  knowledge  of  every  agency  of  Government  should  be 
available  to  the  research  and  instructing  staff  of  this  organization,  it 
should  not  be  subordinated  to  any  of  them.  We  want  answers  to  the 
totality  of  the  threat  before  us  today,  which  is  real  and  urgent.  We 
need  not  more  specialized  thinking  in  areas  that  are  not  integrated. 

Let  me  add  just  one  last  word  here,  in  reference  to  that  matter  of 
making  the  specialist's  knowledge  available  to  the  Freedom  Academy. 

Now  in  much  of  the  literature  of  the  friends  of  the  Freedom  Com- 
mission and  the  Freedom  Academy,  there  are  references  to  the  neces- 
sity of  studying  the  nonmilitary  aspects  of  this  global  conflict.  I  would 
just  like  to  add  a  word  about  this.    I  think  I  understand  what  the 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1401 

friends  of  this  bill  mean  by  this,  and  if  I  might  permit  myself,  I  sug- 
gest they  mean  this:  When  they  talk  about  the  nonmilitary  aspects  of 
the  conflict,  they  are  talking  about  those  areas  and  activities  not  tradi- 
tionally considered  relevant  to  the  principal  mission  assigned  to  profes- 
sional armed  forces  in  Western  countries. 

Now  if  we  can  live  with  that  definition,  then  I  would  say  that  the 
United  States  Army,  as  an  example,  is  very  much  concerned  with  the 
nonmilitary  part  of  the  global  conflict.  If  you  think  for  a  moment 
about  organization  of  a  village — what  part  of  that  is  a  military  effort 
and  what  part  of  that  is  a  nonmilitary  effort  ?  And  can  you  meaning- 
fully separate  these  things? 

I  think  not.  And  since  the  Army  must  fight  at  that  level,  it  must 
concern  itself,  then,  with  nonmilitary  aspects  of  the  global  conflict. 
The  Army  can't  solve  this  problem  by  itself.  But  I  would  also  sug- 
gest that  to  exclude  the  Army  from  the  faculty  of  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy would  be  to  read  ourselves  out  of  the  problem.  If  the  Army  can't 
solve  the  problem  by  itself,  then  I  would  suggest  that  it  is  still  true 
that  the  problem  is  insolvable  without  the  Army.  So  preoccupation 
with  nonmilitary  aspects  of  the  global  conflict  is  not  the  same  thing  as 
preoccupation  with  programs  in  which  the  Army  is  not  involved. 

Gentlemen,  I  don't  know  how  successful  I  have  been,  but  I  hope  that 
I  have  brought  to  your  attention  some  facts  that  may  not  have  con- 
cerned you  previously  about  the  nature  of  the  conflict  in  its  totality 
and  our  response  to  it  and,  more  in  detail  at  the  grassroots  level, 
the  nature  of  what  happens  in  a  little  village,  stuck  up  on  the  hills  of 
tlie  central  Annamite  areas  of  South  Vietnam  or  in  the  back  woods  of 
Venezuela  or  in  the  mountainous  areas  of  eastern  Colombia  or  in  a 
multitude  of  other  countries  where  the  same  thing  is  being  done  again 
with  such  absolute  conformity  to  pattern  that  it  is  not  really  interest- 
ing to  investigate  new  cases  any  more.  We  know  in  such  detail  what 
they  do  the  first  month,  the  second  month,  the  third  month.  Wliat  we 
don't  know  is  what  to  do  about  them,  but  these  are  questions  and  prob- 
lems that  are  amenable  to  rational  solution.  All  we  have  to  do  is  pro- 
vide a  place  and  an  atmosphere  and  a  context  conducive  to  approach- 
ing the  totality  of  the  problem  rather  than  its  bits  and  pieces,  and 
that's  the  Freedom  Academy.  This  would  be  a  major  breakthrough  of 
the  most  urgent  necessity. 

Let  me  read  you  here  very  briefly  something  that  Mr,-  Lenin  once 
wrote : 

A  man  who  is  weak  and  vacillating  on  theoretical  questions,  who  has  a  narrow 
outlook,  who  makes  excuses  for  his  own  slackness  on  the  ground  that  the  masses 
are  awakening  spontaneously  *  *  *  who  is  unable  to  conceive  a  broad  and 
bold  plan,  who  is  incapable  of  inspiring  even  his  enemies  with  respect  for  him- 
self, and  who  is  inexperienced  and  clumsy  in  his  own  professional  art  *  *  *  such 
a  man  is  *  *  *  a  hopeless  amateur. 

Gentlemen,  to  strengthen  the  territorial  integrity  of  the  United 
States  and  the  free  world  is  a  moral  act.  To  abstain  from  performing 
this  act  is  not  to  rise  to  a  higher  ethical  level,  in  which  you  place  a 
code  of  morality  above  your  personal  security.  Not  to  do  this  is  to 
surrender  the  battlefield  to  immorality  by  default. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman,  Thank  you.  I  think  we  might  have  time  for  a 
few  questions. 


1402       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

I  appreciate  your  very  penetrating  discussion  of  the  cold  war  and 
actual  operations  in  areas,  foreign  areas  with  which  you  are  familiar, 
and  that  is  the  area  I  know  you  expected  to  cover. 

Coming  to  the  operation  and  effectiveness  of  the  proposed  Academy, 
as  it  would  apply — but  first  I  should  say  that  the  facilities  of  the 
Academy  would  be  used,  utilized,  in  the  areas  that  you  have  described 
in  many  ways,  through  foreign  nationals  who  would  be  attending  it. 
But  how  do  you  visualize  the  usefulness  of  the  Academy,  the  Com- 
mission, which  is  the  thing  we  have  to  sell  to  the  Congress,  as  it 
affects  not  these  villages  you  are  talking  about — because  it  is  incom- 
prehensible to  many  people,  unfortunately,  that  it  could  happen 
here — how  would  you  visualize  the  usefulness  of  the  Academy  to  people 
right  here  at  home — people  in  labor,  in  management,  in  all  segments 
of  our  society? 

Dr.  CoNLET.  Well,  sir,  I  would  say,  first  of  all,  it  could  happen 
here — I  profoundly  believe. 

Secondly,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  essence  of  the  form  of  government 
we  have  is  that  the  programs  we  conduct  in  the  foreign  policy  area 
be  supported  by  a  consensus  of  public  opinion  which  is  well  over  50 
percent.  We  must  make  available  to  the  general  public  the  knowl- 
edge that  would  convince  it  of  the  correctness  of  foreign  policy,  and 
I  don't  see  how  else  we  can  do  it.  It  strikes  me  as  being  perfectly 
logical  that  you  take  what  our  psychological  operations  officers  would 
call  the  key  communicator  from  the  labor  union,  from  the  women's 
group,  from  the  Aquinases,  and  what-have-you,  and  make  available 
to  him  a  course  of  instruction — a  few  weeks,  a  couple  of  months,  it 
depends— simply  make  the  information  available  to  him.  I  think 
that  to  know  is  to  be  motivated,  and  it  seems  to  me  that  this  is  pre- 
cisely the  technique  for  producing  that  groundswell  of  support  behind 
an  aggressive  foreign  policy,  which  is  the  crying  necessity  of  our  pe- 
riod. I  consider — I  say,  myself — I  consider  absolutely  indispensable 
that  this  Academy  teach  the  civil  population  of  the  United  States, 
the  professional  Government  employee  in  every  service,  and  foreign 
students;  to  exclude  any  of  these  three  groups,  in  my  mind,  would 
be  to  misunderstand  the  intent  of  the  whole  program.  What  you 
would  expect  from  the  foreign  student  would  be  different  from  what 
you  would  expect  from  the  American  civilian,  but  both  of  them  need  to 
be  informed.  One  of  them  to  provide  that  support  in  the  population 
of  the  United  States ;  the  other,  the  know-how  of  what  to  do  next.  I 
think  there  must  be  this.  To  exclude  any  of  these  tliree  categories  is 
to  misunderstand  its  intent. 

The  Chairman.  Oh,  we  don't  mean  to  exclude. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  You  are  arguing  for  it  ? 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Oh,  very  strongly.    Yes. 

The  Chairman.  I  was  referring  to  practical  operations  and  useful- 
ness from  the  point  of  view  of  internal  security  here,  applicable  now. 
People  expect  more  of  this  phase  of  the  bill,  I  suspect,  than  of  the 
other  phases  of  it  bectuise,  you  must  understand,  foreign  policy  under 
our  Constitution  is  left  up  to  the  executive  department,  the  President 
and  the  Secretary  of  State,  through  their  vast  operations.  But  cer- 
tainly, if  this  Academy  were  required  to  make  foreign  policy,  I  am 
afraid  that  you  just  couldn't  sell  it. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1403 

Dr.  CoNLET.  Yes,  sir.     May  I  add  this  word  here  ? 

I  would  draw  a  very  sharp  distinction  between  doctrine  and  policy. 

The  Chairmax.  Yes. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Whether  you  attack  hill  201  is  policy.  That  group  of 
techniques  which  are  most  likely  to  produce  a  successful  operation, 
should  you  attack,  is  doctrine. 

Now  policy  is  the  selection  of  one  of  a  series  of  alternate  courses  of 
action  which  are  possible  in  any  situation.  Such  a  decision  is  exclu- 
sively a  matter  of  the  State  Department,  and  not  of  the  Freedom 
Academy.  The  Freedom  Academy  is  to  provide  a  comprehensive 
doctrine  on  what  are  the  alternatives  available,  what  courses  of  action 
are  possible,  what  blendina^,  what  weapons  systems  may  bo  used. 

Mr.  Tuck.  That  is  the  third  bell. 

Mr.  Pool.  I  have  one  question. 

Quickly  answer  this,  if  you  can. 

You  mentioned  terror  in  the  re2:ional  units.  Do  you  have  hopes 
that  we  can  counteract  that  by  some  doctrine  or  some  policy? 

Dr.  CoxLEY.  Yes,  very  definitely,  sir. 

Mr.  Pool.  We  don't  go  for  that  ourselves,  so  what  would  you  say  ? 
Have  you  got  an  idea  on  that  ? 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  Well,  very  quickly,  yes,  I  have  a  couple  of  ideas.  But 
secondly,  it  is  precisely  these  kinds  of  questions — How  do  we  counteract 
this  without  doing  simply  the  same  things  ourselves? — it  is  precisely 
these  kinds  of  questions  on  which  we  must  have  an  exhaustive  exami- 
nation. The  fact  that  there  is  no  answer  to  that  is  a  reason  for  the 
Freedom  Academy. 

Myself,  I  woul(i  suggest  very  briefly  that  one  of  the  responses  to  it 
is  through  the  use  of  paramilitary  forces.  If  you  can  convince  the 
people  that  you  are  right,  organize  them  so  that  they  can  express 
themselves,  and  then  put  them  to  some  task,  you  can  generate  a  reac- 
tion against  this  kind  of  activity  of  a  terroristic  nature.  I  think  there 
are  definitely  alternate  programs,  but  we  need  someone  who  will  sit 
down  and  work  this  out. 

Mr.  Pool.  That  is  encouraging.     I  thank  you. 

Dr.  CoNLEY.  I  most  definitely  think  there  is  an  answer,  yes. 

(Dr.  Conley-s  prepared  statement  follows:) 

STATEMENT  OF  MICHAEL  C.  CONLEY 

Gentlemen,  to  identify  myself  at  the  outset,  I  belong  among  the  most  fervent 
supporters  of  the  proposed  Freedom  Commission  and  Freedom  Academy.  My 
studies  in  the  field  of  Soviet  history  and  politics  and  the  international  Communist 
apparatus  during  the  last  6  years  have  made  increasingly  apparent  to  me  that  we 
have  neither  the  know-how  nor  the  organizational  means  to  stop  the  further 
encroachments  of  the  Communist  bloc,  let  alone  initiating  an  offensive  "rollback". 
I  have  been  strengthened  in  this  conviction  by  the  somewhat  more  specialized 
studies  I  have  conducted  or  directed  during  the  past  3  years,  specifically  in  the 
field  of  insurgency  and  counterinsurgency. 

In  the  Paramilitary  Actions  Department  of  U.S.  Army  School,  Europe,  in 
Oberammergau,  I  have  associated  myself  with  a  unique  group  of  persons,  and 
together  vpith  them  we  have  been  able  to  identify  in  detail  the  manner  in  which 
Mr.  Khrushchev's  "Wars  of  Liberation"  are  imloosed  upon  one  country  after 
the  other  about  the  globe.  To  the  extent  that  our  means  permit,  we  are  now 
grappling  with  the  construction  of  an  integrated  doctrine  on  what  we  must  be 
realistically  capable  of  doing  in  order  to  thwart  the  calculated  designs  which  we 
have  identified.  I  should  like  to  turn  my  attention  to  the  facts  we  have  established 
regarding  the  insurgent,  and  then— in  the  light  of  my  findings — take  a  second 
look  at  wliy  it  is  that  the  present  proc(Klures  followed  by  our  Government — even 


1404       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

with  the  improvements  from  the  period  of  the  Kemiedy  administration — still 
remain  inadequate  in  the  face  of  the  challenge  that  faces  us. 

But  first,  I  would  like  to  put  this  matter  of  Communist-inspired  subversive 
insurgency  in  context  by  briefly  giving  you  a  personal  view  of  the  essential 
features  of  what  we  call  cold  war.  I  believe  we  can  most  readily  grasp  the  nature 
of  the  current  cold  war  by  contrasting  the  foreign  activities  of  the  post- World 
War  II  Stalin  era,  from  1945  to  1953,  with  the  Khrushchev-Mao  Tse-tung  epoch 
after  1954. 

In  carrying  out  his  external  policies,  Stalin  relied  primarily  upon  the  CPSU 
and  the  system  of  so-called  national  Communist  parties  about  the  world,  em- 
braced in  his  international  Communist  apparatus.  He  supported  the  efforts  of 
this  organization,  which  were  essentially  covert  and  subversive,  with  the  tools 
of  diplomacy  and  limited  international  trade.  For  the  rest,  the  official  machinery 
of  his  government  was  not  significantly  utilized  to  support  the  foreign  policies 
implemented  through  party  channels.  His  approach  was — in  terms  of  the  current 
situation — crude,  unimaginative.  His  stratagems  were  readily  identifiable.  His 
efforts  frequently  counterproductive. 

Now  what  happens  after  1954,  particularly  after  1956?  Khrushchev  has 
retained  every  trick  in  the  Lenin-Stalin  book  of  subversion.  As  in  Stalin's  time, 
the  party  apparatus  and  the  provocative  techniques  of  international  communism 
still  provide  the  Kremlin  with  a  base  from  which  the  subversion  of  other  countries 
is  commenced.  But  Khrushchev  is  conducting  this  program  with  inestimably 
greater  professional  competence  for  two  reasons.  First,  he  does  not  make  Stalin's 
mistake  of  relying  almost  exclusively  on  party  channels.  Secondly,  he  has 
realistically  oriented  his  strategy  to  exploit  to  the  fullest  the  distinctive  situation 
which  has  developed  in  the  post- World  War  II  world.  He,  unlike  Stalin,  realizes 
the  potentials  consequent  upon  the  appearance  of  a  vast  number  of  new  countries 
without  experienced  administrators,  historical  traditions,  or  balanced  budgets. 

Alongside  the  international  party  apparatus,  he  pushes  a  grossly  expanded 
public  program,  implemented  through  official  government  channels.  Khrushchev, 
much  the  better  strategist,  has  combined  party  and  state  channels.  And  to  an 
unprecedented  effect !  Let  us  look  for  a  moment  at  what  he  has  done  through 
the  agency  of  the  Soviet  Government. 

He  has  expanded  the  number  of  countries  with  which  the  Soviet  Union  has 
diplomatic  relations.  The  U.S.S.R.  is  now  engaged  in  a  stepped-up  trade  pro- 
gram with  non-Communist  countries.  It  has  undertaken  an  expansive  aid  pro- 
gram, a  farflung  technical  assistance  effort,  and  a  relentless  cultural  offensive, 
ranging  from  ballet  and  orchestra  to  astronauts  and  trade  union  delegations. 
The  result?  The  legitimate  presence  of  large  numbers  of  Soviet  citizens  in  a 
majority  of  nations  of  the  world  has  provided  the  subversive  apparatus  with 
vantage  points  from  which  to  undertake  operations  previously  denied  it,  while 
the  successes  of  the  party's  activity  are  opening  ever-new  fields  for  penetration 
via  the  agencies  of  the  U.S.S.R.'s  formal  government  facade.  By  integrating 
party  and  state,  Khrushchev  has  grossly  expanded  his  fields  of  operation  and  the 
likelihood  of  the  success  of  his  endeavors. 

The  cold  war  in  which  we  today  are  engaged  is  to  be  understood  in  this  frame 
of  reference.  It  is  made  up,  broadly,  of  two  elements :  subversive  insurgency 
movements,  handled  through  party  channels,  and  "peaceful  coexistence,"  the 
program  conducted  through  the  governmental  agencies  of  the  bloc  countries 
and  which  embraces  diplomacy  (to  include  military  assistance),  trade,  aid, 
technical  assistance,  foreign  student  programs,  and  cultural  exchanges. 

If  we  think  in  terms  of  this  conceptual  framework  and  consider  the  cold  war 
as  the  sum  total  of  the  external  activities  conducted  through  the  combined 
resources  of  party  and  government  framework,  we  are  justified  already  at 
the  outset  of  our  investigation  in  drawing  certain  conclusions  regarding  the 
competence  of  the  United  States  currently  to  respond  to  the  challenge.  Let  me 
turn  your  attention  to  the  first  of  the  charts  which  have  been  distributed  to  you. 
It  attempts  to  identify  the  essential  multiple  elements  in  the  U.S.S.R.'s  foreign 
activities  and  contrasts  them  with  our  appropriate  responses.  You  will  notice 
that  the  weapons  systems  available  to  Khrushchev  constitute,  with  one  excep- 
tion, a  continuous  band  of  instruments  for  an  integrated  offensive.  The  length 
of  the  several  arrows  indicates  the  relative  strength  of  the  respective  efforts. 
The  American  response,  as  is  immediately  apparent,  is  sporadic,  piecemeal,  and 
lacks  integration.  The  only  areas  in  which  we  are  producing  a  superior  effort 
are  the  military  and  economic  sectors,  but  the  lack  of  thoroughgoing  Integra- 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1405 

tion  means  that  we  must  necessarily  blunt  the  effectiveness  of  such  major  posi- 
tive operations  as  we  do  conduct. 

It  is  in  this  context  that  I  would  have  you  view  what  I  now  wish  to  say 
about  subversive  insurgency.  On  the  one  hand,  I  claim  a  very  important  place 
in  the  sun  for  the  business  with  which  I  have  concerned  myself  for  some  3  years. 
It's  not  just  one  of  the  lines  on  the  spectrum  of  techniques  available  to  the 
Communist  in  the  cold  war ;  it  is  one  half  of  the  total  offensive.  For  this  reason, 
I  would  suggest  that  there  is  a  world  of  difference  between  a  subversive  in- 
surgent and  a  guerrilla.  One  half  of  all  the  foreign  activities  listed  on  the  Soviet 
side  of  the  chart  are  directly  relevant  to  insurgency,  and  the  other  half  provide 
such  subversion  with  the  prerequisite  of  a  favorable  international  climate  of 
opinion  and  third-country  bases  for  support,  whether  official  or  unofficial. 

On  the  other  hand,  I  would  alert  you  as  to  the  weakness  of  our  response  to 
the  totality  of  the  cold  war  before  I  proceed  to  examine  our  more  specific  inade- 
quacies with  respect  to  subversive  insurgency. 

Having  said  this,  let  me  now  analyze  some  of  the  central  elements  of  sub- 
versive insurgency,  stressing  its  organizational  aspects.  We  in  Oberammergau 
concentrate  our  attention  on  two  periods  in  the  development  of  a  subversive 
insurgency  movement  which  we  identify,  respectively,  as  the  clandestine  phase 
and  the  military  operational  phase  and  which  correspond  with  what  Special 
Group  (CI)  identifies  as  Phase  One  and  Two.  We  recognize  no  sharp  demar- 
cation between  these  periods,  teaching  that  subversive  insurgency  is  a  con- 
sciously preconceived  and  directed  cumulative  phenomenon  which  intensifies 
step  by  step.  It  progresses  from  activities  below  the  level  of  detection  to 
operations  beyond  the  indigenous  government's  capacity  to  control.  During 
both  periods  a  multiplicity  of  highly  sophisticated  techniques  and  procedures 
are  employed 

The  clandestine  phase  commences  when  party  members  begin  their  first  orga- 
nizational work  within  the  population  of  a  country.  At  this  point,  there  is  no 
blaze  of  battle,  no  guerrillas,  and  even  street  demonstrations  will  commence 
only  sometime  after  organizational  work  is  well  under  way.  The  goal  of  this 
phase  is  the  seizure  of  power  by  means  other  than  the  resort  to  protracted  mili- 
tary force.  It  may  consequently  be  successfully  concluded  with  a  coup  d'etat 
or  an  election  victory  carried  by  a  front  federation  which  is  effectively  under 
party  control.  This  is  the  pi'eferred  plan  since  it  costs  the  least  and  involves 
a  minimum  of  coordination  and  discipline. 

But  today,  gentlemen,  I  would  like  to  concentrate  our  attention  on  the  less 
understood  second  phase  during  which  the  guerrilla  does  put  in  his  appearance. 
We  in  the  West  have  been  impressed  with  the  fighting  ability  of  this  chap  so 
long  that  we  have  not  fully  appreciated  that  he  is  only  a  small  part  of  the  effort 
which  unfolds  in  the  course  of  revolutionary  warfare  during  its  military  opera- 
tional phase.     Let  me  try  to  give  you  a  feel  for  the  bigger  story. 

We  begin  with  the  Communist  party  organization,  which  was  developed  dur- 
ing the  clandestine  phase  of  activities.  At  its  top  is  a  Politburo  of  national 
party  iwlicymakers  headed  by  a  general  secretary.  This  body  is  assisted  by  a 
larger  central  committee  of  hard-core  party  members.  And  beneath  this  level, 
the  organization  stretches  out  across  the  country  through  provincial,  regional, 
district,  and  local  committees  with  their  subordinated  conglomerate  of  3  to  20 
men  cells.  Within  these  committees  are  the  men  who  will  take  over  the  coun- 
try's administration  and  government  if  their  efforts  are  successful.  In  other 
words,  they  constitute  a  shadow  government.  At  the  local  level  the  party  will 
also  organize  specialized  strong-arm  squads  which  may  be  identifed  for  tactical 
reasons  with  any  of  a  number  of  names.  They  organize  crowds,  protest  meet- 
ings, and  demonstrations  and  also  deal  physically  with  opposition. 

Once  it  has  been  decided  to  enter  into  open  armed  confiict,  the  Politbureau 
of  the  central  committee  will  send  mobilization  directives  through  the  party 
organization  down  to  district  committees,  instructing  them  to  select  party 
members  to  form  "Actives."  An  "Active"  will  consist  of  some  8  to  10  people, 
highly  specialized  in  one  or  more  fields.  They  will  locate  in  a  region  of  adverse 
terrain  and  begin  the  training  of  individuals,  at  learst  partially  drawn  from  the 
strong-arm  squads.  The  preparations  in  the  countryside  will  be  supported  by 
stepped-up  mass  demonstrations,  riots,  strikes,  and  violence  against  the  police 
in  urban  centers. 

At  this  juncture,  if  the  party  considers  the  situation  to  be  favorable,  it  will 
take  on  a  new  nomenclature  to  give  itself  a  military  "look."  Aware  that  many 
people  who  would  not  fight  for  communism  will  indeed  support  "liberators,"  the 


1406       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Politburo  now  calls  itself  the  Supreme  Headquarters  of  the  Peoples'  Liberation 
Army.  The  provincial  and  lower  bodies,  in  turn,  identify  themselves  as  the 
various  levels  of  authority  in  the  Territoral  Military  Organization.  But  it  is 
important  to  keep  this  matter  clear :  The  change  in  name  is  no  subjugation  to 
military  leadership.  The  change  is  a  tactical  step  calculated  for  psychological 
and  propaganda  purposes. 

Once  the  "Active"  has  organized  a  group  of  up  to  50  effective  fighters,  it 
undertakes  two  programs :  it  begins  to  attack,  isolated  police  stations,  and  it 
sends  out  organizers  with  the  mission  of  mobilizing  rural  villagers  to  support 
the  regional  units.  It  is  to  this  latter  phenomenon  that  I  would  turn  my 
attention. 

For  a  village  or  collection  of  hamlets  of  500  to  a  thousand  persons,  the  party 
sends  two  mobilizers.  Relying  upon  persuasion  and  the  intimidation  provided 
by  the  presence  of  the  regional  force,  they  will  organize  the  rural  inhabitants 
into  functional  groups  according  to  age,  sex,  occupation,  or  education.  As  they 
achieve  control,  they  expand  the  number  of  these  mass  organizations  and  see 
to  the  appointment  of  secretaries  for  each  group.  The  organizers  will  work 
diligently  to  see  to  it  that  the  various  groups  are  constantly  occupied  in  fulfilling 
some  specifically  assigned  mission  and  that  every  spare  moment  of  each  member 
of  a  mass  organization  is  completely  taken  up  in  group  activities.  In  this  fash- 
ion, propaganda  of  the  word  is  transformed  into  propaganda  of  the  deed. 

Once  this  activity  is  well  underway,  the  organizers  will  arrange  for  local 
"democratic"  elections  intended  to  establish  two  "popular"'  bodies :  a  "Peoples' 
Liberation  Council"  and  a  "Peoples'  Court,"  the  first  body  with  a  strength  of 
possibly  20  persons,  the  second  to  have  around  5  or  6  members.  Both  bodies 
are  advertised  as  coequal,  representing,  respectively,  legislative  and  judicial 
functions. 

Wishing  to  remain  out  of  the  limelight,  the  organizers  will  arrange  to  be 
elected  to  the  "Peoples'  Court,"  not  to  the  more  attention-gathering  "Liberation 
Council"  with  its  "Peoples'  Secretary."  They  will  occupy  the  oflices  respectively 
of  president  and  associate  justice  of  the  Peoples'  Court.  They  will  see  to  it 
that  the  secretary  of  the  PLC  is  a  pliable  individual  whom  they  can  easily 
control. 

To  further  guarantee  control,  the  organizers  will  arrange  that  the  peasantry 
do  not  determine  which  candidate  will  head  up  each  of  the  elected  bodies,  but 
that  they  leave  this  matter  to  be  decided  among  those  elected  after  the  voting 
has  been  finished.  In  this  fashion,  the  population,  organized  in  a  series  of  mass 
organizations,  will  select  persons  who  will  occupy  legislative  offices. 

Now  the  conduct  of  these  elections  is  the  decisive,  the  all-critical  step  in  the 
process  of  building  control  over  the  peasantry  in  any  given  area.  To  participate 
in  the  elections  is  ipso  facto  an  act  of  both  symbolic  and  de  facto  rebellion 
against  the  duly  constituted  government  of  the  country.  While  the  peasantry  is 
politically  unsophisticated  and  quite  possibly  naive  as  to  the  direction  in  which 
they  are  being  led  by  the  organizers,  still  resistance  may  well  be  expected  at 
this  point  by  the  organizers,  and  they  may  call  upon  the  assistance  of  the 
regional  units,  locall.v  deployed,  to  intimidate  as  needed  and  eliminate  the 
"enemies  of  the  people"  among  the  peasantry. 

What  appears  superficially  as  a  federation  of  three  different  echelons  of  au- 
thority, becomes  in  fact  a  control  apparatus  of  the  organizers.  The  lasting  con- 
trol of  these  bodies  and  of  future  elections— which  may  be  held  as  often  as  every 
3  or  4  months  to  keep  the  population  constanly  engaged  and  participating,  i.e., 
to  make  them  accomplices  to  the  crime — is  assured  by  the  ruling  that  a  committee 
of  the  Peoples'  Court  will  superintend  all  elections. 

A  second  power  which  is  very  quickly  assumed  by  the  court  is  that  of  de  facto 
control  over  the  Village  Guard,  supposedly  controlled  by  the  secretary  of  the 
PLC.  The  fact  of  village  organization  becomes  quite  unlike  the  fiction  of 
democratic  determination  once  the  organizers  are  provided  with  control  of  (1) 
election  procedures  and  (2)  the  armed  element  of  the  village  population.  They 
now  use  this  authority  to  establish  a  local  insurgent  commissariat. 

Ever  anxious  to  give  the  semblance  of  legality  and  uniform  popular  support 
to  each  new  policy  as  it  is  announced,  the  organizers  will  arrnge  to  have  it 
adopted  by  the  PLC,  a  rubberstamp  legislature.  The  recalcitrant,  the  maverick 
is  no  longer  a  problem,  and  the  party  is  not  dependent  upon  spontaneous  or 
voluntary  support  from  the  peasantry,  for  the  rural  population  is  under  com- 
prehensive poli(,'e  control. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1407 

At  this  juncture,  our  district  representative  is  in  a  position  to  provide  both 
the  "regional"  and  the  later  "regular"  units  of  the  Peoples'  Liberation  Army 
with  all  of  the  support  services  essential  to  military  operations ;  i.e.,  food, 
recruits,  and  intelligence. 

Reflecting  the  technique  of  provoking  cooperation  and  support  via  compro- 
mise, the  village  priest  or  teacher — a  key  communicator — will  be  co-opted  into 
the  "Judicial"  system  as  "Clerk  of  the  Court,"  on  the  pretext  that  since  he  is 
one  of  the  few  literate  persons  in  the  village  his  services  are  needed  by  "the 
people."  Thereafter  he  is  quickly  identified  in  the  eyes  of  the  peasantry  with 
the  court ;  he  becomes  an  "accomplice"  to  the  decisions  of  the  Peoples'  Court 
and  finds  himself  obliged  to  defend  its  policy  decisions. 

For  all  practical  purposes,  at  this  juncture  the  president  of  the  Peoples  Court 
has  become  the  local  commander  of  the  TMO,  and  the  District  Party  Com- 
mittee— which  also  refers  to  itself  as  an  element  in  the  TMO — has  embedded 
its  authority  at  the  grassroots.  It  did  this  by  (1)  organizing  a  regional  guer- 
rilla unit  and  (2)   sending  out  mobilizers  among  the  rural  peasantry. 

By  continuing  such  political  organizational  work,  while  building  larger  and 
more  numerous  regional  units,  the  Communist  Party  can  gradually  set  up  a 
complete  new  state  in  the  state.  It  will  contain  three  distinct  echelons  of 
authority:  (1)  The  party  organizations  operating  as  the  TMO  and  supported 
at  the  subprovincial  level  by  regional  forces;  (2)  the  system  of  Peoples'  Libera- 
tion Committees  building  up  from  the  village  level  where  it  is  supported  by 
the  technique  of  Village  Guards  (identified  in  Chart  D  as  "Popular  Units")  ; 
(3)  Regular  Army  Units  drawn  from  the  regional  forces,  given  more  thorough 
training  and  commanded  by  party  personnel  with  extensive  experience  in  ir- 
regular warfare. 

The  technique  for  the  building  of  the  higher  ofiices  in  the  Peoples'  Liberation 
Committee  system  is  worthy  of  attention.  The  "Peoples'  Court,"  or  TMO, 
appoint  a  commission  which  in  turn  prepares  a  list  of  candidates,  drawing  upon 
those  local  inhabitants  who  have  proven  to  be  the  most  responsive  during  the 
preceding  months.  Once  tlie  list  has  been  set  up,  a  conference  of  the  village 
population  is  called  together  to  vote.  Since  everyone  knows  that  the  commis- 
sion is  backed  up  by  the  TMO  and  that  the  TMO  is  backed  up  by  the  regional 
unit,  whose  local  members  are  required  to  be  on  hand  for  the  elections,  no  one 
will  dare  suggest  an  alternate  list.  The  same  process  is  then  repeated  at  the 
next  highest  level  and  so  on  up  to  the  "roof"  on  the  PLC  system  in  the  form 
of  a  "front."  This  latter  body  will  play  a  major  role  in  the  effort  to  get  the 
subversive  insurgency  legitimized  by  seeking  diplomatic  recognition  from  other 
countries. 

But  we  should  not  overlook  the  decisive  role  played  by  the  PLC  system  inside 
the  country.  The  organization  of  the  PLC's  should  be  considered  as  the  posi- 
tive side  of  revolutionary  warfare.  While  the  party,  with  the  PLA/TMO 
organization,  has  the  task  to  destroy  the  old  administration,  the  old  political, 
economic,  and  social  structure,  the  task  of  the  PLC's  is  to  build  a  new  one. 
For  the  accomplishment  of  this  task,  the  PLC's  will  act  in  three  different  ways : 

1.  PSYCHOLOGICALLY.  The  PLC's  must  be  an  evident  sign  for  all  the 
population  that  the  old  governmental  administration  will  be  replaced  by  a 
new,  revolutionary  one.  The  sole  presence  of  the  PLC's  on  controlled  and 
marginal  territory  will  have  a  tremendous  psychological  and  propaganda  impact 
on  the  population. 

2.  POLITICALLY.  The  PLC's  must  be  largely  represented  bodies.  On  all 
administrative  levels,  from  the  villages  up  to  the  provinces  or  state  level,  the 
members  of  the  PLC's  will  be  selected  so  as  to  represent  multiple  social,  ethnical, 
religious,  and  political  groups.  By  bringing  persons  from  many  walks  of  life 
together  in  the  PLC's,  the  impression  is  created  that  a  large  part  of  the  popula- 
tion is  behind  the  Peoples'  Liberation  Army  and  the  revolutionary  struggle, 
not  only  the  Communist  Party.  International  public  opinion  and  foreign  powers 
will  believe  the  same  or,  even  better,  the  national  leaders  of  other  countries 
will  conclude  that  the  liberation  army  and  the  revolutionary  struggle  are  ele- 
ments in  a  democratic  movement  simply  because  of  carefully  organized,  quasi- 
democratic  elections  for  the  PLC's. 

3.  ORGANIZATIOIVALLY.  In  fact  the  PLC's  are  the  nucleus  of  a  future,  revo- 
lutionary government.  And  this  nucleus,  from  the  outset,  will  act  as  a  de  facto 
government.  The  PLC  will  build  up  an  administration,  primitive  of  course,  but 
very  efficient.  In  insurgent-controlled  territory,  it  will  take  over  all  of  the 
functions  and  activities  which  fall  within  the  competence  of  any  normal  govern- 


1408       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

mental  administration.  It  will  organize  and  control  economic  production,  trade, 
education,  medical  care,  traflBc,  collection  of  money  and  food  for  the  PLA.  For 
the  execution  of  all  these  tasks,  the  PLC's  can  call  upon  the  Village  Guard, 
made  up  of  part-time  PLA  insurgents.  Of  course,  the  PLA  will  be  continually 
subject  to  strict  control  by  the  party  or  TMO  in  conducting  these  multitudinous 
tasks. 

With  this  brief  sketch,  gentlemen,  I  have  attempted  to  indicate  the  skillful 
blending  of  destructive  and  creative  operations  which  come  into  play  wherever 
subversive  insurgency  reaches  the  Phase  Two  level  of  intensity.  I  think  you  will 
agree  that  in  this  context  it  is  quite  difficult  to  separate  the  political/sociological 
strains  from  the  military/terroristic  ones.  For  the  Communist,  this  is  no  recent 
innovation.  Work  to  the  end  of  achieving  this  synthesis  was  begun  at  the  turn 
of  the  century  by  Lenin.  Essentially  every  step  in  the  process  was  elaborated 
before  the  beginning  of  World  War  II  in  Europe.  And  by  then  the  kind  of  cadre 
needed  to  implement  these  tactics  bad  been  developed.  Today  that  cadre  has  some 
50  years  of  experience  behind  it ! 

The  revolutionary  wars  in  China,  Yugoslavia,  Greece,  Indochina,  and  the  Philip- 
pines (i.e.  Hukbalahaps)  were  conducted  with  almost  slavish  adherence  to  this 
plan.  But  the  Communist  has  shown  himself  capable  of  modifying  this  scheme 
in  points  of  detail  on  the  basis  of  his  World  War  II  and  immediate  post-World 
War  II  experience.  The  Soviet-developed  infiltration  and  terrorist  units  for 
operations  among  indifferent  or  hostile  rural  populations,  which  time  does  not 
permit  me  to  describe  in  detail  here,  are  a  case  in  point.  And  with  such  altera- 
tions, the  plan  is  now  being  implemented  in  South  Vietnam — where  warfare  is 
approaching  a  Phase  Three  level — in  Venezuela  and  in  a  number  of  other 
countries.  This  is  indeed  a  concept  of  operations  well  calculated  to  test  our 
individual  and  national  staying  powers  ! 

We  are,  under  the  present  rules  of  the  game  which  the  Communists  have  im- 
l>o.sed  and  we  have  accepted,  extremely  vulnerable  to  strategic  attrition.  Stra- 
tegic attrition  of  not  only  material  resources  but  something  much  more  impor- 
tant— strategic  attrition  of  will. 

To  illustrate  my  point  with  unofficial  figures  provided  me  by  my  research 
staff:  The  French  during  the  period  of  1950  to  1962  suffered  94.000  French  forces 
killed  during  peace  time,  fighting  Communist  influenced  or  directed  insurgency. 
This  figure,  gentlemen,  is  14%  of  the  entire  civilian  and  military  deaths  suffered 
by  the  French  during  the  entire  period  of  World  War  II.  During  the  period 
194(5  to  1956,  France  spent  $11  billion  and  the  U.S.  $5  billion  in  trying  to  cope 
with  wars  of  national  liberation.  Gentlemen,  the  issue  was  not  decided  by  mili- 
tarv  means  as  we  know  them  in  WW  II  .  .  .  the  lives  were  sacrificed  and  the 
money  was  sacrificed  to  TOTAL  WAR  AS  WE  HAVE  NEVER  KNOWN  IT. 

Fighting  insurgency  is  not  a  question  of  spectacular  defeats  or  campaigns^ 
it  is  not  essentially  military.  We  teach  our  students  that  insurgency  is  70% 
political  (as  testified  to  by  the  insurgent)  and  only  30%  military.  We  document 
this  ratio  with  testimony  from  insurgent  leadership  and  with  case  histories. 
The  student  then  asks,  "WHAT  ARE  WE  DOING  ABOTTT  THIS  70%  OF  THE 
THREAT?"  Gentlemen,  I  must  say  that  we  have  a  difficult  time  telling  them. 
In  the  fall  of  1961.  the  late  President  Kennedy  stated  to  Mr.  Alsop  words  to  the 
effect  that  what  they  were  doing  at  Ft.  Bragg,  i.e.,  the  Special  Warfare  Center, 
was  really  great,  but  that  what  was  needed  in  the  final  analysis  was  a  political 
effort.  But  this  observation  applies  not  alone  to  our  Armed  Forces.  We  teach 
peoi)le  how  to  be  administrators,  how  to  rotate  crops,  and  even  how  to  use 
modern  weapons,  BUT  GENTLEMEN  WE  COMPLETELY  FALL  SHORT  IN 
THE  AREA  OF  TEACHING  PEOPLE  HOW  TO  FACE  THEIR  POLITICAL 
PROBLEM— WE  IGNORE  THE  PEOPLE  WHO  MAKE  THE  VALUE  DECI- 
SIONS—WE  IGNORE  THE  POLITICAL  ORGANIZERS— WE  FAIL  TO  HELP 
THESE  PEOPLE  FIND  THEIR  POLITICAL  IDENTITY  IN  A  WORLD 
WHICH  THEY  HAD  LITTLE  PART  IN  CREATING.  WE  TEACH  THE 
DOERS  BUT  NOT  THE  ONES  WHO  DECIDE  WHAT  THE  DOERS  ARE 
TO  DO. 

When  you  can  get  an  adversary  to  commit  20,  30,  or  even  50  resource  units, 
be  they  dollars  or  men,  to  your  one,  you  are  in  a  most  favorable  position — you 
can  afford  to  drag  the  battle  out  indefinitely,  and  indeed  quick  victory  may  even 
be  less  desirable  than  a  long,  protracted  war. 

How  do  we  resolve  this  situation?  Can  we  meet  the  threat  by  demanding 
from  each  agency  of  Government  that  it  step  up  its  activity,  expand  its  opera- 
tions,  be  more  original?    No!   this   is  no  answer.     This  would  be  about  as 


PROVIDIISG  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1409 

unprofessional  as  a  division  commander  telling  each  of  the  battalions  under 
his  command  to  work  out  its  own  independent  plan  for  its  participation  in  the 
divisional  effort  to  take  possession  of  hill  201.  The  only  condition  under  which 
a  division  commander  might  be  tempted  to  relinquish  control  in  favor  of  hia 
battalion  commanders  is  when  his  forces  are  hopelessly  encircled  and  can  think 
of  nothing  but  retreat. 

What  keeps  the  division  commander  from  allowing  the  success  of  his  opera- 
tion to  depend  upon  the  independent  spontaneity  of  his  several  battalions?  From 
the  very  beginning  of  his  professional  career,  he  has  been  taught  that  the  effective 
orchestration  of  his  operation  is  more  than  half  of  the  battle.  He  may  not  use 
this  word  to  express  himself,  but  he  is  talking  about  the  same  thing.  However, 
there  are  two  additional  factors  here  which  not  only  encourage  him  to  retain 
direction  over  the  course  of  eventi<,  but  also  give  him  an  odds-on  likelihood  of 
being  able  to  carry  it  off'.  The  division  commander  can  rely  on  (1)  a  detailed, 
carefully  articulated  doctrine  which  provides  him  with  guidelines,  and  (2)  he 
knows  that  beneath  him  are  men  who  have  been  trained  and  disciplined.  The 
commander,  then,  is  an  orchestrator,  conscious  of  the  capabilities  of  his  highly 
trained,  specialized  units,  who  operates  in  accordance  with  a  doctrine. 

Confronted  with  the  totality  of  the  cold  war,  it  must  be  granted  that  the 
problem  of  the  commander,  i.e.,  the  President  of  the  United  States,  is  decidedly 
more  complex.  Nevertheless,  these  three  factors  remain  imperatives  inherent 
to  the  solution  of  the  problem. 

The  concept  of  "orchestrating  the  offensive"  is  widely  acknowledged  today 
among  responsible  American  policymakers.  Within  the  various  agencies  of 
Government  we  also  have  highly  trained,  responsible,  and  disciplined  staffs  of 
specialists.  They  are  encouraged  to  think  narrowly  in  terms  of  their  own 
agency's  interests,  but  even  so,  they  do  provide  us  with  a  cadre. 

What  we  do  not  have  is  a  comprehensive  doctrine!  Think  of  the  range  of 
techniques  employed  by  the  subversive  insurgent  in  organizing  a  rural  village 
or  building  a  national  political  and  military  organization.  Think  of  the  chart 
to  which  I  referred  at  the  outset  of  my  statement,  which  pointedly  indicates 
areas  in  which  our  response  either  falls  short  of  the  enemy's  threat  or  is  totally 
missing.  We  must  fill  in  those  gaps,  where  Christian  ethics  indicate,  with  posi- 
tive programs  as  effective  as  those  of  international  communism.  And  to  prevent 
ourselves  from  eventually  being  compromised  and  drawn  down  into  the  quagmire 
of  the  Communist's  immorality,  we  must  devise  means  of  thwarting  his  remaining 
efforts.  To  tight  the  cold  war,  we  need  a  doctrine  which  will  give  us :  Integra- 
tion, balance,  and  totality. 

More  specifically,  with  respect  to  the  inseparable  political  content  of  revolu- 
tionary warfare,  we  must  develop  a  doctrine  which  stops  this  snowball  from 
rolling  and  then  goes  on  to  dry  it  up.  To  indicate  some  of  the  areas  in  which 
answers  must  be  provided  posthaste,  we  need  to  know  : 

1.  The  objective  steps  which  can  be  taken  to  maximize  our  international  in- 
formation program  by  following  up  our  efforts  to  convince  people  with  steps  to 
provide  them  with  organization.  To  have  convinced  others  of  the  propriety  of 
our  policies  and  the  righteoiisness  of  our  stand  is  no  end  in  itself.  We  must  make 
it  possible  for  the  advocates  of  our  cause  to  do  something  about  it — and  that  is 
possible  only  through  organization — yet  we  have  no  policy,  no  operational  pro- 
cedures to  be  followed.  Not  to  attempt  to  convince  is  treachery,  but  to  convince 
and  not  organize  is  to  be  an  amateur. 

2.  A  crying  necessity  is  the  provisioning  of  the  free  world  with  a  new  vocabu- 
lary of  terms  to  replace  the  ones  which  the  Communists  have  fabricated  for  us 
and  which  we  use  unthinkingly  with  heavy  cost  to  ourselves.  In  the  psychologi- 
cal field  we  allow  them  their  victories  too  cheaply,  and  this  is  morally  reprehen- 
sible because  they  win  by  our  default.  How  strong  is  our  position  in  the  eyes  of 
the  Vietnamese  peasantry  when  we  employ  the  Viet  Cong's  term  "liberated 
zones"  in  referring  to  their  guerrilla  base  areas?  With  a  free  world  vocabu- 
lary developed,  we  should  turn  to  all  the  media  of  mass  communication — 
newsjoapers,  magazines,  radio — with  a  petition  that  they  employ  it. 

3.  We  need  a  doctrine  for  the  integration  of  military  and  police  functions. 

4.  We  must  undertake  a  penetrating  study  into  the  pliilo>sophy  behind  our 
U.S.  AID  programs  and  consider  the  feasibility  of  supporting  programs  of  eco- 
nomic investment  with  complementary  efforts  to  help  free  world  policymakers 
find  their  political  identity. 

5.  A  doctrine  must  be  evolved  on  the  motivation,  mission,  and  assignment  of 
command  responsibility  for  paramilitary  (part-time  civilian)  forces  during 
Phase  One  insurgency,  during  Phase  Two  insurgency. 


1410       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

6.  A  most  painstaking  study  must  be  made  of  the  techniques  and  principles 
required  to  implement  systems  of  civil/military  couuterinsurgency  councils  at 
all  levels  of  government  in  countries  threatened  by  Phase  Two  insurgency.  In 
this  crucial  area — to  vphich  the  matter  of  paramilitary  forces  is  also  closely 
tied — we  must  develop  operational  doctrine  which  pays  due  attention  to  ethnic, 
geographic,  and  political  variations  from  one  region  of  the  globe  to  another. 

7.  A  set  of  opei'ational  principles  is  also  needed  to  liquidate  the  subversive 
icontent  of  bloc  economic  and  technical  assistance  programs  which,  together  with 
the  system  of  friendship  societies  organized  by  every  Soviet  Embassy  through 
its  VOKS  organization,  pollute  the  social  atmosphere  in  modernizing  countries. 

8.  To  the  end  of  generating  an  eventual  Western  offensive  in  the  cold  war,  we 
must  be  provided  with  weapons  systems  and  doctrine  with  which  to  inhibit  and 
<;ollapse  the  system  of  Communist-dominated  international  mass  organizations, 
replacing  them  with  new  associations  of  global  significance,  organized  around  the 
achievement  of  positive  goals.  We  need  an  Internal  Bank  of  Construction  and 
Rehabilitation  for  the  masses.  The  subversive  Afro-Asian  Solidarity  Union,  as 
an  example,  which  is  currently  training  insurgents,  should  be  forced  to  compete 
with  a  Western-oriented  organization  in  seeking  the  allegiance  of  the  peoples 
in  modernizing  countries. 

9.  The  system  of  civil/military  couuterinsurgency  councils  is  once  again  im- 
portant to  us  in  developing  the  intelligence  collection  and  processing  capability 
of  battalion-size  military  units  confronted  with  insurgency  situations. 

10.  There  must  be  a  close  reexamination  of  the  format  and  reasoning  process 
which  determines  the  content  and  organization  of  an  "Internal  Defense  Plan,'' 
the  "IDP,"  which  represents  our  Government's  best  efforts  to  date  on  a  con- 
ceptual plane  to  integrate  our  total  resources  in  a  third  country  for  a  response 
to  subversion. 

11.  We  must  develop  a  system  of  political  advisers  at  grassroots  level  in 
countries  faced  with  revolutionary  warfare  to  parallel  and  complement  our  U.S. 
standard  operating  procedure  of  assigning  military  advisers  to  units  which 
occasionally  may  even  be  smaller  than  company  size. 

Who  is  to  answer  these  questions  and  still  many  more?  Shall  we  farm  them 
out  to  the  most  appropriate  agencies  of  Government,  acknowledging  that  in 
several  cases  the  problems  raised  fall  outside  of  the  recognized  traditional  juris- 
diction of  any  one  specific  agency?  No!  We  turn  the  whole  problem  over  to 
the  Freedom  Academy,  and  we  provide  that  body  with  every  conceivable  as- 
sistance so  that  it  can  begin  to  work  at  the  earliest  possible  moment. 

An  established  agency  of  Government  will  answer  questions  in  the  context 
of  its  own  specialized  knowledge  and  its  current  operational  capabilities. 

The  Freedom  Academy  will  answer  in  terms  of  the  totality  of  the  cold  war 
and  will  turn  over  to  the  President  the  issue  of  implementation.  But  of  greater 
importance,  the  Freedom  Academy's  bias  will  be  simply  the  desire  to  win. 
While  the  knowledge  of  every  agency  of  Government  will  be  available  to  it, 
it  will  be  subordinated  to  none  of  them. 

Regarding  this  matter  of  making  the  specialist's  knowledge  available,  I  would 
like  to  add  a  word  on  the  contribution  to  be  made  by  the  military.  In  the 
literature  of  the  friends  of  the  Freedom  Commission  and  Freedom  Academy 
bill,  there  is  frequent  reference  to  the  "nonmilitary  aspects  of  the  global  con- 
flict."   I  would  add  a  word  of  caution. 

By  "nonmilitary,"  I  trust  that  the  authors  of  the  bill  and  its  friends  mean : 
Areas  and  activities  not  traditionally  considered  relevant  to  the  principal  mis- 
sions assigned  professional  Armed  Forces  in  Western  societies. 

If  this  is  what  is  intended,  then,  it  must  be  asserted  that  the  U.S.  Army,  as 
an  example,  is  directly  engaged  in  the  "nonmilitary  part  of  the  global  struggle" 
at  the  present  day  and  will  have  to  remain  directly  concerned.  Given  the  nature 
of  the  threat  I  .sketched  previously,  one  simply  cannot  separate  out  military 
and  nonmilitary  aspects  for  independent  examination. 

If  we  exclude  traditional  military  concerns,  we  do  not  consequently  exclude 
our  modern  American  Military  Establishment.  It  cannot  be  expected  to  solve 
the  problem  alone.  But  to  exclude  members  of  the  professional  Army  from  the 
research  faculty  of  the  Freedom  Academy  is  to  read  ourselves  out  of  the 
problem.  If  the  U.S.  Army  is  not  enough  by  itself,  then  it  is  still  true  that  the 
problem  is  insolvable  without  the  Army.  If  we  place  the  emphasis  on  the 
nonmilitary  factors,  then  this  cannot  mean  that  we  are  turning  away  from 
those  aspects  of  the  problem  which  concern  the  U.S.  Army. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1411 

I  hope,  at  this  juncture,  that  I  have  provided  the  committee  with  some  com- 
pelling reasons  for  favorably  endorsing  the  passage  of  the  Freedom  Commission 
and  Freedom  Academy  bill.  I  have  attempted  to  indicate  the  nature  of  our 
failings  with  respects  to  both  the  cold  war,  in  general,  and  subversive  insurgency 
in  particular.  Before  us  there  is  much  work  to  be  done.  But  the  problem  is 
amenable  to  rational  solution.  We  need  not  be  advocates  of  what  Lenin  con- 
temptuously identified  as  Khvostism,  Tailism. 

I  would  call  your  attention  to  some  very  important  words  that  Lenin  wrote 
in  his  pamphlet,  What  is  to  be  done: 

"A  man  who  is  weak  and  vacillating  on  theoretical  questions,  who  has  a  narrow 
outlook,  who  makes  excuses  for  his  own  slackness  on  the  ground  that  the 
masses  are  awakening  spontaneously  *  *  *  who  is  unable  to  conceive  a  broad 
and  bold  plan,  who  is  incapable  of  inspiring  even  his  enemies  with  respect  for 
himself,  and  who  is  inexi>erienced  and  clumsy  in  his  own  professional  art  *  *  * 
such  a  man  is  *  *  *  a  hopeless  amateur  !" 

Gentlemen,  strengthening  the  territorial  integrity  of  the  United  States  and 
the  free  world  is  a  moral  act.  To  abstain  from  or  oppose  the  unavoidable  in- 
vestigation which  must  be  undertaken,  on  the  grounds  that  our  national  ethics 
might  be  compromised,  is  no  appeal  to  a  higher  code  of  morality  which  places 
righteousness  above  personal  security,  rather  such  a  stand  leads  to  our  sur- 
render of  the  battlefield  to  immorality  by  def ault_ 

The  Chairman.  We  are  being  called.  I  suppose  we  will  be  back 
in  about  15  minutes. 

("VVliereupon  at  11 :15  a.m.,  a  short  recess  was  taken.) 

(The  committee  reconvened  at  11 :56  a.m.  Present  at  time  of  re- 
convening :  Representatives  Willis  and  Pool. ) 

The  Chairmax.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

We  have  our  colleague,  Mr.  Gubser,  who  I  remember  asked  to  be 
heard  at  this  time.  We  are  glad  to  have  you,  Mr.  Gubser.  You  are 
an  author  of  one  of  the  bills. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  CHARLES  S.  GUBSER,  U.S.  REPRESENTATIVE 

PROM  CALIFORNIA 

Mr.  Gubser.  Yes;  I  am  an  author  of  H.R.  1617.  Thank  you,  Mr. 
Chairman.  If  I  may,  I  will  read  my  short  statement  and  ask  that  it 
be  included  as  presented  in  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

Mr.  Gubser.  I  deeply  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  appear  before 
you  to  testify  in  behalf  of  my  bill,  H.R.  1617. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  communism  is  spreading  and  that  the  terri- 
tory of  this  planet  which  remains  exclusively  dedicated  to  freedom  is 
diminishing.  Though  wishful  thinkers  may  say  to  themselves  that 
test  ban  treaties,  wheat  sales,  and  other  apparent  improvements  in 
East-West  relations  signal  a  permanent  thaw  in  the  cold  war,  a  simple 
look  around  the  globe  reveals  otherwise.  The  truth  is  that  we  are 
losing  the  cold  war. 

On  December  18,  1963,  I  inserted  a  chart  into  the  Congressional 
Record  which  I  had  prepared  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Library  of 
Congress.  The  chart  shows  that  in  1917,  10.1  percent  of  the  world's 
population  lived  in  8,603,000  square  miles  of  Communist  territory. 
The  growth  and  spread  of  communism  has  been  gradual  since  that 
time,  until  today  31.99  percent  of  the  world's  population  (1,109,500,- 
000  people)  lives  in  a  Communist  world  which  includes  13,761,000 
square  miles.  I  will  submit  this  chart  for  inclusion  in  the  record  at  the 
end  of  my  testimony.^ 

1  See  p.  1415. 


1412       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

The  world  map  is  a  seething  blot  of  Communist-inspired  trouble. 
Laos  is  lost,  casualties  mount  in  Vietnam,  Americans  are  thrown  out 
of  Cambodia  and  Zanzibar;  Cuba  and  Panama  are  festering,  Vene- 
zuela reels  before  Castro  terrorists,  Tanganyika  wavers,  so  does 
Kenya,  and  the  Congo  seems  ready  to  boil  again. 

The  Chinese  are  building  new  roads  in  North  Korea,  undoubtedly 
for  the  purpose  of  moving  troops  southward.  Japan's  Ikeda  moves 
closer  to  trade  with  Red  China,  and  Italian  President  Segni  drafts 
new  oil  contracts  with  Russia. 

De  Gaulle  recognizes  Red  China,  and  Britain  sells  buses  to  Cviba. 
Sukarno  unleashes  his  guerrillas  against  Malaysia.  Our  trusted  friend 
Ayub  of  Pakistan  moves  closer  to  Red  China.  We  retreat  from  our 
hard-and-fast  decision  to  sell  wheat  to  Russia  for  cash  only,  while  she 
sends  cash  to  support  Castro's  communism  in  our  backyard.  Even 
while  President  Lopez  Mateos  of  Mexico  chats  amiably  with  our 
President,  he  works  closely  with  Castro  and  prevents  concerted  ac- 
tion against  him. 

Can  any  rational  man  look  at  the  globe  and  say  we  are  not  losing 
the  cold  war  ? 

In  searching  for  a  reason,  it  is  easy  to  fall  into  the  trap  of  over- 
simplification. Undoubtedly  there  are  many  reasons,  but  certainly  one 
of  the  most  significant  is  our  failure  to  win  the  war  of  propaganda. 
Time  after  time  the  free  world  has  responded  with  militaiy  action  to 
combat  communism.  But  almost  always  the  forces  of  subversion  have 
done  their  work  so  effectively  that  military  action  has  come  almost  too 
late. 

Southeast  Asia  is  the  perfect  example.  Laos'  fall  to  the  forces  of 
subversion  gained  such  a  head  start  that  the  military  response  has 
been  placed  at  almost  an  impossible  disadvantage.  The  same  thing 
is  happening  in  Cambodia,  Malaysia,  Africa,  Venezuela,  and  other 
points  in  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

It  should  be  obvious  by  now  that  the  Communist  system  of  subver- 
sion is  working  and  that  our  response  has  been  of  the  wrong  kind  and 
is  too  late.  In  the  battle  for  men's  minds  an  initial  advantage  is  fre- 
quently decisive,  particularly  in  backward  and  impoverished  areas. 

In  view  of  our  consistent  failure  to  match  Communist  propaganda, 
does  it  not  seem  wise  that  w^e  take  stock  of  what  has  produced  the 
success  of  our  enemies  and  meet  it  on  the  ground  of  that  success  ? 

When  Lenin  and  his  followers  captured  Russia,  they  established  a 
training  system  that  has  grown  to  6,000  special  schools  which  teach  the 
tactics  of  espionage,  subversion,  infiltration,  agitation,  and  prop- 
aganda. 

Admittedly,  this  is  not  a  proper  free  world  tactic,  nor  would  we 
want  it  to  become  our  practice.  The  basis  of  freedom  is  freedom  of 
choice,  and  we  do  not  wish  to  impose  our  choice  upon  others.  To  do 
so  would  be  to  defile  the  very  essence  of  freedom.  But  to  allow  a  vacu- 
um into  which  Communist  propaganda  can  move  is  to  create  an  envi- 
ronment where  the  Communist  way  can  win  without  opposition.  This 
is  not  freedom  of  choice. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATIOIST  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1413 

Our  State  Department  hastily  employs  the  cliche  of  "indoctrination" 
to  mdict  any  suggestion  from  non-State  Department  sources  favoring 
f.  propaganda  effort  to  influence  people  in  favor  of  freedom  as  opposed 
to  communism.  This  reaction  is  a  carryover  from  the  modern  intel- 
lectual's proper  and  justified  respect  for  "academic  freedom."  But  it 
employs  a  basic  fallacy. 

Academic  freedom  exists  in  an  academic  environment  where  knowl- 
edge is  freely  available.  But  in  the  target  areas  for  Communist  prop- 
aganda, only  Communist  knowledge  is  available  unless  we  present 
the  other  side.  It  is  not  indoctrination  when  one  side  presents  its  case, 
knowing  full  well  that  the  other  side  will  do  likewise.  To  reject  our 
propaganda  mission,  then,  is  to  promote  indoctrination  rather  than 
renounce  it. 

Our  long  and  consistent  record  of  failures  to  meet  the  Communist 
propaganda  offensive  proves  that  it  is  time  to  break  the  diplomatic 
monopoly  which  seems  to  consider  any  public  relations  or  educational 
program  that  it  does  not  suggest  and  control  as  "indoctrination." 

Psycliological  warfare,  public  relations,  propaganda,  or  whatever 
you  choose  to  call  it,  is  a  science  and  a  definite  technique  which  must 
be  learned  through  specialized  instruction.  Our  diplomats  have 
failed  because  they  have  not  been  trained  in  a  highly  skilled  tech- 
nique. It  is  time  we  recognize  that  Communist  propagandists  have 
filled  the  vacuum  catised  by  the  inactivity  of  freedom's  proponents 
and  are  winning  the  war  for  men's  minds. 

The  purpose  of  my  bill  is  to  fill  this  vacuum  and  give  our  overseas 
personnel  the  training  which  will  enable  them  to  recognize  Communist 
propaganda  for  what  it  is  and  resist  it  on  the  spot.  By  so  doing  I  am 
convinced  we  can  avoid  the  inevitable  military  action  which  always 
comes  too  late. 

Mr.  Chairman,  there  are  other  features  of  my  bill  which  could  be 
discussed,  for  example,  the  provision  for  training  foreign  nationals. 
But  the  basic  argument  for  tliis  important  provision  is  the  same.  We 
must  recognize  the  fact  that  the  Communist  propagandist  is  succeed- 
ing because  he  is  allowed  to  operate  in  a  vacuum  and  we  must  present 
a  counterforce  which  denies  him  his  advantage. 

This  legislation  is  certainly  not  perfect  and  perhaps  needs  amend- 
ment. Perhaps  an  entirely  new  bill  needs  to  be  written.  But  the  basic 
idea  that  we  need  a  Freedom  Academy  is  a  sound  recognition  of  the 
reality  that  freedom  is  losing  to  slavery  and  there  is  no  present  indica- 
tion that  the  trend  will  change. 

I  thank  the  chairman  and  I  would  be  delighted  to  try  and  answer 
any  questions. 

The  Chairman.  I  just  have  one  or  two  questions.  As  I  recall,  your 
bill  would  provide  an  advisory  committee  or  group  composed  of  Mem- 
bers of  Congress,  rather  than  composed  of  heads  of  agencies — State, 
FBI,  CIA,  and  so  on. 

Mr.  GuBSER.  That  is  correct,  the  presumption  being  that  heads  of 
agencies  would  of  course  be  consulted. 


30-471—64- 


1414       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

The  Chairman.  I  understand  that,  and  that  unquestionably  will 
cause  some  concern  to  the  committee.  Would  the  answer  possibly  be — 
you  may  answer  now  if  you  wish — some  of  both  ? 

Mr.  GuBSER.  Yes,  it  could  possibly  be,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  with  all 
due  respect  to  the  good  intentions  of  many  people  in  our  departments, 
the  main  thrust  and  the  main  effort  of  my  bill  is  to  inject  something 
new  into  this  system  which  has  consistently  failed. 

They  say  you  can't  argue  with  success.  I  think,  by  the  same  token, 
you  can't  argue  with  failure,  and  we  have  failed. 

The  Chairman.  I  am  glad  to  see  that  attitude  on  your  part.  If  we 
start  with  the  premise  that  something  needs  to  be  done,  it  would  be 
unfortunate  if  we  couldn't  find  ways  to  accommodate  varying  views 
and  approaches. 

Mr.  GuBSER.  Of  course. 

The  Chairman.  And  of  course  we  will  wrestle  with  that  question. 
Mr.  Pool  ? 

Mr.  Pool.  I  just  want  to  say  about  the  same  thing  that  you  said, 
Mr.  Chairman.  I  think,  in  view  of  the  testimony  we  have  had  so 
far,  there  is  a  great  necessity  that  we  do  have  people  on  the  Advisory 
Committee  who  are  representative  of  the  various  departments  as  well 
as  Members  of  Congress.  I  think  that  they  can  all  be  helpful  being 
on  the  Committee.  I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  we  are  going  to 
have  to  do  something  like  that  to  have  a  successful  and  a  practical 
Freedom  Academy. 

The  Chairman.  Pardon  me.  I  am  not  convinced  either  way,  but 
I  can  see  trouble 

Mr.  Gubser.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  — or  disadvantage  or  perhaps  embarrassment  in 
having  Members  of  Congress  on  it.  I  have  come  to  no  conclusion, 
but  it  is  a  question. 

Mr.  GuBSER.  It  would  be  a  hot  potato,  there  is  no  question  about 
that. 

The  Chairman.  Not  for  the  Members,  but  perhaps  for  the  Con- 
gress, the  right  to  inquire,  be  on  the  sideline,  but  we  certainly  will  give 
that  very  careful  consideration. 

Mr.  Gubser.  Mr.  Chairman,  as  I  stated  in  the  last  paragraph  of  my 
statement,  undoubtedly  a  brandnew  bill  has  to  be  written.  The  only 
thing  I  hope,  and  I  hope  this  with  all  the  sincerity  in  my  being,  is 
that  you  do  report  out  a  bill  for  a  Freedom  Academy.  I  don't  know 
what  it  has  to  be  or  what  it  should  be,  but  I  think  this  is  the  most 
imperative  need  in  the  fight  for  freedom. 

The  Chairman.  If  we  do  report  one  out,  we  will  solicit  your  views 
and  we  are  glad  to  know  we  have  your  aid. 

Mr.  Gubser.  I  will  speak  for  you  or  against  you,  whichever  will 
help  the  most.     Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1415 

(The  chart  submitted  by  Mr.  Gubser  follows:) 

Connminist  ejcpansion  since  1917 


Dale  ' 


Nov.  7,1917 
Nov.  26, 1924 
Am?..  3, 1940 
Aug.  ,■),  1040 
Aug.  6, 1940 
Nov.  29, 1945 
Jan.  10, 194G 
Sept.  15, 1946 
i:>cc.  30,1947 
June  9,1948 
Sopt.  12, 1948 

Aug.  20,1949 
Sept.  21, 1949 
Oct.  7, 1949 
Apr.  19, 1950 
Bcc.  29,1954 
Dec.     2, 1961 

Total... 


U.S.S.R 

Mongolia 

Lithuania 

Latvia - 

Estonia - 

Yugoslavia-- -. 

Albania 

Bulgaria- 

Rumania - 

Czechoslovakia-.-; 

Korea   (Deiiiocratic   People's   Re- 
public). 

Hungary 

China  (People's  Republic) 

Germany  (Democratic  Republic)... 

Poland 

Vietnam  (Democratic  Republic).... 
Cuba - 


At  time  oi  communi- 
zation  2 


Population  ' 


7  182,182,000 

647,000 

s  2,  879, 000 

i"  1,  950, 000 

11  1,126,000 

15,  600, 000 
1,125,000 
6,  993.  000 

16,  530,  000 
12,  339, 000 

9, 291, 000 

9,247,000 
463, 493, 000 
17,688,000 
24, 977, 000 
16, 632, 000 

6, 933, 000 


Percent  of 
world 
total » 


10.1 
.03 
.12 
.10 

.05 
.64 
.04 
.30 
.70 
.50 
.37 

.36 
18.47 
.70 
l.CO 
.60 
.22 


Mid-1963 

( 

Percent  of 

Population 

world 

total 

224,  700, 000 

7.1 

1,000,000 

.03 

(•) 

(') 

(') 

(») 

(') 

(») 

19,000,000 

.60 

1,800,000 

.06 

8, 100, 000 

.25 

18,900,000 

.60 

14, 000,  fJOO 

.44 

8,  900, 000 

.30 

10,100,000 

.31 

730, 800, 000 

23.00 

17, 200, 000 

.64 

30, 800, 000 

1.00 

17,  OOO,  000 

.63 

7,200,000 

.23 

1,109,500,000 

34.99 

Area  in 
square 
miles 
(1963)' 


8,  fK)3. 000 

614,000 

(') 

(') 

C) 
99,  COO 
11,000 
43,000 
92,900 
49,000 
48,000 

36, 000 
3,897,000 
<2,000 
120, 000 
63,  (XX) 
44,000 


12  13,761,000 


I  Dale  given  is  that  on  which  the  country  declared  itself  a  People's  Republic,  was  incorporated  into  the  U.S.S.R. 
(Estonia,  Latvia,  Lithuania)  or,  as  in  the  case  of  Cuba,  when  Castro  announced  he  would  lead  Cuba  "to  a  people's 
democracy."    East  Germany  excludes  Berlin  in  all  colurmis. 

»  Because  It  is  extremely  difTicult  to  obtain  reliable  demographic  data  for  the  years  prior  to  1955,  most  of  the  popu- 
lation statistics  has  been  synthesized  from  the  foUovviug  sources:  "Statesman's  Yearbook,"  1917,  1940,  1941;  "U.N. 
Demographic  Yearbook,"  1955,  7th  issue,  table  3,  pp.  117-127;  "U.N.  Demographic  Yearbook,"  1962,  14th  issue, 
"World  Summary."  p.  124. 

3  In  most  cases  the  population  given  is  quite  close  to  the  date  of  communization.  In  certain  cases,  however,  the 
data  available  was  several  years  distant  from  the  date  of  communization. 

*  The  availability  of  world  total  population  upon  which  the  percentages  nuist  be  based  is  even  more  difficult  to  obtain 
The  following  world  figure^  taken  from  U.N.  sources  were  used:  1920, 1,  811,000,000;  1930,  2,015,000,000;  194C,  2,249,000,- 
000;  1945,  2,423,000,000;  1950,  2,609,000,000;  1955, 2,750,000,000;  1960,  3,008,000,000;  1961, 3,069,000,000. 

'"World  Population,  1963,"  Population  Bulletin,  vol.  XIX,  No.  6,  October  1963.  (Percentage  tor  1963  based  on 
world  total  of  3,180.000,000 persons.) 

«  Total  world  area,  excluding  Antarctica:  52,409,000  square  miles.  Coiniuunist  nations  constitute  26.25  percent  of 
this  figure. 

'  1915. 

'  1939. 

'  Prcsentlv  included  in  all  U.S.S.R.  statistics. 

i»  1935. 

II 1934. 

"  26.25  percent. 


The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  stand  in  recess  until  2  o'clock. 
(Whereupon,  at  12:07  p.m.,  Wednesday,  April  8,  1964,  the  com- 
mittee recessed  to  reconvene  at  2  p.m.  the  same  day.) 

AFTERNOON  SESSION— WEDNESDAY,  APRIL  8,  1964 

(The  committee  reconvened  at  2:10  p.m.,  Hon.  Joe  R.  Pool  pre- 
siding.) 

(Committee  members  present:  Representatives  Pool  and  Ichord.) 

Mr.  Pool.  The  meeting  is  called  to  order,  and  I  believe  the  witness 
we  had,  Mr.  Walter  Joyce,  has  been  delayed,  I  suppose  on  account  of 
bad  weather.  Due  to  the  fact  that  there  are  no  other  witnesses,  the 
meeting  will  be  recessed,  subject  to  call  of  the  Chair. 

(Whereupon,  at  2:16  p.m.,  Wednesday,  April  8,  1964,  the  committee 
recessed,  subject  to  the  call  of  the  Chair.) 


HEARINGS  RELATING  TO  H.R.  352,  H.R.  1617,  H.R.  5368, 
H.R.  8320,  H.R.  8757,  H.R.  10036,  H.R.  10037,  H.R.  10077, 
AND  H.R.  11718,  PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A 
FREEDOM  COMMISSION  AND  FREEDOM  ACADEMY 

Part  2 


TUESDAY,   MAY   19,    1964 

United  States  House  of  Representatives, 

Committee  on  Un-American  Activities, 

Washington,  D.C. 

PUBLIC   HEARINGS 

The  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  met,  pursuant  to  recess, 
at  10:15  a.m.  in  the  Caucus  room,  Camion  House  Office  Building, 
Washington,  D.C,  Hon.  Edwin  E.  Willis  (chairman)  presiding. 

Committee  members  present:  Representatives  Edvrin  E.  Willis,  of 
Louisiana;  Joe  R.  Pool,  of  Texas;  Richard  H.  Ichord,  of  Missouri; 
August  E.  Johansen,  of  Michigan;  and  Plenry  C.  Schadeberg,  of 
Wisconsin. 

Staff  members  present:  Francis  J.  McNamara,  director;  Frank  S. 
Tavenner,  general  counsel;  Alfred  M,  Nittle  and  William  Hitz, 
counsel. 

The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  please  come  to  order.  Today 
the  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  resumes  hearings  begun  on 
February  18  of  this  year  on  eight  bills  which  have  been  referred  to  it, 
which  would  create  a  Freedom  Commission  and  Freedom  Academy. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  DANTE  B.  FASCELL,  U.S.  REPRESENTATIVE 

FROM  FLORIDA 

The  Chairman.  At  this  point,  I  insert  in  the  record  the  statement 
of  our  colleague,  Congressman  Dante  B.  Fascell,  of  Florida,  in  sup- 
port of  the  legislation. 

(Congressman  Fascell's  statement  follows :) 

STATEMENT    OF    HON.    DANTE    B.    FASCELL,    U.S.    REPRESENTATIVE 

FROM  FLORIDA 

Mr.  Chairman,  Members  of  the  Committee : 

Ever  since  1959  we  have  been  trying  to  establish  the  Freedom  Academy. 
Nearly  a  dozen  bills  have  been  debated  over  that  span  of  time,  but  none 
has  ever  passed  both  Houses  in  the  same  session.  Now  we  have  another  chance 
to  adopt  this  legislation. 

1417 


1418       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

As  chairman  of  the  Subcommittee  on  International  Organizations  and  Move- 
ments and  as  onetime  sponsor  of  a  bill  to  establish  a  University  of  the  Ameri- 
cas, I  have  been  greatly  concerned  with  vrhat  one  writer  has  labeled  "the 
propaganda  gap."  In  the  relentless  struggle  which  goes  on  with  the  Com- 
munist world  behind  the  facade  of  peaceful  coexistence,  the  United  States  has 
held  its  own  in  the  military  and  economic  spheres.  Our  deterrent  nuclear  power 
has  prevented  a  major  Communist  thrust  in  the  West,  and  our  economic  as- 
sistance not  only  has  been  instrumental  in  restoring  Europe  to  booming  economic 
health,  but  also  in  launching  and  sustaining  the  economic  advance  of  many  of 
the  world's  underdeveloped  nations — some  of  them  a  good  deal  less  than  friendly. 

But  in  the  nonmilitary  and  noneconomic  spheres,  the  realm  of  ideas,  some- 
thing is  lacliing.  The  American  message  doesn't  get  across  with  the  kind  of 
hard-hitting  impact  it  ought  to  have.  All  too  often  we  get  caught  off  guard  by 
unexpected  developments  on  the  world  scene  and  appear  to  flounder.  All  too 
often  we  permit  the  Communists  to  convert  some  meaningless  catch  phrase,  like 
"general  and  complete  disarmament,"  into  the  kind  of  propaganda  weapon  that 
achieves  a  bloodless  victory. 

In  a  way  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  United  States  should  have  considerable 
difficulty  in  these  nonmilitary  confrontations  with  the  Communist  bloc,  for  our 
Communist  antagonists  have  made  a  science  of  revolutionary  strategy  and  tactics 
for  over  40  years.  The  Soviet  Government  alone  devotes  something  like  $5  bil- 
lion a  year — that's  5  billion — to  operate  approximately  6,000  schools  which  train 
members  of  the  Russian  Communist  Party,  as  well  as  Communist  activists  from 
around  the  world,  in  the  techniques  of  infiltration,  subversion,  sabotage,  agita- 
tion, and  propaganda.  When  these  agents  return  to  their  home  countries,  or  in 
the  case  of  Soviet  nationals  when  they  are  sent  abroad,  they  are  fully  trained  and 
prei>ared  to  exploit  any  opening  for  revolutionary  activity.  These  opportunities 
are  plentiful,  particularly  in  the  underdeveloped  areas  of  the  world,  where  the 
people  are  new  to  self-government,  where  the  leadership  class  is  often  ill-trained, 
and  where  economic  conditions  are  frequently  chaotic. 

But  the  United  States,  and  indeed  the  entire  free  world,  has  no  similar  appa- 
ratus. We  have  no  central  agency  for  the  coordination  of  anti-Communist 
strategy  and  tactics.  We  have  no  facility  where  our  Government  officials  and 
private  citizens  and  their  counterparts  from  other  non-Communist  countries  can 
receive  a  thorough  exposure  to  the  types  of  nonmilitary  techniques — to  the 
political  and  economic  methods  which  can  be  used  to  counter  the  Soviet  and 
the  Red  Chinese  campaign  to  undermine  both  the  free  nations  and  the  uncom- 
mitted world.  And  make  no  mistake  about  it.  The  Soviet  Union  and  Communist 
China  may  be  seriously,  even  bitterly,  divided  at  this  time,  but  their  basic 
hostility  to  free  institutions  is  implacable.  We  must  better  equip  the  United 
States,  and  indeed  the  entire  free  world,  to  cope  with,  and  successfully  counter, 
the  cut  and  thrust  of  the  world  Communist  movement  in  the  field  of  political  and 
psychological  warfare. 

A  thoroughgoing  analysis  of  Communist  techniques  can  be  made  from  open 
sources.  Furthermore  pro- Americans  in  any  country  run  the  risk  of  being  called 
"Yankee  stooges"  especially  by  those  whose  first  allegiance  is  to  communism. 
We  should  not  let  that  deter  us  at  all.  As  for  the  publication  of  materials  by 
the  Freedom  Commission,  I  notice  that  this  is  not  a  feature  of  H.R.  8320,  nor  of 
some  of  the  other  bills  under  consideration. 

In  espousing  the  Freedom  Academy,  I  do  not  mean  to  suggest  for  a  moment 
that  we  should  in  any  way  curtail  the  public  and  private  exchanges  under  which 
more  than  50,000  foreign  students  enroll  annually  at  American  universities.  In 
the  main  these  exchanges  have  been  most  valuable  in  presenting  a  true  picture  of 
America.  By  putting  freedom  on  display,  by  affording  these  students  the  oppor- 
tunity to  see  how  Americans  live,  to  hear  how  Americans  debate,  to  comprehend 
what  Americans  value,  we  unquestionably  deepen  their  understanding  of  us  and 
their  attachment  to  free  institutions.  Nor  do  I  suggest  that  we  should  not  take 
any  other  action  to  upgrade  the  knowledge  and  education  of  our  State  Depart- 
ment personnel. 

But  the  question  remains — Is  this  enough?  Are  all  our  activities  in  the  field 
of  psychological  persuasion  enough?  Certainly  those  efforts  can  go  for  naught 
if  they  are  not  coupled  with  a  tightly  formulated  and  broadly  coordinated  cold 
war  strategy.  Our  friends  abroad  need  more  than  assurances  of  American 
sympathy  and  support  when  they  are  faced  by  trained  agents  of  Communist 
revolution.     They  need  to  know  how  these  agents  think,  what  tactics  they  will 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1419 

employ,  and  how  to  exploit  the  vulnerabilities  which  our  opponents  possess  as 
well  as  ourselves. 

This  is  supremely  important,  for  if  we  are  ever  to  win  through  in  the  relentless 
struggle  with  world  communism — win  through  in  the  nonmilitary  sphere — we 
and  our  followers  must  be  able  not  only  to  meet  and  defeat  the  psychological 
offensives  of  communism,  but  we  must  be  able  to  put  forward  and  implement 
positive  democratic  proposals  of  our  own. 

STATEMENT  OF  JOHN  RICHARDSON,  JR. 

The  Chairman.  The  statement  of  the  president  of  the  Free  Europe 
Committee,  Inc.,  Mr.  John  Richardson,  Jr.,  favoring  this  proposal, 
will  also  be  incorporated  in  the  record  at  this  point. 

(Mr.  Richardson's  statement  follows :) 

STATEMENT  OF  JOHN  RICHARDSON,  JR. 
Freedom  Academy  Bill— H.R.  5368 ;  H.R.  8320 

For  the  past  3  years  I  have  been  president  and  a  member  of  the  board  of  direc- 
tors of  the  Free  Europe  Committee,  Inc.,  a  private  organization  which  engages 
in  commimications  activities  designed  to  promote  the  cause  of  individual  freedom 
and  national  self-determination.  The  primary  focus  of  our  efforts  is  on  the 
Communist-ruled  countries  of  East-Central  Europe.  The  committee's  most  im- 
portant instrument  is  Radio  Free  Europe. 

Prior  to  assuming  my  present  responsibility  and  following  active  service  in 
Europe  in  World  War  II  as  a  junior  oflBcer  in  the  Parachute  Artillery,  I  prac- 
ticed law  in  New  York  with  the  firm  of  Sullivan  &  Cromwell  and  thereafter  en- 
tered the  field  of  investment  banking,  becoming  a  general  partner  in  the  firm  of 
Paine,  Webber,  Jackson  &  Curtis  in  New  York.  For  many  years  I  have  had  an 
active  interest  in  world  affairs,  and  especially  in  the  problems  of  the  cold  war. 
My  experience  prior  to  coming  to  the  Free  Europe  Committee  included  five  trips 
to  East  Europe  in  connection  with  a  medical  relief  program  in  Poland  which  I 
organized.  I  am  also  a  former  president  and  director  of  the  International  Rescue 
Committee  (a  private  organization  which  provides  resettlement  and  other  as- 
sistance to  political  refugees),  a  director  of  the  Foreign  Policy  Association,  a 
director  of  Freedom  House,  and  a  member  of  the  Council  on  Foreign  Relations. 

The  following  are  my  individual  views  with  respect  to  the  Freedom  Academy 
bill ;  they  do  not  necessarily  represent  the  views  of  the  Free  Europe  Committee 
or  of  its  board  of  directors  : 

This  legislation  promises  a  major  increase  in  the  effectiveness  of  our  efforts 
to  build  a  more  peaceful  world. 

Its  most  important  result  would  be  the  development  of  a  body  of  knowledge, 
expertise,  and  doctrine  in  the  fields  of  political  persuasion  and  political  develop- 
ment abroad.  It  is  a  tragedy  that  no  such  body  of  knowledge,  expertise,  and 
doctrine  exists  today  anwhere  in  the  free  world.  The  failure  so  far  to  organize 
the  necessary  research  and  the  dissemination  of  the  fruits  thereof  are  in  my 
opinion  at  the  root  of  most  of  our  failures  in  planning  and  carrying  out  foreign 
operations,  including  enormous  waste  of  human  and  material  resources. 

The  graduates  of  the  Freedom  Academy,  as  envisaged  in  this  legislation,  could 
be  expected  at  the  very  minimum  to  increase  rapidly  and  significantly  the  eflB- 
ciency  and  effectiveness  of  the  foreign  operations  of  existing  governmental  and 
private  instrumentalities.  They  would  be  trained  not  only  in  a  knowledge  of 
historical  and  existing  conditions  abroad,  as  at  present,  but  also  in  the  knowledge 
of  how  the  processes  of  political  change  abroad  can  be  influenced  by  a  free  coun- 
try utilizing  honorable  means.  No  such  training  is  available  today.  And  yet 
peace  can  be  secured  ultimately  only  through  the  responsible  actions  of  respon- 
sible governments  in  many  areas  of  the  world  where  they  do  not  now  exist. 

The  arguments  that  such  matters  cannot  be  usefully  researched,  studied,  and 
taught  are  reminiscent  of  the  attitude  many  businessmen  once  had  toward  the 
first  business  schools  in  this  country.    Their  attitude  is  different  today. 

I  am  convinced  that  passage  of  the  Freedom  Academy  legislation  is  the  most 
important  step  that  can  be  taken  to  increase  the  capacity  of  the  United  States 
to  influence  events  abroad.  Both  freedom  and  peace  may  well  depend  on  that 
capacity. 


1420       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

RESOLUTION  OF  RESERVE  OFFICERS  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE 
UNITED  STATES 

The  Chairman.  We  will  also  incorporate  in  the  record  the  resolu- 
tion of  the  Resem^e  Officers  Association  of  the  United  States,  also  in 
support  of  these  bills. 

(The  resolution  follows :) 

RESOLUTION  OF  RESERVE   OFFICERS   ASSOCIATION   OF  THE 
UNITED  STATES 

The  Freedom  Commission  Act 

Whereas,  Reserve  OflBcers  Association  of  the  United  States  recognizes  that 
the  Communist  nations  are  waging  a  total  political  war  against  the  United 
States  of  America  and  against  the  peoples  and  the  governments  of  all  other 
nations  of  the  free  world ;  and 

Whereas,  Communist  conspirators  are  invariably  more  dedicated,  better 
trained  and  have  more  operational  "know-how"  than  their  opponents,  and 
taking  full  advantage  of  this,  have  influenced  a  series  of  political  warfare  de- 
feats on  the  free  world,  the  total  sum  of  which  amounts  to  new  disaster  for  the 
United  States  and  other  countries  of  the  free  world  ;  and 

Whereas,  if  the  present  trend  continues  there  is  grave  peril  that  the 
United  States  of  America  will  stand  substantially  alone  in  a  world  that  has 
become  Communist  or  pro-Communist  neutral ;  and 

Whereas,  if  we  are  to  tvirn  the  tide  in  the  cold  war  it  is  essential  that  we 
develop  coimteraction  to  the  international  Commimist  conspiracy  into  an  opera- 
tional science  that  bespeaks  and  benefits  the  values  and  methods  of  free  men 
ami  that  we  train  men  and  women  in  large  numbers  who  can  combat  the 
Communist  conspiracy  with  an  equal  or  greater  degree  of  "know-how"  and 
dedication ;  and 

Whereas,  there  have  been  introduced  in  the  House  of  Representatives  of 
the  Congress  of  the  United  States  by  A.  S.  Herlong,  Jr.,  of  Florida,  and  Walter 
.Tudd,  of  Minnesota,  a  bill  (H.R.  3880)  and  in  the  Senate  by  Karl  Mundt,  of 
South  Dakota,  and  Paul  Douglas,  of  Illinois,  a  bill  (S.  1689),  entitled  "The 
Freedom  Commission  Act,"  which  this  association  believes  set  forth  the  training 
and  development  program  necessary  to  insure  the  long-term  survival  of  this 
Nation  and  the  other  nations  of  the  free  world ; 

Notv,  therefore,  he  it  resolved,  that  the  Reserve  OflBcers  Association  of  the 
United  States  go  on  record  as  endorsing  the  passage  of  The  Freedom  Com- 
mission Act. 

Adopted,  34th  National  Convention  New  York  City,  1  July  1960. 

The  Chairman.  This  committee  is  indeed  honored  to  welcome  Ar- 
lei£:h  A.  Burke,  former  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  as  the  lead  witness 
of  this  morning's  session. 

Admiral,  we  are  always  glad  to  have  you  with  us,  and  I  don't  sup- 
pose there  is  anybody  who  does  not  laiow  you,  and  it  is  rather  odd  to 
ask  you  to  give  any  part  of  your  background,  all  of  which  is  good. 
But  in  an  effort  to  relate  it  to  your  interest  in  this  bill  or  what  experi- 
ence prompts  you  to  favor  it,  as  a  beginning  in  your  presentation,  we 
will  be  very  gratified  to  receive  a  brief  resume  of  your  background. 

Admiral  Burke.  Thank  you,  sir. 

STATEMENT  OF  ADMIRAL  ARLEIGH  A.  BURKE,  UNITED  STATES 
NAVY  (RETIRED),  FORMER  CHIEF  OF  NAVAL  OPERATIONS 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir.  First,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to 
state  that  I  appreciate  very  much  appearing  before  this  distinguished 
Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  on  these  bills.  I  have  no 
written  statement,  but  I  do  have  some  notes  that  I  would  like  to  speak 
from. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1421 

You  asked  about  my  background.  My  background  in  connection 
with  this  activity,  or  with  communism,  started  seriously  during  the 
Korean  war. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  Korean  war,  I  was  ordered  by  Admiral 
Sherman,  as  soon  as  the  war  started,  to  go  to  the  staff  of  Commander, 
Naval  Forces,  Far  East.  When  it  looked  like  it  was  possible  to  negoti- 
ate an  armistice,  I  was  appointed  to  the  Armistice  Negotiating  Com- 
mission. 

We  had  about  10  days  in  which  to  prepare  ourselves  to  negotiate 
with  the  Communists.  During  those  10  days,  we  picked  up  every 
book  that  we  could  get  in  the  libraries  in  Japan  and  in  our  armed 
services  there,  to  determine  how  the  Communists  negotiated,  what 
they  might  do,  and  I  might  say  that  the  books  that  we  were  able  to 
get  were  very  few.  There  was  only  one  good  one.  I  think  it  was 
Operations  of  the  Polithureau  or  sometliing  like  that. 

When  we  started  negotiating  with  the  Communists,  it  became  very 
apparent  in  the  first  few  minutes  that  they  were  taking  advantage  of 
us.  They  were  skillful  propagandists.  They  were  using  the  occa- 
sion to  show  the  whole  world  that  we  had  been  defeated. 

For  example,  there  was  preliminary  negotiation  as  to  where  the 
negotiations  would  be  held,  and  it  was  finally  determined  that  they 
would  be  held  in  Kaesong,  and  our  team,  five  of  us,  went  up  to  Kaesong 
in  helicopters.  We  landed  at  the  Missionary  Field  of  the  Methodist 
University,  which  had  been  destroyed. 

We  were  met  by  North  Korean  and  Chinese  troops,  and  there  was 
a  thick  cordon  of  troops  around  the  landing  field,  white  flags  all  over 
it.  We  were  put  in  jeeps,  and  the  jeep  that  I  was  assigned  to  was 
a  captured  American  jeep,  as  they  all  were;  a  bullet  hole  through  the 
windshield,  blood  on  the  seat,  the  name  "Lucy"  on  the  jeep. 

I  don't  know  whether  this  was  American  blood  or  not,  but  it  was 
quite  obvious  that  the  impression  they  wanted  to  give  was  that  they 
had  captured  this  jeep,  killed  the  driver,  and  it  was  their  jeep.  A  great 
big  white  flag — no  other  identification — a  great  big  white  flag  on  the 
front  of  the  jeep,  and  we  went  up  with  an  escort,  a  military  escort 
of  the  Communists,  through,  again,  a  cordon  of  troops  clear  to  the  ne- 
gotiating building,  which  was  a  teahouse  in  Kaesong. 

When  we  arrived  there,  we  had  to  walk  perhaps  a  hundred  yards, 
again  through  a  cordon  of  troops,  with  submachineguns^  following 
each  man  as  we  came  up,  and,  for  example,  one  young  Korean  was 
standing  in  front  of  a  bush,  and  he  had  to  be  out  in  the  path  a  little 
bit.  He  was  perhaps  15  or  16  years  old,  and  as  I  was  walking  up  there, 
he  put  the  machinegun  muzzle  in  my  stomach.  It  was  just  a  little  bit 
more  than  I  could  take  at  that  time,  because  I  was  fed  up  with  this, 
and  I  took  the  machinegun  away  from  him  and  handed  it  back  to 
him.  which  was  a  foolish  thing  to  do,  but  fortunately,  his  finger  wasn't 
on  the  trigger  or  his  automatic  reaction  would  have  been  bad  for 
me. 

But  this  was  an  example  of  the  propaganda — movie  cameras  grind- 
ing all  the  time,  with  Americans  coming  up  to  surrender  at  this 
negotiation. 

During  the  negotiations,  we  soon  found  that  the  Communists  could 
lie,  did  lie,  and  it  did  not  bother  them  a  bit.  They  could  be  caught 
in  lies  and  they  could  pass  probably  a  polygraph  test,  because  they 


1422       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

didn't  feel  guilty  about  anything,  about  lying.  It  is  something  that 
an  American  just  can't  realize,  that  there  is  no  moral  base  to  negotiate 
on — with  people  like  that. 

And  this  was  when  I  first  decided  that  we  had  to  do  a  tremendous 
amount  of  studying.  We  sent  back  for  books  and  data  from  which 
to  study  past  negotiations.  We  got  a  big  pile  of  data,  but  very  little 
data  which  would  do  us  any  good. 

Well,  the  results  of  those  negotiations  are  well  known. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  May  I  internij^t  at  that  point,  Admiral  ?  What  was 
the  date  of  this  episode  you  have  just  described  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  I  believe  it  was  July  10, 1951. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Thank  you. 

Admiral  Burke.  The  next  thing  that  concerned  me,  again  the  result 
of  the  Korean  war,  was  our  prisoners.  When  they  returned,  we  found 
that  a  few  of  our  troops  had  accommodated  themselves  to  communism 
in  the  prison  camps,  and  a  very  few  of  them  had  sold  their  brother 
soldiers'  lives  for  a  cigarette  or  for  special  treatment.  This  was,  of 
course,  a  shock  to  all  of  us  in  the  military  services,  and  we  started  to 
examine  why. 

Later,  I  was  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  and  as  soon  as  I  became 
Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  I  asked  for  an  examination  of  our  recruits 
to  determine  what  their  moral  standards  were,  and  it  was  a  surprising 
thing  that  we  found  that  a  great  many  of  our  recruits  didn't  have  any 
moral  standards. 

They  weren't  unmoral,  they  were  just  amoral.  They  had  no  con- 
victions concerning  their  God  or  their  church  or  their  community  or 
their  State  or  their  school  or  anything.  Nothing  meant  very  much 
to  some  of  the^e  boys.    Their  standard  was  "what  is  good  for  me." 

Now  this  wasn't  because  these  youngsters  were  bad  youngsters. 
They  weren't,  and  they  very  eagerly  picked  up  the  instruction  that 
we  gave  them  on  what  this  United  States  stands  for,  what  God  stands 
for,  and  various  simple  things,  and  these  lads  eagerly  picked  up  that 
instruction.  They  just  simply  hadn't  been  instructed  before.  This 
was  a  shock. 

Later  on,  as  Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  I  had  a  great  deal  to  do 
for  6  years  with  operations  against  the  Communists  or  operations 
which  were  the  result  of  Communist  actions.  When  I  retired  from 
tlie  Navy,  I  wanted  to  do  something  that  might  help  my  country  a 
little  bit,  so  I  decided  that  I  would  like  to  become  associated  with 
three  general  types  of  activities.  One  is  energy,  because  the  Com- 
munists, or  any  nation  that  wants  to  become  powerful,  must  have 
sources  of  energy.  And  without  sources  of  energy,  it  is  so  dependent 
upon  other  countries  that  it  probably  will  never  become  a  really 
powerful  nation. 

And  the  next  one  was  communications.  Communications  and  trans- 
portation, the  whole  communication  bit;  and  the  third  one  is  educa- 
tion. And  those  generally  are  the  areas  of  the  commercial  companies 
with  which  I  am  now  associated,  and  it  is  true  that  I  have  found  since 
retirement,  as  well  as  before,  that  the  Communists  are  working  to  try 
to  get  control  of  communications,  to  try  to  get  control  of  energy,  and, 
above  all,  to  try  to  get  control  of  education ;  and  it  is  the  educational 
part  that  is  important  here,  sir. 


PROVIDIXG  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1423 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  How  long  did  you  serve,  Admiral,  in  the  United 
States  Xavy  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  42  years,  sir.  And  would  it  be  all  right  for  me  to 
read  my  notes  ? 

The  Chairman.  Proceed. 

Admiral  Burke.  The  first  point  that  I  would  like  to  make,  sir,  is 
that  of  all  the  people  in  the  United  States,  this  committee,  you  your- 
selves are  probably  the  most  familiar  with  the  Communist  goals  and 
objectives  and  their  past  actions,  the  Communist  intentions,  the  Com- 
munist techniques,  and  their  falsehoods,  their  lies. 

You  know,  I  don't  want  to  repeat  the  Communist  intentions,  but  cer- 
tainly it  is  true,  because  they  have  said  so  over  and  over  and  over 
again,  that  they  intend  to  dominate  the  world,  and  every  action  that 
they  have  taken,  even  the  backward  steps  that  they  have  had  to  take 
sometimes,  have  had  that  goal  in  mind,  and  they  never  deviate  from 
that  goal.  This  is  true  with  all  the  Communists  in  every  area.  They 
have  a  clear  outline.  Every  Communist  has  a  clear  outline  of  where 
the  Communists  intend  to  go  and,  in  general,  how  to  get  there,  and  the 
Communists  are  well  trained. 

Xow,  there  is  no  such  clear  outline  of  our  intentions.  Sometimes, 
the  reactions  of  this  countrj'  and  other  free  world  countries  are  very 
forceful,  and  sometimes  we  act  as  if  we  were  powerless  and  helpless. 

There  has  been  a  cold  war  ever  since  World  War  II.  It  is  unconven- 
tional, it  is  psychological,  it  is  subversive,  it  is  political,  and  it  is  prop- 
aganda warfare;  and  we  seem  never  to  realize  that  this  is  a  continuous 
proposition.  We  take  action  when  things  appear  to  be  bad,  and  when 
things  appear  to  slacken  off,  then  we  forget  all  about  it.  And  we  don't 
take  action  in  all  the  fields,  even  when  we  do  take  action. 

The  Communists  use  every  means  that  they  possibly  can  to  get  sup- 
port for  their  ideas,  and  particularly  ideas  which  will  weaken  our 
moral  stamina,  which  will  weaken  our  will  to  resist,  and  which  will 
weaken  such  things  as  our  belief  in  God,  our  beliefs  in  our  Govern- 
ment. There  are  quite  a  few  innocent,  gullible  people  in  the  United 
States  who  are  led  to  support  causes  which  further  the  undermining 
of  our  character.  They  do  this,  unknowingly,  for  the  benefit  of 
communism. 

The  Comrnimists  know  what  they  are  doing.  They  are  well  trained. 
There  are  many  schools  in  many  Communist  countries  t-o  train  thou- 
sands of  people,  and  they  have  trained  thousands  of  people  in  political 
warfare,  in  journalism,  in  ideology,  and  guerrilla  warfare,  m  all  the 
aspects  of  the  power  play  that  the  Communists  are  putting  on.  Of 
course  this  started  with  the  Lenin  School  of  Political  Warfare  in 
Moscow  many  years  ago. 

And  our  people  are  not  trained.  The  best  trained  people  in  the 
United  Statas  are  self-trained  people,  and  as  a  result  of  our  lack  of 
training,  even  though  we  act  with  the  utmost  goodwill,  we  frequently 
act  without  any  very  clear  idea  of  what  the  Communists  may  be  trying 
to  accomplish  or  how  they  are  trying  to  accomplish  it. 

Our  actions  are  unconcerted.  We  don't  act  in  all  areas,  and  we  don't 
act  in  all  fields  toward  a  single  goal.  Because  of  this,  we  frequently 
play  into  the  enemy's  hands.  In  other  words,  we  are  amateurs,  and 
the  Communists  are  professionals. 


1424       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

But  in  spite  of  this,  I  would  like  to  pay  tribute  to  those  amateurs. 
There  are  a  lot  of  them.  There  are  academicians  in  many  miiversities 
and  colleges  who  have  devoted,  when  they  once  became  aware  of  the 
danger,  a  great  deal  of  time  to  studying  the  problem,  and  they  are 
doing  quite  a  bit  of  good. 

There  are  labor  unions  who  are  taking  the  lead,  because  of  all  the 
classes  of  people  in  this  country  who  miderstand  communism  the 
best,  it  is  probably  the  labor  people,  because  they  have  gone  into 
foreign  countries  they  reahze  what  has  happened  in  foreign  coun- 
tries. They  know  that  there  is  no  such  thing  as  a  labor  movement  in 
any  Communist  country,  and  they  have  taken  some  veiy  laudable 
action. 

The  Chairman.  I  am  glad  you  mentioned  that.  Admiral,  and  on 
this  point,  I  was  pleased  to  be  advised  quite  some  time  ago  that  the 
AFL-CIO,  through  George  Meany,  at  its  own  expense,  had  created 
an  Institute  for  Free  Labor  Development  here  in  Washington  to  fight 
communism. 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  And  they  have  students  from  Latin  America  who 
come  here  to  learn  about  free  trade  unionism  and  also  communism. 
Some  of  them  have  gone  back  home  to  Latin  America  and  disseminated 
the  information  they  have  gathered  here  and  have  averted  Communist 
takeovers  of  the  unions  and,  in  some  instances,  regained  control  of 
unions  from  the  Commmiists.  I  am  glad  of  the  compliment  you  have 
paid  to  the  free  labor  movement. 

Admiral  Burke.  That  is  a  very  laudable  thing,  sir,  and  they  are 
trying  very  hard,  but  even  the  people  who  are  teaching  here  are 
themselves  self-taught. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  you  are  absolutely  right,  and  to  put  it  in  a 
different  way — the  way  I  frequently  put  it  in  connection  with  what 
you  said  to  the  effect  that  we  act  when  things  are  hot,  and  relax  when 
they  cool  off — we  have  tended  too  long  to  fight  the  cold  war  on  the 
basis  of  instinct  and  emotion  rather  than  knowledge,  and  what  we  are 
trying  to  do  here  is  to  have  an  institute  with  knowledge  about  these 
things  which  you  have  experienced  over  your  long  career. 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  Particularly  in  connection  with  your  negotiations 
in  Korea. 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Johansen.  The  fact  of  the  matter  is — and  I  think  I  have 
mentioned  this  on  the  record  before — but  probably  the  first  docu- 
mentation of  Communist  infiltration,  of  the  attempt  to  take  over  in 
this  countiy  was  made  in  the.  labor  field. 

That  first  documentation  was  made  under  Mr.  William  Green,  back 
in  1933,  as  I  recall  it,  at  the  time  that  the  recognition  of  Soviet  Russia 
was  being  considered. 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir;  that  is,  of  course,  the  first  thing;  the  first 
institutions  the  Communists  want  to  try  to  infiltrate  are  the  labor  and 
educational  institutions.    And  they  do  a  very  good  job  at  it. 

And  then  there  are  a  lot  of  industrialists,  particularly  the  big  con- 
cerns, who  have  realized  what  happens  to  a  country  when  it  becomes 
Communist. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COIVIMISSION       1425 

The  Chairman.  You  are  so  right,  Admiral — and  we  don't  want  to 
interrupt  you — you  liave  i)ut  your  finger  on  it.  It  is  the  fact  that 
although  they  make  laudable  and  noble  efforts,  they  are  so  scattered 
in  this  country.  There  is  no  central  area  where  people  in  labor,  Gov- 
ernment, business,  foreign  countries,  can  come  and  get  a  working 
knowledge  of  the  techniques,  ideology,  doctrines,  and  tactics,  all  the 
machinations  of  the  Communist  conspiracy.  And  they  haven't  done 
too  badly,  have  they,  the  Communists,  along  the  line  of  attempted 
domination?  In  the  short  space  of  my  and  your  generation,  we  have 
seen  them  take  over  and  dominate  maybe  one  third  of  the  land  mass 
of  the  earth  and  one  fourth  of  the  population  of  the  world,  and  that's 
not  too  bad. 

Admiral  Burke.  No,  sir.  Well,  in  spite  of  the  efforts,  sir,  of  in- 
dividuals, there  are  a  lot  of  people  in  this  country — the  fact  is,  I  sup- 
pose, most  of  the  people  in  this  country — who  don't  really  realize  the 
danger  of  communism  at  all.  There  is  a  great  deal  of  apathy,  and 
most  of  this  apathy  is  caused  because  people  don't  know. 

They  think  the  Government  will  take  care  of  it.  The  Government 
hasn't  informed  them,  and  so  they  don't  know  very  much  about  it. 
People  have  not  been  told  by  the  Government  as  much  about  commu- 
nism as  a  farmer  is  told  about  how  to  fatten  a  beef  or  the  dangers 
of  a  boll  weevil. 

A  person  can  obtain  from  the  Government  a  great  deal  of  informa- 
tion about  the  dangers  from  insects,  but  he  can't  obtain  from  the  Gov- 
ernment very  much  about  the  dangers  from  communism,  even  though 
the  FBI  does  try  mightily. 

Our  people,  including  people  in  Government  positions,  are  not  well 
informed  and  they  are  not  knowledgeable  on  Communist  procedures 
Or  techniques,  or  even  the  differences  in  the  meaning  of  the  words  when 
they  are  used  by  the  Communists  and  when  they  are  used  by  us. 
I  am  sure  that  there  is  a  need  for  an  educational  institution  similar 
to  the  one  that  is  proposed  in  these  bills,  and  particularly  in  the  ones 
that  Mr.  Boggs  and  Mr.  Taft  sponsored. 

There  is  need  for  such  an  institution  to  conduct  research  on  Com- 
munist techniques,  to  instruct,  and  to  inform.  Private  institutions 
can't  do  it,  although  there  are  a  lot  of  private  institutions  which  are 
trying;  they  can  help.  The  reason  is  largely  that  a  policy  must  be 
clearly  approved  by  the  Government — and  one  is  not  clearly  approved 
now — and  it  must  also  be  clearly  understood  that  this  is  the  intent 
of  Congress,  and  this  is  not  clear  now,  either. 

In  addition  to  that,  there  are  many  Government  officials  who  need 
training  which  a  private  institution  would  not  be  able  to  give.  There 
are  foreign  people  who  should  have  access  to  the  leadership  of  the 
leader  of  the  free  world,  and  now  there  is  no  place  for  them  to  go, 
as  you  pointed  out  a  moment  ago. 

Then  it  takes  time  for  a  private  institution  to  get  these  things 
started,  lots  of  time,  and  I  don't  think  we  have  that  kind  of  time 
left  anymore. 

It  has  also  been  proposed  that  perhaps  the  State  Department  could 
expand  their  schools,  and  this  would  have  been  possible.  But  if  the 
State  Department  had  intended  to  expand  their  schools,  it  would  have 
been  done  a  long  time  ago,  and  it  hasn't  been  done,  so  I  don't  think 
that  they  could  take  it  over. 


1426       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

I  favor  H.R.  5368,  and  if  I  were  permitted  to  make  some  comments 
on  the  bill,  I  would  like  to  make 

The  Chairman.  We  would  like  very  much  to  have  the  benefit  of 
your  material.  This  bill  may  not  be  final.  It  is  subject  to  im- 
provement. 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir.  In  this  bill,  there  is  a  Committee,  an 
Advisory  Committee  to  advise  the  Commission,  and  I  would  suggest 
that  that  Committee  should  meet  at  least  monthly.  The  reason  for 
that  is  that  this  Committee  must  know  thoroughly  what  is  being  done 
by  the  Conmiission  and  within  this  institution. 

It  must  assist  the  Commission.  The  Commission  is  going  to  be 
under  fire.  It  is  going  to  be  a  most  difficult  job  to  be  on  that  Com- 
mission, and  this  Committee  can  help  the  Commissioners  a  great  deal, 
if  it  really  knows  what  is  involved.  The  Committee  members  must 
know  intimately  the  status  of  the  research,  the  type  of  teaching,  the 
quality  of  the  teachers,  and  everything  there  is  about  the  school. 

This  is  particularly  true  because  once  such  an  institution  is  estab- 
lished and  if  it  starts  to  function  well,  it  will  certainly,  itself,  be  a 
prime  target  for  subversion  and  distortion.  It  will  be  viciously  at- 
tacked, and  there  will  be  attempts  to  discredit  the  institution  and  the 
Commission.  The  Government,  and  especially  the  Congress,  will  need 
to  rely  on  people  who  are  not  in  the  direct  management  of  the  institu- 
tion, but  people  who  nevertheless  are  thoroughly  familiar  with  all  the 
aspects  of  the  institution  and  the  persomiel  connected  with  it,  and  who 
are  charged  by  the  Congress  to  keep  Congress  informed  of  the  possible 
difficulties  which  the  institution  may  have  before  those  difficulties  be- 
come acute,  or  become  insurmountable,  as  they  might. 

And  perhaps  even  monthly  meetings  are  not  enough.  This  institu- 
tion is  of  sufficient  importance  to  warrant  careful  and  continuous 
appraisal. 

I  would  like  to  go  back  a  moment,  sir,  to  training.  And  I  have  here 
two  recent  newspaper  articles.  One  of  them  was  written  for  the  Neio 
York  Times  on  31  March;  the  other,  for  the  Washington  Post  on  May 
16,  1964.    They  are  about  South  Vietnam.    The  Times  article  says: 

The  South  Vietnamese  Government  started  today  an  emergency  training  pro- 
gram for  young  army  officers  who  have  the  task  of  bringing  effective  government 
to  the  people  of  the  villages. 

Special  courses  for  the  country's  district  chiefs  marked  an  important  first 
step  *  *  *. 

I  would  like  to  insert  these  two  articles  in  the  record,  if  I  might,  sir, 
because  it  is  about  starting  today,  and  then — 

The  Chairman.  The  articles  will  be  incorporated  in  the  record. 

(See  pp.  1439-1441.) 

The  Chairman.  At  that  point,  do  you  find  that  whatever  effort  is 
being  made  in  Vietnam  and  elsewhere  places  sufficient,  or  too  much, 
or  not  enough,  reliance  on  people  themselves,  the  villages,  and  so  on  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Well,  I  have  been  in  the  Orient  quite  a  bit  in  my 
life,  sir,  and  the  people  in  the  Orient,  the  villages,  are  very  poor  peo- 
ple, and  they  are  very  simple  people  and  they  are  also  very  gullible 
people  in  lots  of  ways.  They  have  been  misruled  sometimes,  sometimes 
for  generations  in  the  past,  so  that  the  instruction  that  has  to  be  given 
to  them  has  to  be  started  from  the  ground  up — in  sympathy  with  their 
conditions  and  trying  to  help  them  out,  but  at  the  same  time,  the  most 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1427 

important  thing  that  any  man  can  have,  whether  he  is  rich  or  poor,  is 
a  philosophy,  is  an  ideology,  and  something  in  which  to  believe,  some- 
thing that  he  can  do  about  what  he  believes,  and  this  is  what  I  think  is 
mostly  lacking  in  our  training.    We  don't  convince. 

We  help  them  out  materially  and  we  show  them  how,  sometimes,  to 
grow  better  crops,  but  we  don't  furnish  them  a  belief,  a  conviction, 
which  the  Communists  do. 

The  Chairman.  In  that  connection,  it  has  been  expressed  as  a  the- 
oi-y,  and  let's  assume  it  to  be  completely  sincere,  always — that  is  my 
approach,  anyway — that  the  establishment  of  this  Commission  outside 
of  the  State  Department  might  place  these  problems  in  the  hands  of 
amateurs  who  are  liable  to  want  to  indoctrinate,  and  so  on. 

Wliat  are  your  views  on  that?  Don't  you  think  the  Commission, 
assuming  the  appointment  of  outstanding  men,  will  certainly  have 
sense  enough  to  operate  within  our  Constitution?  With  respect  to 
the  proposition  that  the  Sate  Department,  with  its  constitutional  for- 
eign policy  prerogatives,  might  not  like  every  part  of  what  the  Aca- 
demy teaches,  and  the  fact  that  the  President  must  determine  foreign 
policy — can't  all  this  be  done  without  injecting  the  Academy  into  the 
field  of  foreign  policy,  keeping  it  aside  of  that,  clear  of  that,  even  while 
it  provides  knowledge  ? 

Do  you  fear  indoctrination,  amateurism,  and  all  that  stuff  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  No,  sir. 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Pool  entered  the  hearing  room. ) 

Admiral  Burke.  In  the  first  place,  this  institution  is  an  educational 
institution.  It  is  not  an  operating  institution  and  it  doesn't  deter- 
mine policies. 

The  Chairman.  I  am  glad  you  said  that.  It  needed  to  be  said,  to  re- 
move honest  fear. 

Admiral  Burke.  And  there  are  many  institutions  that  do  indoctri- 
nation. A  church  does  indoctrination.  The  State  Department  itself 
does  indoctrination.  The  Executive  of  the  United  States  indoctri- 
nates. Political  parties  do  indoctrination.  There  are  hundreds  of 
groups  in  this  country  who  indoctrinate  for  one  thing  or  another. 

A  farmer,  who  is  in  an  agricultural  school,  is  indoctrinated  in  the 
advantages  of  farming.    He  is  proud  of  being  a  farmer. 

This  is  true  in  everything,  but  what  is  needed  here  is  knowledge  of 
communism.  The  greatest  danger  that  faces  this  country  is  the  Com- 
munist danger,  now,  and  we  don't  have  the  knowledge,  and  where  are 
we  going  to  get  that  knowledge  ?  We  don't  have  any  institutions.  A 
lot  of  institutions  are  trying  very  hard  to  give  a  little  bit  of  knowledge. 

They  are  insufficient.  They  are  inadequate.  They  certainly  can't 
train  governmental  officials,  they  can't  train  foreign  officials,  they  can't 
instruct  them.  There  is  no  information  that  comes  from  the  Govern- 
ment on  a  continuing  basis,  or  that  is  very  deep.  When  an  academician 
wants  to  start  a  course  on  communism  there  is  no  place  he  can  write  to 
in  the  Government  and  get  such  data.  He  can  get  data  on  how  to  grow 
wheat,  but  he  can't  get  it  on  communism. 

The  Chairman.  Now  I  would  like  the  benefit  of  your  experience 
and  views  and  for  you  to  pass  judgment — without  any  sense  of  casti- 
gating or  criticizing  what  we  have  today — on  these  courses  we  are  all 
familiar  with,  for  officers,  and  so  on.    Are  they  thorough  enough? 

Admiral  Burke.  In  Government,  sir  ? 


1428       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

The  Chairman.  In  Government.  In  other  words,  we  would  have 
to  face  the  fact  that  it  would  be  said  that  we  are  making  a  finding, 
whether  we  are  making  it  or  not,  that  what  we  have  is  not  sufficient. 

Admiral  Btjrke.  Then  the  finding,  I  think,  would  be  correct,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  I  would  like  to  have  you  say  a  few  words 
about  that,  because  the  opposition,  such  as  it  is,  to  the  bill  says  we 
already  have  that,  and  that  if  we  need  something  more,  then  there  is 
the  counterproposal,  countering  our  thinking  on  the  possibility  of  pas- 
sage of  this  bill,  that  we  should  instead  have  a  school  of  foreign — what 
is  the  name  of  the  proposal  ? 

Mr.  McNamara.  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs. 

The  Chairman.  A  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  within 
the  State  Department  as  a  substitute  or  counter  to  this  proposal. 

Admiral  Burke.  In  the  first  place,  sir,  I  would  like  to 

The  Chairman.  So  we  can't  avoid  talking  about  what  we  have  to 
face. 

Admiral  Burke.  To  start  with  the  military.  I  am  on  the  advisory 
board  of  the  National  War  College  and  I  am  fairly  familiar,  even 
since  I  have  been  retired,  with  what  the  other  War  Colleges  do,  and 
they  give  a  few  courses  on  communism.  They  are  not  exactly  super- 
ficial courses,  but  they  do  not  really  explain  Communist  techniques. 
They  make  the  students  aware  that  there  are  techniques,  that  there  is 
such  a  thing  as  propaganda,  and  they  teach  them  a  little  bit  about  se- 
mantics, but  the  courses  are  not  in  depth  at  all. 

It  is  even  less  than  that,  unless  they  have  changed  a  great  deal  in 
the  last  year  or  so,  in  the  Foreign  Service's  school.  There  are  a  few 
lectures,  and  those  lectures  are  not  coordinated.  There  is  no  real 
instruction,  not  nearly  as  much  instruction  in  the  Foreign  Service's 
school  as  there  is  in  the  War  Colleges,  but  the  War  Colleges  are  ex- 
tremely inadequate. 

The  Chairman.  We  have  had  testimony  based  on  teaching  experi- 
ence here — and  on  my  own,  I  have  always  said  that  I  am  glad  some- 
body else  said  this,  rather  than  myself,  because  some  State  legislatures, 
including  my  own,  in  Louisiana,  by  statute,  require  a  course  on  Com- 
munism versus  Democracy — but  the  testimony  indicates  that  the  trou- 
ble in  these  courses  is  that  there  is  so  little  knowledge  on  the  part  of 
the  public  school  teacher  as  to  what  to  teach,  what  to  say,  and  their 
source  material  is  so  scanty. 

Admiral  Burke,  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  It  is  very  discouraging. 

Admiral  Burke.  That  is  true.  I  have  been  asked  by  Florida  and  by 
other  States  to  help  them  in  their  curricula.  A  little  bit  I  have  been 
able  to  do,  not  very  much,  but  when  they  ask  me,  I  am  an  amateur. 
There  is  nobody,  or  very  few  people  in  this  country  who  have  really 
studied  this  in  depth. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  taking  you  at  your  humble  word,  would 
your  "amateur"  experience  in  this  area  be  available  to  the  Commission  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir;  anything  that  the  Government  wants 
me  to  do,  I  do,  because  I  came  into  the  service  for  a  lifetime  and  I 
haven't  quite  expended  it  yet,  sir.  This  training  that  we  have,  com- 
pared to  the  techniques  of  the  Communists,  is  really  fantastically 
poor,  sir.  I  have  here  an  article  that  is  called  "Population  Control 
Techniques  of  Communist  Insurgents."    It  appeared  in  the  Australian 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1429 

Army  Jmii^nal^  in  January  of  1964,  and  it  explains  in  detail  how  a 
few  Communists,  two  or  three  Communists,  come  into  a  village  and 
work  with  that  village,  never  saying  anything  about  communism  until 
they  get  the  villagers'  confidence  and  support. 

They  help  the  villagers.  Later  on  they  organize  a  few  people,  two 
or  three  people,  and  then  later  on,  they  take  over,  and  that  village, 
then,  is  a  Communist  village.  It  became  that  way  because  it  was 
instructed. 

It  was  instructed  by  Communists,  and  we  have  no  counterpart  to 
that.  We  have  nobody  who  knows  how  to  do  that,  and  the  techniques 
are  different  for  each  country.  This  is  the  reason  why  the  Communists 
have  hundreds  of  different  schools,  or  lots  of  different  schools,  to  train 
different  people  in  different  techniques  in  different  countries,  but  all 
for  the  same  goal. 

The  Chairman.  Would  that  article  be  available  for  the  record? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  The  article  will  be  inserted  following  your  testi- 
mony.    (See  pp.  1442-1449.) 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Willis  left  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  Pool  (presiding).  Proceed,  Admiral. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  don't  think  the  Admiral  had  finished  his  state- 
ment, had  he  1 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir,  I  have. 

Mr.  Pool.  Let  me  ask  you.  Admiral,  you  are  familiar  with  the  na- 
tional defense  budgets,  and  do  you  think  that  maybe  a  staggering 
sum  would  be  needed  to  accomplish  this  job  that  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy encompasses?  Do  you  think  that  the  money  would  be  well 
spent  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  It  will  take  quite  a  bit  of  money,  sir,  because  it 
will  be  started  late,  and  the  buildings  will  have  to  go  up,  should  go 
up,  fairly  fast,  so  I  should  imagine  that  it  would  probably  be  in 
the  neighborhood  of  $30  or  $40  million. 

Mr.  Pool.  You  think  that  that  would  be  money  well  spent? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir,  because  the  Communists  have  made  in- 
roads in  all  parts  of  the  world.  We  have  not.  The  expansion  has 
been  on  the  Communist  side,  not  on  our  side,  so  something  is  wrong 
with  our  instruction.  We  are  not  convincing  people,  and  I  believe 
our  system  of  government,  our  social  order,  our  whole  concept  of 
civilization  is  good,  and  I  think  the  Communist  concept  is  evil,  but  we 
aren't  instructing  people  about  what  is  good. 

Mr.  Pool.  The  work  that  this  Academy  would  accomplish,  would 
be  almost  as  important  as  the  work  that  is  accomplished  by  the  Naval 
Academy  and  West  Point  and  things  like  that  ? 

Admiral  Bltrke.  I  think  at  that  stage  of  the  game,  sir,  it  would 
be  even  more  important,  because  there  is  a  big  lack  in  such  educa- 
tion now,  and  I  don't  mean  to  decry  my  Naval  Academy  or  the  other 
service  academies,  either. 

Mr.  Pool.  Well,  I  wasn't  pinpointing  any  particular  academy. 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Pool.  It  is  just  as  important,  then,  as  the  other  schools.  In 
fact,  in  your  opinion,  it  is  more  important  at  this  stage. 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr,  Pool.  I  agree  with  you.   And  I  thank  you,  sir. 

30-471  O— 64— pt.  2 13 


1430       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Mr.  Ichord? 

Mr.  Ichord.  Admiral,  the  function  of  the  Commission  is  threefold : 
To  conduct  research  into  communism,  how  it  operates,  how  it  fights, 
and  how  you  can  best  combat  it ;  to  train  Government  personnel,  pri- 
vate citizens,  and  foreign  citizens  at  the  institution ;  and  also  to  oper- 
ate the  information  center. 

The  State  Department  has  criticized  the  bill  on  the  ground  that 
the  Freedom  Academy  will  here  be  functioning  as  an  overt  institu- 
tion, while  it  should  operate  as  a  covert  institution.  Do  you  feel 
that  criticism  is  well  founded  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  No,  sir.    I  think  that  what  is  needed 

Mr.  Ichord.  Would  you  elaborate  upon  that,  sir  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir.  What  is  needed  most  is  an  overt  opera- 
tion. This,  so  that  our  people  and  the  Communists  and  everybody 
knows  that  this  is  the  way  the  Communists  operate.  This  is  what  they 
do,  these  are  the  proofs.  This  is  what  happened  in  Zanzibar.  This  is 
the  way  they  handle  the  press  in  various  countries.  This  is  the  line 
that  they  start  in  Moscow  or  Peking,  and  this  is  the  trace  of  that  line  of 
propaganda,  from  one  position  to  another,  until  finally,  its  origin  is 
lost,  and  it  is  repeated  in  free  world  countries  as  honest  news.  These 
things  are  very  important. 

Now  there  should  also  be  some  covert  operating  institution  that 
trains  people  not  only  to  study  the  techniques,  but  to  train  people  in 
the  countertechniques,  but  that  would  be  an  operations  school.  This 
is  not  an  operations  institution.  The  Communists  themselves  have  a 
great  many  overt  schools  and  a  great  many  covert  schools,  and  some- 
times they  have  elements  in  the  same  school  in  which  one  is  overt  and 
one  is  covert,  but  I  think  this  overt  school  is  needed  first. 

Mr.  Ichord.  Do  you  think  that  it  is  necessary  to  train  private  citi- 
zens at  this  institution  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir;  not  every  private  citizen,  of  course,  but 
certainly  it  is  necessary  to  train  academicians  who  are  teaching  in 
miiversities,  the  social  sciences,  for  example.  It  is  important  they 
know  the  techniques  of  commmiism  and  to  give  them  a  source  of 
information. 

It  is  necessary  to  give,  and  they  should  have,  a  very  thorough  course. 
They  should  have  thorough  knowledge  of  these  data.  It  is  necessary, 
also,  for  industrialists,  for  example,  to  come  down  and  get  a  short 
course  in  aspects  which  will  affect  them  and  which  they  can  do  some- 
tliing  about.  It  is  necessary  that  the  labor  unions,  labor  people,  be 
instructed  so  that  workers  Imow  what  they  are  up  against,  what  this 
country  is  up  against.   It  is  extremely  necessary. 

There  are  three  types  of  people  who  need  the  instruction.  There  is 
the  private  citizen,  the  governmental  officials,  and  foreigners.  Per- 
haps the  instruction  might  be  a  little  different  for  the  three,  but  much 
of  the  instruction  should  be  similiar  or  identical. 

Mr.  Ichord.  How  do  you  feel  we  can  go  about  selecting  foreign 
citizens  for  training  at  the  Academy  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  It  is  ^oing  to  be  very  difficult,  sir,  and  you  will  cer- 
tainly get  some  Communists  in  here,  no  matter  what  you  do.  I  mean, 
the  Communists  will  try  to  penetrate  this  school,  this  institution, 
every  way  that  they  possibly  can,  and  one  of  the  ways  is  to  send  Com- 
munist students  so  that  they  can  get  as  much  information  as  they 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1431 

possibl}?^  can  in  order  to  sabotage  the  school.  The  best  way  of  getting 
people  is  on  the  recommendation  of  their  own  government,  and  we 
know  a  lot  of  f oi'eign  people,  too,  who  can  check. 

I  mean,  there  are  foreign  people  who  are  mature,  who  are  usually 
pretty  well  known  by  some  Americans,  or  at  least,  for  example,  a 
Frenchman  is  known  to  other  Frenchmen  whom  Americans  know,  and 
his  reputation  will  be  pretty  well  known.  But  certainly  there  will  be 
some  Communists  that  will  go  through  the  school. 
Mr.  IcHORD.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 
Mr.  Pool.  Mr.  Johansen? 

Mr.  Johansen.  I  am  going  to  yield  for  a  moment  to  Mr.  Schadeberg, 
and  then  I  will  come  back. 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  Thank  you. 

Admiral,  you  don't  have  to  answer  this  if  you  don't  wish  to,  and 
you  may  not  want  to.  If  our  foreign  policy  should  be,  either  now  or 
at  some  future  date,  that  we  must  not  do  anything  to  create  tensions 
between  ourselves  and  the  Soviets,  and  this  Academy  might  be  inter- 
preted as  creating  such  a  tension,  what  would  be  the  argument  that  we 
could  use  then  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  The  truth.  The  first  thing  that  should  be  taught 
in  this  institution  is  the  truth.  If  the  Communists  object  to  the  truth, 
let  them.  If  they  say,  "This  is  not  true,"  let  them  try  to  disprove  it. 
For  example,  after  this  institution  was  started,  and  they  say,  "This 
teaches  that  we  do  so  and  so,  and  that's  not  true,"  and  we  will  say, 
"Well,  these  are  the  facts.  What's  wrong  with  those  facts?"  And  if 
the  truth  hurts,  if  an  institution  is  going  to  be  objected  to  because  it 
teaches  the  truth,  then  we  are  in  a  very  bad  way  indeed. 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  I  agree  with  you  in  that,  but  the  question  that 
might  be  involved  is  that  we  are  working  at  odds  and  at  ends  with  our 
State  Department  policy,  if  such  a  policy  were  stated. 

Admiral  Burke.  Well,  if  two  commercial  concerns  want  to  better 
their  relationships  for  any  reason  at  all,  maybe  to  have  a  merger,  the 
first  thing  that  each  concern  has  to  do,  is  to  look  at  the  books  and  to 
find  out  what  are  the  facts,  and  .then  you  have  to  confront  the  manage- 
ment of  the  other  concern  and  say,  "These  are  the  facts,"  and  "This 
is  what  I  believe  the  facts  to  be." 

And  those  facts  never  hurt  anybody.  Because  if  you  don't  base  a 
relationship  upon  facts,  upon  what  is  true,  then  your  relationship  is 
very  tenuous,  and  so  the  Communists  would  have  no  grounds  for 
objection,  and  should  have  no  objection,  to  the  teaching  of  facts. 

Now  there  is  another  aspect  of  this.  Certainly  in  all  of  their 
schools^they  have  hundreds  of  schools  which  teach  wrong  things 
that  are  absolutely  false  about  our  institutions,  about  what  we  do. 

They  teach  the  destruction  of  our  social  order  and  how  to  do  us  in. 
If  it  is  important  that  we  have  a  detente  with  the  Soviets  or  with  the 
Communists,  then  it  is  also  important  that  they  stop  teaching  what 
is  not  true,  before  we  stop  teaching  what  is  true.  In  other  words, 
the  onus  is  on  them,  not  on  us. 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  There  I  agree  with  you.  I  have  a  suspicion  that 
if  we  ever  had  the  Academy,  we  probably  would  never  arrive  at  a  posi- 
tion in  which  we  had  that  policy. 

Admiral  Burke.  Well,  perhaps  not,  sir. 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  Thank  you. 


1432       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Admiral,  there  is  some  degree  of  parallel  between 
what  is  proposed  in  this  Commission  and  the  Freedom  Academy  and 
some  of  the  things  that  were  attempted  some  years  back  in  the  Armed 
Forces  in  the  way  of  instruction  regarding  communism  and  Com- 
munist activities. 

And  isn't  it  true  that  a  great  many  of  those  efforts,  following  the 
Fulbright  memorandum,  were  suspended  so  far  as  the  military  is 
concerned  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir.  And  it  is  true  this  would  be  very  similar 
in  some  respects  to  that  instruction  given  to  the  military  services,  but 
the  primary  emphasis  in  the  military  services  was  on  what  this 
country  stood  for,  upon  our  traditions,  and  what  it  took  to  be  a  good 
United  States  citizen.  There  was  a  lot  of  mstruction  on  what  you  do 
to  support  this  man  alongside  of  you,  so  that  when  you  find  yourself 
in  a  foxhole  and  the  going  gets  pretty  rough,  you  can  depend  upon 
him  staying  there.  You  have  no  fear  deep  down  in  your  heart  that 
he  is  going  to  do  what  they  call  in  Korea  "bug  out  on  you"  and 
leave  you  there  to  face  a  bayonet  charge,  or  whatever,  all  by  yourself. 
He  is  going  to  be  there.  You  can  depend  on  him.  Those  are  the 
things  that  we  primarily  try  to  teach  in  the  military  services.  Now 
also,  there  are  things  such  as  good  citizenship,  that  you  work  for  your 
community,  that  you  work  for  your  country. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Well,  am  I  correct  in  the  impression  that,  unfortu- 
nately, a  great  deal  of  that  type  of  activity  has  been  suspended  or 
terminated  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir.  That  is  true,  but  in  fairness  to  the  peo- 
ple who  had  it  stopped,  there  were  times  when  people  went  too  far.  I 
mean,  when  they  said  things  which  were  not  quite  correct,  and  that 
will  always  have  to  be  watched  in  any  institution ;  but,  in  general,  it 
seems  a  very  sad  thing  to  me  when  you  can't  teach  that  our  history 
is  a  glorious  thing  and  that  the  people  who  went  before  us  and  who 
created  this  country  did  some  pretty  good  things  in  their  lives,  and 
that  we  are  up  against  an  enemy  who  says,  and  says  repeatedly,  and 
have  throughout  their  entire  existence,  that  they  intend  to  destroy  us 
and  that  they  intend  to  destroy  us  not  just  by  war,  but  by  every  other 
means,  and  that  they  subvert. 

We  have  many  examples  every  year  of  subversion  and  attempts  at 
subversion.  Every  2  or  3  months  we  go  through  another  lesson,  and 
it  is  very  important,  I  think,  that  our  people  know  this  and  know 
where  it  stems  from. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Well,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  fact  that  this  program 
in  the  military  ran  into  difficulty  is  all  the  more  reason  why  we  need 
the  type  of  program  contemplated  in  the  Freedom  Commission  and 
the  Freedom  Academy. 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir;  and  this  institution  would  give  instruc- 
tion in  much  greater  detail  and  real  depth,  which  they  could  not  pos- 
sibly do  in  the  military. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Well,  now,  we  had  testimony  before  this  committee 
by  a  very  high-ranking  spokesman  of  the  State  Department,  who  ex- 
pressed unqualified  opposition  to  it.  He  said  that  it  involved,  or  im- 
plied that  it  involved,  instilling  into  the  people  who  were  brought 
to  the  Academy  preconceived  ideas,  that  it  involved  indoctrination, 
that  it  involved  employing  the  very  methods  of  totalitarianism. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1433 

I  happen  to  disagree  very  strongly  about  that,  but  it  is  a  matter  of 
great  concern  to  me  that  there  is  opposition  from  some  spokesmen,  at 
least,  in  the  State  Department  on  these  flimsy  and,  I  think,  invalid 
grounds. 

Now  what  happens  to  this  Commission  and  to  the  Academy  and  its 
program  if  the  official  policy  of  the  United  States  Government  as 
expressed  by  the  State  Department,  is  that  all  communism  isn't  alike, 
that  commmiism  in  Soviet  Russia  is  getting  more  and  more  mellow, 
that  the  real  objectives  of  world  conquest  are  being  modified,  and  as 
my  colleague  said,  on  top  of  that,  we  must  not  say  or  do  anything 
that  creates  tension  ? 

My  great  concern  is,  if  we  have  that  kind  of  a  conflict  between  the 
facts  as  developed  in  the  Academy  and  the  official  policy  of  the  State 
Department,  what  happens  to  the  Academy  and  to  its  program? 

Admiral  Burke.  It  will  never  be  built,  sir.  It  will  never  be  built, 
or  if  it  is  built,  then  it  won't  function. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  And  then  we  are  in  deep  trouble. 

Admiral  Burke.  Then  eventually,  if  you  have  an  aggressive  hard- 
hitting, dedicated  enemy,  and  he  intends  to  do  you  in,  and  you  don't 
intend  to  resist  and  to  fight  back,  then  eventually  he  will  get  you.  And 
in  this  case,  if  it  is  that  we  believe  that  the  Communists  are  changing, 
and  they  are,  in  fact,  not  changing,  and  they  mislead  us,  and  we  don't 
do  anything  to  resist  their  attacks,  we  will  eventually  succumb.  We 
will  eventually  become  a  Communist  state. 

Now,  I  don't  think  that  that  is  what  they  mean.  What  some  people 
believe  is  that  the  Communists  are  going  to  become  mellow  and  not 
ti*y  to  dominate  the  world.  But  a  man  can't  be  a  Communist  and 
follow  the  Communist  doctrine  unless  he  intends  to  have  commimism 
take  control  of  the  world,  to  dominate  the  world.  That  is  their  belief — 
their  creed — their  doctrine. 

But  there  is  evidence  in  the  Soviet  Union  that  there  are  a  lot  of 
people  who  do  not  believe  in  communism,  and  that  is  true.  I  mean, 
there  are  farmers  in  Kazakstan,  for  example,  who  sabotaged  a  tre- 
mendous amount  of  fertilizer.  They  didn't  grow  the  wheat  that  they 
should  have  grown — some  of  it  due  to  nature,  but  a  lot  of  it  also  due 
to  sabotage  by  Soviet  fanners. 

Now  these  people,  some  day,  if  there  are  enough  of  them  and  if  there 
is  enough  conviction,  may  destroy  communism  within. Russia,  but  it 
won't  be  that  the  Communists  have  changed.  It  will  be  successors  to 
the  Communists  who  will  have  revolted  against  communism.  It  won't 
be  the  softening  of  the  Communists  or  the  changing  of  ideas  of  the 
Communists,  it  will  be  the  changing  of  the  ideas  of  the  Russian  people 
who  will  overthrow  communism.  This  is  possible  but  not  very  prob- 
able. 

Mr.  Johansen.  But  in  essence,  they,  therefore,  would  be  anti- 
Communists. 

Admiral  Burke.  Exactly. 

Mr.  Johansen.  And  it  is  not  moderating  of  communism,  it  is  an 
offsetting  of  communism. 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir.  So  that  is  why  they  had  purges  in  Ka- 
zakstan in  the  last  year  or  so.  Why  the  Kremlin  sent  troops  in  to 
control  these  elements. 


1434       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Well,  I  couldn't  agree  with  the  argument  more,  the 
statement  he  has  made. 

Mr.  Pool.  I  have  one  other  question.  Do  you  think  that  our  posi- 
sion  in  South  Vietnam  would  be  better  today  if  we  had  had  this 
Academy  10  years  ago  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir ;  I  think  so,  because  I  think  that  we  would 
have  understood  thoroughly  the  techniques  of  the  Communists  in 
saying,  "Let  us  have  a  peaceful  coexistence  in  this  particular  area,  and 
let  us  get  along  together" — until  they  build  their  cadres  in  various 
villages  and  take  over,  as  in  Laos.  Instead,  we  didn't  understand. 
We  didn't  know  that  we  were  being  conned.  We  took  them  at  their 
word,  and  now  we  are  in  a  very  bad  shai>e,  because  they  have  built 
their  strength  up  in  southeast  Asia,  and  we  have  not. 

We  haven't  been  able  to  convince  enough  people  in  South  Vietnam 
or  Laos  or  Cambodia  that  their  freedom  is  important  to  them  and  to  us. 

Mr.  Pool.  This  Academy — we  can  envision  that  it  would  have 
taught  the  Communist  technique ;  therefore,  we  would  have  been  alert 
and  we  would  have  the  intelligence  and  also  the  antidote  for  their 
propaganda,  if  we  had  had  an  Academy  like  this. 

Admiral  Burke.  I  think  so,  yes,  sir,  although  there  would  have  to 
be  additional  schools  in  addition  to  this  Academy  for  the  operating 
people,  and  that  would  have  to  be  under  some  governmental  depart- 
ment. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  One  further  question,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Against  the  background  of  your  military  career  and  j^our  service  as 
Chief  of  Naval  Operations,  would  you  envision  the  military  utilizing 
and  benefiting  from  the  facilities  of  this  Freedom  Academy  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  And  in  what  way,  just  for  the  record? 

Admiral  Burke.  Well,  I  believe  that  there  should  be  some  military 
people  who  would  go  through  this  Academy  to  become  knowledgeable, 
thoroughly  knowledgeable,  but  that  there  wouldn't  be  a  large  number 
of  military  people  who  would  take  the  course.  It  would  be  similar 
to  the  reason  why  I  took  courses  in  and  became  a  chemical  engineer, 
so  that  I  could  operate  as  a  liaison  officer  between  the  chemical  engi- 
neering profession  and  the  Navy. 

I  knew  what  the  chemical  engineers  were  talking  about  and  I  could 
explain  to  my  associates  in  the  Navy  what  was  meant,  what  this  new 
explosive  was,  how  it  was  built,  and  what  the  advantages  and  dis- 
advantages of  it  were.  The  same  thing  would  be  true  with  this 
Academy,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  In  other  words,  hoping  that  we  don't  have  any 
further  repetitions  of  the  experience  you  described  in  connection  with 
the  Korean  armistice,  but  in  any  situation  of  that  kind,  involving  deals 
with  the  Communists,  you  would  not  have  to  be  prowling  through 
limited  libraries  in  Japan,  you  would  have  access  to  the  information 
and  material  that  would  make  persons  in  that  situation  knowledgeable 
before  they  went  into  them.     Isn't  that  correct  i 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir;  and  there  would  also  have  been  staff 
people  who  could  be  sent  out — like  lawyers,  for  example,  are  available 
when  legal  problems  arise.  You  can't  conduct  any  sort  of  a  legal 
proceeding  without  a  lawyer  being  there,  an  expert,  and  he  is  at  your 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1435 

hand  to  advise  you  on  what  to  do,  and  the  same  thing  could  be  true 
in  dealing  with  or  negotiating  with  Communists. 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Pool  left  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  One  final  question.  Recognizing  that — and  I  am 
paraphrasing  the  statement  of  Churchill's  that  weakness  is  not  treason, 
but  it  can  be  just  as  fatal,  isn't  it  true  that  lack  of  knowledge  and 
lack  of  skill  and  lack  of  know-how,  which  leads  to  ineptness  and 
blunders  and  mistakes,  however  well  intentioned,  can  be  just  as  fatal 
as  disloyalty  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  And  that  that's  the  very  reason  we  need  the  kind 
of  training  for  persons  in  key  positions  in  education  or  business  or 
labor  or  Government,  who  will  know  the  nature  of  the  enemy  that  we 
are  confronted  with  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir.     You  are  exactly  correct,  sir. 

Mr.  Johansen.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  IcHORD  (presiding).  Admiral,  Mr.  Grant,  the  founder  of  the 
Orlando  Committee  which  originated  this  idea,  testified  before  the 
committee  and  made  some  very  serious  charges  concerning  the  inade- 
quacy of  the  training  offered  along  this  line  by  the  existing  institutions. 
We  gave  the  State  Department  an  opportunity  to  answer  those 
charges.  However,  I  don't  think  there  is  anything  in  the  record  re- 
futing the  charges  that  he  did  make. 

You  are,  of  course,  familiar  with  the  War  College.  What  was  your 
comment  about  the  courses  offered  at  the  War  College? 

Admiral  Burke.  Well,  the  War  College  courses  are  good,  but  they 
aren't  very  thorough  and  they  are  not  very  deep.  They  are  not  super- 
ficial, either,  they  are  of  value,  but  there  are  just  a  few  weeks  spent  on 
this  subject,  and  you  can't  learn  this  in  a  few  weeks. 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Pool  returned  to  the  hearing  room.) 

Admiral  Burke,  You  can't  learn  anything  that  is  important  and 
complex  in  a  few  weeks.  It  takes  months  and  months  of  study,  and 
they  simply  can't  devote  the  time  to  that.  There  are  a  great  many 
people  in  the  State  Department,  I  am  sure,  who  have  studied  this 
themselves  and  who  realize  the  tremendous  effort  it  takes  to  get  a 
knowledge  of  communism  and  Communist  techniques. 

But  there  is  no  formal  education,  there  is  no  formal  way  of  getting 
anything  real.  If  somebody  from,  say  a  commercial  concern,  feels 
that  perhaps  he  would  like  to  put  a  plant,  say,  in  Chile,  at  the  moment, 
and  he  knows  that  there  is  a  big  Communist  element  in  Chile  and  he 
wants  to  know  as  much  as  he  can  about  the  Communist  techniques, 
where  does  he  go  to  get  it  ? 

He  has  got  to  read  a  tremendous  number  of  books  and  put  a  couple 
of  staff  people  on  that  for  a  long  time  before  he  gets  those  techniques. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  The  reports  of  the  State  Department  in  the  committee 
files  all  state  that  the  objectives  of  this  legislation  are  praiseworthy 
and  laudable  in  their  words,  but  they  are  all  opposed  to  the  establish- 
ment of  the  Academy,  and  I  might  point  out  that  the  committee  has 
developed  that  President  Kennedy  was  very  interested  in  this  pro- 
posal of  the  Orlando  Committee  and  prompted  the  State  Department 
to  move  in  regard  to  it,  and  they,  in  turn,  came  forth  with  the  National 
Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  as  a  substitute  for  this  measure.    I  think 


1436       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

their  main  objection  to  the  bill  is  that  it  will  get  over  into  the  juris- 
diction of  the  State  Department. 

Do  you  think  that  this  institution  can  function  and  give  us  some- 
thing that  we  do  need  without  conflicting  too  greatly  with  State 
Department  work  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  I  don't  think  it  will  conflict  at  all  with  the  State 
Department  work  so  long  as  this  institution  stays  out  of  operations, 
and  it  is  not  the  intent  of  the  institution  to  be  in  operations. 

The  State  Department  controls  our  foreign  policy,  or  the  President, 
and  they  do  the  operating.  They  take  the  results ;  they  take  the  prod- 
uct of  this  institution,  or  some  of  the  product  of  this  institution,  and 
use  those  people,  but  they  direct  their  operations,  not  this  Freedom 
Academy. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  In  that  respect,  then,  the  Academy  would  work  pretty 
much  like  Annapolis  or  West  Point  or  the  Air  Force. 

Admiral  Burke.  Or  like  the  National  War  College.  The  State 
Department  sends  a  great  number  of  people,  and  is  very  eager  to  get 
more  people,  into  the  National  War  College.  It  has  no  control  over  the 
National  War  College  at  all,  except  there  is  one  member  of  the  State 
Department  on  the  National  War  College  advisory  board.  Those 
people  get  very  good  training  in  the  overall  things  that  are  given  to 
the  military,  and  it  is  very  important  to  them.  People  who  have 
graduated  from  the  National  War  College  find  that  it  is  extremely 
useful,  because  they  have  greater  knowledge  of  what  the  military  as- 
pects are. 

Well,  what  they  need  in  addition  to  that  is  greater  knowledge  of 
what  the  Communist  techniques  are,  and  many  of  them  do  not  have 
this. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Admiral,  this  concept  has  been  opposed  by  both  the  ex- 
treme right  and  the  extreme  left.  Some  of  the  extreme  right  seem  to 
think  that  this  Academy  might  fall  into  the  wrong  hands,  and  some  of 
the  extreme  left  apparently  think  that  this  might  be  too  bold  a  step. 

I  would  like  for  you  to  comment  on  that  rather  strange  opposition 
coming  from  those  two  quarters. 

Admiral  Burke.  Well,  that  is  not  unnatural,  sir,  because  the  far 
left  and  the  far  right  have  very  many  similar  characteristics.  They 
are  convinced  that  their  extreme  views  are  absolutely  correct  and 
they  listen  to  nothing  that  doesn't  accord  with  their  views. 

And  this  is  true  with  both  sides.  Now  there  is  a  possibility,  of  course, 
that  the  Communists  will  try  to  subvert  this  place.  They  certainly 
will  try.  They  will  try  to  get  people  in,  both  as  instructors  and  as  stu- 
dents. There  will  be  heavy  attacks  on  this  Academy — not  seemingly 
stemming  from  the  Communists,  but  still  against  the  Academy,  to 
soften  its  curriculum,  to  change  its  curriculum,  all  sorts  of  things. 

So  it  is  possible,  of  course,  that  this  Academy  can  be  taken  over 
either  by  a  Communist  group  or  by  people  who  advocate  that  all  we 
need  to  do  is  to  just  stand  fast  on  everything. 

There  is  that  possibility,  but  it  is  not  more  great  a  danger  than  in 
any  other  institution  being  taken  over  by  a  group  of  people  who  would 
really  work  to  destroy  the  effectiveness  of  the  institution,  and  that. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1437 

as  I  understand  it,  is  why  you  have  established,  or  why  this  bill  estab- 
lishes, a  Committee  to  help  the  Commission  to  make  certain  that  this 
institution  is  run  in  accordance  with  the  intent  of  Congress,  and  not 
to  get  distorted  and  not  to  be  taken  over. 

I  don't  think  there  is  a  very  great  chance  of  it,  if  you  have  a  Commit- 
tee that  is  active  and  knowledgeable  and  works  at  the  job  and  if  the 
Congress  itself  continues  to  take  an  interest  in  it. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Do  you  have  any  further  questions  ? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  What  would  be  your  feeling  as  to  either  represen- 
tation of  the  Congress  on  this  Committee  or  some  type  of  oversight 
relation  on  the  part  of  Congress  for  the  Commission  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Well,  Mr,  Johansen,  first,  I  would  not  have  a 
Committee  that  is  composed  solely  of  Congressmen.  The  reason  for 
that  is  that  Congressmen  are  very  busy.  You  have  very  many  jobs 
and  you  can't  tend  to  all  of  these  jobs  now  and,  in  many  of  them, 
you  have  got  to  make  choices  as  to  which  is  most  important  to  do,  and 
some  of  them  you  have  got  to  let  go  and  rely  on  somebody  else  advising 
you  what  to  do,  and  you  follow  his  advice  pretty  blindly,  sometimes, 
and  that  is  necessary, 

Mr.  Johansen.  The  Admiral  has  a  very  discerning  knowledge  of 
the  problems  of  Congress,  I  will  say. 

Admiral  Burke.  I  have  been  on  the  other  end  of  it  a  pretty  long 
time,  sir.  But  a  Congressman  wouldn't  have  time  enough  to  study  the 
problems  thoroughly  enough  if  the  board  were  composed  solely  of 
Congressmen.  But  several  Congressmen  on  such  a  board  would  be 
very  good,  perhaps  a  couple  of  Senators  and  a  couple  of  Congressmen, 
who  could  devote  some  time  to  it  and  who  could  know  the  rest  of  the 
Committee  and  know  who  is  expert,  on  this  particular  aspect  and  who  is 
not,  and  who  not  only  know  the  Committee,  but  the  Commission,  I 
think  it  would  be  a  good  thing.  Also,  it  would  show  that  the  Con- 
gress does  have  a  great  interest  in  this. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  The  proposed  legislation  establishes  an  independent 
Commission,  consisting  of  six  members  and  a  chairman,  and  then  an 
Advisory  Committee  consisting  of  State  Department;  Defense  De- 
partment; Health,  Education,  and  Welfare;  Central  Intelligence 
Agency ;  and  other  agencies  of  the  Government.  Do  you  think,  then, 
that  that  is  a  pretty  good  way  to  handle  that  problem  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Tliat  is  sound,  sir.  I  think  it  would  be  helpful, 
perhaps,  if  some  Congressmen  were  on  it,  and  perhaps  people  who 
were  not  directly  connected  with  the  Government,  It  might,  I  don't 
think  that  is  nearly  so  important  as  having  two  to  four  Congressmen 
on  it, 

Mr,  IciiORD,  Of  course,  the  Congress  will  have  control  of  it,  through 
the  appropriation  process.  They  will  have  to  come  before  the  Con- 
gress each  year  to  get  their  appropriation. 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir;  but  once  a  year  is  not  going  to  be  often 
enough,  I  am  afraid.  I  think  the  Committee  is  going  to  have  to  have 
intimate  knowledge  of  this  whole  institution,  not  to  interfere  with 
the  management  of  it,  but  just  like  a  board  of  directors  in  a  com- 
mercial concern,  to  know  what  happens. 


1438       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Quite  a  few  commercial  concerns  have  gotten  themselves  into  seri- 
ous trouble  when  things  happened  that  were  done  by  the  management 
which  the  board  of  directors  did  not  know  about,  and  finally  the 
company  finds  itself  in  extremis,  and  then  the  board  of  directors  has 
to  step  in  fast  and  learn  very  fast  and  take  very  drastic  action,  usually 
cleaning  out  the  old  management  and  putting  in  new  management. 
This  is  something  that  is  avoided  when  the  board  of  directors  knows 
what  is  going  on,  but  still  keeps  itself  out  of  any  direct  management. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  You  feel,  then,  that  Congress  should  be  represented  on 
this  Advisory  Committee  ? 

Admiral  Burkiq.  Yes,  sir;  I  think  it  would  be  advisable. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Both  from  the  House  and  the  Senate  ? 

Admiral  Burke.  Yes,  sir ;  I  don't  think  it  is  necessary.  I  think  it 
would  be  advisable. 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Pool  left  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Any  further  questions  ? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Nothing  further. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Well,  Admiral,  on  behalf  of  the  committee,  I  want  to 
thank  you  for  your  appearance  before  the  committee  today.  All 
Americans,  of  course,  are  aware  of  your  great  and  your  tremendous 
service  to  your  country.  I  was  talking  to  you  prior  to  the  committee 
meeting,  and  I  am  very  happy  to  hear  as  an  American  that  you  are 
still  offering  your  very  competent  and  devoted  service  to  your  country. 

Admiral  Burke.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Ichord. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  want  to  associate  myself  with  the  chairman's  state- 
ment, just  100  percent. 

Adiniral  Burke.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Johansen. 

Mr.  Johansen.  Very  nice  to  have  you,  sir. 

Admiral  Burke.  Thank  you,  sir. 

(The  material  submitted  by  Admiral  Biirke  follows :) 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION  1439 


[New  York  Times,  Mar.  31,  1964,  pp.  1,  15} 

Vietnam  Starting  to  Train 
Men  to  Govern  Districts 

Forty  Officers  Begin  Course  to  Learn 

How  to  Keep  Recaptured  Areas — 

Lodge  Praises  People's  'Servants' 

By  PETER  GROSE 

Special  to  The  New  York  Times 


SAIGON,  South  Vietnam, 
March  30  —  The  South  Viet- 
namese Government  started  to- 
day an  emergency  training  pro- 
gram for  young  army  officers 
who  have  the  task  of  bringing 
effective  government  to  the 
people  of  the  villages. 

Special  courses  for  the  coun- 
try's district  chiefs  marked  an 
important  first  step  in  Maj. 
Gen.  Nguyen  Khanh's  "clear 
and  hold"  program  to  wipe  out 
Communist    in.surgcncy. 

Strongly  endor.scd  by  Secre- 
tary of  Defense  Robert  S.  Mc- 
Namara  in  his  recent  visit,  the 
sti-ategy  calls  for  efficient  ad- 
ministrators in  the  areas  cleared 
of  guerrillas  by  military  action. 

"You  are  the  'hold'  in  'clear 
and  hold,"  Ambassador  Henry 
Cabot  Lodge  told  the  opening- 
day  classes. 

The  Ambassador  addressed 
40  military  district  chiefs  who 
will  attend  the  two-week 
course. 

"You  epitomize  the  idea  of 
government  as  the  sei-vant  of 
the  people,"  Ambassador  Lodge 
said.  "The  old  idea  of  the  arro- 
gant official,   looking   down  on 


the  people,  is  a  thing  of  the 
past.  You  should  be  trusted  and 
loved. 

"After  the  enemy  have  been 
driven  out,  it  is  up  to  you 
to  govern  the  community  with 
the  help  of  the  local  militia  so 
that  the  Vietcong  won't  come 
right  back.'* 

In  Vietnamese  governmental 
structure,  the  country's  237  dis- 
tricts constitute  the  first  level 
of  the  central  government  above 
the  village  level.  For  military 
reasons,  the  district  chiefs  are 
army  officers  from  lieutenant  to 
major  who  may  have  had  no  ex- 
perience in  civilian  administra- 
tion. 

The  training  prrgram  in- 
cludes courses  in  the  conduct 
of  local  elections,  finance  and 
accounting,  district  economic 
and  social  development  and  local 
political  activity. 

A  major  recommendation 
made  by  Secretary  McNamara 
in  his  report  to  President  John- 
son was  that  the  local  govern- 
ment administration  should  be 
strengthened  to  make  the  cen- 
tral authority  more  real  and 
beneficial  to  the  people  of  the 
Vietnamese  countryside.  In 
many  parts  of  the  country  now 
it    is    Vietcong    gucn  illa.s    thai 


1440    PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 


seem  to  be  the  government  with 
the  Saigon  forces  and  represen- 
tatives the  intruders. 

Ambassador  Lodge  told  the  as- 
sembled district  chiefs,  "It  is 
up  to  you  to  create  a  civilized 
human  community  where  the 
people  have  security  and  can 
sleep  at  night,  where  their  chil- 
dren can  be  educated,  where 
their  health  can  be  cared  for, 
where  they  are  kept  informed, 
where  they  can  own  their  own 
land. 

"It  is  up  to  you  to  bring  about 
the  social  revolution  which  the 
people  want.  Do  not  let  the 
Communists  bring  about  the  so- 
cial revolution.  You  must  do  it." 

To  Be  Repeated  for  All 

The  training  program,  being 
given  at  Saigon's  National  In- 
stitute of  Administration,  is  to 
be  repeated  at  monthly  intervals 
until  all  country's  district  chiefs 
have  passed  through. 


Under  consideration  for  three 
months,  the  training  plan  was 
given  Impetus  by  Premier 
Khanh's  national  pacification 
plan  and  the  McNamara  visit. 

Similar  training  will  also  be 

given  to  800  graduates  of  South 
Vietnam's  Resei-ve  Officers' 
Training  School,  thereby  supply- 
ing a  pool  from  which  future 
district  chiefs  may  be  chosen. 

A  third  step  taken  by  Pre- 
mier Khanh  to  bolster  the  dis- 
trict administration  is  assign- 
ment of  an  entire  graduating 
class  from  the  National  Insti- 
tute of  Administration  —  about 
70  —  to  jobs  as  deputy  district 
chiefs. 

After  their  three-year  course: 
in  the  national  institute,  thi 
graduates  should  be  able  tc 
handle  most  of  civil  admini 
stration  in  difficult  districts 
freeing  the  district  chiefs  fq 
more  specific  military  respon 
slbilities. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION  1441 


[From  the  Washington  Post,  May  16,  1964,  p.  A-l] 

IJ,S,  to  Rush  Training 
Of  Viet  Administrators 


By  John  Maffie 

The   Washington   Post   Foreign   Service 


SAIGON,  May  15— The  first 
group  of  15  South  Vietnamese 
will  begin  training  next  month 
in  the  United  'States  and  Can- 
ada in  an  effort  to  meet  the 
desperate  shortage  of  civil  ad- 
ministrators in  rural  Viet-Nam. 

I  The  introductory  part  of  the 
3V2-month,  course — taught  in 
iPrench — will  be  offered  in 
Washington's  U.S.  Agency  for 
Inter  national  Development 
JGenter  stai*|,ing  in  mid-June. 
Then  the  group  will  take  field 
training  in  French-speaking 
communities  in  northern  New 
England  and  in  the  province 
of  Quebec,  which  Is  85  per 
cent   French-speaking. 

The  course  was  planned 
months  ago  by  AID.  It  was  ex- 
pedited following  the  just- 
ended  visit  of  Secretary  of  De- 
fense Robert  S.  McNamara, 
after  critical  reports  that  the 
rural  pacification  plan  was 
bogging  down  because  of  cha- 
atic  administration  and  short- 
ages of  trained  personnel. 

Usually,  U.S. -bound  trainees 
are  given  English  training  be- 
fore departure  but  because  of 
the  uigcncy  this  was  bypassed. 


Candidates  are  mostly  dep- 
uty provincial  chiefs  of  admin, 
istration  with  some  experience 
under  the  bygone  French  colo- 
nial regime. 

French  remains  the  ma.jor 
European  language  of  this 
group,  although  English  is 
growing  in  importance  among 
yd'unger  officials! 

It  is  expected  that  two  other 
groups  of  15  will  follow  the 
first  in  what  sources  admitted 
was  a  "crash  program." 

One  senior  Vietnamese  offi- 
cial acknowledged  recently 
that  "90  per  cent  of  the  local 
administrators  do,  not  know 
how  to  do  their  jobs." 

Training  also  h  a.s  been 
stepped  up  at  Saigon's  Na- 
tional institute  of  Administra- 
tion to  produce  officials  com- 
petent in  the  basics  .pi  village 
administration.  It  js  hoped 
that  over  100,000  will  be 
trained  at  the  lower  echelons 
this  year., 

One  official  said  the  objec- 
tive is  shirtsleeve  workers  ca: 
palple  o{  463ling  with  local 
probleiTfis  I'^ther  than  "white- 
coated  Saigon  bureaucrats 
who  talk  at  people  instead  of 
with  them." 


1442    PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

[From  Austritlian  Army  |ournal.  No.  I  76,  January  1964,  pp.  12-18] 

POPULATION 
CONTROL  TECHNIQUES 

OF 

COMMUNIST   INSURGENTS 

A  SOCIOLOGICAL  ANALYSIS 

Franklin  Mark  Osanka 
Copyright  reserved  by  the  Author. 


It    is   now 

generally  recognised  that  gueril- 
las cannot  operate  nor  exist  for 
long  without  the  active  support 
of  a  small  portion  of  the  popula- 
tion and  the  passive  indifference 
of  a  large  portion  of  the  popula- 
tion. It  Is  also  recognised  that 
the  guerillas  actually  represent 
only  a  small  segment  of  the  in- 
surgents. The  larger  segment 
consists  of  a  covert  underground 
apparatus  within  the  civilian 
population.  In  brief,  the  guerillas 
carry  out  overt  actions  on  the 
basis  of  timely  intelligence  in- 
formation from  the  population 
about  the  movements  of  govern- 
ment forces.  The  population  fur- 
ther aids  the  guerillas  by  pro- 
viding food,  shelter,  medical 
care,  labour  and  recruits.  Most 
importantly,  the  population 
imder  insurgent  control  denies 
information  to  the  counter- 
insurgency  forces  concerning  the 
hideouts  of  the  guerillas  and  the 
identities  of  underground  ap- 
paratus personnel  within  the 
population. 


The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to 
examine  some  of  the  control 
measures  employed  at  the  village 
level  by  Communist  insurgents 
to  ensure  population  loyalty 
during  the  pre-guerilla  and 
early-guerilla  stages  of  in- 
surgency. This  paper  does  not 
pretend  to  cover  all  the  factors 
involved  nor  does  it  address  itself 
to  any  specific  past  or  current 
insurgency.  However,  it  should 
be  noted  that  it  is  the  author's 
contention  that  Chinese-Com- 
munist-style  insurgency  is  the 
archtype  for  most  insurgencies 
in  the  under-developed  areas  of 
the  world,  and  that  insurgency 
is  the  principal  export  item  of 
Red  China. 

Insurgent's 
Operational   Environment 

It  is  dangerous  to  generalise 
about  geographic  areas,  but  it  is 
now  commonly  recognised  that 
most  rural  areas  of  the  under- 
developed nations  manifest  cer- 
tain environmental  character- 
istics which  insurgents  can  ex- 


Copyrtght  (g)     Franklin  Mark  Osanka   1964. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION  1443 


ploit  in  order  to  achieve  their  their  lives  and  who  are  fre- 
own  ends.  In  many  of  these  rural  quently  exploited  by  the  land 
areas,  living  conditions  are  owners.  They  are  often  mis- 
intolerable:  illiteracy,  disease,  treated  by  the  representatives  of 
hunger,  poverty,  inadequate  the  government  that  they  en- 
housing,  a  low  crude-birth  rate,  counter  (e.g.,  security  forces  and 
a  high  early  death  rate,  definite  tax  collectors)  and  as  a  result 
levels  of  social  stratification,  and  are  extremely  suspicious  of  all 
tribal  animosities  are  the  rule  strangers.  Probably  their  great- 
rather  than  the  exception.  The  est  desire  is  to  own  their  own 
peasants    are    usually    a    simple  land. 

people,    primarily    farmers,    who  They  are  politically  unsophis- 

do  not  own  the    land   they    (as  ticated  an^   their   opinions   and 

have    "probably     their     fathers  attitudes  are  formed  on  the  basis 

before    them)    have    worked   all  of  what   they  see    and   hear   in 


Franklin  Mark  Osanka,  Special  Warfare  Consultant, 
Naval  Ordnance  Test  Station,  China  Lake,  California, 
holds  both  a  B.S.  in  Ed.,  and  M.A.  in  Sociology /Anthropology 
from  Northern  Illinois  University.  He  has  held  several  U.S. 
university  positions.  He  served  with  the  U.S.  Marine  Corps 
special  "Force  Recon"  companies.  For  the  last  ten  years  he 
has  been  actively  engaged  in  both  research  and  operational 
aspects  of  special  warfare.  His  formal  special  warfare  train- 
ing includes  completing  the  U.S.  Army's  "Airborne  and  Jump 
Master",  "Special  Forces  Officers' ",  and  "Counter -insurgency 
;  Officers'  "  courses,  the  U.S.  Navy's  "SCUBA"  school,  the  U.S. 
Marine  Corps'  "Communist  Guerilla  Warfare"  and  "Am- 
phibious Reconnaissance"  courses,  the  U.S.  Information 
Agency's  "Counter-insurgency"  orientation,  and  U.S.  Air 
Force  Air  University  "Counter -insurgency"  courses.  He  has 
served  as  a  lecturer  and/or  consultant  for  most  of  these  as 
well  as  many  other  civilian  and  military  schools  and  agencies. 

His  written  works  have  appeared  in  both  military  and 
civilian    publication.  His   book.    Modern   Guerilla    Warfare, 
(reviewed     in      Australian     Army     Journal,     July     1962), 
is   considered    to    be   the    international  standard   text   and 
;       reference  work  on  the  subject.  He  is  currently  working  on  a 
!       manuscript  entitled  "Revolutionary  Guerilla  Warfare"  which 
will  be  published  in  the  new  International  Encyclopaedia  Of 
The  Social  Sciences. 
;  This  study  is  based  on  the  author's  analysis  of  unclas- 

sified documents  and  diaries  captured  during  the  Chinese 
Civil  War,  the  French  Indo-China  War,  the  current  struggle 
in  Viet-Nam,  and  discussions  with  veterans  of  these  three 


conflicts. 




1444    PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 


o 


< 

ui 

z 


Q 

UI 
M 

z 

< 

UJ 

X 

6 

cr 
o 

< 

UJ 

y— 

>- 

t-  tn 

^'t^ 

fc'^ 

a:  ^ 

a:  bJ 

•^n 

31 

cc  t- 

IUZj 

>t- 

~>  T 

o<-> 

o  A 

»— 

en 

w 

■5^ 


•15 


^'^ 


^ 

1 

o 

1 

^ 

Ul 

1 

vc 

UI 

(Y 

:d 

u. 

O 

a 

n 

UJ 

o 

n 

tr 

< 

^ 

55! 

tn 

in 

a. 

(X. 

fO 

UI 

u 

V 

o 

—J 
_i 

(Ll 

3 

UJ 

n 

> 

n 

< 

-) 

rr 

<_) 

en 

t— 

>-U1 
^Ul 

z 

UI    ' 

o 
< 

-5 

^!3 

<UJ 
Q.  o 

1 '. 

0) 

vo 

^ 

c 

■^ 

, 

c 

o 

i. 

<u 

01 

N 

o 

(- 

1- 

o 

w 

? 

c 

o 

« 

iX 

c 

10 

o 

c~ 

«> 

Ol 

o. 

t- 

T 

01 

10 

JZ 

c 

^ 

M 

c 

D 

E 

E 

o 

a 

PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION  1445 


their  own  immediate  area  rather 
than  being  influenced  by  ma^s 
media. 1  Communications  from 
the  ruling  class  (which  is  tradi- 
tionally locat'jd  in  the  urban 
areas)  is  usually  poor  at  best. 
The  ruling  powers  seldom  view 
the  peasants  as  an  important  or 
powerful  political  threat.  Insur- 
gents, and  particularly  Com- 
munist insurgents,  take  the 
opposite  view! 

The  Insurgent  Organisers 

Long  before  the  first  insur- 
gency shot  is  heard,  Communist 
Insurgent  Organisers  (hereafter 
mentioned  as  Organisers),  infil- 
trate the  sparsely  populated 
regions  of  the  target  country. 
These  men  are  natives  of  the 
target  country  and  very  often 
were  born  in  or  near  the  area 
they  have  been  assigned  to  con- 
trol. They  speak  the  local  dialect, 
are  of  the  same  ethnic  origin, 
and  blend  easily  into  the  popula- 
tion. 

The  organisers  have  had  at 
least  three  years  of  intensive 
revolutionary  training  in  a  com- 
munist country  with  heavy  em- 
phasis on  the  political-military 
doctrine  as  expressed  in  Selected 
Works  by  Mao  Tse-tung.=  Al- 
though the  organisers  are  dog- 
matic in  purpose,  they  are  ex- 
tremely practical  and  flexible 
operationally.  They  realise  that 
each  target  area  has  its  own 
social  dynamics  and  that  they 
must  adapt  their  methods  ac- 
cording to  the  norms,  folkways 
and  mores  of  the  region.  They 
are  hard-cored  communists  who 
sincerely  believe  that  their  creed 
is  just. 

They  believe,  as  do  their 
Chinese      Communist     mentors. 

30-471  O— 64— pt.  2 14 


that  thought  determines  action. 
Therefore,  if  one  can  control 
the  thoughts  of  people,  one  can 
dictate  the  actions  of  the  people. 
Their  mission  is  to  establish  an 
effective  underground  apparatus, 
and  they  are  prepared  to  die 
rather  than  fail.  Their  method  of 
area  penetration  will  follow 
three  phases:  identification, 
propagation,  organisation. 

Identification  Pliase 

A  team  of  two  organisers  enters 
a  village  and  requests  an 
audience  with  the  village  leader. 
The  organisers  are  very  polite 
and  humble  men.  They  say,  "We 
have  come  to  tell  you  of  the 
things  that  we  have  seen.  But 
first,  as  we  can  see  that  it  is 
harvest  time,  we  would  like  to 
help  you  gather  in  your  life- 
sustaining  crops.  We  shall  have 
plenty  of  time  to  talk  later."  The 
organisers  labour  in  the  field  and 
continually  talk  to  the  villagers, 
In  the  evening,  the  organisers 
entertain  the  villagers  with  folk- 
songs and  stories  of  the  wonder- 
ful countries  they  have  seen. 
Countries  where  "everyone"  owns 
land;  all  farmers  have  a  good 
mule  and  a  fine  house;  where 
children  wear  fine  clothes  and  go 
to  fine  schools  and  live  a  long 
life;  where  no  one  is  ever 
hungry  because  the  people  work 
together  for  the  benefit  of  all; 
and  where  the  government's 
function  is  to  serve  the  people. 

The  organisers  never  mention 
communism  nor  the  pending  in- 
surgency.   Political    terminology 

*  For  an  iUuminating  view  of  one  peasant's 
outlook  see:  Pierre  Marchant.  "A  Colum- 
bian Peon  Tells  His  Moving  Story", 
Realities,   September  1962,   pp.  65-68. 

*  The  Ave  volumes  are  published  in  the 
United  States  by  International  Publishers, 
New  York.  1954. 


1446    PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 


is  avoided,  "plain  talk"  is  the 
vogue.  The  organiscM's'  songs, 
folk-tales,  and  conversations  are 
always  designed  to  have  some 
meaning  to  the  immediate  lives 
of  the  villagers.  The  objectives 
of  the  identification  phase  are 
to:  establish  rapport  by  identify- 
ing with  the  lives  of  the  vil- 
lagers; determine  the  basic  needs 
and  aspirations  of  the  villagers; 
discover  the  weaknesses  of  the 
social  norms  that  dictate  the 
accepted  reaction  to  problems; 
and  slowly  plant  the  seeds  of 
rebellion. 

Propagation  Phase 

The  propagation  process  is 
both  destructive  and  construc- 
tive in  nature.  Destructively,  the 
organisers  must  aggravate  all 
the  existing  social  ills  and  raise 
them  to  the  surface,  then  trans- 
fer the  cause  of  the  ills  to  the 
existing  government.  Construc- 
tively, the  organisers  must  con- 
vince the  villagers  that  through 
co-operation,  united  action,  and 
loyalty  to  "each  other,  all  social 
ills  can  be  eliminated  and 
individual  aspirations  can  be 
realised.  Sociologically,  the  pro- 
cess is  one  of  inducing  an  aware- 
ness of  definite  in-group/out- 
group  relationships,  the  in-group 
being  the  people  and  the  out- 
group  being  the  government.  The 
organisers  know  that  stories  of 
the  corruptness  of  the  ruling 
group  in  the  capital  city  will 
have  little  impression  on  the 
villagers.  In  many  cases  the  vil- 
lagers do  not  realise  there  is  a 
capital  city,  much  less  an 
established  government.  To 
establish  credibility  and  mean- 
ing to  their  propaganda  theme, 
that  government  is  the  source  of 


all  social  ills,  the  organisers  most '; 
often  use  the  indirect  approach.    [ 

The  organisers'  propaganda  as 
transmitted  in  folk-tales,  songs, 
and  conversations  all  has  the 
same  general  theme:  "the  rich 
get  richer  while  the  poor  get 
poorer."  For  example,  a  conver- 
sation with  a  tenant  farmer 
might  sound  like  this:  "You  have 
been  working  this  same  plot  of 
land  for  20  years.  Before  you, 
your  father  worked  it  and  before 
him,  his  father  worked  it.  And 
what,  my  friend,  do  you  have  to 
show  for  an  accumulated  70 
years  of  sweat  and  labour?  Of 
the  seven  children  you  have 
created,  four  died  at  birth,  two 
never  lived  to  enjoy  their  second 
birthday,  and  one  has  survived 
to  do  what  you,  your  father,  and 
his  father  have  done  —  sweat 
and  labour  so  that  the  landlord 
can  live  in  comfort  in  his  fine 
house  and  watch  his  healthy 
children  grow  up  to  exploit  your 
son.  Is  that  right?  Is  that  just? 
The  answer,  of  course,  is  that  it 
is  not  just.  Did  God  create  some 
men  to  live  in  comfort  by  the 
sweat  of  other  men?  The  answer 
is  no!  How  then  has  it  occurred 
that  a  small  minority  of  men  can 
legally  exploit  the  larger 
majority  of  men?  The  answer  is 
organisation.  Many  years  ago,  a 
small  group  of  men  discovered 
that  by  working  together  and  co- 
operating with  each  other,  they 
could  enjoy  the  fruits  of  the 
peoples'  labour.  Using  various 
devious  methods,  they  acquired 
all  of  the  land.  They  knew  that 
in  order  to  rule  they  would  need 
a  permanent  police  force  and  an 
army,  otherwise  the  people  would 
take  back  the  land.  So  you  see, 
my  friend,   your  landlord  is  the 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION  1447 


grandson  of  one  of  these  men 
who  originally  stole  the  land.  He 
is  able  to  exploit  your  labours 
because  he  has  organised  a  police 
force  and  an  army  in  order  to 
suppress  the  peoples'  ability  to 
acquire  what  is  justly  theirs 
anyway. 

"How  then  can  the  people 
attain  what  is  legally  and 
morally  theirs?  The  answer,  my 
friend,  is  organisation.  The 
minority  can  exploit  the  majority 
because  they  are  organised.  Does 
it  nol  follow  then  that  if  the 
people  who  are  the  majority 
organise,  they  will  be  stronger 
than  the  minority  landlords?  All 
over  this  country,  the  people  are 
beginning  to  organise.  Men  like 
yourself  are  preparing  to  acquire 
what  is  justly  theirs.  These  men 
know  that  some  will  die  but  they 
say,  'Is  it  not  better  to  die  quickly 
and  honourably  for  one's  rights 
than  to  suffer  a  living  slow  death 
at  the  hands  of  the  exploiters?'  " 

Perhaps  Roucek  best  sums  up 
the  propagation  phase  when  he 
writes,  "At  the  core  of  their 
activities  lies  the  argument  that 
the  .  .  .  oppressor  has  no  legal 
or  moral  right  to  exercise  power 
.  .  .  and  that  the  members  and 
leaders  of  the  secret  societies  are 
the  expression  of  the  'legal'  will 
of  the  .  .  .  people.  The  leaders 
must  generate  in  their  followers 
a  readiness  to  die  and  a  proclivity 
for  united  action."^ 

Organisation  Phase 

Once  three  villagers  have  been 
won  over,  the  organisers  can 
establish  the  first  cell  of  the 
underground  organisation  within 
the  village.  As  more  recruits  join 
the  organisers,  they  are  sent  off 


to  previously  established  training 
camps.  Here  their  training  is 
75%  ideological  and  25%  mili- 
tary. Most  of  these  individuals 
return  to  their  village  and  form 
the  nucleus  of  the  underground 
apparatus,  and  can  serve  as  a 
reserve  force  for  the  guerillas. 
Others  receive  further  military 
training  and  later  form  into 
small  bands  which  will  establish 
camps  in  rugged  areas  near  the 
village.  A  few  receive  further 
ideological  training  and  serve  as 
assistant  organisers  to  penetrate 
other  villages  in  the  area.  One 
or  two  will  be  sent  to  a  com- 
munist country  for  a  year  and 
undergo  intensified  ideological 
and  military  training. 

The  organisers  encourage  and 
direct  the  establishment  of  a 
village  medical  clinic  as  well  as 
an  elementary  school.  A  variety 
of  civic  activities  are  performed 
by  the  underground  organisation. 
The  organisers'  purpose  here  is 
to  enhance  village  solidarity 
behind  the  insurgents.  Tactically, 
the  village  medical  clinic  will 
prove  useful  once  the  guerilla 
stage  of  the  insurgency  is  under 
way.  Psychologically,  the  school 
provides  the  organisers  an  ad- 
ditional opportunity  to  propa- 
gandise the  young.  If  the 
government  troops,  in  an 
effort  to  weaken  the  insurgents' 
organisation,  requisition  the 
medicines  of  the  clinic  and  out- 
law the  school,  the  insurgents 
have  won  a  psychological  victory. 
The  orgarysers  can  attribute  the 
government's  action  to  a  desire 
to  suppress  the  people  by  keeping 
them    ignorant    and    weak   with 

'  Joseph  S.  Roucek.  "Sociology  of  Secret 
Societies",  The  American  Jouma/  of 
Economics  and  Sociology,  Vol.  19,  No.  2, 
January  1960,  p.   164. 


1448   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 


diseases.  The  organisers'  propa- 
ganda theme  will  be,  "the 
government  knows  that  an 
educated  and  healthy  people 
cannot  be  exploited!" 

lasurgency  Population  Control 

The  successful  completion  of 
the  identification,  propagation, 
and  organisation  phases  at  the 
village  level,  results  in  four 
principal  conditions  of  control. 
They  are:  in-group  loyalty,  in- 
surgent terror  tactics,  personal 
commitment,  and  government 
terror  tactics. 

The  in-group  loyalty  condition 
is  the  result  of.  acceptance  by 
the  majority  of  the  villagers,  of 
the  idea  that  the  insurgent 
activities  are  just  and  that  the 
government  is  unjust.  Insurgent 
terror  tactics  are  directly  related 
to  the  in-group  loyalty  condition. 
Those  who  aid  the  enemy  are 
traitors  and  harmful  to  the 
people  and,  therefore,  must  be 
eliminated.  The  penalty  for 
,  traitors,  while  not  often  quick,  is 
final.  Here,  the  in-group  loyalty 
condition  is  reinforced  by  the 
underground's  spy  system  which 
keeps  the  organisers  informed  of 
everything  that  is  happening  in 
the  village. 

Personal  commitment  is 
probably  the  most  effective 
condition  of  control.  The  or- 
ganisers make  every  effort  to 
involve  in  one  way  or  another, 
a  member  of  every  family.  Con- 
sequently, families  are  reluctant 
to  betray  the  insurgency  thereby 
directly  or  indirectly  increasing 
the  possibility  of  prison,  and 
most  likely  death,  for  a  member 
of  their  family.  The  personal 
commitment    condition    is    also 


operating  in  those  individuals 
who  have  made  large  contribu- 
tions to  the  insurgency  and 
expect  to  be  rewarded  when  the 
insurgents  win. 

Being  unable  to  locate  and 
annihilate  the  guerilla  forces, 
many  governments  have  resorted 
to  terroristic  methods  in  an 
attempt  to  secure  the  support  of 
the  population.  Government 
terror  tactics  such  as  burning 
villages,  slaughtering  innocent 
people,  and  generally  mistreating 
the  population,  are  well- 
documented  in  the  annals  of 
guerilla  warfare  history.  It  is 
equally  well  documented  that 
such  tactics  tend  to  reinforce 
the  solidarity  of  the  people 
behind  the  insurgents.  The 
communist  insurgents  are  well 
aware  of  the  population's  reac- 
tion to  such  action  and  very 
often  provoke  the  government 
into  committing  drastic  actions. 
Indeed,  one  noted  specialist 
maintains  that,  "the  greatest 
contribution  of  guerillas  and 
saboteurs  lies  in  catalysing  and 
intensifying  counter  -  terror 
which  further  alienates  the 
government  from  the  local 
population.  "^ 

Conclusion 

What  has  been  discussed 
occurs  during  the  pre-violence 
stage  and  the  early  stage  of 
guerilla  action  in  an  insurgency. 
As  the  insurgency  escalates  into 
country-wide  guerilla  warfare, 
and  later  regular  warfare,  new 
population  control  conditions  are 
born.  These  new  conditions  can 
be  favourable  to  either  the  insur- 

•  J.  K.  Zawodny.  "Unconventional  Warfare", 
The  American  Scholar,  Vol.  31,  No.  3, 
Summer  1%2.  p.  292. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION   1449 


gents  or  counter  -  insurgents, 
depending  primarily  upon  the 
actions  and  attitudes  of  the 
counter  -  insurgents.  If  the 
counter-insurgents  react  to  the 
wide-spread  guerilla  violence 
solely  with  traditional  military 
and  police  repressive  measures, 
they  will  simply  reinforce  the 
validity  of  the  insurgent  propa- 
ganda and  insure  continual 
population  support  to  the  insur- 
gents. If,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
counter-insurgents  incorporate 
into  their  pacification  pro- 
gramme at  the  village  level,  the 
"psychological  action",  "civic 
action",  and  "population  secu- 
rity" principles  pioneered  pri- 
marily by  the  U.S.  Army's  Civil 
Affairs  and  Special  Warfare 
Schools,  they  will  destroy  the 
very  foundation  on  which  the 
insurgency  rests.  For  it  is  only 
when     the     counter  -  insurgents 


demonstrate  by  attitude  and 
action  their  desire  and  ability  to 
eliminate  the  basic  social  ills  and 
legitimate  personal  grievances, 
as  well  as  to  protect  the  people 
from  the  insurgents,  will  the 
population  transfer  its  loyalty. 
As  the  insurgents  lose  the  sup- 
port of  the  population,  they  will 
be  forced  to  depend  solely  upon 
increased  terroristic  methods  of 
population  control  and  then  it  is 
only  a  matter  of  time  before  the 
insurgents  are  either  eliminated 
or  rendered  ineffectual. 

When  the  immediate  threat  of 
the  insurgency  is  eliminated,  and 
a  positive  "nation  -  building" 
programme  is  implemented,  the 
country  can  be  on  its  way  to  a 
state  of  socio-political  stability 
which  greatly  reduces, the  pos- 
sibility of  the  recurrence  of  in- 
surgency. 


F.M.Osanka,503A  Saratoga, China  Lake,   California 

Col.    E.G.Keogh, Editor, AUSTRALIAN  ARMY  JOURNAL, Army  Head' 
qy^arters  ,   Alberjj  Park  Barracks,  Melbourne,   Australia 


Major  Jim  Ewan  (The  Black  Watch),  was  back  in  peace-time 
Scotland  applying  for  the  job  of  Recruiting  Officer  in  Dundee.  He  was 
called  to  Highland  House  in  Perth  for  intervie>\  by  the  GOC  Highland 
District  —  General  Colvillc  at  the  time.  "No>v,  Jim,"  said  the  General, 
"if  I  were  to  come  as  a  potential  recruit  into  your  Dundee  ofTicc  and 
say  I  wanted  to  join  the  Scaforths  —  what  would  you  do?" 

"I'd  say  'Right  laddie,  I'll  fix  you  up',"  replied  Jim. 

"But  remember  Jim,"  the  General  went  on,  "you  are  in  Dundee 
and  in  the  heart  of  The  Black  Watch  recruiting  area." 

"Ay  sir  —  but  I'd  still  do  as  he  asked." 

"Why  that?"  said  the  General  scarchingly. 

"I  didna  like  his  face,"  came  the  reply. 

—  From  ^'The  Red  Hackle" 


1450       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Mr.  IcHORD.  The  next,  witness  to  be  heard  is  our  colleague,  the  dis- 
tinguished gentleman  from  Virginia,  Congressman  John  Marsh. 

Congressman  Marsh,  the  committee  is  very  happy  to  have  you  ap- 
pear before  our  committee  in  the  interests  of  this  legislation.  I  know 
that  you  have  a  very  great  interest  in  the  Freedom  Academy,  and  we 
will  be  very  glad  to  hear  you  at  this  time. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  JOHN  0.  MARSH,  JR.,  U.S.  REPRESENTATIVE 

FROM  VIRGINIA 

Mr.  Marsh.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  appreciate 
the  opportunity  to  be  here  and  appear  in  support  of  the  legislation 
envisioned  along  the  lines  of  the  Freedom  Academy  bill.  I  have  a 
statement,  if  I  might  read  it. 

As  we  move  rapidly  through  the  last  half  of  the  20th  century,  the 
present  decade  takes  on  ominous  proportions.  Truly  a  decade  of 
challenge,  it  is  even  more  a  decade  of  decision.  The  die  for  the 
image  of  society  when  we  close  the  second  millennium  might  well 
be  cast  in  the  sixties. 

Caught  up  in  the  revolutionary  times  in  which  we  live,  America 
has  yet  to  bring  to  bear  the  full  resources  of  its  society  to  the  prob- 
lems of  a  changing  world.  Far  surpassing  the  early  patriot's  dream 
in  either  its  material  wealth  or  institutions  of  freedom,  America 
seems  at  times  to  be  swept  along  in  the  currents  of  a  changing  world 
rather  than  directing  them.  Yet,  we  are  the  true  revolutionaries. 
Communism  is  reactionary — not  revolutionary.  It  is  feudalism  at 
its  worst.  The  feudal  lord  was  master  of  all  he  could  rule  or  defend 
with  the  sword,  and  within  that  domain  his  will  was  law.  To  him 
belonged  man's  labor  and  its  fruits.  Today  in  the  Sino- Soviet  em- 
pire we  find  not  a  change  in  the  system,  but  in  the  methods  of  opera- 
tion. Scientific  and  technological  advances  in  communications  and 
weaponry  have  for  the  feudal  lord's  counterpart  in  the  Kremlin 
extended  the  domain — the  present-day  fiefs,  Hungary,  Poland,  are 
simply  larger. 

If  there  is  anything  revolutionary  in  communism,  it  is  the  man- 
ner in  which  is  waged  a  total  conflict — militarily,  economically, 
psychologically,  and  politically  in  a  never-ending  struggle  to  enslave 
man.  Through  careful  coordinated  control  by  brute  force  and  terror 
of  the  governmental,  economic,  and  social  resources  of  a  nation,  the 
regime  is  able  to  launch  its  devastating  thrusts.  A  coordinated 
thrust  must  be  met  by  a  coordinated  response,  and  in  this  we  have 
largely  failed.  Particularly  when  the  thrust  comes  in  an  area  of 
our  society  that  is  beyond  the  scope  of  governmental  endeavor.  The 
dynamics  of  American  society  thus  far  has  not  included  the  mechanics 
to  incorporate  into  national  strategy  the  skills,  talents,  and  abilities 
of  our  citizens,  as  well  as  our  economic  wealth,  to  defend,  perpetuate, 
and  enlarge  our  way  of  life. 

Within  the  broad  framework  of  American  institutions,  we  must 
formulate  new  strategic  concepts  based  on  a  voluntary  cooperative 
effort  between  governmental  and  nongovernmental  areas.  The 
proper  effort  must  combine  leadership  and  local  action.  At  the 
higher  levels  of  society  there  must  be  the  type  of  leadership  that 
not  only  will  cause  our  people  to  shake  off  apathy  and  complacency, 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1451 

but  will  insure  their  efforts  are  properly  directed.  Also,  in  policy 
echelons,  particularly  governmental,  there  must  be  greater  receptivity 
to  local  ideas  originating  eithei  within  or  without  the  governmental 
structure — a  willingness  to  experiment  in  a  search  for  new  ap- 
proaches. Frequently,  there  is  a  tendency  on  the  part  of  individuals 
in  the  power  structure  of  any  organization,  because  of  experience, 
better  sources  of  information,  and  technical  knowledge,  to  treat 
rather  lightly  effort  originating  either  at  a  lower  level  in  the  struc- 
ture or  outside  the  structure  entirely. 

The  most  priceless  thing  that  we  can  give  our  country  and  mankind 
in  this  decade  is  our  time,  our  skill,  our  energy,  our  talents.  Not 
only  do  these  next  few  fateful  years  require  it — but  duty  demands  it. 
This  contribution  to  the  national  effort  must  not  be  limited  to  only  a 
few  people,  but  must  give  an  opportunity  to  incorporate  into  such 
effort  the  vast  skills  and  talents  available  in  our  society  in  the  private 
sector. 

What  are  some  of  the  broad  purposes  that  might  be  accomplished  in 
the  national  effort  by  an  institution  such  as  you  are  considering  today  ? 
To  list  some,  I  would  set  out : 

1.  To  provide  better  coordination  and  communication  between  the 
public  and  the  private  sector  to  meet  the  challenges  of  the  cold  war. 

2.  To  better  utilize  in  the  national  effort  the  skill,  talents,  and  re- 
sources of  a  free  citizenry. 

3.  To  encourage  private  cooperative  endeavor  in  the  national 
defense. 

4.  To  create  a  new  dimension  in  the  strategy  of  a  free  people. 

As  i  view  the  establishment  of  such  an  institution,  I  am  not  think- 
ing in  terms  of  an  Academy  in  the  nature  of  one  of  our  service  acad- 
emies, but  rather  of  a  training  institution  whose  student  body  would 
be  composed  principally  of  individuals  who  have  already  completed 
certain  educational  requirements  and  who  now  occupy  positions  of 
authority  and  responsibility  who  might  be  able  to  implement  into 
those  positions  new  insights  derived  from  the  training  they  might 
receive. 

I  might  point  out  that  an  objection  made  to  the  Freedom  Academy 
is  that  such  an  institute  should  be  limited  to  the  governmental  sector, 
rather  than  the  private  sector,  because  of  the  use  of  classified  materials, 
intelligence  reports,  and  related  data.  However,  a  great  deal  of  the 
type  of  material  that  I  would  envision  to  be  considered  at  such  an 
institute  i?  predominantly  unclassified. 

The  writings  of  Marx,'Lenin,  Mao,  and  analyses  of  them,  are  clearly 
in  the  purview  of  unclassified  documents.  Many  case  studies  of  the 
methods  of  operation  of  the  Communist  apparatus  are  matters  of 
current  events  and  historical  record  which  can  be  gleaned  by  the  care- 
ful reader  or  listener  from  radio,  news,  and  other  sources  of  public 
information. 

Many  of  the  lecturers  at  such  institutions  as  the  National  War 
College,  the  Army  War  College,  the  Foreign  Service  Institute,  and 
other  centers  of  learning  are  recognized  scholars  in  the  field  of  na- 
tional security.  The  books,  articles,  and  other  treatises  of  these  in- 
dividuals have  been  widely  published  and  disseminated  at  home  and 
abroad.  Their  subjects  cover  the  entire  spectrum  of  the  cold  war 
conflict  which  some  have  described  as  the  "protracted  conflict." 


1452       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSIOIST 

The  pronouncements  and  statements  of  such  individuals  as  Khru- 
shchev, Kadar,  Gomulka,  and  Mao,  as  well  as  Tass  dispatches  and  such 
publications  as  Pravda  and  Izvestia^  are  not  only  unclassified  but  are 
available  to  the  free  world. 

Finally,  in  summary,  in  appearing  here  in  support  of  legislation  of 
this  type,  I  think  it  is  well  to  point  out  the  broad  spectrum  of  support 
that  it  enjoys  on  the  domestic  political  scene,  with  sponsors  and  spokes- 
men who  represent  a  broad  cross  section  of  American  political  and  eco- 
nomic thought.  Individuals  who  on  the  domestic  scene  are  frequently 
at  loggerheads  on  national  domestic  policy  have  joined  ranks  without 
regard  to  the  arbitrary  classification  of  "conservative"  or  "liberal"  be- 
cause of  their  recognition  of  a  problem  that  must  be  met  in  a  nonparti- 
san sense  in  what  is  really  a  search  for  common  ground.  There  is  a 
need  to  search  for  this  common  ground  in  our  efforts  to  come  to  grips 
with  the  problems  that  confront  us  in  a  changing  world  and  the  tlireat 
that  is  posed  to  the  institutions  of  this  Republic  by  the  ideology  and 
aggressive  actions  of  the  Communist  states. 

In  the  final  analysis,  notwithstanding  our  differences,  the  things 
which  unite  us  are  far  greater  than  the  things  which  divide  us. 

That  concludes  the  written  statement. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Thank  you.  Congressman  Marsh. 

Mr.  Johansen? 

Mr.  Johansen.  I  appreciate  having  your  statement  very  much.  I 
understand  you  have  a  constituent  here,  a  counsel  of  this  committee, 
Mr.  Ta vernier. 

Mr.  Marsh.  He  is  one  of  the  most  distinguished  constituents  not 
only  in  the  7th  District,  but  indeed,  in  our  State  of  Virginia. 

Mr.  Johansen.  I  congratulate  you  on  your  constituent,  and  he  on 
his  Representative. 

Mr.  Marsh.  I  think  that  I  am  benefited  more  by  my  associations 
with  him  than  he  by  his  associations  with  me. 

Mr.  Johansen.  I  will  stay  neutral  on  that  issue. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Mr.  Schadeberg,  do  you  have  some  questions  ? 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  I  just  want  to  state  that  I  appreciate  the  fact  that 
you  have  taken  the  time  to  come  and  testify.  I  appreciate  having  you 
here. 

Mr.  Marsh.  I  appreciate  the  opportunity,  sir. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Mr.  Marsh,  I  have  one  question.  You  were  a  little 
hesitant  about  training  private  citizens  along  with  the  governmental 
personnel,  as  I  understand. 

Mr.  Marsh.  I  didn't  mean  to  give  that  impression.  I  think  that  the 
private  sector  must  be  incorporated  into  this  effort.  The  point  I  was 
trying  to  make  is  that  in  some  previous  testimony  here  in  opposition  to 
this  type  of  legislation  the  point  has  been  made  that  you  can't  bring 
the  private  sector  in  because  of  the  use  of  classified  materials,  which  I 
do  not  think  is  a  valid  argument,  because  much  of  the  subject  matter 
and  the  courses  that  would  be  taught  would  be  taught  from  what  are 
substantially  unclassified  sources,  either  to  governmental  or  to  private 
sector. 

Mr.  Iciiord.  Well,  the  classes  would  be  separated,  or  else  the  private 
citizen  could  be  approved  for  viewing  classified  material. 

Mr.  Marsh.  Exactly.  There  could  be  certain  subcourses  or  ad- 
vanced courses  or  several  separate  hours  of  instruction  for  those  that 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1453 

enjoy  sensitive  positions  in  Government  that  they  could  attend,  and 
members  of  the  private  sector  would  not  attend. 

Probably  in  all  events  this  information  would  not  even  he  helpful  on 
a  "need  to  know"  basis  to  members  from  the  private  sector,  but  I  think 
the  private  sector  is  the  area  where  we  must  do  our  greatest  work,  and 
I  think  in  the  mechanics  of  training  there  are  several  precedents  that 
the  committee  might  well  look  at  in  the  field  of  management  training. 

For  example,  the  very  fine  courses  in  the  American  Management 
Association,  which  are  designed  to  reach  and  train  middle  manage- 
ment— and  it  is  this  middle  management  who  are  the  people  that  we 
need  here,  because  they  are  in  positions  of  policy  and  influence  in  the 
private  sector — in  the  corporations,  and  what  has  been  done  by  the 
American  management  in  a  series  of  seminars  and  training  institutes, 
it  would  seem  to  me,  would  offer  certain  guidelines. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  It  would  also  be  very  valuable  to  train  private  citizens 
who  are  going  overseas  and  have  overseas  business. 

Mr.  Marsh.  Exactly.  And  high  school  teachers  and  others  who 
would  be  engaged  in  teaching.  The  American  Bar  Association  has 
made  some  great  strides  in  this  field  of  instruction  in  the  high  schools 
on  the  difference  between  totalitarianism,  as  represented  in  the  Soviet 
State  and,  of  course,  the  Chinese  state,  as  compared  with  the  demo- 
cratic society,  with  institutions  of  government  that  are  representative 
of  the  Western  World. 

There  is  an  excellent  example  in  what  has  been  done  at  the  National 
War  College  in  the  summer  session,  where  individuals  not  in  Govern- 
ment and  from  "the  private  sector  come  in  for  a  training  program. 

I  would  see  that  a  beginning  might  well  be  perhaps  the  use  of  some 
of  these  facilities  during  times  that  they  are  not  being  used,  to  begin 
with  a  modest  effort.  I  do  not  see  the  4-year  type  of  Academy,  but 
perhaps  the  use  of  other  facilities  that  are  now  available  during  the 
summertime  and  at  other  periods,  as  a  beginning. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Would  you  feel  that  the  private  sector  also  should 
be  included  in  the  governing  board  of  directors? 

Mr,  Marsh.  I  think  that  there  are  individuals  in  the  private  sector 
that  should  be  represented  there.  I  think  we  have  gone  out  on  many 
other  governmental  institutions  and  selected  people  from  the  private 
sector  to  serve  on  commissions  and  boards.  There  are  many  people, 
for  example,  Admiral  Burke  is  now  in  the  private  sector,  and  he 
would  be  an  individual  I  think  would  be  extremely  well  qualified  to 
serve  on  such  a  board. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  That  is  all. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Thank  you  very  much.  Congressman  Marsh,  I  ap- 
preciate your  very  valuable  contribution  to  the  committee. 

The  next  witness  is  Mr,  Paul  Jones,  Mr,  Jones,  it  is  a  pleasure  to 
have  you  with  us  today.  I  might  state  for  the  record  that  Mr.  Paul 
Jones  is  a  columnist  for  the  Philadelphia  E'vening  Bulletin,  a  former 
professor  of  history  and  a  former  emplovee  of  the  Office  of  War  In- 
formation, He  has  spent  some  time  in  South  Vietnam  several  years 
ago  and,  at  that  time,  did  forecast  some  of  the  events  that  have  since 
taken  place  in  South  Vietnam. 

I  think,  for  the  record,  Mr,  Jones,  before  you  get  into  your  testi- 
mony, we  would  appreciate  some  elaboration  upon  your  background. 


1454       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

STATEMENT  OF  PAUL  JONES 

Mr.  Jones.  Well,  actually,  I  was  not  with  OWI.  I  was  with  the 
Office  of  Inter- American  Affairs,  which  performed  the  function  of 
OWI  in  Latin  America.  OWI  did  not  operate  in  that  area.  I  took 
my  three  degrees  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  I  taught  there 
for  8  years  and  then  I  resigned  to  do  magazine  writing. 

For  the  past  25  years,  I  have  been  a  columnist  and  editorial  writer 
for  the  Philadelphia  Evening  Bulletin.  In  that  capacity,  I  went  out 
to  Saigon  as  an  exchange  journalist  and  lectured  on  journalism  to 
Vietnamese  newspapermen.  I  speak  French  well  enough  to  lecture  in 
French,  and  that  was  a  prerequisite. 

I  have  also  worked  as  a  correspondent  in  South  America,  in  Chile 
and  Brazil,  in  almost  every  country  in  South  America,  and  in  Mexico. 
My  chief  interest  is  in  seeing  something  like  the  Freedom  Academy 
established  for  the  private  sector,  particularly  teachers  and  news- 
papermen who  get  assignments  abroad.  My  first  experience  abroad 
was  in  Chile  in  1941,  which  was  just  at  the  time  when  the  popular 
front,  a  Communist-Socialist-Radical  coalition,  was  collapsing,  and 
I  found  it  very  difficult  to  understand  just  what  the  political  picture 
was  within  Chile. 

Now  I  think  it  is  fair  to  say  that  the  Embassy  and  our  own  office, 
the  OIAA,  and  the  various  operational  agencies  there  were  only  too 
anxious  to  help,  but  they  are  busy  people.  They  can't  devote  the  tiiiie 
to  briefing  thoroughly  every  newspaperman  that  comes  into  a 
country.  It  seems  to  me  that  if  a  course  of  a  month  or  6  weeks,  which 
would  bring  together  all  the  information,  let  us  say,  that  this  committee 
and  the  Senate  committee  in  the  same  area  has  amassed  over  more 
than  25  years,  if  that  could  be  concentrated  and  an  idea  given  to  the 
newspapermen  going  abroad  or  to  the  teachers,  particularly  in  this 
country,  that  things  are  not  always  what  they  seem  and  that,  let  us  say, 
a  cry  for  land  reform  doesn't  necessarily  mean  merely  a  liberal  or 
an  agrarian  reformer.  In  other  words,  to  give  them  some  kind  of 
sophisticated  attitude. 

I  think  that  to  a  large  degree,  the  reports  that  we — and  when  I  say 
"we,"  I  speak  as  a  newspaperman  who  has  worked  abroad — ^that  what 
we  send  back  has  often  a  capital  influence  on  public  opinion,  and  fre- 
quently, from  the  more  remote  areas,  it  is  the  only  information  that 
comes.  Knowing  a  great  many  of  my  colleagues,  I  haven't  the  slight- 
est idea  that  they  are  infiltrated,  or  I  don't  deny  that  some  of  them 
may  be,  but  in  the  large  degree,  it  is  due  to  ignorance. 

I  don't  mean  that  they  are  ignorant  men  in  the  sense  of  general 
information,  but  they  are  ignorant  of  the  sophisticated  process  of 
Communist  management  in  politics  within  the  teachers'  unions,  within 
the  students'  unions,  within  the  labor  unions,  in  government  itself,  in 
politics,  sometimes  infiltrating  even  the  church,  in  some  of  these  areas. 

Now  this  is  my  chief  interest.  Obviously,  I  am  in  the  private  sec- 
tor, and  we  have  made  some  mistakes.  We  made  one  very  bad  mis- 
take in  Cuba.  I  think  we  made,  in  my  opinion,  another  very  bad  one 
in  Saigon,  largely  because  the  reporters  who  were  out  there  weren't 
sophisticated  enough  to  go  behind  the  outward  appearances  and  pene- 
trate to  the  actual  inspirers  of  these  movements. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  May  I  interrupt? 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1455 

Mr.  Jones.  Certainly. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  WavSn't  that  also  the  case  with  regard  to  China  and 
the  agrarian  reformers  ? 

Mr.  Jones.  Yes,  it  certainly  was. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  A  great  deal  of  the  so-called  journalistic  reporting 
that  came  out  of  there  ? 

Mr.  Jones.  I  agree.  It  was  really  a  kind  of  naivete  which  made  the 
even  perfectly  honest  reporters,  with  very  few  exceptions,  take  at 
face  value  the  statements  of  a  Chou  En-lai  or  around  the  press  head- 
quarters in  Chungking.  That  is  basically  my  point,  of  course,  and  in 
this  country,  it  is  equally  important,  I  think,  for  teachers  to  be  aware 
actually  how  these  things  operate. 

For  many  years,  I  have  read  the  printed  hearings  of  this  commit- 
tee, for  example,  and  the  amount  of  information  actually  buried  in 
your  publications  is  astounding,  if  it  could  only  be  brought  together 
and  simply  presented  for  the  information  of  teachers,  newspapermen, 
businessmen,  people  who  go  abroad,  even  missionaries  would  benefit, 
I  think,  in  some  cases,  not  by  indoctrination,  but  by  information.  Just 
as  you  have  to  take  an  anticholera  shot,  I  think  it  is  a  good  idea  to 
leam  something  about  what  you  are  bound  to  come  up  against. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  What  years  were  you  in  South  Vietnam,  sir? 

Mr.  Jones.  I  was  there  in  1959.  There  was  bad  trouble  then,  but 
it  really  didn't  begin  to  heat  up  until  the  beginning  of  1961,  or  the 
middle  of  1961. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Well,  what  do  you  think  the  reporters  could  have  done, 
or  should  have  been  doing,  or  what  did  they  do  over  there  that  could 
have  been  improved  upon  ? 

Mr.  Jones.  There  were  two  classes  of  reports  from  Vietnam.  Sai- 
gon is  not  a  very  attractive  post.  It  is  not  very  easy  to  get  in  and 
out  of.  Hence  the  veteran  correspondents,  some  of  whom,  like  Keyes 
Beech  and  Margaret  Higgins,  had  gone  through  Korea  and,  before 
that,  had  been  in  China,  were  sophisticated  enough  not  to  take  at 
face  value  the  idea  that  a  simple  Buddhist  monk  would  have  the  bat- 
tery of  mimeograph  machines  and  the  facilities  for  public  relations 
that  had  never  been  seen  in  Vietnam  before. 

When  they  came  down  from  Tokyo  or  Hong  Kong,  where  they 
made  their  base,  their  stories  were  not  quite  the  same  as  those  of  the 
young  reporters  who  were  in  Saigon.  That  is,  I  would  say. this:  That 
the  experienced  reporters  who  came  in  suggested  more  of  what  was 
actually  revealed  by  the  printed  testimony  of  the  U.N.  Commission, 
the  fact-finding  commission  that  went  out  there  to  Vietnam.  Of 
course  its  report,  came  after  the  coup  d'etat,  but  reading  that  testimony, 
it  seemed  to  me  perfectly  clear  that  it  was  a  managed  thing.  I  am 
f ranklv  imperfectly  acquainted  myself  with  this  whole  New  Buddhism 
operation  of  the  Communists  in  the  Far  East.  I  am  partially  ac- 
quainted with  it,  as  far  as  I  can  get  hold  of  the  information,  but  it  is 
obvnously  a  very  potent  weapon. 

Mr.  IciioRD.  Do  you  feel,  then,  that  it  would  be  very  valuable  for 
all  of  the  newspapers  to  send  their  war  correspondents  for  training 
such  as  this,  to  recognize  ? 

Mr.  Jones.  I  think  so.  Of  course,  it  would  be  on  a  voluntary  basis, 
but  I  would  think  that  the  i)ublishers  or  the  heads  of  the  organizations 
involved  would  be  only  too  glad  to  send  their  men,  rather  than  just 


1456       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

plunge  them,  without  any  background  whatever,  into  very  complex 
situations  in  remote  areas  of  the  world — which,  of  course,  is  precisely 
where  the  Communists  are  making  their  best  time. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Do  you  have  any  further  questions,  Mr.  Johansen  ? 

Mr.  Johansen.  I  have  no  further  questions,  but  I  think  you  have 
testified  to  a  very  practical  potential  value  and  a  very  practical  need 
for  this  type  of  institution. 

Mr.  Jones.  I  certainly  think  so. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Mr.  Schadeberg  ? 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  Would  you  care  to  comment  by  saying  that  per- 
haps the  difference  between  the  Freedom  Academy  as  suggested  to  be  set 
up  and  the  academy  that  would  be  set  up  in  the  State  Department,  the 
National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs,  is  that  one  would  address  itself 
to  the  pure  facts  and  research  and  the  other  would  apply  to  foreign 
policy  ? 

Mr.  Jones.  Yes,  I  would  say  so.  From  reading  the  testimony,  I  am 
aware  that  the  State  Department  believes  that  they  can  cover  this 
through  their  Foreign  Service  Institute  or  Foreign  Affairs  Academy. 
Certamly,  speaking  as  a  private  citizen,  I  welcome  the  idea  that  State 
would  improve  its  own  institute,  as  it  seems  to  feel  the  need  to  do,  but 
I  don't  think  that  an  operational  agency  like  Stat©  or  CIA  or  USIA 
or  AID,  that  that  is  the  proper  place  for  a  general  Freedom  Academy 
open  to  the  private  citizen. 

(At  this  point,  Mr.  Willis  returned  to  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  It  wouldn't  address  itself  to  the  same  end.  Thank 
you. 

That  is  all  the  questions  I  have,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Do  you  feel,  then,  Mr.  Jones,  that  the  nature  of  the  re- 
porting that  comes  out  of  a  given  foreign  country  might  be  more  in- 
fluential upon  the  course  of  events  than  even  some  of  the  operations 
of  the  State  Department  people? 

Mr.  Jones.  That  is  entirely  possible.  In  certain  critical  situations, 
yes. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Johansen.  Particularly,  if  I  might  interject,  particularly  when, 
as  evidently  was  the  casCj  State  Department  people  were  instructed  to 
get  their  background  traming  in  regard  to  Cuba  and  Castro  from  the 
newspapers. 

Mr.  Jones.  Yes,  that  was  a  reversal.  That  is  just  the  reverse  of 
what  I  had  in  mind. 

The  Chahjman  (presiding).  Thank  you  very  much  sir. 

The  committee  will  stand  in  recess  until  tomorrow  morning  at  10 
a.m. 

(Whereupon,  at  11 :55  a.m.,  Tuesday,  May  19,  1964,  the  committee 
recessed,  to  reconvene  at  10  a.m.,  Wednesday,  May  20,  1964.) 


HEARINGS  RELATING  TO  H.R.  352,  H.R.  1617,  H.R.  5368, 
H.R.  8320,  H.R.  8757,  H.R.  10036,  H.R.  10037,  H.R.  10077, 
AND  H.R.  11715,  PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A 
FREEDOM  COMMISSION  AND  FREEDOM  ACADEMY 

Part  2 


WEDNESDAY,   MAY  20,    1964 

United  States  House  of  Representatives, 

Committee  on  Un-American  Activities, 

Washington^  B.C. 

PUBLIC   HEARINGS 

The  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  met,  pursuant  to  recess, 
at  10:25  a.m.,  in  the  Caucus  Room,  Cannon  House  Office  Building, 
Washington,  D.C.,  Hon.   Edwin  E.  Willis    (chairman)    presiding. 

Committee  members  present:  Representatives  Edwin  E.  Willis, 
of  Louisiana ;  Richard  H.  Ichord,  of  Missouri ;  August  E.  Johansen, 
of  Michigan;  and  Henry  C.  Schadeberg,  of  Wisconsin. 

Staff  members  present:  Francis  J.  McNamara,  director;  Frank  S. 
Tavenner,  general  counsel ;  and  Alfred  M.  Nittle,  counsel. 

Mr.  Johansen  (presiding) .  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

Today  the  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  continues  hear- 
ings on  eight  bills  which  have  been  referred  to  it  and  which  would 
create  a  Freedom  Commission  and  Freedom  Academy.  We  are  very 
happy  to  welcome  as  the  first  witness  this  morning,  our  colleague 
from  California,  Congressman  D.  H.  Clausen. 

Mr.  Clausen,  you  may  proceed  as  you  wish. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.   DON  H.   CLAUSEN,  U.S.   REPRESENTATIVE 

FROM  CALIFORNIA 

Mr.  Clausen.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  am  pleased 
to  be  able  to  appear  before  your  committee  on  a  subject  that  is  of 
great  interest  to  myself,  and  I  am  sure  to  the  Nation  as  well.  It  is 
conceivable  that  these  hearings  will  bring  forth  a  program  that  could 
change  the  tide  of  history. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  welcome  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  your 
committee  in  support  of  the  Freedom  Academy  concept.  Your  com- 
mittee is  to  be  complimented  for  initiating  these  hearings  in  the  in- 
terest of  developing  interest  and  testimony  on  behalf  of  a  program 
urgently  needed  to  combat  the  well-organized  economic,  political,  and 
ideological  offensive  of  the  Soviet  Union  and  other  advocates  of  the 
Communist  doctrine. 

1457 


1458       PROVIDENG  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

In  my  judgment,  the  salvation  of  our  system  of  government,  our 
American  way  of  life,  the  hopes  of  and  aspirations  of  people  through- 
out the  world  who  desire  to  be  or  remain  free  could  rest  on  the  de- 
cision this  committee  makes  with  respect  to  this  legislative  recom- 
mendation. 

(At  this  point  Mr.  Willis  entered  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  Clausen.  It  is  my  personal  opinion  that  the  Freedom  Academy 
should  be  sponsored,  staffed,  and  guided  by  the  leadership  of  the  pri- 
vate sector  of  our  system.  Cooperation  with  the  executive  branch, 
State  Department  and  other  agencies,  is  absolutely  essential  to  main- 
tain the  necessary  security  provisions.  However,  I  do  believe  the 
Congress,  the  legislative  branch,  which  is  the  most  responsive  to  the 
electorate,  must  establish  full  control  of  the  program — offering  the 
necessary  guarantee  of  liaison  between  Government  and  the  private 
sector.  The  Freedom  Academy' must,  at  all  times,  have  as  its  major 
objective  the  full  development  and  utilization  of  people  familiar  with 
the  workings  of  our  private  enterprise  system. 

Further,  I  want  to  recommend  vigorously  recognition  of  the  vital 
role  cities,  towns,  counties,  school  districts,  and  special  service  district 
organizations  will  play  in  offering  a  guideline  to  developing  countries 
throughout  the  world  interested  in  the  adoption  of  our  Federal  system. 
Should  the  Freedom  Academy  and  the  Commission  be  established,  I 
would  recommend  early  consultation  with  organizations  such  as  we 
have  in  California — the  League  of  California  Cities,  the  County  Su- 
pervisors Association  of  California — and  other  municipal  organiza- 
tions throughout  the  country.  The  National  Association  of  County 
Officials  has  an  outstanding  action  program  through  their  recentl}' 
formed  "Home  Rule  Congress."  The  overwhelming  demand  for 
political  stability  requires  our  giving  prompt  attention  to  these  impor- 
tant factors.  Additionally,  we  in  the  United  States  must  strive  to 
retain  the  basic  concept  of  our  three  levels  (local,  State,  and  Federal) 
of  government,  assuring  that  each  level  has  clearly  defined  areas  of 
responsibility  and  the  available  tax  sources  to  meet  demands  for  serv- 
ice responsively  and  responsibly. 

In  the  April  17  issue  of  Life  magazine,  Ambassador  Henry  Cabot 
Lodge  set  forth,  in  a  very  forthright  and  provocative  article,  a  detailed 
analysis  of  the  problems  facing  the  United  States  in  Vietnam.  It  is 
timely,  and  I  would  recommend  the  article  to  anyone  desirous  of 
factual  information  on  the  world's  "hot  spot."  All  Americans  should 
be  familiar  with  the  Ambassador's  comments  because  Vietnam  is  the 
only  place  in  the  world  where  Americans  are  under  fire  from  Commu- 
nist guns. 

Mr.  Lodge  has  offered  some  very  significant  points  that  I  believe  to 
be  worthy  of  note,  and  I  quote : 

South  Vietnam  is  a  Iteystone  for  all  of  Southeast  Asia,  the  hub  of  an  area  which 
is  bounded  on  the  northeast  and  east  by  Formosa  and  the  Philippines,  on  the 
south  by  Indonesia  and  on  the  west  by  Burma.  Control  of  South  Vietnam  would 
put  the  Communists  squarely  into  the  middle  of  Southeast  Asia — whence  they 
could  radiate  all  over. 

The  conquest  of  South  Vietnam  would  immediately  disturb  Cambodia  and 
Laos,  and  bring  strong  repercussions  farther  west  in  Thailand  and  Burma.  It 
would  shake  Malaysia  to  the  south.  It  would  surely  threaten  Indonesia.  Then,  if 
Indonesia  were  unable  or  unwilling  to  resist,  the  Chinese  Communists  would  be 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1459 

on  the  doorstep  of  Australia.     Finally,   eastward,   the   repercussions  for  the 
Philippines  and  for  Formosa  would  be  severe. 

Therefore,  when  we  speak  of  Southeast  Asia,  we  are  not  talking  of  some  small 
neck  of  the  woods  but  of  an  area  about  2,300  miles  long  from  north  to  south  and 
3,000  miles  wide  from  east  to  west — with  about  240  million  people. 

Mr.  Lodge  continues : 

There  is  vivid  recognition  that  the  Vietcong  campaign  is,  above  all,  a  political 
affair;  that  we  must  organize  for  the  political  conflict  as  carefully  as  we  have 
organized  for  military  success ;  and  that  there  must  be  a  true  civil-political 
organization  to  go  hand  in  hand  with  the  military. 

In  this  paragraph,  I  believe  we  have  a  briefly  defined  statement  of 
foreign  policy  recommendations  that  will  be  required  now  and  long 
into  the  future,  as  we  continue  the  struggle  between  freedom  and 
communism.    It  is  to  this  end  that  I  shall  address  my  remarks. 

The  cold  war  is  not  merely  a  confrontation  between  the  U.S.  and 
the  U.S.S.R.,  as  Soviet  propagandists  would  have  the  world  believe. 
It  is  a  war  between  communism  and  every  nation  outside  the  Red 
bloc.  It  is  a  war  that  must  be  fought  by  citizens  of  all  nations  of  the 
free  world  who  desire  to  remain  free. 

The  so-called  cold  war  should  be  properly  recognized  as  political 
war.  The  battlefronts  are  many  and  varied  and  will  continue  to  be  so 
as  the  Soviets  create  chaos  and  controversy  in  the  many  comers  of 
the  world — most  of  which  stem  from  the  well-organized  activities  of 
the  nearly  300,000  trained  subversive  agents  operating  in  the  free 
world.  The  arms  race,  the  competition  in  space  and  trade,  are  all  part 
of  the  Marxist  master  plan.  However,  the  political  battlefronts  are 
the  most  serious,  because  they  are  the  ones  on  which  the  Conmiunists 
pin  their  greatest  hopes  for  world  domination. 

Unfortunately,  it  is  on  the  political  fronts  that  they  are  the  strongest 
and  we  are  the  weakest. 

On  November  13  of  last  year,  during  the  debate  on  the  Peace  Corps, 
I  submitted  remarks  which,  in  view  of  Mr.  Lodge's  comments,  you 
may  find  interesting.  These  remarks,  I  believe,  Mr.  Chairman,  were 
made  a  part  of  my  February  18  testimony  before  this  committee. 
(See  parti,  p.  1032.) 

During  this  past  year,  I  have  attended  the  regular  State  Depart- 
ment briefings  available  to  Members  of  Congress.  I  studied  all 
available  material  that  I  could  get  my  hands  on;  I  participated 
in  study  groups  with  some  of  my  colleagues;  I  interviewed  and 
exchanged  ideas  with  people  considered  to  be  experts  in  their  fields, 
including  diplomats,  ambassadors,  military  men,  international  law- 
yers, bankers,  labor  leaders,  and  economists,  missionary  volunteers, 
as  they  returned  from  such  stations  as  Laos,  India,  the  Congo, 
Borneo,  Brazil,  PeiTi,  Mexico,  Central  America — to  name  a  few. 

With  this  background  of  information,  I  have  joined  some  of  my 
colleagues  in  promoting  the  Freedom  Academy  concept — a  concept 
with  a  sole  objective  of  winning  the  cold  war— designed  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  the  unlimited  material  and  human  resources  available  in 
the  private  sector.  A  plan  that  places  more  emphasis  in  the  private 
sector  and  less  emphasis  in  the  public  sector — as  we  advance  this 
proven  concept  of  foreign  policy. 

The  United  States  Government,  in  its  efforts  to  stem  the  Communist 
tide,  has  poured  billions  of  dollars  annually  in  military,  economic. 


1460       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

and  technical  aid  to  foreign  nations.  Anyone  who  has  followed  inter- 
national problems  closely  will  immediatey  conclude  that  the  funda- 
mental problem  is  a  lack  of  political  stability  brought  about  primarily, 
in  my  judgment,  by  inadequate  systems  of  government.  Compare  any 
of  these  to  the  system  of  government  we  have  been  able  to  enjoy  under 
this  great  ConsLitution  of  ours.  A  Federal  system  that  provides  a 
maximum  opportunity  for  political  participation  by  its  electorate — a 
system  that  only  functions  at  the  will  of  the  people  or  by  consent 
of  the  governed. 

Without  question,  these  nations'  greatest  need  is  political  aid — we 
must  export  knowledge  and  know-how  in  this  vital  field.  This  type 
of  political  aid  could  be  made  available  to  the  present  and  future 
leaders  of  those  nations  who  are  currently  living  under  the  "umbrella" 
of  our  military  and  economic  security. 

A  Freedom  Academy  could  train  such  leaders  in  techniques  for 
counteracting  the  propaganda  of  the  Communists.  These  same  leaders 
could  be  trained  on  how  to  transmit  knowledge  in  behalf  of  legitimate 
constitutional  government,  freedom  of  thought,  freedom  of  expression, 
freedom  of  economic  opportunity,  the  right  to  assemble  peaceably,  full 
religious  liberty,  and  other  basics  of  the  free  society — as  opposed  to 
the  totalitarian  state. 

In  California,  much  to  our  credit,  the  County  Supervisors  Associa- 
tion has  initiated  an  intern  fellowship  training  prograjn,  financed 
through  private  capital,  for  young  men  interested  in  local  government. 
With  local  government  being  virtually  nonexistent  in  many  countries, 
thereby  restricting  participation  in  a  unit  of  government  close  to  the 
people,  I  would  urgently  recommend  that  this  program  be  expanded 
in  our  own  country  and  further  be  included  in  the  curriculum  of  the 
Freedom  Academy.  Consultation  with  our  city,  county,  and  school  dis- 
trict organizations  throughout  this  great  Nation  would  provide  a  large 
pool  of  information  urgently  needed  in  these  developing  nations. 

As  previously  stated,  in  this  rapidly  changing  world,  a  defense 
posture  by  itself  is  not  enough.  Many  of  you  in  this  room,  I  am  sure, 
are  former  athletes.  Let  me  ask  you,  "How  many  ball  games  did  you 
win  by  devoting  all  of  your  time  and  attention  to  defense  strategy?" 
Let's  face  it,  you  didn't  win  unless  you  had  a  better  offense. 

The  challenge  to  America  and  indeed  the  free  world  is  really  the 
development  of  an  ideological  offensive  of  our  own.  Some  of  this  is 
already  going  on,  but  not  enough. 

In  its  endeavors  to  penetrate  the  West,  the  Soviet  Union's  hierarchy 
is  constantly  preoccupied  with  strategems  designed  to  exploit  the  con- 
tradictions in  Western  society.  This  required  the  utilization  of  ele- 
ments which,  although  non-Communist,  are  ideologically  at  odds  with 
the  open  society.  These  include  the  more  doctrinaire  Socialists,  statist- 
liberals,  pacifists,  extreme  rightwing  conservatives,  and  some  of  the 
nationalists  in  underdeveloped  countries. 

A  primary  justification  for  large  Soviet  Embassies  in  many  coun- 
tries of  the  free  world  is  the  alleged  possibility  of  Soviet  trade.  The 
possibilities  could  be  immense  if  trade  with  the  Soviets  were  not 
conducted  by  government  monopoly  and  determined  largely  by  politi- 
cal consideration. 

The  Kremlin  does  not  buy  what  the  people  need  or  want,  but  rather 
what  is  essential  from  the  point  of  view  of  building  its  power  ma- 


PROVIDING  FOl?  CREATIOX  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1461 

chine,  mostly  industrial  capital  goods  and  essential  raw  materials. 
As  these  needs  are  satisfied,  trade  declines.  Thus,  we  have  the  phe- 
nomenon that  as  the  Soviet  empire  grows,  the  area  under  its  juris- 
diction is  increasingly  withdrawn  from  existing  world  trade. 

Soviet  trade  and  their  tactics  in  political  warfare  is  one  of  the  chief 
weapons  in  the  arsenal.  Their  economic  offensive  is  being  felt  in  all 
quarters  of  the  world.  The  newspapers  are  filled  with  their  activi- 
ties— the  most  recent  of  which  were  Algeria  and  Egypt, 

We,  in  America,  must  step  up  our  offensive.  The  question  arises — 
How?  Should  the  Government  do  this?  In  my  judgment,  the  Gov- 
ernment is  the  least  equipped  to  carry  out  a  successful  program  be- 
cause of  limitations  placed  on  it. 

Government-to-government  programs  have  failed  miserably  in  for- 
eign aid.     The  major  talents  of  this  country  lie  in  the  private  sector. 

We  must  step  up  the  people-to-people  effort — an  expansion  designed 
to  promote  the  joint- venture  concept  between  investors  of  our  coun- 
try and  investors  of  interested  developing  nations. 

"We  must  rededicate  ourselves  to  capitalist  principles.  Private  en- 
terprise is  substantially  better  qualified  than  Government  to  sell  cap- 
italism abroad.  Acts,  not  words,  will  counter  communism.  Many  of 
our  economic  ideas  and  ideals  can  be  exported. 

One  of  our  major  problems  is,  of  course,  the  problem  of  education. 
Many  of  our  schools  of  business  and  public  administration  can  help. 
The*  Agricultural  Extension  Service,  which  has  worked  so  success- 
fully in  this  country,  could  be  implemented  as  we  work  to  raise  their 
educational  facilities  and  their  literacy  rate. 

The  correspondence  school  idea  should  certainly  be  recommended 
as  a  program  to  promote  worldwide  education. 

The  many  great  service  clubs  operating  internationally,  such  as  the 
Rotary,  Kiwanis,  Lions,  can  and  must  expand  their  sphere  of  in- 
fluence. 

The  Boy  and  Girl  Scouts  of  America,  the4^H  Clubs  and  the  various 
church  missionary  volunteer  programs  are  but  a  few  of  our  great 
voluntary  organizations  dedicated  to  the  improvement  of  our  fellow 
man. 

I  spoke  recently  in  Fort  Worth,  Texas,  before  the  Junior  Chamber 
of  Commerce.  I  observed  the  great  effort  over  the  weekend  of  the 
Sonoma  County  Junior  Chamber  people  in  an  outstanding  commu- 
nity promotional  effort.  These  young  men  can  change  the  world  if 
we  have  the  program  to  properly  channel  their  efforts. 

There  are  four  forms  of  American  activity — cooperatives,  small 
business,  trade  unions,  and  voluntary  agencies — that  can  hold  the  key 
to  solving  the  problem  of  how  and  what  to  communicate  to  others, 
the  things  that  brought  America  to  its  position  of  leadership  and 
greatness. 

The  cooperative,  the  nonprofit  corporate  association,  as  it  is  usecf 
in  North  America,  is  something  that  fascinates  overseas  leaders.  To 
name  a  few  of  the  corporations  who  provide  service  without  entity 
profit,  but  with  profit  to  the  members  who  use  and  own  it^ — the  Associ- 
ated Press,  Sunkist,  Railway  Express  Agency,  our  larrce  mutual  in- 
surance companies,  credit"  imion  finance  companies,  and  agricultural 
purchasing  associations,  and  so  forth. 

30-471— 64— pt.  2 15 


1462       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Small  business  is  a  facet  of  American  life  that  is  devastating  to 
the  promoters  of  Soviet  communism.  The  word  "capitalism"  is  under 
worldwide  attack.  The  words  "small  business"  are  the  end  of  the 
rainbow  for  many  millions  of  people.  The  fact  that  we,  as  a  nation, 
have  recognized  small  businesses  as  a  vital  part  of  our  economic  life 
and  have  shown  governmental  interest  in  them  is  revolutionary  to  the 
thinking  of  those  who  have  condemned  America  as  being  materialis- 
tic and  dominated  by  big  business. 

Nothing  will  appeal  to  people  in  distant  lands  more  than  to  be 
brought  face  to  face  with  the  fact  that  small  business  is  a  vital  part 
of  America.  We  have  an  "atomic  bomb"  here  in  the  world  of  ideas 
that  for  some  reason  has  never  really  l>een  tried.  Nothing  is  more 
American  than  private  small  business. 

Labor  unions,  through  their  free  labor  movement,  have  done  a  bet- 
ter job  of  interpreting  America  overseas  than  has  business. 

Highly  organized  American  labor  is  part  and  parcel  of  our  present- 
day  capitalistic  society.  Our  laborers  are  in  many  cases  stockholders. 
Together  with  business  and  agriculture,  labor  has  made  possible  the 
great  revolution  of  the  past  50  years,  whereby  we  have  achieved  uni- 
versal participation  in  capitalism  by  all  segments  of  our  society. 

The  fact  is  that  they,  as  free  trade  unionists,  believe  enougli  in  our 
system  to  fight  for  it.  If  the  trade  associations  of  the  companies  for 
which  labor  works  expand  their  interest  in  this  international  program, 
we  can  turn  the  tide  of  history— this,  we  can  and  must  do. 

Voluntary  agencies  are  as  representative  of  American  capitalism 
as  any  other  contemporaiy  institution.  There  are  hundreds  of  trade 
associations  here  that  might  well  apportion  a  part  of  their  income 
to  send  true  businessmen  abroad,  without  Government  subsidy,  to  do 
a  better  job  of  interpreting  America. 

There  are  many  examples  of  voluntary  agencies — from  profit-entity 
business,  the  supermarket  organizations,  nonprofit  corporate  associa- 
tions, savings  and  loan  associations,  finance  and  managerial  organiza- 
tions are  just  a  few  examples  of  what  can  be  done. 

If  just  a  few  more  organizations  would  light  their  own  candles, 
study  the  situation,  and  find  where  their  members'  particular  talents 
and  resources  fit,  world  tensions  would  be  considerably  eased. 

Again  quoting  Ambassador  Lodge: 

We  should  also  be  sure  that  we  are  making  full  use  of  the  things  in  which 
we  excel  and  in  which  the  Communists  are  deficient.  For  example,  we  probably 
cannot,  as  a  general  rule,  surpass  a  young  Oriental  guerrilla  fighter,  who  doesn't 
mind  the  heat,  who  can  get  along  on  a  daily  handful  of  rice,  and  who  can  lie 
under  water  for  hours  at  a  time  breathing  through  a  straw.  But  we  can  do 
better  in  other  things,  such  as :  the  use  of  airplanes,  the  art  of  medicine,  im- 
proved farming  and  education,  the  development  of  an  energetic  political  system 
based  on  justice. 

I  believe  those  last  few  recommendations,  Mr.  Chairman,  are  cer- 
tainly to  be  considered  as  we  develop  this  Freedom  Academy  concept. 
I  think  they  are  fundamental,  they  are  something  that  can  work  in 
these  foreign  lands,  and  I  have  been  in  these  areas  and  worked  with 
these  very  fundamentals  in  mind. 

Thank  you  so  much,  Mr.  Chairman,  for  letting  me  appear  before 
you. 

The  Chairman.  We  certainly  are  grateful  to  you,  sir,  for  your 
splendid  presentation. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1463 

Now  I  have  just  compared  your  bill,  H.R.  10037,  with  the  Boggs 
and  Taft  bills,  and  I  find  that  they  are  almost  word  for  word  identical ; 
are  they  not  ? 

Mr.  Clausen.  Yes,  Mr.  Chairman.  Wlien  this  was  initially  set  up, 
I  wanted  to  join  in  this  effort.  In  the  matter  of  finance,  however,  it  is 
up  to  the  committee,  I  think,  to  evaluate  the  testimony.  I  tend  to  lean 
toward  establishing  the  private- fhiance  concept. 

The  Chairman.  I  understand.  But  I  want  to  follow  the  structure 
of  3'our  bill. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  It  is  exactly  like  the  Taft  bill  and  with  one  ex- 
ception, identical  to  the  Boggs  bill. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Yes.  That  is  correct.  And  my  reason  for  this,  Mr. 
Chairman — at  the  time  that  I  introduced  the  bill,  I  visited  with  Mr. 
Grant  and  some  of  the  other  fellows  who  had  done  substantial  re- 
search. I  found  no  great  difference  in  our  mutual  objectives.  So  I 
used  the  same  language  suggested  by  these  gentlemen  to  fulfill  the 
objectives.  The  only  thing  that  I  am  concerned  about,  of  course,  is 
how  we  would  finance  this.  It  is  possible  we  will  have  to  amend  the 
original  bill  as  it  applies  to  financing  the  program. 

Some  people  have  said  that  it  can't  be  financed  in  the  private  sector. 
I  am  personally  not  convinced  that  everything  has  been  done  that 
could  have  been  done,  because  I  think  that  we  have  experienced  great 
change  in  our  times.  I  think  there  is  more  emphasis  and  more  con- 
sideration being  given  to  this  concept  now  than  in  any  previous  time 
in  history,  and  I  do  know  this,  that  the  gentlemen  who  worked  on 
this  legislation  at  the  outset  felt  in  their  own  minds  that  they  would 
rather  have  it  financed  through  the  private  sector,  so  that  they  could 
control  it,  but  here  again  I  am  not  concerned  about  the  method  of  fin- 
ance for  the  moment.  I  think  we  need  to  have  a  strong  endorsement 
of  the  concept,  and  then  it  is  up  to  you  gentlemen  to  decide  where  we 
should  place  our  emphasis  on  finance  before  the  final  draft  of  the 
bill  is  voted  on. 

Tax  incentives,  however,  could  be  a  very  important  vehicle  to  pro- 
mote the  concept. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  under  the  structure  of  your  bill,  the  financing 
end  i  s  the  same  as  the  other  bills. 

Mr.  Clausen.  That  is  right. 

The  Chairman.  And  by  the  way,  along  your  thoughts,  although 
this — or  to  start  with,  anyway — would  be  a  Government-financed  oper- 
ation, at  least  your  bill  and  the  Boggs  and  Taft  bills  do  provide  for 
authority  to  receive  loans,  gifts,  and  so  on.  And  there  would  be  an 
avenue  of  soliciting  private  financing. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  But  the  availability  of  private  financing  is  with- 
in the  structure  of  your  bill. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Yes,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  Through  that  provision,  as  it  is  through  the  pro- 
vision, the  similar  provision  of  the  Boggs-Taft  bill. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Yes.    This  is  correct,  Mr.  Chairman. 

As  we  progress,  I  would  think  at  the  proper  time  I  would  be  in- 
clined to  offer  amendments  to  this  end,  but  without  the  full  benefit 
of  testimony  such  as  you  gentlemen  have  heard  before  your  commit- 


1464       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

tee,  I  wouldn't  feel  as  though  1  were  as  qualified  to  advocate  such 
amendments,  as  would  the  committee.  Plowever,  I  am  convinced  in 
my  own  mind,  with  the  integrity  of  this  great  connnittee,  that  you 
will  be  evaluating  that  possibility,  because  I  have  talked  to  you  in- 
dividually and  I  am  convinced  that  you  yourselves  want  to  make 
sure  that  w^e  retain  the  control  in  the  Congress.  Also,  control,  if  it 
is  at  all  possible,  by  the  private  sector. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Am  1  correct  in  my  understanding,  Mr.  Clausen, 
that  you  have  put  rather  more  emphasis  on  the  privat-e  sector  than 
possibly  some  of  the  other  proposals  do  ? 

Mr.  Clausen.  Yes,  sir;  and  as  a  source,  now  that  I  have  had  an 
opportunity  to  study  this,  I  would  recommend,  for  instance,  that  the 
gentlemen  on  this  committee  call  together  some  of  the  leaders  of  our 
foundations;  call  together  the  leadership  of  our  labor  organizations 
and  some  of  our  major  trade  associations,  the  U.S.  Chamber,  some  of 
these  people,  and  put  the  recommendation  flat  on  the  table  and  say, 
"Gentlemen,  can  you  meet  this  responsibility?  Will  you  get  behind 
us?  Will  you  help  to  publicize  this  concept,  if  the  committee  comes 
forth  with  a  strong  recommendation  ?  Let's  see  if  we  can't  come  up 
with  a  method  of  finance  alternatives  to  the  Federal  financing  first." 

Mr.  JoiiANSEN.  Well,  that  leads  to  my  next  question.  The  major 
difference  in  the  legislation  you  would  recommend,  between  what 
you  do  recommend  and  what  is  in  the  other  approaches,  would  be  in 
this  area  of  nongovernmental  financing.    Is  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Clausen.  That  is  correct.  And  I  am  sure  that,  down  dee])  in- 
side, each  and  every  one  of  us  would  agree  that  our  major  problem 
here  in  advancing  this  concept  is  going  to  be  one  of  finance.  The  only 
reason,  I  am  sure,  that  the  members  of  the  committee  that  have  worked 
on  this  for  a  long  period  of  time  are  even  considering  Government  is 
because  they  are  not  certain  whether  or  not  they  can  raise  the  money  in 
the  private  sector. 

Well,  here  again,  I  would  like  to  see  a  major  concentration  of  effort 
in  this  field,  because  more  people  are  thinking  this  way.  Just  recently 
in  the  Wall  Street  Journal^  for  instance,  there  was  an  article  that  ex- 
j^ressed  this  very  point  of  view,  that  there  is  in  formation  now  an 
executive,  private  peace  corps.  I  think  you  could  bring  in  a  number 
of  our  leaders  of  the  various  international  church  missionary  vol- 
unteer programs.    They  could  give  yon  some  ideas  in  this  area. 

I  think  the  most  important  thing  that  I  could  recommend  to  this 
committee  is  that  you  vigorously  endorse  this  Freedom  Academy  con- 
cept. Whether  it  be  by  concurrent  resolution  or  whether  it  be  by  a 
bill,  this  is  up  to  you  to  decide,  but  here  again,  there  are  two  funda- 
mental points  that  T  am  concerned  about. 

One,  I  don't  have  quite  the  confidence  in  what  the  State  Department 
has  been  doing  internationally,  so  I  tlierefore  would  like  to  have  some 
agency  that  is  concerned  about  international  problems  be  responsive 
to  the  Congress,  to  the  legislative  branch,  if  it  is  at  all  possible,  and 
in  the  matter  of  finance,  I  say  again,  we  must  convince  the  leadership 
of  our  private  sector  that  they  have  a  new  role  in  helping  to  provide 
for  our  security,  as  we  continue  the  economic  and  political  warfare 
with  the  Soviet  Union.  The  Congress  might  consider  broadening  tax 
incentives  to  motivate  this  effort. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1465 

Mr,  JoiiANSEN.  I  believe  in  Admiral  Burke's  testimony  yesterday 
he  stated  that  there  would,  of  course,  be  an  effort  to  infiltrate  this  type 
of  organization.  Commission  or  Academy.  Would  you  feel  that — if 
this  is  a  fair  question — that  the  hazards  of  such  infiltration  would  be 
greater  if  it  were  strictly  under  Government  auspices  or  ^eater  if  it 
were  under  private  auspices? 

Mr.  Clausen.  Well,  there  is  no  question  in  my  mind  but  that  it 
would  be  greater  if  it  were  financed  by  Government.  This  is  the  rea- 
son that  I  ]:)laced  this  emphasis  in  the  private  sector.  I  think  that  we 
again  could  go  out  and  experiment.  We  would  have  a  lot  more  flexi- 
bility if  it  were  financed  and  promoted  by  the  private  sector,  but  our 
key  to  this,  Mr.  Johansen,  is  to  motivate  the  private  sector  to  recognize 
that  they  have  a  new  responsibility  for  providing  for  our  security. 

We  have  reached  this  point  of  no  return  in  the  so-called  nuclear 
stalemate  and,  in  my  judgment,  we  have  to  educate  these  people  to  the 
fact  that  they  have  an  entirely  new  responsibility.  These  people  are 
the  only  ones  that  are  familiar  with  the  private  enterprise  system. 
These  are  the  onJy  ones  that  can  actually  sell  the  American  private 
enterprise  system  overseas. 

I  would  not  want  to  see  them  inhibited  by  a  Government  organiza- 
tion. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  I  have  no  questions.  I  just  want  to  thank  you. 
Don,  for  coming. 

Mr,  Clausen.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  ScHADEjjERG.  And  giving  your  testimony,  and  certainly  we  will 
be  discussing  it  often, 

Mr.  Clausen.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr,  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Is  Mr.  Berle  with  us  ? 

We  are  delighted  to  have  you,  sir.  We  know  of  your  service  to 
Government  in  the  past,  but  for  the  record,  I  wish  you  would  give  us 
a  capsule  resume  of  your  background  and  your  experience. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  ADOLF  A.  BERLE 

Mr.  Berle.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  it  is  a  privilege  to  appear 
here.  My  name  is  Adolf  A.  Berle,  I  am  a  lawyer  practicing  in  New 
York.  I  am  professor  emeritus  and  also  lecturer  in  law  at  the  Law 
School  of  Columbia  University,  and  I  have  a  variety  of  other  connec- 
tions which  perhaps  are  less  interesting  here. 

I  was  on  the  expert  staff  of  the  American  commission  to  negotiate 
peace  with  Germany  in  1918-1919  and  first  encountered  the  Soviet 
thrust  then. 

Later,  I  was  on  various  diplomatic  missions  for  the  LTnited  States 
from  1933  on.  From  1938  through  1944, 1  was  Assistant  Secretary  of 
State,  and  at  various  times  Acting  Under  Secretary  of  State  and 
Acting  Secretary  of  State  during  World  War  II. 

Thereafter  I  was  Ambassador  to  Brazil.  More  recently,  I  served  a 
turn  in  the  Department  of  State  in  1961  as  head  of  President  Ken- 
nedy's task  force  on  Latin  America.  I  have  maintained  my  contacts 
with  two  areas,  notably  the  groups  proceeding  out  of  the  Iron  Curtain 
countries  in  Eastern  Europe,  and  in  Latin  America,  connections  which 
continue  up  to  as  late  as  last  night. 

(At  this  point  Mr,  Schadeberg  left  the  hearing  room.) 


1466       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Mr.  Berle.  I  have  prepared  a  statement  here,  which,  if  the  commit- 
tee will  permit,  I  will  not  read,  but  merely  put  into  the  record.  I  don't 
think  that  you  need  it  read. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  it  is  always  more  desirable  to  us,  if  satis- 
factory to  the  person  making  a  presentation,  to  have  him  talk  from 
rather  than  read  a  statement,  so  that  would  be  fine,  but  you  may  do 
either  one. 

Mr.  Berle.  No,  I  should  rather  talk  from  it,  if  I  may,  and  offer  this 
statement  into  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  The  statement  will  be  included  in  the  record.  (See 
pp.  1480-1483.) 

Mr.  Berle.  The  statement,  I  may  add,  was  prepared,  so  far  as  the 
textual  comments  are  concerned,  with  relation  to  the  old  bill,  the  1961 
bill,  the  Herlong  bill,  so-called.  Some  of  the  comments  which  I  make 
in  this  statement  have  already  been  taken  care  of  in  the  Taft-Boggs  bill 
and  in  Representative  Clausen's  bill,  so  that  perhaps  we  can  talk  more 
generally  about  the  conception,  and  if  some  of  the  textual  comments 
here  are  inapposite,  it  is  because  the  recent  redrafting  of  the  bill  makes 
them  now  umiecessary. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  you  have  been  partly  responsible  for  the  new 
draftsmanship  at  this  time. 

Mr.  Berle.  I  am  very  much  aware  of  that  and,  may  I  add,  I  think 
that  the  revised  bills  are  a  great  improvement  over  the  old  bill. 

The  Chairman.  Incidentally,  with  great  humility,  Sid  Herlong, 
Congressman  Herlong,  said  the  same  thing — that  he  preferred  the 
Boggs-Taft  draft. 

Mr.  Berle.  Well,  I  am  very  sure  of  that,  because  many  of  the 
changes  result  from  a  change  in  the  international  and  diplomatic  situ- 
ation since  1961.  In  fact,  it  is  to  that  that  I  want  to  address  a  few 
remarks. 

At  the  time  when  we  began  considering  the  conception  of  the  Free- 
dom Academy,  there  was  a  single,  united  Communist  push.  It  was 
described  as  "the  international  Commmiist  conspiracy."  I  have  never 
liked  the  word,  because  what  really  existed  was  an  undeclared  war, 
carried  on  without  bothering  to  declare  it  in  a  great  many  parts  of  the 
world.  But  today  there  is  no  longer  a  single  Communist  conspiracy, 
nor  even  a  single  undeclared  war. 

In  the  past  year,  some  of  the  forecasts  many  of  us  had  made  were  ful- 
filled. The  Soviet-Chinese  break  became  not  only  complete  but  prob- 
ably, for  the  time  being,  irreparable,  so  that  the  Communist  drive  split 
into  two  parts,  and  they  are  different. 

In  addition  to  that,  there  were  a  couple  of  smaller  dissident  elements, 
notably  the  Titoist  movement,  which  now  emerges  as  a  third  force.  Let 
me  give,  if  I  may,  a  specific  illustration  which  isn't  contained  in  my 
statement. 

Six  weeks  ago,  actually  on  March  31  of  this  year,  there  was  a  revolu- 
tion in  Brazil.  This  happens  to  be  a  subject  which  I  have  the  pleasure 
of  knowing  something  about.  Specifically,  there  were  three  distinct 
Communist  movements  mixed  up  in  the  attempt  to  create  a  dictator- 
ship behind  the  facade  of  the  Goulart  government.  One  of  them  was 
National ist-Titoist.  This  was  relatively^  small  in  power — largely  a 
group  of  intellectuals  plus  some  politicians  who  thought  they  could 
make  profit  out  of  it. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1467 

There  was  a  second,  which  was  much  more  powerful,  though  gradu- 
alist. This  was  the  Soviet  Communist  group.  There  was  a  third, 
highly  activist,  the  Chinese  Communist  group,  which  was  pushing  for 
an  immediate  takeover.  It  was  that  last  push,  I  think,  that  caused  the 
then  President  Goulait  to  undertake  a  series  of  measures  looking  to- 
wards making  him  a  variety  of  Brazilian  Castro.  It  was  at  that  point 
that  Brazil,  90  percent  of  which  wanted  no  part  of  any  of  this,  pulled 
itself  together,  changed  its  government,  and  got  away  on  a  new  tack, 
a  tack  which  I  personally  think  is  very  much  more  hopeful.  There 
had  been,  you  see,  two  main  Communist  movements  and  a  third  dis- 
sident element,  all  working  somewhat  at  cross-purposes.  However, 
they  were  all  against  the  United  States  and  all  for  a  temporary  Gou- 
lart  dictatorship,  all  against  democracy  as  we  know  it  in  BrazU. 

I  happened  to  have  followed  the  progress  both  of  the  Communist 
plans  and  of  the  proposal  to  resist  them,  for  a  good  many  months 
prior  to  the  time  when  the  climax  came  on  March  31. 

Splitting  up  the  Communist  movement  means  that  your  Freedom 
Academy  no  longer  would  be  working  out  a  strategy  against  a  single 
master  plan,  which  was  the  phrase  Representative  Clausen  used,  but 
must  meet  a  variety  of  shifting  situations  with  all  kinds  of  cross- 
alliances.  Its  problem  will  be  infinitely  more  complex,  even,  than 
the  older  one.     Whether  more  or  less  dangerous,  I  don't  know. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  May  I  interrupt  just  at  that  point  ? 

Mr.  Berle.  By  all  means. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Just  to  ask  you :  In  your  judgment,  is  the  fact  of 
this  diversity  and  even  conflict  within  the  Communist  world 

Mr.  Berle.  It  is  a  real  conflict,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHAXSEN.  Yes,  but  is  that  a  source  of  potential  advantage  or 
comfort  or  benefit  to  us?  Does  it  make  the  Communist  threat  any 
less  critical  ? 

Mr.  Berle.  No;  it  may  make  it  more  dangerous.  It  will  depend, 
now,  on  the  area  in  which  each  situation  happens  to  emerge.  I  mean 
by  that,  in  some  places,  the  movements  may  paralyze  each  other.  In 
still  others,  it  may  mean  that  the  intensity  of  competition  between 
them  will  force  more  drastic  action.  In  certain  areas  where  one  or 
the  other  group  has  the  complete  mastery  of  the  situation,  it  may  make 
the  difficulties  for  ns  more  intense. 

I  think  you  can't  answer  that  question  in  general,  Mr.  Congressman. 
I  should  like  to  give  one,  but  I  have  been  too  long  in  this  to  think  that 
there  are  easy  answers.     Perhaps  that  is  the  best  I  can  do. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Well,  then,  it  would  be  at  least  an  attempt  at  an 
easy  answer  to  assume  that  it  is  automatically  beneficial  to  us  ? 

Mr.  Berle.  That  is  entirely  too  easy  an  answer.  In  point  of  fact, 
I  think  that  the  actual  dangers  from  the  situation  as  they  are  looming 
up  are  probably  greater  than  they  were  before,  though  I  hope  they 
are  not.  That  may  be  the  technical  answer.  I  hope  that  the  phrase 
will  not  be  used,  "Communist  conspiracy,"  nor  the  "Communist  master 
plan,"  but  use  what  is  the  fact,  "Communist  imperialism,"  or  "im- 
perialist communism." 

Let  me  say  something  here  that  I  hope  will  not  shock  the  committee 
unduly.  If  a  country,  of  its  own  accord  and  minding  its  own  business, 
decides  to  build  a  situation  not  based  on  private  property  and  not 
unfriendly  to  the  United  States,  I  do  not  think  the  United  States 


1468       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

would  have  any  real  right  to  object,  nor  perhaps  should  it  object.  We 
may  take  a  pretty  dim  view  of  the  success  of  such  an  experiment,  but 
if  internally  a  country  of  its  own  free  will  decides  to  try  something  of 
that  nature,  and  I  think  it  may  be  tried  in  Latin  America  in  one  coun- 
try, I  personally  wouldn't  see  that  it  made  any  particular  difference 
to  us. 

It  is  when  these  movements  first  have  as  their  primary  objective 
enmity  to  the  United  States  and,  second,  to  conquer  their  neighbors, 
that  we  get  into  the  act. 

I  spoke  of  one  country  in  Latin  America.  I  was  thinking  particu- 
larly of  Bolivia.  That  is  a  95  percent  Guarani  and  Aymava  Indian 
country,  where  the  tribes  have  never  had  private  pro]:)eriy  in  our  sense 
of  the  term.  Their  property,  as  they  know  it,  is  primarily  owned  by 
Indian  villages.  And  indeed,  in  some  parts,  a  he-man  does  not  interest 
himself  in  private  property ;  that  is  for  women  and  children.  In  other 
words,  they  have  the  tribal  conception,  and  if  they  have  to  build  on 
that  conception  instead  of  on  ours,  this  is  perfectly  all  right  with  me, 
and  I  think  with  most  Americans.  This  is  their  privilege,  if  they 
want  to  try  it.  We  may  not  think  that  it  will  be  very  successful  in  the 
modern  world,  but  that  is  their  affair.  For  that  reason,  I  suggest  that 
we  are  not  fighting  to  impose  a  system  we  have  on  someone  else,  but 
to  try  to  prevent  the  conquest  of  perfectly  peaceful  countries  by  im- 
perialism, using  a  Communist  idea  as  their  primary  point  of  attack. 

I  trust  that  point  of  view  does  not  shock  the  committee.  There  are 
people  who  feel  they  want  to  fight  socialism  anywhere. 

The  Chairman.  Not  at  all. 

Mr.  Berle.  And  I  personally  have  no  interest  at  all  in  fighting  it, 
providing  it  minds  its  own  business,  observes  international  law,  can 
be  reasonably  friendly  to  the  United  States,  and  does  not  undertake 
to  conquer  its  neighbors. 

Now  the  situation  is  a  little  more  complex,  even,  than  we  made  out 
here,  and  I  am  glad  to  see  that  the  Taft-Boggs  bill  recognizes  that 
fact. 

Senator  Fulbright  recently  made  a  widely  publicized  speech,  and 
he  suggested  that  the  world  was  no  longer  polarized  into  two  blocs. 
Of  course  he  was  right  about  that.  I  could  not  agree  with  him  that 
Cuba  was  a  nuisance,  rather  than  a  menace.  The  fact  is  that  as  long 
as  Cuba  is  held  by  a  major  overseas  Communist  imperialist  power, 
it  will  be  a  menace,  and  nobody  can  make  it  anything  else.  Qua  Cuba, 
he  is  right.  But  if,  and  as  long  as,  it  is  held  by  Russian  troops — 
Soviet  troops,  I  should  say — and  influenced  primarily  by  Soviet  po- 
litical initiative  and  is  an  instrument  of  the  Soviet  Union  in  its  im- 
perialism, it  is  a  menace,  and  we  can't  make  it  any'  hing  eke. 

At  the  moment,  my  information  is  that  the  inti  igues  are  beginning 
as  between  the  Soviet  group  and  the  Chinese  group  in  Cuba.  The 
arrangements,  tacit  or  otherwise,  arranged  after  the  confrontation  of 
1962,  have  never  been  published.  I  have  no  knowledge,  and  could 
not  have  any  loiowledge,  of  the  arrangements  on  the  balance,  at  least, 
worked  out  between  the  United  States  and  the  Soviet  Union  at  the 
time  that  the  missies  were  supposedly  removed. 

But  even  without  them,  as  long  as  Cuba  remains  in  control  of  an  over- 
seas imperialist  power,  there  is  no  question  that  there  is  a  menace 
there. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1469 

Where  Senator  Fulbright  was  everlastingly  right,  however,  was  in 
pointing  out  that  no  longer  was  it  a  two-sided  operation.  The  Soviet 
bloc  has  broken  up,  as  we  have  seen.  One  of  their  objectives,  un- 
questionably, the  objectives  of  both  Soviet  and  Chinese  Communist 
political  strategy,  would  be  to  break  up  the  Western  bloc.  They  will 
intrigue  with  any  member  of  the  NATO  bloc  that  is  willing  to  work 
with  them.  President  de  Gaulle,  indeed,  had  a  flirtation  with  Com- 
munist China  a  while  ago.    We  don't  know  where  that  will  wind  up. 

It  would  be  logical  for  the  Soviet  Union  to  attempt  a  similar  flirta- 
tion, if  it  could  possibly  find  an  opening  with  some  other  member 
of  NATO.  Meanwhile,  we  have  dissident  Communist  countries  in 
between,  who  will  be  vibrating  backwards  and  forwards.  Both  the 
Chinese  bloc  and  the  Soviet  bloc  will  be  endeavoring  to  absorb 
weakly  held  territory  wherever  they  can,  notably  in  Africa  and  in 
Latin  America — Latin  America,  at  the  moment,  is  as  it  seems  to  me 
the  major  theater — and  we  are  thus  really  back  to  a  situation  of  fluid 
diplomacy. 

This  means  in  substance  that  we  shall  be  in  a  situation  very  like 
that  in  which  we  were  just  prior  to  World  War  I.  Then,  as  you  will 
recall,  there  were  alliances  and  counteralliances,  balance-of-power 
politics,  leading  to  a  point  at  which  a  tiny  incident  (in  that  case  the 
murder  of  an  archduke)  blew  up  the  whole  situation.  We  are  not  too 
far  from  that  now,  in  my  judgment,  as  witness  the  growing  danger 
of  a  tiny  affair  in  Cyprus.  Of  itself,  this  aifair  is  of  no  great  im- 
portance, but  is  intentionally  used  by  the  Soviet  Union  (as  witness 
a  speech  of  Mr.  Khrushchev  only  3  days  ago)  to  create  as  much  ten- 
sion as  possible  between  the  Greeks  and  the  Turks.  These  are  two 
NATO  countries,  and  there  is  possibility  that  we  might  have  an  ex- 
plosion there,  just  as  before  World  War  I  the  Balkan  tensions  were 
used  to  create  the  situation  that  finally  led  to  World  War  I. 

I  suggest,  therefore,  that  the  task  of  this  Freedom  Academy  must 
be  more  positive  than  negative.  That  is  to  say,  its  primary  task  is 
to  lay  out  a  standard  of  possible  organization  and  action  and  social 
approach  to  which  the  countries  and  the  populations  of  the  world 
can  repair,  rather  than  merely  undertaking  to  say,  "We  are  fighting 
the  Communist  bloc,"  there  being  no  single  Communist  bloc  to  fight. 

I  would  like,  if  the  committee  will  permit  me,  to  tell  one  story, 
which  perhaps  indicates  the  possibilities  of  this  sort  of  a  situation. 

For  some  10  years,  beginning  in  1948,  there  was  in  Europe  what 
was  called  the  College  de  I'Europe  Libre,  the  Free  Europe  College. 
This  was  established  by  Americans,  and  was • 

The  Chairman.  Where  was  that  located  ? 

Mr.  Berle.  That  was  located  near  Strasbourg,  in  France.  It  had 
an  old  cliateau  outside  of  Strasbourg.  There  we  tried  to  educate  the 
youngs  sons  and  daughters  of  the  exiles  from  the  Iron  Curtain  coun- 
tries who  had  been  displaced  when  the  Russians  seized  those  countries 
at  the  close  of  World  War  11. 

In  1956,  the  Hungarian  revolution  came  along,  and  we  picked  up 
a  couple  of  hundred  of  the  students  that  had  been  forced  out  of  Hun- 
gary as  a  result  of  the  Soviet  occupation  of  that  country.  We  didn't 
try  to  do  the  whole  job,  and  maybe  the  Freedom  Academy,  when 
constituted,  can  use  this  technique. 


1470       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATIOxN^  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

We  gave  them  some  short  orientation  courses  and  a  permanent  home 
in  Europe.  Then  we  arranged  fe^o^Ysllips  for  them  to  be  educated 
at  various  European  universities,  they  coming  back  to  spend  their 
summer. 

The  Chairman.  If  you  will  pardon  be,  didn't  we  have  a  witness 
Avho  testified  on  this  bill  who  was  familiar  with  that  very  institution? 

Mr.  McNamara.  I  don't  recall  that,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Berle.  I  think  I  can  claim  to  be  familiar  with  it,  because  1 
was  chairman  of  the  board  of  tmstees  of  that. 

The  Chairman.  I  am  told  it  is  a  different  school. 

Mr.  Berle.  I  was  chairman  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  this  one. 
I  think  that  Mr.  Christopher  Emmet,  who  may  have  testified  before 
this  committee,  may  have  talked  about  it  himself. 

The  Chairman.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  Berle.  Well,  what  happened — the  reason  for  telling  is  merely 
to  show  the  possibilities  of  such  an  Academy.  We  took  these  Hun- 
garian students.  These  were  boys  who  had  never  known  anything  ex- 
cept Communist  training,  the  youngsters,  but  they  had  revolted  against 
the  Communist  regime.  Through  our  school,  one  of  them  got  his 
training  in  economics.  Tliereafter,  he  had  to  get  a  job  and  obviously 
couldn't  get  one  in  Hungary.  He  got  a  job  teaching  economics  at  the 
former  French  school  in  French  Congo,  what  is  now  the  state  of  the 
Congo.  Thereafter,  came  the  Congolese  revolution,  and  he  stayed 
there. 

The  Congolese  state  pulled  itself  together,  after  a  fashion,  in  due 
time,  and  was  admitted  to  the  United  Nations.  Exactly  6  years  after 
we  had  picked  him  up,  without  a  shirt  on  his  back  and  given  him  a 
start  at  the  College  de  I'Europe  Libre,  he  turned  up  as  the  economic 
adviser  to  the  Congolese  delegation  in  the  United  Nations  and  was, 
perhaps,  as  sound  and  as  effective  a  cooperating  influence  as  one  could 
have  in  a  difficult  situation. 

I  could  duplicate  that  story  20  times,  but  this  perhaps  gives  you 
the  possibilities  of  the  situation. 

My  first  suggestion,  therefore,  is  that  we  can  use  this  institution  to 
train  the  endless  numbers  of  foreign  boys  who  want  to  find  out  what 
the  United  States  is  all  about — how  it  works,  why  it  is  successful,  how 
far  our  methods  can  be  adapted  to  theirs,  and  to  establish  those  con- 
tacts and  connections  by  which  they  can  be  useful  to  their  own  coun- 
tries. 

Now,  of  those  students,  there  are  a  gi'eat  many.  There  are  a  great 
number  of  young  men  who  talk  to  me  when  I  am  in  Latin  America,  as 
I  am,  usually,  once  or  twice  a  year.  These  boys,  if  they  were  pro- 
Communist,  would  have  no  difficulty  in  getting  their  training  at  once. 
There  is  always  a  quiet  individual  from  the  Russian  Embassy,  where 
there  is  one,  or  a  Cuban  Embassy,  or  the  like,  who  will  pick  him  up, 
even  in  the  late  high  school  stage.  He  can  then,  after  a  reasonable  ap- 
plication, be  sent  to  some  institution — the  Lenin  Institute,  if  he  is 
pretty  well  up.  The  Friendship  University  in  Moscow,  which  is  not, 
I  believe,  quite  as  successful  at  it,  but  still  is  very  active.  There  are 
similar  institutions  with  which  I  am  not  equally  familiar  in  Peking. 

These  young  men  would  like  to  knoAv  what  makes  the  Conununist 
system  tick,  how  it  is  done,  how  you  work  it  out,  and  there  is  no  dif- 
ficulty in  gettmg  an  immediate  aiTangement  where  they  can  go  and 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COINIMISSION       1471 

get  trained.  One  of  my  worries  today — this  is  off  our  line  of  march — 
is  that  a  number  of  tliose  men  have  been  regl^Larly  going  from  parts 
of  Central  America,  through  Cuba,  to  Moscow,  and  now  they  are  com- 
ing back.  A  contingent  of  about  30  will  be  coming  into  Haiti.  May 
I  say  this  is  not  classified  information.  I  don't  have  any.  Sometimes 
I  am  not  sure  that  my  own  information  in  the  areas  I  do  know  about 
isn't  a  little  better  than  the  classified  information  the  administration 
may  get  here,  though  this  may  be  vanity  on  my  part.  Thirty  such 
men  are  said  to  be  returning  to  Haiti  in  about  a  month,  and  those  are 
men  who  have  been  educated  at  the  Moscow  universities. 

The  Chairman.  And  they  were  from  Cuba  ? 

Mr.  Berle.  From  Haiti. 

The  Chairman.  From  Haiti.    They  are  coming  back. 

Mr.  Berle.  They  were  taken,  and  now  they  are  coming  back.  Now 
I  surmise  that  those  men  will  be  heard  from  later. 

But  if  a  boy  wants  to  come  to  the  United  States,  the  best  we  can  do 
is  to  arrange  a  scholarship  for  him,  bring  him  to  the  United  States,  say, 
"Here  is  a  great,  wide,  beautiful  country.  Go  ahead  and  rove."  Which 
is  not  bad  as  far  as  it  goes,  but  it  would  be  a  great  deal  better  if  you 
could  take  him,  put  him  in  some  one  place,  give  him  whatever  turned 
out  to  be  the  necessary  period  of  orientation  and  training,  so  that  he 
knew  what  to  look  for,  he  knew  how  the  system  was  run,  what  we  were 
all  about,  and  then,  if  he  wants  to  go  to  some  other  college  and  take  a 
course  or  to  do  some  observation  or  something  of  the  kind,  we  can  do 
a  very  useful  job.  But  if  we  toss  a  man  whose  language  is  different, 
with  only  a  minor  Imowledge  of  English,  into  an  American  institution 
and  say,  "Here  is  all  of  Columbia  University ;  it  is  a  splendid  univer- 
sity but  it  does  not  do  orientation ;  it  is  not  there  for  that,''  and  add, 
"Help  yourself,"  he  is  apt  to  be,  unless  he  is  very  brilliant,  rather  a 
confused  man.  He  wastes  a  lot  of  time  and  at  the  end  he  will  come 
back  to  some  of  us  whom  he  happens  to  know  and  say,  "Now,  will  you 
please  give  me  a  short  course  in  what  this  is  all  about  ?" 

For  that  reason,  I  do  suggest  that  a  Freedom  Academy  would  have, 
on  the  foreign  side,  a  very  real  role  to  play. 

Finally — and  then  I  will  quiet  down — the  Americans  who  go  abroad 
need  a  good  deal  of  orientation  themselves.  I  am  not  talking  about 
the  State  Department  men.  They  have  their  Foreign  Service  Insti- 
tute, for  one  thing,  and  if  they  don't  find  that  sufficient,  they  have  a 
variety  of  excellent  technical  organizations  in  foreign  affairs,  includ- 
ing the  Johns  Hopkins  School  of  Advanced  International  Studies, 
doVn  here,  another  excellent  Institute  of  International  Kelations  at 
Columbia,  as  well  as  the  Fletcher  School  of  Diplomacy  near  Cam- 
bridge, and  three  or  four  others  around  the  United  States. 

But  the  men  who  go  abroad  on  foreign  aid  projects  or  for  the  Alli- 
ance for  Progress  in  Latin  America  or  who  take  technical  assignments 
here,  there,  and  elsewhere,  and  (as  Congressman  Clausen  said  a  mo- 
ment ago)  a  good  many  businessmen  who  go  abroad,  have  to  learn  as 
best  they  can.  They  learn  on  the  job.  It^is  a  good  way  of  learning, 
but  it  takes  a  long  time,  and  they  may  make  some  mistakes. 

I  think  if  this  orientation  had  been  done,  we  would  have  avoided 
some  of  the  mistakes  that  the  United  States  Government  made.  Let 
me  take  two. 


1472       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

As  you  are  aware,  we  had  a  disaster  at  the  Bay  of  Pigs.  Paren- 
thetically, I  myself  thmk  it  was  in  some  respects  not  as  disastrous  as 
people  suppose.  If  we  had  not  reacted  then,  I  think  the  United  States 
would  have  been  fighting  on  the  mainland  in  the  Caribbean  area  now. 
I  think  that  the  Bay  of  Pigs  made  possible  the  later  confrontation  in 
1962. 

(At  this  point,  Mr.  Schadeberg  returned  to  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  Berle.  But  let  us  leave  that  aside.  After  that,  the  Commimist 
push  was  centered  on  Venezuela,  as  I  think  you  know.  This  was  not 
merely  ideological,  though  it  was  that.  It  was  strategic,  and  the 
Cuban  and  Soviet  propaganda  made  no  bones  about  it.  They  said, 
"If  we  are  able  to  take  that  piece  of  ten-itory  with  its  resources  of 
oil,  steel,  and  developed  wealth,  we  will  be  able  to  conquer  Latin 
America."    I  am  not  sure  that  they  weren't  right. 

The  man  who  really  defended  the  country  was  President  Romulo 
Betancourt  of  Venezuela,  a  very  old  and  dear  friend  of  mine.  Earlier 
he  had  l>e.en  systematically  hunted  out  of  the  hemisphere  by  the  United 
States  Government  as  a  Communist  or  an  ex-Communist,  during  the 
days  of  the  Venezuelan  dictatorship,  Perez  Jimenez.  At  one  time, 
I  think  I  am  right  in  saying  that  there  was  no  house  in  the  United 
States  to  which  he  could  come,  except  mine.  I  happened  to  know 
him  from  the  old  days.  He  had  been  a  student,  had  joined  a  Com- 
mimist  club  m  the  Univei-sity  of  Costa  Rica  when  he  was  in  exile 
there,  had  learned  the  game,  disliked  it,  resigned  and  got  out.  And 
knowing  what  they  w^ere  up  to,  knowing  what  the  Commmiist  at- 
tackers wanted,  he  was  able  to  score  the  greatest  single  victory  we 
have  had  in  Latin  America — unless  the  Brazilian  victory  may  be 
equal — up  to  now. 

If  we  had  been  well  enough  instructed  in  these  matters  as  we  should 
be,  we  never  would  have  made  the  mistake  of  systematically  trying 
to  hunt  Betancourt  out  of  the  hemisphere.  We  should  not  have  relied 
only  on  a  few  private  American  friends  to  see  that  he  got  asylum, 
which  he  finally  got  in  Puerto  Rico.  Tliere  he  and  Munoz  Marin 
worked  out  the  social  plans  which  have  made  Venezuela  the  most 
brilliant  social,  economic,  and  political  victory  in  this  hemisphere. 

I  think  perhaps  that  is  enough,  together  with  my  statement,  and 
perhaps  I  have  talked  too  long  already.  It  is  time  to  stop  telling 
stories. 

The  Chairman.  Please  go  on  and  tell  us  some  more. 

Mr.  Berle.  Well,  I  will  tell  you  another  one.  Pepe  Figueres,  Jose 
Figueres,  fought  the  first  war  against  the  Communists  in  Latin  Amer- 
ica. This  was  in  1947,  in  Costa  Rica.  Then  an  invasion  force — backed 
first  by  the  then  dictator  of  Nicaragua,  Luis  Somoza,  and  second,  by 
the  Communist  organization  in  Costa  Rica — it  seems  like  an  odd 
combination,  but  these  little  Hitler-Stalin  pacts  are  quite  usual  in 
Latin  America — endeavored  to  displace  the  duly  elected  Costa  Rican 
President,  a  man  named  Ulate. 

Jose  Figueres  decided  that  he  would  resist  this  movement,  which 
he  did.  It  finally  climaxed,  after  a  6  weeks'  small  war,  in  a  pitched 
battle  on  the  plains  behind  Cartago — and  Jose  Figueres  won  it.  The 
armistice  was  dictated  on  a  drumhead.  The  provisional  government 
which  was  organized  then  reestablished  the  duly  elected  President  of 
Costa  Rica.    In  the  election  which  came  a  few  years  later,  Figueres 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1473 

presented  himself  and  became  President  of  Costa  Kica.  But  during 
that  period,  eveiy  kind  of  propaganda  was  made  against  him  up  here, 
and  it  was  a  very  difficult  period  for  him. 

He  also  was  attacked  as  a  Communist.  Actually,  he  was  the  best 
friend  we  have  had  in  Central  America.  It  was  he  who  kept  Betan- 
court's  head  above  water  when  he  was  exiled  from  Venezuela.  Later, 
Figueres  gave  asylum  to  Ramon  Villeda  ]\Iorales,  also  a  good  friend 
of  the  United  States  and  of  his  own  country,  who  later  became  Presi- 
dent of  Honduras.  I  resented  the  fact,  gentlemen,  that  there  were  only 
a  few  of  us,  and  we  private  men — I  was  not  at  the  time  in  public  life — 
who  were  endeavoring  to  hold  together  the  best  elements  in  the  situa- 
tion and  who  were  accused  of  communism  by  people  who  didn't  know 
the  difference  between  a  Communist  and  an  honest-to-Gocl  reformer. 
We  were  under  attack  because  we  said,  "That  man  claims  to  be  a  social 
reformer.     He  is  really  in  Communist  pay." 

The  United  States  can't  afford  that  kind  of  foolishness,  and  there 
ought  to  be  some  place  in  the  country  where  they  really  know  the  dif- 
ference. 

I  think  perhaps  I  have  said  enough  to  indicate  that  while  I  feel  that 
Freedom  Academy  has  a  place,  both  for  training  Americans  and  for 
training  foreigners,  I  rather  feel,  possibly  in  opposition  to  Mr.  Clau- 
sen, that  it  would  have  to  be  financed  by  the  Government.  I  am  rather 
doubtful  as  to  whether  private  financing  w^ould  work  in  this.  I  think 
if  you  are  going  to  do  this  job,  it  ought  to  be  well  done. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  we  have  received  testimony  from  quite  a  few 
witnesses  along  that  line,  who,  while  agreeing  with  Congressman 
Clausen  as  to  the  major  role  that  the  private  sector  must  make,  yet 
concluded  that  this  must  be  financed  by  the  Government,  that  no  single 
college,  university,  combination  of  them,  is  big  enough  and  equipped 
well  enough  to  handle  this,  and  it  must  be  through  the  vehicle  of  this 
bill. 

Mr.  Berle.  Besides  which,  they  have  their  own  job  to  do.  The  uni- 
versities are  pretty  well  taxed  now  and  are  going  to  be  worse  taxed 
next  year.  I  have  had  a  full  schedule  at  Columbia  this  year  and  will 
next,  so  I  know  this  of  my  own  knowledge.  I  really  feel  that  if  this 
task  is  to  be  done,  it  will  have  to  be  done  with  Government  financing. 

The  Chairman.  Now,  may  I  ask  a  question  at  this  time  ? 

Mr.  Berle.  Please. 

The  Chairman.  Referring  to  such  facilities  as  we  have  now  the 
War  College,  and  so  on,  in  what  way  do  you  think  that — I  wouldn't 
say  they  are  deficient,  but  not  well  enough  equipped  or  not  broad 
enough — why  can't  they  do  the  job  ?  We  have  to  make  a  record  along 
that  line,  we  must  demonstrate  it.  We  would  like  your  comments  on 
that. 

Mr.  Berle.  I  do  not  wish  to  criticize  the  War  Colleges.  For  one 
thing,  I  am  a  lecturer  at  the  Air  War  College  and  occasionally  at  the 
National  War  College,  myself,  but  these  institutions  are  primarily  to 
train  profevssionals  in  some  particular  specialized  aspect. 

At  the  Air  War  College,  they  are  training  professional  officers  in  the 
Air  Force.  At  the  National  War  College,  they  are  training  profes- 
sional officers  for  foreign  assignment.  This  means,  and  should  mean, 
high  emphasis  on  military  technique  and  on  politics  only  as  an  adjunct 
to  it. 


1474        PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

This  is  one  thing.  It  is  right,  and  it  is  proper  that  they  should. 
But  we  do  not  expect  Army  officers  to  make  political  policy  abroad. 
We  have  always  had  the  civil  arm  as  prevalent.  Unless  he  is  detached 
from  the  Army  and  becomes  either  the  head  of  an  occupying  force  or 
a  quasi-diplomat,  the  Amiy  officer  does  not  have  primary  political 
jurisdiction.  He  needs  to  have  political  orientation,  but  the  work  of 
these  institutions  is  highly  professional,  as  indeed  it  should  be.  It 
would  not  do  for  nonprofessional  officers. 

I  speak  from  some  experience,  15  years'  experience  or  more,  as  lec- 
turer at  the  Air  War  College. 

Again  the  Foreign  Service  Institute  is  primarily  professional  train- 
ing for  diplomats.  I  think  some  of  them  could  have  benefited  by  the 
possibilities  of  an  institution  like  the  Freedom  Academy,  but  most  of 
them  have  had  a  great  deal  of  experience  themselves  and  perhaps  don't 
need  it.  That  question  I  respectfully  refer  to  my  former  colleagues 
in  the  Department  of  State. 

We  are  thinking  here,  I  believe,  of  two  levels.  First,  there  is  need 
of  a  variety  of  intellectual  general  staff  in  this  problem,  which  I  hope 
the  Freedom  Academy  men  could  furnish.  This  would  mean  men 
who  knew  various  areas.  For  example,  men  who  knew  the  Middle 
East  and  knew  the  interrelation  of  the  Soviet  imperialist  drive  with 
this,  that,  or  the  other  of  the  Arab  movements ;  men  who  knew  Latin 
America  and  knew  the  impact  of  this,  that,  or  the  other  group  on 
specific  parties  or  groups  in  the  various  20-odd  countries.  (I  say 
"odd"  because  there  are  a  few  more  about  to  come  in ;  there  are  actually 
20  independent  countries  in  Latin  America  now.)  These  men  could, 
therefore,  explain  the  lines  and  the  methods  of  attack  used  in  these 
various  countries.     This  is  on  the  intellectual  side. 

Second,  when  men  come  in  for  training,  planning  to  go  to  one  or 
another  part  of  the  world,  the  trainees  could  have  both  the  general 
orientation  and  some  immediate  knowledge  of  who  meant  what  in  the 
area  to  which  they  were  going.  This  is  the  knowledge  that  some  of  us 
have  accumulated  in  various  areas  through  a  lifetime  of  experience. 
This  is  hard  to  get  and  hard  to  learn  on  the  ground. 

We  are  thinking,  therefore,  of  this  double  stratum  of  a  Freedom 
Academy  faculty,  if  you  wish  to  call  it  that,  and  of  men  who  go  there 
for  orientation  training.  There  you  have,  perhaps,  the  picture.  No 
institution  now  offers  that  anywhere. 

The  Chairman.  Now  there  is  some  honest,  sincere  feeling  of  mis- 
understanding, and  I  suppose  I  must  use  the  word  "suspicion,"  that 
this  institution  could  on  the  one  hand  be  dominated — and  that  is  a 
strong  word — by  the  State  Department  or,  on  the  other  hand,  could 
interfere  witli  the  State  Department's  proper  conduct  of  foreign  af- 
fairs. I  personally  think  that  both  can  be  avoided.  What  are  your 
views  on  that?  Can  we  have  both  an  independent,  effective  Academy 
and  an  independent,  effective  State  Department  ? 

Mr.  Berle.  I  share  your  feeling.  I  think  those  evils  can  be  avoided. 
I  can  perfectly  understand,  having  sj^ent  many  years  of  my  life  in 
the  Department  of  State,  the  dislike  of  the  State  Department  to  have 
other  groups  barging  in  where  they  have  the  primary  responsibility. 
That  is  perfectly  understandable. 

On  the  other  hand,  I  can't  feel  that  the  technical  diplomatic  ap- 
proach is  the  primary  approach  or  even  the  only  approach  in  these 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1475 

matters.  The  State  Department  does  not  have  control  over  the  United 
States  Information  Agency.  It  does  not  have  primary  control  ov^er 
the  Army.  The  centralized  control  ought  to  be  a  matter  of  policy, 
which  should,  of  course,  be  centered  in  the  White  House.  There  "is 
no  other  place  that  I  know  of  that  it  can  be. 

The  views  of  the  State  Department  as  to  what  ought  to  Ije  done  at 
any  given  moment  of  time  are  one  thing.  The  view  as  to  the  overall, 
continuing  intellectual,  and  may  I  use  an  old-fashioned  word,  "spiri- 
tual" drive,  is  something  else.  That  can  never  be  the  property  either 
of  the  State  Department  or  of  the  War  College  or,  for  that  matter, 
of  the  Freedom  Academy.  But  the  attempt  to  state  what  is  the  na- 
tional point  of  view,  or  at  least  the  national  consensus,  I  think,  has 
to  lie  outside  any  department  that  I  know  yet. 

I  do  not  mean  that  there  are  not  men  in  the  State  Department 
who  could  do  it;  there  are.  I  do  not  mean  that  there  are  not  men 
in  the  Army  who  could  do  it ;  there  are.  Or  any  of  the  other  agen- 
cies. But  when  it  comes  to  meeting  issues,  the  State  Department  pri- 
marily is  the  avenue  of  contact  with  other  governments.  They  have 
a  terrible  time  when  the  government  to  which  their  Ambassador  is 
accredited  and  which  they  recognize  is  intriguing  with,  let  us  say, 
a  Communist  power,  and  they  can't,  within  diplomatic  proprieties, 
state  a  point  of  view  to  the  people  of  the  countiy,  because  that  would 
be  improper  diplomatic  intervention.  That  has  to  be  done  outside 
formal  diplomacy. 

You  see,  this  is  the  great  beauty  of  the  Communist  system.  They 
have  embassies  which  may,  perhaps,  be  as  correct  as  yon  could  possibly 
imagine.  Somewhere  else  in  the  country  they  have  different  institu- 
tions which  operate  outside  the  whole  diplomatic  milieu.  Now  your 
diplomat  is  always  unhappy  when  anything  interrupts  his  contact 
with  the  palace.  He  is  right  about  that.  It's  his  business  to  get  what 
he  can  through  that  kind  of  contact.  Building  up  of  ideological  pres- 
sure or,  if  you  choose,  outside  influence,  is  not  his  business,  as  a  general 
rule.  Occasionally,  an  extremely  able  Ambassador  can  do  that,  but 
the  Foreign  Service  diplomats  are  rather  trained  not  to  do  it.  It  is 
not  often  that  we  get  men  as  brilliant  as,  let  us  say,  my  friend  Kenneth 
Galbraith,  formerly  Ambassador  to  India,  who  was  able  to  go  outside 
diplomatic  channels  and  appeal  to  public  opinion  in  India.  He  could 
do  so  largely  because  he  was  a  professor  even  more  than  he  was  an 
Ambassador.  Though  this  happens  from  time  to  time,  it  is  rare.  And 
even  when  a  diplomat  does  make  the  attempt,  he  is  entitled  to  some 
help  from  somewhere,  and  that  kind  of  work  really  falls  outside  the 
technical  diplomatic  area.  It  is  primarily  educational  in  its  main 
aspect. 

The  Chairman.  Another  question  that  I  would  like  the  benefit  of 
your  mature  judgment  on  is  this:  There  has  been  some  expression, 
minority  expression,  before  this  committee — for  these  hearings  have 
been  going  on  for  some  time — to  the  effect  that  the  kind  of  an  institu- 
tion the  bill  envisages  would  engage  in  "indoctrination,"  and  so  on, 
and  that  would  be  dangerous. 

I  have  never  been  able  to  completely  understand  the  argument. 
What  are  your  views  on  that  ? 

Mr,  Berle.  Well,  I  am  not  quite  sure. 


1476       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

The  Chairman.  Well,  I  can't  explain  it  better,  because  I  am  afraid 
he  didn't  make  it  very  clear — the  witness  I  refer  to,  without  naming 
names. 

Mr.  Berle.  I  share  your  confusion.  I  can  underetand  this :  There 
is  always  a  fear  that  indoctrination  will  be  used  to  try  to  induce  agree- 
ment witii  some  single  ideological  system  in  our  own  country,  which 
may  not  be  the  whole  story. 

There  are  many  who  believe  as  I  do  in  free  enterprise,  but  many 
who  also  believe  that  any  governmentally  owned  enterprise  is  auto- 
matically bad.  Therefore,  the  fear  is  that  indoctrination  might  be 
used,  let  us  say,  to  influence  men  against,  well,  the  Tennessee  Valley 
Authority  in  our  own  country  or  the  possible  establislmient  of  equiv- 
alent experiments  abroad.  Yet  there  are  many  countries  abroad  where 
that  kind  of  operation  is  the  only  way  the  job  is  likely  ever  to  be  done. 
We  have  to  be  flexible  about  economic  method. 

I  think  there  is  a  fear  lest  indoctrination  would  commit  the  institu- 
tion, the  Government,  and  the  men  trained  by  it  to  some  unduly  nar- 
row form  of  approach.  Given  the  kind  of  world  we  have — I  have  lost 
count  now,  but  I  think  there  are  125  governments  in  the  world,  and 
more  coming  up,  with  every  kind  of  a  social  situation  from  that  of  semi- 
primitive  tribes  to  highly  developed  countries  of  great  capacity — 
clearly  our  doctrine  can't  exclude  the  kind  of  approach  which  in  cer- 
tain areas  would  be  the  only  approach  possible. 

I  have  thought,  therefore,  there  might  be  danger  that  indoctrination 
might  lead  to  commitment  to  too  narrow  a  doctrine. 

Actually,  there  is  a  common  denominator  behind  all  American  think- 
ing.   Indoctrination  in  that  might  be  a  good  idea. 

We  do  l>elieve  in  personal  freedom.  We  do  believe  in  the  significance 
of  the  individual.  We  don't  like  the  police  states  and  miscellaneous 
killing  and  attempts  to  enslave  whole  populations.  We  don't  believe 
in  it,  whether  done  in  the  name  of  "people's  states"  by  Communists  or 
in  the  name  of  pure,  personal  dictatorships  like  the  kind  that  made 
Trujillo,  prior  to  his  assassination,  one  of  the  richest  men  in  the  world. 
Neither  can  it  be  squared  with  American  doctrine.  All  Americans  do 
agree  on  the  general  premise  of  freedom.  We  do  agree  on  governments 
responsive  to  the  will  of  their  peoples,  primarily  aimed  to  serve  their 
peoples  and  primarily  aimed  at  doing  so  without  that  continuous  in- 
vasion of  human  rights  that  is  gradually  accomplishing  the  failure 
of  the  Communist  and  Fascist  experiments. 

I  personally  don't  feel  that  we  need  to  be  afraid  of  indoctrination 
in  its  real  sense.    I  can,  of  course,  see  the  possibilities  of  abuse. 

The  Chairman.  Two  more  questions,  and  the  first  might  lead  to  the 
second.  What  are  some  of  the  provisions  in  the  Taft-Boggs  bill  that 
improved  the  Herlong  bill,  and  then,  after  you  answer  that,  would  you 
have  any  further  recommendations  to  make  ? 

Mr.  Berle.  I  would  want  to  study  a  little  more  than  I  have  the  Taft- 
Boggs  bill  and  the  Clausen  bill,  which  appear  to  me  on  a  very  casual 
go-over  as  about  the  same,  barring  the  question  of  financing. 

A  good  many  of  my  textual  quarrels — I  won't  say  "quarrels,"  but 
"suggestions" — with  relation  to  the  old  Herlong  bill  seem  to  have 
been  clarified  or  cleaned  up. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1477 

I  think,  for  example,  that  the  phrase  "international  Communist  con- 
spiracy" has  generally  been  eliminated  right  through.  I  am  not  sure  it 
has  not  already  been  done. 

I  should  like,  if  I  may,  perhaps  to  save  the  time  of  the  committee,  a 
chance  to  go  over  the  bills  more  closely  textually. 

The  Chairimlvn.  We  would  appreciate  that. 

Mr.  Berle.  If  I  have  any  bright  ideas  as  to  the  text,  I  would  be  glad 
to  send  them  to  the  committee. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  that  would  be  valuable,  not  now,  if  you 
wish,  but  in  the  same  paper,  if  further  improvements  come  to  your 
mind,  I  wish  you  would  set  them  out. 

Mr.  Berle.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  have  assumed 
that  the  Taft-Boggs  bills  had  carried  forward  a  good  deal  of  the 
thinking  of  the  various  men  who  worked  on  it,  and  perhaps  of  this 
committee  as  well,  and  that  the  ultimate  form  of  this  bill  Vv'ill  be  draft- 
ed in  committee  on  this  base.  I  assume  the  bill  isn't  frozen,  so  that 
anyone  could  say,  "Because  I  want  this  changed,  1  am  against  the 
bill." 

The  Chairman.  Well,  we  want  as  much  in  the  record  for  that  pur- 
pose as  we  can,  if  you  will  give  some  thoughts  to  that. 

Mr.  Berle.  I  will  be  glad  to  do  so.  I  don't  consider  myself  ade- 
quately prepared  to  make  a  textual  conunent  on  H.R.  10037,  wliich  is 
the  Clausen  bill,  or  H.R.  8320,  which  is  the  Taft  bill  and,  I  gather, 
the  same  as  the  Boggs  bill ;  and  if  I  may,  I  will  submit  any  textual  sug- 
gestions that  occur  to  me. 

The  Chairman.  I  should  have  said  the  Taft-Boggs-Clausen  bill. 

Mr.  Berle.  They  are  substantially  the  same.  They  are  an  improve- 
ment, in  my  judgment,  of  the  original  Herlong  bill. 

Mr.  Johansen.  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Berle,  I  would  like  to  ask  a  question  or  two  that  may  seem  afield 
from  the  subject  that  you  are  testifying  to,  but  I  think  I  can  relate  it  in 
a  moment,  and  this  is  said  to  lay  the  background. 

Am  I  correct  in  my  understanding  that  Mr.  Herbert  Matthews  of 
the  New  York  Times  was  a  leader  in  developing  not  only  certain  pub- 
lic impressions  with  regard  to  Castro  and  his  regime  in  Cuba,  but 
was  also  a  source,  by  instruction,  of  certain  guidance  or  misguidance 
of  the  State  Department  in  the  early  stages  of  that  takeover  ? 

Mr.  Berle.  As  to  the  first,  you  are  right.  As  to  the  second,  I  hap- 
pen to  know  the  facts,  and  I  think  that  that  is  somewhat  of  a  mis- 
understanding. 

Mr.  Matthews  had  visited  Castro  when  he  was  starting  his  revolution 
in  the  Sierra  Maestra  and  had  returned  to  New  York.  An  Ambas- 
sador-designate of  the  United  States  was  going  to  Havana.  My 
foraier  public  relations  officer,  who  has  been  very  unjustly  accused  in 
this  business,  Mr.  William  A.  Wieland,  was  then  in  charge  of  Cuban 
affairs.  He  was  asked  by  a  famous  United  States  Senator  to  direct  the 
new  Ambassador  to  New  York  and  to  suggest  that  he  talk  with  Mr. 
Matthews.    Mr.  Wieland  passed  on  that  suggestion. 

May  I  add  the  Senator  in  question  w^as  perfectly  honest  in  doing  it ; 
so  was  Mr.  Wieland.  Further,  it  was  a  perfectly  intelligent  thing 
to  do.  If  you  are  going  to  a  country,  and  there  is  a  revolution,  to 
talk  to  the  man  who  has  firsthand  knowledge  of  that  revolution,  before 
you  get  there,  is  a  perfectly  sane,  sensible  thing  to  do. 

30-471 — 64— pt.  2 ^16 


1478       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Wieland.  did  not  ask  the  Ambassador  to  agree  with  Mr,  Matthews 
or  to  accept  his  estimate  or  his  views  or  anything  else,  but  merely 
to  inform  himself  about  the  situation.  Ambassadors,  before  they  go 
to  their  country,  commonly  do  connect  with  the  individuals  in  the 
United  States  who  know  most  about  it,  as  a  part,  of  their  briefing. 

That,  I  think,  is  all  that  happened. 

Later,  an  attempt  was  made — first,  let  me  add  that,  in  my  judgment, 
Mr.  Matthews,  whom  I  know  and  whom  I  believe  to  be  a  perfectly 
honest  man,  was  entirely  deceived  as  to  the  real  nature  of  the  Castro 
revolution.  I  think  he  was  honestly  deceived,  in  his  defense.  Though 
I  have  no  call  to  defend  him,  I  may  add  that  a  great  many  first-rate 
Cubans  who  were  associated  with  Castro  were  equally  deceived.  If 
Mr.  Matthews  got  it  wrong,  so  did  a  great  many  Cubans  as  well.  In 
fairness  to  Mr.  Matthews,  with  whose  views  I  do  not  agree,  I  think 
that  ought  to  be  stated.  I  see  absolutely  nothing  improper  in  suggest- 
ing to  an  American  Ambassador  about  to  go  down  there  that  he  talk 
to  the  last  man  on  the  ground.  It  is  an  Ambassador's  business  to  make 
up  his  own  mind. 

To  represent  this  as  a  plot  to  try  to  steer  an  American  Ambassador 
into  the  Castro  movement,  I  think  is  mijust  to  everybody  concerned. 
These  are  my  own  views  on  the  matter. 

It  is  true  that  Mr.  Castro  turned  out  to  be,  if  not  a  member  of  the 
Communist  Party,  at  least  for  all  practical  purposes,  a  Communist 
agent.  It  is  true  that  he  claims  now  that  he  was  so  all  along  and  that 
that  perhaps  should  have  been  discovered  at  the  time. 

May  I  add  that  I  speak  here  with  a  clear  record  myself.  In  early 
1959,  I  thought  the  Communists  were  taking  over  Cuba  and  I  wrote 
an  article  for  The  Rejyorter  magazine  in  which  I  said  so.  In  1960,  I 
wrote  a  very  careful  article  in  the  Foreign  Affairs,  which  is  a  rathei- 
blue-ribbon  journal  of  foreign  afi'airs,  saying  that  I  thought  Cuba  was 
already  a  Soviet  satellite. 

By  consequence  in  defending  anyone  who  was  deceived,  I  do  so  al- 
though I  held  a  contrary  view  at  the  time,  and  the  record  is  there  to 
show  it. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Now,  my  purpose  in  raising  these  questions  was  not 
to  pillory  Mr.  Matthews. 

Mr.  Berle.  I  want  to  say  something  about  Mr.  Wieland,  because  he 
got  the  roughest  ride  and  the  rawest  deal  of  any  man  I  know.  He  was 
my  public  relations  man  when  we  had  a  similar  situation  in  Brazil. 
There  couldn't  have  been  a  more  loyal  opposition  to  Communist  at- 
tacks on  the  United  States  than  Bill  Wieland.  His  career  was  wrecked 
by  the  attacks  on  him,  and  I  would  like  to  put  into  this  record  an  hon- 
orable attempt  to  set  the  record  straight. 

Excuse  me. 

Mr.  JoHiVNSEN.  That  is  all  right.  My  purpose  in  raising  the  ques- 
tion, and  for  the  sake  of  developing  my  pomt,  let  us  assume  that  Mr. 
Matthews  was  perfectly  honest  in  his  intentions,  there  was  no  sinister 
motive  or  purpose  in  his  advocacy,  but  the  question  that  I  am  coming 
to  is :  To  what  extent  might  there  be  a  danger  that,  either  through  hon- 
est error  or  through  sinister  design,  the  Freedom  Academy  might  be- 
come the  vector  for  misinformation  or  misguidance  or  misinterpreta- 
tion of  current  developments  in  this  whole  vast  area,  complex  area  of 
Communist  imperialism  ? 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1479 

Mr.  Berle.  There  is  a  certain  danger  in  it.  I  do  not  consider  the 
danger  great.  The  difticidty  in  the  Cuban  situation  was  the  fact 
that  there  was  not  enough  coverage,  whereas  the  Freedom  Academy 
is  proposing  more  coverage.  One  of  the  great  difficulties  in  Latin 
America  is  that  there  have  been  only  two  or  three  sources  of  journalistic 
information  and  ox)inion  in  the  entire  United  States. 

The  NeiD  York  Times  is  one  of  them.  Time  magazine  is  another 
one.  I  think  there  are  two  or  three  others  now.  When  there  is  so 
slender  coverage  as  that,  the  honest  mistake  or,  as  you  say,  possibly 
the  sinister  design  of  any  one  source  of  information  can  make  an  im- 
mense amount  of  trouble. 

One  of  my  hopes  is  that  the  Freedom  Academy  would  spread  out 
the  amount  of  information  we  have,  so  that  the  mistake  of  any  single 
source,  be  it  of  news  or  opinion,  could  be  corrected. 

Obviously,  if  the  Freedom  Academy  undertook  to  centralize  all  of 
them,  the  danger  of  abuse  would  be  greater. 

As  it  is  set  up  here,  I  do  not  think  that  the  danger  of  abuse  is  very 
great.  Clearly,  if  you  assume  that  any  Government  mechanism  can 
be  subverted,  you  assume  danger.  But  I  think  we  all  of  us  know 
that  while  this  possibility  exists,  and  always  has  existed  since  spies 
were  first  sent  into  Canaan  by  Joshua,  it  also  corrects  itself  rather 
rapidly  in  our  system.  I  am  certain  that  correction  would  be  promjit 
in  the  Freedom  Academy. 

One  of  the  reasons  why  I  believe  in  a  free  press  is  that  the  widest 
possible  coverage,  with  all  its  difficulties  and  disadvantages,  is  the 
best  corrective. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Because  it  tends  to  be  self -correcting  ? 

Mr.  Berle.  Yes. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  To  what  extent — and  I  ask  this  final  question  in 
view  of  the  opinion  expressed  by  Admiral  Burke  yesterday — to  what 
extent  would  you  feel  that  the  Freedom  Academy  would  be  a  target 
of  attempted  infiltration,  exploitation,  and  abuse  by  sinister  forces? 

Mr.  Berle.  Well,  I  think  it  would,  but  then  I  think  everyone  and 
every  agency  who  stands  up  for  a  free  government  is  going  to  be  the 
target  of  abuse,  possibly  infiltration,  by  the  forces  in  opposition. 

I  think  all  of  us  have,  at  one  time  or  another,  either  been  approached 
or  have  been  abused — in  my  case,  both  have  happened — by  someone 
who  thinks  that  some  tiny  fragment  of  influence  can  be  absorbed, 
abused,  or  removed,  as  the  case  may  be. 

That  is  part  of  our  times.  That  is  what  a  cold  war  is.  I  concede 
the  danger,  but  I  think  that  the  same  danger  probably  attaches  to 
any  position  of  influence,  whether  it  is  a  job  on  the  New  York,  TiTnes 
or  a  job  in  the  Department  of  State  or  in  the  United  States  Army  or  on 
a  congressional  committee.  That  is  exactly  what  this  kind  of  situ- 
ation implies.  So,  while  I  think  Burke  is  perfectly  right  in  what  he 
said,  I  don't  consider  the  danger  here  any  greater  than  it  is  in  another 
key  spot  in  the  United  States  administration. 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  I  have  no  questions. 

I  would  just  like  to  apologize  for  having  had  to  be  absent  for  the 
first  part  of  your  testimony.  I  would  have  liked  to  have  been  here, 
and  I  am  sorry  that  I  had  to  leave. 

The  Chairman.  Off  the  record. 

(Discussion  off  the  record.) 


1480       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Mr.  Clausen.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  simply  Avonder  if  I  could  be  afforded 
the  same  privilege  of  offering  some  possible  recommended  changes  on 
my  bill. 

The  Chairman.  Surely. 

Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Berle.  We  are  very  appreciative  of  your 
willingness  to  cooperate. 

Mr.  Berle.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

(At.  this  point  Mr.  Willis  left  the  hearing  room.) 

Mr.  Berle.  No  more  questions  ? 

I  apologize  for  having  taken  up  so  much  time. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN  (presiding).  We  solicited  it,  Mr.  Berle. 

(Mr.  Berle's  formal  statement  follows :) 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  ADOLF  A.  BERLE 

I  appear  in  favor  of  the  bill  to  create  a  Freedom  Commission  and  a  Freedom 
Academy.  It  bas  been  before  tbe  87tb  Congress  as  H.R.  8935.  It  requires  modi- 
fication in  the  light  of  present  conditions,  but  the  proposed  institution  can  serve 
a  very  useful  purpose.  Since  the  bill  was  introduced  in  1961  the  international 
scene  has  altered.  I  think  the  congressional  findings  embodied  in  section  2  were 
a  not  unfair  statement  of  matters  as  they  stood  in  1961,  but  the  situation  has 
now  altered. 

The  organized  international  Communist  movement  was  in  unity  in  1961.  Now 
it  is  split  into  a  number  of  opposed  factions.  The  two  principal  sectors  are, 
respectively,  the  Communist  movement  as  promoted  by  the  Soviet  Union  on 
the  one  hand,  and  a  more  extreme  version  of  it  promoted  by  the  Commvmist 
regime  in  mainland  China.  In  addition  to  these,  there  are  smaller  dissident 
fragments,  one  of  which  is  sponsored  by  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia,  and  a 
second  which  may  be  in  formation,  revolving  around  attempts  by  Rumania  par- 
tially to  detach  herself  from  the  Soviet  bloc  and  become,  if  not  neutral,  at  least 
mediator  between  the  Chinese  and  Soviet  blocs.  The  final  lineup  is  not  yet  fixed 
though  it  may  occur  if,  as  is  discussed,  a  world  Communist  Congress  is  called 
by  the  Soviet  Union  or  Red  China  this  year. 

Each  of  the  two  principal  Communist  factions — that  sponsored  by  the  Soviet 
Union  and  that  of  Communist  China — is,  I  think,  less  doctrinaire  than  straight 
nationalist-imperialist.  In  each  case,  the  real  objective  appears  to  be  that  of 
bringing  additional  territories  under  the  conquest  of,  or  vrithin  the  political  or 
military  sphere  of  influence  of,  the  sponsoring  power — China  or  the  Soviet 
Union,  as  the  case  may  be.  Properly  speaking,  they  thus  are  "imperialist,"  and 
their  ideological  objectives  are  subordinated  to  nationalist  and  expansionist 
goals  of  the  two  powers.  Instead,  therefore,  of  calling  this  "the  international 
Communist  conspiracy" — the  phrase  used  in  the  bill — I  should  recommend 
abandoning  the  phrase  and  using  consistently  the  phrase,  "imperialist  com- 
munism." 

Senator  Fulbright,  in  a  recent  widely  publicized  speech,  suggested  that  the 
world  was  no  longer  polarized  between  the  Communist  bloc  and  the  free  world 
bloc  and  that  the  United  States  should  recognize  that  fact.  I  think  he  was 
right  in  that  respect,  though  I  did  not  agree  with  his  belief  that  Cuba  was  a 
nuisance,  rather  than  a  menace.  The  implications  of  this  breakup,  however,  are 
not  happy.     We  may  be  coming  into  a  very  fluid  diplomatic  situation. 

Each  of  the  two  major  Communist  powers  will  be  seeking  alliances  and 
counteralliances  against  each  other — and,  of  course,  against  the  United  States. 
Either  one  may  develop  an  interest  in  bringing  about  a  state  of  war  between  the 
United  States  and  the  other  Commimist  power,  leaving  itself  "neutral,"  intending 
to  pick  up  diplomatic  plunder  at  the  close.  This  was  what  Stalin  intended  in 
1939  by  making  the  famous  Hitler-Stalin  Pact,  and  what  he  did  do  later  with 
some  effectiveness  as  the  United  States  and  Japan  fought  out  the  war  in  the 
Far  East.  The  Soviet  Union  could  profit  by  war  between  the  United  States  and 
Communist  China  ;  Communist  China  could  profit  by  war  between  the  Soviet 
Union  and  the  United  States. 

Meantime,  both  will  endeavor  to  work  out  alliances,  counteralliances,  and 
balance-of-power  politics,  combined  with  attempts  to  absorb  weakly  held  ter- 
ritory— as,  apparently,  the  Chinese  are  endeavoring  to  do  in  Africa  today  and 
as  the  Soviet  Union  has  been  attempting  to  do  in  the  Caribbean  up  to  a  few 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION        1481 

months  ago,  if  indeed  she  is  not  still  attempting  to  do  so.  And,  of  course,  either 
side  will  make  as  much  capital  as  they  can  out  of  any  opening  they  may  find 
for  alliance  or  eounteralliance  in  Western  Europe  or  the  Middle  East. 

This  resembles  the  situation  before  World  War  I.  It  will  be  a  period  of 
very  complex  and  very  uneasy  diplomacy  and  will  be  intensely  difficult  to 
meet.  It  will  not  be,  as  the  language  of  the  bill  under  review  here  says,  a  "care- 
fully patterned  total  aggression  *  *  *  of  the  Communist  bloc."  It  is  more 
likely  to  be  a  shifting  collection  of  major  and  minor  Communist-imperialist  diplo- 
matic moves,  chiefly  inspired  by  opportunism. 

Obviously  one  objective  will  be  the  weakening  of  the  United  States  and  of 
the  NATO  combination,  wherever  and  whenever  possible. 

This  means  that  the  central  conception  of  the  Freedom  Academy  must  be  posi- 
tive rather  than  negative — must  build  around  the  objectives,  ideals,  capacities, 
and  goals  of  the  United  States,  rather  than  merely  opposition  to  a  central  Com- 
munist plan. 

Let  me  add  that  I  do  not  relish  the  emerging  diplomatic  pattern.  It  will  be 
diflScult  at  best  and  dangerous  all  the  time. 

My  own  interest  in  an  institution  of  this  sort  comes  from  two  sources.  I 
have  been  active  in  the  Free  Europe  Committee  and,  among  other  things,  in 
the  attempt  to  rescue  the  young  men  and  women  exiled  from  the  Iron  Curtain 
countries  after  World  War  II.  I  have  also  been  deeply  interested,  as  well  as 
involved,  in  the  endless  struggle  for  progress  in  Latin  America.  As  you  are 
aware,  Latin  America  is  a  major  theater  in  the  cold  war.  This  is  also  the 
area  in  which  the  United  States  is  most  steadily  and  most  bitterly  attacked. 
Perhaps  that  would  have  been  true  in  any  case.  But  with  the  seizure  of  the 
Cuban  bridgehead  a  readymade  staging  ground  fell  into  Russian  Communist 
hands,  though  there  is  reason  to  believe  Chinese  Communists  are  intriguing 
to  secure  control  of  it  now.  From  this  bridgehead,  not  only  political  warfare 
but  paramilitary  and  direct  military  actions  have  been  launched  and  in  greater 
or  less  degree  are  progressing  now  despite  the  major  defense  victory  in  Ven- 
ezuela. As  Secretary  Rusk  observed  the  other  day,  several  Latin  American 
countries  are  in  direct  line  of  fire  at  the  moment. 

Many  of  my  Latin  American  friends  ask  me  where  in  the  United  States  they 
can  go  to  have  concise,  direct  instruction  as  to  how  the  American  system 
work.s — and  why  it  works^and  what  it  has  achieved — and  how  far  it  can  be 
adapted  to  the  customs  of  other  countries.  I  know  of  no  such  place.  Yet  the 
embassy  of  any  Communist  country  knows  exactly  where  to  send  its  friends. 
There  is  the  Lenin  Institute  and  the  Friendship  University  in  Moscow,  and 
reportedly  there  are  training  centers  in  Cuba.  There  are  equivalent  institu- 
tions in  Communist  China.  About  all  the  United  States  can  do  is  to  invite 
students  here,  give  them  liberty  to  rove  the  vast  United  States,  and  find  out 
what  they  can. 

Actually,  the  American  system  is  a  highly  integrated  combination  of  ideas 
on  the  one  hand  and  direct  government  machinery  on  the  other.  I  endeavored 
to  describe  it  last  year  in  a  book  entitled  The  American  Economic  Republic, 
a  copy  of  which  I  now  offer  to  this  comittee  as  an  exhibit.  I  hope  it  is  merely 
the  outline  of  more  serious  studies  to  be  made  later  on.  In  any  case,  it  ought 
to  be  possible  for  a  competent  group  to  take  men,  Americans  and  foreigners,  and 
explain  with  reasonable  clarity  how  the  United  States  works  and  why  it  has 
been,  everything  considered,  one  of  the  most  successful  forms  of  government 
in  the  world.  It  ought  to  be  possible  to  explain  how  this  form  of  government 
has  produced  brilliant  results  within  the  ambit  of  our  economic  system — as  in 
Puerto  Rico — and  how  cooperation  with  it  has  assisted  other  countries  as  in 
Venezuela.  It  ought  to  be  increasingly  possible  to  work  out  means  by  which 
American  methods  can  be  adapted  to  conditions  in  other  countries  though  of 
course  these  are  usually  different  from  ours. 

It  ought  also  to  be  possible  to  enable  men  to  see  almost  at  a  glance  what 
social  movements  are  sincerely  intended  to  benefit  the  less  fortunate  mem- 
bers of  society  and  what  movements  are  merely  intended  to  use  grievances — 
perhaps  legitimate  grievances — as  a  means  of  recruiting  personnel  for  Com- 
munist imperialist  purposes.  Those  of  us  who  have  lived  with  this  problem  a 
long  time — I  myself  have  since  the  time  of  the  Treaty  of  Versailles — have  learned 
the  technique,  and  the  technique  of  involving  perfectly  innocent  people  with 
tainted  movements.  Organizations  are  produced  in  which  entirely  loyal  citizens 
can  enroll  to  right  social  wrongs.  The  tainted  organizations  conceal  the  fact 
that  their  real  intent  is  not  to  redress  social  wrongs,  but  to  build  subversive 


1482       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

movements,  subversive  propaganda,  sometimes  even  guerrilla  force,  all  di- 
rected by  some  Communist  imperialist  intelligence  or  political  warfare  chief. 
Americans  as  well  as  foreigners  ought  to  learn  how  to  protect  themeselves 
against  this  sort  of  thing. 

Finally,  the  object  of  a  Freedom  Academy  of  this  kind  need  not  and  cannot 
be  merely  defensive.  We  are  beginning  to  know  a  good  deal  about  the  technique 
of  redressing  social  wrongs — as  well  as  a  good  deal  about  the  failures  of  the 
Communist  system  in  this  regard. 

The  United  States  Government  has  recently  proposed,  and  in  the  next  decade 
will  carry  through,  an  antipoverty  campaign.  It  will  succeed  in  this  cam- 
paign— as  nearly  as  it  is  possible  to  succeed,  given  the  frailties  and  inequalities 
of  human  beings.  It  should  be  possible  to  adapt  the  ideals  and  the  methods 
used  in  this  campaign  so  that  they  can  be  opposed,  as  an  alternative,  to  pro- 
grams put  forward  whose  ultimate  result  seems  merely  an  extension  of  im' 
perialist  communism  with  very  little  advantage  to  the  poor,  the  underprivileged, 
and  the  workers. 

The  kind  of  institution  envisaged  by  this  bill  ought  to  begin  rather  modestly, 
dealing  with  specific  situations,  and  should  not  endeavor  to  cover  the  entire  wide 
world  in  its  first  activities.  It  should  build  its  theoretical  and  its  practical 
side  soundly  and  well,  and  expand  as  experience  shows  it  is  useful. 

If,  in  any  country,  communism  were  not  imperialist — if  it  did  not  seek  to  con- 
quer, seize,  or  draw  into  its  orbit  other  countries — necessity  for  a  Freedom 
Academy  would  be  far  less.  Countries  do  have  a  right  to  endeavor  to  build  a 
civilization  not  based  on  private  property — if  that  is  what  their  people  want.  As 
long  as  they  observe  international  law,  mind  their  own  business,  and  do  not  seek 
to  conquer  or  subvert  other  countries,  the  United  States  has  not,  I  think,  any 
real  reason  to  object — though  we  may  take  a  dim  view  of  the  success  of  these 
experiments.  When,  however,  they  finance,  first,  subversive  propaganda,  then 
guerrilla  movements,  and  finally  build  up  and  foment  civil  wars  in  other  coun- 
tries, aiming  to  take  over  power  themselves,  we  do  have  a  right  to  object  and,  of 
course,  doubly  so  when  attempt  is  made  to  attack  the  United  States  abroad  or 
to  interfere  in  the  internal  affairs  of  the  United  States.  It  is  the  linking  of  the 
Communist  propaganda  organization  and  arms  with  imperialism  in  the  true 
sense  of  that  term — an  endeavor  to  seize  power  over  other  countries— that  en- 
dangers world  peace,  as  well  as  the  lives  and  welfare  of  many  millions  of  people 
w  ho  are  involved. 

I  venture  to  suggest  some  textual  revision. 

I  suggest  the  change,  throughout,  of  the  words  "international  Communist  con- 
spiracy" to  "imperialist  communism." 

Section  2  ought  to  be  revised  in  the  light  of  current  developments  in  the  diplo- 
matic world. 

Paragraph  3  of  the  findings  ought  now  to  be  deleted.  A  couple  of  "neutralist 
Communist  parties"  are  emerging  whose  ideology  does  envisage  "neutrals"  in 
the  struggle  between  capitalism  and  communism. 

I  oppose  inclusion  of  subparagraph  (4)  of  the  findings.  We  did  suffer  defeats 
in  the  cold  war,  and  we  all  know  it.  More  recently  we  have  scored  a  couple 
of  notable  victories,  albeit  defensive.  I  would  mention  particularly  the  brilliant 
success  of  free  democratic  government  in  Venezuela  under  the  presidency  of  Ro- 
mulo  Betancourt  and  the  defeat  by  Venezuela  of  a  Russian-supported  attempt  to 
seize  that  country  by  Castro  terrorist  and  guerrilla  attack.  Also  I  believe  the 
events  of  April  1964  in  Brazil  represented  a  wholesale  resistance  by  that  great 
country  against  the  intrigues  both  of  the  Soviet  Union  and  of  Communist  China 
looking  toward  seizure  of  the  Brazilian  Government.  Communist  efforts  in 
Brazil  were  not,  however,  united.  Both  the  Soviet  Union  and  Communist  China 
wished  to  increase  their  power  over  Brazil.  But  their  organizations  were  also 
maneuvering  against  each  other  and  apparently  still  are  though  my  own  in- 
formation on  the  subject  is  incomplete.  Both,  however,  were  defeated,  and  I  see 
no  reason  why  we  should  insist  on  the  finding  of  disaster  in  paragraph  (4) .  His- 
tory is  moving  too  fast. 

Some  textual  changes  can  be  made  in  paragraph  5. 

I  should  advocate  striking  out  paragraph  6,  or  rephrasing  it  by  striking  out  the 
first   full   sentence  in   that  paragraph  and  rephrasing  the  second   sentence. 

I  do  not  see  the  necessity  of  maintaining  subparagraph  (c)  of  paragraph  7. 
The  need  that  Federal  officials  engaged  in  foreign  affairs  should  understand  the 
problem  should,  I  think,  be  taken  for  granted  without  putting  it  in  a  legislative 
finding. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1483 

I  should  likewise  delete  subparagraph  8  of  this  section.  The  objectives  un- 
happily will  not  be  accomplished  by  a  crash  program.  This  is  going  to  be  a  long 
pull  as  President  Kennedy  repeatedly  observed. 

In  section  6  I  suggest  some  minor  changes  in  phraseology.  Subparagraph  (1) 
of  that  section  could  be  improved. 

Brought  up  to  date,  I  believe  this  bill  offers  a  useful  addition  to  the  Ameri- 
can collection  of  foreign  policy  tools. 

Mr.  JoHANSEX.  Mrs.  Chapelle.  We  are  happy  to  have  you  here. 
Before  we  proceed,  the  stall'  has  handed  me  two  biographical  and  in- 
formational items  regarding  the  witness,  in  the  New  York  Times  of 
February  1,  1962,  and  April  14,  19G2,  and  without  objection,  we  will 
incorporate  them  in  the  record. 

(The  two  newspaper  articles  follow:) 

[The  New  York  Times,  Thursday,  February  1,  1962] 

Books  of  the  Times 

(By  Charles  Poore) 

Women  are  decidedly  men's  equals.  We  all  know  that — vive  though  we  may 
the  differences.  Also,  they  come  under  the  infinite  province  of  Orwell's  Law ; 
many  women  are  much,  much  equaler  than  others. 

As  prime  example  we  have  today  Dickey  Chapelle's  exuberant  new  book, 
"What's  a  Woman  Doing  Here?"  *  the  story  of  her  adventures  as  a  combat 
reporter  in  our  feverishly  truculent  world.     Put  it  on  your  reading  list  now. 

Mrs.  Chapelle  deplores  war.  Yet  she  feels  that  if  sheltered  people  are  going 
to  spend  so  much  time  talking  about  it  some  of  them  should  go  out  and  see  how 
it  is  conducted. 

Those  w  ho  write  current  history  have  an  obligation,  in  particular,  to  do  original 
research  from  time  to  time — an  arduous  discipline,  no  doubt,  and  not  one  that 
will  commend  itself  irresistibly  to  pundits  who  from  prudent  distances  become 
authorities  on  the  havoc  of  carnage.  Yet  Mrs.  Chapelle  has  followed  it  from 
World  War  II  in  the  Pacitic  to  Algeria,  Hungary,  Cuba,  and,  among  other  places, 
Vietnam. 

She  went  mainly  to  take  pictures  of  men  in  battle.  Her  photos  are  splendid. 
So  is  her  capacity  to  supplement  them  with  words. 

ARGUMENT    IS    KEVERSED 

In  fact,  she  occasionally  reverses  the  weary  argument  about  words  versus  pic- 
tures with  considerable  force.  How  many  photographs,  for  example,  do  you 
suppose  it  would  take  to  equal  her  analysis  of  Fidel  Castro,  based  on  his  first 
sweep  to  power?     These  are  the  crucial  sentences  : 

"The  overwhelming  fault  in  his  character  was  plain  to  see  even  then.  This  was 
his  inability  to  tolerate  the  absence  of  an  enemy  ;  he  had  to  stand — or  better,  rant 
and  shout — against  some  challenge  every  waking  moment." 

However,  I  .suppose  we  should  give  the  picture  advocates  their  due  in  this  case. 
Much  of  the  ranting  and  shouting  these  days  comes  to  us  from  performances  be- 
fore television  cameras  of  what  history  may  identify  as  the  first  dictator  com- 
pletely wired  for  pictures  as  well  as  sound.  One  of  the  first,  anyway.  And  on  the 
threshold  of  being  presented  in  livid  color. 

Mrs.  Chapelle  is  a  Milwaukee  girl  who  arrived  on  the  photographic  scene 
long  after  the  camera's  widest-angle-giving  tripod — the  airplane — had  proved 
it  was  here  to  stay.  Her  interest  in  taking  pictures  developed  from  an  early 
passion  for  airplanes.  Late  in  the  Ninteen  Thirties  she  worked  for  barnstorming 
aerobatics  shows.  Today,  while  she  is  not  one  of  our  foremost  pilots,  she  is  a 
parachute  jumper  of  exceptional  daring. 

You  can  usually  tell  that  a  war  is  either  under  way  or  about  to  start  when- 
ever she  comes  down  from  some  moving  point  in  the  sky. 


*WHAT'8  A  WOMAN  DOING  HERE?     By  Dickey  Chapelle,  Illustrated  with  photographs 
hy  the  author.     285  pages.     Morrow.     $5. 


1484       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

The  most  searing  ordeal  in  her  book  is  her  account  of  being  held  incommuni- 
cado in  a  Hungarian  prison.  She  had  gone  to  report  the  attempted  delivery  of 
medical  supplies  to  Hungary's  heroic  young  rebels  behind  the  Iron  Curtain. 

The  secret  police  caught  her.  In  their  cells  she  half  froze,  half  starved  and  vpas 
completely  surrounded  by  terror.  Death  stalked  the  cells,  death  lay  behind 
her  interrogators'  endless,  numbing  questions.  "We  will  not  hang  you  today. 
The  papers  in  your  case  are  not  complete,"  she  would  be  told.  She  was 
threatened  with  several  kinds  of  torture. 

reds'  aims  described 

"What  the  Reds  were  trying  to  do,"  she  says  with  amazing  fortitude,  "was 
to  peel  back  my  will  like  the  layers  of  an  onion.  My  will  was  to  go  on  being 
a  woman  journalist  from  America  named  Ohapelle,  a  member  of  a  loving  family, 
above  all  a  human  being.  Their  will  was  that  I  become  a  tool  and  nothing 
more." 

Nothing  more?  Only  those  who  have  endured  such  an  ordeal  without  breaking 
have  won  the  right  to  judge.  She  fought  hard  enough  to  win.  And,  she  says, 
"if  you  fought  hard  enough,  whatever  was  left  of  you  afterward  would  not  be 
found  stripped  of  honor." 


[The  New  York  Times,  April  14,  1962] 

Woman  Honored  for  War  Reports— Overseas  Press  Club  Gives  Annual 

News  Awards 

Dickey  Chapelle,  a  freelance  correspondent,  received  the  highest  award  of  the 
Overseas  Press  Club  of  America  last  night  for  her  reports  on  the  fighting  in 
Vietnam. 

At  the  club's  annual  awards  dinner  at  the  Waldorf-Astoria  Hotel  she  received 
the  $.500  George  Polk  Memorial  Award,  named  in  honor  of  George  Polk,  the 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System  correspondent  who  was  slain  in  Greece  in 
1948. 

Miss  Chapelle.  the  second  woman  to  get  the  award,  covered  Vietnam  on  assign- 
ment for  Reader's  Digest.  She  wrote  a  book  on  her  experiences  entitled,  "What's 
A  Woman  Doing  Here?" 

Others  receiving  annual  awards  and  citations  for  achievements  in  reporting 
or  interpreting  foreign  news  in  1961  were : 

Robert  Considine,  Hearst  Headline  Service,  award  for  his  series,  "We  Will 
Bury  You.  Mr.  K."  Sydney  Gruson  of  The  New  York  Times  and  Gaston  Cob- 
lentz  of  The  New  York  Herald  Tribune,  citations  for  reporting  from  Berlin. 

Marvin  Kalb,  Columbia  Broadcosting  System,  award  for  his  radio  reports 
from  Moscow.     Joseph  C.  Harsch,  National  Broadcasting  Company,  citation. 

Helen  G.  Rogers  and  William  Hartigan,  American  Broadcasting  Company, 
award  for  their  television  program,  "The  Remarkable  Comrades."  Robert  Young 
and  Charles  Dorkins,  National  Broadcasting  Company,  citations. 

Peter  Leibing,  Associated  Press,  award  for  his  photograph,  "Leap  to  Freedom." 

Leonard  Stark  and  Nobuo  Hoshi,  National  Broadcasting  Company,  award  for 
film  report,  "Japan— East  is  West."  William  K.  McClure,  Columbia  Broadcast- 
ing System,  citation. 

Charles  J.  V.  Murphy,  Fortune  magazine,  award  for  his  article,  "Cuba :  The 
Record  Set  Straight."    Robert  S.  Elegant,  Newsweek,  citation. 

Phil  Newsom,  United  Press  International,  award  for  "best  consistent  inter- 
pretation of  foreign  news  developments."  George  Chaplin,  the  Honolulu  Adver- 
tiser, citation. 

Howard  K.  Smith,  American  Broadcasting  Company,  award  for  "best  radio 
interpretation  of  foreign  affairs."  Phil  C.  Clarke,  Mutual  Broadcasting  System, 
citation. 

David  Schoenbrun  and  George  Vicas,  Columbia  Broadcasting  System  award 
for  the  program.  "The  Trials  of  Charles  de  Gaulle."  Eric  Sevareid  and  Stephen 
Fleischman,  Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  citations. 

John  Toland.  award  for  "best  book  on  foreign  affairs,"  "But  Not  In  Shame." 
Maurice  Hindus,  citation. 

Juan  de  Onis.  The  New  York  Times,  the  .$.500  Ed  Stout  Award  for  "best  article 
on  Latin  America."    Robert  Hartman,  the  Los  Angeles  Times,  citation. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1485 

Edwin  L.  Dale,  Jr.,  The  New  York  Times,  the  ?500  E.  W.  Fairchild  Award  for 
"best  business  news  reporting  from  abroad." 

The  awards  were  presented  by  William  L.  Laurence,  science  editor  of  The  New 
York  Times.  Edward  R.  Murrow,  director  of  the  United  States  Information 
Agency,  spoke. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  And  you  may  proceed  now  as  you  wish. 

STATEMENT   OF  DICKEY  CHAPELLE 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  Thank  you,  sir,  I  am  very  honored  to  be  here  today. 

It  is  as  a  proponent  of  this  legislation  that  I  speak,  and  further  to 
the  point  that  its  passage  is  critically  long  overdue. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Before  you  proceed,  Mrs.  Chapelle,  and  although 
we  have  it  in  this  written  record,  will  you  just  give  us  a  little  back- 
ground on  yourself  and  your  own  experience  ? 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  I  think  that  is  the  next  paragraph,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Fine,  then  you  proceed. 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  It  has  been  my  privilege  to  serve  as  a  reporter  and 
photographer  for  American  news  media,  most  recently  The  Readefs 
Digest  and  The  National  Geographic  magazine,  in  areas  of  conflict 
overseas  for  most  of  the  20-odd  years  since,  in  May  of  1942, 1  was  first 
recognized  by  the  then  War  Department  as  a  war  correspondent. 

In  the  past  8  years,  I  have  been  a  professional  eyewitness  to  the 
uses  of  force  over  the  intermittent  no  man's  lands  between  Communist 
and  free  world  fighting  men  in  Hungary,  Algeria,  Lebanon,  Cuba, 
Korea,  Formosa,  India,  Laos,  South  Vietnam,  and  the  Straits  of 
Florida. 

Each  time  I  have  reported  how  I  saw  our  side  lose — that  is,  emerge 
from  the  crisis  weaker,  smaller,  or  denigrated  with  an  according 
increase  in  the  strength,  size,  or  potential  of  the  Communist  side. 
Yet  the  reasons  obvious  to  me  for  our  astonishingly  poor  performance 
in  our  own  defense  have  not  been  combatant  failures.  They  have  been 
failures  of  extramilitary  elements,  primarily,  in  my  judgment,  of  the 
will  at  the  supporting  and  diplomatic  levels. 

As  an  example,  I  would  cite  the  fighting  I  saw  in  Laos. 

The  scores  of  superbly  trained  military  personnel  with  whom  I  was 
privileged  to  live  and  work  as  an  observer  on  several  active  fronts  for 
38  days  had  been  ordered  to  advise  Royal  Laotian  troops  on  how  to 
fight  the  Communist  Pathet  Lao  armies.  They  obeyed  those  orders 
eifectively.  Wliere  they  were  enabled  to  remain  on  duty  long  enough 
to  perform  in  their  assigned  role,  I  saw  the  troops  under  their  practical 
leadership  repeatedly  win  local  actions.  This  was  accomplished  in 
spite  of  the  equipment  with  which  the  United  States  had  furnished 
them — mortars  dating  from  the  First  World  War  and  aircraft  obso- 
lete during  the  Second. 

Yet,  as  you  recall,  these  American  personnel  shortly  were  withdrawn 
on  the  excuse  that  military  victory  was  impossible  because  "the  Laos 
just  won't  fight."  Today,  as  you  know,  the  Pathet  Lao  troops,  ably 
led  by  personnel  from  the  Communist  country  of  North  Vietnam,  are 
macerating  the  Royal  Lao  armies  and,  incidentally — since  9  out  of  10 
of  the  Pathet  Lao  are  Laotians — disproving  the  claim  that  people  of 
this  nationality  Avon't  fight.  Obviously,  under  motivated  leadership, 
they  can  be  and  are  being  victorious  combatants. 


1486       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Thus  I  judge  the  free  world  failure  in  Laos  not  as  a  military  one,  but 
in  large  part  due  to  the  tardy  emplacement  and  hasty  withdrawal  of 
too  few  U.S.  advisers — a  failure  at  the  supporting  and  diplomatic 
levels. 

In  the  case  of  Laos,  1  reported  that  the  objectives  of  the  Departments 
of  State  and  Defense  appeared  almost  mutually  exclusive;  while  one 
was  trying  to  conciliate  Keds,  the  other  was  trying  to  kill  them.  Both 
efforts  failed  and  even  the  simple  will  to  destroy  a  Communist  threat 
was  negated  by  the  resultant  confusion. 

Other  failures  of  the  non-Communist  world — paralysis  in  the  face 
of  the  Hungarian  revolution,  apathy  toward  the  tragedy  of  Algeria, 
ignorance  about  pre-Red  Cuba,  to  name  three — have,  in  my  judgment, 
rested  on  similar  confusions  of  intent. 

The  free  world  simply  does  not  possess  a  body  of  leadership  person- 
nel prepared,  committed,  and  working  to  counter  the  Communist  ef- 
fort to  take  over  the  earth  by  means  other  than  all-out  war. 

Parenthetically,  the  fact  that  the  Communist  leaders  have  been 
forced  to  use  means  other  than  ultimate  violence  in  this  effort  should 
reassure  us  that  our  capability  for  victory  by  this  method  is  conceded 
by  the  Communists.  But  I  believe  they  are  winning  by  thoughtfully 
chosen  alternate  means,  simply  because  we  have  no  command  group 
to  direct  the  countering  of  these  alternate  efforts ;  we  lack  even  stra- 
tegic and  tactical  know-how  to  counter  the  "war  of  liberation"  and 
other  extramilitary  gambits.  Lacking  the  know-how  or  even  a  leg- 
islative machinery  to  try  to  learn  its  harsh  arts,  we  lack  confidence 
and,  increasingly,  even  the  will  to  struggle. 

The  gi'eatest  single  step  proposed,  of  which  I  am  aware,  is  the  cre- 
ation of  the  Freedom  Commission  with  its  concomitant  Academy  to 
develop  tlie  body  of  knowledge  and  leadership  from  which  a  victorious 
extramilitary  capability  can  be  forged. 

Mr,  JoHANSEN.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mrs.  CiiAPELLE.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Has  your  experience,  particularly  as  it  relates  to 
Cuba,  given  you  personal  knowledge  of  tlie  Communist  counterpart  of 
training  activities  in  that  system? 

Mrs.  Cptapelle.  Yes,  sir;  on  two  occasions.  In  1958,  when  I  was 
the  last  of  the  13  American  correspondents  to  go  through  Batista's 
lines  to  eyewitness  the  fighting  under  Castro's  leadership,  I  spent  3 
days  in  a  building  being  used  as  a  headquarters  for  teachers,  victims 
of  the  Batista  terrorism  who  had  fled  out  there  to  the  mountains. 

This  was  commanded  by  a  major  known  as  Red  Beard,  and  I  under- 
stand Pineiro  is  his  name.  Much  of  the  talk  at  that  time  among  that 
group  of  people  was  about  a  higher  degree  of  government  control  of 
education  tlian  you  would  normally  encounter  in  a  democratic  society. 
But  they  did  not,  at  that  time,  use  any  of  the  Communist  jargon. 
Perhaps  I  didn't  recognize  it. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  the  institution  in  Havana — which  I  have  iden- 
tified in  the  course  of  my  coverage  for  the  article  I  was  finally  expelled 
from  Cuba  for  writing — it  was  headed  by  Major  Pineiro,  and  at  the 
time  that  it  had  emerged  there,  there  seemed  to  be  very  little  doubt 
that  this  was  the  stepchild,  so  to  speak,  of  the  institution — well,  not 
institution,  the  gathering  of  people  that  I  had  originally  known  dur- 
ing the  fighting. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1487 

The  second  time  that  I  thought  that  I  had  some  jiersonal  knowledge 
of  this  matter  was  most  recently.  I  have  worked  for  the  ])ast  8  months 
with  the  refugees — exiled  freedom  fighters  in  Miami.  Much  of  that 
work  has  included  interviews  with  people  who  have  just  come  from 
Cuba.  The  statement  I  am  about  to  make  is  based  on  face-to-face 
interviews  with  two  men  recently  from  Cuba.  I  can  give  you  their 
code  names.  I  do  not  know,  nor  have  I  ever  known,  their  correct 
identification,  I  am  sure  for  reasons  you  vrill  understand. 

Both  of  these  men  claim  to  have  been  at  one  time  the  number  two 
individual  in  a  Communist  subversive  training  institution  in  Cuba. 
The}^  have  stated — and  as  a  reporter  I  would  liave  no  hestitation  to 
put  my  name  on  this  report;  I  find  it  completely  plausible  in  the  light 
of  what  I  know — that  there  are  now  19  training  bases  or  ports  of 
embarkation  for  subversive  agents  leaving  for  various  parts  of  Latin 
America.  (Zanzibar  was  a  surprise  to  me.  I  had  not  heard  about 
that  until  it  broke  from  the  news.)  Through  those  institutions  9,300 
people  had  passed  as  of,  let's  see — the  boat  got  blown  up  January  5 — 
it  must  have  been  Christmas  of  1963. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  As  a  result  of  your  travels  and  observation  and  ex- 
perience, do  you  have  personal  Iniowledge  of  the  need  of  Government 
personnel  for  the  type  of  training  envisioned  in  the  Freedom 
Academy  ? 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  I  would  say  that  I  have  observed  a  very  great  need. 
I  think  I  am  doing  no  injustice  to  the  personnel,  either  military  or 
diplomatic,  with  whom  I  worked  overseas  to  say  that  my  profession, 
the  press,  would  be  in  a  difficult  position  were  we  to  depend  on  official 
briefings.  The  material  that  I  was  given — to  give  a  specific  example, 
I  remember  being  officiallv  briefed,  in  this  city  of  course,  for  a  visit 
that  I  was  making  to  India — by  a  very  earnest  young  man  from  one 
of  the  departments,  wearing  a  uniform,  who  assured  me  that,  within 
the  same  gross  national  product,  it  was  going  to  be  necessary  for  the 
Indians  to  increase  their  industrial  potential  and  to  push  China  oif 
their  soil. 

I  would  certainly  suggest  that  as  a  simple  proposition  of  logic,  this 
sort  of  thing,  there  is  no  point  in  wasting  anybody's  time  on  it,  not  a 
reporter's  nor  the  briefing  officer's.  I  think  we  have  also  been  misled 
at  times,  abroad,  and  it  would  be  my  hope  that  the  Freedom  Academy 
would  produce  people  with  whom  those  of  us  who  go  overseas  to  deal 
with  information  would  not  be  either  wasting  their  time  or  subject- 
ing themselves  to  misleading  and  coercive  statements  of  that  kind.  I 
don't  think  we  would  have  any  trouble  in  getting  the  press  to  say, 
"Yes,  we  need  a  Freedom  Academy." 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Has  your  experience  in  South  Vietnam  led  to  the 
same  conclusion  as  to  the  need  on  the  part  of  our  personnel? 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  I  think  my  experiences  in  every  country  would 
lead  me  to  that  conclusion,  but  I  would  cite  particularly  the  Laotian 
misadventure  that  I  referred  to  in  my  prepared  statement,  and  I 
would  say  that  the  generalization  that  it  was  very  difficult  to  get 
information  from  official  sources  in  Laos  would  certainly  apply  over 
to  Vietnam.  I  cannot  imagine  that,  in  the  presence  of  a  Freedom 
Academy,  reporters  would  be  as  misled  and  misadvised  by  intent  and 
desiim  as  we  have  been. 


1488       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Would  you  feel  that  this  need  is  also  substantial 
with  respect  to  foreign  personnel,  particularly  in  this  country  ^  Visi- 
tors in  this  country  ? 

]\Irs.  CiiAPELLE.  It  has  been  my  privilege  to  know  a  great  many, 
probably  50,  personnel,  both  military  and  diplomatic,  whose  passports 
are  different  from  mine,  who  have  come  to  this  country  for  military 
training.  I  knew  some  of  them  at  Ft.  Bragg  and  at  Ft.  Campbell. 
I  knew  some  of  tliem  abroad.  I  think  if  you  gentleman  were  privi- 
leged to  eavesdrop  on  their  private  conversations — and  because  I  have 
been  parachute  jumping  with  them.  I  think  tlie  conversations  are 
conversations  of  great  confidence — I  think  you  would  be  interested 
to  know  what  they  talk  about. 

They  talk  about  how  we  eat ;  they  talk  about  how  we  live  physically ; 
and  they  find  it  very,  very  difficult  to  understand  when  I  tell  them 
that  if  I  go  back  to  Washington,  and  I  am  privileged  as  I  am  today, 
it  will  probably  be  possible  for  me  to  appear  here  and  speak  to  you 
w^ithout  any  particular  fear  of  being  called  anything  but  a  fool.  These 
are  the  conversations  that  they  have  ai'ound  the  campfires  in  Vietnam, 
as  well  as  on  our  field  problems  in  their  training. 

The  degree  of  curiosity,  the  degree  of  interest,  the  degi'ee  of  a 
genuine  desire  to  identify,  not  with  us,  but  with  the  freedoms  that 
we  enjoy,  is  tremendous,  and  we  are  not  exploiting  it. 

T  would  answer  on  behalf  of  my  South  Vietnamese  and  Laotian 
doughboy  buddies — ^yes,  the  need  is  there,  and  the  rewards  could  be 
accordingly  very  great. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  may  have  some  further  questions  in  a  moment. 

INIr.  Schadeberg? 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  Well,  first  of  all,  I  would  like  to  say  I  appreciate, 
and  it  is  a  privilege  to  have  you  here  to  give  us  the  benefit  of  your 
experience,  and  it  is  certainly  appreciated  by  me  and  I  know  the  rest  of 
the  committee. 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  Thank  you,  sir. 

Mr.  Schadeberg.  Coming  back  to  this  country  itself,  do  you  have 
any  personal  knowledge  of  the  need  for  training  of  the  private  sector 
of  our  citizenship  ? 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  With  your  permission,  sir,  I  would  like  to  answer 
that  in  terms  of  my  own  profession.  Correspondents  are  being  sent 
abroad  in  multiples,  perhaps  even  of  a  different  magnitude  than  they 
were  being  sent  abroad  before.  The  age  of  the  correspondent  who 
should  at  this  time,  I  think,  particularly  in  covering  armed  conflict,  be 
of  great  concern  to  us  is — it  is  not  the  old  retreads  from  World  War 
II,  of  which  I  am  one.  It  is  not  even  the  correspondents  particularly 
who  covered  the  Korean  action.  We  are  sending,  because  there  has 
not  been  a  great  deal  of  armed  conflict  to  cover,  people  who  have  not 
had  the  experience  of  covering  combat  before. 

Some  of  the  consequences  of  sending  younger  people  without  ex- 
perience in  the  harsh  realities  of  combat  have  resulted  in  situations 
that  are  primarily  ridiculous.  They  are  funny.  I  did  not  believe  that 
any  correspondent  had  actually  sent  a  wire  to  Saigon,  and  I  insisted 
on  being  shown  a  wire,  which  read :  '"Arrive  10  tomorrow  morning. 
Please  arrange  battle." 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Arrange  what  ? 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  "Please  arrange  batlle." 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1489 

This  is  not  a  joke.  I  laugh,  but  I  would  prefer  not  to  believe  it,  and 
yet  I  assure  you  it  is  true.  I  don't  know  that  the  youth  and  relative 
inexperience  of  some  of  the  correspondents  who  are  being  sent  on  for- 
eign assignments  result  in  quite  such  funny  questions  in  diplomatic 
conferences  as  the  attitude  or  such  a  tragic  attitude  as  the  one  that  I 
cited  to  you,  but  I  think  it  represents  a  tremendous  problem.  I  am 
speaking'  in  sympathy  with  those  younger  correspondents.  I  am  not 
speaking  in  criticism  of  them. 

I  tliink  it  is  a  tremendous  problem  for  a  yomig  person  to  undertake 
the  interpretation  of  news  from  a  distant  country  with  the  30  minutes, 
""Hey,  boys,  are  your  shots  and  passports  in  order?  You  are  heading 
for  Timbuktu,"  that  is  a  fact  of  life  with  our  profession:  and  I 
interpret  the  Freedom  Academy,  potentially,  as  a  situation  where  we 
will  be  helped  with  solving  our  problems,  or  when  we  get  overseas,  at 
least,  there  will  be  better  trained  people  to  help  us  solve  them. 

I  would  certainly  say  that  the  information  media  would  stand 
solidly  behind  an  exiucational  principle  on  the  simple  grounds  that  we 
both  need  it.    I  mean,  both  sides  need  it ;  yes. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Fine.  Do  you  have  anything  in  your  personal 
knowledge  that  would  lead  you  to  believe,  for  instance,  that  the  U.S. 
press  has  been  influenced  by  the  Reds?  Or  rather,  manipulated.  I 
don't  mean  influenced. 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  Right.  I  think,  again,  if  I  may,  I  would  like  to 
cite  the  situation  in  Laos.  "With  your  indulgence,  I  would  like  to  pre- 
tend for  the  moment  that  I  am  the  Communist  person  in  charge  of 
planning  what  can  be  done  in  Laos.  I  think  what  I  would  have  said 
to  myself  is,  "Above  all,  we  don't  want  to  trigger  a  Korea-like  reaction 
in  the  United  States.  Now  how  can  we  take  over  this  country  by  mili- 
tary or  other  methods  without  triggering  that  reaction?  Well,  ob- 
viously that  reaction  would  be  triggered  only  by  the  press.  How  can 
we  make  sure  they  don't  get  in  the  act  ?" 

I  would  have  said  to  myself,  "Let's  see.  That's  not  much  of  a  prob- 
lem. Most  of  the  people  of  Laos  live  beyond  the  jeepable  trail.  Most 
of  the  people  of  Laos  live  beyond  the  end  of  the  telegraph  wire.  There- 
fore, if  it  is  my  job  to  take  over  the  country,  those  are  the  people  whom 
I  would  control.    That  is  the  ground  I  want  to  walk  over. 

"And  yet,  because  there  is  such  tremendously  little  interest  in  the 
United  States  about  Laos — well,  Laos  is  as  far  from  the  United  States 
as  you  can  get" — you  are  even  on  geographically  sound  ground  there — 
"it  happens  that  Laos  is  not  of  very  much  interest  to  the  American,  is 
not  very  important  to  him.  There  are  probably  not  ever  going  to  be 
more  than,  or  until  things  get  very,  very  hot,  there  won't  be  more  than 
three  or  four  correspondents  that  will  be  covering  it.  and  most  of 
these  people  have  the  handicap  that  they  have  to  report  every  24  hours. 
That's  just  fine.  We  can  win  the  war,  as  long  as  we  fiirht  it  beyond  the 
jeep  trail,  beyond  the  end  of  the  telegraph  wire,  and  for  the  American 
people,  it  -^^ill  be  like  a  hand  before  their  face,  because  it  simply  won't 
be  ]:)jiyp)cally  possible  for  them  to  see.  Eyewitness  coverage  of  what 
we  are  doing  simply  will  not  be  physically  possible.  The  disinterest 
of  the  American  people  cuts  down  the  number  of  people  available  in 
this  country,  and  those  people  obviously  have  to  report." 

I  don't  think  we  have  been  manipulated  directly  to  anywhere  near 
the  extent  that  I  have  heard,  including  here.    No,  I  don't;  but  cer- 


1490       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

tainly  in  a  case  where  part  of  one  of  the  Communist  conspiracies  looks 
to  how  we  can  be  used  or  how  the  gaps  in  our  coverage  can  be  used  to 
serve  their  ends,  they  have  been  manipulating  it  very  cleverly. 

May  I  suggest  that  there  are  weaknesses  in  the  Communist  infor- 
mation system,  but  because  there  isn't  any  Freedom  Commission  and 
there  isn't  any  Freedom  Academy,  we  are  not  only  not  exploiting  those, 
but  we  cannot  even  imagine  them,  and  again  I  would  like  to  turn  that 
into  an  answer. 

Their  information  system  is  much  worse  than  ours.  If  we  are  going 
to  talk  about  how  to  exploit  the  weaknesses  of  an  information  system, 
for  goodness'  sakes,  let's  find  out  what  the  weaknesses  of  their  infor- 
mation system  are  and  manipulate  them  on  those  weaknesses. 

Mr.  ScHADEBEEG.  My  next  question  doesn't  sound  like  it  is  too  much 
related  to  it,  but  it  actually  is.  We  hear  reports — at  least  I  do,  of 
course — that  those  who  visit — you  were  in  Vietnam,  were  you  not  ? 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  That  those  who  visit  in  Vietnam,  official  visitors, 
not  necessarily   Government,  but  perhaps  some  Government  and 
others — and  this  would  go  for  the  reporters  as  well 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG — liave  a  sort  of  a  lack  of  communication  with  the 
people  of  South  Vietnam,  and  that  seems  to  be  one  of  the  difficulties. 
The  Communists,  because  of  the  type  of  war  in  which  they  are  engaged, 
have  this  communication.  Do  you  think  that  the  Freedom  Academy, 
for  instance,  would  make  up,  at  least  in  part,  for  this  lack  ? 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  Well,  I  suggest  tliat  you  put  your  finger  most  nearly 
on  the  reason  why  I  think  we  are  sustaining  the  tremendous  list  of 
losses  that  I  said  that  I  have  seen.  Yes,  they  do  have  communication. 
No,  we  do  not  have  communication,  and  if  you  have  to  make  it  a  "yes" 
or  "no"  business — which  is  not  a  proper  answer  in  either  case — it 
would  be  that  way. 

Let  me  point  out  some  of  tlie  difficulties  of  communication.  Let's 
say  you  come  into  Saigon  with  a  great  desire  for  communication  with 
the  people  of  South  Vietnam.  And  let's  assume  that  you  are  not 
satisfied  that  your  taxi  driver,  your  press  officer,  your  postal  clerk,  the 
people  that  you  run  into,  are  in  communication  with  the  Vietnamese 
people.  Were  you  to  move — and  it  has  been  my  privilege  to  spend — 
well,  I  have  covered  19  ambushes  between  Laos  and  Vietnam,  so  I 
think  it  has  been  my  privilege  to  do  this,  but  the  minute  you  propose 
moving  to  where  the  people  of  Vietnam  live,  the  villagers,  way  beyond 
the  end  of  the  jeep  trail  or  the  telegraph  line,  the  minute  you  propose 
that,  the  first  place  you  have  to  sell  on  the  idea  is  the  Government  of 
the  United  States.  Because,  obviously,  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  is  going  to  say,  "Well,  gee  whiz,  it  isn't  safe  out  there."  Well,  ft 
sure  isn't. 

And  the  second  point  is,  whether  this  is  a  reporter  or  a  representative 
of  a  private  concern,  what  are  we  doing  to  control  this?  We  can't 
get  you  out.  Obviously,  they  don't  like  to  say  that,  and  yet  in  the 
5  weeks  that  I  spent  40  miles  beyond  the  Communist  lines,  in  the  village 
of  Binh  Hung,  I  can  understand  what  they  mean.  If  there  is  combat 
and  the  Communists  are  winning,  they  have  to  say,  no,  you  can't  get 
that  American  out.  If  the  village  falls,  obviously,  the  American  life 
is  forfeit,  the  same  as  any  other  free  world  life  on  a  fighting  line. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1491 

Whether  or  not,  when  you  asked  how  is  the  Freedom  Academy 
going  to  help,  that  depends  on  the  composition.  That  depends,  I 
would  think,  on  the  orders  from  the  Freedom  Commission,  and  cer- 
tainly, if  I  had  anything-  to  do  with  those  orders,  to  those  that  go, 
I  would  say,  "If  you  want  communication  with  tliem,  you  have  to 
share  their  danger."  If  you  do  share  their  danger,  your  presence 
will  be  ultimately  convincing  that  you  really  meant  it,  you  really 
wanted  tliat  communication. 

But  the  people  who  go  out  there  under  the  kind  of  orders  which 
frequently  civilians,  and  even  until  the  past  year  military  personnel, 
were  under  were  unable  by  the  nature  of  their  orders  to  establish 
communication. 

At  the  time  that  I  was  jumping  with  the  Vietnamese  airborne, 
there  were  four  American  advisers  and  myself  doing  it.  I  made 
six  jumps  with  them,  and  that  was  one  year  when  I  really  felt  that 
I  had  earned  my  right  to  carry  that  wonderful  passport  that  I  carry — 
not  because  of  the  work  that  I  was  doing  as  a  reporter;  sure,  I  was 
proud  of  it;  but  simply  because  my  country  had  been  saying,  "We 
are  backing  you  in  the  fighting,"  and  nothing  in  the  world  had  con- 
vinced the  paratroops  that  we  meant  it.  Not  their  parachutes  which 
were  marked  "Made  in  U.S.A."  and  not  their  equipment  which  was 
marked  "Made  in  U.S.A.,"  but  the  fact  that  there  were  five  of  us  who 
were  jumping  with  them.  This  was  the  thing  that  made  the  differ- 
ence, all  the  difference  in  the  world. 

They  then  felt  that  our  country,  that  our  communication  with  them 
was  on  a  practical  human  being  to  human  being  level,  and  that  our 
country's  pledge  could  be  honored,  and  I  might  add  that  not  any  of 
those  jumps  were  as  hairy  as  some  that  I  made  in  training  or  even 
one  that  I  made  a  year  ago  on  a  training  maneuA^er  here. 

The  fact  remains  that  communication  is  a  problem  and  that  the  way 
to  do  it,  I  say,  must  be  a  primary  concern  of  the  Freedom  Commission 
and  the  Freedom  Academy.  We  have  to  sum  up  the  objective,  how 
could  we  attain  communication  with  these  people,  and  that  ought 
to  be  it. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  One  other  question,  and  this  may  not  warrant  an 
answer.  In  regard  to  the  military  personnel,  do  you  think  that  they 
might  be — ^I  don't  loiow  whether  there  is  any  lack  of  understanding 
for  the  reason  for  being  there,  and  so  forth,  but  do  you  think  that  if 
military  personnel  were  trained,  somewhat,  through  this  type  of  Free- 
dom Academy  before  they  were  sent  in  a  situation  like  this,  in  this 
case  it  isn't  really  a  declared  w\ar,  that  there  might  be  a  better  under- 
standing of  the  commission  and  a  better  understanding  of  what 
really  is  involved  ? 

Mrs,  Chapelle.  I  would  like  to  qualify  the  witness  in  this  case  be- 
fore I  answer  the  question.  There  is  probably  no  area  of  war  cor- 
responding that  has  interested  me  more  than  the  coverage  of  the 
training  of  American  personnel  in  uniform.  I  have  spent  at  least,  I 
mean,  more  time  in  the  last  20  years  on  that  subject  than  on  any  other 
single  one. 

Less  than  a  year  ago,  it  was  my  privilege  to  ]um]:>,  to  which  I  re- 
ferred a  minute  ago,  on  Exercise  Water  Moccasin,  which  I  am  sure 
you  gentlemen  know  is  the  final  examination  for  military  personnel 
w^ho  will  bear  abroad  the  really  vast  responsibility  of  being  com- 


1492       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

pletely  cut  off  from  any  physical  support  and  advising,  and  I  say  in 
practice,  leading — and  I  am  proud  of  them  when  they  do  tliis,  as  I 
say,  this  is  no  apology — foreign  troops. 

It  is  not  my  feeling  that  the  increase  in  training,  the  most  obvious 
point  to  mvest  in  their  training  is  that  of  political  awareness.  I  have 
been  amazed  and  delighted,  and  I  guess  I  am  completely  prejudiced, 
because  I  have  participated  in  it,  in  the  degree  of  political  awareness 
that  has  come  to  many  of  these  people  in  the  course  of  preparing  to 
bet  their  lives  on  a  situation  in  a  foreign  country.  They  do  learn  a 
great  deal  about  it. 

I  could  certainly  feel  that  a  certain  amount  of  ground  work  for 
Freedom  Academy  courses  has  already  been  laid  by  the  military,  in 
the  absence  of  the  Freedom  Academy,  having  to  teach  tliese  folks 
before  they  go  over  there.  They  have  brought  in  people  from  all  over 
to  give  a  series  of  lectures  which,  were  there  a  Freedom  Academy,  it 
would  seem  to  me  it  would  be  part  of  their  curriculum,  so  I  would 
like  to  turn  that  one  around  and  say  that,  yes,  additional  political 
training  is  highly  desirable.  Highly  motivated  and  skilled  people  are 
ready  to  get  it,  they  are  getting  a  little  bit  now,  which  is  quite  interest- 
ing to  an  observer.  And  I  would  certainly  feel  that  there  would  be 
everv'  reason  to  include  them  in  the  program,  with  the  extension  of 
many  of  the  things  that  they  are  doing. 

Their  primary  need,  we  will  tell  you,  however,  is  in,  well,  language 
and  psycholog}\  If  you  ask  them  themselves,  "What  do  you  want 
to  know  more  about?"  that  would  be  their  answer.  I  certainly  think 
that  is  part  of  it.  I  am  just  anxious  not  to  be  critical  of  what  they 
have  been  doing,  because  it  doesn't  deserv^e  criticism. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  May  I  ask  you  one  question  off  the  record  ? 

(Discussion  off  the  record.) 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Do  you  want  to  ask  any  questions  ? 

Mr.  Clausen.  Yes,  Mrs.  Chapelle.  You  were  here  during  my 
testimony  ? 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  I  was.     I  was  delighted  to  be  here,  sir. 

Mr.  Clausen.  And  then  also  in  recognition  of  our  comments,  I  am 
certainly  pleased  to  hear  your  point  of  view,  and  I  think  that  is  as  fine 
a  testimou}'  as  I  have  ever  heard. 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  Thank  you,  sir. 

Mr.  Clausen.  For  a  number  of  years,  I  have  held  the  conviction 
that  communication  and  transportation  are  the  only  vehicles  with 
which  we  can  resolve  some  of  our  world's  problems.  You  have  more 
or  less  substantiated  this. 

To  carry  this  out,  I  found  that  communications  by  themselves  are 
supremely  restricted.  Number  one,  because  of  the  language  barrier 
and,  secondly,  because  they  don't  have  the  media,  so  then  I  come  back 
to  the  fact  that  transportation  by  itself,  possibly,  is  the  real  key  to  get 
back  into  these  areas,  so  that  you  can  implement  any  kind  of  a  program 
that  you  want  to  put  over. 

As  a  consequence,  for  some  15  years,  I  have  had  a  flight  training 
program  in  a  high  school.  I  have  expanded  this  now  to  a  different 
college,  and  I  have  a  number  of  colleges,  associated  with  a  missionary 
volunteer  effort,  that  are  going  to  be  interested  in  this  type  of  thing, 
all  designed  to  add  to  the  ability  of  people  that  are  going  to  be  working 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1493 

in  these  fields,  the  mobility  and  flexibility  that  only  aircraft,  be  it  rotary 
wing  or  fixed  wing,  can  use. 

Now  with  your  experience  in  these  various  areas,  do  you  think  that 
I  am  on  the  right  track  ? 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  Well,  I  am  delighted  to  say  that  not  only  am  I  per- 
sonally glad  to  know  about  this,  but  I  would  like  to  share,  to  speak 
with  you  later  about  sharing  some  of  it  with  my  readers. 

I  would  like  to  comment,  however,  that  there  have  been  times  abroad 
in  recent  years  when  I  have  come  to  exactly  the  opposite  conclusion 
about  transportation.  It  has  been  my  privilege  to  ride  U.S.  heli- 
copters, on  one  assignment  or  another,  into  places  which  had  never 
seen  any  evidence  of  the  United  States  before  that  chopper  came  in. 

I  am  thinking  of  Lebanon  and  Vietnam,  for  example,  and  it  has  been 
my  privilege  to  work  very  closely  with,  and  I  hope  to  glorify  the 
tremendous  bravery  of,  American  fliers  all  over  the  world  who  have 
gotten  me  out  of  more  trouble  than  is  imaginable,  and  yet  I  hesitate 
to  give  you  an  unqualified  affirmative,  for  this  reason  : 

One  of  the  barriers  to  communication  that  seems  so  tremendous  to 
me  is  this  dependence  on  any  kind  of  mechanical  device.  It  is  the 
mere  fact  that  you  came  into  a  village  on  an  airplane  or  a  helicopter 
that  sets  you  so  far  apart  from  the  villagers  that  you  have  got  a  2- 
week — you  are  going  to  liave  to  live  there  for  a  couple  of  weeks  before 
you  get  to  be  their  friend,  whereas,  if  you  just  walked  in— and  on  my 
old  legs,  gentlemen,  that  gets  to  be  kind  of  a  problem  every  now  and 
then— if  you  just  walked  in,  if  you  didn't  come  in  related  in  their 
minds  to  this  godlike  device,  it  would  be  easier.  So  let  me  go  this  far : 
Wlien  it  comes  to  landing  that  aircraft  5  miles  away  from  the  village, 
I  am  with  you,  sir.  When  it  comes  to  letting  me  walk  that  last  5  miles, 
it  is  worth  it;  and  I  would  hope  that  the  Freedom  Academy  would 
evolve  a  method  whereby  we  could  have  the  virtues  of  the  transporta- 
tion without  the  barriers  of  mechanical  devices. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Well,  along  these  lines,  of  course,  I  might  add — and 
this,  of  course,  is  for  the  record,  and  this  is  making  a  record  on  this — 
part  of  our  program  is  to  see  that  those  peoj^le  who  are  going  to  be 
fliers  also  have  the  ability  to  maintain  the  aircraft. 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  No  unimportant  point.  The  photographs — the  last 
photograph  I  made  in  Vietnam,  of  which  I  am  extremely  proud,  was 
made  because  we  didn't  have  proper  maintenance.  The'  engine  quit 
over  enemy  territory,  and  the  only  reason  I  kept  on  taking  pictures  all 
the  way  down  was  "because  I  thought  I  would  be  less  frightened  that 
way.  The  fact  that  one  of  the  pictures  is  good  is  a  net  gain  for  our 
side,  so  to  speak. 

I  think  the  maintenance  abroad  and  the  extension  of  the  simplified 
aircraft  which  can  be  maintained  abroad  is  very  important. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Well,  I  am  not  talking  about  jets,  believe  me.  I  am 
talking  about  something  in  the  way  of  the  Super  Cub. 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  Right.  Nor  am  I,  sir;  nor  am  I.  The  word,  the 
jet — we  don't  have  an  extramilitary  tactic  yet,  but  I  am  sure  when  these 
are  evolved,  as  I  am  sure  they  will  through  the  Freedom  Commission 
and  Freedom  Academy,  that  the  jet  will  have  very  little  part  in  the 
critical  flying  abroad. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  was  just  going  to  say — well,  if  we 
have  no  more  time,  I  will  conclude  on  this.     I  will  be  looking  forward 

30-471— 64— ,pt.  2 17 


1494       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

to  visiting  with  you  on  this;  and,  Mr.  Chairman,  I,  too,  would  like 
to  visit  with  some  of  the  members  of  the  committee  about  some  ad- 
vanced ideas  that  I  have. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Mrs.  Chapelle,  we  have  a  quorum  call  and  we  are 
going  to  have  to  cut  this  short. 

Mrs.  Chapelle.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  We  appreciate  your  appearance,  and  your  testimony 
is  very,  very  helpful  to  the  committee. 

Off  the  record. 

( Discussion  off  the  record. ) 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  The  committee  will  recess,  subject  to  the  call  of 
the  Chair. 

(Wliereupon,  at  12 :25  p.m.,  the  committee  recessed,  to  reconvene  at 
the  call  of  the  Chair.) 

(The  committee  reconvened  pursuant  to  call  at  12 :60  p.m.) 

Mr.  JoHANSEN  (presiding).  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

The  Keverend  James  Robinson.  We  are  happy  to  have  you  here, 
Mr.  Robinson.  We  are  sorry  for  the  delay  and  the  inconvenience  we 
caused  you. 

Will  you  give  us  a  little  bit  of  a  background  about  yourself,  your 
education,  and  your  current  activities  ? 

STATEMENT  OF  JAMES  ROBINSON 

Mr.  Robinson.  I  will,  sir.  I  was  educated  at  Lincoln  University 
in  Pennsylvania  and  at  Union  Theological  Seminary  in  New  York. 
I  was  ordained  into  the  ministry  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  in  1938. 
I  founded  a  church  in  Harlem  and,  along  with  it,  summer  camps  for 
underprivileged  children  in  New  Hampshire,  a  credit  union,  and  a 
co-op  store,  and  I  have  been  vitally  involved  in  social  welfare  work 
and  agencies  in  the  city  of  New  York. 

The  background  out  of  which  I  come  to  testify  on  this  occasion 
before  this  committee  is  the  following:  Because  of  the  work  I  have 
done  with  students  here  in  the  United  States  for  over  a  period  of  10 
years  on  almost  600  or  700  campuses  of  prep  schools  and  colleges  and 
universities  and  what  I  have  been  able  to  get  them  to  do  in  building 
this  camp  and  in  undertaking  many  other  important  activities,  I  was 
asked  by  the  Presbyterian  Church  to  go  around  the  world  in  1951  and 
loaned  to  anybody  who  wanted  my  services,  such  as  the  Minister  of 
Defense  in  those  days  in  the  Philippines,  Ramon  Magsaysay ;  Chester 
Bowles,  who  was  our  Ambassador  recently  in  India;  and  to  James 
Flint,  the  religious  affairs  officer  of  the  occupation  forces  in  Berlin 
in  1951,  when  the  first  great  German  youth  conference.  World  Youth 
Conference  of  Commimist  young  people,  supposedly,  was  organized 
in  August  of  that  year. 

Since  that  time,  I  have  kept  up  this  worldwide  interest  and  have 
now  developed  an  organization  known  as  Operation  Crossroads 
Africa,  which  since  1957  takes  a  carefully  selected  group  of  tough- 
minded  young  people  to  the  African  Continent,  with  the  hope  of  mak- 
ing an  impact  of  faith  and  freedom.  This  year  we  will  be  going  to 
21  countries,  and  there  will  be  310.  These  were  selected  out  of  more 
than  4,000  who  applied,  3  of  whom  will  be  from  the  Military  Academy 
at  West  Point,  who  every  year  selects  3.    They  had  67  who  api)lied. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1495 

Now  next  year,  they  would  like  us  to  take  five  or  six.  We  are  not 
sure  that  we  can  give  them  the  increase,  because  everybody  else  wants 
an  increase,  although  we  would  certainly  give  them  preference,  if 
we  can. 

This  experience  also  led  me  to  have  many  activities  with  Commu- 
nists, or  people  who  were  related  to  Communists.  In  Berlin,  my  task 
was  to  go  over  the  Eastern  Zone  border  into  the  East,  as  far  as  I  could, 
and  get  back  safely.  I  went  up  to  the  Polish  border.  I  talked  to  hun- 
dreds of  young  people,  some  of  whom  mistook  me  for  a  Commmiist, 
which  I  didn't  mind,  because  that  was  the  only  way  I  could  get  the 
information  I  sought. 

I  reported  this  back  to  James  Flint.  One  evening  in  Eastern  Berlin, 
I  stayed  in  the  basement  of  St.  Marian's  Church,  on  what  was  to  be 
a  good,  safe  conduct  in  case  we  were  there  at  night  and  would  have 
been  arrested  by  the  German  secret  police.  And  in  a  confrontation 
with  about  75  young  Communists,  along  with  a  number  of  other  people 
who  were  with  me,  my  colleague  was  a  young  German  Communist  who 
taught  me  a  lesson.  He  carried  a  Communist  Party  card,  but  he  actu- 
ally was  working  for  James  Flint  of  the  occupation  people.  That  was 
the  first  time  I  found  some  people  who  had  learned  to  fight  commu- 
nism skillfully,  because  I  said  to  him,  "How  come  you  have  this  card, 
and  you  are  also  working  for  the  Studentegemeinde,  the  Student 
Christian  Program,  and  James  Flint?"  And  he  said  a  very  interest- 
ing thing,  a  very  simple  thing,  to  me :  "How  do  you  know  what  you  are 
against  if  you  don't  know  what  it  is?"  He  said,  "This  is  one  of  the 
troubles  with  you  Americans.  You  try  to  fight  communism  with  heat 
and  anger,  rather  than  with  light  and  intelligence." 

He  introduced  me  to  hundreds  of  young  Communists.  After  our 
meeting  in  St.  Marian's  Church,  25  young  people  who  had  come  to 
that  conference  came  over  to  the  Western  Zone,  renounced  their  com- 
munism and  sought  asylum. 

I  also  learned  that  there  were  thousands  of  young  people  there  who 
weren't  Communists.  This  was  the  first  time  they  had  a  free  trip  any- 
where. This  was  the  first  time  they  had  been  to  a  big  city,  and  I  said  to 
myself,  "Wliat  an  opportunity  if  we  had  young  people  trained  and 
skilled  who  just  came  to  a  conference  like  this  and  did  our  own  work." 
When  I  came  back  and  talked  to  many  people  in  the  United  States 
about  this,  I  was  shocked  at  the  attitude  that  if  you  had  anybody  who 
went  to  do  that,  they  might  be  won  over,  instead  of  converting  some- 
body else.  Now  if  that  is  true,  then  we  ought  to  give  it  up  right  now, 
because  if  that's  true,  they  are  going  to  win  it  anyway.  I  don't  believe 
that. 

Well,  when  I  came  back,  I  worked  with  a  good  many  people  on  a 
number  of  projects.  I  protested  strongly  when  we  took  away  the  pass- 
ports of  41  young  people  who  went  to  Moscow  and  Peking,  not  because 
we  took  them  away,  but  because  that's  all  we  did.  We  should  have 
known  that  every  4  years,  just  like  right  now,  there  is  a  big  Commu- 
nist World  Youth  Conference.  It  seems  to  me  the  smiple  thing  to  do 
is  if  you  could  send  some  people  who  are  trained  and  skilled,  you 
could  do  a  whole  lot  of  work,  because  you  could  take  advantage  of  a 
lot  of  people  who  come  who  are  no  more  Communists  than  you  and  I 
are,  but  it  is  some  kind  of  fear,  for  example,  that  kept  us  from  making 
a  bold,  creative  strategy. 


1496       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

When  I  came  back  from  my  world  trip  in  1952,  I  did  two  things. 
One,  for  the  old  Mutual  Security  Agency,  under  Donald  Stone,  now 
head  of  International  Affairs  of  the  University  of  Pittsburgh,  I  drew 
up  a  little  pamphlet  with  ei^ht  other  Negroes  to  help  make  a  document 
available  for  Americans  gomg  abroad  on  race  relations.  I  saw  people 
from  our  Government,  from  education,  professors  from  big  univer- 
sities, businessmen,  whom  you  would  call  tycoons,  ignorant,  and  I 
must  use  the  word  "stupid,"  but  the  first  thing  anybody  does  is  try  to 
corner  them  on  American  race  relations.  And  it  seems  to  me  that  the 
simplest  thing  for  us  to  have  done  would  have  been  for  every  person 
in  the  diplomatic  corps,  every  businessman,  every  student,  every  pro- 
fessor, even  every  missionary,  since  race  relations  is  one  of  the  great 
tools  used  against  us  by  the  Communists,  and  to  be  sure,  we  give  them  a 
lot  of  the  racial  failures  on  which  to  attack  us,  but  on  the  other  hand, 
we  haven't  done  our  homework  on  the  things  that  we  could  do  to  put  a 
simple  document  in  the  hands  of  every  person  going  abroad  which  he 
could  be  trained  to  use  and  which  would  help  them  to  be  intelligent 
about  the  problem  of  American  race  relations  historically  and  what  is 
happening  now,  constructively  as  well  as  destructively. 

The  thing  that  amazed  me  was  I  didn't  find  many  people  who  were 
constructive  about  this.  All  they  did  was  to  get  angiy.  I  remember, 
for  example,  at  the  University  of  Delhi,  with  the  American  consul 
sitting  down  in  the  front  seat,  answering  questions,  for  more  than  3 
hours,  with  more  than  5,000  students  crowded  into  that  place,  on  com- 
munism to  be  sure,  but  many  more  not  on  communism,  but  on  race 
relations — which  partly  had  been  inspired  by  Communists,  using  this 
as  a  tool  to  embarrass  us.  The  same  thing  in  Lahore,  Pakistan,  but 
worst  of  all,  I  heard  a  colonel  in  the  American  occupation  forces  in 
Japan,  at  the  University  in  Sendai,  Japan,  trying  to  answer  these 
questions,  and  literally  booed  off  the  platform.  And  I  thought  that  was 
a  needless  loss,  and  a  needless  victoiy  for  the  young  people  who  were 
pushing  him  around  like  that,  partly  because  nowhere  did  I  find  any 
simple  document,  say  a  hundred  or  200  pages,  where  they  could  have 
had  the  basic  material  and  information  to  use  on  the  more  positive 
aspects  of  interracial  achievement. 

I  wrote  a  little  pamphlet  called.  Love  of  This  Land^  which  USIS 
later  had  translated  into  about  seven  languages  for  distribution  in 
various  countries.  Then  I  wrote  a  little  book  called  Tomorrow  is 
Today ^  which  was  published  in  1954,  in  which  I  had  a  chapter  on  com- 
munism dealing  with  our  need  to  have  a  more  creative,  adventurous 
thrust  against  it,  instead  of  being  defensive,  waiting  for  it  to  win  in 
some  area,  and  then  trying  to  defeat  or  coimter  it,  or  being  entirely 
negative  and  fearful  about  it. 

Among  the  things  I  pointed  out  was  that  we  really  ought  to  be  teach- 
ing Marx  and  Engels,  so  that  people  who  are  going  abroad  can  both 
know  it  and  fight  it  intelligently.  I  didn't  find  many  missionaries,  for 
example,  who  Imew  much  about  this.  In  the  Cameroons,  I  saw  our 
mission  young  people  and  older  people,  too,  defeated  roundly  and 
soundly  by  young  Africans  who  had  come  back  from  France,  whose 
minds  had  been  captured  by  the  leaders  of  Communist-dominated 
French  labor  movement,  the  Committee  Central  de  Travail,  which 
was  Communist  dominated,  and  which  had  a  plan  to  win  the  mind  of 
every  African  student  whom  the  French  were  taking  to  universities 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1497 

in  France.  They  got  at  them  first,  even  though  the  government  was 
spending  the  money  to  take  them  there. 

And  one  of  the  things  I  talked  about  when  I  came  back  was  that 
there  was  nobody  among  our  missionaries  or  in  our  colleges  that 
we  had  built,  or  high  schools,  who  knew  enough  about  communism  to 
meet  these  young  people  intellectually  on  their  own  level.  I  speak 
mainly  of  the  Presbyterians,  although  at  the  time  I'm  sure  most,  if 
not  all,  of  the  denominational  and  faith  missions  were  no  better. 

As  a  result  of  that,  I  gave  a  sermon  in  the  church  of  which  I  was 
the  pastor,  and  one  young  man,  a  graduate  of  MIT,  decided  that  he 
and  his  wife  would  go  out  and  undertake  that  job.  Their  father — 
this  has  no  bearing  on  the  record — did  not  speak  to  me  since  that  day, 
although  he  was  the  president  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  church, 
because  he  said  that  I  had  destroyed  his  family  and  "sent  them  out  to 
God-forsaken  Africa,"  but  this  young  man  and  his  wife  went  because 
when  the  Communist  group  had  tried  to  take  over  some  of  the  young 
engineers  at  Farmingdale,  N.Y.,  at  Republic  Aviation,  he  organized 
the  group  against  them.  They  did  a  lot  of  study  and  prepara- 
tion, and  he  was  the  right  man  to  go,  because  he  was  a  young  man,  he 
knew  youth,  and  who  wins  the  youth  and  has  the  biggest  influence  upon 
the  minds  of  young  people  in  Africa  and  the  rising  youth  of  Africa 
are  going  to  have  the  biggest  influence  in  the  long  run  of  the  future  on 
that  continent. 

Well,  in  that  chapter,  1953,  I  pointed  out  a  lot  of  these  things  that 
I  thought  could  be  done,  but  there  was  no  organization  or  agency  to 
do  this.  So  when  I  started  Operation  Crossroads  Africa,  I  knew  from 
my  experiences  that  our  yoimg  people,  when  they  got  to  Africa,  were 
going  to  run  into  this  question  again  and  again  and  again,  and  they 
were  going  to  meet  with  some  of  these  yoimg  people.  Therefore,  one 
of  the  things  we  do  in  Crossroads  is,  when  we  select  a  young  person, 
we  put  them  in  a  training  course.  Even  though  it  is  this  semester  with 
all  their  school  work,  they  have  to  work  with  approximately  25  books 
on  Africa.  We  indicate  what  books  on  Communist  strategy  they 
should  read  and  what  books  on  race  relations.  They  have  to  write  a 
15-page  term  paper  for  us  that  is  due  the  15th — that  was  just  last 
week — of  May;  otherwise,  we  don't  take  them.  Nobody  flmiks  his 
regular  schoolwork  because  of  this  additional  work.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  they  get  better  grades.  They  even  take  a  language,  learn  a 
dialect,  so  they  can  meet  people  at  their  own  level. 

We  have  had  good  success  with  this.  It  is  a  nonprofit  group.  We 
raise  all  the  money  for  it,  but  our  big  problem  is  we  can't  project  a 
program  over  a  5-  or  10-year  period,  because  a  foundation  will  give 
you  money  for  1  year,  2  years,  3  years,  and  you  don't  know  if  you  are 
going  to  get  anymore  money,  and  you  need  a  good  solid  backlog  of 
assured  funds  to  do  this,  which  brmgs  me  to  my  own  point  of  view 
about  how  are  you  going  to  finance  something  like  this. 

I  want  to  give  my  firm  assent  to  the  need  for  a  separate  Freedom 
Academy,  and  not  because  the  Army  or  the  Navy  or  the  State  Depart- 
ment give  some  orientation  about  and  against  communism  in  all  their 
institutions,  but  because  the  biggest  asset  this  is  going  to  have  on 
the  thousands  of  non-Government  people  who  go  abroad.  Every  per- 
son who  goes  out  of  this  country  is  an  unofficial  diplomat,  an  unofficial 
ambassador,  and  they  are  the  people  who  can  do  a  good  deal  more 


1498       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

in  the  disarming  way  to  get  ideas  of  a  faith  and  freedom  across,  for 
example.  But  the  big  problem  is  who  is  going  to  train  them  and  of 
what  will  that  training  consist. 

'V'Vlien  the  Presbyterians  sent  me  out,  they  didn't  give  me  any  train- 
ing. The  first  couple  of  months,  I  got  beat  all  over  the  lot  but  I 
learned,  as  a  result  of  the  experience,  as  to  who  was  who,  what  was  his 
background,  what  was  his  strategy,  how  he  tried  to  cleverly  take  over 
the  audience  which  came  to  hear  me,  and  I  could  begin  to  spot  that 
pretty  soon  in  meetings. 

Their  strategy  was  very  clever.  They  would  let  me  speak,  and  then 
they  would  get  the  floor,  and  there  might  be  as  many  as  4,000  students 
there,  but  the  Communists  would  get  the  floor  first,  and  they  would 
pass  me  around  between  them  like  a  football,  and  I  kept  saying  to 
myself,  "Wliere  are  the  Christians?"  or  "Where  are  the  other  young 
people?"  or  "Who  knows  something  about  this?"  So  what  we  need  is 
an  agency  by  which  we  can  expose  people  to  some  kind  of  training  on 
various  levels,  and  do  this  for  Government  personnel  abroad.  I  am 
more  concerned,  because  this  is  my  field,  about  the  large  number  of 
private  groups. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Now  may  I  interrupt  right  there  at  that  point,  so 
that  we  have  it  in  sequence?  You  have  mentioned  Operation  Cross- 
roads Africa.  Would  you  just  fill  in  at  this  point — and  then  resume 
what  you  were  headed  toward — the  basic  purposes,  objectives,  and 
operations  of  Operation  Crossroads  ? 

Mr.  RoBiNSON".  Its  objectives  are  several-fold.  First,  it  is  to  make 
a  good  impact  and  a  good  image  for  the  United  States  in  the  new 
countries  of  Africa.  Secondly,  it  is  to  build  a  bridge  of  friendship 
and  understanding  and  to  provide  the  young  people  who  go  with  the 
basis  of  new  desire  to  educate  themselves  about  the  African  Continent 
in  the  hopes  that  we  will  build  a  reservoir  out  of  which  State  Depart- 
ment, the  USIS,  ICA,  missions,  anybody  else,  business,  at  work  in 
Africa  can  begin  to  draw  a  group  of  young  people  who  have  an  under- 
standing of  Africa — not  just  some  hearsay,  but  a  feeling,  who  de- 
veloped friendships,  and  who  can  go  back  after  they  have  gotten  their 
education  and  work  more  effectively  rather  than  just  picking  up 
almost  anybody  as  we  have  had  to  do  before  1957. 

We  have  opened  29  new  embassies  in  Africa.  We  didn't  have  people 
who  understood  or  had  a  positive  feeling  about  Africa,  or  who  had 
been  there  at  the  grassroots  level  to  man  all  these  engagements.  Our 
idea  in  Crossroads  is  that  if  we  can  get  young  people  in  their  formative 
years  to  go  and  build  friendships,  to  get  an  understanding,  and  then 
begin  to  pursue  that — it  is  a  long-range  program  of  preparing  a 
capable,  skilled  leadership  for  America  in  Africa,  and,  needless  to 
say,  we  are  way  behind. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Let  me  stop  you  right  there.  Are  these  persons 
who  participate  in  this  program  persons  from  Africa  in  this  country, 
or  is  it  done  in  Africa  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  These  are  young  people  from  the  United  States  who 
go  to  Africa  on  a  short-term  program  on  their  vacation  period,  for 
9  weeks. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  see.    These  are  Americans  that  go  to  Africa. 

Mr.  Robinson.  That  is  right. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1499 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Now  is  the  purpose  of  the  program  primarily  for 
their  enlightemiient  and  education,  or  for  that  of  the  peoples  in  Africa 
with  whom  they  have  contact,  or  both  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  It  is  both,  equal.  One,  that  they  have  to  say  to 
Africans,  "We  believe  in  you.  We  want  to  help  you.  We  would  like 
you  to  see  what  we  know  and  believe  about  the  democratic  way  of  life, 
about  individual  initiative  and  responsibility." 

Secondly,  as  a  result  of  the  experience,  of  learning  and  helping, 
lasting  friendships  are  made,  a  better  impression  of  America  is  given, 
and  substantial  assistance  provided.  Incidentally,  we  don't  say  it, 
but  the  greatest  benefit  comes  to  us,  to  the  United  States,  because  when 
they  get  back,  they  must  make  50  talks  each  year  for  2  years  about 
their  experiences.  Each  one  becomes  an  innocent,  but  unofficial,  am- 
bassador here  at  home.  Over  70  of  them  are  now  in  graduate  schools 
of  African  studies  preparing  for  a  lifetime  of  service  in  African- 
American  relations. 

Peace  Corps,  which  I  sometimes  humorously  say  ought  to  pay  us 
for  building  a  reservoir,  now  has  100  former  Crossroaders.  Mr. 
Shriver  has  a  telegram  at  the  door  of  every  person  who  leads  one  of 
our  units  when  they  return,  saying,  "Won't  you  come  down  for  an 
interview  about  service  in  Peace  Corps  after  your  experience  in 
Crossroads?" 

Eleven  of  them  have  gone  back.  I  say  over  100  are  back  in  Africa 
already,  with  Peace  Corps,  USIA,  missions,  ICA,  the  Columbia- 
London  University  teachers  program  in  East  Africa,  and  so  on. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Are  the  Americans  wdio  participate  in  this  program 
biracial  ?    Are  they  both  Negro  and  white  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  They  are  both  Negro  and  white.  The  trouble  is 
we  don't  get  enough  Negroes.  The  main  reason  is  that  eacli  person 
who  goes  has  to  raise  a  part  of  his  own  money,  and  the  average  Negro 
student,  if  he  can't  work  this  summer,  can't  get  back  in  school,  let 
alone  to  raise  money  to  spend  on  Crossroads. 

We  have  to  go  out  and  get  more  scholarship  money  to  get  help  for 
them,  and  also  help  to  get  them  back  in  school,  because  it  would  serve 
no  purpose  if  they  couldn't  get  back  in  school  and  continue  their 
education. 

Mr.  JoiiANSEN.  But  your  foundation  and  other  funds  that  you 
raise  go  in  part  to  subsidize  those  who  can't  pay  their  own  way.  Is 
that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  That  is  correct.  The  students  themselves  raise  about 
$180,000  a  year,  as  evidence  of  what  they  believe  is  their  responsibility, 
and  then  secondly,  I  and  the  members  of  the  board  of  directors,  we 
raise  about  $310,000  a  year,  to  supplement  what  they  raise. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Is  this  basically  a  Presbyterian  project,  or  is  it 
interdenominational  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  It  is  nonreligious. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  see. 

Mr.  Robinson.  We  take  everybody.  Even  an  atheist  who  can  con- 
vince us  that  he  believes  in  people  and  believes  in  us,  and  is  not  trying 
to  convert  somebody,  can  go.  We  have  a  number  of  Catholics.  For 
example,  at  Georgetown  is  one  of  our  cooperating  institutions,  the 
rector.  Father  Bunn  has  provided  $1,000  for  the  students,  and  the  boys 
at  Georgetown  have  washed  cars  on  Saturdays  to  raise  money  to  help 


1500       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

themselves  go,  so  we  are  a  broad,  inclusive  program,  with  no  religious 
test.  I  happen  to  be  la  Presbyterian  minister,  but  we  have  Jews, 
everybody  in  it  who  is  devoted  to  freedom,  democracy,  and  better 
world  relations. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  didn't  mean  to  divert  you.  This  is  a  fascinating 
narrative. 

Mr.  KoBiNSON.  Well,  our  other  aim  and  objective  is  that  we  will 
make  such  an  appeal  to  young  people  in  Africa  that  they  will  ask 
us  back  to  share  in  the  development  of  their  programs,  because  they 
feel  this  kind  of  confrontation  with  what  we  have  to  give  can  help 
them  to  develop  whole  democratic  understanding,  and  can  also  help 
both  us  and  them  to  outmatch  what  Communists  do. 

The  Communist  goes  to  these  countries  to  try  to  make  people  believe 
they  are  their  real  friends,  that  they  have  come  to  share  with  them, 
that  they  alone  want  to  see  them  advance.  But  we  have  to  outmatch 
that.  We  can  outmatch  it.  We  have  more  invitations  than  we  can  get 
money  to  send  students.  We  have  invitations  this  year  for  47  groups. 
We  can  only  take  26  groups,  because  there  just  aren't  enough  funds 
to  do  it. 

Now  our  other  aim  and  objective  is  that  it  is  our  hope  that  these 
young  people,  as  I  indicated  before,  when  they  are  through  college, 
will  have  laid  a  foundation  upon  which  they  will  be  better  witnesses 
for  the  United  States  in  carrying  out  policy  and  developing  friends, 
and  communicating  the  whole  democratic  structure,  and  being  able 
to  combat  communism  intelligently  and  effectively  when  they  come 
to  their  maturity. 

We  feel  we  have  to  start  now.  1  wish,  for  example,  that  if  there 
were  a  Freedom  Academy,  that  they  could  help  us  in  the  training  of 
our  young  people  each  summer  in  the  aspect  of  what  do  you  do  about 
commimism;  what  is  it?  How  do  you  determine  who  is  a  Commu- 
nist, skillfully ;  how  do  you  deal  with  Communist  strategy,  etc.  ? 

How  do  you  answer  their  questions?  How  do  you  keep  a  little 
handful  of  them  from  taking  the  audience  away  from  you?  That 
is  what  happened  to  me  in  northern  Italy,  for  example,  in  the  begin- 
ning, and  in  France.  When  I  first  went  out  for  the  Presbyterians 
who  were  naive  about  this  for  they  gave  me  no  preparation  and  my 
Communist  opponents  took  the  audience  away.  Till  I  learned  their 
ideology,  the  content,  and  their  strategy,  I  couldn't  even  begin  to 
operate,  or  they  would  ask  a  question,  for  example,  if  I  may  take  the 
time,  like  in  the  University  of  Tokyo,  Japan,  "They  sent  you  out  here, 
you  must  be  an  important  man.     Could  you  be  President?" 

Well,  I  had  to  say,  "No,  I  don't  think  I  could  in  the  foreseeable 
future.  It  is  not  likely  that  a  Negro  would  be  President  now."  If 
I  answered  the  other  way,  I  was  sunk.  They  had  me  trapped.  This 
is  what  they  were  expecting  me  to  do.  But  then  once  I  could  isolate 
who  they  were,  then  I  would  know  how  to  answer,  and  finally,  after 
some  jockeying,  I  would  say,  very  simply,  "No,  I  don't  think  I  could 
be  President,  but  sometimes,  I  have  seen  Presidents  elected  in  my 
country  that  I  was  sorry  for,  because  I  think  I  could  have  done  a 
better  job,"  and  the  whole  audience  laughed  and  they  laughed  at 
them,  because  then  they  saw  the  ridiculous  nature  of  the  question, 
and  then  I  could  be  much  more  constructive  about  this,  and  it  was 
only  because  I  had  begun  on  that  7  months  facing  them  so  often. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1501 

trying  to  take  my  meetings  away,  or  when  I  couldn't  speak  any  of  the 
languages  in  India,  sometimes  a  Communist  was  my  interpreter. 
That  is  a  great  act  of  faith,  because  after  you  get  through,  you 
don't  know  what  he  has  said,  but  I  found  out  what  he  was  saying, 
but  then  I  couldn't  do  anything,  because  that  whole  audience  was 
gone,  you  see,  and  it  made  me  look  bad. 

Well,  it  is  in  this  area  that  we  need  some  agency  that  can  help 
all  of  us  with  these  problems  and,  may  I  add,  opportunities.  More 
Americans  are  going  abroad.  Most  of  them  are  naive  about  com- 
munism. They  get  these  questions,  they  get  angry,  and  you  lose  the 
audience  when  you  get  angry,  and  that  isn't  what  you  want  to  do. 
You  want  to  win  the  audience,  or  you  want  to  make  as  much  capital 
as  you  can  to  get  your  point  of  view  across,  but  you  have  to  be 
skilled  and  trained  to  do  this,  because  we  are  combating  a  whole  new 
kind  of  unrelenting,  ideological  war. 

And  this  is  why  it  needs  to  be  on  its  own.  It  does  not  need  to  be  in 
the  State  Department.  They  have  got  their  problems.  It  can  be 
helpful  to  the  State  Department  in  some  of  the  things  they  do,  and 
some  of  the  people  they  send.  It  could  be  helpful  to  the  Army,  the 
Navy,  the  Air  Force,  or  to  any  agency  representing  the  United  States 
abroad.  But  it  needs  to  be  an  independent  organization,  so  it  can  be 
flexible  and  it  can  change  its  policy  and  its  strategy  as  the  time  and 
situation  demands,  and  shouldn't  have  to  go  all  the  way  up  to  the  top, 
for  example,  in  an  echelon  of  a  secretary  who  is  not  basically  concerned 
about  this  problem,  and  take  all  that  time,  because  we  don't  have  a 
whole  lot  of  time. 

I  had  hoped  that  back  in  1953  and  1954,  we  could  have  gotten  some 
things  done.  What  exactly  ?  In  1952,  we  didn't  have  any  program  in 
America  for  the  education  of  any  considerable  number  of  African 
students.  Down  on  East  17th  Street,  in  New  York,  just  east  of  Fifth 
Avenue,  there  was  a  house  known  as  the  Council  on  African  Affairs. 
This  organization  used  to  get  about  $200,000  a  year  from  Communist 
sources.  Its  job :  get  a  hold  of  every  African  student  who  came  here 
by  mission,  boards,  or  college  and  get  a  hold  of  his  mind.  Know 
what  his  basic  needs  are;  supply  them  in  order  to  ingratiate  him; 
win  him ;  and  if  you  can't  win  him — ^neutralize  him.  ^ 

I  helped  a  lad'  from  Sierra  Leone  to  go  to  the  University  of  Denver. 
The  university  gave  him  a  full  scholarship.  I  didn't  know  that  Den- 
ver was  5,000'feet  elevation.  Oh,  I  knew  it,  but  it  didn't  make  much 
difference  to  me ;  I  didn't  think  too  much  about  it.  He  comes  out  of  a 
country  with  a  hot  climate,  and  in  the  winter  Denver  is  a  cold  climate. 
He  didn't  even  have  an  overcoat.  Nobody  else  thought  about  it.  But 
the  Communists  did.  Nor,  for  example,  think  much  about  the  facts, 
how  lonely  he  was  going  to  be  and  how  desperately  he'd  latch  on  to  any- 
one who  gave  him  friendship.  Everybody  else  on  the  campus  was  too 
busy.  But  not  the  leftists  and  the  Communists ;  they  gave  him  friend- 
ship and  an  overcoat.  We've  got  a  gold  mine  with  foreign  students 
here,  over  70,000  every  year.  If  we  don't  make  an  impact  on  these 
who  are  here  4  to  10  years,  we  deserve  to  lose  them. 

Mr.  JoiTANSEN.  And  we  are  defeating  the  purpose  of  encouraging 
them  to  come  over  here. 

Mr.  Robinson.  Yes.  And  sometimes  we  spend  the  money  and  bring 
them,  and  then  somebody  else  wins  their  minds — like  this  young  man. 


1502       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

He  became  a  Communist,  and  a  part  of  it  was  that  the  Communists 
were  skillful  enough  to  know,  first,  he  needs  an  oA^ercoat,  and  they 
gave  it  to  him  and,  second,  that  he  was  lonely.  Everybody  else  is 
too  busy,  all  the  student  organizations  and  the  faculty,  and  here  was 
a  guy  who  was  lonely,  and  it  is  as  simple  as  that,  sometimes,  and  that 
is  what  I  have  seen  Communists  do  abroad. 

The  simple  technique  of  getting  to  the  people  where  they  are,  and 
then  getting  inside  them  and  winning  their  minds  and  making  them 
feel  we  are  the  people  who  really  care,  who  want  to  be  friends  and 
partners  with  them  for  a  better  country — a  better  world. 

Well,  it  is  in  this  sense  that  it  would  seem  to  me  an  Academy  like 
this  could  do  great  good  for  all  the  people  in  the  United  States,  and 
especially  that  great  group  increasingly  who  are  going  abroad,  as  well 
as  for  the  increasing  number  coming  here. 

Mr.  SoHADEBERG.  One  question.  Based  on  your  experience  with  Op- 
erations Crossroads  Africa,  do  you  think  that  the  Negroes  of  Amer- 
ica— are  they  any  better  accepted  in  Africa  than  the  white  personnel 
who  are  sent  over  there  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  I  talked  about  that  yesterday  to  a  conference  of 
30  African  cabinet  members  and  staff  functionaries  up  at  Corning, 
New  York,  who  were  brought  here  by  Corning  Glass.  I  talked 
about  it,  because  they  asked  me,  first  of  all,  and  this  was  the  question 
the  Africans  were  raising,  "Why  don't  you  send  more  Negroes  ?"  And 
over  and  over  again  I  have  to  say,  as  I  have  written  on  many  occasions, 
that  we  have  in  the  United  States  with  a  highly  color-conscious  world, 
not  only  Africa  but  Asia,  a  gold  mine  in  American  Negroes  that 
we  haven't  used  very  well.  But  more  American  Negroes  would  be 
a  great  asset  to  American  policy  and  aims  abroad. 

I  serve  on  the  advisory  committee  of  the  State  Department  on  the 
search  for  Negro  personnel,  and  the  last  time  we  met  was  just  about 
3  weeks  ago  down  here  for  2  days.  My  point  was  that  everywhere 
Crossroads  goes,  if  I  don't  have  a  good  percentage  of  Negroes  in 
Crossroads  in  Africa,  we  have  got  trouble  in  that  community. 

Now  we  just  need  to  have  more  money  to  get  them. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Why,  why  do  you  have  trouble  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  We  have  trouble  because  the  first  question  they  ask 
is — and  they  are  asking  me  this,  this  is  what  makes  it  so  funny — "You 
mean  to  tell  me  you  are  one  of  those  people  who  doesn't  want  to  bring 
our  people  out  here  ?     Do  you  discriminate  against  Negroes  ? " 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  Aren't  they  discriminating  if  they  think  only  in 
terms  of  their  own  ?     I  don't  want  to  get  into  an  argument  but 

Mr.  Robinson.  No,  they  are  not  thinking  that  for  Negroes  alone, 
but  you  see,  they  have  a  great  empathetic  relation  to  American 
Negroes- — who  came  from  their  coasts  and  they  know  our  race  prob- 
lem and  wonder  why  we  don't  use  more  of  our  Negro  citizens — and 
again  and  again,  when  leadership  people  are  brought  here  by  the 
State  Department,  they  are  often  very  unhappy  because  we  often  fail 
to  associate  them  with  the  Negro  community.  Crossroads,  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Department  of  State,  is  bringing  a  group  of  10  leadership 
students  from  four  countries  in  Africa  this  summer,  and  we  asked 
a  Negro  lad,  a  former  Crossroader,  to  help  take  care  of  them. 

If  it  is  successful,  we  will  make  it  50  or  100  next  year.  The  young 
Negro  who  wrote  me,  whom  I  had  asked  to  join  my  staff,  would  he  be 
one  of  the  two  leaders  to  take  these  around,  because  he  speaks  French, 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1503 

and  we  have  some  French-speaking  Africans,  he  can't  go,  but  he  said, 
"For  heaven's  sake,  please  have  at  least  one  of  the  two  people  who  take 
this  group  around  be  a  Negro,"  because  I  have  run  into  so  many  groups 
who  are  brought  here  by  State  Department,  and  they  never  have  a 
Negro  to  work  with  them  or  get  to  Negro  homes.  In  our  office,  we  get 
Africans  saying,  "Look,  we  want  to  see  some  Negroes."  This  really 
is  ridiculous  because  most  of  the  escorts  are  people  who  don't  know 
a  thing  about  the  Negro  community  or  have  no  contacts  with  Negro 
Americans.  They  are  handicapped,  and  these  people  go  back  disen- 
chanted with  us  because  of  this  failure. 

If  I  might  just  say  one  more  tiling,  I  had  to  spend  $75  of  my  own 
money  to  cable  back  here  from  Kenya  (where  I  was  a  guest  of  the 
Kenya  Government,  of  Jomo  Kenyata,  himself,  because  of  the  work 
of  our  young  people,  which  was  why  he  invited  my  wife  and  myself), 
because  their  Kenya  delegation  was  coming  to  the  United  States 
to  become  a  member  of  the  U.N.,  and  Prime  Minister  Kenyata  said, 
"We  need  your  help  in  seeing  that  this  group  gets  to  go  to  Atlanta 
and  to  some  other  places  where  they  can  have  some  relationship  with 
Negroes  and  get  to  know  more  about  the  race  problem  and  what  is 
being  done  about  it." 

So  I  took  it  upon  myself  to  cable  back  to  Roy  Wilkins  and  Philip 
Randolph  and  some  other  people,  Whitney  Young,  to  say  that  one  of 
the  greatest  things  you  can  do,  now  that  Kenya  is  independent,  is  to 
make  some  good  contacts  of  Negroes  who  can  be  of  help  to  them,  be- 
cause they  have  this  great  interest.  We  have  this  reservoir  of  Negro 
people,  but  we  ought  to  make  better  use  of  them. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Mr.  Clausen. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Along  this  point,  I  was  one  of  the  Members  of  the 
Congress  that  wrote  the  civil  rights  bill,  sir,  so  that  you  know  ex- 
actly where  I  stand,  but  I  have  always  felt  in  my  own  mind  the  very 
point  that  you  have  just  made  here  is  that  we  could  use  this  as  a  great 
relief  valve  for  the  Civil  Rights  problem  as  it  now  exists  in  this  par- 
ticular country,  if  we  were  to  take  advantage  of  this  so-called  gold 
mine  of  human  resources  that  is  available.  Would  you  comment  on 
this? 

Mr.  Robinson.  Well,  this  is  one  of  the  great  problems  among  Ne- 
groes, their  desire  to  serve  America  in  the  world  on  the  interna- 
tional scene. 

Mr.  Clausen.  I  mean,  couldn't  we  expand  and  take  advantage  of 
this  ?  Couldn't  we  expand  the  opportunity  for  the  Negro,  not  only  in 
Africa,  but  also  South  America  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  South  America  and  in  Asia  ? 

Mr.  Clausen.  Yes. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  And  in  Asia? 

Mr.  Robinson.  And  in  Asia. 

Mr.  ScHADEBERG.  I  Want  to  ask  a  question  that  is  directly  related  to 
this  Freedom  Academy.  You  said  something  about  you  being  in- 
volved in  two  areas,  the  private  and  the  governmental  sector,  inso- 
far as  Crossroads  Africa  and  the  Peace  Corps,  which  is  somewhat  the 
same  work.  Wliat  would  you  consider  to  be  the  relative  value  of  a 
governmental  agency  for  the  Freedom  Academy  as  opposed  to  a  pri- 
vate agency  for  the  Freedom  Academy,  or  a  second  part  of  that  ques- 
tion is:  Who  could  you  think  should  be  sponsoring  it,  or  should  be 
cosponsoring? 


1504       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

Mr.  EoBiNSON.  Well,  right  off  the  top  of  my  mind,  I  have  to  say- 
that  inasmuch  as  you  have  a  Defense  Department  because  sometimes 
you  have  to  defend  the  survival  of  the  countiy  by  military  actions, 
you  have  now  a  worldwide  attempt  to  remake  the  world  m  tlie  very 
evil  image  of  what  Archibald  MacLeish  once  defined  as,  "Communism 
is  the  fraudulent  justification  of  the  most  heinous  of  means  to  achieve 
the  most  despicable  of  ends." 

That  is  a  big  thing;  it  is  a  worldwide  thing.  I  don't  think  any- 
body can  do  that,  can  be  big  enough  and  have  the  support  that  it 
needs,  but  the  Government,  because  we  can  be  defeated  more  resound- 
ingly ideologically  tlian  we  can  even  by  military  action,  which  is  what 
I  don't  think  the  Communists  want  to  try  to  do  now. 

Mr.  SciiADEBERG.  Would  there  be  any  advantage  in  having  a  pri- 
vate sector  contribute  ? 

Mr.  RoBiisrsoN.  I  think  very  definitely.  I  would  hope  that  private 
organizations  that  are  concerned  would  have  a  very  real  part  in  this, 
because,  after  all,  they  are  the  majority  of  the  people  going  abroad  all 
the  time. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  What  you  say,  then,  when  you  speak  of  the  impor- 
tance of  Government  support,  doesn't  close  the  door  or  preclude  the 
role  of  the  private  sector  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  Absolutely  not.  I  would  hope  that  it  would  be  a 
real  large  place  for  private  organizations  to  share  in  such  a  program. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  mean,  your  o-svn  dedication  to  Crossroads  is  proof 
that  you  are  committed  to  the  private-sector  approach  very  strongly. 

Mr.  Robinson.  Yes.  I  think  we  need  both.  I  am  committed  to  the 
private  structure,  because  sometimes  the  private  organization  can 
move  with  greater  speed,  less  suspicion,  and  greater  depth.  When 
there  are  difficulties  between  our  nations  and  some  other,  that  door 
doesn't  keep  us  out.  For  example,  our  best  relationship  is  in  Ghana. 
We  don't  have  to  pay  for  room,  board,  or  transportation  in  Ghana. 

Now,  everybody  thinks  this  is  odd,  and  I  wonder  about  it  myself, 
too,  but  they  know  what  we  are  and  who  we  are,  and  when  they  are 
difficulties  with  our  Government  and  Ghana,  for  example,  we  don't 
have  any  at  all. 

And  I  think  if  the  door  is  open,  keep  your  foot  in  it.  That  is  why, 
when  the  newspapers  came  out  like  the  Dally  News  and  said,  and  I 
quote  them,  "We  should  pull  our  Peace  Coi-ps  people  out  of  Ghana 
before  they  are  killed,  stewed,  and  eaten,"  that  doesn't  win  friends  for 
us  anywhere  in  the  world,  and  newspapers  sometimes  could  use  a  little 
understanding  of  how  you  fight  this  battle.  It  wasn't  what  the  Ghan- 
ians  thought  about  this  that  disturbed  me.  It  was  what  the  Nigerians 
thought,  who  are  strong  friends  of  us,  and  they  resented  that,  for  ex- 
ample, although  they  knew  it  wasn't  our  Government  policy. 

Well,  I  don't  share  with  that.  I  think  if  the  door  is  open,  you  keep 
your  foot  in  there  and  you  keep  somebody  in  there.  No  matter  how 
high  the  price  or  how  hard  the  difficulties,  somebody  has  got  to  stay 
in  there  with  the  ideas  that  we  believe  are  worth  standing  for,  also 
worth  dying  for — although  I  want  to  see  more  people  stand  for  than 
die  for  them. 

Mr.  JoriANSEN.  Let  me  ask  this  question :  Wliere  the  Peace  Corps  is 
obviously  a  Government  agency  and  is,  therefore,  open  to  the  attack, 
however  baseless,  that,  after  all,  this  is  an  arm  of  State  Department 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1505 

policy  or  United  States  policy,  is  the  organization  such  as  you  repre- 
sent, because  it  comes  from  non-Government  background  and  with 
nongovernmental  support,  less  subjected  to  the  charge,  particularly 
by  Communists  in  tiiese  countries,  or  is  it  more  difficult  for  the  Com- 
munists to  pin  the  tag  of  agents  of  imperialism  or  capitalism  for  the 
United  States  Government  on  the  private  enterprise  type  of  group? 

Mr.  Robinson.  It  is  more  difficult  for  them,  although  I  must  admit 
they  try  to  do  it,  to  pin  a  label  on  Crossroads.  They  try  to  do  that  to 
us,  for  example,  try  to  make  people  believe  that  we  are  really  are  a  back- 
door Government-sponsored  organization  and  that  all  this  business 
about  private  support  doesn't  avail  very  much,  but  we  have  been  able 
to  effectively  counteract  their  attempts. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  The  truth  doesn't  bother  the  Communists. 

Mr.  Robinson.  It  doesn't  bother  them.  What  we  have  to  do  is  to 
convince  the  people  they  are  trying  to  convince,  and  we  have  been 
able  to  convince  the  people  they  are  trying  to  con.  There  is  no 
country  we  have  been  in,  although  in  Uganda  and  Ghana  they  tried 
to  make  it  look  as  though  we  were  CIA  agents  or  an  organization 
trying  to  subvert  their  youth,  but  we  were  able  to  defeat  them  at  it, 
and  in  both  countries,  they  have  asked  us  to  bring  two  or  three  groups 
a  year. 

We  can  only  take  one  group  to  each  country  despite  all  they  did, 
so  it  is  those  people,  the  masses  of  people  whom  we  want  to  convince, 
and  we  can  keep  doing  that,  and  when  you  say  to  people,  these  stu- 
dents raised  this  money,  this  Kiwanis  Club,  this  temple  or  synagogue, 
this  church,  this  Rotarian  Club,  this  group  of  students  help  make  our 
work  possible  out  here,  that  speaks  for  democracy  with  a  witness  that 
nothing  else  can  controvert. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  What  specific  type  of  activities  do  these  groups  of 
yours  pursue  in  these  foreign  countries  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  We  use  the  work  camp  technique  as  a  vehicle  to 
be  able  to  talk,  to  live  with,  and  to  get  people  to  listen  to  us.  This 
year,  for  example,  we  are  going  to  build  eight  little  two-  to  five-room 
schools  in  a  village  where  there  has  been  no  school. 

We  are  going  to  do  a  rural  health  project  in  preventive  medicine, 
with  three  doctors  and  eight  nurses  in  eastern  Nigeria ;  and  from  Tufts 
University,  we  are  taking  12,  at  least,  students  to  do  a  youth  and 
sports  and  physical  education  program. 

Everybody  wants  athletics.  They  want  to  train  for  their  African 
games  and  the  Olympic  games.  In  Mali,  which  has  just  admitted  us 
for  the  first  time — Mali  never  let  us  in  before  because  they  didn't  be- 
lieve we  were  a  private  organization — we  have  a  project  this  summer; 
we  have  convinced  them.  They  want,  for  example,  four  coaches  and 
a  basketball  team.  Five  countries  wanted  a  basketball  team.  Some 
people  we  go  to  for  money  laugh  at  me,  and  they  say,  "It's  a  waste 
to  send  a  basketball  team," 

Look,  you  send  a  basketball  team,  you  will  be  having  an  opportunity 
to  talk  to  every  youth  in  the  country,  and  you  are  not  playing  basket- 
ball all  day;  you  are  sitting  around  the  fireside  of  the  evening  and 
communicating  ideas  of  democracy,  faith,  and  freedom. 

You  are  going  to  look  at  a  new  dam  site,  for  example,  or  you  are 
going  to  talk  to  a  chief  of  the  village  or  the  head  of  the  political 
party  or  the  opposition  leader,  and  this  is  where  we  get  our  chance  to 


1506       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

get  across  our  ideas,  and  then  they  come  back  again  and  again  with 
questions,  and  the  discussion  deepens. 

I  would  say,  sir,  that  over  10,000  letters  a  year  flow  now  between 
the  young  people  in  this  country  and  young  leaders  in  the  African 
countries,  so  we  use  this  as  a  vehicle,  you  see. 

We  give  a  service,  we  say,  "We  have  come  to  serve  you.  This  is 
what  the  democracy  is.  It  comes  from  within  committed  people,  who 
are  not  sent,  but  who  believe  this  is  their  duty  and  responsibility,  and 
then  it  comes  outside,  and  it  changes  other  people,  because  they  begin 
to  believe  in  you.     This  is  our  greatest  opportunity." 

Now,  out  of  that,  we  have  gotten  yoimg  African  leaders  to  begin 
to  take  responsibility  they  never  took  before.  When  we  first  went, 
we  had  62  in  five  countries.  We  got  less  than  30  African  students  to 
come  and  work  with  us. 

They  would  folk  dance  with  us,  talk  about  Little  Rock,  argue  about 
race  relations,  about  labor,  but  they  wouldn't  work,  because  they  were 
the  elite.  If  they  were  in  high  school  and  college,  and  you  didn't 
touch  anything  with  your  hands.  That  was  beneath  them.  But  it  in- 
terested them,  why  students  would  come  all  the  way  from  the  United 
States,  pay  their  own  money,  give  up  their  vacations,  and  live  in  a 
village  under  primitive  conditions  and  avoid  the  cities. 

We  take  them  out  into  the  villages,  under  the  most  primitive  con- 
ditions, and  we  tell  them,  "If  you're  not  tough  enough,  you  can't  go 
with  us,  because  we  promise  you  dysentery,  we  promise  you  some 
malaria.  It  won't  hurt  you  if  you  follow  our  rules,  but  you  are  going 
to  get  all  of  these  things.  Sometimes,  you  are  going  to  say  to  your- 
self, 'Why  did  I  ever  let  that  fellow  Robinson  get  me  out  in  a  place 
like  this?'  "  But  we  also  promise  you  will  be  there  at  what  Tillich 
calls  the  Kairos,  where  time  enters  eternity,  and  they  are  a  part  of 
the  forces  helping  make  good  history  of  a  better,  more  secure,  more 
peaceful,  and  a  more  democratic  world. 

Mr.  Clausen.  You  have  made  a  very  key  point  here,  I  think,  and 
that  is  that  we  have  the  maximum  flexibility,  because  of  the  fact  that 
you  are  operating  in  a  private  sector.  Could  you  comment  on  the 
restrictions  that  anyone  associated  with  the  public  sector  will  have, 
in  operating  in  this  same  environment  ? 

Mr.  RoBiNSON".  Yes,  I  can. 

I  would  say,  let's  take  Peace  Corps.  I  serve  as  a  member  of  the 
Advisory  Committee,  the  National  Advisory  Committee — in  fact,  as 
one  of  the  four  vice  chairmen  of  the  National  Advisory  Committee — 
and  I  did  a  survey  for  Peace  Corps,  to  see  what  was  the  reaction  of 
Europeans,  expatriates,  the  Government  people,  the  opposition  party 
people,  the  Communists,  student  leaders,  and  so  on,  2  years  ago, 
which  I  sent  back  to  the  headquarters  here  in  Washington. 

Now,  the  difficulty  with  most  Government  agencies  working  abroad 
is  that  they  have  to  get  an  appropriation  from  Congress.  If  I  may 
be  completely  frank 

Mr.  JoiiANSEN.  That  is  why  we  value  your  testimony.  Be  perfectly 
frank. 

Mr.  Robinson.  And  it  has  got  to  be  set  up,  and  rules  have  got  to 
be  set  for  it,  and  then  I  find  so  many  people  have  to  say,  "What  is 
Congress  going  to  think?"  First,  let  me  give  you  an  example.  The 
United  States  Foreign  Service  made  a  film  for  us,  beautifully  done. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1507 

They  took  some  scenes  of  our  students  talking  about  politics  with 
Jomo  Kenyata ;  Julius  Nyerere,  the  Prime  Minister  of  Tanganyika ; 
and  with  Tom  Mboya  about  race  relations,  and  they  are  making  this 
film,  in  color,  on  which  they  spent  thousands  of  dollars,  translating 
it  into  French,  Arabic,  and  Swahili,  as  well  as  English,  to  show  that 
dynamism  of  American  democratic  young  people,  but  they  took  all 
of  the  conversation  on  politics  and  the  confrontations  on  race  rela- 
tions out,  rightly  or  wrongly,  because  they  said,  "This  might  be  an 
offense    to    Congress." 

Now,  I  think  this  is  stupid,  myself,  that  they  even  think  this.  I 
said,  "Why  don't  you  put  it  in,  and  let's  see  what  comes  afterwards?" 
Because  you  can't  talk  to  African  groups  unless  you  talk  on  these  terms. 
Wliat  did  the  film  turn  out  to  be,  a  beautiful  travelogue  in  color,  girls 
carrying  cement  blocks  on  their  heads,  but  we  wanted  to  show  them  we 
were  concerned  about  their  future,  and  that  is  where  they  are  now, 
deeply  involved  in  political  development  and  independence  and  vitally 
concerned  about  American  race  relations. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Now,  a  private  program  could  have  done  that. 

Mr.  Robinson.  Yes.  We  did  do  that,  CBS,  the  first  time  we  got 
into  Guinea  in  1960,  when  our  Government  had  bad  relations  with 
Guinea,  they  didn't  like  us  and  we  didn't  like  them,  but  we  got  in. 

CBS  then  promised  them  $4,000  to  help  build  a  building  so  that 
they  could  get  in,  and  Ed  Murrow's  last  "CBS  Reports"  was  ^'-Opera- 
tion Crossroads  Africa^  Pilot  Project  for  Peace  Corps,''^  but  in  that 
film,  there  was  confrontation  with  the  villagers  about  race  relations, 
confrontation  with  Sekou  Toure  about  American  relations  with 
Guinea,  for  example,  which  we  could  do,  and  they  did,  and  it  is  a  very 
powerful  film. 

Mr.  Clausen.  What  you  are  saying,  then,  sir,  is  that  there  are  al- 
ways going  to  be  limitations  in  any  program  associated  with  Govern- 
ment, whereas,  you  have  a  minimal  amount  of  limitations  if  the 
emphasis  is  placed  in  the  private  sector.     Is  that  correct  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  That  is  correct.  But  the  big  problem  here  is  that 
no  private  agency  can  raise  the  money  necessary  to  do  the  job  that  has 
to  be  done. 

Mr.  Clausen.  All  right.  Will  you  yield  on  that  point?  After 
hearing  your  testimony,  and  I  think  we  have  hit,  Mr.  Chairman,  on  a 
very  key  point.  It  is  conceivable  that  we  will  have  to  develop  a  part- 
nership program  between  Government  and  the  private  sector  with 
incentive  for  the  leadership  of  our  private  sector  to  move  out  and  do  a 
better  job  than  they  have  been  doing,  but  in  the  meantime,  show  the 
Government  interest  and  a  matching  program,  possibly. 

Mr.  Robinson.  I  think  we  can  be  creative  enough  to  get  the  maxi- 
mum amount  of  using  both  Government  and  private  agencies.  Wlien 
President  Kennedy,  former  President  Kenned}^,  announced  the  Peace 
Corps,  he  said,  "There  will  be  a  place  for  the  Government  service, 
there  will  be  a  place  for  Crossroads,  there  will  be  a  place  for  colleges 
and  universities."  My  biggest  quarrel  with  Peace  Corps  is  that  it 
became  another  bureaucracy,  and  didn't  leave  enough  room  to  do  pri- 
vate contracts.  I  want  to  add,  however,  the  Peace  Corps  is  doing  a 
magnificent  job. 

If  it  is  going  to  do  an  educational  project,  for  example,  why  not  get 
the  education  department  of  a  school  of  education  to  do  it  in  a  coun- 
try ?     They  are  beginning  to  do  a  little  of  that  now. 


1508       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

They  had  a  whole  section  on  contract  with  private  agencies,  but  that 
has  been  pulled  in,  until  it  is  almost  nothing  now,  so  that  they  could  do 
creative  things  in  a  more  reflective  way  if  they  could  set  the  standard 
and  the  rule  and  say  to  this  agency,  "You  do  this  job.  We  will  not 
supervise  it,  but  we  will  check  you  every  6  months  or  a  year." 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Off  the  record. 

(Discussion  off  the  record.) 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  I  would  like  to  express  my  appreciation  and,  I  am 
sure,  of  my  colleagues  for  your  appearance  here  and  your  testimony. 
I  hope  some  of  us  can  avail  ourselves  of  the  opportmiity  of  talking 
with  you  personally  when  you  are  in  Washington. 

Mr.  RoBiisrsoN.  I  will  be  delighted. 

Mr.  JoHANSEN".  And  possibly  there  may  be  further  opportunities  to 
appear  before  the  committee,  but  we  do  thank  you  for  appearing. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Mr.  Chairman,  could  I  ask  one  question  for  the  rec- 
ord, before  the  gentleman  leaves  ? 

Mr.  JoHANSEN.  Surely. 

Mr.  Clausen.  Because  I  have  been  developing  the  matter  of  utiliza- 
tion of  aircraft.  I  don't  know  if  you  were  here  or  not  when  I  made  the 
point  with  the  previous  witness  about  the  implementation  of,  or  the 
use  of,  aircraft  in  these  remote  sections  of  Africa.  Could  you  use 
this  in  your  program  to  expedite  the  Operations  Crossroads  in  Africa  ? 

Mr.  Robinson.  I  don't  want  to  be  ambivalent  about  that.  Our  larg- 
est expenditure  is  getting  310  people  to  Africa.  We  sometimes  have 
thought  about  the  possibility,  and  the  superintendent  of  the  West  Point 
Military  Academy  actually  took  it  up  with  somebody  in  the  Air  Force 
about  the  possibility  of  their  flying  us  over.  The  $220,000  we  spend 
on  flying  them  out  by  jet,  even  though  it  is  cheaper  than  commercial 
fare,  could  double  the  number  of  people  we  are  working  with  in  many 
places. 

Mr.  Clausen.  The  point  that  we  are  making  is  that  transportation 
of  qualified  people  into  the  area  is  one  of  the  greatest  needs. 

Mr.  Robinson.  Absolutely.    It  is  the  biggest  expense. 

Mr.  Johansen.  We  will  release  you  now  to  take  your  own  aircraft. 

Mr.  Robinson.  Thank  you.    Thank  you  verj^  much,  sir. 

Mr.  Johansen.  The  committee  will  stand  in  recess  subject  to  the 
call  of  the  Chair. 

(Whereupon,  at  1:40  p.m.,  the  committee  recessed,  to  reconvene  at 
the  call  of  the  Chair.) 

AFTERNOON  SESSION— WEDNESDAY,  MAY  20,  1964 

(The  committee  reconvened  at  2:25  p.m..  Representative  Richard 
Ichord,  of  Missouri,  presiding.) 

Mr.  Ichord.  The  meeting  will  come  to  order. 

This  meeting  is  a  continuation  of  the  hearing  on  the  Freedom 
Academy  bills. 

The  next  witness  is  Mr.  Walter  Joyce. 

Mr.  Joyce,  it  is  a  pleasure  to  have  you  before  the  committee.  I  wish 
to  apologize  that  the  other  members  are  not  here  to  hear  your  testi- 
mony, but  we  do  have  some  important  legislation  on  the  floor  of  the 
House  today,  and  a  vote  is  expected  at  any  time.  I  do  hope  that  we  can 
conclude  with  your  testimony  before  the  bell  rings. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1 509 

I  would  ask,  sir,  that  you  give  us  a  brief  sketch  of  your  background 
for  the  reporter  before  you  get  into  your  testimony. 

STATEMENT  OP  WALTER  JOYCE 

Mr.  Joyce.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  am  managaing  editor  of  Printers'^  Ink 
Magazine.^  the  weekly  news  magazine  of  marketing  and  advertising, 
and  I  am  also  the  author  of  a  recently  publislied  book  called  The 
Propaganda  Gap.  A  continuing  analysis  of  the  media  of  communica- 
tions and  the  use  of  persuasive  communications  in  the  world  of  busi- 
ness is  my  vocation. 

A  continuing  study  of  the  use  of  the  persuasive  communications  in 
the  international  conflict  of  ideologies  is  my  avocation. 

My  testimony  will  be  brief. 

Because  of  my  specialized  background  and  experience,  however,  I 
trust  I  can  cast  a  little  light  from  a  slightly  different  angle  on  the  need 
for  the  Freedom  Academy. 

Knowledge  in  a  vacuum  is  like  an  unopened  telephone  book.  Ap- 
plied knowledge  gives  birth  to  new  intelligence.  That  is  why  every 
major  enterprise  today  is,  first  of  all,  a  consumer  of  ideas  and  facts. 
Business  draws  its  operating  knowledge  from  virtually  every  intel- 
lectual discipline.  It  employs  sociologists,  anthropologists,  econo- 
mists, psychologists,  semanticists,  philosophers,  researchers,  and 
practitioners  of  all  of  the  creative  arts. 

It  is  the  meshing  of  these  disciplines  that  adds  much  to  the  dynamics 
of  business  today. 

Until  this  century  the  meshing  was  accomplished  on  a  haphazard 
basis.  Then  came  the  business  school  and  the  era  of  the  management 
generalist,  who  orchestrates  the  many  disciplines  into  an  operational 
approach,  knowledge  is  converted  into  something.  There  is  a  con- 
stant quest  for  more  and  more  knowledge,  and  there  is  a  continuous 
feedback  on  the  effects  of  the  operational  approach  so  that  it  can  be 
refined  and  refined. 

This  is  not  being  done  in  the  ideological  struggle.  There  is  no 
repository  of  pertinent  knowledge  from  all  of  the  disciplines.  There 
is  no  faculty  interpreting  that  knowledge  in  terms  of  the  needs  of  the 
cold  war,  as  the  faculties  of  business  schools  interpret  knowledge  in 
terms  of  the  needs  of  the  business  world.  There  is  no  school  turning 
out  the  generalists,  who  orchestrate  the  bits  and  pieces  of  knowledge 
into  an  approach  that  fits  the  needs  of  the  immediate  situation. 

During  World  War  I  there  was  concern  because  we  were  training 
some  of  our  soldiers  with  broomsticks  instead  of  guns,  but  we  did 
arm  them  with  guns  before  we  sent  them  to  battle.  Now  we  send 
out  our  cold  warriors  to  the  battlefront  armed  figuratively  with 
nothing  more  than  broomsticks.  If  our  military  academies  can  turn 
out  well-prepared  warriors  for  a  hot  war,  there  is  no  reason  we  cannot 
have  an  academy  to  turn  out  fighters  for  the  only  war  we  are  in. 

At  this  point  may  I  make  a  special  plea  that  the  training  be  extended 
to  as  many  citizens  of  other  countries  as  possible.  Common  sense, 
of  course,  would  tell  us  that  nationals  can  influence  their  fellow  citi- 
zens to  a  greater  degree  than  outsiders  can,  but  the  differences  may 
be  more  pronounced  and  more  variated  than  is  appreciated.  This 
has  been  learned  through  hard  practice  by  the  United  States  adver- 

30-471— 64— pt.  2 18 


1510       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

tising  agencies  that  have  expanded  abroad.  Our  advertising 
techniques  are  effective  in  other  countries,  but  tliey  are  most 
effective  when  adapted  by  tlie  nationals  of  those  countries.  That  is 
why  most  foreign  branches  of  U.S.  agencies  are  staffed  from  top 
to  bottom  with  nationals  or  near-nationals. 

I  believe  you  have  been  hearing  a  sufficient  number  of  arguments  in 
favor  of  training  Government  foreign  affairs  personnel  in  the  Freedom 
Academy,  but  that  bill  also  provides  for  special  courses  for  people 
from  the  private  sector  of  our  society.  Let  us  give  full  weight  to 
the  value  of  such  courses. 

Some  35,000  American  businessmen  work  in  other  countries.  That, 
I  believe,  is  more  than  the  total  number  of  State  Department,  US  I  A, 
and  AID  personnel  abroad.  These  businessmen  generally  remain 
in  the  host  countries  longer  than  Government  personnel.  For  ex- 
ample, the  minimum  tour  for  USIA  personnel  in  one  country  was 
changed  from  2  to  3  years  just  recently. 

American  businessmen  often  have  a  wider  range  of  direct  contact 
with  local  businesses,  local  citizens,  and  can  do  more  by  word  and 
deed  to  influence  attitudes.  These  men  now  must  learn  on  the  job 
how  to  cope  with  the  conflicting  ideological  forces. 

Many  go  abroad  without  the  background  needed  to  meet  the  chal- 
lenge, yet  imagine  what  exponents  of  our  economic  system  and  our 
total  society  American  businessmen  abroad  could  be. 

The  anthropologist,  Ethel  J.  Alpenfels,  has  observed  that  the  travel- 
ing salesman  has  been  the  most  effective  builder  of  civilizations.  She 
has  recalled  that  in  the  Aztec  kingdom  the  traveling  salesman  rated 
a  special  heaven  alongside  of  women  who  died  in  childbirth  and 
men  who  died  in  battle. 

"If  we  look  at  the  West,"  she  has  said,  "it  is  not  the  Government 
official  who  most  changes  people,  nor  is  it  the  missionary,  it  is  the 
trader,  traveling  salesmen,  businessmen  who  followed.  The  ideas 
of  our  country  come  through  the  products  we  sell." 

Yet,  it  was  not  until  1961  that  the  USIA  took  the  first  halting 
step  toward  enlisting  the  help  of  U.S.  business;  through  its  office 
of  private  cooperation,  the  USIA  distributes  kits  of  background 
information  on  our  Government's  positions  to  some  450  international 
firms,  which  in  turn  distribute  the  kits  to  their  overseas  employees. 

Wliile  this,  of  course,  is  an  admirable  effort,  it  is  just  a  halting  step 
by  an  agency  that  was  not  even  established  to  do  a  training  job  in  the 
private  sector. 

American  businessmen  abroad  are  generally  keenly  conscious  of  our 
engagement  in  the  ideological  struggle  and  many  think  that  Govern- 
ment is  falling  down  on  the  job.  To  take  up  the  slack  to  some  degree 
they  have  formed  such  organizations  as  the  Business  Council  for  In- 
ternational Understanding,  the  U.S.  Inter- American  Council,  the  Na- 
tional Foreign  Trade  Council,  the  Pan  American  Society,  the  Latin 
American  Information  Committee,  and  innumerable  others.  Their 
activities  vary,  but  their  objectives  all  include  a  deeper  commitment 
to  the  ideological  conflict.  Some  are  outright  propaganda  organiza- 
tions. The  Information  Council  of  the  Americas  in  New  Orleans,  for 
example,  tapes  programs  on  Communist  perfidy  and  distributes  them 
to  Latin  America.  With  Government  guidance  and  endorsement, 
highly  significant  programs  can  be  developed  in  the  private  sector. 


PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION       1511 

We  already  have  CARE,  the  Congress  for  Cultural  Freedom,  the 
International  Rescue  Committee,  and  the  People-to-People  Program. 
Then  there  is  religion,  another  antithesis  to  communism.  The  Na- 
tional Council  of  Churches  reports  there  are  some  33,000  U.S.  mis- 
sionaries in  146  foreign  countries  and  territories.  American  church- 
goers support  them  with  $170  million  a  year  in  contributions. 

Private  corporations  and  foundations  are  also  active.  Overseas,  the 
Ford,  Rockefeller,  Near  East,  and  other  foundations  are  spending 
some  $40  million  a  year  on  research,  scholarships,  and  economic  de- 
velopment. 

It  can  be  said  without  much  contradiction  that  these  efforts  are  not 
tied  in  with  the  ideological  objectives  of  free  men  as  closely  as  they 
could  be  with  enlightened  guidance.  We  don't  have  the  enlightenment 
because  we  have  not  applied  our  resources  to  the  problem. 

The  appalling  fact  is  that  the  resources  and  the  talents  are  avail- 
able but  there  has  been  no  real  move  to  conscript  them. 

At  the  heart  of  the  question  are  ideas  and  the  ability  to  win  true  be- 
lievers in  those  ideas.  We,  our  country,  has  just  a  few  basic  ideas, 
primarily  that  the  freedom  and  dignity  of  each  individual  are  in- 
violate and  to  recognize  that  principle  is  to  benefit  all  mankind.  It 
has  worked  for  us  and  for  many  others  in  the  free  world.  Yet  those 
ideas  are  seriously  challenged  by  fraudulent  promises.  It  need  not  be. 
This  Nation  possesses  the  resources  of  persuasive  communications  in 
such  quantity  and  quality  that  we  could  turn  the  Communist  siren 
song  into  an  ineffectual  moan.  Our  technology  in  transmitting  sound, 
pictures,  and  printed  word  is  unmatched.  Our  capacity  for  producing 
communications  media  is  without  parallel.  Our  command  of  the 
methodology  is  unchallenged. 

Thanks  to  our  leadership  in  the  field  of  electronic  computers,  our 
capability  to  assemble  information  and  process  it  to  meaningful  com- 
munications ends  is  unlimited.  And  thanks  to  our  open,  competitive 
society  our  fund  of  creative  talent  in  the  art  of  persuasion  and  the  use 
of  all  media  is  abundant. 

While  Government,  through  the  Freedom  Academy,  could  provide 
guidance,  it  could  also  employ  the  services  and  other  elements  of  the 
private  sector. 

For  example.  Government  could  engage  one  of  the  great  organiza- 
tions in  international  communications  to  conduct  intense  studies  of 
political  attitudes  throughout  the  world — and  to  analyze  the  facts, 
concepts,  and  ideas  that  have  shaped,  and  could  reshape,  these  atti- 
tudes. 

Government  and  business  together  could  conduct  studies  to  deter- 
mine the  most  progressive  and  promising  policies,  in  the  terms  of  cold 
war  objectives,  for  business  in  each  area  of  the  world. 

Government  could  turn  over  the  findings  of  the  attitudinal  studies 
to  one  or  more  of  our  major  communications  agencies  for  the  devel- 
opment of  special  projects.  One  special  project  could  be  the  initiation 
of  ideas  and  approaches  for  dramatizing  to  the  people  of  Latin  Amer- 
ica the  treacheries  of  communism  in  Cuba. 

Government  could  engage  private-sector  communications  specialists 
to  analyze  in  depth  the  magazines,  exhibits,  motion  pictures,  radio 
broadcasts,  television  programs,  and  other  efforts  by  Government  to 
influence  the  peoples  of  the  world. 


1512   PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF   A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION 

During  the  past  few  years  few  have  delved  more  deeply  into  all  of 
the  hearings,  reports,  analyses,  speeches,  and  news  stories  on  the  ideo- 
logical struggle  than  I  have.  Two  impressions  are  predominant: 
There  is  wide  agreement  that  we  have  not  really  begun  to  commit  our- 
selves to  the  ideological  struggle  and  there  is  endless  haggling  over 
the  kind  of  commitment  because  parochial  preserves  will  be  challenged. 

You  have  the  opportunity  now  to  make  the  commitment.  You  also 
are  sophisticated  enough  to  know  that,  if  you  do,  if  you  enact  the 
Freedom  Academy  bill,  a  new  balance  in  our  foreign  affairs  structure 
will  be  achieved.  The  striped-pants  diplomat,  with  his  polite  govern- 
ment-to-government charade,  will  enjoy  less  stature.  Our  aid  pro- 
gram will  be  administered  with  more  attention  to  positive  objectives. 
It  will  be  a  new  kind  of  foreign  affairs,  and  some  entrenched  interests 
will  not  like  it.  But  I  think  I  am  speaking  for  the  majority  when  I 
urge,  commit  us. 

Thank  you. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Joyce,  for  your  very  fine 
testimony. 

I  was  not  present  at  the  meeting  this  morning  but  I  understand 
that  one  of  the  witnesses  advanced  the  thought  that  perhaps  the  Free- 
dom Academy  could  be  financed  by  private  funds  rather  than  by  gov- 
ernmental appropriations. 

I  rather  believe  that  that  idea  was  probably  advanced  by  Represent- 
ative Clausen,  whom  I  had  talked  to  earlier  and  he  was  in  favor  of  a 
private-financing  approach. 

For  the  record  I  would  like  to  ask.  Do  you  believe  that  that  would 
be  feasible,  that  is,  that  fomidations  and  corporations  could  be  relied 
upon  to  furnish  sufficient  funds  for  the  operation  of  a  Freedom 
Academy  ? 

Mr.  Joyce.  I  think  it  is  feasible  to  get  funds,  but  it  is  probably  an 
unrealistic  way  to  get  funds. 

I  do  not  think  that  is  the  resolution  of  the  problem  right  now.  1 
think  this  should  be  an  official  Government  program  and  it  should 
belong  to  all  of  the  people.  It  should  not  be  identified  with  business ; 
it  should  be  identified  with  all  of  us. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  You  are  not  advocating  the  Government  set  up  the 
Academy  and  then  finance  it  out  of  private  appropriations  or  private 
funds,  are  you? 

Mr.  Joyce.  No,  I  am  not.  I  advocate  that  this  be  supported  by  tax 
money. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  You  would  prefer  that  it  be  supported  by  tax  money 
to  make  it  a  project  of  all  of  the  American  people? 

Mr.  Joyce.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  One  more  question.  Do  you  believe  that  there  is  suf- 
ficient awareness  in  the  business  community  to  insure  that  it  could 
be  comited  upon  to  support  the  Freedom  Academy  and  take  full  ad- 
vantage of  all  of  its  facilities  ? 

Mr.  Joyce.  I  am  convinced  there  is.  One  reason  that  I  wrote  the 
book  or  started  research  for  the  book — my  book.  The  Propaganda 
Gap — was  the  increasing  number  of  criticisms  we  got  at  Printers^ 
Ink  of  the  United  States  position  as  a  persuader  abroad.  As  you 
know,  more  and  more  business  has  gone  abroad  since  World  War  II, 
and  particularly  our  communications  agencies,  our  advertising  agen- 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION    1513 

cies,  our  marketing  organizations.  These  are  people  sophisticated 
in  commnnications  and  inevitably  they  think  our  Government  is  doing 
a  poor  job.  A  number  of  them  have  approached  the  USIA  and  offered 
their  assistance. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  It  is  your  feeling  then  that  these  people  could  attend 
the  Academy  and  be  prepared  to  help  their  Government  when  they 
are  abroad? 

Mr.  Joyce.  I  am  convinced  they  would ;  yes. 

Mr.  IcKORD.  The  reason  why  I  was  not  at  the  hearings  this  morn- 
ing was  that  I  am  a  member  of  the  Conmiittee  on  Armed  Services 
and  we  heard  Secretar\^  of  Defense,  Mr.  McNamara,  on  the  South 
Vietnam  situation  and  the  Secretary  at  the  hearing  this  morning— 
of  course,  I  cannot  relate  all  that  went  on  at  the  hearing,  but  he  did 
go  over  essentially  the  same  thing  that  he  went  over  in  his  speech 
of  March  the  28th  to  the  effect  that  we  essentially  had  four  alterna- 
tives in  South  Vietnam ;  he  only  mentioned  three,  but  I  could  tell  from 
his  testimonv  pretty  well  what  the  fourth  alternative  was. 

One,  would  be  to  go  all  out  to  win  the  war  in  South  Vietnam; 
second,  would  be  to  get  out  altogether;  third,  would  be  to  do  as  we 
are  doing  now;  and  the  fourth,  would  be  some  kind  of  a  neutrality 
arrangement  much  like  that  in  Laos.  Of  course,  that  would  be  out  be- 
cause we,  in  effect,  have  already  had  division  in  Vietnam,  division  of 
North  Vietnam  and  South  Vietnam. 

We  cannot  imder  any  circumstances  pull  out,  I  believe,  because  it 
would  open  up  Malaysia,  the  Philippines,  Australia,  all  down  the 
line  there  to  Communist  advancements. 

Of  course,  the  Freedom  Academy  operating  on  a  situation  like 
South  Vietnam  is  too  late. 

Mr.  Joyce.  Yes. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  Do  you  feel  this  Academy  would  have  helped  us  in  a 
situation,  say,  10  or  12  years  ago  in  Vietnam  ? 

Mr.  Joyce.  If  the  concept  worked,  presumably  we  would  have  lead- 
ership in  South  Vietnam — knowledgeable,  free-world  style  leadership 
that  would  have  recognized  the  Communist  threat  a  long  time  ago  and 
would  have  confronted  it  headlong. 

I  think  also  a  commitment  to  the  whole  idea  of  the  Freedom  Acad- 
emy would  have  meant  that  not  only  would  South  Vietnam  be  on  con- 
tention as  it  is  now,  but  North  Vietnam,  too. 

If  we  commit  ourselves  to  the  principles  of  freedom,  we  cannot  ac- 
cept the  idea  that  what's  theirs  is  theirs,  and  what's  ours  we  will  strug- 
gle over.  I  think  there  is  a  conflict  of  ideas  and  our  ideas  would  have 
invaded  North  Vietnam.  Our  ideas  would  be  more  alive  behind  the 
Iron  Curtain  than  they  are  now. 

Mr.  IcHORD.  You  are  thinking  then  in  terms  of  a  counteroffensive 
rather  than  being  on  the  defensive  all  of  the  time  ? 

Mr.  Joyce.  It  inevitably  would  have  to  be  that. 

If  we  commit  ourselves  to  the  ideological  struggle,  it  has  to  be  that. 
The  Communists  are  totally  committed  to  it;  there  is  no  letup,  al- 
though there  might  be  an  accommodation  on  the  diplomatic  level,  there 
is  no  letup  to  their  commitment  on  the  ideological  level. 

Mr.  IcTiORD.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Joyce,  for  your  testiniony. 

The  meeting  will  stand  adjourned  until  further  call  of  the  Chair. 
(Wliereupon,  at  2 :45  p.m.,  Wednesday,  May  20, 1964,  the  committee 
adjourned,  subject  to  the  call  of  the  Chair.) 


1514       PROVIDING  FOR  CREATION  OF  A  FREEDOM  COMMISSION 

STATEMENT  OF  LOUIS  DONA  O'HARA  FOR  THE  TAXPAYERS 
LEAGUE  OP  BLACKSTONE  VALLEY,  PROVIDENCE  AND  PROVI- 
DENCE PLANTATIONS 

(Subsequent  to  the  May  20  hearings,  the  following  statement  was 
received  by  the  committee  from  Mr.  Louis  Dona  O'Hara,  president  of 
the  League.    It  is  hereby  made  a  part  of  the  record :) 

P.O.  Box  777 
Pawtucket,  Rhode  Island 
June  9,  1964 
Honorable  Edwin  E.  Willis,  Ch. 
Committee  on  American  Activities 
House  of  Representatives 
"Washington 

Dear  Sir : 

iThe  recent  death  of  Douglas  MacArthur  brings  to  light  the  value  of  dedicated 
service  gained  for  the  nation.  What  motivated  Douglas  in  his  tasks?  Wasn't 
it  the  fidelity  which  emanated  from  his  soul  in  early  manhood  during  the  con- 
structive period  of  his  life  when  he  received  the  bounty  of  special  talents  from 
Uncle  Sam  at  West  Point?  Like  other  men  such  as  Washington,  Custer,  Roberts, 
Pershing,  Bradley,  Patton,  Grant,  Sherman,  Bowie,  Eisenhower,  and  many  others, 
he  was  expressing  the  sustaining  force  of  his  vitality  to  fulfill  America's  role 
of  leadership.  In  some  of  these  cases,  the  aptitude  is  quiet  and  in  others  it  is 
vocal.  The  navy  also  has  its  heroes  such  as  Dewey,  Nimitz,  Halsey,  King  and 
others.  The  air  has  its  men  such  as  Arnold,  Vandenberg,  Spaatz,  and  Mitchell. 
The  list  is  long  but  it  started  in  1802  with  a  first  national  school  through  the 
urgings  of  Washington  and  Jefferson.    Long  may  it  continue. 

In  analysis  we  compare  what  these  men  have  done  for  Western  Civilization 
in  the  American  sense  in  comparison  to  other  nations  when  they  wore  the  mantle 
of  leadership.  We  can  say  that  Uncle  Sam's  investment  in  breeding  special 
talent  has  advantages  beyond  measure  in  the  tally  of  history. 

In  all  this  there  is  one  flaw  and  that  is  that  the  success  gained  was  with  mili- 
tary arms  with  blood  as  the  price.  A  true  American  sense  has  a  separate  quality 
in  that  although  we  have  victories  for  our  flag,  the  measure  of  our  glory  was 
blended  with  compassion  as  was  ably  expressed  by  Grant  in  returning  Lee's 
sword  along  with  his  horses.  The  Marshall  plan  was  a  form  of  compassion. 
MacArthur's  success  in  Japan  after  VJ  Day  was  also  the  revelation  of  a  com- 
passionate heart. 

Military  might  is  necessary  for  it  was  fear  of  Caesar  that  brought  forth  the 
200  years  of  peace  for  the  Roman  Empire.  We,  as  Americans  seek  to  duplicate 
such  an  achievement  of  peace  over  a  longer  and  indefinite  term.  We  are  seeking 
an  infinite  tenure  of  peace.  Atomic  potential  dictates  the  wisdom  of  such  a 
course.  If  such  be  the  case,  the  leadership  will  come  to  "cold  war"  leaders 
rather  than  leadership  by  force  of  arms.  Caesar  was  fortunate  in  that  the 
weapons  then  were  limited  whereas  now  the  weapons  are  infinite  and  limitless. 

It  is  in  the  power  of  Americans  to  create  a  world  of  love  that  will  bring  forth 
a  grandeur  and  splendor  greater  than  Rome.  Prosperity  could  be  achieved 
without  war  economies.  To  create  a  world  of  love  and  charity  which  is  dis- 
ciplined towards  mutual  acceptance  of  dependency  on  one  another  without 
avoiding  responsibility.  America  now  seeks  unsung  heroes.  The  challenge  of 
such  a  program  is  equal  to  victory  in  war.  In  this  work,  the  glory  is  Jiot  per- 
sonified as  it  must  be  in  the  military  art,  but  the  achievement  comes  closest  to 
the  great  message  of  the  Messiah  who  took  advantage  of  Caesar's  peace  to  do 
his  work.  The  christian  message  of  our  Messiah  has  lasted  long  and  remains 
with  us. 

You,  the  members  of  your  committee  have  the  opportunity  to  create  civilian 
heroes  of  peace  and  for  these  men  the  tunic  of  service  shall  be  plain  cloth  as  is 
usually  worn  by  civilians  rather  than  the  public  image  which  the  uniform  must 
represent.  America  needs  both  uniforms  and  tunics  in  the  performance  of  its 
future  missions. 


PROVIDING    FOR    CREATION    OF    A    FREEDOM    COMMISSION   1515 

To  create  such  talent,  the  Freedom  Academy  has  been  proposed.  In  my  con- 
sidered judgment,  in  the  era  of  1999,  a  graduate  of  this  Freedom  Academy  will 
probably  perform  a  service  for  the  Congress  that  will  prove  the  merit  of  its 
decision  in  creating  same,  and  I  recommend  the  bill's  immediate  passage. 

My  regards  to  all  the  members  of  your  committee  although  I  had  a  lot  of 
statistics  to  submit,  I  chose  rather  to  submit  this  prepared  statement  for  the 
record. 
I  recommend  immediate  passage  in  this  session  of  the  Congress. 
Respectfully  submitted, 

Louis  Dona  O'Hara,  P.E. 
President 


INDEX 

INDIVIDUALS 

A 

Page 

Acheson,  Dean 1052 

Albertson,  William 1062 

Almond,  Edward  M 1297 

Alpenfels,  Ethel  J 1510 

Alsop 1408 

Antonenko-Davidovich,  B 1300 

Arnold,  Hap  (Henry  Harley) 966 

Atkinson,  James  D 1082-1086  (statement),  1297 

Ayub  (Kahn),  Mohammed 1412 

B 

Baarslag,  Karl 1297 

Bakunin  (Mikhail) 1058 

Ball,   George   B 958.  991, 1022, 1307 

Barry,  Robert  R 1300-1305  (statement) 

Batista  y  Zaldivar  (Fulgencio) 907,  1048,  1335, 1377,  1486 

Bavh,  Birch  E 1265 

Bazhan,  N 1300 

Beech,    Keyes 1455 

Berle,  Adolph  A 1465-1483  (statement) 

Betancourt,  Romulo 1038, 1309, 1472, 1473, 1482 

Biemiller,  Andrew  J 1056, 1063, 1064 

Bobrakov,  Yuri  I 1283, 1298 

Boehm 1071 

Boggs,  Hale 935 

938,  967,  969,  1001,  1035,  1041-1046  (statement),  1056,  1071,  1265, 

1315,  1354, 1378,  1380,  1425. 

Bokshai,  I 1300 

Boone,    Joseph 949 

Bouscaren,   Anthony  T 1297 

Bowles,  Chester 1494 

Bozhiy,  M 1300 

Braddock    (Edward) 1230 

Brandt,    Willy 1038 

Brewster,  Daniel  B 1265 

Brundage,  Avery 1073 

Bryant    (Farris) 965 

Bukharin,   (Nikolai  I.) 1194' 

Bnndy,   McGeorge 1356 

Bunn    (Edward) 1499 

Burke.  Arleigh  A 938.  942, 1022, 1082, 1420-1449  (statement),  1453, 1479 

Butler,  Edward  S.,  Ill 1045 

Byrd,  Robert  C 1265 

C 

Cabell,  O.  P 1198, 1199, 1207 

Cannon,  Howard  W 1265 

Cantril,  Hadley 1211 

Carey,  James 962 


1  Spelled  Bukarin  in  this  reference. 


ii  INDEX 

Page 

Case,  Clifeord  P 936,  954, 1046, 1055, 1264 

Castro,    Fidel . 997, 

1042,  1045,  1048,  1076,  1084,  1293, 1300, 1309,  1316,  1335-1337,  1356, 
1358,  1367,  1379,  1412,  1456,  1477,  1478,  1483,  1486. 

Castro,    Raul 1334-1336 

Chamberlain    (Neville) 1060, 1073, 1075 

Chamberlain,  William  Henry 966 

Ohapelle,  Dickey 1483,  1484,  1485-1494  (statement) 

Chaplin,  George 1484 

Chekanyuk,  V 1300 

Cherne,  Leo 938,  1354 

Chiang   Kai-shek 997 

Chou    En-lai 1455 

Churchill,  Winston 1059,  1435 

Clark,  Joseph  S.,  Jr 1265 

Clarke.  Phil  C 1484 

Clausen,  Don  H__  937,  1031-1033  (statement),  1101,  1107,  1108.  1315,  1457-1465 
(statement),  1467, 1473, 1480, 1492,  1493, 1503, 1506-1508. 1512 

Clausewitz,  Karl  Von 1059 

Clay    (Lucius) 1354 

Coblentz,   Gaston 1484 

Conley,  Michael  C 1385-1411  (statement) 

Considine,    Robert 1484 

Copley 1350 

Cunningham,  William  J 1087-1098  (statement) 

Cutler,  Robert  T 948,  949,  966 

D 

Dabney,  Virginius 1317 

Dale,  Edwin  L.,  Jr 1485 

Damrosch,    Walter 1351 

Dankevich,  K 1300 

Dawson   (George  Geoffrey) 1073 

de  Gaulle,  Charles 996, 1300, 1412, 1469 

de  Jaegher  (Raymond) 1196.1197 

Delaney,  Robert  Finley 1319-1341  (statement) 

de  Leon,  Daniel 1057,  1064 

de  Madariaga,  Salvador 1038 

de  Musset,  Alfred 1018,  1030 

de  Onis,  Juan 1484 

de  Tocqueville,  Alex 1059 

Devine,    Dwight 966 

Dewey    (Thomas  E.) 1354 

Dmiterko,  L 1300 

Dobriansky,  Lev  E 1279-1300  (statement),  1380 

Dodd,  Thomas  J 936,  954,  963, 1055, 1264, 1317, 1353, 1367 

Donovan    (William) 1353 

Dorkins,  Charles 1484 

Douglas,  Paul  H 936,  937,  945,  952,  954,  963,  1055,  1056, 1058,  1264, 1317,  1354 

Drummond,  Roscoe 941,  1053 

Dulles,  Allen 1235,  1357 

Dutton,  Frederick  G 1053, 1181,  1187 

E 

Einaudi 1197 

Eisenhower,  Dwight  D 952,  1306,  1355 

Elegant,  Robert  S 1484 

Emmet,  Christopher 1351-1359  (statement),  1470 

Engels,  Friedrich  (Frederick) 1062.  1084,  1496 

Engle,    Clair 1265 

Ewan,  Jim 1449 


INDEX  iii 

F 

Page 

Fabian,  Dr 1086 

Fairchild,  E.  W 1485 

Fall,  Bernard  F 1213 

Fascell,  Dante  B 1417-1419  (statement) 

Fedorenko 1294 

Feuerbach  (Ludwig  Andreas) 1058^ 

Figueres,  Jos6 953,  1037,  1038,  1309,  1472 

Fisber,  Jobn  M 1297 

Fleiscbman,  Stephen 1484 

Flint,  James 1494, 1495 

Fong,  Hiram 936,  954, 1055, 1264 

Fulbrigbt,   J.   William 1046, 1051, 1356, 1358, 1468, 1469, 1480 

Funston,  Keith 1355 

G 

Gailbraith,   Kenneth 1475 

Gallup,  George 1242 

Gitlow  ( Benjamin) 1194 

Gmyrya,  B 1300 

Gnatyuk,  D 1300 

Goddard 1382 

Goldwater,  Barry 936,  945,  954, 1055, 1264, 1317 

Gompers,  Samuel 1057, 1064 

Gomulka    ( Wladyslaw) 955 

Gonchar,   O 1300 

Gonzales,    Jose 1343 

Goulart    (Joao) 1316, 1358, 1467 

Grant,  Alan  G.,  Jr 941,  943,  945,  948-952, 

954,  965-1003  (statement),  1044,  1051,  1052,  1097, 1098, 1102,  1106- 
1108,  1191,  1267-1269,  1271,  1288,  1309,  1319,  1353,  1357,  1435,  1463 

Gray,   Gordon 1226 

Green,  William 1074, 1351, 1424 

Gromyko   (Andrei  A.) 1250 

Grose,    Peter 1439 

Gruening,  Ernest 1265 

Gruson,    Sidney 1484 

Gubser,  Charles  S 935,938,967,1056,1315  1328  1333,1411-1415  (statement) 

H 

Halleck  (Henry  W.) 1061 

Harrigan,  Anthony 1297 

Harriman,  W.  Averell 1060,  1249-1271  (statement), 

1278,  1282,  1285,  1286,  1289,  1291,  1303,   1304,   1308,   1309,   1356 

Hart,  Philip  A : 1265 

Hartigan,    William 1484 

Hartman,    Robert 1484 

Hays,  Wayne 1262,  1303 

Hegel  (Georg  Wilhelm  Friedrich) 1058,1229 

Herling,  John 962 

Herlong,   A.    Sidney,    Jr 935,  936,  937-965  (statement),  967,  969, 

976,  993,  1001,  1042,  1043,  1056,  1247,  1302,  1313,  1315,  1329,  1466 

Herter  (Christian  A.) 1184,  1188,  1190,  1262,  1264,  1266,  1268 

Hevi,  Emmanuel  John 1079,1080 

Hickenlooper,  Bourke  B 936,  954, 1055, 1264 

Higgins,  Marguerite 1455 

Hill,  Robert  C 1316  (statement) 

Hillsman,    Roger 1054, 1060 

Hindus,    Maurice 1484 

Hiss,    Alger 1382 

Hitler,  Adolf 966, 1058, 1059 

1071, 1073,  3075, 1351, 1358 

^  Misspelled  Feurbach. 


iv  INDEX 

Page 

Holmes,  John  Haynes 1353 

Hook,    Sidney 940,  955, 1302, 1353, 1357 

Hoover,    Herbert 1005, 1027 

Hoover,  J.  Edgar 1197 

Hoshi,   Nobuo 1484 

Howard.  Jack 1350 

Huberman  ( Leo) 1312 

Huffman,  Rex 966 

Humphrey,  Hubert  H 1265 

I 

Ikeda     (Hayato) 1412 

Inouye,  Daniel  K 1265 

Ivchenko,    V 1300 

J 

Jackson,   C.    D 1046, 1053, 1227, 1357 

Jackson,  Henry  M 1052 

Jagan,  Cheddi 1102, 1103 

James,  Daniel 1195, 1196 

Javits,  Jacob  K 1046, 1265 

Jimenez,     Perez 1472 

Johnson,  Frank  J 1297 

Johnson,   Lyndon  B 1439 

Jones,    Paul 1453, 1454-1456    (statement) 

Joyce,  Walter 1415,1509-1513  (statement) 

Judd,  Walter 937,  938,  952,  962.  963,  1001,  1056,  1313 

K 

Kadar  ( Janos) 1452 

Kalb,   Marvin 1484 

Kasiyan,   V 1300 

Keating,  Kenneth  B 936,  954, 1039, 1264, 1317 

Kennan,      George 1016 

Kennedy,  John  F 953, 1039, 1046, 

1052,   1088,   1266,   1306,   1355,   1357,  1358,   1408,   1435,   1483,   1507 

Kennedy,  Robert 953,  957,  976, 1051 

Kenyata,    Jomo 1503, 1507 

Keogh,  E.  G 1449 

Kersten 1287 

Khanh,     Nguyen 1439, 1440 

Khrushchev,  Nikita   Sergeevich 955, 

964,  1009,  1021,  1026,  1039,  1059,  1060,  1070,  1084.  1209,  1210, 
1214,  1216,  1240,  1250,  1256,  1257,  1261,  1282,  1294-1297,  1307, 
1308,   1311,   1354,   1355,   1357,   1358,   1387,   1403,   1404,   1452,   1469 

Kintner.  William  R 1098,1106,1110,1206,1207,1292,1305-1313   (statement) 

Kirilyuk,  E 1300 

Kissinger,  Henry 1223, 1226 

Kitchen,   Robert  W.,   Jr 987 

Knight,  John  S 1343, 1350 

Korneichuk,   A 1300 

Kornfeder,  Joseph  Z 1194, 1203, 1207, 1306 

Korotich,  V 1300 

Kostenko,  L 1300 

Kozlanyuk,   P 1300 

Kuhn  (Irene  Corbally) 1197 

Kuusinen,  O.  (Otto  V.) 1194,1337 

L 

LaFarge,  John 1353 

Lambie,  William  K.,  Jr 1297 

Laurence,  William  L 1485 

Lausche,  Frank  J 936,  945,  954, 1264, 1317 

Lawrence,  T.  E 966 

Lee  Kuan  Yew 1038 


INDEX  V 

Page 
Lehman  (Herbert  H.) 1351 

Leibing,    Peter 1484 

Lenin,   V.   I.    (Nicolai) 950, 

962,  964,  966,  1005,  1021,  1057-1059,  1062,  1064,  1065,  1069,  1077, 
1084,  1191,  1193,  1194,  1198,  1204,  1212,  1213,  1215, 1226, 1256,  1257, 
1334,  1337,  1387,  1396,  1401,  1408,  1411,  1412. 

Leonhard,  Wolfgang 1195 

Lewis,  John  L 1057 

Lodge,  Henry  Cabot 1439, 1440, 1458, 1459, 1462 

Long,  Edward  V 1265 

Long,  Huey 1060 

Lovett,   Robert 1226 

Lubin,    Suzanne 1309 

Luce,   Henry 1354 

Lyons,   Eugene 966, 1357 

M 

MacArthur,  Douglas 1366, 1378, 1514 

MacLeish,    Archibald 1504 

Macomber,  William  B.,  Jr 1176 

Mafifre,  John 1441 

Magsaysay,  Ramon 1494 

Maiboroda,   G 1300 

Maiboroda,   P 1300 

Maleter    (Pal) 1355, 1358 

Malik,  Charles 1038 

Malyshko,  A 1300 

Mann,  Thomas  (Tom) 1316,1346 

Mansfield,  Michael  J 1265 

Manuilsky,'    (Dimitri  Z.) 1194 

Mao  Tze-tung 949,  955, 

966,  1059,  1200,  1226,  1337,  1354,  1357,  1358,  1398,  1445,  1452 

Marchant,    Pierre 1445 

Marin,  Munoz 1472 

Markezini,  Spyros 1047 

Marsh,  John  O.,  Jr 1450-1453  (statement) 

Martin,    David 1353 

Marx,   Karl 962, 1058, 1059, 

1062, 1071, 1077, 1084, 1198, 1229, 1256, 1258, 1266, 1281, 1337, 1496 

Mateos,    Lopez 1412 

Matthews,   Herbert 1477, 1478 

Mayers,  Henry 998,  1035-1041 

(statement),  1046-1055  (statement),  1098-1102, 1105, 1106 

Mboya,    Tom 1507 

McClure,  William  K 1484 

McCone,  John l 1044 

McDowell,  Arthur  Gladstone 1055-1081 

(statement),  1102-1105, 1108, 1354, 1357 

McGee,  Gale  W 1265 

McGiffert,  David  E 1189 

Mclntyre,  Thomas  J 1265 

McKee,  Fred 1058,  1265 

McNamara,  Robert  S 1439-1441,  1513 

McNaughton,  John  T 1183 

Meany,  George 992,  1046,  1424 

Methvin,  Eugene  H 940,  948,  1324 

Meyer,  Frank  S 1193,  1201-1203 

Mikoyan   (Anastas) 962,  1084 

Miller,  Jack 936,  954,  1055,  1264 

Milton,  (John) 1030 

Mitchell  (William)    (Billy) 998,1053 

Molotov,  Vyacheslaw  M 1194 

Monroney,  A.  S.  Mike 1265 

Morales  (Jose)  Ramon  Villeda  ( See  Villada  Morales  (Jose)  Ramon) 


^  Spelled  Manuelsky  in  this  reference. 


vi  INDEX 

Fag* 

Moreell,  Ben 1297 

Morris,  Robert 1297 

Morrison,  H.  Stuart 1324,  1342-1350  (statement),  1360-1364  (statement) 

Morse,  J.  H 1297 

Morse,    Wayne lt>^^ 

Moss,  Frank  E 1265 

Mowrer,   Edgar  Ansel 1297 

Mundt,  Karl  E 936,  937,  945,  952, 

963, 1055, 1056, 1242, 1264, 1303, 1354 

Murphy,  Charles  J.  V 1484 

Murphy   (Robert  Daniel) 1292 

Murrow,  Edward  R 1188. 1485, 1507 

Mussolini,    Benito 1060 

N 

Nagy    (Ferene) 1355, 1358 

Neuberger,  Maurine  B 1265 

Newsom,  Phil 1484 

Niemeyer,  Gerhart 1274-1279  (statement),  1297 

Nixon,   Richard    M 952, 1296 

Nkrumah,  (Kwame) 1020, 1079 

Nowell,  William  Odell 1194 

Nyerere,   Julius 1979, 1507 

O 

Ochsner,  Alton 1945 

O'Connor,  Daniel  J 1377, 1378, 1379-1383  (statement) 

O'Hara,  Louis  Dona 1514-1515  (statement) 

Olson,  Clarence  H 1378-1379  (statement) 

Orrick  (William  H,  Jr.) 989 

Osanka,   Franklin  Mark 1442-1449 

Oshanin  (D.  A.) 1209 

Oswald  (Lee  Harvey) 1102 

Oswald    (Marguerite) 1102 

P 
Panov   (D.  Yu) 1209 

Papandreou  (George) 1039, 1047 

Paton,    B 1300 

Pavlichko,    D 1300 

Pavlov,  Ivan 1204, 1205, 1210 

Pennington,  Lee  R 1297 

Perkins,  James   A 953, 

989,  991, 1184, 1188, 1190, 1262, 1266, 1268 

Philbrick,   Herbert 938, 1365-1377  (statement) 

Pidsukha,  A 1300 

Pineiro  (Osada)  (Manuel)   (also  known  as  Red  Beard) 1486 

Pliny 1030 

Polk,  George 1484 

Poore,  Charles 1483 

Possony,  Stefan  T 951, 

964,  966,  975,  986,  992,  1003-1031  (statement),  1067,  1106,  1195, 

1223, 1228,  1297, 1320,  1322,  1330,  1357 

Predmore,  Lewis 1089 

Proxmire,  William 936,  945,  954, 1055, 1264 

R 

Randolph,  Abraham  A 1265 

Randolph  (A.)  Philip 1^'>03 

Red  Beard  (See  Pinero  Osada,  Manuel) 

Reuther,   Walter 962 

Revutsky,    L 1300 

Ribicoff,  Abraham  A 1265 

Richardson,  John  Jr 1419  (statement) 

Rickenbacker,   Eddy 1366 


INDEX  vii 

Page 

Robinson,    James 1494-1508  (statement) 

Roca,  Bias 1336,  1337 

Rockefeller,  Nelson 1039,  1306 

Rogers,  Helen  G 1484 

Romualdi,  Serafino 1076,  1077 

Rooney,  John  J 977,  983 

Rostow,  Walt  W 991,  992,  994,  1052,  1053,  1098, 1101, 1357 

Roucek,  Joseph  S 1447 

Rubinstein,  Alvin  Z 1208 

Rudenko,  L 1300 

Rusk,  Dean 991,  1054,  1186,  1356,  1481 

Rylsky,   M 1300 

S 

Saltonstall,  Leverett 1265 

Sandburg,  Carl 1074 

Schiro,  Victor  H lOio 

Schlesinger,  Arthur  W 1039-1041 

Schoenbrun,   David 1484 

Schweiker,  Richard  S 935, 

938, 967, 1001, 1043, 1056, 1243-1249  (statement),  1273, 1315 

Scott,  Hugh 936,  954,  1264,  1317 

Scranton  (William) 1296 

Scripps,  Charley 1350 

Segni,  Antonio 1412 

Selznick,  Philip 962,  1202 

Sevareid,  Eric . 1484 

Shelton,  C.  N 1364 

Sherman    (Forest) 1421 

Shevchenko,  Taras  Grigoryevich 1283,  1298-1300 

Shriver,  Sargent 978,  1499 

Silliman,  Charles  V 966 

Smathers,  George  A 936,  954,  1055,  1264,  1265 

Smith,  Howard  K 1484 

Smith,  Lawrence 1292 

Smolich,    Y 1300 

Somoza,  Luis 1472 

Sosyura,    V 1300 

Soto,  Lionel 1323,  1324,  1333 

Staats,  Elmer 952 

Stalin,  Josef—  952,  1004,  1059,  1194,  1198,  1226,  1257,  1261,  1355,  1387,  140i,  1480 

Stanton  (Edwin  M.) 1061 

Stark,    Leonard 1484 

Stelmakh,  M 1300 

Stone,    Donald . 1496 

Stout,  Ed 1484 

Strausz-Hupe,  Robert 1003,  1206 

Stump,  Felix  B 1297 

Sukarno  (Achmed) 955,  1412 

Suslov  (Mikhail  A.) 1083 

Sweezy   (Paul  M.) 1312 

Symington,    Stuart 992, 1265, 1356 

T 

Taft,  Robert,  Jr 935, 

938,  967,  969,  1001,  1043,  1044,  1056,  1071,  1271-1274  (state- 
ment), 1315,  1378,  1425. 

Talcott,  Burt  L 937, 1111 

Tarnovsky,  N 1300 

Teller,    Edward 1297 

Thomas,  Norman 1353 

Thompson,    Dorothy 1353 

Thorin,   Duane 1297 

Tillich    (Ernst) 1506 

Tito 955,1398 


viii  INDEX 

Faga 

Toland,    John 1484 

Toure,  Sekou 1507 

Tracy,  Stanley  J 1297 

Trotsky  (Lev,  Leon) 1194 

Trujillo   (Rafael  Leoidas) 1476 

Truman,  Harry  S 1306 

Tucker,  Robert  C 1210 

Tychina,    P 1300 

U 

Ulate    (Otilio) 1472 

Urey,    Harold 1078 

Uzhviy,    N 1300 

V 

Vance,    Cyrus    R 1177 

Vicas,   George 1484 

Vilde,    I 1300 

Villeda  Morales    (Jose)    Ramon 1473 

Virsky,   P 1300 

Vlasov   (Audrey  A.) 1353 

Von  Clausewitz,  Karl.    {See  Clausewitz,  Karl  Von.) 

W 

Wagner,  Addington 1383 

Wallace,    Henry 1057, 1368 

Walsh,    Lawrence    E '•, 1175 

Ward,  Chester  C 1297 

Wedemeyer,  Albert  C 1297 

West,  Rebecca 1071 

Weyl,  Nathaniel 1003 

AVhitman,    Walt 1029 

Wieland,  William  A 1477, 1478 

Wilkie,  Wendell 1352 

Wilkins,  Roy 1503 

Williams,  Harrison  A.,  Jr 1265 

Willis,   Delbert 1343 

Wilson,  Bob 1313-1314  (statement) 

Wilson,  Donald  M 1190 

Wilson,    Woodrow 1064 

Woltman,  Frederick 1062 

Wright,   Loyd 1297 

Wriston   (Henry  M.) 990 

Y 

Yarborough,  Ralph  W 1265 

Young,    Robert 1484 

Young,  Stephen  M 969,  1267,  1326 

Young,  Whitney 1503 

Yura,  I 1300 

Z 

Zawodny,  J.  K 1448 

ORGANIZATIONS 


AFL.    ( See  American  Federation  of  Labor. ) 

AFL-CIO.     (See  American  Federation  of  Labor-Congress  of  Industrial 

Organizations.) 
AID.     (See  U.S.  Government,  State  Department,  Agency  for  International 

Development.) 


INDEX  ix 

Page 

Academy  of  Red  Professors 1195 

Academy  of  Social  Sciences  (Soviet  Union).     (See  Russian  Academy  of 
Social  Sciences. ) 

Afro-Asian  Solidarity  Union 1410 

Air  University,  Maxwell  Air  Force  Base,  Ala 1011, 1221 

Air  War  (DoUege 1473 

Alexis  de  Tocqueville  Society.     (See  Council  Against  Communist  Aggres- 
sion. ) 
Alianza  Para  Progreso.    {See  Alliance  for  Progress. ) 

All  American  Conference  to  Combat  Communism 1370 

Alliance  for  Progress  (Alianza  Para  Progreso) 1345,1346,1359,1471 

American  Bar  Association 1236, 1453 

American  Federation  of  Labor  (AFL)    (see  also  American  Federation  of 

Labor-Congress  of  Industrial  Organizations) 1064,1074,1351 

American    Federation    of    Labor-Congress    of    Industrial    Organizations 
(AFL-CIO)    (see  also  American  Federation  of  Labor  and  Congress  of 

Industrial  Organizations) 952 

976,  1063,  1064,  1076,  1077, 1109,  1238,  1245, 1348, 1424 

American  Institute  for  Free  Labor  Development,  AFL-CIO 995, 

1046, 1059,  1067, 1070, 1108, 1109, 1245, 1309,  1348, 1424 

Legislative  Department 1056, 1064 

American  Free  Labor  Institute.     (See  AFL-CIO  American  Institute  for 
Free  Labor  Development.) 

American  Legion 1377-1383 

First   Annual   National   Convention,   Minneapolis,   Minn.,   November 

10-12,    1919 1379 

Forty-Fifth  Annual  National  Convention,  Miami  Beach,  Fla.,   Sep- 
tember 10-12,  1963 1381, 1382 

National  Americanism  Commission 1378 

National  Legislative  Commission 1377 

American   Management   Association 1453 

American  Olympics  Committee 1061, 1074 

American   Security   Council 1294-1297 

American  Society  of  Nevpspaper  Editors 1239 

Americans  for  Democratic  Action  (ADA) 1057,1058 

Armistice  Negotiating  Commission,  Korean  war 1421 

Army  Special  Warfare  School,  Fort  Bragg 976, 1408 

Army  War  College 1221, 1289, 1451 

Asian  People's  Anti-Communist  League 1060 

Association  for  the  United  Nations  (see  also  League  of  Nations  Associa- 
tion)     1058 

Association  of  Young  Rebels  School,  Cuba 1338 

Aurora  Latin  American  Training  School  for  Communist  Party  Cadres 

(Argentina) 1324 

B 

B'nai  B'rlth 965, 1360, 1361 

Bolshevik  Party.     (See  Russian  Social-Democratic  Labor  Party,  Bolshe- 
viks. ) 

Brown  University  (Providence,  R.I.) 990 

Business  &  Professional  Women's  Club  (Orlando,  Fla.) 952 

Business  Council  for  International  Understanding 1510 

C 

CARE  (Cooperative  for  American  Remittances  to  Europe) 1511 

CBS.     ( See  Columbia  Broadcasting  System. ) 

CIA.     (See  U.S.  Government,  Central  Intelligence  Agency.) 

CIO.     (See  Congress  of  Industrial  Organizations.) 

California  County  Supervisors  Association 1460 

Cambridge  Youth  Council 1368 

Cargnegie  Foundation 989 

Central  University    (Caracas,  Venezuela) 974 

Chamber  of  Commerce,  U.S.  Junior 950,  952, 1461 

30-471— 64— pt.  2 19 


X^^  INDEX 

China,  Government  of  ^^s* 

Communist  Government 968, 

972,    976,    982,    997,    1057,    1066,    1199,    1281,    1418,    1442,    1480 

Nationalist   Government 1047 

Cold   War    Council 1036, 1037, 1046, 1047, 1053, 1054 

College  de  I'Europe  Libre.     {See  Free  Europe  College.) 

Colombo- American  School 1345 

Columbia  Broadcasting  System  (CBS) 1507 

Columbia  University    (New  York  City) 1038,1223,1224,1290 

Institute  of  International  Relations 1471 

Comintern  School,  Soviet  Union 1195 

Committee  Against  Mass  Expulsions 1352 

Committee    on    Cold    War    Education    of    the    Governor's    Conference, 

Florida 965,  1089,  1093 

Committee  on  the  Monument  to  T.  G.  Shevchenko 1298 

Communist  International.     (See  International,  III.) 

Communist  Party,  Argentina 1197 

Communist  Party,  China 1195, 1196, 

1199, 1200, 1301, 1317, 1323, 1362, 1445, 1458,  1467, 1469, 1480 

Ministry  of  Social  Affairs 1323, 1325 

Communist  Party,  Cuba.      {See  Popular  Socialist   (Communist)   Party, 
Cuba.) 

Communist  Party,  France 1027, 1197 

Communist  Party,  India : 

Chinese   wing 1006, 1027 

Soviet    wing 1006, 1027 

Communist  Party  of  the  United  States  of  America 956, 1365 

Communist  Party,  Soviet  Union 1044, 1199, 

1299, 1317, 1336, 1362, 1404, 1418, 1467, 1469, 1480 

Central   Committee 1083, 1301 

Higher  Party  School 1195, 1199, 1216 

Communist    Youth    League.     {See    Young    Communist    League,    Soviet 
Union.) 

Congress  for   Cultural  Freedom 1511 

Congress  of  Industrial  Organizations   (CIO) 1057 

Cornell  University  (Ithaca,  N.Y.) 953,989 

Corning  Glass  Co 1502 

Costa  Rican  Institute  of  Political  Education.     (See  Institute  of  Political 

Education,  Costa  Rica.) 
Council  Against  Communist  Aggression  (Alexis  de  Tocqueville  Society).    1056, 

1058, 1070, 1071 

Council  Against  Nazi  Aggression 1351 

Council  of  African  Affiairs 1501 

Countv  Supervisors  Association,  California 1460 

Cuba,"  Government  of 997, 1083, 1456, 1480, 1486 

Embassies : 

Moscow,  Russia 1084 

D 

Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution  (DAR) 972 

E 

EIR.     {See  Schools  of  Revolutionary  Education,  Cuba.    Escue  de  Instruc- 
cion  Revolutionaria. ) 

Economic  Club  of  Detroit 1376 

Escue  de  Instruccion  Revolutionaria  (EIR).     {See  Schools  of  Revolution- 
ary Education,  Cuba.) 

F 

FBI  {See  U.S.  Government,  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation.) 
Far  Eastern  University.     {See  Sun-Yat  Sen  University.) 

Federation  of  Cuban  Women,  Cuba 1338 

Fight  Communism,  Western  Europe 1104 

Fletcher  School  of  Diplomacy 1471 

Florida  Center  for  Cold  War  Education 1089 


INDEX  xi 

Page 

Florida  State  Department  of  Education 1094 

Ford  Foundation 1511 

Fort  Gulick,  Canal  Zone 976 

Frank  Pais  School,  Cuba 1334 

Free  Europe  College  (College  de  I'Europe  Libre)  (Strasbourg,  France)  _  1469, 1470 

Free  Europe  Committee,  Inc 1419, 1481 

Friendship  University  for  the  Friendship  of  the  Peoples.  {See  Patrice 
Lumumba  University  for  the  Friendship  of  the  Peoples. ) 

G 

Georgetown  University  (Washington,  D.C.) 1020,1038,1223,1228,1286,1294 

Governor  Bryant's  Conference  on  Cold  War  Education.  (See  Committee 
on  Cold  War  Education  of  the  Governor's  Conference,  Florida.) 

H 

Harvard  University  (Cambridge,  Mass.) 949,969,1107,1223,1290 

Herter  Committee.  \{8ee  U.S.  Government,  Committee  on  Foreign  Affairs 
Personnel,  Herter  Committee.) 

Hoover  Commission.  {See  U.S.  Government,  Commission  on  Organization 
of  the  Executive  Branch  of  the  Government,  Hoover  Commission.) 

Hoover  Institution  on  War,  Revolution  and  Peace  (Stanford  Univer- 
sity)  986, 1005, 1007, 1027, 1030, 1272 

Howard  University  (Washington,  D.C.) J078 


Industrial  College  of  the  Armed  Forces 1011. 1221, 1229 

Industrial  Workers  of  the  World 1379 

Information  Council  of  the  Americas  (INCA),  New  Orleans,  La 1045, 1510 

Institute  de  Educacion  Politica,  Costa  Rica.     {See  Institute  of  Political 

Education,  Costa  Rica.) 
Institute   for    Free   Labor  Development    (AFL-CIO).      {See  AFL-CIO, 

American  Institute  for  Free  Labor  Development.) 

Ilistitute  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Faith 1065 

Institute  for  the  Study  of  Latin  American  Relations 1196 

Institute  of  American  Strategy 1089 

Institute  of  International  Labor  Research,  Inc 1039 

Institute  of  Marxism-Leninsm,  Soviet  Union 1216 

Institute  of  Political  Education,  Costa  Rica 953, 

1037, 1039, 1040, 1046, 1048, 1309 

Institute  of  World  Economics,  Soviet  Union 1301 

International,  I   (International  Workingmen's  Association) 1058 

International   III 1375 

First  World  Congress,  March  1-16,  1919,  Moscow 1057 

International  Confederation  of  Free  Trade  Unions —  1057, 1103 

International  Congress  of  Orientalists,  Twenty-fifth,  Moscow,  1960 1208 

International  Olympics  Committee,  Chile 1061, 1073 

International    Publishers 1445 

International  Rescue  Committee 1511 

International  Workingmen's  Association.     {See  International,  I.) 

J 

John   Birch   Society 944,  945, 1055, 1289 

Johns  Hopkins  University  (Baltimore,  Md.) 989,1038 

School  of  Advanced  International  Studies 1471 

Junior  Chamber  of  Commerce.     {See  Chamber  of  Commerce,  U.S.  Junior.) 

K 

Kaplan    Foundation 1039 

Karl  Marx  Academy  (East  Germany) 1195 

Kiwanis  (International) 1360, 1361,1370 

Knights  of  Columbus 965 

Knights  of  Labor 1057 


xii  INDEX 

L 

Fagt 

Latin  American  Information  Committee 1510 

League   of  Nations   Association    (see   also    Association  for  the   United 

Nations) 1058 

Lenin  Insttiute  of  Political  Warfare 964,  1194,  1203, 1306,  1423,  1470.  1481 

Leningrad  University 1207 

Lincoln  Civil  War  Society  in  Philadelphia 1102 

Lions   (International) 1360,  1361,  1370 

M 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  (MIT)   (Cambridge,  Mass.) 989 

Mine  Workers  of  America,  United 1057 

Ministerial  Association 965 

Moscow  University 1207 

N 

NATO.     (See  North  Atlantic  Treaty  Organization.) 

Naples  Civic  Association 1089 

National  Association  of  County  Officials,  California 1458 

National  Cadre  School,  Cuha 1334 

National  Captive  Nations  Committee 1279 

National  Council  of  the  Churches  of  Christ  in  the  U.S. A 1511 

National  Fisheries  School    (Cuba) 1337 

National  Foreign  Trade  Council 1510 

National  Institute  of  Administration  (Saigon,  Vietnam) 1440,1441 

National  Labor  Union   School    (Cuba) 1337 

National  People's  Farmer  School  (Cuba) 1337 

National  Teachers   School    (Cuba) 1337 

National  War  College 980, 

981, 1014, 1018, 1221, 1228, 1286, 1289, 1435, 1436, 1451, 1453, 1473 

Naval  War  College 1107, 1221 

Near  East  Foundation 1511 

New  Council  for  Coordination  of  Scientific  Work  on  Africa 1206 

Nico  Lopez  National  School  (Cuba) 1336 

North  Atlantic  Treaty  Organization  (NATO) 1294,1295 

Notre  Dame  University  (South  Bend  Ind.) 1038,1278 

Novosti  Press  Agency  (APN) 1298-1300 


OAS.     (See  Organization  of  American  States.) 

ORI.  (See  Organizaciones  Revolucionarias  Integradas — Integrated  Rev- 
olutionary Organizations,  Cuba.) 

Operation  Amigo 1342, 1343, 1345-1349, 1360, 1361, 1363 

Operation  Crossroads  Africa 1494, 1497, 1498, 1502,  1503, 1508 

Organizaciones    Revolutionarias    Integradas — Integrated    Revolutionary 

Organizations   (ORI),  Cuba 1335,1336,1339,1341 

Organizatton  of  American  States  (OAS) 1214,1251,1358 

Orlando   Committee 940,  941,  948,  949,  951, 952,  965,  967-969,  971, 972,  977, 

989,  990,  993,  994,  996,  1044,  1070,  1097,  1108,  1224,  1237,  1325,  1326 

P 

Pan  American  Society 1510 

Patrice  Lumiunba  University  for  the  Friendship  of  the  Peoples  (formerly  Friend- 
ship University  for  the  Friendship  of  the  Peoples)   (Moscow)  _  1251, 1470, 1481 

Pennsylvania  State  Department  of  Public  Instruction 1071 

People-to-People  Program 1511 

Perkins  Panel  (or  Committee).  {See  U.S.  Government,  President's  Ad- 
visory Panel  on  a  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs)  (Perkins 
Panel  or  Committee. ) 

Popular  Socialist  (Communist)    Party,  Cuba 1334,1335 

Prague  University 1207 


INDEX  xili 

President's  Advisory  Panel  on  a  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs 
(Perkins  Panel).  (See  U.S.  Government,  President's  Advisory  Panel  on 
a  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs.)  Page 

Princeton   University    (Princeton,   N.J.) 1242 

Progressive  Party 1368 

R 

Radio  Free  Europe 1276, 1419 

Rand  Corporation 1202, 1220, 1354 

Red  Men  (Improved  Order  of) 1370 

Refugee's  Defense  Committee 1353 

Republic  Aviation,   Farmingdale,   N.Y 1497 

Reserve  Officers  Association  of  the  United  States 1420  (resolution) 

Reuters  Nevps  Agency 1307 

Rockefeller  Foundation 1511 

Rotary   (International) 1360, 1361 

Russian  Academy  of  Sciences 1301, 1337 

Russian  Academy  of  Social  Sciences 1206. 1216 

Russian  Social-Democratic  Labor  Party,  Bolsheviks 1057 

S 

Saigon  National  Institute  of  Administration.     (See  National  Institute  of 

Administration,  Saigon,  Vietnam. ) 
Schools  of  Revolutionary  Education,  Cuba  (Escue  de  Instruccion  Revolu- 

tionaria,    EIR. ) 1333-1341 

First  National  Conference,  December  1960 1341 

Third  National  Conference,  April  26,  1961 1337 

Fourth  National  Conference,  July  21-22,  1961 1337 

Socialist-Labor  Party 1057, 1064 

Socialist  Trade  and  Labor  Alliance 1064 

South  Vietnam  Reserve  Officer's  Training  School 1440 

Student  Christian  Program,  Germany  (Studentegemeinde) 1495 

Studentegemeinde.     (See  Student  Christian  Program,  Germany.) 

Sun  Yat-Sen  University  (also  knovpn  as  Far  Eastern  University) 1194, 1195 

T 

Tass  News  Agency 1083,  1307,  1452 

Taxpayers  League  of  Blackstone  Valley,  Providence  and  Providence  Plan- 
tations  1514-1515    (statement) 

Teachers  Union  of  Japan 964 

Tumbasiete  School,  Cuba 1334 

U 

UNESCO.      (See  United  Nations,   Educational   Scientific,  and  Cultural 

Organization. ) 
UNRRA.     {See  United  Nations  Relief  and  Rehabilitation  Administrat- 
tion.) 

Ukrainian  Congress  Committee  of  America 1279 

Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics,  Government  of 965, 

968,  972,  976,  982,  1032,  1070,  1207,  1253,  1281,  1284,  1293,  1296, 
1297,  1301, 1404, 1418, 1433, 1460,  1480. 

Council  of  Ministers 1206,  1301 

Embassies : 

Washington,  D.C 1283,  1298 

Politburo 1226 

Propaganda   Ministry 1065,   1067 

United  Nations 1060,  1069 

Educational,  Scientific,  and  Cultural  Organization  (UNESCO) 1299 

Special  Committee  on  the  Problem  of  Hungary 1069^ 

United  Nations  Relief  and  Rehabilitation  Administration  ( UNRRA )_     1353 
U.S.  Government : 

Atomic  Energy  Commission 986,  1078 

Central  Intelligence  Agency  (CIA) 974, 

996, 1013, 1051, 1066, 1222, 1223, 1310 

»  Referred  to  as  "Special  Commission  for  Investigation  of  the  Hungarian  Events." 


xiv  INDEX 

U.S.  Government — Continued 

Commission  on  Organization  of  The  Executive  Branch  of  The  Govern-     Page 

ment  (Hoover  Commission) 1372 

Committee  on  Foreign  Affairs  Personnel  (Herter  Committee) 1188, 

1190. 1262, 1266 

Defense,    Department   of 936.   943,   946,   951. 

966,  967,  974,  980,  1051,  1177,  1182,  1189,   1301,  1310,   1486 
General  Services  Administration : 

National  Archives 1007,  1017 

House  of  Representatives : 

Armed  Services  Committee 1 1314,  1513 

Foreign  Affairs  Committee 1292,  1303,  1310 

International  Cooperation  Administration  (ICA) 1013 

Justice,  Department  of 936,  937,  989, 1175 

Federal  Bureau  of  Inv^tigation  (FBI) 1013,1222,1310,1316 

Library  of  Congress 989, 1005-1007 

Mutual    Security   Agency 1496 

National  Security  Council  (NSC) 952,967,980,1054 

Office  of  Inter- American  Affairs  (OIAA) 1454 

Operations  Coordinating  Board  (OCB)    (Old  Psychological  Warfare 

Board) 951,  966,  967,  1319 

Peace  Corps 944,  974,  978 

1032,  1042,  1242,  1313,  1345,  1347,  1359,  1499,  1503,  1504,  1507 
President's  Advisory  Panel  on  a  National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs, 

The    (Perkins  Panel  or  Committee) 989, 

990, 1182, 1188,  1190,  1262,  1266,  1270 

Psychological  Strategy  Board 1276,  1308 

Senate,  United  States : 

Foreign  Relations  Committee 936,  990,  992,  994,  1032,  1056 

Judiciary  Committee 940 

952,  963,  969,  987,  1056,  1058,  1070,  1241,  1313.  1314 
Internal  Security  Subcommittee—  936.  937.  940,  967,  969,  1055.  1056 

State  Department 936,  943-945,  951,  953.  954,  971, 

973,  974,  980,  988,  990,  991,  994-997,  1009,  1013,  1014,  1022, 
1040,  1051-1055,  1061,  1068,  1072,  1078,  1093,  1100.  1106,  1176, 
1178.  1184,  1244,  1251.  1254,  12.55,  1266,  1269,  1276,  1291,  1293, 
1307,  1316,  1326.  1356,  1375,  1413,  1425,  1433,  1435.  1456,  1486 

Agency  for  International  Development  (AID) 967. 

969,  974,  980,  987,  989,  1109,  1301,  1309,  1311,  1359,  1441 

Foreign  Service  Institute  (FSI) 936,  965,  971, 

973.  981,  988-991.  993,  1014,  1052.  1219,  1222,  1225,  1228, 
1250,  1266.  1278.  1287.  1289.  1428.  1451,  1471.  1474 
National  Academy  of  Foreign  Affairs  (NAFA)__  936,  943,  946,  953,  954. 
960  969,  978,  988,  990-992,  1013,  1052,  1182-1188,  1190, 
1249,  1252,  1264-1266,  1270,  1288,  1289,  1304,  1311.  1428, 
1435. 

Police  Academy 1254 

U.S.  Information  Agency  (USIA)__  936.  967.  969,  974,  980,  989,  1013,  1024. 
10.36,  1046,  1047,  1051,  1100,  1188,  1190,  1212,  1217,  1222,  1242. 
1273, 1510, 1513. 

U.S.  Information  Service  (USIS) 1047,  1048,  1496 

Voice  of  America 974,1066,1283 

University  of  Chicago  (Chicago,  111.) 1102 

University  of  Costa  Rica  (San  Jose,  Costa  Rica) 1472 

University  of  Delhi  (Delhi,  India) 1496 

University  of  Denver  (Denver,  Colo.) 1501 

University  of  Florida  (Gainesville,  Fla.) 950,986 

University  of  London  (London,  England) 1105 

University  of  Pennsylvania  (Philadelphia,  Pa.) 1038,1306 

University  of  Pittsburgh  (Pittsburgh,  Pa.) 1062 

University  of  Sendai   (Japan) 1496 

University  of  Southern  California  (USC)   (Los  Angeles,  Calif.) 1038,1237 

University  of  Tokyo  (Tokyo,  Japan) 1500 

University  of  Vienna 1319 

Upholsters'  International  Union  of  North  America,  AFL-CIO 1055, 

1056, 1058, 1063, 1064 
U.S.  Inter-American  Council 1510 


INDEX  XV 

V 

Page 

Volunteer  Christian  Committee  to  Boycott  Nazi  Germany 1351 

W 

WEVD  (radio  station) 1352 

WFTU.     ( -See  World  Federation  of  Trade  Unions. ) 

Warsaw  Pact  Nations 1294 

World  Federation  of  Teachers  Unions 1085, 1086 

World  Federation  of  Trade  Unions  (WFTU) 1057,1084 

Y 

Young  Communist  League,  Soviet  Union  (Komsomol) 1080 

YMCA.     ( See  Young  Men's  Christian  Association. ) 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association  (YMCA) _ 1361 

PUBLICATIONS 

A 

American  Economic  Republic,  The  (Berle) 1481 

American  Scholar,  The 1448 

An  African  Student  in  China  (Hevi) 1079 

An  Inquiry  Into  Soviet  Mentality  (Niemeyer) 1274 

Assigment  in  Utopia  (Lyons) 966 

Australian  Army  Journal 1429,  1442,  1449 

B 

Bedford  Incident,  The   (book) 1310 

Belmont  Books 1210 

Big  Red  School  House  (Time) 1197 

British  News  Service 1307 


Capital,  Das  (Kapital)   (Marx) 1337 

Century  of  Conflict,  A  (Possony) 1003, 1223, 1228 

Child  of  the  Revolution  (Leonhard) 1195 

Christian  Science  Monitor 1224 

Collected  Works   (Lenin) 1021 

Columbia  Peon  Tells  His  Moving  Story,  A  (Marchant) 1445 

Communism  in  Western  Europe  (Einaudi,  Domenach  and  Garosci) 1197 

Communist  Economic  Threat,  The  (State  Department  Publication  6777)—     1375 

Communist  Psychological  Warfare   (Strausz-Hupe) 1206 

Copley  Newspapers 1343, 1347 

Cuba,  Anatomy  of  a  Revolution  (Morray) 1312 

Cuba  Socialista  (Socialist  Cuba) 1323,1333,1336 

D 
Dr.  Strangelove,  or  How  to  Fall  in  Love  With  the  A-Bomb  (book) 1310 

E 
Enemy  Within,  The  (de  Jaegher  and  Kuhn) 1197 

P 

Fail-Safe  (book) 1310 

Foreign    Affairs 1016, 1478 

Fort  Worth  Press 1343 

Forward  Strategy  for  America,  A  (Possony) 1228 

Foundations  of  Marxist  Philosophy 1337 

Foundations  of  Socialism  in  Cuba   (Los  Fundamentos  del  Socialismo  en 

Cuba)     (Roca) 1337 

G 
Green  Book 967-969,  972,  973,  981, 1097, 1191-1241, 1357 


Xti  INDEX 

H 

Page 

History  Will  Vindicate  Me  (La  Historia  Me  Absolvera)   (Castro) 1337 

Human  Element  in  Automation  Systems,  The  ( Soviet  Survey) 1209 


Imperialism — Capitalism's  Highest  and  Last  Phase  (Lenin) 1337 

Internal  Encyclopedia  of  the  Social  Sciences 1443 

K 

Kennan   Memorandum 1076 

Khrushchev's  Mein  Kampf  (Belmont  Books) 1210,1215,1216 

L 

LaPrensa    Grafica 1346 

Left  Wing  Communism,  An  Infantile  Disorder  (Lenin) 1192,1193 

Life  magazine 941, 1458 

Los  Fundamentos  del  Socialism©  en  Cuba.     (See  The  Foundations  of  So- 
cialism in  Cuba,  Bias  Roca. ) 
Love  of  This  Land  (Robinson) 1496 

M 

Manual  of  Marxism-Leninism  (Kuusinen) 1337 

Manuel  de  Economia  Politica  (Political  Economy  Manual) 1337 

Masters  of  Deceit  (Hoover) 1197 

Materialism  and  Empiriocriticism  (Lenin) 1337 

Meaning  of  Treason,  The  (West) 1071 

Mein  Kampf  (Hitler) 1060, 1073 

Miami  Herald 1088, 1342, 1343, 1347, 1350 

Modern  Guerilla  Warfare  (Osanka) 1443 

Moulding  of  Communists,  The  (Meyer) 1193,1197,1202,1203 

N 

New  Frontier  of  War,  The  (Kintner,  Kornfeder) 1207,1209,1215 

New    Republic 945 

New  York  Herald  Tribune 1317 

New  York  World  Telegram 1062 

New  York  Times 1060, 1076, 1426, 1439, 1477, 1479, 1483, 1484 

O 

Occidente  (newspaper) 1437 

On  Contradiction  and  About  Practice  (Mao  Tse-tung) 1337 

Organizational  Weapon,  The  (Selznick) 962.1202 

Orlando  Sentinel 1242 

P 

Pall  Mall  Press 1079 

Philadelphia  Evening  Bulletin 1453, 1454 

Philadelphia   Inquirer 1310 

Phoenix  Papers 1330 

Pravda 1084,1297 

Protracted  Conflict  (Strausz-Hupe) 1206 

R 

Reader's  Digest 940,  948,  969,  995 

Realties 1445 

Red  Design  for  the  Americas  (James) 1196 

Reporter,  The  (magazine) 945,1478 

Russia's  Iron  Age    (Chamberlain) 966 


INDEX 


Fag* 

Saturday  Evening  Post 941,963,964 

Scholarship  &  Cold  War  in  Moscow  (Orbis) 1208 

Scripps-Howard  Newspapers 1343, 1347 

Seven  Days  in  May  (book) 1310 

Shevchenko,  A  Monument  to  the  Liberation,  Freedom,  and  Independence 

of  All  Captive  Nations  (booklet) 1283 

Sing  Along  AVith  Khrushchev  (Fabian) 1086 

Sociology  of  Secret  Societies  (Roucek) 1447 

Soviet  Leaders  and  Mastery  Over  Man  (Cantril) 1211 

Stalin  and  the  Uses  of  Psychology  (Tucker) 1210 

Street  Without  Joy   (Fall) 1213 

T 

Think    (magazine) 940,955, 1302 

Time    magazine 1479 

Time  OfE  (newspaper),  Kenya 1079 

Times    (of  London) 1073 

Tomorrow  Is  Today   (Robinson) 1496 

W 

Wall  Street  Journal 1464 

Washington  Post 945, 1283, 1441 

Washington  Report  (American  Security  Council) 1279,  1283,  1294-1297 

What  Is  To  Be  Done  (Lenin) 1191,1411 

What's  a  Woman  Doing  Here  (Chapelle) 1483 

Whole  of  Their  Lives,  The  (Gitlow) 1194 

Why  the  United  States  Needs  a  Freedom  Academy 940, 1302 

Worker,  The 1311 

World  Marxist  Review 1369 

World  Politics 1210 


o